Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 16, 2015.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

MIMECAST LIMITED*

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

 

 

 

England and Wales   7372   Not applicable

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Peter Bauer

Chief Executive Officer

CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, Moorgate

London EC2Y 9AW

United Kingdom

+44 0207 847 8700

(Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Mimecast North America, Inc.

480 Pleasant Street

Watertown, MA 02472

+1 781 996 5340

Attention: Peter Campbell

(Name, Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mark J. Macenka, Esq.

Michael J. Minahan, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

53 State Street

Boston, MA 02109

Tel: (617) 570-1000

 

Howard Palmer

Taylor Wessing LLP

5 New Street Square

London EC4A 3TW

United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0) 20 7300 7000

 

Colin J. Diamond, Esq.

Joshua G. Kiernan Esq.

White & Case LLP

1155 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Tel: (212) 819-8200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF

SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

 

PROPOSED

MAXIMUM

AGGREGATE

OFFERING PRICE(1)(2)

 

AMOUNT OF

REGISTRATION FEE

Ordinary shares, nominal value $0.01 per share

  $100,000,000   $10,070

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes shares granted pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

* The registrant will be a public limited company organized under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey known as Mimecast Limited (“Mimecast Jersey”). Prior to the completion of this offering, Mimecast Jersey, an entity created for the purpose of facilitating the public offering contemplated hereby, will become the holding company of Mimecast Limited (“Mimecast UK”), a private limited company, organized under the laws of England and Wales, by way of a share-for-share exchange in which the shareholders of Mimecast UK will exchange their shares in Mimecast UK for an identical number of shares of the same class in the newly-created Mimecast Jersey. Upon the exchange, the historical consolidated financial statements of Mimecast UK included in this Registration Statement will become the historical consolidated financial statements of Mimecast Jersey.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated October 16, 2015

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

             Shares

 

LOGO

Mimecast Limited

Ordinary Shares

 

 

This is an initial public offering of ordinary shares of Mimecast Limited. We are selling              ordinary shares.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ordinary shares. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . Application has been made for the listing of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MIME”.

See “ Risk Factors ” on page 13 to read about factors you should consider before buying the ordinary shares.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                        $                        

Underwriting discount(1)

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

 

(1) See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              ordinary shares, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us and up to an additional              shares from the selling shareholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of up to              shares by the selling shareholders.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                 , 2015.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Barclays   Jefferies   RBC Capital Markets

 

 

Oppenheimer & Co.

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     13   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     35   

Industry and Market Data

     37   

Use of Proceeds

     38   

Dividend Policy

     39   

Capitalization

     40   

Dilution

     42   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     44   

Exchange Rate Information

     48   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     49   

A Letter From Our Founders

     78   

Business

     79   

Management

     102   

Related Party Transactions

     115   

Principal and Selling Shareholders

     118   

Description of Share Capital

     121   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     132   

Taxation

     134   

Underwriting

     143   

Expenses of the Offering

     149   

Legal Matters

     150   

Experts

     150   

Service of Process and Enforcement of Judgments

     151   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     152   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

We and the selling shareholders have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the selling shareholders take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the ordinary shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

For investors outside the United States: We, the selling shareholders and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction, other than the United States, where action for that purpose is required. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of our ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

The trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

All references in this prospectus to “$” are to U.S. dollars and all references to “£” are to British pounds. Solely for convenience and unless otherwise indicated, certain British pound amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of £1.00 to $1.485, the noon buying rate quoted as of March 31, 2015 by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as of that or any other date.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying our ordinary shares. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 13, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on page 48 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.

Company Overview

We are a leading provider of next generation cloud security and risk management services for corporate information and email. Our fully-integrated suite of proprietary cloud services protects customers of all sizes from the significant business and data security risks to which their email system exposes them. We protect customers from today’s rapidly changing threat landscape where email has become a powerful attack vector and data leak concern. We also mitigate the significant business disruption that email failure or downtime causes. In addition, our archiving services secure, store and manage critical corporate communications and information to address growing compliance and e-discovery requirements and enable customers to use this increasing archive of information to improve employee productivity.

Email is a critical tool for organizations of all sizes. Protecting and managing email has become more complicated due to expanding security and compliance requirements and the rapid increase in both the volume and the importance of the information transmitted via email. Organizations are increasingly at risk from security breaches of sensitive data as sophisticated email-based attacks and data leaks have become more common. Additionally, organizations are not just using email for communication, they are also increasing their use of email archives as an active repository of vital corporate information needed to meet compliance requirements and support employee productivity. As a result, email represents one of the highest concentrations of business risk that organizations may face.

We developed our proprietary cloud architecture to offer customers comprehensive email security, continuity and archiving capabilities in a single service that makes it easier for them to protect themselves effectively in a worsening and rapidly changing security and risk environment. Providing a fully-integrated service also simplifies ongoing management and service deployment. Customers can then decommission the often costly and complex point products and on-premises technology they have traditionally used to tackle these risks. We also make it easier for customers to move more of their IT workloads to the cloud.

We serve approximately 14,500 customers and protect millions of their employees across the world. Our service scales effectively to meet the needs of customers of all sizes and we have optimized our sales organization and channel to address each segment effectively. We have more than 500 employees in nine offices in the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia and South Africa. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, our revenues were $66.8 million, $88.3 million and $116.1 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 32% for 2014 and 31% for 2015. Revenue growth on a constant currency basis was 37% and 33% for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, our revenues were $26.9 million and $33.3 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth for the quarter of 24%. Growth for this period was 32% on a constant currency basis. Our net losses were $14.3 million and $16.9 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and our net income was $0.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. Our net loss for the three months ended June 30, 2015 was $2.2 million.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

Industry Background

A number of key considerations are leading to an increased customer need for email security, continuity and archiving services:

 

    Email is Critical to all Organizations. Email continues to be the primary way organizations exchange information and communicate externally and internally.

 

    The Amount of Critical and Sensitive Data in Email Archives is Growing Rapidly. The email archive is increasingly used by employees as their primary repository to save and access important information. As a result, the volume and value of this data continues to grow.

 

    Email is a Primary Security Target for Advanced Cyber-Attacks. Well organized and funded, including state-backed, hackers and cyber-criminals are using email-based attacks to target organizations to disrupt their operations, steal sensitive corporate data and gain access to valuable intellectual property.

 

    Data Protection, Cybersecurity and Data Privacy are Key Compliance and Regulatory Concerns for all Organizations. Governments, regulators and industry groups globally continue to enact or amend legislation and standards regarding data protection, cybersecurity and data privacy. These laws place growing obligations on organizations of all sizes, particularly those in regulated industries, to store, protect, process, share and transmit data safely, or risk significant sanctions and the threat of civil litigation.

 

    Restrictions IT Teams Put on Email Create New Security Risks. IT teams are under pressure to reduce storage costs and improve infrastructure performance, and this often results in steps that limit unfettered usage of email, driving employees to seek solutions outside the secure corporate network creating new security risks.

 

    Email Downtime is Disruptive to Employee Productivity. Given the critical nature of email for business communication and the importance of its information archive, email outages have become increasingly disruptive and costly because of the resulting impact on employee productivity.

 

    IT Workloads, Including Business Productivity Tools, are Moving to the Cloud. Organizations of all sizes are adopting cloud-based technologies to reduce the cost and complexity of their IT infrastructure and increase performance and flexibility. As organizations consider which workloads to move to the cloud, IT teams are looking beyond moving infrastructure and looking to shift traditional productivity tools to services such as Microsoft’s Office 365 or Google Apps for Work.

 

    Business Email Mailboxes are Moving to the Cloud, but this Creates New Risks to Mitigate. Moving email mailboxes to a single cloud vendor creates new security, continuity and archiving risks that need to be mitigated. These risks have delayed adoption of cloud mailbox services by many organizations, particularly larger enterprises.

 

    Traditional Email Security, Continuity and Archiving Alternatives can be Inadequate and do not Address Increasing Customer Requirements and Protect Against Next Generation Security Threats. To address security and archiving needs, many organizations have deployed a complex array of disparate or point products on-premises, or as cloud-based versions hosted by the vendor. These technologies are typically from multiple vendors and often only address narrow uses and problems. They can also be difficult to integrate and inflexible, as well as complex and expensive to manage as email and data volumes grow.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

The growing need of organizations to mitigate the risks of email and data security, continuity and archiving has already established a significant industry beyond the mail server. Based on recent Gartner reports, combined spending in markets catering to enterprise information and email security, continuity and archiving, which include Secure Email Gateway, Backup and Recovery Software, E-Discovery Software and Data Loss Prevention, was $9.4 billion in 2014 and will grow to $11.6 billion in 2017. We believe there is a considerable need for a comprehensive integrated cloud solution that can address the needs of customers in these markets.

Our Solution

Our fully-integrated suite of next generation cloud services for security, continuity and archiving, is designed to protect email and deliver comprehensive email risk management beyond the primary mail server. We protect customers from the growing threat to email and the corporate data it contains. We also help organizations securely and cost effectively archive their growing email and file repositories, and ensure email remains available in the event of a primary system failure or scheduled maintenance downtime. The key customer benefits of our service include:

 

    Comprehensive Email and Data Risk Management in a Single, Unified Cloud Service . Our services integrate a range of technologies into a comprehensive service that would otherwise require an array of individual devices or services from multiple vendors. As a result, our customers are able to decommission these technologies and reduce the cost and complexity of their infrastructure as a result.

 

    Best-of-Breed Security, Continuity and Archiving Services. We believe our customers should not have to compromise on the quality of their email security, continuity or archiving services in order to benefit from integration. Our strategy is to develop best-of-breed capabilities within our integrated service to compete successfully with industry-leading point products.

 

    Web Scale Performance for Organizations of All Sizes. Our cloud service is built to address the most demanding scale, performance and availability requirements of large enterprises but delivers this as a subscription-based cloud service that puts these capabilities within the reach of small and mid-market organizations too.

 

    Compelling Return on Investment. Customers can decommission a range of individual technologies they use for security, continuity and archiving and move to a subscription-based service and benefit from a long term cost improvement as result.

 

    Easy to Deploy and Manage . Our service is designed to be easier to deploy than alternative technologies. Customers simply route their email traffic through our cloud and can be up and running in a matter of days and sometimes less. Each customer then manages the service centrally via a single web-based administration console that supports all their subscribed services. Additional services can be deployed easily from the same console.

 

    Highly Agile and Adaptable Service. We are continually improving our cloud architecture and services. Our common code base and multi-tenant cloud architecture enables us to perform maintenance updates and add new features or products by updating our core code base once. Continuous service development and multi-tenant rapid deployment also means we can keep pace with emerging threats to protect and respond quickly to changing customer needs.

 



 

3


Table of Contents
    An Easier Move of Additional Critical Workloads to the Cloud. Our cloud service enables customers to decommission on-premises technologies that have been a significant historical barrier to migrating email mailboxes to the cloud, and supports customers wanting to adopt cloud services more broadly in their organization.

 

    A Safer Office 365 or Google Cloud Email and Data Implementation. Our cloud service mitigates the single-vendor exposure and security, service continuity and data assurance risks created by a move to these cloud email services.

Our Growth Strategy

Our growth strategy is focused on the following:

 

    Grow Revenue From Our Existing Customer Base. We intend to continue proactively broadening our reach with our existing customers by selling additional services.

 

    Acquire New Customers. We will continue to invest in a direct sales force combined with a focused channel strategy designed to serve the various requirements of small, mid-market and large enterprises and to bring new customers onto our cloud architecture.

 

    Actively Invest in Our Channel Partner Network . We intend to further invest in our network of channel partners to extend our global sales, service and support capabilities.

 

    Develop Our Technology and Release New Services. We will continue to build on our current capabilities and exploit additional opportunities in adjacent areas to those we serve today.

 

    Continue to Expand Our Geographic Presence . We plan to investigate additional international expansion from our regional bases in the United States (for North America), the United Kingdom (for Europe), South Africa (for Africa and the Middle East) and Australia (for Asia-Pacific).

 

    Target Organizations Moving Workloads to the Cloud. As more organizations move IT workloads to the cloud, we believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of growth opportunities that exist from augmenting services, including Office 365 and Google Apps for Work with critical security, continuity and archiving services.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks include:

 

    We have incurred losses in the past, and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability for the foreseeable future.

 

    Failure to manage our growth effectively could increase our expenses, decrease our revenue and prevent us from implementing our business strategy.

 

    The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, with several large established competitors, and our failure to compete successfully would make it difficult for us to add and retain customers and would reduce or impede the growth of our business.

 

    Failure to effectively expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to acquire new customers and achieve broader market acceptance of our services.

 

    If we are unable to maintain successful relationships with our channel partners, our ability to acquire new customers could be adversely affected.

 



 

4


Table of Contents
    We provide service level commitments under our subscription agreements and, as a result of a recent external network DDoS attack, we voluntarily paid service credits to customers. Any future service disruption could obligate us to provide refunds and we could face subscription terminations, which could adversely affect our revenue.

 

    Our business depends substantially on customers renewing their subscriptions with us. A decline in our customer renewals would harm our future operating results.

 

    If we are unable to sell additional services and features to our existing customers, our future revenues and operating results will be harmed.

 

    If we are not able to provide successful updates, enhancements and features to our technology to, among other things, keep up with emerging threats and customer needs, our business could be adversely affected.

 

    Data security and integrity are critically important to our business, and breaches of our information and technology networks and unauthorized access to a customer’s data could harm our business and operating results.

 

    Because we recognize revenue from subscriptions for our services over the term of the agreement, downturns or upturns in new business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results and may be difficult to discern.

 

    Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could adversely affect our business.

Our History and Structure

Mimecast UK was incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 04698693 on March 14, 2003 as a private company limited by shares. Mimecast Jersey was incorporated under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey with company number 119119 on July 28, 2015 as a public company limited by shares for the purpose of effecting this offering and holds no material assets other than Mimecast UK and all of its subsidiaries. On             , Mimecast Jersey became the holding company of Mimecast UK by way of a share-for-share exchange in which the shareholders of Mimecast UK exchanged their shares in Mimecast UK for an identical number of shares of the same class in Mimecast Jersey. Following the exchange, the historical consolidated financial statements of Mimecast UK included in this prospectus became the historical consolidated financial statements of Mimecast Jersey.

Corporate Information

Our principal office is located at CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, Moorgate, London, United Kingdom EC2Y 9AW, and our telephone number is +44 (0) 20 7300 7000. Our website address is www.mimecast.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed from, our website does not form part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Mimecast North America, Inc., 480 Pleasant Street, Watertown, MA 02472.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Ordinary shares offered by us

            shares

 

Ordinary shares outstanding after this offering

            shares (or              shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full)

 

Option to purchase additional ordinary shares

We and the selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional ordinary shares from us and up to              ordinary shares from the selling shareholders.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of our ordinary shares in this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  As of the date of this prospectus, we have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds of this offering. We currently anticipate that we will use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We expect to continue to invest in and to grow our research and development capabilities as well as expand our sales and marketing teams. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services, technologies or other assets. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised, we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of up to              shares by the selling shareholders. The selling shareholders consist of members of our senior management. See the sections titled “Use of Proceeds,” “Principal and Selling Shareholders” and “Underwriting” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in our ordinary shares.

 

Proposed NASDAQ trading symbol

MIME
 

 



 

6


Table of Contents

LOYAL3 platform

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to         % of the ordinary shares in this offering to be offered through the LOYAL3 platform at the initial public offering price. See “Underwriting.”

The total number of ordinary shares that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 277,446,379 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015, and excludes:

 

    32,622,288 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.40 per share; and

 

    4,637,343 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance as of June 30, 2015 under our equity incentive plans.

The number of ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans will be increased to an aggregate of              shares immediately following the closing of this offering representing 10% of our outstanding shares immediately following the offering (excluding the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    no exercise of the outstanding options described above;

 

    that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to             additional ordinary shares from us and              ordinary shares from the selling shareholders;

 

    the adoption of our amended and restated articles of association, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering;

 

    the conversion of all of our outstanding Series A and Series B preferred shares into 75,458,210 ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering;

 

    the conversion or re-designation of all of our outstanding Founder, Class A, Class B and Class C ordinary shares into 201,988,169 ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (1) ; and

 

    the     -for-     share consolidation effected on                     , 2015.

 

(1) For purposes of this prospectus, we have assumed that each Class C ordinary share will be converted on a one-to-one basis into an aggregate of 3,300,000 ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the terms of our current articles of association, upon the closing of an initial public offering, each outstanding Class C ordinary share is convertible into that number of ordinary shares equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the initial public offering price over £0.062 and the denominator is the initial public offering price. As a result, the aggregate number of ordinary shares into which the Class C ordinary shares are convertible will be determined upon the pricing of this offering, but in any event will not exceed 3,300,000 ordinary shares in the aggregate.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables present summary consolidated financial and other data for our business. You should read this information together with the section entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended March 31, 2013 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial data on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2013     2014     2015     2014     2015  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 66,750      $ 88,315      $ 116,085      $ 26,943      $ 33,328   

Cost of revenue(1)

     21,165        28,673        36,821        8,925        9,876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     45,585        59,642        79,264        18,018        23,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

          

Research and development(1)

     11,019        12,844        14,461        3,954        3,530   

Sales and marketing(1)

     35,635        46,971        51,224        12,775        13,121   

General and administrative(1)

     13,666        11,187        15,806        3,940        4,691   

Restructuring

                   1,203                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     60,320        71,002        82,694        20,669        21,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (14,735     (11,360     (3,430     (2,651     2,110   

Other income (expense)

          

Interest income

     77        86        62        20        17   

Interest expense

     (844     (542     (703     (133     (177

Foreign exchange income (expense)

     1,188        (5,055     4,508        (1,246     (3,841
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     421        (5,511     3,867        (1,359     (4,001
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (14,314     (16,871     437        (4,010     (1,891

Provision for income taxes

     15        19        152        38        358   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (14,329   $ (16,890   $ 285      $ (4,048   $ (2,249
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

8


Table of Contents
     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2013     2014     2015         2014             2015      
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders:(2)

          

Basic

   $ (0.08   $ (0.09   $ 0.00      $ (0.02   $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.08   $ (0.09   $ 0.00      $ (0.02   $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in computing net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders:

          

Basic

     186,358        190,314        194,123        191,306        198,396   

Diluted

     186,358        190,314        216,452        191,306        198,396   

Pro forma net loss per share applicable to ordinary shareholders:(3)

          

Basic

       $ (0.00     $ (0.01
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ (0.00     $ (0.01
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share applicable to ordinary shareholders:

          

Basic

         269,581          273,854   

Diluted

         269,581          273,854   

 

     At June 30, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma(4)      Pro Forma As
Adjusted(5)(6)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,510      $ 36,510       $                

Property and equipment, net

     25,355        25,355      

Total assets

     93,664        93,664      

Debt, current and long-term

     11,700        11,700      

Deferred revenue, current and long-term

     56,578        56,578      

Convertible preferred shares

     59,305             

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (51,169     8,136      

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Supplemental Financial and Other Data:

        

Revenue constant currency growth rate(7)

     37     33     33     32

Revenue retention rate(8)

     105     107     104     108

Total customers(9)

     10,300        13,800        11,000        14,500   

Adjusted EBITDA(10)

   $ (1,170   $ 14,227      $ 626      $ 5,489   

 



 

9


Table of Contents

 

(1) Share-based compensation expense included in these line items was as follows:

 

     Year ended March 31,      Three months ended June 30,  
     2013      2014      2015      2014      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 239       $ 151       $ 151       $ 30       $ 22   

Research and development

     174         291         544         34         29   

Sales and marketing

     2,663         395         1,684         349         83   

General and administrative

     3,600         395         3,047         99         709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 6,676       $ 1,232       $ 5,426       $ 512       $ 843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders is computed based on the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period. For additional information, see Note 2 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(3) Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to ordinary shareholders and pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding has been computed to give effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares, which will occur upon the closing of this offering as if such conversion occurred as of the date of original issuance, but does not give effect to the issuance of shares in connection with this offering. Additionally, pro forma net loss includes share-based compensation expense of $1.6 million related to share-based awards that have satisfied the service condition as of June 30, 2015, which will become exercisable upon the closing of this offering. For additional information on the conversion of the preferred shares, see Note 7 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(4) The pro forma column reflects: (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred shares into an aggregate of 75,458,210 ordinary shares, which conversion will occur upon the closing of this offering and (ii) share-based compensation expense of $1.6 million related to share-based awards that have satisfied the service condition as of June 30, 2015, which will become exercisable upon the closing of this offering.

 

(5) Gives effect to the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (4) above as well as the sale by us of             ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(6) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total shareholders’ (deficit) equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $            , assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total shareholders’ (deficit) equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $             million, assuming that the initial public offering price per share remains the same at $            , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 



 

10


Table of Contents
(7) In order to determine how our business performed exclusive of the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, we compare the percentage change in our revenue from one period to another using a constant currency. To determine the revenue constant currency growth rate for the fiscal years below, revenue from entities reporting in foreign currencies was translated into U.S. dollars using the comparable prior period’s foreign currency exchange rates. For example, the average rates in effect for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 were used to convert revenue for the year ended March 31, 2015 and the revenue for the comparable prior period ended March 31, 2014, rather than the actual exchange rates in effect during the respective period. Revenue constant currency growth rate is a non-GAAP financial measure. A reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure to its most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measures for the respective periods can be found in the table below.

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Revenue Constant Currency Growth Rate:

        

Revenue, as reported

   $ 88,315      $ 116,085      $ 26,943      $ 33,328   

Revenue year-over-year growth rate, as reported

     32     31     36     24

Estimated impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     5     2     (3 )%      8

Revenue constant currency growth rate

     37     33     33     32

The impact of foreign exchange rates is highly variable and difficult to predict. We use revenue constant currency growth rate to show the impact from foreign exchange rates on the current period revenue growth rate compared to the prior period revenue growth rate using the prior period’s foreign exchange rates. In order to properly understand the underlying business trends and performance of our ongoing operations, we believe that investors may find it useful to consider the impact of excluding changes in foreign exchange rates from our revenue growth rate.

We believe that presenting this non-GAAP financial measure in this report provides investors greater transparency to the information used by our management for financial and operational decision-making and allows investors to see our results “through the eyes” of management. We also believe that providing this information better enables our investors to understand our operating performance and evaluate the methodology used by management to evaluate and measure such performance.

However, this non-GAAP measure should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. For example, revenue constant currency growth rates, by their nature, exclude the impact of foreign exchange, which may have a material impact on U.S. GAAP revenue. Non-GAAP financial measures are not based on any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles and therefore other companies may calculate similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures differently than we do, limiting the usefulness of those measures for comparative purposes.

 

(8) We calculate our revenue retention rate by annualizing revenue on a constant currency basis recorded on the last day of the measurement period for only those customers in place throughout the entire measurement period. We include add-on, or upsell, revenue from additional employees and services purchased by existing customers. We divide the result by revenue on a constant currency basis on the first day of the measurement period for all customers in place at the beginning of the measurement period. The measurement period is based on the trailing twelve months. The revenue on a constant currency basis is based on the average exchange rates in effect during the respective period.

 

(9) Rounded up to the nearest hundred customers.

 

(10) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net (loss) income, adjusted to exclude: depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation expense, restructuring expense, interest income and interest expense, the provision for income taxes and foreign currency exchange (expense) income.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and facilitates comparisons with our peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.

We do not place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operating performance. This non-GAAP measure should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations to using a non-GAAP financial measure, including that other companies may calculate this measure differently than we do, that it does not reflect our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures and that it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Year ended March 31,      Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2015      2014      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA:

           

Net (loss) income

   $ (16,890    $ 285       $ (4,048    $ (2,249

Depreciation and amortization

     8,958         11,028         2,765         2,536   

Interest expense, net

     456         641         113         160   

Provision for income taxes

     19         152         38         358   

Restructuring

             1,203                   

Share-based compensation expense

     1,232         5,426         512         843   

Foreign exchange expense (income)

     5,055         (4,508      1,246         3,841   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (1,170    $ 14,227       $ 626       $ 5,489   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 



 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially. In such event, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We have incurred losses in the past, and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability for the foreseeable future.

We have incurred significant losses in each period since our inception in 2003 up through our fiscal year ended March 31, 2014. We incurred net losses of $14.3 million in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and $16.9 million in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2014. In our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, we generated net income of $0.3 million. In the three months ended June 30, 2015, we incurred a net loss of $2.2 million. As of June 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $87.6 million. We have been growing rapidly, and, as we do so, we incur significant sales and marketing, support and other related expenses. Our ability to achieve or sustain profitability will depend in significant part on our obtaining new customers, expanding our existing customer relationships and ensuring that our expenses, including our sales and marketing expenses and the cost of supporting new customers, does not exceed our revenue. We also expect to make significant expenditures and investments in research and development to expand and improve our services and technical infrastructure. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not historically incurred as a private company. These increased expenditures may make it harder for us to achieve and maintain profitability and we cannot predict when we will achieve sustained profitability, if at all. We also may incur losses in the future for a number of other unforeseen reasons. Accordingly, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability, and we may continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future.

Failure to manage our growth effectively could increase our expenses, decrease our revenue and prevent us from implementing our business strategy.

We have been rapidly growing our revenue and number of customers, and we will seek to do the same for the foreseeable future. This rapid growth puts strain on our business, requires significant capital expenditures and increases our operating expenses. To manage this growth effectively, we must attract, train and retain a significant number of qualified sales, implementation, customer service, software development, information technology and management personnel. In addition, as we grow our revenue and customer base, we will need to maintain and enhance our technology infrastructure, in particular, our data center capacity. If we fail to effectively manage our growth or we over-invest or under-invest in our business, our business and results of operations could suffer from the resulting weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls. We could also suffer operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities and employee losses. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses might increase more than expected, our revenue could decline or grow more slowly than expected, and we might be unable to implement our business strategy.

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, with several large established competitors, and our failure to compete successfully would make it difficult for us to add and retain customers and would reduce or impede the growth of our business.

Our market is large, highly competitive, fragmented and subject to rapidly evolving technology, shifting customer needs and frequent introductions of new products and services. We currently

 

13


Table of Contents

compete with companies that offer products that target email and data security, continuity and archiving, as well as large providers such as Google Inc. and Microsoft Corporation, which offer functions and tools as part of their core mailbox services that may be, or perceived to be, similar to ours. Our current and potential future competitors include: Barracuda Networks, Inc., Google Apps for Work, Microsoft Exchange Server, Exchange Online Protection, Proofpoint, Inc. and Symantec Corporation, in security, MessageOne, in continuity, and Barracuda, HP Autonomy, Microsoft Office 365, Proofpoint and Symantec, in archiving. We expect competition to increase in the future from both existing competitors and new companies that may enter our markets. Additionally, some potential customers, particularly large enterprises, may elect to develop their own internal products. If two or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with one another, the change in the competitive landscape could reduce our ability to compete effectively. Our continued success and growth depends on our ability to out-perform our competitors at the individual service level as well as increasing demand for a unified service infrastructure. We cannot guarantee that we will out-perform our competitors at the product level or that the demand for a unified service technology will increase.

Some of our current competitors have, and our future competitors may have, certain competitive advantages such as greater name recognition, longer operating history, larger market share, larger existing user base and greater financial, technical and other resources. Some competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services than we can to ours, which could allow them to respond more quickly than we can to new technologies and changes in customer needs. We cannot assure you that our competitors will not offer or develop products or services that are superior to ours or achieve greater market acceptance.

Failure to effectively expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to acquire new customers and achieve broader market acceptance of our services.

Acquiring new customers and expanding sales to existing customers will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our sales and marketing operations. We generate approximately one-third of our revenue from direct sales and we expect to continue to rely on our sales force to obtain new customers and grow revenue from our existing customer base. We expect to expand our sales force in all of our regions and we face a number of challenges in achieving our hiring goals. For instance, there is significant competition for sales personnel with the sales skills and technical knowledge that we require. In addition, training and integrating a large number of sales and marketing personnel in a short time requires the allocation of significant internal resources. Our ability to achieve projected growth in revenue in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel. We invest significant time and resources in training new sales personnel to understand our solutions and growth strategy. In general, new hires require significant training and substantial experience before becoming productive. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as we require, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we currently operate or where we seek to conduct business. Our growth may be materially and adversely impacted if the efforts to expand our sales and marketing capabilities are not successful or if they do not generate a sufficient increase in revenue.

If we are unable to maintain successful relationships with our channel partners, our ability to acquire new customers could be adversely affected.

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with our channel partners who we rely on, in addition to our direct sales force, to sell and support our services. In our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, while no individual channel partner accounted for 10% or more of our sales, in the aggregate, our channel partners accounted for 62% of our sales, and we expect that sales to channel partners will continue to account for a substantial portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. We utilize channel partners to efficiently increase the scale of our

 

14


Table of Contents

marketing and sales efforts, increasing our market penetration to customers which we otherwise might not reach on our own . Our ability to achieve revenue growth in the future will depend, in part, on our success in maintaining successful relationships with our channel partners.

Our agreements with our channel partners are generally non-exclusive, meaning our channel partners may offer customers competitive services from different companies. If our channel partners do not effectively market and sell our services, choose to use greater efforts to market and sell their own products or services or those of others, or fail to meet the needs of our customers, our ability to grow our business, sell our services and maintain our reputation may be adversely affected. Our contracts with our channel partners generally allow them to terminate their agreements for any reason upon 90 days’ notice. The loss of key channel partners, our possible inability to replace them, or the failure to recruit additional channel partners could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with these channel partners, our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows could be adversely affected.

We provide service level commitments under our subscription agreements and, as a result of a recent external network DDoS attack, we voluntarily paid service credits to customers. Any future service disruption could obligate us to provide refunds and we could face subscription terminations, which could adversely affect our revenue.

Our subscription agreements with customers provide certain service level commitments. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments or suffer extended periods of downtime that exceed the periods allowed under our customer agreements, we could be required to pay refunds or face subscription terminations, either of which could significantly impact our revenue.

To date, we have suffered two significant service disruptions. The first occurred in 2013 and was a result of an equipment failure. Many of our customers in the United Kingdom experienced service disruptions for several hours. The more recent service disruption, which occurred on September 21, 2015, was a result of an external network DDoS attack. Customers using our Secure Email Gateway service in the United States experienced downtime related to the delivery and receipt of external emails for several hours. The scope of the incident was limited to network traffic and no customer data was lost or compromised. We expect to incur costs and expenses related to this service disruption, including the voluntary payment of credits or subscription terminations. While we have undertaken substantial remedial efforts to prevent future incidents like these, we cannot guarantee that future attacks or service disruptions will not occur. Any future attacks or service disruptions could adversely affect our reputation, our relationships with our existing customers and our ability to attract new customers, all of which would impact our future revenue and operating results.

Our customers depend on our customer support team to resolve technical issues relating to our services. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on the ease of use of our services, on our reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to sell our services to existing and prospective customers.

Our business depends substantially on customers renewing their subscriptions with us. A decline in our customer renewals would harm our future operating results.

In order for us to maintain or improve our operating results, it is important that our customers renew their subscriptions with us when the existing subscription term expires. Although the majority of

 

15


Table of Contents

our customer contracts include auto-renew provisions, our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions upon expiration, and we cannot provide assurance that customers will renew subscriptions at the same or higher level of service, if at all. For each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, our customer retention rate has been consistently greater than 90%. We calculate customer retention rate as the percentage of paying customers on the last day of the relevant period in the prior year who remain paying customers on the last day of the relevant period in the current year. The rate of customer renewals may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solutions, the effectiveness of our customer support services, our pricing, the prices of competing products or services, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, or reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions, or renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may decline, and we may not realize improved operating results from our customer base.

If we are unable to sell additional services and features to our existing customers, our future revenues and operating results will be harmed.

A significant portion of our revenue growth is generated from sales of additional services and features to existing customers. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to sell such additional services and features to our existing customers. We devote significant efforts to developing, marketing and selling additional services and features and associated support services to existing customers and rely on these efforts for a portion of our revenue. These efforts require a significant investment in building and maintaining customer relationships, as well as significant research and development efforts in order to provide upgrades and launch new services and features. The rate at which our existing customers purchase additional services and features depends on a number of factors, including the perceived need for additional security, continuity and archiving, the efficacy of our current services, the perceived utility of our new offerings, our customers’ IT budgets and general economic conditions. If our efforts to sell additional services and features to our customers are not successful, our future revenues and operating results will be harmed.

If we are not able to provide successful updates, enhancements and features to our technology to, among other things, keep up with emerging threats and customer needs, our business could be adversely affected.

Our industry is marked by rapid technological developments and demand for new and enhanced services and features to meet the evolving IT needs of organizations. In particular, cyber-threats are becoming increasingly sophisticated and responsive to the new security measures designed to thwart them. If we fail to identify and respond to new and increasingly complex methods of attack and update our products to detect or prevent such threats, our business and reputation will suffer. The success of any new enhancements, features or services that we introduce depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of such enhancements, features or services. We may not be successful in either developing these modifications and enhancements or in bringing them to market in a timely fashion. Furthermore, modifications to existing technologies will increase our research and development expenses. If we are unable to successfully enhance our existing services to meet customer requirements, increase adoption and usage of our services, or develop new services, enhancements and features, our business and operating results will be harmed.

Data security and integrity are critically important to our business, and breaches of our information and technology networks and unauthorized access to a customer’s data could harm our business and operating results.

We have experienced, and will continue to experience, cyber-attacks and other malicious internet-based activity, which continue to increase in sophistication, frequency and magnitude.

 

16


Table of Contents

Because our services involve the storage of large amounts of our customers’ sensitive and proprietary information, solutions to protect that information from cyber-attacks and other threats, data security and integrity are critically important to our business. Despite all of our efforts to protect this information, we cannot assure you that systems that access our services and databases will not be compromised or disrupted, whether as a result of criminal conduct, distributed denial of service, or DDoS attacks, or other advanced persistent attacks by malicious actors, including hackers, nation states and criminals, breaches due to employee error or malfeasance, or other disruptions during the process of upgrading or replacing computer software or hardware, power outages, computer viruses, telecommunication or utility failures or natural disasters or other catastrophic events. Any breach of security, unauthorized access to or disclosure of confidential information, disruption, including DDoS attacks, or the perception that the confidential information of our customers is not secure, could result in a material loss of business, substantial legal liability or significant harm to our reputation.

We must continually monitor and develop our information technology networks and infrastructure to prevent, detect, address and mitigate the risk of unauthorized access. However, we may fail to identify these new and complex methods of attack, or fail to invest sufficient resources in security measures. In addition, as we increase our customer base and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized, we may become more of a target for malicious third parties. Any breach of our security measures as a result of third-party action, employee negligence and/or error, malfeasance, defects or otherwise that compromises the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our data or our customers’ data could result in:

 

    severe harm to our reputation or brand, or materially and adversely affect the overall market perception of the security and reliability of our services;

 

    individual and/or class action lawsuits, which could result in financial judgments against us and which would cause us to incur legal fees and costs;

 

    legal or regulatory enforcement action, which could result in fines and/or penalties and which would cause us to incur legal fees and costs; and/or

 

    additional costs associated with responding to the interruption or security breach, such as investigative and remediation costs, the costs of providing individuals and/or data owners with notice of the breach, legal fees, the costs of any additional fraud detection activities, or the costs of prolonged system disruptions or shutdowns.

Any of these events could materially adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Because we recognize revenue from subscriptions for our services over the term of the agreement, downturns or upturns in new business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results and may be difficult to discern.

We generally recognize subscription revenue from customers ratably on a straight-line basis over the terms of their subscription agreements, which is typically one year in duration. As a result, most of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscription agreements entered into during the previous fiscal year or quarter. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions with yearly terms in any one quarter may have a small impact on our operating revenue results for that quarter. However, such decline will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our services, and potential changes in our pricing policies, rate of expansion or retention rate may not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods. Shifts in the mix of annual versus monthly subscription billings may also make it difficult to assess our business. We may also be unable to reduce our cost structure in line with a significant deterioration in sales. In addition, a significant majority of our costs are expensed as incurred, while revenue is recognized over the life of

 

17


Table of Contents

the agreement with our customer. As a result, increased growth in the number of our customers could continue to result in our recognition of more costs than revenue in the earlier periods of the terms of our agreements. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers is recognized over the applicable subscription term.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could adversely affect our business.

Our functional currency and that of our subsidiaries is the local currency of each entity and our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. In our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, 40% of our revenue was denominated in British pounds, 39% in U.S. dollars, 19% in South African rand and 2% in other currencies. Given that our functional currency and that of our subsidiaries is the local currency of each entity, but our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, fluctuations in currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar, the British pound and the South African rand could materially and adversely affect our business. There may be instances in which costs and revenue will not be matched with respect to currency denomination. We estimate that a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the British pound against the U.S. dollar would have decreased or increased our net income by approximately $500,000 in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 and that a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the South African rand against the U.S. dollar would have decreased or increased our net income by approximately $100,000 in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. To date, we have not entered into any currency hedging contracts. As a result, to the extent we continue our expansion on a global basis, we expect that increasing portions of our revenue, cost of revenue, assets and liabilities will be subject to fluctuations in currency valuations. We may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings or net assets solely as a result of currency exchange rate fluctuations.

We are dependent on the continued services and performance of our two founders, the loss of either of whom could adversely affect our business.

Our future performance depends upon contributions from our senior management team and, in particular, our two founders, Peter Bauer, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Neil Murray, our Chief Technology Officer. If our senior management team, including any new hires that we may make, fails to work together effectively and to execute on our plans and strategies on a timely basis, our business could be harmed. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees could have an adverse effect on our business. The loss of services of either of Mr. Bauer or Mr. Murray could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives.

We depend on highly skilled personnel to grow and operate our business, and if we are unable to hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, we may not be able to grow effectively.

Our success depends largely upon our continued ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled personnel, including senior management, engineers, software developers, sales representatives and customer support representatives. Our growth strategy also depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Identifying, recruiting, training and integrating qualified individuals requires significant time, expense and attention of management. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for engineers experienced in designing and developing software and software as a service, or SaaS, applications, and for experienced sales professionals. We have, from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may assert that these employees or we have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, prospective and existing employees often consider the value of the equity

 

18


Table of Contents

awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the actual or perceived value of our equity awards declines, or experiences significant volatility, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain key employees. If we are not able to effectively recruit and retain qualified employees, our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will be adversely impacted, and our business will be harmed.

We are subject to a number of risks associated with global sales and operations.

We operate a global business with offices located in the United States, the United Kingdom, South Africa and Australia. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, we generated 42% of our revenue from the United Kingdom, 38% from the United States, 19% from South Africa and 2% from the rest of the world. In the three months ended June 30, 2015, we generated 39% of our revenue from the United Kingdom, 41% from the United States, 18% from South Africa and 2% from the rest of the world. As a result, our sales and operations are subject to a number of risks and additional costs, including the following:

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates between currencies in the markets where we do business;

 

    risks associated with trade restrictions and additional legal requirements, including the exportation of our technology that is required in some of the countries in which we operate;

 

    greater risk of unexpected changes in regulatory practices, tariffs and tax laws and treaties;

 

    compliance with multiple anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act;

 

    heightened risk of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies, and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of, or irregularities in, financial statements;

 

    limited or uncertain protection of intellectual property rights in some countries and the risks and costs associated with monitoring and enforcing intellectual property rights abroad;

 

    greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and managing collections in certain jurisdictions, as well as longer collection periods;

 

    management communication and integration problems resulting from cultural and geographic dispersion;

 

    social, economic and political instability, terrorist attacks and security concerns in general; and

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences.

These and other factors could harm our ability to generate future global revenue and, consequently, materially impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Any serious disruptions in our services caused by defects in our software or otherwise may cause us to lose revenue and market acceptance.

Our customers use our services for the most critical aspects of their business, and any disruptions to our services or other performance problems with our services however caused could hurt our brand and reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. We provide regular updates, which may contain undetected errors when first introduced or released. In the past, we have discovered software errors, failures, vulnerabilities and bugs in our services after they have been released and new errors in our existing services may be detected in the future. Real or perceived errors, failures, system delays, interruptions, disruptions or bugs could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our services, loss of competitive position, delay of payment to us, lower renewal rates, or claims by customers for losses sustained by them. In such an event, we may

 

19


Table of Contents

be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to mitigate or correct the problem. We seek to cap the liability to which we are exposed in the event of losses or harm to our customers, but we cannot be certain that we will obtain these caps or that these caps, if obtained, will be respected in all instances. We carry insurance; however, the amount of such insurance may be insufficient to compensate us for any losses that may result from claims arising from defects or disruptions in our services. As a result, we could lose future sales and our reputation and our brand could be harmed.

If the prices we charge for our services are unacceptable to our customers, our operating results will be harmed.

As the market for our services matures, or as new or existing competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may experience pricing pressure and be unable to renew our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers at prices that are consistent with our pricing model and operating budget. If this were to occur, it is possible that we would have to change our pricing model or reduce our prices, which could harm our revenue, gross margin and operating results. Pricing decisions may also impact the mix of adoption among our subscription plans and negatively impact our overall revenue. Moreover, large enterprises, which may account for a larger portion of our business in the future, may demand substantial price concessions. If we are, for any reason, required to reduce our prices, our revenue, gross margin, profitability, financial position and cash flow may be adversely affected.

Our research and development efforts may not produce new services or enhancements to existing services that result in significant revenue or other benefits in the near future, if at all.

We invested 17% of our revenue in research and development in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, 15% in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, 12% in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 and 11% in the three months ended June 30, 2015. We expect to continue to dedicate significant financial and other resources to our research and development efforts in order to maintain our competitive position. However, investing in research and development personnel, developing new services and enhancing existing services is expensive and time-consuming, and there is no assurance that such activities will result in significant new marketable services, enhancements to existing services, design improvements, cost savings, revenue or other expected benefits. If we spend significant time and effort on research and development and are unable to generate an adequate return on our investment, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We may acquire other businesses, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our results of operations.

As part of our business strategy and in order to remain competitive, we may acquire, or make investments in, complementary companies, products or technologies. We have limited acquisition experience to date, and as a result, our ability as an organization to acquire and integrate other companies, products or technologies in a successful manner is unproven. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition targets, and we may not be able to complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, analysts and investors. In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating such acquisitions or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, while we will make significant efforts to address any information technology security issues with respect to any acquisitions, we may still inherit such risks when we integrate the acquired products and systems. Any integration process may require significant time and resources, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully. We may not successfully

 

20


Table of Contents

evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or personnel, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquired business, including accounting charges. We may have to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisitions, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition or the value of our ordinary shares. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations.

If the market for SaaS business software applications develops more slowly than we expect or declines, our business would be adversely affected.

The expansion of the SaaS business applications market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with SaaS, as well as the ability of SaaS providers to address data security and privacy concerns. Additionally, government agencies have adopted, or may adopt, laws and regulations regarding the collection and use of personal information obtained from consumers and other individuals, or may seek to access information on our platform, either of which may reduce the overall demand for our platform. If we or other SaaS providers experience data security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery, or other problems, the market for SaaS business applications, including our services, may be negatively affected.

If we are unable to effectively increase sales of our services to large enterprises while mitigating the risks associated with serving such customers, our business, financial position and results of operations may suffer.

As we seek to increase our sales to large enterprise customers, we may face longer sales cycles, more complex customer requirements, substantial upfront sales costs and less predictability in completing some of our sales than we do with smaller customers. In addition, our ability to successfully sell our services to large enterprises is dependent on us attracting and retaining sales personnel with experience in selling to large organizations. Also, because security breaches of larger, more high-profile enterprises are likely to be heavily publicized, there is increased reputational risk associated with serving such customers. If we are unable to increase sales of our services to large enterprise customers while mitigating the risks associated with serving such customers, our business, financial position and results of operations may suffer.

Natural disasters, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events could cause interruptions or performance problems associated with our information and technology infrastructure that could impair the delivery of our services and harm our business.

We currently store our customers’ information within ten third-party data center hosting facilities located in ten locations around the world. As part of our current disaster recovery arrangements, our production environment and all of our customers’ data is currently replicated in near real-time in a facility located in a different location. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to eliminate single points of failure will be effective to prevent or minimize interruptions to our operations. Our facilities are vulnerable to interruption or damage from a number of sources, many of which are beyond our control, including floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. They may also be subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct. Any damage to, or failure of, our systems generally could result in interruptions in our service. Interruptions in our service may reduce our revenue, cause customers to terminate their subscriptions and adversely affect our renewal rate and our ability to attract new customers. Our business and reputation will also be harmed if our existing and potential customers believe our service is unreliable. The occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions

 

21


Table of Contents

in our service. Even with the disaster recovery arrangements, our service could be interrupted. As we continue to add data centers and add capacity in our existing data centers, we may move or transfer our data and our customers’ data. Any unsuccessful data transfers may impair the delivery of our service. Further, as we continue to grow and scale our business to meet the needs of our customers, additional burdens may be placed on our hosting facilities.

Our existing credit agreement contains operating and financial covenants that may adversely impact our business and the failure to comply with such covenants could prevent us from borrowing funds and could cause any outstanding debt to become immediately payable.

Our existing credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank contains operating and financial restrictions and covenants, including the prohibition of the incurrence of further indebtedness and liens, the prohibition of certain investments, the prohibition against paying dividends and redeeming or repurchasing capital stock, restrictions against merger and consolidation transactions and restrictions against the disposition of assets. This agreement requires us to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio and a minimum annual recurring revenue amount during its term, and is subject to acceleration upon a material change in control (as defined therein). These restrictions and covenants, as well as those contained in any future financing agreements that we may enter into, may restrict our ability to finance our operations and to engage in, expand or otherwise pursue our business activities and strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and breaches of these covenants could result in a default under the credit agreement and any future financial agreements that we may enter into. If not waived, defaults could cause our outstanding indebtedness under our credit agreement and any future financing agreements that we may enter into to become immediately due and payable.

We employ third-party licensed software for use in or with our services, and the inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, or reduced service levels, which would adversely affect our business.

Our services incorporate and rely on certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third-party software and development tools in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace. In addition, integration of the software used in our services with new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources and delays in the release of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business. A licensor may have difficulties keeping up with technological changes or may stop supporting the software or other intellectual property that it licensed to us. Also, to the extent that our services depend upon the successful operation of third-party software in conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in this third-party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our services, delay new services introductions, result in a failure of our services, and injure our reputation. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into additional license agreements with third parties on terms that may not be favorable to us.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our intellectual property. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. As of

 

22


Table of Contents

June 30, 2015, we had one patent and eleven patent applications in the United States. We also have one patent issued and six patent applications pending for examination in non-U.S. jurisdictions and two pending Patent Cooperation Treaty patent applications. We may not be able to obtain any further patents, and our pending applications may not result in the issuance of patents. We have issued patents and pending patent applications outside the United States, and we may have to expend significant resources to obtain additional patents as we expand our international operations due to the cost of monitoring and protecting our rights across multiple jurisdictions.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Failure to adequately enforce our intellectual property rights could also result in the impairment or loss of those rights. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws offer us only limited protection and the laws of many of the countries in which we sell our services do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the United States and Europe. Accordingly, defense of our trademarks and proprietary technology may become an increasingly important issue as we continue to expand our operations and solution development into countries that provide a lower level of intellectual property protection than the United States or Europe. Policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property and technology is difficult and the steps we take may not prevent misappropriation of the intellectual property or technology on which we rely. For example, in the event of inadvertent or malicious disclosure of our proprietary technology, trade secret laws may no longer afford protection to our intellectual property rights in the areas not otherwise covered by patents or copyrights. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could materially adversely affect our brand and our business.

We may elect to initiate litigation in the future to enforce or protect our proprietary rights or to determine the validity and scope of the rights of others. That litigation may not be ultimately successful and could result in substantial costs to us, the reduction or loss in intellectual property protection for our technology, the diversion of our management’s attention and harm to our reputation, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends, in part, on our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities, including non-practicing entities, and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry.

From time to time, certain third parties have claimed that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights. In the future, we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. We closely monitor all such claims and none of the claims by the third parties have resulted in litigation, but legal actions by such parties are still possible. In addition, we cannot assure you that actions by other third parties alleging infringement by us of third-party patents or other intellectual property will not be asserted or prosecuted against us. In the future, others may claim that our services and underlying technology infringe or violate their intellectual property rights. We may also be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or services. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. Under all of our sales contracts, we are obligated

 

23


Table of Contents

to indemnify our customers and channel partners against third-party infringement claims, and we may also be obligated to pay substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, in connection with any such claim or litigation and to obtain licenses, modify services or refund fees, any of which could be costly. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation regarding intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

Confidentiality arrangements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our technology, business operations and business plans. In order to protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, we rely in significant part on confidentiality arrangements with our employees, licensees, independent contractors, advisers, channel partners, resellers and customers. These arrangements may not be effective to prevent disclosure of confidential information, including trade secrets, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, if others independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information, we would not be able to assert trade secret rights against such parties. Effective trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our services are available or where we have employees or independent contractors. The loss of trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our solutions by copying functionality. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and employment laws in any country in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that our employees or contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers or other parties.

We could in the future be subject to claims that employees or contractors, or we, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of our competitors or other parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending against such claims, a court could order us to pay substantial damages and prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our solutions, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of these parties. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to develop, market and support potential solutions or enhancements, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, such litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

The use of open source software in our offerings may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property.

Open source software is typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source software licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open source software as a component of the user’s software to disclose publicly part or all of the source code to the user’s software. In addition, certain open source software licenses require the user of such software to make any derivative works of the open source code available to others on unfavorable terms or at no cost. This can subject previously proprietary software to open source license terms.

 

 

24


Table of Contents

We monitor and control our use of open source software in an effort to avoid unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to successfully commercialize our products and solutions and believe that our compliance with the obligations under the various applicable licenses has mitigated the risks that we have triggered any such conditions or restrictions. However, such use may have inadvertently occurred in the development and offering of our products and solutions. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software that we have licensed from such third-party, we could be subject to the obligations and requirements of the applicable open source software licenses. This could harm our intellectual property position and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The terms of many open source software licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to successfully commercialize our products and solutions. For example, certain open source software licenses may be interpreted to require that we offer our products or solutions that use the open source software for no cost; that we make available the source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software (or that we grant third parties the right to decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, or otherwise derive such source code); that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license; or that otherwise impose limitations, restrictions or conditions on our ability to use, license, host, or distribute our products and solutions in a manner that limits our ability to successfully commercialize our products.

We could, therefore, be subject to claims alleging that we have not complied with the restrictions or limitations of the applicable open source software license terms or that our use of open source software infringes the intellectual property rights of a third-party. In that event, we could incur significant legal expenses, be subject to significant damages, be enjoined from further sale and distribution of our products or solutions that use the open source software, be required to pay a license fee, be forced to reengineer our products and solutions, or be required to comply with the foregoing conditions of the open source software licenses (including the release of the source code to our proprietary software), any of which could adversely affect our business. Even if these claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, the time and resources necessary to resolve them could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

Additionally, the use of open source software can lead to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open source software does not come with warranties or other contractual protections regarding indemnification, infringement claims or the quality of the code.

We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in many jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in various jurisdictions.

As a multinational organization, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and results of operations. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could review our tax returns and impose additional tax, interest and penalties, and the authorities could claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries. Furthermore, one or more jurisdictions in which we do not believe we are currently subject to tax payment, withholding, or filing requirements, could assert that we are subject to such requirements. Any of these claims or assertions could have a material impact on us and the results of our operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

We are subject to governmental export controls and funds dealings restrictions that could impair our ability to compete in certain international markets and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Our software and services may be subject to export controls and we may also be subject to restrictions or prohibitions on transactions with, or on dealing in funds transfers to/from, certain embargoed jurisdictions and sanctioned persons and entities, pursuant to the U.K. Export Control Organisation’s restrictions, the U.K. Treasury’s restrictions, the European Council (EU) Regulations, the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations, the economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls and U.S. Department of State, and similar laws that may apply in other jurisdictions in which we operate or sell or distribute our services. Export control and economic sanctions laws include prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and services to certain embargoed or sanctioned countries, regions, governments, persons and entities, as well as restrictions or prohibitions on dealing in funds to/from those countries, regions, governments, persons and entities. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption items and technology through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our services or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our services in those countries.

The exportation, re-exportation, and importation of our software and services, including by our channel partners, must comply with applicable laws or else we may be adversely affected, through reputational harm, government investigations, penalties, and/or a denial or curtailment of our ability to export our services. Although we take precautions to prevent our services from being provided in violation of such laws, our services may have been in the past, and could in the future be, provided in violation of such laws.

In 2008, an order was placed by a third-party U.K. reseller of Mimecast Services Limited (“MSL”), our U.K. operating company, for ongoing email archiving services to Persia International Bank (“PIB”), which is based in London, United Kingdom. On July 27, 2010, PIB was named as a designated person on the EU Council Regulation against Iran. In March 2015, we determined that the provision of services after July 26, 2010 by MSL to PIB may have constituted an indirect breach by us of EU Council Regulation 267/2012. We terminated the PIB account with the U.K. reseller and also determined that no payments had been received by us from our channel partner related to this account since April 2014 and that the total revenue recognized by us over the life of the account was less than £12,500. On October 25, 2007, PIB had previously been included on the U.S. List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons under Executive Order 13382. The designation was amended on August 16, 2010 to add a designation under the Iranian Financial Sanctions Regulations. However, based on our review to date, because of the U.K. nexus to the activities, we believe this sale did not constitute a violation of U.S. trade sanctions administered by OFAC. However, we may experience reputational harm as a result of the transaction by our U.K. operating company. We have since implemented additional export control compliance management oversight and have undertaken remedial measures and additional screenings to reduce the risk of similar events occurring in the future.

If we are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions or export control laws, it could result in substantial fines and penalties for us and for the individuals working for us, including civil penalties of up to $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction, whichever is greater, per violation, and in the event of conviction for a criminal violation, fines of up to $1 million and possible incarceration for responsible employees and managers for willful and knowing violations. Under the terms of applicable regulations, each instance in which a company provides goods or services may be considered a separate violation. If we are found to be in violation of U.K. sanctions or export controls, it could also result in unlimited fines for us and responsible employees and managers, as well as imprisonment of up to two years for responsible employees and managers.

 

26


Table of Contents

Changes in our software or services, or changes in export, sanctions or import laws, may delay the introduction and sale of our services in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our software or services or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our software or services to certain countries, regions, governments, persons or entities altogether, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate for a variety of reasons and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly operating results, including the levels of our revenue, gross margin, profitability, cash flow and deferred revenue, may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuations in quarterly results may negatively impact the value of our ordinary shares. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results include, but are not limited to:

 

    foreign exchange rates;

 

    our ability to attract new customers;

 

    our revenue retention rate;

 

    the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

    network outages or security breaches;

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

    increases or decreases in the number of features in our services or pricing changes upon any renewals of customer agreements;

 

    changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

    new variations in sales of our services, which has historically been highest in the fourth quarter of a given fiscal year; and

 

    the timing and success of new services and service introductions by us and our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic partners.

If we need to raise additional capital to expand our operations and invest in new technologies in the future and cannot raise it on acceptable terms or at all, our ability to compete successfully may be harmed.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, unforeseen circumstances may arise which may mean that we may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the value of our ordinary shares could decline. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, if at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

    develop and enhance our services;

 

    continue to expand our research and development, sales and marketing organizations;

 

27


Table of Contents
    hire, train and retain key employees;

 

    respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or

 

    pursue acquisition opportunities.

Our inability to do any of the foregoing could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain whether the reduced requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 effective on April 5, 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Most of such requirements relate to disclosures that we would only be required to make if we cease to be a foreign private issuer in the future. Nevertheless, as a foreign private issuer that is an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, for up to five fiscal years after the date of this offering. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (a) the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. When we are no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above. We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result of our reliance on exemptions under the JOBS Act. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.

Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and the Offering

Our share price may be volatile, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

The initial public offering price for the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between us and representatives of the underwriters. This price may not reflect the market price of our ordinary shares following this offering and the price of our ordinary shares may decline. In addition, the market price of our ordinary shares could be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially as a result of many factors, including:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

    variance in our financial performance from the expectations of market analysts;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, changes in service provider relationships, acquisitions or expansion plans;

 

    changes in the prices of our services or those of our competitors;

 

    our involvement in litigation;

 

    our sale of ordinary shares or other securities in the future;

 

    market conditions in our industry;

 

    changes in key personnel;

 

28


Table of Contents
    the trading volume of our ordinary shares;

 

    changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets; and

 

    general economic and market conditions.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. If we were involved in any similar litigation we could incur substantial costs and our management’s attention and resources could be diverted.

There has been no prior public market for our ordinary shares, and an active trading market may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. An active trading market may not develop following completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your ordinary shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your ordinary shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our ordinary shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies by using our ordinary shares as consideration.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our shares would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our shares or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our shares could decrease, which could cause our share price and trading volume to decline.

We do not expect to pay dividends and investors should not buy our ordinary shares expecting to receive dividends.

We do not anticipate that we will declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, you will only realize an economic gain on your investment in our ordinary shares if the price appreciates. You should not purchase our ordinary shares expecting to receive cash dividends. Since we do not pay dividends, and if we are not successful in establishing an orderly trading market for our shares, then you may not have any manner to liquidate or receive any payment on your investment. Therefore our failure to pay dividends may cause you to not see any return on your investment even if we are successful in our business operations. In addition, because we do not pay dividends we may have trouble raising additional funds which could affect our ability to expand our business operations.

The market price of our ordinary shares could be negatively affected by future sales of our ordinary shares.

Sales by us or our shareholders of a substantial number of ordinary shares in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our

 

29


Table of Contents

ordinary shares to decline or could impair our ability to raise capital through a future sale of, or pay for acquisitions using, our equity securities. Of our issued and outstanding shares, all of the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable, except for any shares acquired by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

We, our executive officers and directors, and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding ordinary shares and options, have agreed with the underwriters that, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares, or in any manner transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of ordinary shares, or cause a registration statement covering any ordinary shares to be filed except for the ordinary shares offered in this offering, without the prior written consent of the designated representative of the underwriters, who may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to these lock-up agreements.

At any time after 180 days following the date of this offering, the holders of             of our ordinary shares are entitled to demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act for resale into the public markets. All shares sold pursuant to an offering covered by such registration statement will be freely transferable. See “Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights.”

In addition to our current shareholders’ registration rights, as of June 30, 2015, we had outstanding options to purchase 32,622,288 shares under our equity incentive plans and had an additional 4,637,343 shares available for future grant. The number of ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans will be increased to an aggregate of              shares immediately following the closing of this offering representing 10% of our outstanding shares immediately following the offering (excluding the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares). Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act registering the shares under our equity incentive plans. Shares included in such registration statement will be available for sale in the public market following such filing and after the expiration of the lock-up period to which the holders of such shares are subject, subject to vesting provisions, except for shares held by affiliates who will have certain restrictions on their ability to sell.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of otherwise applicable SEC and NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors under rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.

As a foreign private issuer, in reliance on the listing rules of NASDAQ, which permit a foreign private issuer to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country, we will be permitted to follow certain Jersey corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required under the corporate governance standards for U.S. domestic issuers. We currently do not intend to take advantage of any such exemptions. We may in the future elect to follow Jersey home country practices with regard to matters such as the formation and composition of our board of directors, the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees, separate sessions of independent directors and the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events (such as for the establishment or amendment of certain equity-based compensation plans, issuances that will result in a change of control of the company, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company and certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company).

Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under NASDAQ corporate governance rules that apply to U.S. domestic issuers. Following our home country

 

30


Table of Contents

governance practices as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a United States company listed on NASDAQ may provide less protection than is accorded to investors of domestic issuers. See “Management—Corporate Governance.”

As a foreign private issuer, we will not be subject to the provisions of Regulation FD or U.S. proxy rules and will be exempt from filing certain Exchange Act reports.

As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from a number of requirements under U.S. securities laws that apply to public companies that are not foreign private issuers. In particular, we will be exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file annual and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act and we will generally be exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act. We will also be exempt from the provisions of Regulation FD, which prohibits the selective disclosure of material nonpublic information to, among others, broker-dealers and holders of a company’s securities under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that the holder will trade in the company’s securities on the basis of the information. Even though we intend to comply voluntarily with Regulation FD, these exemptions and leniencies will reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections to which you are entitled as an investor.

We are not required to comply with the proxy rules applicable to U.S. domestic companies, including the requirement applicable to emerging growth companies to disclose the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and the other two most highly compensated executive officers on an individual, rather than an aggregate, basis.

We would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain foreign private issuer status. Although we have elected to comply with certain U.S. regulatory provisions, our loss of foreign private issuer status would make such provisions mandatory. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would also be required to follow U.S. proxy disclosure requirements, including the requirement to disclose more detailed information about the compensation of our senior executive officers on an individual basis. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we would lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the ordinary shares you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares substantially exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our ordinary shares in this offering, you will suffer, as of June 30, 2015, immediate dilution of $            per ordinary share, or $            per ordinary share if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, in net tangible book value after giving effect to the sale of ordinary shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $            per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less estimated

 

31


Table of Contents

underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. If outstanding options to purchase our ordinary shares are exercised in the future, you will experience additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

We have broad discretion over the use of proceeds we receive in this offering and may not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and, as a result, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of these proceeds. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds in ways that not all shareholders approve of or that may not yield a favorable return. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares.

We have not yet determined whether our existing internal controls over financial reporting systems are compliant with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and we cannot provide any assurance that there are no material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our existing internal controls.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, starting with the second annual report that we file with the SEC after the consummation of this offering, our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, once we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and lose the ability to rely on the exemptions related thereto discussed above, our independent registered public accounting firm will also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. We have not yet commenced the process of determining whether our existing internal controls over financial reporting systems are compliant with Section 404 and whether there are any material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our existing internal controls. This process will require the investment of substantial time and resources, including by our chief financial officer and other members of our senior management. In addition, we cannot predict the outcome of this determination and whether we will need to implement remedial actions in order to implement effective control over financial reporting. The determination and any remedial actions required could result in us incurring additional costs that we did not anticipate. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. As a result, we may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses during and after the implementation of these changes. If we are unable to implement any of the required changes to our internal control over financial reporting effectively or efficiently or are required to do so earlier than anticipated, it could adversely affect our operations, financial reporting and/or results of operations and could result in an adverse opinion on internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.

A change in our tax residence could have a negative effect on our future profitability.

Although we are organized under the laws of Jersey, our affairs are, and are intended to continue to be, managed and controlled in the United Kingdom for tax purposes and therefore we are resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. and Jersey tax purposes. It is possible that in the future, whether as a result of a change in law or the practice of any relevant tax authority or as a result of any change in the conduct of our affairs or for any other reason, we could become, or be regarded as having become, a resident in a jurisdiction other than the United Kingdom. If we cease to be a U.K. tax resident, we may be subject to a charge to U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains on our assets and to unexpected tax charges in other jurisdictions on our income. Similarly, if the tax residency of any of our subsidiaries were to change from their current jurisdiction for any of the reasons listed above, we may be subject to a charge to local capital gains tax on the assets.

 

32


Table of Contents

Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income among our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability.

We conduct operations world-wide through subsidiaries in various tax jurisdictions pursuant to transfer pricing arrangements between our company and its subsidiaries. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally will require that transfer prices be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arms’ length and that appropriate documentation is maintained to support the transfer pricing. While we believe that we operate in compliance with applicable transfer pricing laws and intend to continue to do so, our transfer pricing procedures are not binding on applicable tax authorities. If tax authorities in any of these countries were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms’ length transactions, they could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which could result in a higher tax liability to us. In addition, if the country from which the income is reallocated does not agree with the reallocation, both countries could tax the same income, resulting in double taxation. If tax authorities were to allocate income to a higher tax jurisdiction, subject our income to double taxation or assess interest and penalties, it would increase our consolidated tax liability, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Double taxation should be mitigated in these circumstances where the affiliated parties that are subject to the transfer pricing adjustments are able to benefit from any applicable double taxation agreement.

Our ability to use our U.S. net operating loss carry forwards may be subject to limitation.

As of March 31, 2015, we had U.S. federal net operating loss of approximately $30.4 million, U.S. state net operating loss of approximately $27.4 million, and non-U.S. net operating losses of approximately $15.7 million. In general, net operating losses in one country cannot be used to offset income in any other country and net operating losses in one state cannot be used to offset income in any other state. Accordingly, we may be subject to tax in certain jurisdictions even if we have unused net operating losses in other jurisdictions. Also, each jurisdiction in which we operate may have its own limitations on our ability to utilize net operating losses or tax credit carryovers generated in that jurisdiction. These limitations may increase our U.S. federal, state, and/or foreign income tax liability.

U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares could be subject to material adverse tax consequences if we are considered a Passive Foreign Investment Company (or PFIC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We do not believe that we will qualify as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the 2015 tax year. We also do not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future, but the possible status as a PFIC must be determined annually and therefore may be subject to change. If we are at any time treated as a PFIC, such treatment could result in a reduction in the after-tax return to U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares and may cause a reduction in the value of such shares. Furthermore, if we are at any time treated as a PFIC, U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares could be subject to greater U.S. income tax liability than might otherwise apply, imposition of U.S. income tax in advance of when tax would otherwise apply and detailed tax filing requirements that would not otherwise apply. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, “U.S. Holders” include individuals and various entities. A corporation is classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the average quarterly value of all its total gross assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, passive income includes certain dividends, interest, royalties and rents that are not derived in the active conduct of a trade or business. The PFIC rules are complex and a U.S. Holder of our ordinary shares is urged to consult its own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules to it in its particular circumstances. For information on the U.S. federal tax implications on U.S. Holders, see “Taxation.”

 

33


Table of Contents

U.S. shareholders may not be able to enforce civil liabilities against us.

A number of our directors and executive officers are not residents of the U.S., and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce against them judgments obtained in U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

There is also a doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales and Jersey, whether by original actions or by seeking to enforce judgments of U.S. courts, of claims based on the federal securities laws of the U.S. In addition, punitive damages in actions brought in the U.S. or elsewhere may be unenforceable in England and Wales and Jersey.

The rights afforded to shareholders are governed by Jersey law. Not all rights available to shareholders under English law or U.S. law will be available to shareholders.

The rights afforded to shareholders will be governed by Jersey law and by the Articles of Association, and these rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical English companies and U.S. corporations. In particular, Jersey law significantly limits the circumstances under which shareholders of companies may bring derivative actions and, in most cases, only the corporation may be the proper claimant or plaintiff for the purposes of maintaining proceedings in respect of any wrongful act committed against it. Neither an individual nor any group of shareholders has any right of action in such circumstances. In addition, Jersey law does not afford appraisal rights to dissenting shareholders in the form typically available to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

 

34


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our expectations regarding our revenue, expenses and other results of operations;

 

    our plans to invest in sales and marketing efforts and expand our channel partnerships;

 

    our ability to attract and retain customers;

 

    our spending of the net proceeds from this offering;

 

    our plans to continue to invest in the research and development of technology for both existing and new products;

 

    the growth rates of the markets in which we compete;

 

    our liquidity and working capital requirements;

 

    our anticipated strategies for growth;

 

    our ability to anticipate market needs and develop new and enhanced solutions to meet those needs;

 

    anticipated trends and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

    our ability to compete in our industry and innovation by our competitors;

 

    our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property; and

 

    our plans to pursue strategic acquisitions.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not

 

35


Table of Contents

actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may make.

 

36


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data, including those relating to our industry, that we have obtained from industry publications and reports, including reports from Gartner, Inc., Endurance International Group, The Radicati Group, Inc., Forrester Research, Inc. and 451 Research. These industry publications and reports generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates, as there is no assurance that any of them will be reached. Although we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports, based on our industry experience we believe that the publications and reports are reliable and that the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the industry publications and reports.

The reports from Gartner described herein, or the Gartner Reports, represent data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice. The Gartner Reports are (i) Magic Quadrant for Enterprise Information Archiving Gartner , dated November 2014, (ii) Survey Analysis: Cloud Adoption Across Vertical Industries Exhibits More Similarities Than Differences , dated February 2015, (iii) Cloud Office Questions Begin the Shift From “If” to “When” , dated April 2015, (iv) Forecast: Information Security, Worldwide, 2013-2019, 2Q15 Update , dated July 2015, (v) Forecast: Storage Software Market, Worldwide, 2012-2019, 2Q15 Update , dated June 2015, and (vi) The State of E-Discovery in 2015 and Beyond, dated February 2015.

The report from Forrester Research described herein is Understand the Context of eDiscovery Tools for Your Enterprise , dated November 2013. The report from 451 Research described herein is Global Enterprise Mobility Forecast , dated March 2015.

 

37


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the issuance of our ordinary shares in this offering of $            million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of $            million. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders. The selling shareholders consist of members of our senior management.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of ordinary shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our ordinary shares and facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We currently have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds of this offering and are unable to identify the amount of proceeds that will be applied to any particular purpose. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds we receive from this offering, including any net proceeds we receive from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to acquire additional ordinary shares in the offering, for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We expect to continue to invest in and to grow our research and development capabilities as well as expand our sales and marketing teams. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of or investment in businesses, products, services, technologies or other assets that we believe are complementary to our own, although we have no agreements or understandings with respect to any acquisitions at this time.

The amount of what, and timing of when, we actually spend for these purposes may vary significantly and will depend on a number of factors, including our future revenue and cash generated by operations and the other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in applying a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a variety of capital preservation investments, which may include term deposits, short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and government securities.

 

38


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares, and we currently do not plan to declare dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends to holders of our ordinary shares will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, projections, liquidity, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt arrangements and other factors that our board of directors deem relevant. Pursuant to the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, we may only pay a dividend if the directors who authorize the dividend make a prior solvency statement in statutory form.

 

39


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2015:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred shares into an aggregate of 75,458,210 ordinary shares, (ii) the redesignation or conversion of all of our outstanding Founder, Class A, Class B and Class C ordinary shares into 201,988,169 ordinary shares, and (iii) the share-based compensation expense of $1.6 million associated with certain equity awards that will become exercisable upon the closing of this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and further effect to (i) the adoption and effectiveness of our amended and restated articles of association immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and (ii) the sale and issuance by us of             ordinary shares in this offering, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

This table should be read with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,510      $ 36,510      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt, current and long-term

   $ 11,700      $ 11,700      $     

Convertible preferred shares, par value £0.000001 per share, 75,458,210 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 75,458,210 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted.

     59,305            

Shareholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Ordinary shares, par value £0.000001 per share, 1,003,300,000 shares authorized, 201,988,169 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,003,300,000 shares authorized, 277,446,379 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; nominal value $0.01 per share,              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        1     

Preferred shares, nominal value $0.01 per share, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                

Additional paid-in capital

     34,880        95,821     

Accumulated deficit

     (87,581     (89,217  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,531        1,531     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (51,169     8,136     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 19,836      $ 19,836      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, total shareholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $            million, assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of ordinary shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of ordinary shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, shareholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $            million, at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above excludes:

 

    32,622,288 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.40 per share; and

 

    4,637,343 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance as of June 30, 2015 under our equity incentive plans.

 

41


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our ordinary shares in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our ordinary shares and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of ordinary shares in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately prior to the offering. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2015 was $7.9 million, or $0.04 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2015 was $7.9 million, or $0.03 per share, based on the total number of ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred shares as of June 30, 2015 into an aggregate of 75,458,210 ordinary shares, which conversions will occur upon the closing of this offering. After giving effect to the issuance and sale of the ordinary shares in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the receipt of the net proceeds therefrom, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at June 30, 2015 would have been $             or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing shareholders of $             per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $             per share.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share

      $                
     

 

 

 

Historical net tangible book value per ordinary share as of June 30, 2015

   $        

Increase in net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma tangible book value per ordinary share as of June 30, 2015

   $        

Increase per ordinary share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share as of June 30, 2015 after giving effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per ordinary share to new investors

      $                

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $            , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1.0 million increase or decrease in the number of ordinary shares we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $            , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares are exercised, new investors would experience further dilution. If the underwriters

 

42


Table of Contents

exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares immediately after this offering would be $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $             per share.

The following table presents, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2015, the differences between the existing shareholders and the new investors purchasing our ordinary shares in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of ordinary shares and convertible preferred shares, cash received from the exercise of share options, and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Ordinary Shares
Purchased
    Total Consideration     Average
Price
per Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing shareholders

                   $                                 $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $                      100  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all shareholders by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Each 1.0 million increase or decrease in the number of ordinary shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all shareholders by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing shareholders would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of ordinary shares that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 277,446,379 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015, and excludes:

 

    32,622,288 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.40 per share; and

 

    4,637,343 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance as of June 30, 2015 under our equity incentive plans.

 

43


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables present selected consolidated financial and other data for our business. You should read this information together with the sections entitled “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended March 31, 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial data on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2013     2014     2015     2014     2015  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 66,750      $ 88,315      $ 116,085      $ 26,943      $ 33,328   

Cost of revenue(1)

     21,165        28,673        36,821        8,925        9,876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     45,585        59,642        79,264        18,018        23,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

          

Research and development(1)

     11,019        12,844        14,461        3,954        3,530   

Sales and marketing(1)

     35,635        46,971        51,224        12,775        13,121   

General and administrative(1)

     13,666        11,187        15,806        3,940        4,691   

Restructuring

                   1,203                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     60,320        71,002        82,694        20,669        21,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (14,735     (11,360     (3,430     (2,651     2,110   

Other income (expense)

          

Interest income

     77        86        62        20        17   

Interest expense

     (844     (542     (703     (133     (177

Foreign exchange income (expense)

     1,188        (5,055     4,508        (1,246     (3,841
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     421        (5,511     3,867        (1,359     (4,001
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (14,314     (16,871     437        (4,010     (1,891

Provision for income taxes

     15        19        152        38        358   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (14,329   $ (16,890   $ 285      $ (4,048   $ (2,249
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders:(2)

          

Basic

   $ (0.08   $ (0.09   $ 0.00      $ (0.02   $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.08   $ (0.09   $ 0.00      $ (0.02   $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents
     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2013      2014      2015     2014      2015  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in computing net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders:

             

Basic

     186,358         190,314         194,123        191,306         198,396   

Diluted

     186,358         190,314         216,452        191,306         198,396   

Pro forma net loss per share applicable to ordinary shareholders:(3)

             

Basic

         $ (0.00      $ (0.01
        

 

 

      

 

 

 

Diluted

         $ (0.00      $ (0.01
        

 

 

      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share applicable to ordinary shareholders:

             

Basic

           269,581           273,854   

Diluted

           269,581           273,854   

 

     At March 31,     At June 30,  
     2013     2014     2015     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,458      $ 19,158      $ 32,890      $ 36,510   

Property and equipment, net

     14,563        24,974        23,159        25,355   

Total assets

     73,453        75,783        88,829        93,664   

Debt, current and long-term

     8,669        9,092        12,364        11,700   

Deferred revenue, current and long-term

     35,222        46,131        53,308        56,578   

Convertible preferred shares

     59,305        59,305        59,305        59,305   

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (44,700     (56,750     (53,851     (51,169

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Supplemental Financial and Other Data:

        

Revenue constant currency growth rate(4)

     37     33     33     32

Revenue retention rate(5)

     105     107     104     108

Total customers(6)

     10,300        13,800        11,000        14,500   

Adjusted EBITDA(7)

   $ (1,170   $ 14,227      $ 626      $ 5,489   

 

(1) Share-based compensation expense included in these line items was as follows:

 

     Year ended March 31,      Three months ended June 30,  
     2013      2014      2015      2014      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 239       $ 151       $ 151       $ 30       $ 22   

Research and development

     174         291         544         34         29   

Sales and marketing

     2,663         395         1,684         349         83   

General and administrative

     3,600         395         3,047         99         709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 6,676       $ 1,232       $ 5,426       $ 512       $ 843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents
(2) Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders is computed based on the weighted net-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period. For additional information, see Note 2 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(3) Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to ordinary shareholders and pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding has been computed to give effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares, which will occur upon the closing of this offering as if such conversion occurred as of the date of original issuance, but does not give effect to the issuance of shares in connection with this offering. Additionally, pro forma net loss includes share-based compensation expense of $1.6 million related to share-based awards that have satisfied the service condition as of June 30, 2015, which will become exercisable upon the closing of this offering. For additional information on the conversion of the preferred shares, see Note 7 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(4) In order to determine how our business performed exclusive of the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, we compare the percentage change in our revenue from one period to another using a constant currency. To determine the revenue constant currency growth rate for the fiscal years below, revenue from entities reporting in foreign currencies was translated into U.S. dollars using the comparable prior period’s foreign currency exchange rates. For example, the average rates in effect for the fiscal year ended to March 31, 2014 were used to convert revenue for the year ended March 31, 2015 and the revenue for the comparable prior period ended March 31, 2014, rather than the actual exchange rates in effect during the respective period. Revenue constant currency growth rate is a non-GAAP financial measure. A reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure to its most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measures for the respective periods can be found in the table below.

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Revenue Constant Currency Growth Rate:

        

Revenue, as reported

   $ 88,315      $ 116,085      $ 26,943      $ 33,328   

Revenue year-over-year growth rate, as reported

     32     31     36     24

Estimated impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     5     2     (3 )%      8

Revenue constant currency growth rate

     37     33     33     32

The impact of foreign exchange rates is highly variable and difficult to predict. We use revenue constant currency growth rate to show the impact from foreign exchange rates on the current period revenue growth rate compared to the prior period revenue growth rate using the prior period’s foreign exchange rates. In order to properly understand the underlying business trends and performance of our ongoing operations, we believe that investors may find it useful to consider the impact of excluding changes in foreign exchange rates from our revenue growth rate.

We believe that presenting this non-GAAP financial measure in this report provides investors greater transparency to the information used by our management for financial and operational decision-making and allows investors to see our results “through the eyes” of management. We also believe that providing this information better enables our investors to understand our operating performance and evaluate the methodology used by management to evaluate and measure such performance.

However, this non-GAAP measure should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. For example, revenue constant currency growth rates, by their nature, exclude the impact of foreign exchange, which may have a material impact on U.S. GAAP revenue. Non-GAAP financial measures are not based on any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles and therefore other companies may calculate similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures differently than we do, limiting the usefulness of those measures for comparative purposes.

 

(5) We calculate our revenue retention rate by annualizing revenue on a constant currency basis recorded on the last day of the measurement period for only those customers in place throughout the entire measurement period. We include add-on, or upsell, revenue from additional employees and services purchased by existing customers. We divide the result by revenue on a constant currency basis on the first day of the measurement period for all customers in place at the beginning of the measurement period. The measurement period is based on the trailing twelve months. The revenue on a constant currency basis is based on the average exchange rates in effect during the respective period.

 

46


Table of Contents
(6) Rounded up to the nearest hundred customers.

 

(7) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation expense, restructuring expense, interest income and interest expense, the provision for income taxes and foreign currency exchange (expense) income.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and facilitates comparisons with our peer companies, many of which use a similar non-GAAP financial measure to supplement their GAAP results.

We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.

We do not place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operating performance. This non-GAAP measure should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations to using a non-GAAP financial measure, including that other companies may calculate this measure differently than we do, that it does not reflect our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures and that it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended June 30,  
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA:

        

Net (loss) income

   $ (16,890   $ 285      $ (4,048   $ (2,249

Depreciation and amortization

     8,958        11,028        2,765        2,536   

Interest expense, net

     456        641        113        160   

Provision for income taxes

     19        152        38        358   

Restructuring

            1,203                 

Share-based compensation expense

     1,232        5,426        512        843   

Foreign exchange expense (income)

     5,055        (4,508     1,246        3,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (1,170   $ 14,227      $ 626      $ 5,489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

Our business to date has been conducted primarily in the United Kingdom. In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, translations from pounds sterling to U.S. dollars were made at a rate of $1.485 per British pound, the noon buying rate quoted as of March 31, 2015 by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The following table presents information on the exchange rates between British pounds and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated. Such U.S. dollar amounts are not necessarily indicative of the amounts of U.S. dollars that could actually have been purchased upon exchange of pounds sterling at the dates indicated.

 

(U.S. dollar per pound)    Period End      Average      Low      High  

Year Ended March 31,

           

2011

     1.6048         1.5564         1.4344         1.6387   

2012

     1.5985         1.5967         1.5301         1.6691   

2013

     1.5193         1.5802         1.4877         1.6275   

2014

     1.6675         1.5895         1.4837         1.6750   

2015

     1.4850         1.6139         1.4686         1.7165   

Month Ended:

           

March 31, 2015

     1.4850         1.4958         1.4686         1.5391   

April 30, 2015

     1.5328         1.4968         1.4648         1.5485   

May 31, 2015

     1.5286         1.5456         1.5118         1.5772   

June 30, 2015

     1.5727         1.5576         1.5187         1.5882   

July 31, 2015

     1.5634         1.5560         1.5353         1.5634   

August 31, 2015

     1.5363         1.5578         1.5362         1.5731   

 

48


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading provider of next generation cloud security and risk management services for corporate information and email. Our fully-integrated suite of proprietary cloud services protects customers of all sizes from the significant business and data security risks to which their email system exposes them. We protect customers from today’s rapidly changing threat landscape where email has become a powerful attack vector and data leak concern. We also mitigate the significant business disruption that email failure or downtime causes. In addition, our archiving services secure, store and manage critical corporate communications and information to address growing compliance and e-discovery requirements and enable customers to use this increasing archive of information to improve employee productivity.

We operate our business on a SaaS model with renewable annual subscriptions. Customers enter into annual and multi-year contracts to utilize various components of our services. Our subscription fee includes the use of the selected service and technical support. We believe our technology, subscription-based model, and customer support have led to our high revenue retention rate, which has helped us drive our strong revenue growth. We have historically experienced significant revenue growth from our existing customer base as they renew our services and purchase additional products. Revenue recognized during the year ended March 31, 2015 for customers that existed at March 31, 2014 was $106.0 million representing 91% of total revenue.

We market and sell our services to organizations of all sizes across a broad range of industries. As of June 30, 2015, we provided our services to approximately 14,500 customers and protected millions of their employees across the world. We generate sales through our network of channel partners as well as through our direct sales force. Our growth and future success depends on our ability to expand our customer base and to sell additional services to our existing customers. The total number of our customers increased by 34% from March 31, 2014 to March 31, 2015, and 31% from June 30, 2014 to June 30, 2015.

In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, we generated 62% of our revenue outside of the United States, with 42% generated from the United Kingdom, 19% from South Africa and 2% from the rest of the world. In the three months ended June 30, 2015, we generated 59% of our revenue outside of the United States, with 39% generated from the United Kingdom, 18% from South Africa and 2% from the rest of the world. Our most significant growth market is the United States. We also believe that there is significant opportunity in our other existing markets. We intend to make significant investments in sales and marketing to continue expanding our customer base in our target markets.

The majority of our revenue is generated from annual subscriptions. Our services are implemented, configured and operated without the need for substantial training or professional

 

49


Table of Contents

services. For customers that choose to develop increased proficiency in our service or who require assistance for more complex configurations and for those that wish to import historical data, we offer additional services.

We were founded in 2003 with a mission to make email safer and better, and to transform the way organizations protect, store and access their email and corporate information. Our first service, Mimecast Email Security, which we launched in late 2003 and was quickly followed by Mimecast Email Continuity. In 2004, we added Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving. These three services generate a large proportion of our revenue today. In 2006, we started the development of our proprietary cloud architecture, which we refer to as Mime | OS . We believed early on that investing in the development of our own cloud operating system was a strategic requirement that would enable us to integrate and scale our services. Mimecast Large File Send was released in 2013 and was followed by Mimecast Targeted Threat Protection in 2014, our advanced persistent threat protection service. In 2014, we also released comprehensive risk mitigation technologies specifically for Office 365, and in 2015, we released Mimecast Secure Messaging.

We have achieved significant revenue growth in recent periods. Our revenue grew 32% from $66.8 million in the year ended March 31, 2013 to $88.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2014. Revenue grew 31% from $88.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2014 to $116.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2015. We incurred net losses of $14.3 million and $16.9 million in the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and had net income of $0.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2015. Revenue grew 24% from $26.9 million in the three months ended June 30, 2014 to $33.3 million in the three months ended June 30, 2015. We incurred a net loss of $2.2 million in the three months ended June 30, 2015.

Service Disruption

On September 21, 2015, we experienced a service disruption that resulted in service downtime for many of our customers for several hours. As a result of the service disruption, we expect to voluntarily provide service credits in the amount of approximately $0.7 million during the quarter ended September 30, 2015.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that the growth of our business and our future success are dependent upon a number of key factors, including the following:

Acquisition of New Customers. We employ a sales strategy that focuses on acquiring new customers through our direct sales force and network of channel partners, and selling additional products to existing customers. Acquiring new customers is a key element of our continued success, growth opportunity and future revenue. We have invested in and intend to continue to invest in our direct sales force and channel partners. During the year ended March 31, 2015, our customer base increased by approximately 3,500 organizations. From June 30, 2014 to June 30, 2015, our customer base increased by approximately 3,500 organizations.

Further Penetration of Existing Customers. Our direct sales force, together with our channel partners and dedicated customer experience team seek to generate additional revenue from our existing customers by adding more employees and selling additional services. We believe a significant opportunity exists for us to sell additional services to current customers as they experience the benefits of our services and we address additional business use cases.

Investment in Growth . We are expanding our operations, increasing our headcount and developing software to both enhance our current offerings and build new features. We expect our total operating expenses to increase, particularly as we continue to expand our sales operations, marketing activities and research and development team. We intend to continue to invest in our sales, marketing

 

50


Table of Contents

and customer experience organizations to drive additional revenue and support the growth of our customer base. Investments we make in our sales and marketing and research and development organizations will occur in advance of experiencing any benefits from such investments. In the year ending March 31, 2016, we plan to continue increasing the size of our direct sales force and to invest in the development of additional marketing content. We also expect to significantly increase the size of our research and development team.

Currency Fluctuations. We conduct business in the United States, the United Kingdom and other countries in Europe, South Africa and other countries in Africa, and also Australia. As a result, we are exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly between the U.S. dollar, the British pound and the South African rand. In the year ended March 31, 2015, 40% of our revenue was denominated in British pounds, 39% in U.S. dollars, 19% in South African rand and 2% in other currencies. In the three months ended June 30, 2015, 38% of our revenue was denominated in British pounds, 42% in U.S. dollars, 18% in South African rand, and 2% in other currencies. Given that our functional currency and that of our subsidiaries is the local currency of each entity but our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, devaluations of the British pound, South African rand and other currencies relative to the U.S. dollar impacts our profitability.

Key Performance Indicators

In addition to traditional financial metrics, such as revenue and revenue growth trends, we monitor several other key performance indicators to help us evaluate growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and assess operational efficiencies. The key performance indicators that we monitor are as follows:

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Gross profit percentage

     68     68     67     70

Revenue constant currency growth rate(1)

     37     33     33     32

Revenue retention rate

     105     107     104     108

Total customers(2)

     10,300        13,800        11,000        14,500   

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ (1,170   $ 14,227      $ 626      $ 5,489   

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA and revenue constant currency growth rate are non-GAAP measures. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and revenue constant currency growth rate to the nearest comparable GAAP measures, see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

 

(2) Rounded up to the nearest hundred customers.

Gross Profit Percentage . Gross profit percentage is calculated as gross profit divided by revenue. Our gross profit percentage has remained relatively constant over the past three years. We provide our services in each of the regions in which we operate. Costs related to supporting and hosting our product offerings and delivering our services are incurred in the region in which the related revenue is recognized. As a result, our gross profit percentage in actual terms is the same as it would be on a constant currency basis.

Revenue Constant Currency Growth Rate. We believe revenue constant currency growth rate is a key indicator of our operating results. We calculate revenue constant currency growth rate by translating revenue from entities reporting in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars using the comparable foreign currency exchange rates from the prior fiscal year. For further explanation of the uses and limitations of this measure and a reconciliation of our revenue constant currency growth rate to revenue, as reported, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, please see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data.” As our total revenue grew over the past three years, our revenue constant currency

 

51


Table of Contents

growth rate has declined slightly over the same period, as the incremental growth from period to period represented a smaller percentage of total revenue as compared to the prior period.

Revenue Retention Rate. We believe that our ability to retain customers is an indicator of the stability of our revenue base and the long-term value of our customer relationships. Our revenue retention rate is driven by our customer renewals and upsells. For each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 our customer retention rate has been consistently greater than 90%. We calculate our revenue retention rate by annualizing constant currency revenue recorded on the last day of the measurement period for only those customers in place throughout the entire measurement period. We include add-on, or upsell, revenue from additional employees and services purchased by existing customers. We divide the result by revenue on a constant currency basis on the first day of the measurement period for all customers in place at the beginning of the measurement period. The measurement period is the trailing twelve months. The revenue on a constant currency basis is based on the average exchange rates in effect during the respective period. Our revenue retention rate has remained relatively constant over the past three years.

Total Customers. We believe the total number of customers is a key indicator of our financial success and future revenue potential. We define a customer as an entity with an active subscription contract as of the measurement date. A customer is typically a parent company or, in a few cases, a significant subsidiary that works with us directly. We expect to continue to grow our customer base through the addition of new customers in each of our markets.

Adjusted EBITDA . We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a key indicator of our operating results. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation expense, restructuring expense, interest income and interest expense, the provision for income taxes and foreign currency exchange (expense) income. For further explanation of the uses and limitations of this measure and a reconciliation of our Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net income (loss), please see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data.” We expect that our Adjusted EBITDA will decrease in the near term as we focus on growing our research and development capabilities as well as expand our sales and marketing teams.

Components of Consolidated Statements of Operations

Revenue

We generate substantially all of our revenue from subscription fees paid by customers accessing our cloud services and by customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in our basic subscription fees. A small portion of our revenue consists of related professional services and other revenue, which consists primarily of set-up, ingestion fees and training fees.

We generally license our services on a price per employee basis under annual contracts. Some services, such as ingestion services, are invoiced upfront and recognized on a straight-line basis over the longer of the contract term or the average customer life.

We serve thousands of customers in multiple industries, and our revenue is not concentrated with any single customer or industry. For the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, no single customer accounted for more than 1% of our revenue, and our largest ten customers accounted for less than 10% of our revenue in aggregate.

Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met. At March 31, 2015, deferred revenue was $53.3 million. Estimated future recognition from deferred revenue at March 31, 2015 was $45.3 million in 2016, $4.0 million in 2017, $2.0 million in 2018 and $2.0 million thereafter.

 

52


Table of Contents

We have continued to expand our customer base, and have recently signed on more customers with monthly, instead of annual, billing terms. The proportion of aggregate contract value reflected on our balance sheet as deferred revenue may decrease if this trend continues.

We recognize revenue ratably on a straight-line basis over the subscription term, which is typically one year in duration, provided that an enforceable contract has been signed by both parties, we have given the customer access to our SaaS solutions, collection of the fee is probable, and the fee is fixed or determinable. Our subscription service arrangements do not contain refund-type provisions.

Our professional services contracts are on a time and material basis. When these services are not combined with subscription revenues as a single unit of accounting, as discussed in the section below entitled “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates”, these revenues are recognized as the services are rendered.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of expenses related to supporting and hosting our product offerings and delivering our professional services. These costs include salaries, benefits, bonuses and share-based compensation expense related to the management of our data centers, our customer support team and our professional services team. In addition to these expenses, we incur third-party service provider costs such as data center and networking expenses, allocated overhead costs and depreciation expense. We allocate overhead costs, such as rent and facility costs, information technology costs and employee benefit costs to all departments based on headcount. As such, general overhead expenses are reflected in cost of revenue and each operating expense category.

We currently expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars due to expenditures related to expansion and support of our data center operations and customer support teams. We also expect that cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue will decrease over time as we are able to achieve economies of scale in our business, although it may fluctuate from period to period depending on the timing of significant expenditures. To the extent that our customer base grows, we intend to continue to invest additional resources in expanding the delivery capability of our products and other services. The timing of these additional expenses could affect our cost of revenue, both in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in any particular quarterly or annual period.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, share-based compensation, costs of server usage by our developers and allocated overhead costs. We expense all research and development costs as they are incurred. We have focused our efforts on developing new versions of our SaaS technology with expanded features. Our technology is constantly being refined and, as such, we do not capitalize development costs. We believe that continued investment in our technology is important for our future growth. As a result, we expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we invest in further developing our Mime | OS platform, improving our existing services and creating new features that will increase the functionality of our new and existing products. Research and development expenses as a percentage of total revenue may fluctuate on a quarterly basis but we expect it to increase in the near-term as a result of the substantial expected investments noted above.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, commissions and share-based compensation. Other costs included are

 

53


Table of Contents

those relating to marketing and promotional events, online marketing, product marketing and allocated overhead costs. We expense all costs as they are incurred, including sales commissions. We expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase substantially in the year ending March 31, 2016 as we expand our sales and marketing efforts globally, and particularly in the United States. New sales personnel require training and may take several months or more to achieve productivity; as such, the costs we incur in connection with the hiring of new sales personnel in a given period are not typically offset by increased revenue in that period and may not result in new revenue if these sales personnel fail to become productive. We expect to increase our investment in sales and marketing as we add new services, which will increase these expenses in absolute dollars. Over the long term, we believe that sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue will decrease, but will vary depending upon the mix of revenue from new and existing customers, as well as changes in the productivity of our sales and marketing programs.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for executive, legal, finance, information technology and human resources functions, including salaries, benefits, incentive compensation and share-based compensation, in addition to the costs associated with professional fees, insurance premiums, other corporate expenses and allocated overhead costs. In future periods, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to incur additional personnel and professional services costs in order to meet the compliance requirements of operating as a public company, including those costs incurred in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Over the long term, we believe that general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue will decrease.

Restructuring

Restructuring consist of severance, outplacement, and other separation benefits.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) is comprised of the following items:

Interest income

Interest income includes interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents balance. We expect interest income to vary each reporting period depending on our average cash and cash equivalents balance during the period and market interest rates.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense associated with our credit facility and our outstanding debt.

Foreign exchange (expense) income

Foreign exchange (expense) income consists primarily of foreign exchange fluctuations related to short-term intercompany accounts and foreign currency exchange gains and losses related to transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency for each of our subsidiaries. We expect our foreign currency exchange gains and losses to continue to fluctuate in the future as foreign currency exchange rates change.

 

54


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

We operate in several tax jurisdictions and are subject to taxes in each country or jurisdiction in which we conduct business. We account for income taxes in accordance with the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using statutory rates. In addition, this method requires a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. To date, we have incurred cumulative net losses and maintain a full valuation allowance on our net deferred tax assets. Therefore, we have not recorded any domestic (U.K.) tax provisions and our effective tax rate differs from statutory rates. Our tax expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 and prior years primarily relates to our U.S. domiciled entity, including state tax provisions. Our tax expense for the three months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily attributed to estimated taxes related to our domestic jurisdictions.

Comparison of Period-to-Period Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 88,315      $ 116,085      $ 26,943      $ 33,328   

Cost of revenue

     28,673        36,821        8,925        9,876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     59,642        79,264        18,018        23,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

     12,844        14,461        3,954        3,530   

Sales and marketing

     46,971        51,224        12,775        13,121   

General and administrative

     11,187        15,806        3,940        4,691   

Restructuring

            1,203                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     71,002        82,694        20,669        21,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (11,360     (3,430     (2,651     2,110   

Other income (expense)

        

Interest income

     86        62        20        17   

Interest expense

     (542     (703     (133     (177

Foreign exchange (expense) income

     (5,055     4,508        (1,246     (3,841
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (5,511     3,867        (1,359     (4,001
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (16,871     437        (4,010     (1,891

Provision for income taxes

     19        152        38        358   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (16,890   $ 285      $ (4,048   $ (2,249
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
         2014             2015         2014     2015  

Revenue

     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     32        32        33        30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     68        68        67        70   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

     15        12        15        11   

Sales and marketing

     53        44        47        39   

General and administrative

     13        14        15        14   

Restructuring

            1                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     81        71        77        64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (13     (3     (10     6   

Other income (expense)

        

Interest income

                            

Interest expense

     (1     (1            (1

Foreign exchange (expense) income

     (5     4        (5     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (6     3        (5     (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (19            (15     (7

Provision for income taxes

                          1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (19 )%          (15 )%      (6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have operations in jurisdictions other than the United States and generate revenue and incur expenditures in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The following information shows the effect on certain components of our consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated based on a 10% unfavourable movement in foreign currency exchange rates:

 

     Year ended March 31,      Three months ended
June 30,
 
         2014              2015          2014      2015  
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 1.8       $ 2.3       $ 0.6       $ 0.6   

Research and development

     1.0         1.3         0.3         0.3   

Sales and marketing

     2.4         3.0         0.8         0.6   

General and administrative

     0.7         0.8         0.2         0.2   

Comparison of the Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2015

Revenue

 

     Three months ended June 30,      Period-to-period change  
     2014      2015      Amount          % Change      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 26,943       $ 33,328       $ 6,385         24

Revenue increased $6.4 million in the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in revenue was primarily due to the increase in new customers since June 30, 2014 and to a lesser extent additional revenue from existing customers. Our revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2015, was negatively impacted by approximately $2.3 million as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies in which

 

56


Table of Contents

we operate, as compared to the foreign exchange rates in effect during the three months ended June 30, 2014. Our total customers increased 31% from June 30, 2014 to June 30, 2015.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Three months ended June 30,      Period-to-period change  
     2014      2015      Amount          % Change      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 8,925       $ 9,876       $ 951         11

Cost of revenue increased $1.0 million in the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2014 which was primarily attributable to increases in data center costs of $0.3 million, professional services costs of $0.3 million, personnel-related costs of $0.2 million and information technology and facilities costs of $0.2 million. Total cost of revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2015 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2014 was positively impacted by approximately $0.6 million as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies in which we operate, as compared to the foreign exchange rates in effect during the three months ended June 30, 2014. Data center costs increased as a result of the increase in our customer base, professional services costs increased primarily as a result of an increase in vendor fulfillment costs, and personnel-related costs increased primarily as a result of salaries and benefits associated with increased headcount.

Operating Expenses

 

     Three months ended June 30,      Period-to-period change  
     2014      2015      Amount         % Change      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

   $ 3,954       $ 3,530       $ (424     (11 )% 

Sales and marketing

     12,775         13,121         346        3

General and administrative

     3,940         4,691         751        19
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 20,669       $ 21,342       $ 673        3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses decreased $0.4 million in the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2014. Total research and development expenses were positively impacted by approximately $0.3 million as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies in which we operate, as compared to the foreign exchange rates in effect during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and an increase in research and development credits of $0.1 million.

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses increased $0.3 million in the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2014 which was primarily attributable to increases in marketing costs of $1.0 million as a result of increased lead generation costs and exhibition costs. Total sales and marketing expenses were positively impacted by approximately $0.7 million as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies in which we operate, as compared to the foreign exchange rates in effect during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and a decrease in share-based compensation expense of $0.3 million.

 

57


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million in the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2014 which was primarily attributable to increases in share-based compensation expense of $0.6 million and increases in personnel-related costs of $0.2 million.

Other Income (Expense)

 

     Three months ended June 30,     Period-to-period change  
     2014     2015     Amount         % Change      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

   $ 20      $ 17      $ (3     (15 )% 

Interest expense

     (133     (177     (44     33

Foreign exchange (expense) income

     (1,246     (3,841     (2,595     208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

   $ (1,359   $ (4,001   $ (2,642     194
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Other income (expense)

Other income (expense) decreased $2.6 million in the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2014 attributable primarily to changes in foreign exchange (expense) income. We recognized foreign exchange expense in the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, primarily attributable to the re-measurement of short-term intercompany asset and liability balances. The increase in foreign exchange expense of $2.6 million period over period is primarily the result of the U.S. dollar weakening compared to the British pound combined with higher intercompany balances at June 30, 2015 as compared to intercompany balances at June 30, 2014.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Three months ended June 30,      Period-to-period change  
     2014      2015      Amount          % Change      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 38       $ 358       $ 320         842

Provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes increased $0.3 million in the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2014 attributable primarily to estimated taxes related to our domestic jurisdictions.

Comparison of Years Ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

Revenue

 

     Year ended March 31,      Period-to-period change  
     2014      2015      Amount          % Change      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 88,315       $ 116,085       $ 27,770         31

 

58


Table of Contents

Revenue increased $27.8 million in the year ended March 31, 2015 compared to the year ended March 31, 2014 which was primarily attributable to increases from new customers as well as increases in revenue from existing customers. Of the total increase in revenues, 36% represented revenue from new customers acquired after March 31, 2014, and 64% represented revenue from existing customers as of March 31, 2014. Revenues recognized during the year ended March 31, 2015 for customers that existed at March 31, 2014 were $106.0 million representing 91% of total revenue. Our total customers increased 34% from March 31, 2014 to March 31, 2015.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year ended March 31,      Period-to-period change  
     2014      2015      Amount          % Change      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 28,673       $ 36,821       $ 8,148         28

Cost of revenue increased $8.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2015 compared to the year ended March 31, 2014 which was primarily attributable to personnel-related costs of $3.1 million, increased data center costs of $2.2 million, increased depreciation expense of $1.9 million, and increased information technology and facilities costs of $0.7 million. Personnel-related cost increases were primarily attributable to salaries and benefits associated with increased headcount. Data center costs increased in line with the increase in revenue.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year ended March 31,      Period-to-period change  
     2014      2015      Amount          % Change      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

   $ 12,844       $ 14,461       $ 1,617         13

Sales and marketing

     46,971         51,224         4,253         9   

General and administrative

     11,187         15,806         4,619         41   

Restructuring

             1,203         1,203         nm   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 71,002       $ 82,694       $ 11,692         16
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

nm — not meaningful

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses increased $1.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2015 compared to the year ended March 31, 2014 which was primarily attributable to personnel-related costs of $1.0 million, increased share-based compensation of $0.3 million, and increased information and technology and facility costs of $0.2 million. Personnel-related cost increases were primarily attributable to salaries and benefits associated with increased compensation, including bonuses.

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses increased $4.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2015 compared to the year ended March 31, 2014 which was primarily attributable to personnel-related costs of $3.2 million, additional share-based compensation expense of $1.3 million, increased information and technology costs of $0.3 million, and increased third-party commissions of $0.4 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in personnel training costs of $0.5 million. Personnel-related cost increases were primarily attributable to increased commissions.

 

59


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $4.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2015 compared to year ended March 31, 2014 which was primarily attributable to increased share-compensation expense of $2.7 million, increased personnel-related costs of $2.0 million, increased information technology and facilities costs $0.5 million, and increased insurance costs of $0.3 million. These increases were partially offset by decreases in professional services costs of $0.6 million.

Restructuring expenses

We recorded restructuring expenses of $1.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2015 in connection with the termination of employees in the United States and United Kingdom. Restructuring expenses consisted of employee severance charges outplacement, and other separation benefits. We did not incur restructuring expenses in the year ended March 31, 2014.

Other Income (Expense)

 

     Year ended March 31,     Period-to-period change  
         2014             2015         Amount         % Change      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense)

        

Interest income

   $ 86      $ 62      $ (24     (28 )% 

Interest expense

     (542     (703     (161     30   

Foreign exchange (expense) income

     (5,055     4,508        9,563        (189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

   $ (5,511   $ 3,867      $ 9,378        (170 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Other income (expense)

Other income (expense) increased $9.4 million in 2015 compared to 2014 attributable primarily to changes in foreign exchange (expense) income. In the year ended March 31, 2014, we recognized foreign exchange expense, primarily attributable to the re-measurement of short-term intercompany asset and liability balances as a result of the U.S. dollar weakening compared to the British pound.

In the year ended March 31, 2015, we recognized foreign exchange income attributable primarily to the re-measurement of short-term intercompany asset and liability balances as a result of the U.S. dollar strengthening compared to the British pound. The increase in interest expense was attributable primarily to higher weighted-average principal outstanding in the year ended March 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2014.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year ended March 31,      Period-to-period change  
       2014          2015        Amount      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 19       $ 152       $ 133         700

Provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes increased $0.1 million in 2015 compared to 2014 attributable primarily to taxes related to our foreign jurisdictions.

 

60


Table of Contents

Quarterly results of operations data

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of the nine quarters in the period ended June 30, 2015. We have prepared the quarterly consolidated statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

    Quarter ended  
    Jun 30,
2013
    Sept 30,
2013
    Dec 31,
2013
    Mar 31,
2014
    Jun 30,
2014
    Sept 30,
2014
    Dec 31,
2014
    Mar 31,
2015
    Jun 30,
2015
 
   

(in thousands)

 

Revenue

  $ 19,867      $ 20,755      $ 23,306      $ 24,387      $ 26,943      $ 28,603      $ 29,824      $ 30,715      $ 33,328   

Cost of revenue (1)

    6,552        6,608        7,150        8,363        8,925        9,137        9,584        9,175        9,876   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    13,315        14,147        16,156        16,024     

 

 

 

 

 

18,018

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,466

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,240

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,540

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,452

 

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

                 

Research and development (1)

    3,190        3,063        3,193        3,398        3,954        3,956        3,407        3,144        3,530   

Sales and marketing (1)

    11,585        10,938        12,089        12,359        12,775        13,726        11,642        13,081        13,121   

General and administrative (1)

    2,875        2,324        2,897        3,091        3,940        5,588        2,632        3,646        4,691   

Restructuring

                                       1,263        (60              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    17,650        16,325        18,179        18,848        20,669        24,533        17,621        19,871        21,342   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (4,335     (2,178     (2,023     (2,824     (2,651     (5,067     2,619        1,669        2,110   

Other income (expense)

                 

Interest income

    23        14        31        18        20        13        14        15        17   

Interest expense

    (132     (129     (132     (149     (133     (178     (207     (185     (177

Foreign exchange income (expense)

    (779     (2,634     (1,137     (505  

 

 

 

(1,246

 

 

 

 

 

1,886

 

  

 

 

 

 

1,676

 

  

 

 

 

 

2,192

 

  

 

 

 

 

(3,841

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (888     (2,749     (1,238     (636  

 

 

 

(1,359

 

 

 

 

 

1,721

 

  

 

 

 

 

1,483

 

  

 

 

 

 

2,022

 

  

 

 

 

 

(4,001

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

    (5,223     (4,927     (3,261     (3,460     (4,010     (3,346     4,102        3,691        (1,891

Provision for income taxes

    5        5        5        4        38        38        38        38        358   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (5,228   $ (4,932   $ (3,266   $ (3,464  

 

 

$

 

 

(4,048

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(3,384

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

4,064

 

 

  

 

 

 

$

 

 

3,653

 

 

  

 

 

 

$

 

 

(2,249

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Share-based compensation expense included in these line items was as follows:

 

    Quarter ended  
    Jun 30,
2013
    Sept 30,
2013
    Dec 31,
2013
    Mar 31,
2014
    Jun 30,
2014
    Sept 30,
2014
    Dec 31,
2014
    Mar 31,
2015
    Jun 30,
2015
 
   

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

  $ 37      $ 37      $ 38      $ 39      $ 30      $ 80      $ 22      $ 19      $ 22   

Research and development

    38        39        41        173        34        118        116        276        29   

Sales and marketing

    87        91        91        126        349        1,068        151        116        83   

General and administrative

    94        94        103        104        99        2,448        229        271        709   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

  $ 256      $ 261      $ 273      $ 442      $ 512      $ 3,714      $ 518      $ 682      $ 843   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents
    Quarter ended  

As a % of Revenue

  Jun 30,
2013
    Sept 30,
2013
    Dec 31,
2013
    Mar 31,
2014
    Jun 30,
2014
    Sept 30,
2014
    Dec 31,
2014
    Mar 31,
2015
    Jun 30,
2015
 

Revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue (1)

    33        32        31        34        33        32        32        30        30   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    67        68        69        66        67        68        68        70        70   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

                 

Research and development (1)

    16        15        14        14        15        14        11        10        11   

Sales and marketing (1)

    58        53        52        51        47        48        39        43        39   

General and administrative (1)

    14        11        12        13        15        20        9        12        14   

Restructuring

                                       4                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    88        79        78        78        77        86        59        65        64   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (21     (11     (9     (12     (10     (18     9        5        6   

Other income (expense)

                 

Interest income

                                                              

Interest expense

    (1     (1     (1     (1            (1     (1     (1     (1

Foreign exchange income (expense)

    (4     (13     (5     (2     (5     7        6        7        (12
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (5     (14     (6     (3     (5     6        5        6        (13
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

    (26     (25     (15     (15     (15     (12     14        11        (7

Provision for income taxes

                                                            1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (26 )%      (25 )%      (15 )%      (15 )%      (15 )%      (12 )%      14     11     (6 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have historically experienced some seasonality in terms of when we enter into customer agreements for our services, most significantly in respect to the timing of our customer’s respective financial year end, as well as our own. This seasonality is not immediately apparent in our revenue because we recognize revenue ratably on a straight-line basis over the subscription term, which is typically one year. As a result, a slowdown in our ability to enter into customer agreements may not be apparent in our revenue for the quarter, as the revenue recognized in any quarter is primarily from customer agreements entered into in prior quarters. Historical patterns should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future sales activity or performance.

Our revenue has increased over the periods presented above due to the acquisition of new customers and due to existing customers increasing their use of our services through the purchase of additional services and the addition of employees.

Our gross margin has remained relatively consistent during the quarterly periods as increases in revenue have coincided with increases in cost of revenue due to expenditures related to additional hardware, the expansion and support of our data centers and customer support teams. While we expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars, we also expect that the cost of revenue as percentage of revenue will decrease over time as we are able to achieve economies of scale in our business, although it may fluctuate from period to period depending on the timing of significant expenditures.

Our operating expenses have increased sequentially primarily due to increases in headcount and other related expenses to support our growth. In those periods in which operating expenses have not increased sequentially, this has been primarily due to variability in our share based-compensation expense. In fiscal 2015, our operating expenses increased by 15%, excluding the impact of restructuring over the preceding fiscal year. We anticipate our operating expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we invest in the long-term growth of our business.

 

62


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and our credit facility. The following table shows net cash (used in) provided by operating activities, net cash used in investing activities, and net cash (used in) provided by financing activities for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015:

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (967   $ 23,247      $ 1,096      $ 7,811   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (17,888     (12,583     (4,523     (4,769

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (222     5,431        (771     (670

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of equity and borrowings from our primary bank lender. In the year ended March 31, 2015, operating losses were reduced and we generated significant operating cash flows. In the year-ended March 31, 2014, cash flows from operating activities were near break-even. While we expect to generate an operating loss in the year ending March 31, 2016, we expect to continue to generate cash flows from operating activities. However, we may require additional capital resources to continue to grow our business. In the year ending March 31, 2016, we plan to continue to invest in the development and expansion of our Mime | OS platform to improve on our existing solutions in order to provide more capabilities to our customers. Investments in capital expenditures in the year ended March 31, 2015 were $12.6 million. We expect this level of investment to be maintained in the year ending March 31, 2016.

As of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $32.9 million and $36.5 million, respectively. Based on our current operating plan, which includes the growth strategies described in “Use of Proceeds” and “Business—Our Growth Strategy”, other than acquisitions of complementary business, products and technologies, in the absence of this offering, we believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, cash to be received from existing and new customers, and availability under our credit facility will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next twelve months. If we acquire any such complementary businesses, products or technologies, we may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to do so. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those planned and will depend on certain factors, such as, our growth and our operating results. If we require additional capital resources to grow our business or to acquire complementary technologies and businesses in the future, we may seek to sell additional equity or raise funds through debt financing or other sources. The sale of additional equity could result in additional dilution, and the terms of any financing arrangements may include restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility and would cause us to incur interest expense. We cannot provide assurance that additional financing will be available at all or on terms favorable to us. We had no material commitments for capital expenditures as of March 31, 2015 or June 30, 2015.

Borrowings and Credit Facility

Since January 2012, we have entered into various term loan borrowings with Silicon Valley Bank. The term loans have fixed interest rates of 4.5% and principal repayment periods of 36 equal monthly installments with various maturities through January 2018. As of March 31, 2015, the aggregate principal balance of the term loans was $12.4 million, of which $5.3 million is payable in the year ending March 31, 2016. As of June 30, 2015, the aggregate principal balance of the term loans was $11.8 million, of which $5.6 million is payable through June 30, 2016. As of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, there were no amounts available for future borrowings under the term loans.

 

63


Table of Contents

In January 2013, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank providing for a revolving credit facility. In July 2014, we amended and restated that agreement to increase the borrowing capacity under the facility from £7.5 million to £10.0 million (or, in each case, the equivalent amount in either U.S. dollars or Euros). This facility has £5.0 million in immediately available credit and another £5.0 million upon completion of an additional equity financing. The credit facility bears interest at the greater of (i) the Bank of England base rate plus 3.5% or (ii) 4.0% and has a term of 24 months. As of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, the effective rate on the line of credit was 4.0%. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all of our assets, and we are required to meet certain financial covenants, including recurring revenue and adjusted quick ratio covenants. The agreement also contains the following negative covenants:

 

    a commitment not to pay dividends or make distributions or payments or to redeem, retire or repurchase our share capital; and

 

    negative pledges by us and our subsidiaries, including with respect to:

 

    limitations on dissolution, any subordinated debt arrangement, mergers, acquisitions, investments, dispositions and transactions with affiliates not in the ordinary course of business;

 

    limitations on assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest or encumbering any of our property (other than permitted liens identified in the agreement); and

 

    restrictions on changes in business, management, ownership, business locations or organizational structure.

Failure to meet these financial and other covenants would enable the bank to demand immediate repayment of all outstanding balances under the facility. We were in compliance with the terms of the credit facility as of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015. As of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, there was no balance outstanding under the line of credit and £5.0 million was available for future borrowing.

Operating Activities

For the three months ended June 30, 2015, cash provided by operating activities was $7.8 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during the period were our net loss of $2.2 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $2.5 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, $0.8 million of share-based compensation, $3.4 million in net foreign currency losses and $0.3 million in excess tax benefits related to the exercise of share options. The primary drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $1.2 million increase in deferred revenue, a $1.5 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a $1.9 million decrease in accounts receivable, partially offset by a decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $0.7 million and a decrease in accounts payable of $0.5 million.

For the three months ended June 30, 2014, cash provided by operating activities was $1.1 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during the period were our net loss of $4.0 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $2.8 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, $0.5 million of share-based compensation and $1.1 million in net foreign currency losses. The primary drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $2.7 million decrease in accounts receivable. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $1.7 million.

For the year ended March 31, 2015, cash provided by operating activities was $23.2 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during the period were our net income of $0.3 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $11.0 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, $5.4 million of share-based compensation, and $4.1 million in net foreign

 

64


Table of Contents

currency gains. The primary drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were an $11.4 million increase in deferred revenue, a $2.8 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, and a $0.7 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, partially offset by a $4.3 million increase in accounts receivable due primarily to overall growth in our business.

For the year ended March 31, 2014, cash used in operating activities was $1.0 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during this period were our net loss of $16.9 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $9.0 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, $1.2 million of share-based compensation and $2.3 million in net foreign currency losses. The primary drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were an $8.8 million increase in deferred revenue and a $2.9 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, partially offset by a $6.6 million increase in accounts receivable, and a $1.7 million increase in other assets. The increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities was attributable primarily to the timing of our cash payments and the increase in accounts receivable attributable primarily to overall growth in our business.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities of $4.8 million and $4.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were due to capital expenditures. Our capital expenditures were associated primarily with computer equipment purchased in support of our expanding infrastructure.

Cash used in investing activities of $12.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2015 and $17.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2014 was due to capital expenditures. Our capital expenditures were associated primarily with computer equipment purchased in support of our expanding infrastructure.

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities of $0.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015 was due primarily to $1.4 million of payments on debt, partially offset by $0.4 million of proceeds from exercises of share options and $0.3 million in excess tax benefits related to the exercise of share options.

Cash used in financing activities of $0.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 was due primarily to payments on debt.

Cash provided by financing activities of $5.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2015 was due primarily to proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs of $8.3 million, and $0.6 million in proceeds from exercise of share options, partially offset by $3.5 million of payments on debt.

Cash used in financing activities of $0.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2014 was due primarily to repayments of term loan borrowings.

U.S. Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

As of March 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. federal income tax purposes of $30.4 million. As of March 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $27.4 million. These net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates through 2035. In addition, as of March 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards in the U.K. and our other non-U.S. locations of approximately $9.5 million and $6.2 million, respectively. The non-U.S. operating loss carryforwards are unlimited in duration.

 

65


Table of Contents

In assessing our ability to realize our net deferred tax assets, we considered various factors including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations, to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of our net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based upon these factors, we have determined that the uncertainty regarding the realization of these assets is sufficient to warrant the need for a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table represents our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2015, aggregated by type:

 

            Payments due in:  
     Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than 5
years
 
     (in thousands)  

Debt obligations principal

   $ 12,442       $ 5,314       $ 7,128       $       $   

Debt obligations interest

     717         457         260                   

Operating lease obligations

     14,684         2,955         6,573         4,660         496   

Data center obligations

     38,112         9,330         18,041         10,741           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 65,955       $ 18,056       $ 32,002       $ 15,401       $ 496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We lease our facilities under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through October 2021. We have outstanding letters of credit of $0.4 million related to certain operating leases.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606  (ASU 2014-09), to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing U.S. GAAP including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. This guidance was effective for annual reporting and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and allows for either full retrospective or modified retrospective application, with early adoption not permitted. On July 9, 2015, the FASB voted to approve a one-year deferral of the effective date of this guidance. In accordance with the agreed upon delay, the guidance is effective for us on April 1, 2018. We are currently evaluating the adoption method we will apply and the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15,  Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”.  ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate, at each annual or interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that exist that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued and provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and earlier application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-15, but the adoption is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

 

66


Table of Contents

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810)-Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, which amends the criteria for determining which entities are considered variable interest entities, or VIEs, amends the criteria for determining if a service provider possesses a variable interest in a VIE and ends the deferral granted to investment companies for application of the VIE consolidation model. ASU 2015-02 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2015. We are currently evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2015-02 will have on our financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03,  Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs  (ASU 2015-03), which requires us to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs will continue to be reported as interest expense. ASU 2015-03 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The new guidance will be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact and timing of adoption of the ASU 2015-03 on our consolidated financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Up to and including the 2014 and 2015 fiscal years and the three months ended June 30, 2015, we have not had any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As a result, we are not exposed to related financing, liquidity, market or credit risks that could arise if we had engaged in those types of arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. To the extent that there are material differences between our estimates and our actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note 2 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of our operations.

Under the JOBS Act, an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would

 

67


Table of Contents

otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are irrevocably choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption is required for non-emerging growth companies.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue from two sources: (1) subscription revenues, which are comprised of subscription fees from customers accessing our cloud services and from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic subscription fees; and (2) related professional services and other revenue, which consists primarily of set-up, ingestion and training fees.

We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

    there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    the service has been or is being provided to the customer;

 

    the collection of the fees is probable; and

 

    the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Our subscription arrangements provide customers with the right to access its hosted software applications. Customers do not have the right to take possession of our software during the hosting arrangement. Accordingly, we recognize revenue in accordance with ASC 605, Revenue Recognition , and Staff Accounting Bulleting (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition .

We sell our products and services directly through our dedicated sales force and also indirectly through third-party resellers. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 605, we have considered certain factors in determining whether the end-user or the third-party reseller is our customer in arrangements involving resellers. We concluded that in the majority of transactions with resellers, the reseller is our customer. In these arrangements, we considered that it is the reseller, and not us, that has the relationship with the end-user. Specifically, the reseller has the ability to set pricing with the end-user and the credit risk with the end-user is borne by the reseller. Further, the reseller is not obligated to report its transaction price with the end-user to us, and in the majority of transactions, we are unable to determine the amount paid by the end-user customer to the reseller in these transactions. As a result of such considerations, revenue for these transactions is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based upon the amount billed to the reseller. For transactions where we have determined that the end-user is the ultimate customer, revenue is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based on the transaction price with the end-user.

We recognize subscription and support revenue ratably over the term of the contract, typically one year in duration, beginning on the commencement date of each contract.

Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Our professional services contracts are on a time and material basis. When these services are not combined with subscription revenues as a single unit of accounting, as discussed below, we recognize these revenues as the services are rendered.

Revenue is presented net of any taxes collected from customers.

 

68


Table of Contents

We may enter into arrangements with multiple-deliverables that generally include multiple subscriptions, premium support and professional services. For arrangements with multiple deliverables, we evaluate each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) whether the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, whether delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within our control.

If the deliverables are determined to qualify as separate units of accounting, consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the units’ relative selling prices. We determine the relative selling price for a deliverable based on its vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (VSOE), if available, or its best estimate of selling price (BESP), if VSOE is not available. We have determined that third-party evidence of selling price (TPE) is not a practical alternative due to differences in its service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. The amount of revenue allocated to delivered items is limited by contingent revenue, if any.

Subscription services have standalone value as such services are often sold separately. In determining whether professional services sold together with the subscription services have standalone value, we consider the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the professional services, the determination that customers cannot resell the services that Mimecast provides, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date and the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the customer’s satisfaction with the professional services work. Professional services sold at the time of the multiple-element subscription arrangement typically include customer set-up and ingestion services. To date, we have concluded that all of these professional services included in executed multiple-deliverable arrangements do not have standalone value and are therefore not considered separate units of accounting. These professional services are purchased by customers only in contemplation of, or in concert with, purchasing one of our core subscription services and, therefore, are not considered a substantive service, such that the provision of such service does not reflect the culmination of the earnings process. Mimecast does not sell these services without the related underlying primary subscription as there would be no practical interest or need on the behalf of a customer to buy these services without the underlying subscription. We do not have any knowledge of other vendors selling these services on a stand-alone basis and there is no way for an end-user to resell the deliverable. Accordingly, the deliverables within the arrangement including both subscription services and other professional services are accounted for as a single unit of accounting. On these occasions, revenue for the professional services deliverables in the arrangement is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contractual term or the average customer life, as further described below.

Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from subscription services described above and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. In addition, deferred revenue consists of amounts paid by customers related to upfront set-up or ingestion fees. Revenue related to such services is recognized over the contractual term or the average customer life, whichever is longer. The estimated customer life has been determined to be five years.

Deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized during the succeeding twelve month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as non-current in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

69


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

We are subject to income tax in the United Kingdom, the United States and other international jurisdictions, and we use estimates in determining our provision for income taxes. We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . ASC 740 is an asset and liability approach that requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax basis, and for net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such position are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. At March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015, we did not have any uncertain tax positions that would impact our net tax provision.

Accounting for Share-Based Compensation Awards

We account for share-based compensation awards in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the recognition of expense related to the fair value of share-based compensation awards in the statements of operations. For share options issued under our share-based compensation plans to employees and members of our Board of Directors for their services on the Board, the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant, and an estimated forfeiture rate is used when calculating share-based compensation expense for the period. For restricted share awards issued under our share-based compensation plans, the fair value of each grant is calculated based on the fair value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. For service-based awards, we recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. For awards subject to both performance and service-based vesting conditions, we recognize share-based compensation expense using an accelerated recognition method when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Certain awards granted by us are subject to service-based vesting conditions and a performance-based vesting condition based on a liquidity event, defined as either a change of control or an initial public offering. As a result, no compensation cost related to share-based awards with these performance conditions has been recognized through March 31, 2015 or June 30, 2015 as we determined that a liquidity event was not probable at March 31, 2014 or 2015 or June 30, 2015. We will record the expense for these equity-awards using the accelerated attribution method over the remaining service period when management determines that achievement of the liquidity event is probable, which will occur upon the closing of this offering.

We estimate the fair value of employee share options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions. Historically, as a private company, we lacked company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, we estimate our expected volatility from the historical volatility of selected

 

70


Table of Contents

publicly-traded peer companies and expect to continue to do so until we have adequate historical data regarding the volatility of our traded share price. The expected term assumption for service-based awards has been determined using the simplified method. The simplified method is based on the average of the vesting tranches and contractual life of each grant. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is approximately equal to the expected life of the share option. We use an expected dividend rate of zero as we currently have no history or expectation of paying dividends on our ordinary shares. In addition, we have estimated expected forfeitures of share options based on our historical forfeiture rate and used these rates in developing a future forfeiture rate. If our actual forfeiture rate varies from our historical rates and estimates, additional adjustments to compensation expense may be required in future periods.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted to employees during each of the periods indicated below:

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
         2014             2015             2014             2015      

Expected term (in years)

     6.4        6.3        6.4        6.6   

Risk-free interest rate

     2.5     3.1     3.5     2.4

Expected volatility

     53.0     52.6     52.6     44.6

Expected dividend yield

                

Estimated grant date fair value per share of Class B ordinary shares

   $ 0.50      $ 1.20      $ 1.08      $ 1.63   

The following table presents the grant dates, numbers of underlying ordinary shares and the per share exercise prices of share options granted between April 1, 2014 and June 30, 2015, along with the fair value per share utilized to calculate share-based compensation expense:

 

Date of Issuance

   Number of shares
underlying share
options granted(1)
     Per share exercise
price of share
options granted(2)
     Per share fair value
of ordinary share
on grant date
 

April 2014

     1,305,000       $ 1.08       $ 1.08   

May 2014

     1,500,000       $ 1.08       $ 1.08   

August 2014

     1,100,000       $ 1.08       $ 1.08   

December 2014(3)

     92,593       $ 1.08       $ 1.13   

January 2015(3)

     147,771       $ 1.08       $ 1.13   

March 2015(4)

     1,060,925       $ 1.13       $ 1.63   

April 7, 2015 (5)

     750,000       $ 1.13       $ 1.63   

April 28, 2015 (5)

     1,222,000       $ 1.13       $ 1.63   

May 6, 2015 (6)

     968,079       $ 0.27       $ 1.63   

May 11, 2015 (5)

     800,000       $ 1.13       $ 1.63   

 

(1) For all share options granted, the underlying shares are B ordinary shares.

 

(2) The per share exercise price of share options granted represents the fair value of one ordinary share on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors, after taking into account our most recently available contemporaneous valuations of an ordinary share as well as additional factors that may have changed since the date of such contemporaneous valuation through the date of grant.

 

(3)

At the time of the option grants in December 2014 and January 2015, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our ordinary shares of $1.08 per share calculated in the contemporaneous valuation as of November 30, 2013 reasonably reflected the per share fair

 

71


Table of Contents
  value of an ordinary share as of the grant date. However, as described below, the fair value of our ordinary shares at the date of these grants was adjusted to $1.13 per share in connection with a retrospective fair value assessment for financial reporting purposes.

 

(4) At the time of the option grants in March 2015, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our ordinary shares of $1.13 per share calculated in the retrospective valuation as of September 30, 2014 reasonably reflected the per share fair value of an ordinary share as of the grant date. However, as described below, the fair value of our ordinary shares at the date of these grants was adjusted to $1.63 per share in connection with a retrospective fair value assessment for financial reporting purposes.

 

(5) At the time of the option grants in April and May 2015, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our ordinary shares of $1.13 per share calculated in the retrospective valuation as of September 30, 2014 reasonably reflected the per share fair value of an ordinary share as of the grant date. However, as described below, the fair value of our ordinary shares at the date of these grants was adjusted to $1.63 per share in connection with a retrospective fair value assessment for financial reporting purposes.

 

(6) Share options granted on May 6, 2015 were issued in substitution for share options originally granted in prior fiscal years to employees of our U.K. based subsidiary under our Approved Plan. In 2015, these original share options were determined to have been issued inconsistent with the rules of the Approved Plan from which they were granted and the tax rules of the U.K. under which the plan is governed. In recognition of this, these original share options were cancelled and re-issued on May 6, 2015 with exercise prices, grant dates and vesting schedules consistent with the original share options.

Determination of Fair Value of Ordinary Shares on Grant Dates

We are a private company with no active public market for our ordinary shares. Therefore, we have periodically determined the estimated per share fair value of our ordinary shares at various dates using valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid,  Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , also known as the Practice Aid. Once a public trading market for our ordinary shares has been established in connection with the completion of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for us to estimate the fair value of our ordinary shares in connection with our accounting for share options and restricted shares, as the fair value of our ordinary shares will be their trading price on the NASDAQ Global Market.

For financial reporting purposes, we performed ordinary share valuations, with the assistance of a third-party specialist, as of November 30, 2013, September 30, 2014, and March 31, 2015, which resulted in valuations of our ordinary shares of $1.08, $1.13 and $1.63 per share, respectively, as of those dates. In conducting the valuations, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including our best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the valuations performed, a range of factors, assumptions and methodologies were used. The significant factors included:

 

    the lack of an active public market for our ordinary shares and our convertible preferred shares;

 

    the prices of shares of our convertible preferred shares that we had sold to outside investors in arm’s length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of the convertible preferred shares relative to our ordinary shares;

 

    our results of operations, financial position, and our ability to expand our client base and increase adoption of our solution within existing clients;

 

72


Table of Contents
    the material risks related to our business;

 

    our business strategy;

 

    the market performance of publicly traded companies in the SaaS and technology sectors, and recently completed mergers and acquisitions of companies comparable to us;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our ordinary shares, such as an initial public offering (IPO) or sale of the company given prevailing market conditions; and

 

    any recent contemporaneous valuations of our ordinary shares prepared in accordance with methodologies outlined in the Practice Aid.

The dates of our valuations have not always coincided with the dates of our share option grants. In determining the fair value of the shares underlying options set forth in the table above, we considered, among other things, the most recent contemporaneous valuations of our ordinary shares and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believed were relevant as of the grant date. The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent contemporaneous valuation and the grant dates included our client base expansion, increased adoption of our solution within existing clients, our operating and financial performance and current business conditions.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our ordinary shares. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an IPO, or other liquidity event, the related company valuations associated with such events, and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our share-based compensation expense, consolidated net loss (income) and consolidated net loss (income) per share applicable to ordinary shareholders could have been significantly different.

Ordinary Share Valuation Methodologies.     Our contemporaneous and retrospective valuations were prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the Practice Aid, which prescribes several valuation approaches for determining the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches.

These valuations estimated the fair value of a minority interest in our ordinary shares, determined based on our business enterprise value, or BEV. Our BEV was estimated using a combination of generally accepted approaches: the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF method, and the market approach using the guideline public company method, or GPCM. The DCF method estimates the enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that period, which is referred to as the terminal value. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate known as the weighted-average cost of capital, which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. The market approach considers multiples of financial metrics based on guideline public companies. These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive a range of indicated values. Once calculated, the DCF method and GPCM are then weighted. Our indicated BEV was allocated to the preferred shares, ordinary shares, and share options. Estimates of the volatility of our ordinary shares were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies. We applied a discount for lack of marketability to our ordinary shares based on studies of comparable company-specific adjustments along with consideration of a protective put option model.

 

73


Table of Contents

Methods Used to Allocate Our Enterprise Value to Classes of Securities.     In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the various methods for allocating the enterprise value across our classes and series of capital shares to determine the fair value of our ordinary shares at each valuation date.

Our ordinary share valuations as of November 30, 2013, September 30, 2014, and March 31, 2015, were prepared utilizing the Option-Pricing Method, or OPM.

OPM.     The OPM treats ordinary shares and convertible preferred shares as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the ordinary shares have value only if the funds available for distribution to shareholders exceed the value of the liquidation preferences at the time of a liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or merger. The ordinary shares are modeled as call options on the underlying equity value at a predetermined exercise price. In the model, the exercise price is based on a comparison with the total equity value rather than, as in the case of a regular call option, a comparison with a per share price. Thus, ordinary shares are considered to be call options with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the convertible preferred share liquidation preference is paid.

The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the securities’ fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and uses assumptions, such as the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event and the estimated volatility of the equity securities.

The OPM backsolve approach was used to estimate enterprise value under the OPM. The OPM backsolve approach uses the OPM to derive the implied equity value for one type of equity security from a contemporaneous sale transaction involving another type of the company’s equity securities. In the OPM, the assumed volatility factor was based on the historical trading volatility of our publicly traded peer companies. At each valuation date, a determination was made by us as to the appropriate volatility to be used, considering such factors as the expected time to a liquidity event and our stage of development.

To derive the fair value of the ordinary shares using the OPM, the proceeds to the ordinary shareholders were calculated based on the preferences and priorities of the convertible preferred shares and ordinary shares. We then applied a discount for lack of marketability to the ordinary shares to account for the lack of access to an active public market.

The foregoing valuation methodologies are not the only methodologies available and they will not be used to value our ordinary shares once this offering is complete. We cannot make assurances as to any particular valuation for our ordinary shares. Accordingly, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the foregoing valuation methodologies as an indicator of future share prices.

JOBS Act

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company.” As an “emerging growth company,” we are electing to not take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying

 

74


Table of Contents

with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable. In addition, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act.

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if as an “emerging growth company” we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), or (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of our chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we no longer meet the requirements of being an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, although we also have some exposure due to potential changes in inflation or interest rates. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the British pound and South African rand. Percentage of revenues and expenses in foreign currency is as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31,   Three months
ended June 30,
              2014                     2015            2015

Revenues generated in locations outside the United States

   66%   62%   59%

Revenues in currencies other than the U.S. dollar

   65%   61%   58%

Expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar

   61%   62%   56%

 

75


Table of Contents

Percentage of revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currency for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015:

 

     Year Ended March 31, 2014  
         Revenues             Expenses      

British pound

     42     50

South African rand

     21        9   

Other currencies

     2        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     65     61
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year Ended March 31, 2015  
         Revenues             Expenses      

British pound

     40     50

South African rand

     19        10   

Other currencies

     2        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     61     62
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Three months ended June 30, 2015  
         Revenues             Expenses      

British pound

     38     45

South African rand

     18     7

Other currencies

     2     4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     58     56
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015, we had $15.9 million, $16.5 million and $15.5 million, respectively, of receivables denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We also maintain cash accounts denominated in currencies other than the local currency, which exposes us to foreign exchange rate movements. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015, we had $14.6 million, $17.1 million and $19.9 million, respectively, of cash denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As of March 31, 2014, cash denominated in British pounds and South African rand was $10.4 million and $3.4 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2015, cash denominated in British pounds and South African rand was $13.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, cash denominated in British pounds and South African rand was $15.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

In addition, although our foreign subsidiaries have intercompany accounts that are eliminated upon consolidation, these accounts expose us to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Exchange rate fluctuations on short-term intercompany accounts are recorded in our consolidated statements of operations under “foreign exchange (expense) income.”

Currently, our largest foreign currency exposures are the British pound and South African rand. Relative to foreign currency exposures existing at March 31, 2014, significant movements in foreign currency exchange rates would expose us to significant losses in earnings or cash flows or significantly diminish the fair value of our foreign currency financial instruments. For the year ended March 31, 2014, we estimate that a 10% unfavorable movement in foreign currency exchange rates would have decreased revenues by $5.7 million, decreased expenses by $6.0 million and increased operating income by $0.3 million. For the year ended March 31, 2015, we estimate that a 10% unfavorable movement in foreign currency exchange rates would have decreased revenues by $7.1 million, decreased expenses by $7.5 million and increased operating income by $0.4 million. For the three months ended June 30, 2015, we estimate that a 10% unfavorable movement in foreign currency exchange rates would have decreased revenue by $1.9 million, decreased expenses by $1.7 million

 

76


Table of Contents

and decreased operating income by $0.2 million. The estimates used assume that all currencies move in the same direction at the same time and the ratio of non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and expenses to U.S. dollar denominated revenue and expenses does not change from current levels. Since a portion of our revenue is deferred revenue that is recorded at different foreign currency exchange rates, the impact to revenue of a change in foreign currency exchange rates is recognized over time, and the impact to expenses is more immediate, as expenses are recognized at the current foreign currency exchange rate in effect at the time the expense is incurred. All of the potential changes noted above are based on sensitivity analyses performed on our financial results as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015.

Inflation Risk

Inflationary factors, such as increases in our operating expenses, may adversely affect our results of operations, as our customers typically purchase services from us on a subscription basis over a period of time. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, an increase in the rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our levels of operating expenses as a percentage of revenue if we are unable to increase the prices for our subscription-based services to keep pace with these increased expenses.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Our investments primarily consist of money market funds. As of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $32.9 million and $36.5 million, respectively. The carrying amount of our cash equivalents reasonably approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these investments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we believe only dramatic fluctuations in interest rates would have a material effect on our investments. We do not believe that an immediate 10% increase in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. As such we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

As of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, we had an outstanding balance of $12.4 million and $11.8 million, respectively, aggregate principal amount on our term loans, which have a fixed interest rate of 4.5%. Since these instruments bear interest at fixed rates, we have no financial statement risk associated with changes in interest rates. However, the fair value of these instruments fluctuates as interest rate changes.

 

77


Table of Contents

A LETTER FROM OUR FOUNDERS

It is difficult to imagine work without email. Email has become such an essential part of our working lives that it is easy to take it for granted. Email is synonymous with communication, but it is capable of so much more. While email today has far surpassed being just a conversation tool, there is a great deal more innovation to come from companies like ours as email technology continues to transform itself throughout the cloud era.

We started Mimecast because we believed that the cloud would become the ideal platform for email, and because we saw that email needed help and protection as it grew more popular. Because of the important role email plays in work, and the treasure trove of data it holds, email is a magnet for cyber criminals and is under constant and evolving attack. Plus, growing compliance obligations mean email and its data must be stored safely, even as data volumes balloon. Finally, because we rely so much on it, any length of downtime is disruptive. Email must work all day, every day.

So, our founding mission was to build a secure cloud infrastructure and services to make email safer for business. Twelve years later we have built our own proprietary cloud architecture and operating system called Mime | OS that makes it possible for us to scale effectively and deliver elegant, fully integrated services that can meet the needs of thousands of organizations.

Today, we are proud that approximately 14,500 organizations and millions of their employees from around the world have entrusted their email and data to us. They use Mimecast to improve the security, reliability and archiving capabilities of their own email servers or primary cloud email service. We take our responsibility to protect their email and the petabytes of business information this includes very seriously.

But there is more potential to unlock. Email has gone from being just a communication platform to probably the greatest single repository of corporate knowledge any organization holds. Almost all corporate activity, discussion or ideas touch email at some point, so we also help customers to mine the archive data we hold for them to uncover the richness of knowledge and insight it contains. While our mission remains to make email safer, we also work hard to make it better for business too.

We now find ourselves at another important milestone in the history of our business as we become a publicly-traded company. We have come a very long way and we’d like to thank our customers, partners, investors and employees (past and present) for their commitment to our mission. Now, we would like to also welcome new investors. To you all, we’d like to say a personal “Thank you” for playing an important part in our story.

Best wishes

Peter Bauer (chief executive officer and co-founder)

Neil Murray (chief technology officer and co-founder)

 

78


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of next generation cloud security and risk management services for corporate information and email. Our fully-integrated suite of proprietary cloud services protects customers of all sizes from the significant business and data security risks to which their email system exposes them. We protect customers from today’s rapidly changing threat landscape where email has become a powerful attack vector and data leak concern. We also mitigate the significant business disruption that email failure or downtime causes. In addition, our archiving services secure, store and manage critical corporate communications and information to address growing compliance and e-discovery requirements and enable customers to use this increasing archive of information to improve employee productivity.

Email is a critical tool for organizations of all sizes. Protecting and managing email has become more complicated due to expanding security and compliance requirements and the rapid increase in both the volume and the importance of the information transmitted via email. Organizations are increasingly at risk from security breaches of sensitive data as sophisticated email-based attacks or data leaks have become more common. Additionally, organizations are not just using email for communication, they are also increasing their use of email archives as an active repository of vital corporate information needed to meet compliance requirements and support employee productivity. As a result, email represents one of the highest concentrations of business risk that organizations may face.

Traditional approaches to addressing these risks have left customers managing disparate point products from multiple vendors that are often hard to use, costly to manage, difficult to scale, can fail to fully address today’s increasing and rapidly changing threats, and limit the use of corporate information to enhance productivity. These approaches also suffer from inefficient over-provisioning because of the need to resource for occasional peak demand. The resulting infrastructure complexity caused by disparate products and legacy architectures also makes it difficult to move more IT workloads to the cloud, which continues to be an increasing priority of organizations of all sizes.

We developed our proprietary cloud architecture to offer customers comprehensive email security, continuity and archiving capabilities in a single service that makes it easier for them to protect themselves effectively in a worsening and rapidly changing security and risk environment. Providing a fully-integrated service also simplifies ongoing management and service deployment. Customers can then decommission the often costly and complex point products and on-premises technology they have traditionally used to tackle these risks. We also make it easier for customers to move more of their IT workloads to the cloud.

We serve approximately 14,500 customers and protect millions of their employees across the world. Our service scales effectively to meet the needs of customers of all sizes and we have optimized our sales organization and channel to address each segment effectively. We have more than 500 employees in nine offices in the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia and South Africa. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, our revenues were $66.8 million, $88.3 million and $116.1 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 32% for 2014 and 31% for 2015. Revenue growth on a constant currency basis was 37% and 33% for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, our revenues were $26.9 million and $33.3 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth for the quarter of 24%. Growth for this period was 32% on a constant currency basis. Our net losses were $14.3 million and $16.9 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and our net income was $0.3 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. Our net loss for the three months ended June 30, 2015 was $2.2 million.

 

79


Table of Contents

Industry Background

Email is a critical tool for organizations of all sizes. Email also captures a comprehensive history of corporate activity, knowledge and data vital for day-to-day business operations and employee productivity, the full potential of which is only beginning to be realized. Consequently, email needs protection and the technology needed to do this has extended well beyond the mailbox itself to include additional security, continuity and archiving services, all of which have typically been offered by separate vendors with different approaches.

Email is Critical to all Organizations

Email continues to be the primary way organizations exchange information and communicate externally and internally. According to a 2015 report by The Radicati Group, employees spend 2.38 hours of their work day on email. They also predict that the number of business emails sent each day worldwide will grow from 112.5 billion in 2015 to 128.8 billion in 2019, and the number of business email users will grow from 922 million to over 1 billion in the same period. Every customer segment and region will experience growth.

Email is also a productivity tool highly valued by employees as evidenced by a December 2014 survey by Pew Research where corporate internet users ranked email as more important than any other communication tool, including the internet itself.

In addition, many other critical IT systems depend on email to operate effectively. For example, sales, customer relationship management, human resources, finance and marketing systems typically rely on email for workflow management, important notifications and other functions, making email continuity and disaster recovery technologies particularly vital to the overall operations of an organization.

The Amount of Critical and Sensitive Data in Email Archives is Growing Rapidly

The Radicati Group report also predicts that the average email storage per business user will grow by 65% in the next four years. The value of this archive of sensitive corporate data contained in email grows with every email or file exchanged. Traditionally, protecting and storing this archive has been a priority for compliance or risk officers, but the email archive is increasingly being used by employees as their primary repository to save and access important information. A 2014 report by Gartner estimates that by 2019, 75% of organizations will treat archive data, including email, as an active data source and not simply as a separate repository to be viewed or searched periodically, up from less than 10% today.

Actively managing these dramatically expanding email archives with traditional on-premises storage technology is costly, so organizations are turning to cloud-based services to meet their archiving needs. A 2014 report by Gartner states that archiving as a service (a.k.a. cloud archiving) has rapidly surpassed on-premises archiving as the preferred deployment model for most organizations. Gartner sees that 60% to 70% of new or replacement email archiving implementations as being cloud-based. Moreover, organizations are increasingly requiring more powerful capabilities to search their email archive in support of e-discovery and employee productivity. 46% of respondents to Forrester’s 2013 Foresights Security Survey of enterprise IT architects, and other IT decision makers, stated e-discovery was a high or critical priority over the next year.

Email is a Primary Security Target for Advanced Cyber-Attacks

In recent years, there has been an increase in the number of high profile security breaches and data leaks. Well organized and funded, including state-backed, hackers and cyber-criminals are targeting organizations to disrupt their operations, steal sensitive corporate data and gain access to

 

80


Table of Contents

valuable intellectual property. Email is often the primary target for these external attacks as well as the source of damaging data leaks from insiders, whether accidental or malicious. According to the monitoring service breachlevelindex.com, there have been over three billion reported lost data records since 2013 globally.

Spear-phishing attacks, which involve sending authentic looking emails designed to trick the recipient into sharing sensitive data or clicking on a malicious link leading to a malware infection, have become a widespread and an effective attack technique against organizations of all sizes. Many of the highest profile data breaches have been the result of phishing attacks, including the Home Depot breach in 2014, the Target attack in 2013 and the RSA attack in 2011. These attacks are not limited to large enterprises. In 2015, Endurance International reported that 71% of small businesses have been the victim of phishing attacks.

In addition to advanced and targeted threats, spam and other email-based cyber scams remain a significant problem for organizations, especially as the volume of emails continues to increase. A 2015 report by Kaspersky stated that spam represented 67% of all email flows in 2014.

As a result of the widespread impact of phishing attacks, the disruption of spam and the magnitude of recent data breaches, organizations are elevating the priority of IT security projects.

Data Protection, Cybersecurity and Data Privacy are Key Compliance and Regulatory Concerns for all Organizations

Governments, regulators and industry groups globally continue to enact or amend legislation and standards regarding data protection, cybersecurity and data privacy. Examples of such laws in the United States include the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (GLBA) and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Countries in Europe have each adopted their own laws under the Data Protection Directive adopted in 1995, which is expected to be superseded in the next two years by a single law under the European Data Protection Regulation. These laws place growing obligations on organizations of all sizes, particularly those in regulated industries, to store, protect, process, share and transmit data safely, or risk significant sanctions as well as the threat of civil litigation. In addition, email communications, and the data they contain, may need to be produced as evidence in litigation or may be necessary to address legal, regulatory or internal queries that may arise in the future. This makes secure email archiving and the ability to access and search data an increasingly critical requirement.

Restrictions IT Teams Put on Email Create New Security Risks

As employees seek to become more productive, exchange files and collaborate, email usage and archive sizes continue to grow, placing greater demands on email resources. Meanwhile, IT teams are under pressure to reduce storage costs and improve infrastructure performance, and this often leads them to take steps to limit unfettered usage of email. This can include blocking large file sending to avoid choking network traffic and putting a file size limit on inboxes to reduce storage infrastructure, which makes it difficult for employees to use the email archive as their primary communication and file store. The frustration this creates can cause employees to seek solutions outside the secure corporate network, such as Dropbox and other web-based file sharing sites, increasing the risk of data leakage and making it difficult for the compliance department to monitor data traffic within and outside the organization.

Email Downtime is Disruptive to Employee Productivity

Given the critical nature of email for business communication and the importance of the information archive, email outages have become increasingly disruptive and costly because of the

 

81


Table of Contents

resulting impact on employee productivity. Employees are accustomed to being “always on” and accessing their email and data from mobile phones, tablets and other handheld devices, in addition to desktop devices. According to a report by Osterman Research, email systems experience a 53-minute mean of unplanned downtime each month, or 10.6 hours each year. Osterman estimates that employees become 25% less productive when their email system is down. This impact is not only felt in an outage, since organizations also must plan for regular maintenance and schedule downtime usually after hours at higher cost given overtime wages.

IT Workloads, Including Business Productivity Tools, are Moving to the Cloud

Organizations of all sizes are adopting cloud-based technologies to reduce the cost and complexity of their IT infrastructure and increase performance and flexibility. Gartner reports that 75% of organizations use public cloud services today, although sparingly, and 78% plan to increase their investment in cloud services in the next three years. 91% of organizations across all industries plan to use external providers to help with cloud adoption. IT spending on public cloud infrastructure as a service (IaaS), platform as a service (PaaS), software as a service (SaaS) and business process as a service (BPaaS) is growing at a five-year compound annual growth rate of 18% through 2018, more than six times the growth rate of IT spending generally — 2.7% — over the same time period. This trend is a continuation of the disruptive shift that is seen elsewhere in the application market as a number of high growth SaaS vendors like Salesforce.com, NetSuite, ServiceNow and Workday continue to attract critical IT workloads from on-premises technologies to the cloud. Leading cloud infrastructure vendors such as Amazon Web Services and Microsoft Azure are also seeing significant growth as organizations of all sizes adopt their offerings.

As organizations consider which workloads to move to the cloud, IT teams are looking beyond moving infrastructure and looking to shift traditional productivity tools to Microsoft’s Office 365 or Google Apps for Work. Gartner states that “the proportion of business users provisioned, in whole or in part, with office system capabilities from the cloud will grow from approximately 15% in 2015 to 60%, or approximately 700 million users by 2022.”

Business Email Mailboxes are Moving to the Cloud, but this Creates New Risks to Mitigate

While business email continues to grow, the number of on-premises mailboxes will decline as organizations put them into the cloud. Organizations that move their primary email service to Office 365 or Google face significant risks from their single vendor exposure as they depend on one company for a reliable service, comprehensive threat protection and guaranteed data integrity.

These risks will only increase as services like Office 365 become more popular over time. With more organizations relying on the same hosting infrastructure, any outage or downtime can cause severe industry-wide disruption. Also attacking Office 365 or Google is increasingly attractive for cyber criminals because they know they only have to find a way to attack the single security stack used by these hosting providers to access multiple targets. This is easier and more efficient than targeting organizations one at a time.

As a result, most organizations prefer to have third-party security, continuity and archiving providers in place to reduce their risk posture and provide additional layers of redundancy and enhanced service quality. As organizations adopt cloud infrastructure services, they have also increased spending on securing these workloads with cloud-based security products.

 

82


Table of Contents

Traditional Email Security, Continuity and Archiving Alternatives can be Inadequate and do not Address Increasing Customer Requirements and Protect Against Next Generation Security Threats

As the threat landscape becomes more dynamic and complex, and customers want to put more critical IT workloads into the cloud, we believe the point products and traditional architectures that address email security, continuity and archiving will not be able to adequately address increasing customer requirements.

Point Products are Inflexible and only Address Part of the Problem

To address their security, continuity and archiving needs, many organizations have deployed a complex array of disparate or point products on-premises, or cloud-based versions hosted by the vendor.

These technologies are typically from multiple vendors, sometimes developed in-house or use features that shipped with the mail server and only address narrow uses and problems. They can be difficult to integrate, inflexible, unreliable, complex and expensive to manage, particularly as email and data volumes grow. The growing complexity associated with broader IT risks and the escalation of security threats requires a solution that is integrated and agile, and increasingly cloud-based as organizations move more IT workloads there. As a result, organizations who rely on traditional point products will struggle to adapt their infrastructure cost-effectively for today’s email requirements.

Traditional On-Premises or Hosted Architectures have Performance Limitations and are Expensive

Existing technologies, whether on-premises or hosted, are typically built on a single-tenant architecture, which requires extra provisioning to plan for occasional peak volumes and unplanned circumstances for each customer. This approach is inefficient and expensive as it requires a higher minimum investment for each implementation than a native cloud approach that utilizes pooled provisioning across multiple tenants. Hosted “cloud” versions of an on-premises approach rely on the same single-tenant IT architecture as the on-premises version that limits scalability, is inflexible, hard to update rapidly and more expensive to deploy and manage.

Large enterprises that have invested heavily in traditional on-premises technology to address their mounting email risks are increasingly finding themselves exposed as these systems are not adequate or agile enough to adapt to the evolving threat landscape. Smaller and mid-market organizations are also at risk and often more vulnerable as they lack the same level of IT resources or budgets to counter these threats with many having purchased limited security technology. In a recent survey by Endurance, only 42% of small business owners had recently invested resources into any form of security protection, which may not be sufficient given the hostile threat landscape.

Organizations Need a New Approach to Email Security and Management

The limitations of traditional technologies mean customers need to rethink their approach to protecting email and corporate information. They need to mitigate the risks they face from email, and want to reduce the cost and complexity, and move more of their workloads to the cloud.

Meeting this growing customer demand requires an email and data security cloud service that meets the following requirements:

 

    Integrated Offering . By bringing multiple requirements into one unified service, the next-generation email service would help the organization reduce the complexity and cost of managing point technologies from disparate vendors and bring additional benefits from new capabilities made possible due to unification.

 

83


Table of Contents
    Strong Technology . As organizations substitute specialized products provided by different vendors with a unified email service, it is imperative that the individual products are as good, or better, than those being replaced. Organizations are not willing to compromise on performance or security at a product level.

 

    Native Cloud . As organizations shift workloads to the cloud, and move away from retaining on-premises or single tenant hosted cloud infrastructure, today’s email security and information management technology must be natively cloud-based eliminating the need for local software and hardware, virtual machines and device hosting.

 

    Built for Scale . As email traffic and data storage continues to increase dramatically, the risk of threats escalates and the need for real-time, on-demand email access becomes more prominent, organizations cannot compromise on email performance and availability. The ideal solution must be easily scalable to match customer demand and be able to handle large volumes.

 

    Easy to Deploy and Manage . A cloud platform should simplify the process of service updates, new product deployments and on-boarding. System improvements should also be handled centrally, reducing this burden for the customers’ own IT team. A unified service also means it should be managed from a single administration console.

 

    Adaptable to Customer Needs . With the rapidly shifting threat landscape and other IT requirements, customer email needs are continuously evolving, and it is important that email and information management solutions adapt quickly to help organizations keep pace with changing risks and enhance productivity.

 

    Lower Total Cost of Ownership . The new approach for corporate email security, continuity and archiving should solve the current problems of integration, performance and scalability while simplifying the IT email infrastructure, reducing the initial capital outlay, recurring maintenance costs and the growing storage costs that many companies face as their volumes scale.

 

84


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

The growing need of organizations to mitigate the risks of email and data security, continuity and archiving has already established a significant industry beyond the mail server. According to 451 Research, an information technology research company, there were approximately 194 million active mobile email users alone worldwide in businesses with 10 - 499 employees in 2015. 451 Research projects this number to increase to 311 million by 2019, representing a compound annual growth rate of 12.5%. In addition, according to the U.S. Small Business Administration, there are approximately 5.7 million organizations employing 113.4 million employees in the United States. Among them, there are over 570,000 small and mid-size organizations, which are defined as those organizations employing 20 to 4,999 employees, that together have approximately 55 million employees. Based on recent Gartner reports, combined spending in markets catering to enterprise information and email security, continuity and archiving, which include Secure Email Gateway, Backup and Recovery Software, E-Discovery Software and Data Loss Prevention, was $9.4 billion in 2014 and will grow to $11.6 billion in 2017. We believe there is a considerable need for a comprehensive integrated cloud solution that can address the needs of customers in these markets.

 

LOGO

Our immediate opportunity is to replace incumbent email security, continuity and archiving vendors. As we extend our products into adjacent areas, we anticipate this will open up additional opportunities beyond this to take further market share in a wider range of enterprise security and data management markets. We also expect to benefit from the growing popularity of cloud email services, specifically Office 365 and Google, and the customer need for complementary security, archiving, back-up and continuity services.

Our Solution

Our fully-integrated suite of cloud services for security, continuity and archiving is designed to protect email and deliver comprehensive email risk management beyond the primary mail server. We protect customers from the growing threat to email and the corporate data it contains from malware, spam, data leaks and advanced threats like spear-phishing. We also help organizations securely and cost effectively archive their growing email and file repositories to support employee productivity,

 

85


Table of Contents

compliance and e-discovery. Our continuity services ensure email and corporate information remain available in the event of a primary system failure or scheduled maintenance downtime.

Our customers benefit from:

 

    Comprehensive Email and Data Risk Management in a Single, Unified Cloud Service. Our services integrate a range of technologies into a comprehensive service that would otherwise require an array of individual devices or services from multiple vendors. We enable customers to decommission these technologies, reduce the cost and complexity of their infrastructure, redeploy IT resources, and improve the security and risk management of their corporate email environment.

 

    Best-of-Breed Security, Continuity and Archiving Services. We believe our customers should not have to compromise on the quality of their email security, continuity or archiving services in order to benefit from integration. Our strategy is to develop best-of-breed capabilities within our integrated service to compete successfully with industry-leading point products in three critical areas:

 

    Email and Data Security : We protect customers from a comprehensive range of email and data related threats that include, but are not limited to, spam, viruses, phishing and spear phishing, identity theft, advanced persistent threats, malicious attachments, known and unknown malware, outbound spam outbreaks and malicious inbound URLs. We combine our proprietary cloud-based scanning, detection and real-time intelligence gathering technologies with third-party threat data and malware libraries to deliver comprehensive and overlapping protection reflective of a best-of-breed security service.

 

    Email Service Continuity : Our continuity service enables customers to send, receive and view emails and calendars during email gateway failures or planned maintenance downtime, without the need to build or host their own replicated email environment. Our service has immediate fail-over and fail-back capabilities, and is fully-integrated into Microsoft Outlook. Employees can continue to access their email and data using their preferred mobile, tablet or desktop device, or via our web-based portal, so there is limited interruption to how they normally operate.

 

    Data Archiving : We enable organizations to archive rapidly growing volumes of email and associated data safely and centrally in the cloud to support their need to archive data cost effectively to meet long term storage, compliance, governance, risk mitigation and regulatory obligations. We also provide powerful search tools that can increase employee productivity, and enable them to utilize their archive as a live file store. Key features of our service include, unlimited and perpetual legal hold, discovery and early legal case assessment, onsite and cloud-linked retention management, administrator and employee-led retention controls, onsite and metadata synchronization and record destruction policies and services.

 

    Web Scale Performance for Organizations of All Sizes . Our cloud service is built to address the most demanding scale, performance and availability requirements of large enterprises but delivers this as a subscription-based cloud service that puts these capabilities within the reach of small and mid-market organizations too. Our data centers process approximately 170 million emails per day, and store over 100 billion emails and 13 petabytes of customer data. We achieve demanding continuity service commitments with data centers that are replicated in each geography and operate in active-active mode enabling fast failover and fail-back as required.

 

   

Compelling Return on Investment . Our unified, cloud-based service enables our customers to decommission a range of legacy and disparate technologies that support their email server and recover this cost. We utilize cost-efficient commodity hardware, and share a single instance of the operating software as well as storage and processing hardware securely across

 

86


Table of Contents
 

the whole customer base within each data center, allowing us to deliver cloud-scale economic and performance benefits to our customers. Customers also benefit from the continuous improvement of our service without the need to pay for service packs or updates. Our service bundles and subscription-based pricing also enable customers to pay per employee and select their desired services making costs easy to predict and affordable.

 

    Easy to Deploy and Manage . Our service is designed to be easier to deploy than alternative technologies. Customers simply route their email traffic through our cloud and can be up and running in a matter of days and sometimes less. We then enable our customers to add or delete new services and employees, and manage all security and other policies centrally via a single web-based administration console that significantly simplifies the ongoing management of their email and data environment.

 

    Highly Agile and Adaptable Service . We are continually improving our cloud architecture and services. Our common code base and multi-tenant cloud architecture enables us to perform maintenance updates and add new features or products by updating our core code base once. Continuous service development and multi-tenant rapid deployment also means we can keep pace with emerging threats to protect and respond quickly to changing customer needs.

 

    An Easier Move of Additional Critical Workloads to the Cloud . For those customers that want to put more workloads into the cloud, our technology facilitates the migration of email in particular by removing the complexity that has stalled many customers to date. Our interoperability with cloud-based email servers, such as Office 365, makes this easier to achieve and helps to mitigate remaining concerns about the single-vendor security, data integrity and continuity risk of such a move. Our data ingestion services also allow customers to bring legacy data into their new cloud archive to ensure it is a complete record of current and historic data.

Our Growth Strategy

We will continue to invest in extending our leadership in cloud security and risk management services, and as more organizations move IT workloads such as email to the cloud, we believe we are well positioned to continue capitalizing on this growing opportunity globally.

Our growth strategy is focused on the following:

 

    Grow Revenue From Our Existing Customer Base . We serve approximately 14,500 customers of all sizes. We provide a high level of service that results in our customers staying with us year over year. This large and loyal customer base provides us with the opportunity to sell additional services and add more employees to their subscriptions. As a result, we have achieved a revenue retention rate of 107% and 108% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 and the twelve month period ended June 30, 2015, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, 28% of our customers subscribed to one of our services, 18% of our customers subscribed to two of our services, 34% of our customers subscribed to three of our services, and 20% of our customers subscribed to four or more of our services. As of June 30, 2015, approximately 13,700 of our customers subscribed to our Email Security service, approximately 9,800 subscribed to our Mailbox Continuity service, and approximately 8,200 subscribed to our Enterprise Information Archiving service. As a result, we believe we have significant upsell potential in our existing customer base with current and new services. We intend to continue proactively broadening our reach with our existing customers and sell additional services.

 

   

Acquire New Customers . We have built our global cloud architecture to offer best-of-breed capabilities and to be highly scalable and affordable for organizations of any size, ranging from small and mid-market customers to the largest global enterprises. Moreover, we offer our security, continuity and archiving email services as bundles and in a modular fashion, enabling us to win new customers by addressing a variety of initial needs and use cases that we expand over time as we cross sell other offerings. We will continue to invest in a direct sales force combined

 

87


Table of Contents
 

with a focused channel strategy designed to serve the various requirements of small, mid-market and large enterprises and to bring new customers onto our cloud architecture.

 

    Actively Invest in Our Channel Partner Network . The majority of our sales are through a reseller channel designed specifically to meet the requirements of each of our target customer segments. In the large enterprise market, we are building on existing relationships with leading systems integrators such as Hewlett Packard, Dimension Data and Avanade. In small and mid-market organizations, we are extending our network of leading IT resellers like Softcat, SHI and Softchoice. We expect to expand our channel strategy over time to incorporate additional security or cloud specialists, as well as resellers focusing on supporting customers with the transition to Office 365. We intend to further invest in our network of channel partners to further extend our global sales, service and support capabilities.

 

    Develop Our Technology and Release New Services . We regularly update and improve our software and architecture and seamlessly deploy these updates to our customers. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, we launched two new revenue-generating services. We will continue to build on our current capabilities and exploit additional opportunities in adjacent areas to those we serve today. This will extend the value our customers can gain from our architecture and enable them to consolidate additional email and data services to our integrated cloud service working seamlessly with Microsoft Exchange, Office 365 and Google Apps for Work.

 

    Continue to Expand Our Geographic Presence . We were founded outside the United States and, consequently, 62% and 59% of our sales in fiscal year 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015, respectively, were derived from non-U.S. locations. Revenue from the United States grew at 47% and 45% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, and from the three months ended June 30, 2014 to the three months ended June 30, 2015, respectively, and we view this as our most significant growth market. Since founding our U.S. business in 2008, we have established a successful direct sales, channel and service infrastructure to exploit this opportunity. We have also established a presence in Australia and expect expansion in that geography as our data centers there are now operational. We plan to investigate additional international expansion from our regional bases in the United States (for North America), the United Kingdom (for Europe), South Africa (for Africa and the Middle East) and Australia (for Asia-Pacific).

 

    Target Organizations Moving Workloads to the Cloud . Given the compelling cost benefits and improved agility of cloud-based solutions, organizations are increasingly moving critical workloads to the cloud. As these IT workloads move to the cloud, we believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of growth opportunities that exist from augmenting services, including Office 365 and Google Apps for Work.

Our Technology

We have developed a native cloud architecture, including our own proprietary SaaS operating system and customer-facing services, to address the specific risks and functional limitations of business email and data. Our innovative cloud-based approach requires no on-premises or hosted appliances. We believe we are one of only a few cloud architects that have fully committed to native cloud development.

We have a proven record of performing successfully at considerable scale and addressing rapidly growing customer demands. We process approximately 170 million emails per day with over 100 billion under management. We archive 13 petabytes of customer data and add more than 200 terabytes of customer data per month and employee queries of their Mimecast email archive have grown from approximately 200,000 to over 600,000 per week in just one year.

We are able to provision customer email flows and onboard massive amounts of email data from legacy archives rapidly and efficiently. This drives customer adoption and makes the cloud transition

 

88


Table of Contents

easier than our customers typically expect. Once a customer is live on our service, adding new products to their subscription only requires activating it from within their single administration console. This can be done with as little as one click and the new service is available across their business.

Our Proprietary Native Cloud Architecture—Mime | OS

We developed a proprietary operating system called Mime | OS for native cloud services. Mime | OS enables secure multi-tenancy and takes advantage of the cost and performance benefits of using industry-standard hardware and resource sharing specifically for the secure management of email and data. This enables us to provision efficiently and securely across our customer base, minimizing the impact of spare or over-provisioned processing and storage capacity, reducing the cost of providing our services.

Mime | OS utilizes a common code base to control the hardware, and the storage, indexing, processing, services, administrator and user interface layers of our cloud environment. It has been specifically designed to enable us to scale our storage, processing and services to meet large enterprise-level email and data demands, while retaining the cost and performance benefits of a native cloud environment.

Mime | OS also streamlines our customer application development and enables strong integration across our services. All of our customer applications or services, use Mime | OS to interact with our single data stores and processing technology, as well as interoperate effectively with each other.

As set forth below, Mime | OS is our proprietary operating system that controls the interface, services, processing, indexing and storage layers of Mimecast’s cloud architecture.

The Mimecast Cloud Architecture

 

LOGO

 

89


Table of Contents

Continuous Development Methodology and Multi-Tenancy Advantage

As we enhance and expand our technology, we can update services centrally with little or no intervention required by the customer as everyone shares the same core operating and application software. Improvements, upgrades, new products or patches are applied once and are available immediately across our whole service to customers. It also means we have only one, up-to-date version of our service to maintain and support, as well as a single, common data store for all customers that simplifies management, support and product development.

Our services already process and manage large volumes of customer data and this is growing daily. Our commitment to continual improvement in Mime | OS, our customer applications and hardware infrastructure mean we are constantly strengthening the performance of our service as we scale. These improvements include faster archive search times and data ingestion, greater storage density, improved processing and extended security coverage. Each week, we roll out updates and enhancements centrally that benefit our customers without the need for additional infrastructure investment on their part. Additionally, when new threats emerge, we act once by making changes to our service and all customers benefit immediately. We can also identify and act on threats to one customer and quickly prevent them from impacting others by changing our core system.

How Our Services Work

Mimecast Email Security

We protect inbound and outbound email from malware, spam, advanced persistent threats, email DoS and DDoS, data leaks and other security threats.

Inbound email is directed through Mimecast Email Security, which performs comprehensive security checks before the email is delivered to the customer’s infrastructure, e.g. Exchange, Office 365 or Google. This prevents unwanted email even reaching the customer in the first place and cluttering their infrastructure unlike on-premises services from competitors. Each day, we monitor approximately 300 million messages delivering, on average, less than 50% to the customer.

Outbound email sent from the customer also passes through us and is checked before being sent on to prevent it from presenting a security threat to the recipient. Outbound email can also be encrypted, and scanned by our comprehensive content controls to prevent confidential documents or data leaving the business. Data leak prevention is a key consideration for all organizations.

Mimecast Mailbox Continuity

Email is a 24x7 tool and, traditionally, customers who want to ensure their email does not experience downtime as a result of an inevitable outage or maintenance have had to replicate their own infrastructure in a second location, doubling their email-related costs. The cost and management burden of doing this is prohibitive for many, particularly small or mid-market organizations.

We are a cost effective alternative as there is no need for additional infrastructure. As all customer outbound and inbound email is coming through us anyway, when the customer’s primary email service fails, our Mimecast Mailbox Continuity service takes over the delivery and sending of email in real time or at the request of the administrator, offering immediate fail-over and fail-back. When the primary service is re-established, the customer is reassured that there has been no loss of data and that the archive is maintained. For employees the process is virtually invisible—they continue to work as before in their Microsoft Outlook desktop email client, their Mimecast mobile app or their Mac Desktop App.

 

90


Table of Contents

Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving

Email, and the data it contains, needs to be safely archived to meet growing compliance, regulatory and legal obligations. Also, employees are increasingly using their email archive as their primary information store so this is further reason to ensure it is protected and archived effectively.

As email, file attachments, and associated critical metadata that identifies activity is sent or received, it can be saved in a secure, tamper-proof archive in the single Mimecast cloud automatically and indefinitely. Our employee mobile and desktop search tools, and administration console, then allow for detailed investigation of the archive. We also enable customers with legacy archive data to put this into their single Mimecast archive, which improves adherence to data compliance obligations and gives employees access to a complete historical view of their archive.

Our Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving service offers secure lifetime storage of email, files and instant messaging conversations paid for on a per-employee not data basis. Expensive and ineffective onsite archives can be decommissioned, reducing the data load on the primary email service too. Our search tools make it easy for legal staff and employees themselves to quickly find data without the need to turn to the IT team. Finally, our archive can also include legacy data that would otherwise be held in additional storage. This can be ingested over-the-wire or via physical drives sent encrypted from the customer to us .

Our Global Data Center Network

We have built a network of ten data centers in five locations around the world to deliver our services. This gives customers geographic and jurisdictional control over data location, which enables them to address data privacy concerns. Each region operates two identical data centers that function in active-active mode in different locations, and have N+1 set-ups to meet our continuity of service commitments. Because of this redundancy, we are able to switch operations from one data center to another to maintain our customers’ email and data services. We have developed a modular approach to provisioning a new data center and can transition amongst data centers as needed in existing or new geographies.

 

91


Table of Contents

Mimecast’s ten co-located data centers, which are illustrated below, are replicated and operate in active-active mode to allow for continuity of service in the event of downtime or maintenance.

 

LOGO

Our Services

Our cloud security, continuity and archiving services protect email and data, giving customers comprehensive email risk management in a single, fully-integrated subscription service.

Mimecast Email Security protects against malware, spam, advanced phishing and other emerging attacks, while also preventing data leaks. Mimecast Mailbox Continuity ensures employees can continue using email during unexpected and planned outages such as system maintenance. Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving unifies email, file and Lync Instant Messaging data to support e-discovery, and gives employees fast access to their personal archive via PC, Mac and mobile apps.

Mimecast Email Security

Email security is a critical defense against hackers seeking to capture and exploit valuable corporate information and disrupt business operations. Our Mimecast Email Security service provides comprehensive email security. It prevents spam, viruses, advanced threats, bulk mail and defined content from reaching inboxes, and protects the security and integrity of outbound email communications. It gives administrators granular security and content policy control for all inbound and outbound email traffic to prevent risks including data leaks. Integration into Outlook and mobile apps provides employees the freedom to be self-sufficient and have the ability to manage their quarantines.

Customers can also purchase the following additional services as part of our Mimecast Email Security offering:

 

    Targeted Threat Protection: Highly sophisticated targeted attacks, including spear-phishing, are using email to successfully infiltrate organizations, exploit users and steal valuable IP and customer data. Mimecast Targeted Threat Protection extends traditional gateway security to protect organizations against these advanced and highly targeted attacks. Also a threat
 

dashboard and notification system provides real-time data, including audit and reporting, and

 

92


Table of Contents
 

enables administrators and security specialists to monitor and report attempted attacks. We launched Targeted Threat Protection URL Protect in April 2014 and Attachment Protect in July 2015.

 

    URL Protect tackles the threat from emails containing malicious links. It automatically checks links each time they are clicked, preventing employees from visiting compromised websites regardless of what email client or device they are using. It also includes innovative user awareness capabilities so IT teams can raise the security awareness of employees. Once enabled, a percentage of links in emails clicked by an employee will open a warning screen. This will provide them more information about the email and destination, prompting them to consider whether the page is safe. If they choose to continue, the choice is logged and URL Protect scans the link and blocks access if the destination is unsafe. IT administrators can adjust the frequency of these awareness prompts to ensure employee caution is maintained. Repeat offenders that click bad links will automatically receive more frequent prompts until their behavior changes. The IT team can track employee behavior from the Mimecast administration console and target additional security training as required.

 

    Attachment Protect reduces the threat from weaponized or malware-laden attachments used in spear-phishing and other advanced attacks. It includes pre-emptive sandboxing to automatically security check email attachments before they are delivered to employees. Attachments are opened in a virtual environment or sandbox, isolated from the corporate email system, security checked and passed on to the employee only if no threat is detected. It also includes the option of an innovative transcription service that automatically converts attachments into a safe file format, neutralizing malware as it does so. The attachment is delivered to the employee in read-only format without any delay. As most attachments are read rather than edited, this is often sufficient. Should the employee need to edit the attachment, they can request it is sandboxed on-demand and delivered in the original file format.

 

    Secure Messaging: Email containing sensitive or confidential information requires appropriate security and control to prevent inadvertent or deliberate data leaks and to protect its information while in transit. Mimecast Secure Messaging is a secure and private channel to share sensitive information with external contacts via email without the need for additional client or desktop software. Sensitive information is retained within the Mimecast cloud service strengthening information security, data governance and compliance, without the added IT overhead and complexity of traditional email encryption solutions. We launched Secure Messaging in April 2015.

 

    Large File Send: Employees can create security and compliance risks when they turn to large file sharing tools to overcome email size limits imposed by their IT team or email infrastructure. Mimecast Large File Send enables PC and Mac users to send and receive large files directly from Outlook or a native Mac app. It protects attachments in line with security and content policies by utilizing encryption, optional access key and custom expiration dates; supports audit, e-discovery and compliance by archiving all files and notifications according to email retention policies; and protects email system performance from the burden of large file traffic. We launched Large File Send in July 2013.

Mimecast Mailbox Continuity

Email continuity protects email and data against the threat of downtime as a result of system failure, natural disasters and the impact of planned maintenance, system upgrades and migrations. Mimecast Mailbox Continuity services significantly reduce the cost and complexity of mitigating these risks and provides uninterrupted access to live and historic email and calendar information. During an outage our service provides real-time inbound, outbound and internal email support. The continuity

 

93


Table of Contents

service can be activated and deactivated directly and instantly from our administration console by administrators for the complete organization or for specific groups affected by limited outages. All outage events are fully logged and we also support email top-up services for customers who have to recover their Exchange environments from backups. The continuity service is capable of reliably and securely supporting customers during short or long-term continuity events. Integration with Microsoft Outlook, a native app for Mac users and a full suite of mobile apps means employees have seamless access to their email in the event of an outage.

Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving

Our cloud archive consolidates into one store all inbound, outbound and internal email, files and instant messaging in a perpetual, indexed and secure archive. Using our Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving service, customers can also incorporate legacy data from additional archives into the same searchable store.

All data is encrypted and preserved within a Write Once Read Many (WORM) state. Proprietary indexing and retrieval solutions allow customers to search individual mailboxes or the entire corporate archive in seconds. Our mobile, tablet, desktop and web applications ensure that employees can search and make the best use of their entire corporate archive in a fast, reliable and informative way. Intensive logging services cover the use of the archive, and roles and permissions govern what employees can see in the archive based on their role. Our purpose-built ingestion and export services support rapid high-volume extraction, scrubbing and loading of significant quantities of data. Our archive solution retains metadata that arises from gateway and continuity operations and we preserve both received and altered variants of emails that pass through our secure email gateway. Retention options for customers range from individual retentions, to data retained for an entire customer on a perpetual basis.

Customers can also purchase the following additional services as part of our Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving offering:

 

    Cloud Archive for Email: Mimecast’s Cloud Archive for Email archives inbound, outbound and internal email. Employees get instant access to the archive from their device of choice to help boost productivity, while granular litigation hold, e-discovery and reporting strengthen compliance.

 

    Archive Power Tools : This is a series of advanced archiving tools including:

 

    Mimecast Storage Management for Exchange: This enables active mailbox size management, so administrators can optimize email system performance, control costs and support archive policy enforcement.

 

    Mailbox and Folder Tools for Exchange: In an email continuity event or when searching for archived content, access to folder structures and shared mailbox content is key to productivity. This tool makes it easy to replicate individual and shared mailbox folders into the Mimecast Cloud Archive for Email.

 

    Granular Retention Management: Managing email retention policies can be complex and time-consuming, because different business groups and individuals have requirements that vary how long email should, or is required to be retained. Mimecast Granular Retention Management enables IT teams to centrally apply policies to manage the retention of email content and related metadata.

 

94


Table of Contents

Unified Bundles

Many of our customers are attracted by the ability to combine our services and capabilities into a unified service bundle managed from a single administration console, and integrated into Microsoft Outlook. Customers often start here and add additional products as required.

 

    Mimecast Unified Email Management Express : Our single suite of fully integrated email security and continuity services.

 

    Mimecast Unified Email Management Enterprise : Our integrated bundle of email security, continuity and archiving services.

 

    Mimecast Services for Office 365 : A move to Office 365 creates single vendor exposure, and the associated security, continuity and data assurance risks of this have stopped many organizations from migrating to date. To overcome these risks, a comprehensive secondary service is key.

Our integrated risk management suite for Office 365 makes use of substantial portions of our unified service platform to address these risks and allows customers to maintain their commitment to a cloud-only solution for their email and data needs. Mimecast Services for Office 365 includes: Mailbox Continuity; Broad Spectrum Email Security; Data Assurance; Legacy Archive Data Management; Advanced Account Administration and Large File Send.

Mimecast’s Mailbox Continuity keeps email flowing in the event of a partial or full Office 365 service outage. Our Broad Spectrum Security adds further third-party protection to Office 365 Exchange Online Protection and adds key functionality for protection against spear-phishing, secure messaging and large file sending. Mimecast Data Assurance adds an independent to Microsoft data repository and verification service required to meet compliance and data back-up and integrity requirements fully.

Mimecast Mobile and Desktop Apps

Mobile, PC and Mac users get self-service access to security features, including spam reporting and managed sender lists, the ability to send and receive email during a primary email system outage, and access to their personal email archive to run searches on its content. Employee productivity does not come at the expense of centralized control. Administrators can use granular permissions to activate functions for individual employees or groups of users, while centralized security and policy management means IT teams can retain control over default settings.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing teams work together to build a strong sales pipeline, cultivate and retain customers and drive market awareness of our current and future products and services.

Sales

We sell our services through direct sales efforts and through our channel partners. Our sales model is designed to meet the needs of small and mid-market organizations and large enterprises across a wide range of industries and in over 100 countries. Our approach has played an important role in the growth of our customer base to date. Our sales team is based in offices in Boston, Chicago, Dallas and San Francisco, United States; London, United Kingdom; Johannesburg and Cape Town, South Africa; and Melbourne and Sydney, Australia. We maintain a highly-trained sales force of approximately 160 employees as of June 30, 2015, which is responsible for acquiring and developing new business.

 

95


Table of Contents

We also have an experienced sales team focused on developing and strengthening our channel partner relationships. Many organizations work with third-party IT channel partners to meet their security, IT and cloud service needs, so we have formed relationships with a variety of the leading partners to target large enterprises, mid-market and small organizations. For large enterprises, we work with international partners including Avanade, Hewlett-Packard and Dimension Data. In the mid-market, we work with leading national partners, including Softchoice, SHI and Softcat. The small business market is primarily served by the reseller community and also by Managed Service Providers, who typically provide or host email services. We work closely with all of these channel partners to offer cooperative marketing, deal registration, as well as support and technical resources. We believe these partners view our services as a key source of additional revenue and a way for them to add significant value to their customers as they can support their desire to move to the cloud without compromising their security position.

Sales to our channel partners are generally subject to our standard, non-exclusive channel partner agreement, meaning our channel partners may offer customers the products of several different companies. These agreements are generally for a term of one year with a one year renewal term and can be terminated by us or the channel partner. Payment to us from the channel partner is typically due within 30 calendar days of the date we issue an invoice for such sales.

Our sales cycle varies by size of customer, the number of products purchased and the complexity of the project, ranging from several days for incremental sales to existing customers, to many months for sales to new customers or large deployments.

We plan to invest in our sales organization to support both the growth of our direct sales organization and our channel partners.

Marketing

Our marketing strategy is designed to meet the specific needs of each of our customer segments. We are focused on building our brand and product awareness, increasing customer adoption of our products, communicating the advantages of our solution and its benefit to organizations, and generating leads for our channel partners and direct sales force. We execute our marketing strategy by using a combination of internal marketing professionals and a network of global channel partners. We invest in field, channel, product and brand marketing and have increased our investment in digital marketing to drive greater lead generation volume and efficiency. Our local marketing teams support the conversion of these leads into qualified opportunities for inside sales and are responsible for branding, content generation and product marketing.

Customer Service and Support

We maintain our strong customer retention rate through the strength and quality of our products, our commitment to our customers’ success and our award-winning local customer service and support team, which consists of more than 160 employees worldwide dedicated to ensuring a superior experience for our customers. For each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, our customer renewal rate has been consistently greater than 90%. We calculate our annual customer retention rate as the percentage of paying customers on the last day of the prior year who remain paying customers of the last day of the current year.

We have designed a comprehensive monitoring methodology that tracks and evaluates the interactions we have with our customers from sales and on-boarding to support and renewal. Our cross-functional teams, under the supervision of our Chief of Customer Operations, work together to ensure the best customer experience is achieved and to address customer needs as they arise.

 

96


Table of Contents

A key aspect of our customer on-boarding process is our Legacy Data Migration services. Our customers often have legacy email archives that they want to move to the cloud. Our data migration service helps solve the problems customers face when extracting that data and getting it into the right format for importing to the cloud, which can be expensive, time-consuming and involve interactions with multiple vendors.

In addition, we offer a full range of support services to our global customer base, including comprehensive online resources and 24x7 email support with no outsourcing of support or account management to third parties. We also offer a range of additional services that include options for 24x7 telephone support and a dedicated technical account manager. These support services are priced and tiered to meet specific customer requirements.

We also have a dedicated training team and resources designed to enable customers to get the full benefit from their Mimecast investment. Our comprehensive education and consultancy resources include administrator training and certification, end user training and e-discovery training for compliance teams, all of which are available in-person and online.

Beyond customer support and training, we also provide a range of services that are designed to provide additional support to some customers, especially larger enterprises with more complex email infrastructure and legacy data. Our professional services team works with the customer, or supports our partners to assist them, in planning, migration and service activation.

We also offer a standard service level agreement as part of our standard contract that contains commitments regarding the delivery of email messages to and from our servers, the speed at which our archive can produce search results, and our ability to correctly identify and isolate spam and viruses. In the event that we do not achieve these levels, the customer can request a credit. Payment of the credit will be made subject to verification of the problem. These credits are tiered according to the extent of the service issued. The amount of credits provided to date has been immaterial in all historical periods.

Customers

As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately 14,500 customers and protected millions of their employees in over 100 countries. Our diverse global footprint is evidenced by the fact that in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, we generated 42% of our revenue from the United Kingdom, 38% from the United States, 19% from South Africa and 2% from the rest of the world. In the three months ended June 30, 2015, we generated 41% of our revenue from the United States, 39% from the United Kingdom, 18% from South Africa and 2% from the rest of the world. Our customers range from large enterprises with over 7,500 employees to small organizations with less than 500 employees and represent a diverse set of industries. For example, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, we generated 17% of our revenue from customers in the legal services industry, 14% from customers in the professional, scientific and technical services industry, 13% from customers in the manufacturing industry and 12% from customers in the finance and insurance industry. Our business is not dependent on any particular customer. No single customer represented more than 1% of our annual revenues in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 or the three months ended June 30, 2015.

 

97


Table of Contents

Case Studies

We believe the following case studies are representative examples of how our customers have benefited from our services.

Competitive security swap-out integrated with additional email continuity and archiving services. An international management and technology consulting firm (4,200 users)

Problem : The customer needed to replace an existing email security solution that was no longer serving its needs. They had also suffered from disruptive email outages and had a local server that was being used to archive a significant and growing volume of email data.

Solution : Initially the customer contacted Mimecast for email security but after speaking with us about their wider challenges, it was clear that the addition of our continuity service would enable them to achieve their goal of improved email reliability. They started with Unified Email Management Express but upgraded later to Enterprise to add our email and instant messaging archiving capability.

Result : The customer was able to meet, and unify into a single cloud service, their security, continuity and archiving needs previously handled by different technologies.

Replacing on-premises technology and enhancing security, archiving and continuity. A global manufacturing business (10,600 users)

Problem : The customer wanted to improve security, reduce the cost of managing email, and replace an existing on-premises email infrastructure with a cloud solution. It was also important to improve archiving as weekly backups often failed and consumed considerable IT team time along with the necessity for onsite upgrades. Finding and retrieving email from its old archiving system was a manual search and recovery process that sometimes took days.

Solution : The customer initially selected Mimecast’s service to replace its on-premises archiving and anti-spam/anti-virus devices. As the customer outgrew their on-premises email infrastructure, they made the decision to move to Office 365 supported by Mimecast’s enhanced security, archiving and continuity services. The customer has also since deployed additional Mimecast services including Mimecast Large File Send.

Results : The customer believes the move to Mimecast has saved significant infrastructure cost, delivered time savings and streamlined email efficiency, improved its security posture, and reduced storage. The customer reports significant improvements in archive search times and accuracy in particular over its previous services.

Security, large enterprise and competitor swap-out. A regional government (79,000 users)

Problem : The customer was using leading competitors for on-premises security and to enable the sending of secure messages and attachments to external recipients. Problems with the solution were creating support issues from end-users and the solution was considered difficult to use. For the IT team, supporting multiple technologies was creating unwanted administrative burden and cost.

 

98


Table of Contents

Solution : Mimecast replaced the secure email gateway technologies with one solution integrated with Microsoft Outlook to meet the requirement for ease of use for end-users. Secure messaging was built into the solution with the addition of Mimecast Closed Circuit Messaging.

Result : Spending on the secure email gateway infrastructure was reduced as this was consolidated from multiple vendors to Mimecast. They also reduced their planned spend on a replacement email encryption solution with the addition of Closed Circuit Messaging.

Research and Development

Our engineering, operations, product and development teams work together to enhance our existing products, technology infrastructure and underlying Mime | OS cloud architecture, as well as develop our new product pipeline. Our research and development team interacts with our customers and partners to address emerging market needs, counter developing threats and drive innovation in risk management and data protection. We operate a continuous delivery model for improvements to our infrastructure and products to ensure customers benefit from regular updates in protection and functionality without the need for significant intervention on their part.

Our research and development efforts give prominence to services that enhance our unification commitment and allow customers to displace point or on-premises products. We also prioritize a “build rather than acquire” approach to ensure that we combine best-of-breed functionality with effective integration to maintain our commitment to the delivery of a superior experience to our customers and their employees.

Our research and development expenses were $11.0 million, $12.8 million and $14.5 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2015, our research and development expenses were $3.5 million.

Competition

Our market is large, highly competitive, fragmented, and subject to rapidly evolving technology and security threats, shifting customer needs and frequent introductions of new products and services. We do not believe that any specific competitor offers the fully unified service and integrated technology that we do. However, we do compete with companies that offer products that target email and data security, continuity and archiving, as well as large providers such as Google Inc. and Microsoft Corporation, who offer functions and tools as part of their core mailbox services that may be, or be perceived to be, similar to ours. Our current and potential future competitors include: Barracuda Networks, Inc., Google Postini, Microsoft Exchange Server, Exchange Online Protection, Proofpoint, Inc. and Symantec Corporation, in security, MessageOne, in continuity, and Barracuda, HP Autonomy, Microsoft Office 365, Proofpoint and Symantec in archiving. Some of our current and future competitors may have certain competitive advantages such as greater name recognition, longer operating history, larger market share, larger existing user base and greater financial, technical and other resources. Some competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we can to ours, which could allow them to respond more quickly than we can to new technologies and changes in customer needs. We cannot provide any assurance that our competitors will not offer or develop products or services that are superior to ours or achieve greater market acceptance.

The principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

    reliability and effectiveness in protecting, detecting and responding to cyber-attacks;

 

    scalability and multi-tenancy of our system;

 

    breadth and unification of our services;

 

 

99


Table of Contents
    cloud-only delivery;

 

    total cost of ownership;

 

    speed, availability and reliability;

 

    integration into office productivity, desktop and mobile tools;

 

    speed at which our services can be deployed;

 

    ease of user experience for IT administrators and employees; and

 

    superior customer service and commitment to customer success.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will depend to a great extent upon our ongoing performance in the areas of product and cloud architecture development, core technical innovation, channel management and customer support.

Intellectual Property

Our success is dependent, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary technologies and other intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual protections to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. As of June 30, 2015, we had one patent and eleven patent applications in the United States. We also have one patent issued and six applications pending for examination in non-U.S. jurisdictions, and two pending Patent Cooperation Treaty patent applications, all of which are counterparts of our U.S. applications. We intend to pursue additional patent protection to the extent that we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

We have registered “Mimecast” and certain other marks as trademarks in the United States and several other jurisdictions. We also have a number of registered and unregistered trademarks in the United States and certain other jurisdictions, and will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective. We are the registered holder of a variety of domestic and international domain names that include “mimecast.com,” “mimecast.co.uk,” “mimecast.co.za,” and similar variations.

In addition to the protection provided by our intellectual property rights, as part of our confidentiality procedures, all of our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property, and they assign to us any ownership that they may claim in those works. We also generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, partners, vendors and customers, and generally limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.

Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours.

Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosures of our products may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. In addition, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to as great of an extent as the laws of the United States, and many foreign countries do not enforce these laws as diligently as government agencies and private parties in the United States. Our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and misappropriation of our proprietary information may increase as a result of our foreign operations.

 

100


Table of Contents

We expect that software and other solutions in our industry may be increasingly subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlap. Moreover, many of our competitors and other industry participants have been issued patents or filed patent applications, and have asserted claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Third parties, including non-practicing patent holders, have from time to time claimed, and could claim in the future, that our technologies infringe patents they now hold or might obtain or be issued in the future. See “Risk Factors – We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights”.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters is located in London, United Kingdom where we currently lease approximately 40,473 square feet of space under a lease expiring in December 2019. Our U.S. headquarters is located in Watertown, Massachusetts in an office consisting of approximately 33,669 square feet of space under a lease expiring in October 2020. We also occupy space in Johannesburg, South Africa consisting of 16,576 square feet under a lease expiring in October 2016 and in Melbourne, Australia consisting of 3,003 square feet under a lease expiring in April 2018. We also maintain additional leased facilities in Cape Town, South Africa, Sydney, Australia as well as in Chicago, Dallas and San Francisco in the United States.

We lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. We intend to procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate planned expansion of our operations.

Employees

As of March 31, 2015, we had 524 employees and subcontractors with 271 located in the United Kingdom, 169 in the United States, 72 in South Africa and 12 in Australia. As of June 30, 2015, we had 563 employees and subcontractors with 291 located in the United Kingdom, 179 in the United States, 73 in South Africa and 20 in Australia. The following table shows the breakdown of our global workforce of employees and subcontractors by category of activity as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of March 31,      As of
June 30,

2015
 
     2013      2014      2015     

Sales and marketing

     219         256         212         228   

Research and development

     95         98         88         104   

Services and support

     121         142         161         167   

General and administrative

     46         56         63         64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     481         552         524         563   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

None of our employees work under any collective bargaining agreements. We have never experienced labor-related work stoppages or strikes and believe that we have good relations with our employees.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

101


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of all of our executive officers and directors is CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, Moorgate, London, EC2Y 9AW, United Kingdom.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers and Employee Directors:

     

Peter Bauer

     41       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Peter Campbell

     51       Chief Financial Officer

Neil Murray

     48       Chief Technology Officer and Director

Ed Jennings

     45       Chief Operating Officer

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Christopher FitzGerald(1)(3)

     69       Director

Bernard Dallé(1)(3)

     48       Director

Norman Fiore(2)

     44       Director

Jeffrey Lieberman(2)(3)

     41       Director

Hagi Schwartz(1)(2)

     53       Director

 

(1) Member of the audit committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Peter Bauer has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since co-founding our company in 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Bauer was a Managing Director at Idion Solutions Pty in Cape Town, South Africa, a software integration and development company that acquired FAB Technology (Pty), a company that he co-founded in 1997. We believe Mr. Bauer is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive knowledge and experience as the chief executive officer of our company, as well as the industry in which we compete.

Peter Campbell has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2006. From 2007 to 2015, Mr. Campbell served as a member of our board of directors. Prior to joining Mimecast, Mr. Campbell served as the chief financial officer of SR Telecom Inc. where he was employed from 2002 to 2006. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Campbell was an auditor at Ernst & Young in Montreal, Canada. Mr. Campbell holds a Bachelor of Commerce and a Graduate Diploma in accounting from Concordia University.

Neil Murray has served as our Chief Technology Officer and a member of our board of directors since co-founding our company in 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Murray served as the Chief Technical Officer of Global Technology Services, a South African provider of business information solutions that acquired Pro Solutions (Prosol Group Pty), a software development company that he co-founded in 1992. We believe Mr. Murray is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive knowledge and experience with our company and its technologies, as well as the industry in which we compete.

Ed Jennings has served as our Chief Operating Officer since August 2015. From January 2014 to August 2015, Mr. Jennings was the Chief Marketing Officer of Veracode, a provider of cloud-based application security, where he also served as Executive Vice President of Sales and Services from February 2012 to December 2013. Prior to that, from February 2011 to January 2012, Mr. Jennings was General Manager at ADP (NASDAQ: ADP), a provider of business outsourcing solutions. From August 2008-December 2010, Mr. Jennings was the Chief Executive Officer of Copanion, where he

 

102


Table of Contents

also served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing from July 2007 to July 2008. Mr. Jennings holds a Masters of Business Administration from Northwestern University and a Bachelor of Arts from Boston College.

Non-Executive Directors

Christopher FitzGerald has served as a member of our board of directors since 2007. Mr. FitzGerald served as a non-executive director of City Merchants High Yield Trust, a London based investment company (LON: CMHY), and The Intercare Group, a U.K. pharmaceuticals business. Mr. FitzGerald was also a member of the Committee of Executive Directors and General Counsel at NatWest Group plc. Before that, Mr. FitzGerald was a partner in the London law firm Slaughter and May, where he specialized in advising major financial services businesses. Mr. FitzGerald holds a Master of Arts in Jurisprudence from Oxford University. We believe that Mr. FitzGerald is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive business, financial and legal experience.

Bernard Dallé has served as a member of our board of directors since 2009. Mr. Dallé currently serves as the Operating Partner at Index Ventures, a venture capital firm that he joined in 1997. Prior to joining Index, Mr. Dallé was a management consultant at McKinsey & Company from 1996 to 1997, and a project manager at Procter & Gamble from 1990 to 1994. Mr. Dallé currently serves on the board of directors of several private companies. He holds a Master of Business Administration from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University and a Master of Science in electrical engineering from the Ecole polytechnique fédérale de Lausanne. We believe Mr. Dallé is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a seasoned investor in our industry.

Norman Fiore has served as a member of our board of directors since 2009. Mr. Fiore currently serves as a General Partner at Dawn Capital, a venture capital firm that he co-founded in 2007. Prior to co-founding Dawn, Mr. Fiore was a Partner at the Reuters Greenhouse Fund where he co-managed one of the largest global corporate technology funds. Prior to that, Mr. Fiore worked at Bain & Company in the Telecoms and Private Equity groups. Mr. Fiore currently serves on the board of directors of several private companies. Mr. Fiore holds a Bachelor of Science in industrial engineering and a Bachelor of Arts in quantitative economics from Stanford University and a Master of Business Administration from INSEAD Business School. We believe Mr. Fiore is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a seasoned investor in our industry.

Jeffrey Lieberman has served as a member of our board of directors since 2012. Mr. Lieberman is currently a Managing Director of the venture capital firm Insight Venture Partners, which he joined in 1998. Prior to joining Insight, Mr. Lieberman was a management consultant at McKinsey & Company, where he focused on strategic and operating issues in the financial services, technology and consumer products industries. Mr. Lieberman currently serves as a director of public companies Shutterstock, Inc. (NYSE: SSTK) and Cvent, Inc. (NSYE: CVT), and as a director of several private companies. Mr. Lieberman holds a Bachelor of Applied Sciences in systems engineering and a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Lieberman is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a seasoned investor in our industry.

Hagi Schwartz has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2015. In 2005, Mr. Schwartz founded Magnolia Capital, an investment advisory firm, where he served as Managing Director. Mr. Schwartz is also a Venture Partner at Western Technology Investment, which he joined in 2011. Previously, Mr. Schwartz was the Chief Financial Officer of several public and private technology companies including HyperRoll, Inc., ATRICA, Inc., Noosh, Inc., and Check Point Software Technologies. Mr. Schwartz currently serves on the board of directors of Silicon Graphics International Corp. In addition, Mr. Schwartz has served on the board of directors of BigFix, TUI University and two other private companies. Mr. Schwartz has a B.A. in Economics and Accounting from Bar Ilan

 

103


Table of Contents

University. We believe Mr. Schwartz is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his financial expertise, his significant audit and financial reporting knowledge, his seasoned business perspective and his prior experience as an executive and on boards of other prominent technology companies.

Prior to this offering, each of the members of our board of directors was elected pursuant to a subscription and shareholders’ agreement among us and certain of our existing shareholders. See “Related Party Transactions—Subscription and Shareholders’ Agreement.”

Executive Officers

There are no family relationships among the executive officers or between any executive officer or director. Our executive officers are appointed by the board of directors to serve in their roles. Each executive officer is appointed for such term as may be prescribed by the board of directors or until a successor has been chosen and qualified or until such officer’s death, resignation or removal.

Board Composition

We comply with the rule of the NASDAQ Stock Market that a majority of our directors be independent. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer are independent under such rules.

Our board of directors is responsible for overall corporate governance and for supervising the general affairs and business of our company and its subsidiaries.

Our board is responsible for the proper management of our company and its subsidiaries and setting the overall direction and strategy of our group, reviewing scientific, operational and financial performance, and advising on management appointments. All key operational and investment decisions are subject to board approval.

Our board of directors currently believes that our company is best served by combining the roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, coupled with a lead independent director. Our board of directors believes that as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bauer is the director most familiar with our business and industry and most capable of effectively identifying strategic priorities and leading discussion and execution of strategy. Our independent directors bring experience, oversight and expertise from outside our company, while our Chief Executive Officer brings company-specific experience and expertise. Our board of directors believes that the combined role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is the best leadership structure for us at the current time as it promotes the efficient and effective development and execution of our strategy and facilitates information flow between management and our board of directors. The board of directors recognizes, however, that no single leadership model is right for all companies at all times. Our corporate governance guidelines provide that the board of directors should be free to choose a chairperson of the board based upon the board’s view of what is in the best interests of our company. Accordingly, the board of directors periodically reviews its leadership structure.

In August 2015, our board of directors appointed Christopher FitzGerald as lead independent director. As the lead independent director, Mr. FitzGerald is responsible for coordinating the activities of the independent directors. Among other things, the lead independent director has the following specific responsibilities:

 

    preside at all meetings of the board of directors at which the chairperson is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

    call special meetings of the independent directors;

 

104


Table of Contents
    act as the principal liaison between the independent directors and the chairperson of the board;

 

    approve meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items and approve meeting agendas for the board of directors and its committees;

 

    approve information sent to the board; and

 

    perform such other duties as the board of directors may from time to time delegate to the lead independent director.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings, and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

Corporate Governance and Committees of the Board

Corporate Governance

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, requires foreign private issuers, including our company, to comply with various corporate governance practices. In addition, NASDAQ rules provide that foreign private issuers may follow home country practice in lieu of the NASDAQ corporate governance standards, subject to certain exceptions and except to the extent that such exemptions would be contrary to U.S. federal securities laws. We currently do not intend to take advantage of any such exemptions.

We intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable requirements of the rules adopted by the SEC.

Because we are a foreign private issuer, our directors and senior management are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act. They will, however, be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.

Committees of the Board

We have established an audit committee, a compensation committee and, prior to the listing of our ordinary shares on NASDAQ, we will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee and will have a charter for each of these committees.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Hagi Schwartz, Christopher FitzGerald and Bernard Dallé. Hagi Schwartz is the chair of the audit committee. Our audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence, objectivity and effectiveness of our registered public accounting firm;

 

105


Table of Contents
    overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from that firm;

 

    monitoring the integrity of our financial statements by reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

    reviewing and monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct;

 

    overseeing our risk assessment and risk management policies;

 

    establishing policies regarding hiring employees from our independent registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

 

    meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, if any, our independent registered public accounting firm and management; and

 

    reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions.

All audit and non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

Our board of directors has determined that Hagi Schwartz is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F.

In order to satisfy the independence criteria for audit committee members set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, each member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We believe that the composition of our audit committee will meet the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Jeffrey Lieberman, Norman Fiore and Hagi Schwartz. Jeffrey Lieberman is the chair of the compensation committee. Our compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our directors and executive management;

 

    overseeing an evaluation of our executive management; and

 

    overseeing and administering our employee share option scheme or equity incentive plans in operation from time to time.

In order to satisfy the independence criteria for compensation committee members set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act, all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to such company which is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member must be considered, including, but not limited to: (1) the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting advisory or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director; and (2) whether the director is affiliated with the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. We believe the composition of our compensation committee will meet the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.

 

106


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Christopher FitzGerald, Jeffrey Lieberman and Bernard Dallé. Christopher FitzGerald is the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors;

 

    recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board’s committees;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to our board leadership structure;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to management succession planning; and

 

    developing and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance principles.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We intend to adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all of our directors, executive officers and employees, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller or principal accounting officer, or other persons performing similar functions, which is a “code of ethics” as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F promulgated by the SEC. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be posted on the investor relations section of our website at www.mimecast.com .

If we make any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website to the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Under Item 16B of Form 20-F, if a waiver or amendment of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and relates to standards promoting any of the values described in Item 16B(b) of Form 20-F, we are required to disclose such waiver or amendment on our website in accordance with the requirements of Instruction 4 to such Item 16B.

Directors’ and Executive Management Compensation

The aggregate compensation awarded to, earned by and paid to our current directors and executive officers, including share-based compensation, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, was $2.0 million. The above also includes the estimated fair value of share-based compensation in the amount of $0.6 million issued in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 in the form of options to purchase an aggregate of 1,100,000 ordinary shares issued in August 2014. Such options to purchase ordinary shares had an exercise price of $1.08 per share and expires 10 years after the date of grant. The total amounts accrued to provide severance, retirement, annual leave and recuperation or similar benefits or expenses for our directors and officers for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 was $0.7 million.

Employment and Consulting Agreements

Executive Management

We have entered into services agreements with each of Peter Bauer, Peter Campbell and Neil Murray. These agreements each contain customary provisions regarding non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality of information and assignment of inventions. Pursuant to each of these

 

107


Table of Contents

services agreements, we are obligated to provide four months’ notice prior to terminating the employment of each of Messrs. Bauer, Campbell and Murray. Alternatively, we may terminate the employment of each of Messrs. Bauer, Campbell and Murray immediately by paying the executive a lump sum equal to his base salary, bonus and benefits as of the termination date. Such notice periods and termination benefits in favor of each of Messrs. Bauer, Campbell and Murray do not apply in the event that Messrs. Bauer, Campbell or Murray are terminated by us for the reasons enumerated in their respective employment agreements.

Employee Share Plans

The equity incentive plans described in this section are the Mimecast Limited 2007 Key Employee Share Option Plan, or the 2007 Plan, the Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme, or the 2010 Plan, the Mimecast Limited Approved Share Option Plan, or the Approved Plan, the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, and the Mimecast Limited 2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Prior to this offering, we granted awards to eligible participants under the 2007 Plan, the 2010 Plan and the Approved Plan. Following the closing of this offering, we expect to grant awards to eligible participants under the 2015 Plan and/or the ESPP.

2007 Plan

Our 2007 Plan was adopted by our board of directors on September 3, 2007. The maximum market value of shares (as of the date of grant) subject to unexercised EMI options granted under the 2007 Plan together with the 2010 Plan may not exceed £3 million. The 2007 Plan provides only for the granting of options to acquire Class B ordinary shares to our key employees and the key employees of our subsidiaries.

The 2007 Plan is administered by the non-executive members of our board of directors or a committee (administrator), who has the full power to interpret the 2007 Plan and to establish the rules and regulations applying to it and to make all other determinations they deem necessary or useful for the administration of the 2007 Plan, subject to applicable law. The option price of each option granted under the 2007 Plan was determined by the administrator of the 2007 Plan at the time the option was granted.

The 2007 Plan provides that, in the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2007 Plan) by way of trade sale, unless and to the extent that the administrator determines that the circumstances justify vesting and/or exercisability of a greater proportion of the unvested shares, (i) 75% of the shares underlying outstanding unvested options shall vest and the remaining 25% of the unvested option shares shall immediately lapse and (ii) options shall be exercisable to the extent that they have then vested and to the extent that any applicable performance conditions have then been satisfied. In such event, unless the acquirer provides for the replacement of such options, exercisable options may be exercised (a) on the same day as, and immediately prior to, the change of control becoming effective, (b) if the person making the offer so requests or makes it a condition of the offer that one or more optionholders is locked-in and the board of directors agreed to such request or requirement, in the 12-month period commencing no later than the date on which the acquirer gains control of us and any condition subject to which the offer was made has been satisfied or (c) in the absence of any such request or requirement, or if the board of directors does not agree to such request or requirement, within six months, or such longer period as the board of directors may determine (but in no event longer than 12 months), following the day on which the acquirer gains control of us and any condition subject to which the offer was made has been satisfied. Notwithstanding termination of an optionholder’s employment, any options vested at the time of a change of control shall immediately become exercisable for such period as the board of directors determined in its absolute discretion and acting fairly and reasonably if the board of directors determines that the termination is directly related to the change of control and exercisability is justified in the circumstances. In the event of a listing of our shares on a recognized securities exchange, 100% of the unvested portion of options granted

 

108


Table of Contents

under the 2007 Plan shall vest and, unless the board of directors determines that the circumstances justify the exercisability of a greater proportion, 25% of the shares underlying options will become exercisable immediately upon the listing, 50% of the shares underlying options will become exercisable 12 months following the date of the listing and 25% of the shares underlying options will become exercisable 24 months following the date of the listing.

The administrator may amend the 2007 Plan but no such action may adversely affect the terms of outstanding options under the 2007 Plan without the consent of the holders of 75% of the option shares then outstanding, whether vested or unvested.

2010 Plan

Our 2010 Plan was approved by our board of directors on March 23, 2010 and was most recently amended on April 28, 2015. The maximum value of shares subject to unexercised EMI options granted under the 2010 Plan together with the 2007 Plan may not exceed £3 million. The number of shares over which an EMI option may be granted to any one eligible employee is limited such that the total value of shares subject to unexercised EMI options granted by us or any group company does not exceed £1 less than £250,000.

The 2010 Plan is administered by our board of directors. The 2010 Plan permits us to make grants of (i) EMI options to our employees and employees of any qualifying subsidiary (as defined in the 2010 Plan) whose committed time (as defined in the 2010 Plan) amounts to at least 25 hours a week or, if less, 75% of his or her working time and who do not have a material interest (as defined in the 2010 Plan) in us or any of our subsidiaries and (ii) unapproved options to our employees and the employees of our subsidiaries. The option price of each option may not be less than the market value of the Class B ordinary shares on the date of grant and, in the case of an option that is a right to subscribe for Class B ordinary shares, may not be less than the nominal value of such shares. The term of each option may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Options granted under the 2010 Plan generally are not exercisable until the occurrence of an exit event, such as a corporate takeover, reconstruction, liquidation or sale of the business.

Under the 2010 Plan, options shall vest in full immediately after our shares are admitted to listing on a recognized securities exchange. Such options shall become exercisable as to 25% of the underlying shares immediately following the admission date, 50% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the admission date and 25% of the underlying shares on the second anniversary of the admission date. However, options granted on or after May 13, 2014 to U.S. and South African participants shall continue vesting as set forth in the option award agreement.

The 2010 Plan provides that, in the event that a person obtains control (as defined in the 2010 Plan) of the company as a result of (i) making an offer to acquire the whole of our issued share capital that is made on a condition such that, if satisfied, the person will have control of the company or (ii) negotiating a share sale and purchase agreement with our shareholders that contemplates that the person will obtain control of the company upon completion, 75% of the unvested shares underlying options under the 2010 Plan shall vest and the remaining 25% of the option shares will only be exercisable if the directors determine that the circumstances so justify. If replacement options are offered to optionholders under the 2010 Plan by the acquiring company in relation to vested options, and an optionholder does not agree to release the vested options and accept a replacement option, the board of directors shall determine whether such vested options shall be exercisable or whether they shall lapse. If replacement options are not offered to all optionholders, then vested options shall become exercisable in either of the following exercise periods, as determined by the administrator: (i) immediately before a change of control becoming unconditional or (ii) during the one-month exercise period starting at a date to be determined by the administrator (but in any event such period shall take place before the 12-month period following the date the change of control becomes unconditional).

 

109


Table of Contents

Options may be exercised, to the extent vested, within 39 days of a court sanctioning a scheme of reconstruction (as defined in the 2010 Plan) or a sale of the business (as defined in the 2010 Plan).

The number of shares underlying options and the option price thereof shall be adjusted appropriately following any capitalization issue, rights issue, subdivision, consolidation or reduction of share capital. Our board of directors may amend or add rules to the 2010 Plan or impose additional conditions or requirements on options or the terms on which Class B ordinary shares are acquired; provided, however, no amendments may be made that would have the effect of causing EMI options to cease to be EMI options and no amendment may be made unless, (i) where the rights are enjoyed by a single optionholder and not by any other optionholder or class of optionholders, such optionholder provides written consent or, (ii) where the rights are enjoyed by all optionholders or any class of optionholders, with the consent of 75% of the shares underlying outstanding options.

The 2010 Plan shall automatically terminate on the tenth anniversary of its adoption date and our board of directors may terminate the 2010 Plan at any earlier time.

Approved Plan

Our Approved Plan was approved by our board of directors on October 24, 2012 and was approved by HM Revenue & Customs on November 14, 2012. It was most recently amended on April 28, 2015. The number of shares over which an option may be granted to any one eligible employee is limited such that the total market value of shares subject to unexercised options held by such person under the Approved Plan or any other share option plan approved by HM Revenue & Customs and adopted by us or any other associated company (as defined in the Approved Plan) shall not exceed £30,000.

The Approved Plan is administered by our board of directors and permits us to make grants of options to purchase our Class B ordinary shares to full-time directors or employees of subsidiaries (as defined in the Approved Plan). The term of each option may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

Except in certain limited circumstances, options under the Approved Plan may not be exercised earlier than the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, may only be exercised while the optionholder is a director or employee of a subsidiary, may only be exercised if any performance conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the administrator and may not be exercised at any time when a participant has or had, within the preceding 12 months a material interest (as defined in the Approved Plan) in a close company (as defined in the Approved Plan) which is the company or any company that has control of us or is a member of a consortium that owns the company.

The Approved Plan provides that, in the event that a person obtains control (as defined in the Approved Plan) of us as a result of (i) making a general offer to acquire the whole of our issued share capital that is made on a condition such that, if satisfied, the person will have control of the company or (ii) negotiating a share sale and purchase agreement with our shareholders that contemplates that the person will obtain control of the company upon completion, options may be exercised within six months of the date that the person obtains control of us or immediately before such period (i) to the extent vested and if any performance conditions have been satisfied to the satisfaction of the administrator or (ii) to the extent of 75% of the unvested shares underlying the option.

Under the Approved Plan, options granted before May 13, 2014 shall vest in full immediately after our shares are admitted to listing on a recognized securities exchange. Such options shall become exercisable as to 25% of the underlying shares immediately following the listing date, 50% of the

underlying shares on the first anniversary of the listing date and 25% of the underlying shares on the second anniversary of the listing date. Options granted on or after May 13, 2014 shall continue vesting as set forth in the option award agreement.

 

110


Table of Contents

The number of shares underlying options and the option price thereof shall be adjusted appropriately following any capitalization issue, any offer made by way of rights, subdivision, consolidation or reduction of share capital. Our board of directors may amend or add rules to the Approved Plan or impose additional conditions or requirements on options or the terms on which Class B ordinary shares are acquired; provided, however, that no amendment may be made unless the consent of 75% of the shares underlying outstanding options is obtained.

2015 Plan

Our 2015 Plan was adopted by our board of directors on September 2, 2015 and approved by our stockholders on                     , 2015 and will become effective upon the closing of this offering. The 2015 Plan allows the compensation committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants.

We have initially reserved a total of 10% of the outstanding ordinary shares after giving effect to this offering, or the Initial Limit, for the issuance of awards under the 2015 Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. The 2015 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2016, by 5% of the outstanding number of ordinary shares on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our board of directors. We refer to such number as the Annual Increase.

The shares we issue under the 2015 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. Ordinary shares underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2015 Plan will be added back to the ordinary shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

Stock options and stock appreciation rights with respect to no more than                  ordinary shares may be granted to any one individual in any one calendar year. The maximum number of ordinary shares that may be issued as incentive stock options may not exceed                      the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2016 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase or                  shares. The value of all awards made under the 2015 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year shall not exceed $1,000,000.

The 2015 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan.

The 2015 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase ordinary shares intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and non-qualified stock options. The exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee at the time of the grant but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised and may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or a portion of any option.

 

111


Table of Contents

Our compensation committee may award share appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Share appreciation rights entitle the recipient to ordinary shares equal to the value of the appreciation in our share price over the exercise price. The exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. The term of each share appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each share appreciation right may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award restricted ordinary shares and restricted share units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified period. Our compensation committee may also grant ordinary shares that are free from any restrictions under the 2015 Plan. Unrestricted shares may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Our compensation committee may grant performance share awards to participants that entitle the recipient to receive awards of ordinary shares upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as our compensation committee shall determine. Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would have been paid if the recipient had held a specified number of ordinary shares.

Our compensation committee may grant cash awards under the 2015 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

Our compensation committee may grant awards of restricted shares, restricted share units, performance share awards or cash-based awards under the 2015 Plan that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Such awards will only vest or become payable upon the attainment of pre-determined performance goals that are established by our compensation committee and related to one or more performance criteria. The performance criteria that could be used with respect to any such awards include: total shareholder return, expense levels, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or any elements thereof, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of our ordinary shares, economic value-added, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, shareholder returns, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of our ordinary shares, sales or market shares and number of customers, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. From and after the time that we become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum award that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code that may be made to certain of our officers during any one calendar year period is                  ordinary shares with respect to a share-based award and $15,000,000 with respect to a cash-based award.

The 2015 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2015 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2015 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, all options and share appreciation rights that are not exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the sale event shall become fully exercisable as of the effective time of the sale event, all other awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions, shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the sale event and all awards

 

112


Table of Contents

with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in the discretion of the compensation committee and, upon the effective time of the sale event, all outstanding awards granted under the 2015 Plan shall terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and share appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and share appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2015 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding vested and exercisable options and share appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to shareholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or share appreciation rights.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2015 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2015 Plan require the approval of our shareholders.

No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after the date that is ten years from the effective date of the 2015 Plan (or, with respect to incentive stock options, after ten years from the date of the Board’s approval of the 2015 Plan). No awards under the 2015 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

ESPP

In September 2015, our board of directors adopted the ESPP. The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes for issuance a total of 2% of our outstanding ordinary shares after giving effect to this offering. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

Subject to applicable law, all employees whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours a week are eligible to participate in the ESPP. Any employee who owns 5% or more of the voting power or value of our ordinary shares is not eligible to purchase shares under the ESPP.

We may make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP, at the discretion of the administrator of the ESPP. Offerings will usually begin on each January and July and will continue for six-month periods, referred to as offering periods.

Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 days before the relevant offering date.

Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions from 1% to 10% of his or her eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless a participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase ordinary shares on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85 % of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than                  ordinary shares may be purchased by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of ordinary shares, valued at the grant date of the option to purchase such shares, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

An employee’s rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason. We will promptly refund accumulated payroll deductions of an employee who has withdrawn from participation in the ESPP.

 

113


Table of Contents

The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of ordinary shares authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our shareholders.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

To the extent permitted by the Jersey law, we are empowered to indemnify our directors against any liability they incur by reason of their directorship. See “Description of Share Capital—Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers.” In addition, we maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

 

114


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since April 1, 2012, we have engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers and holders of 5% or more of our ordinary shares, and affiliates of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our ordinary shares. We believe that all of these transactions were on terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.

After the completion of this offering, our audit committee will be responsible for the review, approval and ratification of related-party transactions between us and any related person. The audit committee will review these transactions under our Code of Conduct, which governs conflicts of interests, among other matters, and is applicable to our employees, officers and directors.

Issuances of Securities

In September 2012, we sold 33,147,310 Series B preferred shares, which will be converted into 33,147,310 ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering. We sold these shares to entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners, a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares (following such conversion), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $40.0 million.

Subscription and Shareholders’ Agreement

Shareholders, including entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners, Index Ventures, and Dawn Capital, each of which is a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, Peter Bauer, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors and a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, and Neil Murray, our Chief Technology Officer and another member of our board of directors and a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, are parties to a Subscription and Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2012, which governs, among other things, the election of directors, information rights and certain actions by our company requiring the consent of our shareholders or our board of directors. The Subscription and Shareholders’ Agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Registration Rights

Following this offering’s completion, the holders of an aggregate of              ordinary shares, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our convertible preference share financings, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. These registration rights are assignable, subject to certain conditions, including that the assignee be bound by the terms and conditions of the subscription and shareholders’ agreement.

Demand Registration Rights

Under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, at any time after 180 days after the effective date of this offering, we will be required, upon the written request of the holders of a majority of the shares that are entitled to rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, held by former holders of Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares and founder shares, including entities affiliated with each of the Insight Venture Partners, Index Ventures and Dawn Capital, to register all or a portion of these shares for public resale as soon as reasonably practicable within 60 days of such request. We are not required to effect a registration pursuant to this provision of the Registration Rights

 

115


Table of Contents

Agreement (i) during the period 60 days before our good faith estimate of a date of filing of, and ending 180 days after the effective date of, a registration initiated by us; (ii) after we have effected one registration pursuant to this provision of the Registration Rights Agreement at the request of former holders of Series A preferred shares or founder shares; (iii) after we have effected two registration statements pursuant to this provision of the Registration Rights Agreement at the request of former holders of Series B preferred shares; or (iv) if the initiating holders propose to dispose of securities that may be registered on Form S-3 or Form F-3. If such a registration is to be an underwritten offering, then the holders’ registration rights are conditioned upon such holders’ participation in such underwriting. We may defer the filing of a registration statement once during any twelve-month period for a period of not more than 120 days, if we provide a certificate signed by our chief executive officer stating that, in the good faith judgment of our board of directors, it would be materially detrimental to us and our shareholders for such registration statement to be effected at that time.

Short-Form Registration Rights

If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 or Form F-3 and have not effected more than two such registrations within the preceding twelve-month period, these holders have the right, upon written notice to us of more than 10% of the shares entitled to rights under the Registration Rights Agreement held by former holders of Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares, or founder shares, including each of the Insight Venture Partners, Index Ventures and Dawn Capital entities, to have such shares registered by us as soon as reasonably practicable within 45 days of such request, if the proposed aggregate price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $5.0 million. However, we may defer the filing of a registration statement once during any twelve-month period for a period of not more than 120 days, if we provide a certificate signed by our chief executive officer stating that, in the good faith judgment of our board of directors, it would be materially detrimental to us and our shareholders for such registration statement to be effected at that time.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we register any of our securities for our own account any time after 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering, the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration. If such registration is to be an underwritten offering, then the holders’ registration rights are conditioned on such holders’ participation in such underwriting.

Other Obligations

The registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of ordinary shares to be included in the registrations. We are generally required to bear the expense of all registrations, except underwriting discounts and commissions. The Registration Rights Agreement also contains the mutual commitment of us and the holders to indemnify each other for losses attributable to untrue statements or omission of a material fact or violations of the Securities Act or state securities laws incurred by us with registrations under the agreement. The Registration Rights Agreement also contains an agreement by the holders not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of securities for a period of up to 180 days following the completion of this offering.

Termination

The registration rights and our obligations thereunder terminate seven years after the closing of this offering or, as to any individual holder, at such earlier time at which all shares held by such holder can be sold in any three-month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

 

116


Table of Contents

Agreements with Officers

We have entered into written employment agreements with each of Peter Bauer, Peter Campbell and Neil Murray. These agreements each contain customary provisions regarding non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality of information and assignment of inventions. See “Management—Employment and Consulting Agreements—Executive Management.”

Other Arrangements

We are party to an arrangement with Dawn Capital, a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, pursuant to which we pay Dawn Capital an amount of £12,000 per annum for the services of Norman Fiore, a member of our board of directors appointed by Dawn Capital pursuant to the Subscription and Shareholders’ Agreement.

We were party to an arrangement with Insight Venture Partners, a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, pursuant to which it provides to us certain business development services, including in the areas of enterprise selling, partnerships and M&A, the build-out of our U.S. marketing department, selling to state and local government and inside sales strategies. For the three year period ended March 31, 2015, we paid an aggregate amount of $125,000 to Insight Venture Partners as consideration for such services.

 

117


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of June 30, 2015 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of ordinary shares offered by us and the selling shareholders in this offering, by:

 

    each of the members of our board of directors;

 

    each of our other executive officers;

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares; and

 

    each of the selling shareholders.

The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—Before this Offering” is based on a total of 277,446,379 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015. The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—After this Offering” is based on              ordinary shares outstanding immediately after completion of this offering.

As of June 30, 2015, we had 36 holders of record of our ordinary shares in the United States. These shareholders held in the aggregate 42,638,549 of our outstanding ordinary shares, or 21% of our outstanding ordinary shares as of June 30, 2015. The number of record holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders nor is it representative of where such beneficial holders are resident since many of these ordinary shares were held by brokers or other nominees.

The amounts and percentages of ordinary shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the applicable SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of such security, investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security, or has the right to receive the economic benefit of ownership of the security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days, and such securities are considered outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of that person but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Except as otherwise indicated, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated ordinary shares, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Mimecast Limited, CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, Moorgate, London EC2Y 9AW, United Kingdom.

A description of any material relationship that our principal shareholders have had with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates within the past three years is included under the section titled “Related Party Transactions.”

 

118


Table of Contents
    Shares
beneficially
owned prior
to the offering
    Shares
beneficially
owned after
the offering if the
underwriters’ option
to purchase
additional shares is
not exercised
  Number of
shares being
offered
pursuant to
underwriters’
option to
purchase
additional
shares
  Shares
beneficially
owned after
the offering if the
underwriters’ option
to purchase
additional shares is
exercised

Name of beneficial owner

  Number     Percentage     Number   Percentage     Number   Percentage

5% shareholders

             

Rock Trustees as nominees of the Butterworth Trust(1)

    15,000,000        5.4          

Entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners(2)

    54,796,537        19.8          

Entities affiliated with Index Ventures(3)

    47,063,467        17.0          

Entities affiliated with Dawn Capital(4)

    40,124,247        14.5          

Executive officers and directors

             

Peter Bauer(5)

    31,358,039        11.3          

Peter Campbell(6)

    2,881,100        1.0          

Neil Murray

    24,458,410        8.8          

Ed Jennings

                       

Christopher FitzGerald

                       

Bernard Dallé(7)

    47,063,467        17.0          

Norman Fiore(4)

    40,124,247        14.5          

Jeffrey Lieberman(2)

    54,796,537        19.8          

Hagi Schwartz

                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

   

All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)(8)

    200,681,800        72.0          

 

(1) As trustee of the Butterworth Trust, Rock Trustees Limited exercises dispositive power over the shares held by the Butterworth Trust. Peter Bauer is a beneficiary of the Butterworth Trust. The principal address of Rock Trustees Limited as Trustees the Butterworth Trust is Le Grenier, Grand Marche, Les Camps, St. Martin, Guernsey GY 4 6AA, Channel Islands.
(2)

Consists of (i) 20,845,781 shares owned by Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P.; (ii) 9,176,759 shares owned by Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, L.P.; (iii) 482,490 shares owned by Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P.; (iv) 1,318,559 shares owned by Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P; and (v) 22,972,948 shares owned by Insight Ventures Partners Coinvestment Fund II, L.P. (“Coinvest II”). Insight Holdings Group, LLC (“Holdings”) is the sole shareholder of Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd. (“IVA Ltd”). IVA Ltd is the general partner of Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P. (“IVA LP”), which is the general partner of Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P. and Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P. (collectively, “Fund VII”). Holdings is also the general partner of Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment II, L.P. (“IVAC”). IVAC is the general partner of Coinvest II. Each of Jeffrey Horing, Deven Parekh, Peter Sobiloff, Jeffrey Lieberman and Michael Triplett is a member of the board of managers of Holdings. Because Messrs. Horing, Parekh, Sobiloff, Lieberman and Triplett are members of the board of managers of Holdings, Holdings is the sole shareholder of IVA Ltd and the general partner of IVAC, IVA LP is the general partner of Fund VII and IVAC is the general partner of

 

119


Table of Contents
  Coinvest II, Messrs. Horing, Parekh, Sobiloff, Lieberman and Triplett have voting and dispositive power over the shares noted above. The principal address of the entities affiliated with Insight Venture Management, LLC is c/o Insight Venture Partners, 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor, New York, NY 10036.
(3) Consists of (i) 46,103,009 ordinary shares held of record by Index Ventures V (Jersey) L.P.; (ii) 372,114 ordinary shares held of record by Index Ventures V Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey) L.P. and (iii) 588,344 shares held of record by Yucca (Jersey) SLP. Index Ventures Associates V Limited, or IVA V, is the managing general partner of Index Ventures V (Jersey) L.P. and Index Ventures V Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey) L.P. Yucca (Jersey) SLP is the nominee shareholder for participants in the Index co-investment scheme that is contractually required to mirror the Index Funds’ investment. Bernard Dallé, David Hall, Paul Willing, Phil Balderson and Sinéad Meehan are the members of the board of directors of IVA V and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Index Funds. The principal address of the Index Funds and Yucca (Jersey) SLP is 44 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE4 9WG, Channel Islands.
(4) Consists of (i) 16,737,800 shares held by Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP; (ii) 6,345,000 shares held by Dawn Mimecast Holdings Limited; (iii) 1,969,000 shares held by Dawn Mimecast (II) Holdings Limited; (iv) 12,796,880 shares held by Dawn Mimecast (III) Holdings Limited; (v) 2,096,080 shares held by Dawn Mimecast (IV) Holdings Limited; and (vi) 179,487 shares held by Dawn Mimecast (V) Holdings Limited. Each of Dawn Mimecast Holdings Limited, Dawn Mimecast (II) Holdings Limited, Dawn Mimecast (III) Holdings Limited, Dawn Mimecast (IV) Holdings Limited and Dawn Mimecast (V) Holdings Limited is controlled by the holders of voting shares issued by them, and the majority (over 65%) of all voting shares are held in equal proportions by two family trusts, which we refer to as the trust for the Fiore family and the trust for the Overli family. Neither Mr. Fiore nor Mr. Overli, nor any other Dawn employee or director, is a trustee of these trusts, or a director of any of the funds, and thus none of them have voting or dispositive power over the shares held by the trusts or the funds. Voting and dispositive power of the trust for the Fiore family is held by LJ Skye Trustees Limited, the directors of which are Paul Quirk, Mark Veale and Robert Burton, with an address at Commerce House 1 Bowring Road, Ramsey Isle of Man IM8 2LQ British Isles. Voting and dispositive power of the trust for the Overli family is held by Bentley Trust (Malta) Limited, the directors of which are Nicholas Bryan Bentley, Melody Rooke, Malcolm Keith Becker, Eugene Warrington and Franceso Apap Bologna with an address at Level 7, Portomaso Business Tower, St Julians, Malta STJ 4011. Voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP are held by Dawn Capital LLP, the designated members of which are Norman Fiore and Haakon Overli. The address of Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP is Soho, London W1B 5NE, United Kingdom.
(5) Consists of (i) 16,358,039 shares held directly by Mr. Bauer and (ii) 15,000,000 shares held by Rock Trustees Limited as Trustees of the Butterworth Trust, of which Mr. Bauer is a beneficiary.
(6) Consists of (i) 1,731,100 shares held directly by Mr. Campbell and (ii) 1,150,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2015.
(7) Mr. Dallé is a partner within the Index Ventures group. Advisors within the Index Ventures group provide advice to Index Ventures V (Jersey) L.P., Index Ventures V Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey) L.P., and Yucca (Jersey) SLP (the “Index Funds”) but do not have any voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities. Mr. Dallé, who is a member of our board of directors, is a partner within the Index Ventures group.
(8) See footnotes 1 through 7 above. Includes 1,150,000 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2015.

 

120


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of the Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association. Please note that this summary is not intended to be exhaustive. For further information please refer to the full version of our Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

General

Our company was established under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, on July 28, 2015 with registered number 119119. Our register of members is kept at Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, St. Helier, Jersey JE1 1ES and our U.S. Branch register is held at 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021. Our registered office is 22 Grenville Street, St. Helier, Jersey JE4 8PX. Our secretary is Peter Campbell and our assistant secretary is Mourant Ozannes Secretaries (Jersey) Limited. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association to be effective upon the closing of this offering, our authorized share capital will consist of 300,000,000 ordinary shares, nominal value $0.01 per share and 5,000,000 preferred shares, nominal value $0.01 per share. Upon completion of this offering, there will be          ordinary shares outstanding.

Issued Share Capital

Our issued share capital as of June 30, 2015 is 277,446,379 ordinary shares with a nominal value of £0.000001 per share assuming the conversion of all of our preferred shares into 75,458,210 ordinary shares. Each issued ordinary share is fully paid. We currently have no deferred shares in our issued share capital.

Ordinary Shares

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled, in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them, to share in any surplus in the event of our winding up. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive notice of, attend either in person or by proxy or, being a corporation, by a duly authorized representative, and vote at general meetings of shareholders.

Preferred Shares

Pursuant to Jersey law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our board of directors by resolution may establish one or more classes of preferred shares having such number of shares, designations, dividend rates, relative voting rights, liquidation rights and other relative participation, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by the board without any further shareholder approval. Such rights, preferences, powers and limitations as may be established would be preferential to the rights attaching to our ordinary shares and could also have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of us.

Options

As of June 30, 2015, there were options to purchase 32,622,288 ordinary shares outstanding.

 

121


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Articles of Association

General

Our Articles of Association will contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing another party from acquiring or seeking to acquire control of us. These provisions, as well as our ability to issue preferred shares, are designed to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also intended to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. However, these provisions may also delay, deter or prevent a change in control or other takeovers of our company that our shareholders might consider to be in their best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium being paid over the market price of our ordinary shares and also may limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for our ordinary shares. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, and that the benefits of this increased protection outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals, because negotiation of those proposals could result in an improvement of their terms. A description of these provisions is set forth below.

Staggered Board of Directors

Our Articles of Association will provide for a staggered board of directors consisting of three classes of directors. Directors of each class are chosen for three-year terms upon the expiration of their current terms and each year one class of our directors will be elected by our shareholders. The terms of the Class I, Class II and Class III directors will expire in 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively. Beginning in 2016, our shareholders will elect directors for three-year terms upon the expiration of their current terms. Our shareholders will elect only one class of directors each year. We believe that classification of our board of directors will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our business strategies and policies as determined by our board of directors. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors. As such, this classified board provision could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time-consuming and difficult. At least two annual meetings of shareholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of our board of directors. Thus, the classified board provision could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. The staggered terms of directors also may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or an attempt to change control of us, even though a tender offer or change in control might be believed by our shareholders to be in their best interest.

Issuance of Preferred Shares

The ability to authorize and issue preferred shares is vested in our board of directors, which makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred shares with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

No Shareholder Action by Written Consent

Our Articles of Association will provide that all shareholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the shareholders at an annual or special meeting, and that shareholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take shareholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our Articles of Association or Memorandum of Association or removal of directors by our shareholders without holding a meeting of shareholders.

 

122


Table of Contents

Advance Notice Procedure

Our Articles of Association will provide an advance notice procedure for shareholders to nominate director candidates for election, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred shares, only persons nominated by, or at the direction of, our board of directors or by a shareholder who has given proper and timely notice to our secretary prior to the meeting, will be eligible for election as a director. In addition, any proposed business other than the nomination of persons for election to our board of directors must constitute a proper matter for shareholder action pursuant to the notice of meeting delivered to us. For notice to be timely, it must be received by our secretary not less than 90 nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting (or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 calendar days or delayed by more than 60 calendar days from such anniversary date, not earlier than the 120 th calendar day nor more than 90 days prior to such meeting or the 10 th calendar day after public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made). These advance notice provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempt to obtain control of us.

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

Our Articles of Association will include provisions that indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under Jersey law, the personal liability of directors or officers for monetary damages for actions taken as our director or officer, or for serving at our request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. However, exculpation does not apply if the directors acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from their actions as directors. We will also be expressly authorized to advance certain reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and officers and to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance to protect us, our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities.

We believe that the limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Articles of Association and the indemnification agreements will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Other Jersey, Channel Islands Law Considerations

Purchase of Own Shares

As with declaring a dividend, we may not buy back or redeem our shares unless our directors who are to authorize the buyback or redemption have made a statutory solvency statement that, immediately following the date on which the buyback or redemption is proposed, the company will be able to discharge its liabilities as they fall due and, having regard to prescribed factors, the company will be able to continue to carry on business and discharge its liabilities as they fall due for the 12 months immediately following the date on which the buyback or redemption is proposed (or until the company is dissolved on a solvent basis, if earlier).

If the above conditions are met, we may purchase shares in the manner described below.

 

123


Table of Contents

We may purchase on a stock exchange our own fully paid shares pursuant to a special resolution of our shareholders. The resolution authorizing the purchase must specify:

 

    the maximum number of shares to be purchased;

 

    the maximum and minimum prices which may be paid; and

 

    a date, not being later than five years after the passing of the resolution, on which the authority to purchase is to expire.

Our shareholders adopted such a resolution in              2015.

We may purchase our own fully paid shares otherwise than on a stock exchange pursuant to a special resolution of our shareholders, but only if the purchase is made on the terms of a written purchase contract which has been approved by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. The shareholder from whom we propose to purchase or redeem shares is not entitled to take part in such shareholder vote in respect of the shares to be purchased.

We may fund a redemption or purchase of our own shares from any source. We cannot purchase our shares if, as a result of such purchase, only redeemable shares would remain in issue.

If authorized by a resolution of our shareholders, any shares that we redeem or purchase may be held by us as treasury shares. Any shares held by us as treasury shares may be cancelled, sold, transferred for the purposes of or under an employee share scheme or held without cancelling, selling or transferring them. Shares redeemed or purchased by us are cancelled where we have not been authorized to hold these as treasury shares.

Mandatory Purchases and Acquisitions

The Jersey Companies Law provides that where a person has made an offer to acquire a class of all of our outstanding shares not already held by the person and has as a result of such offer acquired or contractually agreed to acquire 90% or more of such outstanding shares, that person is then entitled (and may be required) to acquire the remaining shares of such shares. In such circumstances, a holder of any such remaining shares may apply to the Jersey court for an order that the person making such offer not be entitled to purchase the holder’s shares or that the person purchase the holder’s shares on terms different to those under which the person made such offer.

Other than as described above and below under “—U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers,” we are not subject to any regulations under which a shareholder that acquires a certain level of share ownership is then required to offer to purchase all of our remaining shares on the same terms as such shareholder’s prior purchase.

Compromises and Arrangements

Where we and our creditors or shareholders or a class of either of them propose a compromise or arrangement between us and our creditors or our shareholders or a class of either of them (as applicable), the Jersey court may order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors or of our shareholders or class of shareholders (as applicable) to be called in such a manner as the court directs. Any compromise or arrangement approved by a majority in number representing 75% or more in value of the creditors or 75% or more of the voting rights of shareholders or class of either of them (as applicable) if sanctioned by the court, is binding upon us and all the creditors, shareholders or members of the specific class of either of them (as applicable).

Whether the capital of the company is to be treated as being divided into a single or multiple class(es) of shares is a matter to be determined by the court. The court may in its discretion treat a

 

124


Table of Contents

single class of shares as multiple classes, or multiple classes of shares as a single class, for the purposes of the shareholder approval referred to above taking into account all relevant circumstances, which may include circumstances other than the rights attaching to the shares themselves.

U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers

The U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Takeover Code, applies, among other things, to an offer for a public company whose registered office is in the Channel Islands and whose securities are not admitted to trading on a regulated market or a multilateral trading facility in the United Kingdom or any stock exchange in the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man if the company is considered by the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Takeover Panel, to have its place of central management and control in the United Kingdom or the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man (in each case, a “Code Company”). This is known as the “residency test.” Under the Takeover Code, the Takeover Panel will determine whether we have our place of central management and control in the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man by looking at various factors, including the structure of our board of directors, the functions of the directors and where they are resident.

The Takeover Code provides a framework within which takeovers of companies subject to it are conducted. In particular, the Takeover Code contains certain rules in respect of mandatory offers for Code Companies. Under Rule 9 of the Takeover Code, if a person:

 

    acquires an interest in shares of a Code Company that, when taken together with shares in which persons acting in concert with such person are interested, carry 30% or more of the voting rights of the Code Company; or

 

    who, together with persons acting in concert with such person, is interested in shares that in the aggregate carry not less than 30% and not more than 50% of the voting rights in the Code, acquires additional interests in shares that increase the percentage of shares carrying voting rights in which that person is interested,

the acquirer, and, depending on the circumstances, its concert parties, would be required (except with the consent of the Takeover Panel) to make a cash offer (or provide a cash alternative) for the Code Company’s outstanding shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for any interests in the shares by the acquirer or its concert parties during the previous 12 months.

We currently do not anticipate being subject to the Takeover Code, as we intend to have our place of central management and control outside of the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man, but may in the future become subject to it due to changes in the board’s composition, changes in the Takeover Panel’s interpretation of the Takeover Code or other events.

Rights of Minority Shareholders

Under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the grounds that the conduct of our affairs, including a proposed or actual act or omission by us, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of our shareholders generally or of some part of our shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application. What amounts to unfair prejudice is not defined in the Jersey Companies Law. There may also be common law personal actions available to our shareholders.

Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating our affairs, requiring us to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and providing for the purchase of shares by us or by any of our other shareholders.

 

125


Table of Contents

Jersey Regulatory Matters

The Jersey Financial Services Commission, or JFSC, has given, and has not withdrawn, its consent under Article 2 of the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Order 1958 to the issue of our ordinary shares. The JFSC is protected by the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Law 1947 against any liability arising from the discharge of its functions under that law.

A copy of this prospectus has been delivered to the Jersey Registrar of Companies in accordance with Article 5 of the Companies (General Provisions) (Jersey) Order 2002 and the Jersey Registrar of Companies has given, and has not withdrawn, his consent to its circulation.

It must be distinctly understood that, in giving these consents, neither the Jersey Registrar of Companies nor the JFSC takes any responsibility for the financial soundness of the Company or for the correctness of any statements made, or opinions expressed, with regard to it. If you are in any doubt about the contents of this prospectus, you should consult your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, accountant or other financial adviser.

The price of securities and the income from them can go down as well as up. Nothing in this prospectus or anything communicated to holders or potential holders of any of our ordinary shares (or interests in them) by or on behalf of the Company is intended to constitute or should be construed as advice on the merits of the purchase of or subscription for any ordinary shares (or interests in them) for the purposes of the Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998.

The directors of the Company have taken all reasonable care to ensure that the facts stated in this prospectus are true and accurate in all material respects, and that there are no other facts the omission of which would make misleading any statement in the prospectus, whether of facts or opinion. All the directors of the Company accept responsibility accordingly.

Differences in Corporate Law

Set forth below is a comparison of certain shareholder rights and corporate governance matters under Delaware law and Jersey law:

 

Corporate Law Issue

 

Delaware Law

 

Jersey Law

Special Meetings of Shareholders   Shareholders generally do not have the right to call meetings of shareholders unless that right is granted in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws. However, if a corporation fails to hold its annual meeting within a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated for a period of 13 months after its last annual meeting, the Delaware Court of Chancery may order a meeting to be held upon the application of a shareholder.  

Shareholders holding 10% or more of the company’s voting rights and entitled to vote at the relevant meeting may legally require our directors to call a meeting of shareholders.

 

The Jersey Financial Services Commission, or JFSC, may, at the request of any officer, secretary or shareholder, call or direct the calling of an annual general meeting. Failure to call an annual general meeting in accordance with the requirements of the Jersey Companies Law is a criminal offense on the part of a Jersey company and its directors and secretary.

 

126


Table of Contents

Corporate Law Issue

 

Delaware Law

 

Jersey Law

Interested Director Transactions  

Interested director transactions are permissible and may not be legally voided if:

 

•  either a majority of disinterested directors, or a majority in interest of holders of shares of the corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote upon the matter, approves the transaction upon disclosure of all material facts; or

 

•  the transaction is determined to have been fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board of directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders.

 

An interested director must disclose to the company the nature and extent of any interest in a transaction with the company, or one of its subsidiaries, which to a material extent conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the company and of which the director is aware. Failure to disclose an interest entitles the company or a shareholder to apply to the court for an order setting aside the transaction concerned and directing that the director account to the company for any profit.

 

A transaction is not voidable and a director is not accountable notwithstanding a failure to disclose an interest if the transaction is confirmed by special resolution and the nature and extent of the director’s interest in the transaction are disclosed in reasonable detail in the notice calling the meeting at which the resolution is passed.

    Although it may still order that a director account for any profit, a court will not set aside a transaction unless it is satisfied that the interests of third parties who have acted in good faith would not thereby be unfairly prejudiced and the transaction was not reasonable and fair in the interests of the company at the time it was entered into.
Cumulative Voting   The certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation may provide that shareholders of any class or classes or of any series may vote cumulatively either at all elections or at elections under specified circumstances.   There are no provisions in the Jersey Companies Law relating to cumulative voting.
Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent   Unless otherwise specified in a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, shareholders may take action permitted to be taken at an annual or special   If permitted by the articles of association of a company, a written consent signed and passed by the specified majority of members may effect any

 

127


Table of Contents

Corporate Law Issue

 

Delaware Law

 

Jersey Law

  meeting, without a meeting, notice or a vote, if consents, in writing, setting forth the action, are signed by shareholders with not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize the action at a meeting. All consents must be dated and are only effective if the requisite signatures are collected within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered.   matter that otherwise may be brought before a shareholders’ meeting, except for the removal of a company’s auditors. Such consent shall be deemed effective when the instrument, or the last of several instruments, is signed by the specified majority of members or on such later date as is specified in the resolution.
Business Combinations   With certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Delaware corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.   A sale or disposal of all or substantially all the assets of a Jersey company must be approved by the board of directors and, only if the articles of association of the company require, by the shareholders in general meeting. A merger involving a Jersey company must be generally documented in a merger agreement which must be approved by special resolution of that company.
Limitations on Director’s Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers  

A Delaware corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation provisions limiting the personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for many types of breach of fiduciary duty. However, these provisions may not limit liability for any breach of the duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, the authorization of unlawful dividends, stock purchases or redemptions, or any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Moreover, these provisions would not be likely to bar claims arising under U.S. federal securities laws.

 

A Delaware corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against

 

The Jersey Companies Law does not contain any provision permitting Jersey companies to limit the liabilities of directors for breach of fiduciary duty.

 

However, a Jersey company may exempt from liability, and indemnify directors and officers for, liabilities:

 

•  incurred in defending any civil or criminal legal proceedings where:

 

•  the person is either acquitted or receives a judgment in their favor;

 

•  where the proceedings are discontinued other than by reason of such person (or someone on their behalf) giving some benefit or suffering some detriment; or

 

•  where the proceedings are settled on terms that

 

128


Table of Contents

Corporate Law Issue

 

Delaware Law

 

Jersey Law

  expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of his or her position if (i) the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  

such person (or someone on their behalf) gives some benefit or suffers some detriment but in the opinion of a majority of the disinterested directors, the person was substantially successful on the merits in the person’s resistance to the proceedings;

 

•  incurred to anyone other than to the company if the person acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company;

 

•  incurred in connection with an application made to the court for relief from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust under Article 212 of the Jersey Companies Law in which relief is granted to the person by the court; or

 

•  incurred in a case in which the company normally maintains insurance for persons other than directors.

Appraisal Rights   A shareholder of a Delaware corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights under which the shareholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by that shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration the shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.   No appraisal rights.
Shareholder Suits   Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to the shareholders of a Delaware corporation for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste   Under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the ground that the conduct of a company’s affairs, including a proposed or actual act or

 

129


Table of Contents

Corporate Law Issue

 

Delaware Law

 

Jersey Law

  and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.  

omission by a company, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of shareholders generally or of some part of shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application.

 

There may also be customary law personal actions available to shareholders. Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating the affairs of a company, requiring a company to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and providing for the purchase of shares by a company or by any of its other shareholders.

Inspection of Books and Records   All shareholders of a Delaware corporation have the right, upon written demand, to inspect or obtain copies of the corporation’s shares ledger and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder.   The register of shareholders and books containing the minutes of general meetings or of meetings of any class of shareholders of a Jersey company must during business hours be open to the inspection of a shareholder of the company without charge. The register of directors and secretaries must during business hours (subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company may by its articles of association or in general meeting impose, but so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection) be open to the inspection of a shareholder or director of the company without charge.
Amendments to Charter   Amendments to the certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon   The memorandum of association and articles of association of a Jersey company may only be amended by special resolution (being a two-third majority if the articles of association of the

 

130


Table of Contents

Corporate Law Issue

 

Delaware Law

 

Jersey Law

  or such greater vote as is provided for in the certificate of incorporation. A provision in the certificate of incorporation requiring the vote of a greater number or proportion of the directors or of the holders of any class of shares than is required by Delaware corporate law may not be amended, altered or repealed except by such greater vote.   company do not specify a greater majority) passed by shareholders in general meeting or by written resolution signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Its address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 662-7232.

Listing

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MIME.”

 

131


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding             ordinary shares. All of the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial numbers of our ordinary shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ordinary shares. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares, and while application has been made for the ordinary shares to be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ordinary shares.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below, and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date

   Number of
Shares
Eligible
for Sale

At the date of this prospectus

  

Up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

Sales of these shares in the public market after the restrictions under the lock-up agreements lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our ordinary shares or the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our ordinary shares, including all of the selling shareholders, have agreed not to offer, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares except for the ordinary shares offered in this offering without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus with certain limited exceptions.

 

132


Table of Contents

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory share plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell such ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Share Options

Following this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of our ordinary shares subject to outstanding options and options and other awards issuable pursuant to our equity incentive plans. See “Management—Directors’ and Executive Management Compensation” for additional information regarding our equity compensation. Accordingly, our ordinary shares registered under the registration statements, will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, and subject to any vesting restrictions and lock-up agreements applicable to these shares.

 

133


Table of Contents

TAXATION

Jersey Tax Considerations

The following summary of the anticipated tax treatment in Jersey of the holders of ordinary shares (other than holders of ordinary shares resident in Jersey) is based on Jersey taxation law as it is understood to apply at the date of this document. It does not constitute legal or tax advice. Holders of ordinary shares should consult their professional advisers on the implications of acquiring, holding or disposing of ordinary shares under the laws of the jurisdictions(s) in which they may be liable to taxation. Holders of ordinary shares should also be aware that tax laws, rules and practice and their interpretation may change.

Our affairs are, and are intended to continue to be, managed and controlled in the United Kingdom for tax purposes and therefore we are resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. and Jersey tax purposes.

We are not regarded as resident for tax purposes in Jersey, Channel Islands. On that basis, we are not subject to income tax in Jersey. However, if we derive any income from the renting or development of land in Jersey or the importation and supply of hydrocarbon oil into Jersey, such income will be subject to tax at the rate of 20%. It is not expected that we will derive any such income.

Withholding tax

Dividends on ordinary shares may be paid by us without withholding or deduction for or on account of Jersey income tax and holders of ordinary shares (other than residents of Jersey) will not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of such ordinary shares.

A paying agent established in Jersey that makes “interest payments” (as defined in the Taxation (Agreements with European Member States) (Jersey) Regulations 2005 (the “Regulations”)) to an individual beneficial owner resident in an EU Member State that is a “contracting party” (as defined in the Regulations) is obliged to communicate details of such payments to the Comptroller of Taxes in Jersey who, pursuant to the Regulations, must provide such information to the tax authorities of the EU Member State in which the beneficial owner is resident.

Goods and Services Tax

Jersey charges a tax on goods and services supplied in the Island (which we refer to as GST). We are an “international services entity” for the purposes of the Goods and Services Tax (Jersey) Law 2007 (the “GST Law”) and consequently, we are not required to:

(i) register as a taxable person pursuant to the GST Law;

(ii) charge goods and services tax in Jersey in respect of any supply made by us; or

(iii) subject to limited exceptions that are not expected to apply to us, pay goods and services tax in Jersey in respect of any supply made to us.

Stamp Duty

In Jersey, no stamp duty is levied on the issue or transfer of the ordinary shares except that stamp duty is payable on Jersey grants of probate and letters of administration, which will generally be required to transfer ordinary shares on the death of a holder of such ordinary shares to the extent such ordinary shares are deemed to be movable property in Jersey. In the case of a grant of probate or letters of administration, stamp duty is levied according to the size of the estate (wherever situated in

 

134


Table of Contents

respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled in Jersey, or situated in Jersey in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled outside Jersey) and is payable on a sliding scale at a rate of up to 0.75% of such estate.

Jersey does not otherwise levy taxes upon capital, inheritances, capital gains or gifts nor are there other estate duties.

U.K. Tax Considerations

The following statements are a general guide to certain aspects of current U.K. tax law and the current published practice of HM Revenue and Customs, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

The following statements are intended to apply to holders of ordinary shares who are only resident for tax purposes in the U.K., who hold the ordinary shares as investments and who are the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares. The statements may not apply to certain classes of holders of ordinary shares, such as dealers in securities and persons acquiring ordinary shares in connection with their employment. Prospective investors in ordinary shares who are in any doubt as to their tax position regarding the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisers.

Withholding tax

We will not be required to deduct or withhold U.K. tax at source from dividend payments we make.

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

No stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on the issue of the ordinary shares or on any transfer of our ordinary shares, provided that the ordinary shares are not registered in a register kept in the United Kingdom. It is not intended that such a register will be kept in the United Kingdom.

No stamp duty will be payable on the issue of the ordinary shares by us. No stamp duty will be payable on a transfer of our ordinary shares provided that (i) any instrument of transfer is not executed inside the United Kingdom, and (ii) such instrument of transfer does not relate to any property situated, or any matter or thing done or to be done, in the United Kingdom.

Dividends

Individuals

Please note that significant changes to the UK taxation of dividends for individual holders are expected to take effect from April 2016. What follows is a summary of the current rules. Please see the following section titled Proposed changes to taxation of dividends for individuals for more information.

An individual holder who receives a dividend from us will be entitled to a tax credit which may be set off against his total income tax liability on the dividend. Such an individual holder’s liability to income tax is calculated on the aggregate of the dividend (the “declared dividend”) and the tax credit (such aggregate being the “gross dividend”) which will be regarded as the top slice of the individual’s income. The tax credit will be equal to 10% (2015/16) of the gross dividend (i.e. the tax credit will be one-ninth of the amount of the dividend).

An individual holder who is not liable to income tax in respect of the dividend will not be entitled to reclaim any part of the tax credit. An individual holder who is liable to income tax at the basic rate will

 

135


Table of Contents

be subject to income tax on the dividend at the rate of 10% (2015/16) of the gross dividend so that the tax credit will satisfy in full such holder’s liability to income tax on the dividend.

An individual holder liable to income tax at the higher rate will be subject to income tax on the gross dividend at 32.5% (2015/16) of the gross dividend, but will be able to set the tax credit off against part of this liability. The effect of the set off of the U.K. tax credit is that such a holder will have to account for additional tax equal to 25% of the declared dividend.

An individual holder liable to income tax at the additional rate will be subject to income tax on the gross dividend at 37.5% (2015/16) of the gross dividend, but will be able to set the tax credit off against part of this liability. The effect of that set off of the U.K. tax credit is that such a holder will have to account for additional tax equal to approximately 30.6% of the declared dividend.

Proposed changes to taxation of dividends for individuals

On July 8, 2015, the Chancellor announced in Summer Budget 2015 that legislation will be implemented, taking effect from April 2016, to abolish the current dividend tax credit for individuals. It is proposed that it will be replaced with a new tax-free allowance of £5,000 in dividend income per tax year. Dividend income in excess of the tax-free allowance will be taxed at the following rates:

(i) 7.5% (basic rate taxpayers);

(ii) 32.5% (high rate taxpayers); and

(iii) 38.1% (additional rate taxpayers).

The new legislation is expected to form part of the Finance Bill 2016.

Corporate shareholders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax

Holders of ordinary shares within the charge to U.K. corporation tax which are “small companies” for the purposes of Chapter 2 of Part 9A of the Corporation Tax Act 2009 (for the purposes of U.K. taxation of dividends) will not be subject to U.K. corporation tax on any dividend received from us provided certain conditions are met (including an anti-avoidance condition).

Other holders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax will not normally be subject to tax on dividends from us.

If the conditions for exemption are not met or cease to be satisfied, or such a holder elects for an otherwise exempt dividend to be taxable, the holder will be subject to U.K. corporation tax on dividends received from us, at the rate of corporation tax applicable to that holder.

A corporate holder resident in the U.K. who is not liable to tax on dividends from us will not be entitled to reclaim any part of the tax credit.

Capital gains

Individuals

For individual holders, the principal factors that will determine the U.K. capital gains tax position on a disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares are the extent to which the holder realizes any other capital gains in the U.K. tax year in which the disposal is made, the extent to which the holder has incurred capital losses in that or earlier U.K. tax years, and the level of the annual allowance of tax-free gains in that U.K. tax year (the “annual exemption”). The annual exemption for the 2015/2016 U.K. tax year is £11,100.

 

136


Table of Contents

If, after all allowable deductions, an individual holder’s taxable income for the year exceeds the basic rate U.K. income tax limit, a taxable chargeable gain accruing on a disposal or deemed disposal of the ordinary shares would be taxed at 28%. Otherwise, such a gain may be taxed at 18% or 28% or a combination of both rates.

Companies

A disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares by a holder within the charge to U.K. corporation tax may give rise to a chargeable gain or allowable loss for the purposes of U.K. corporation tax, depending on the circumstances and subject to any available exemptions or reliefs. Corporation tax is charged on chargeable gains at the rate applicable to that company. Holders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax will, for the purposes of computing chargeable gains, be allowed to claim an indexation allowance which applies to reduce capital gains (but not to create or increase an allowable loss) to the extent that such gains arise due to inflation.

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by a U.S. holder (as defined below). This summary addresses only the U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. holders that are initial purchasers of our ordinary shares pursuant to the offering and that will hold such ordinary shares as capital assets. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular U.S. holder. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of ordinary shares that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

 

    banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

 

    brokers, dealers or traders in securities, currencies, commodities, or notional principal contracts;

 

    tax-exempt entities or organizations, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” as defined in Section 408 or 408A of the Code (as defined below), respectively;

 

    real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

 

    persons that hold the ordinary shares as part of a “hedging,” “integrated” or “conversion” transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    partnerships (including entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities, or persons that will hold our shares through such an entity;

 

    S corporations;

 

    certain former citizens or long term residents of the United States;

 

    persons that received our shares as compensation for the performance of services;

 

    persons that acquire ordinary shares as a result of holding or owning our preferred shares;

 

    holders that own directly, indirectly, or through attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value our shares; and

 

    holders that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar.

Further, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, or alternative minimum tax considerations, or any U.S. state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

 

137


Table of Contents

This description is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing, proposed and temporary U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof. All the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively, and to differing interpretations, all of which could affect the tax considerations described below. There can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not take a position concerning the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares or that such a position would not be sustained. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

For the purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is (or is treated as), for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares will depend in part upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares in its particular circumstances.

As indicated below, this discussion is subject to U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC.

The following summary is of a general nature only and is not a substitute for careful tax planning and advice. Persons considering an investment in our ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences applicable to them relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, including the applicability of U.S. federal, state and local tax laws and non-U.S. tax laws.

Distributions .    Subject to the discussion under “passive foreign investment company considerations,” below, the gross amount of any distribution actually or constructively received by a U.S. holder with respect to ordinary shares will be taxable to the U.S. holder as a dividend to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. holder to the extent of, and will be applied against and reduce, the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits and such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. holder has held our ordinary shares for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received. However, since we do not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that any distribution will be reported as a dividend, even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as

 

138


Table of Contents

a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. Non-corporate U.S. holders may qualify for the preferential rates of taxation with respect to dividends on ordinary shares applicable to long-term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) applicable to qualified dividend income (as discussed below).

In general, the amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. holder in a foreign currency will be the dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate on the day the U.S. holder receives the distribution, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes on a subsequent conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If dividends received in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are received, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend.

Sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares .    Subject to the discussion below under “ Passive foreign investment company considerations ,” a U.S. holder will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s tax basis for those ordinary shares. Subject to the discussion under “ Passive foreign investment company considerations ” below, this gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss and will generally be treated as from sources within the United States. The adjusted tax basis in an ordinary share generally will be equal to the cost of such ordinary share. Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares of a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally eligible for a preferential rate of taxation applicable to capital gains, if the non-corporate U.S. holder’s holding period determined at the time of such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition for such ordinary shares exceeds one year (i.e., such gain is long-term taxable gain). The deductibility of capital losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations under the Code. Any such gain or loss that a U.S. holder recognizes generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Medicare Tax .    Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gains from the disposition of ordinary shares. Each U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in our ordinary shares.

Passive foreign investment company considerations .    If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, in any taxable year, a U.S. holder would be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

A corporation organized outside the United States generally will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules with respect to the income and assets of its subsidiaries, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income” or (ii) at least 50% of the average quarterly value of its total gross assets (which, assuming we are not a CFC for the year being tested, would be measured by fair market value of the assets, and for which purpose the total value of our assets may be determined in part by the market value of our ordinary shares, which is subject to change) is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of “passive income.”

Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, gains from commodities and securities transactions and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income, and also includes amounts derived by reason of the temporary

 

139


Table of Contents

investment of funds raised in offerings of our ordinary shares. If a non-U.S. corporation owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the non-U.S. corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income. If we are classified as a PFIC in any year with respect to which a U.S. holder owns our ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. holder owns our ordinary shares, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above, unless (i) we cease to be a PFIC and (ii) the U.S. holder makes a “deemed sale” election under PFIC rules.

We believe that we were not a PFIC during our 2014 taxable year and do not expect to be a PFIC during our 2015 taxable year. Our status for any taxable year will depend on our assets and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, which is likely to fluctuate after the offering. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use the cash proceeds from this offering in our business. Further, even if we determine that we are not a PFIC after the close of our taxable year, there can be no assurances that the IRS will agree with our conclusion.

If we are a PFIC, and you are a U.S. holder, then unless you make one of the elections described below, a special tax regime will apply to both (a) any “excess distribution” by us to you (generally, your ratable portion of distributions in any year which are greater than 125% of the average annual distribution received by you in the shorter of the three preceding years or your holding period for our ordinary shares) and (b) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares. Under this regime, any excess distribution and realized gain will be treated as ordinary income and will be subject to tax as if (a) the excess distribution or gain had been realized ratably over your holding period, (b) the amount deemed realized in each year had been subject to tax in each year of that holding period at the highest marginal rate for such year (other than income allocated to the current period or any taxable period before we became a PFIC, which would be subject to tax at the U.S. holder’s regular ordinary income rate for the current year and would not be subject to the interest charge discussed below), and (c) the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax had been imposed on the taxes deemed to have been payable in those years. In addition, dividend distributions made to you will not qualify for the lower rates of taxation applicable to long-term capital gains discussed above under “Distributions.”

Certain elections exist that may alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status and would result in an alternative treatment (such as mark-to-market treatment) of our ordinary shares. If a U.S. holder makes the mark-to-market election, the U.S. holder generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. holder makes the election, the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). The mark-to-market election is available only if we are a PFIC and our ordinary shares are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange.” Our ordinary shares will be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ordinary shares are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (subject to the rule that trades that have as one of their principle purposes the meeting of the trading requirement are disregarded). The

 

140


Table of Contents

NASDAQ Global Market is a qualified exchange for this purpose and, consequently, if the ordinary shares are regularly traded, the mark-to-market election will be available to a U.S. holder.

We do not currently intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. holders to make qualified electing fund elections if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether any of these elections would be available and if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

If we are determined to be a PFIC, the general tax treatment for U.S. Holders described in this section would apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be realized by U.S. Holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries that also may be determined to be PFICs.

If a U.S. holder owns ordinary shares during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. holder recognizes gain on a disposition of our ordinary shares, receives distributions with respect to our ordinary shares, or has made a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares the U.S. holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with respect to the company, generally with the U.S. holder’s federal income tax return for that year. In addition, in general, a U.S. person who is shareholder of a PFIC is required to file a Form 8621 annually to report information regarding such person’s PFIC shares if on the last day of the shareholder’s taxable year the aggregate value of all stock owned directly or indirectly by the shareholder exceeds $25,000 ($50,000 for joint filers), or for stock owned indirectly through another PFIC exceeds $5,000. If a U.S. person holds an interest in a domestic partnership (or a domestic entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or an S corporation that owns interest in a PFIC, as long as the partnership or S corporation itself has filed the form and has made a qualified electing fund or mark-to-market election, the members of the partnership aren’t required to file the IRS Form 8621. If our company were a PFIC for a given taxable year, then you should consult your tax advisor concerning your annual filing requirements.

The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. Prospective U.S. investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to our ordinary shares and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary share.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting .    U.S. holders generally will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends on ordinary shares and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of ordinary shares that are paid within the United States or through U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the U.S. holder is an “exempt recipient.” In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding on such payments, unless the U.S. holder provides a taxpayer identification number and a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Certain Reporting Requirements With Respect to Payments of Offer Price .    U.S. holders paying more than $100,000 for our ordinary shares generally may be required to file IRS Form 926 reporting the payment of the Offer Price for our ordinary shares to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. holder that fails to comply. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 926.

Foreign Asset Reporting .    Certain U.S. holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an

 

141


Table of Contents

exception for shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their federal income tax return. An asset with respect to which an IRS Form 8621 has been filed does not have to be reported on form 8938, however, U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE OF IMPORTANCE TO A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN ORDINARY SHARES IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

142


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The company, the selling shareholders and the underwriters named below propose to enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to an additional             shares from the company and up to an additional              shares from the selling shareholders to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise this option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company and the selling shareholders. Such amounts are shown assuming no exercise or full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase             additional shares.

Paid by the Company

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Paid by the Selling Shareholders

 

     Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                

Total

   $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The company and its officers, directors and holders of substantially all of the company’s ordinary shares, including the selling shareholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain limited

 

143


Table of Contents

exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MIME”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell the ordinary shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of ordinary shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s ordinary shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the ordinary shares. As a result, the price of the ordinary shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            , which includes no more than $             that the company has agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA related expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering.

 

144


Table of Contents

The company and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future provide a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

The LOYAL3 Platform

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to     % of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus to be offered through a platform administered by LOYAL3 Securities, Inc., as selling agent, which we refer to in this prospectus as the LOYAL3 platform. Purchases of shares in this offering through the LOYAL3 platform will be at the initial public offering price, will be fee-free to investors and will be in dollar amounts that may include fractional shares. The LOYAL3 platform is designed to facilitate participation of individual purchasers in initial public offerings in amounts starting at $100. Any purchase of our ordinary shares in this offering through the LOYAL3 platform will be at the same initial public offering price, and at the same time, as any other purchases in this offering, including purchases by institutions and other large investors. Individual investors, including customers, in the United States who are interested in purchasing ordinary shares in this offering through the LOYAL3 platform may go to LOYAL3’s website for information about how to become a customer of LOYAL3, which is required to

 

145


Table of Contents

purchase ordinary shares through the LOYAL3 platform. Sales of our ordinary shares by investors using the LOYAL3 platform will be completed through a batch or combined order process typically only once per day. The LOYAL3 platform and information on the LOYAL3 website do not form a part of this prospectus. LOYAL3 Securities, Inc. is a U.S.-registered broker-dealer unaffiliated with our company.

Canada

The ordinary shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the ordinary shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the ordinary shares are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), an offer of shares to the public may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer of shares to the public may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to any legal person who is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in a Relevant Member State and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom an offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor

 

146


Table of Contents

to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive 2010/73/EU, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, such financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed at persons who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in

 

147


Table of Contents

Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”)

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

 

148


Table of Contents

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, and the listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 11,620   

FINRA filing fee

     15,500   

Listing fee

     150,000   

Printing and engraving

                 *  

Legal fees and expenses

                 *  

Accounting fees and expenses

                 *  

Custodian transfer agent and registrar fees

                 *  

Miscellaneous

                 *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             *  
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

 

149


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to U.S. securities law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters with respect to English law and Jersey law in connection with the validity of the shares being offered by this prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Taylor Wessing LLP, U.K. and Mourant Ozannes, Jersey, respectively. Certain legal matters with respect to U.S. securities law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by White & Case LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters with respect to Jersey law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Carey Olsen, Jersey.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Mimecast Limited at March 31, 2014 and 2015, and for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2015, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

150


Table of Contents

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENTS

We are organized under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey. A substantial number of our directors and officers reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of our assets, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons, are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States on us or our directors and management, or to enforce against us or such persons judgments obtained in a U.S. court, including judgments predicated upon civil liability provisions of the federal securities or other laws of the U.S. or any U.S. state.

We have appointed Mimecast North America, Inc. as our authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any action instituted in any U.S. federal or state court having subject matter jurisdiction arising out of or based on the underwriting agreement related to the ordinary shares.

A judgment of a U.S. court is not directly enforceable in Jersey, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by Jersey courts provided that:

 

    the applicable U.S. courts had jurisdiction over the case, as recognized under Jersey law;

 

    the judgment is final and conclusive (if the judgment is subject to a possible appeal enforcement may be stayed until any appeal is resolved);

 

    the judgment is for a debt or definite sum of money, not being taxes, fines or similar penalties, or multiple damages (although the Jersey courts have inherent jurisdiction to recognise and enforce an in personam judgment of a foreign court at the Jersey court’s discretion in certain circumstances);

 

    the defendant is not immune under the principles of public international law;

 

    the same matters at issue in the case were not previously the subject of a judgment or disposition in a court of another jurisdiction;

 

    the judgment was not obtained by fraud; and

 

    the recognition and enforcement of the judgment is not contrary to public policy in Jersey, including observance of the principles of what are called “natural justice” and rights under the European Convention on Human Rights, which among other things require that documents in the U.S. proceeding were properly served on the defendant and that the defendant was given the right to be heard and represented by counsel in a free and fair trial within a reasonable period of time before an independent and impartial tribunal.

Jersey courts award compensation for the loss or damage actually sustained by the plaintiff. The Jersey courts have considered but never awarded punitive or exemplary damages which are only available in appropriate circumstances and there is therefore some doubt as to whether they would enforce an award of such damages as a matter of course. Whether a particular judgment may be deemed contrary to Jersey public policy depends on the facts of each case, though judgments found to be exorbitant, unconscionable, or excessive may be deemed as contrary to public policy. Pursuant to the Protection of Trading Interests Act 1980, a statute of the United Kingdom extended to Jersey by the Protection of Trading Interests Act 1980 (Jersey) Order, 1983, the Jersey courts will not enforce a judgment against a qualifying defendant, which would include us, for an amount arrived at by multiplying a sum assessed as compensation for the loss or damage sustained by the person in whose favor the judgment is given.

 

151


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act, including relevant exhibits and schedules, with respect to the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read the registration statement and its exhibits for further information with respect to us and our shares. Some of these exhibits consist of documents or contracts that are described in this prospectus in summary form. You should read the entire document or contract for the complete terms. You may read and copy the registration statement and its exhibits at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet website at www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the registration statement and its exhibits.

After this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act, applicable to foreign private issuers. Because we are a foreign private issuer, the SEC’s rules do not require us to deliver proxy statements pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act or to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, among other things. However, we plan to produce quarterly financial reports and furnish them to the SEC approximately 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of our fiscal year and to file our annual report on Form 20-F within four months after the end of our fiscal year. In addition, our “insiders” are not subject to the SEC’s rules that prohibit short-swing trading. Our annual consolidated financial statements will be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

We also maintain an internet website at www.mimecast.com. Information contained in or connected to our website is not a part of this prospectus.

 

152


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2014 and 2015, June 30, 2015 (unaudited) and June  30, 2015 Pro Forma (unaudited)

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended March  31, 2014 and 2015 and for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited)

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Years Ended March  31, 2014 and 2015 and for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited)

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Shares and Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the Years Ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited) and the Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Pro Forma (unaudited)

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March  31, 2014 and 2015 and for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited)

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Mimecast Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mimecast Limited (the Company) as of March 31, 2014 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred shares and shareholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Mimecast Limited at March 31, 2014 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

June 16, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     At March 31,     At June 30, 2015  
     2014     2015     2015     Pro
Forma
 
                

(unaudited)

 

Assets

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,158      $ 32,890      $ 36,510      $ 36,510   

Accounts receivable, net

     22,874        25,267        24,105        24,105   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     6,152        4,982        3,976        3,976   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     48,184        63,139        64,591        64,591   

Property and equipment, net

     24,974        23,159        25,355        25,355   

Other assets

     2,625        2,531        3,718        3,718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 75,783      $ 88,829      $ 93,664      $ 93,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, convertible preferred shares and shareholders’ (deficit) equity

        

Current liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 6,912      $ 4,674      $ 4,421      $ 4,421   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     9,052        10,902        10,644        10,644   

Deferred revenue

     38,195        45,267        48,372        48,372   

Current portion of long-term debt

     3,117        5,278        5,584        5,584   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     57,276        66,121        69,021        69,021   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     7,936        8,041        8,206        8,206   

Long-term debt

     5,975        7,086        6,116        6,116   

Other non-current liabilities

     2,041        2,127        2,185        2,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     73,228        83,375        85,528        85,528   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

        

Convertible preferred shares (Note 7)

     59,305        59,305        59,305          

Shareholders’ (deficit) equity

        

Ordinary shares, £0.000001 par value, 1,003,300,000 shares authorized; 192,263,440, 197,571,475 and 201,988,169 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015 (actual), respectively, and 277,446,379 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2015 (pro forma)

     1        1        1        1   

Additional paid-in capital

     26,660        32,811        34,880        95,821   

Accumulated deficit

     (85,617     (85,332     (87,581     (89,217

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     2,206        (1,331     1,531        1,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity

     (56,750     (53,851     (51,169     8,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred shares and shareholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 75,783      $ 88,829      $ 93,664      $ 93,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
    2014     2015     2014     2015  
                (unaudited)  

Revenue

  $ 88,315      $ 116,085      $ 26,943      $ 33,328   

Cost of revenue

    28,673        36,821        8,925        9,876   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    59,642        79,264        18,018        23,452   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

       

Research and development

    12,844        14,461        3,954        3,530   

Sales and marketing

    46,971        51,224        12,775        13,121   

General and administrative

    11,187        15,806        3,940        4,691   

Restructuring

           1,203                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    71,002        82,694        20,669        21,342   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (11,360     (3,430     (2,651     2,110   

Other income (expense)

       

Interest income

    86        62        20        17   

Interest expense

    (542     (703     (133     (177

Foreign exchange (expense) income

    (5,055     4,508        (1,246     (3,841
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (5,511     3,867        (1,359     (4,001
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (16,871     437        (4,010     (1,891

Provision for income taxes

    19        152        38        358   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (16,890   $ 285      $ (4,048   $ (2,249
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of net (loss) income to net (loss) income applicable to ordinary shareholders

       

Net (loss) income

  $ (16,890   $ 285      $ (4,048   $ (2,249

Net (loss) income applicable to participating securities

           80                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary shareholders—basic

  $ (16,890   $ 205      $ (4,048   $ (2,249
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (16,890   $ 285      $ (4,048   $ (2,249

Net (loss) income applicable to participating securities

           75                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary shareholders—diluted

  $ (16,890   $ 210      $ (4,048   $ (2,249
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders: (Note 2)

       

Basic

  $ (0.09   $ 0.00      $ (0.02   $ (0.01
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (0.09   $ 0.00      $ (0.02   $ (0.01
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in computing net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders:

       

Basic

    190,314        194,123        191,306        198,396   

Diluted

    190,314        216,452        191,306        198,396   

Pro forma net loss per share applicable to ordinary shareholders (unaudited): (Note 2)

       

Basic

    $ (0.00     $ (0.01
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

    $ (0.00     $ (0.01
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share applicable to ordinary shareholders (unaudited):

       

Basic

      269,581          273,854   

Diluted

      269,581          273,854   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(in thousands)

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Net (loss) income

   $ (16,890   $ 285      $ (4,048   $ (2,249

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

        

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     3,578        (3,537     855        2,862   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (13,312   $ (3,252   $ (3,193   $ 613   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES AND

SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(in thousands)

 

    Convertible Preferred
Shares
         Ordinary Shares     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Shareholders’
(Deficit)
Equity
 
    Number of
Shares
    Amount          Number of
Shares
    Amount          

Balance at March 31, 2013

    75,458      $ 59,305            192,020      $ 1      $ 25,398      $ (68,727   $ (1,372   $ (44,700

Net loss

                                           (16,890            (16,890

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                  3,578        3,578   

Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of share options

                      243               30                      30   

Share-based compensation

                                    1,232                      1,232   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014

    75,458        59,305            192,263        1        26,660        (85,617     2,206        (56,750

Net income

                                           285               285   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                                  (3,537     (3,537

Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of share options

                      5,208               632                      632   

Issuance of ordinary shares upon settlement of liability awards

                      100               93                      93   

Share-based compensation

                                    5,426                      5,426   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2015

    75,458        59,305            197,571        1        32,811        (85,332     (1,331     (53,851

Net loss (unaudited)

                                           (2,249            (2,249

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

                                                  2,862        2,862   

Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of share options (unaudited)

                      4,117               414                      414   

Issuance of ordinary shares upon settlement of liability awards (unaudited)

                      300               523                      523   

Excess tax benefit related to exercise of share options (unaudited)

                                    289                      289   

Share-based compensation (unaudited)

                                    843                      843   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    75,458        59,305            201,988        1        34,880        (87,581     1,531        (51,169

Conversion of convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares (unaudited)

    (75,458     (59,305         75,458               59,305                      59,305   

Share-based compensation expense recognized upon closing of the proposed IPO (unaudited)

                                    1,636        (1,636              
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Balance at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

         $            277,446      $ 1      $ 95,821      $ (89,217   $ 1,531      $ 8,136   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Operating activities

        

Net (loss) income

   $ (16,890   $ 285      $ (4,048   $ (2,249

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     8,958        11,028        2,765        2,536   

Share-based compensation expense

     1,232        5,426        512        843   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     23        133        4        25   

Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets

     69        (16     (15     3   

Non-cash interest expense

     91        110        22        27   

Excess tax benefits related to exercise of share options

                          (289

Unrealized currency loss (gain) on foreign denominated intercompany transactions

     2,264        (4,052     1,085        3,367   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (6,563     (4,334     2,709        1,949   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (354     684        (81     1,524   

Other assets

     (1,674     (206     2        192   

Accounts payable

     144        (38     (192     (548

Deferred revenue

     8,786        11,378        41        1,152   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,947        2,849        (1,708     (721
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (967     23,247        1,096        7,811   

Investing activities

        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (17,888     (12,583     (4,523     (4,769
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (17,888     (12,583     (4,523     (4,769

Financing activities

        

Proceeds from exercises of share-based awards

     30        632        22        414   

Excess tax benefits related to exercise of share options

                          289   

Payments on debt

     (252     (3,483     (793     (1,373

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

            8,282                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (222     5,431        (771     (670

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash

     1,777        (2,363     275        1,248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (17,300     13,732        (3,923     3,620   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     36,458        19,158        19,158        32,890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 19,158      $ 32,890      $ 15,235      $ 36,510   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

        

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 451      $ 593      $ 111      $ 150   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

   $ 28      $ 32      $      $ 19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

        

Unpaid purchases of property and equipment

   $ 3,345      $ 1,591      $ 1,264      $ 1,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unpaid deferred initial public offering issuance costs

   $      $      $      $ 1,230   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015

(in thousands, except share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

1. Organization and Description of Business

Mimecast Limited and its subsidiaries (together the Group, the Company, Mimecast or we) was registered in England and Wales in 2003 and is headquartered in London, England. The principal activity of the Group is the provision of email management services. Mimecast delivers a software-as-a-service (SaaS) enterprise email management service for archiving, continuity, and security. By unifying disparate and fragmented email environments into one holistic solution from the cloud, Mimecast minimizes risk and reduces cost and complexity while providing total end-to-end control of email. Mimecast’s proprietary software platform provides a single system to address key email management issues. Mimecast operates principally in the United Kingdom, the United States and South Africa.

The Company is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties common to companies in similar industries and stages of development including, but not limited to, rapid technological changes, competition from substitute products and services from larger companies, customer concentration, management of international activities, protection of proprietary rights, patent litigation, and dependence on key individuals.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the application of certain significant accounting policies as described below and elsewhere in these notes to the consolidated financial statements. The Company believes that a significant accounting policy is one that is both important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results, and requires management’s most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as the result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) and Accounting Standards Update (ASU) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB).

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2015 and the unaudited pro forma statement of convertible preferred shares and shareholders’ (deficit) equity for the three months ended June 30, 2015 reflect the automatic conversion, at the closing of an initial public offering (IPO) of the Company’s ordinary shares, of all outstanding convertible preferred shares into 75,458,210 ordinary shares based on the convertible preferred shares outstanding at June 30, 2015. Additionally, as discussed further below, certain share-based awards granted by the Company, which are subject to service-based vesting conditions and a performance-based vesting condition based on a liquidity

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

event, will become exercisable upon the consummation of an IPO. Share-based compensation expense associated with the share-based awards that have satisfied the service condition as of June 30, 2015 are included in the unaudited pro forma net loss.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding after giving pro forma effect to the conversion of all convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares, as if such conversion had occurred as of the date of original issuance. Additionally, the outstanding Class C ordinary shares (Class C Shares) have been reflected in the weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding assuming a 1:1 conversion ratio; however, in certain events, as described in Note 7, the Class C Shares may convert into Class A ordinary shares (Class A Shares) at a ratio less than 1:1, based on a formula driven by the price of each ordinary share in an IPO. See Note 7 for a discussion of the rights and preferences of the ordinary shares, including the conversion rights. See below for further detail.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2015, the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income and cash flows for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, and the consolidated statement of convertible preferred shares and shareholders’ deficit for the three months ended June 30, 2015 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position at June 30, 2015 and its results of operations, comprehensive (loss) income and its cash flows for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015. The results for the three months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the year ending March 31, 2016 or any future period.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period.

Significant estimates relied upon in preparing these consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts, expected future cash flows used to evaluate the recoverability of long-lived assets, contingent liabilities, expensing and capitalization of research and development costs for internal-use software, the determination of the fair value of share-based awards issued, share-based compensation expense, and the recoverability of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance.

Although the Company regularly assesses these estimates, actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from management’s estimates if these results differ from historical experience, or other assumptions do not turn out to be substantially accurate, even if such assumptions are reasonable when made.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Subsequent Events Considerations

The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of the financial statements to provide additional evidence for certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. Subsequent events have been evaluated as required. See Note 14.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity date of 90 days or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Management determines the appropriate classification of investments at the time of purchase, and re-evaluates such determination at each balance sheet date.

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with banks and amounts held in interest-bearing money market funds. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates their fair market value.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenue from two sources: (1) subscription revenues, which are comprised of subscription fees from customers accessing the Company’s cloud services and from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic subscription fees; and (2) related professional services and other revenue, which consists primarily of set-up and ingestion fees as well as training fees.

The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

    there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    the service has been or is being provided to the customer;

 

    the collection of the fees is probable; and

 

    the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

The Company’s subscription arrangements provide customers the right to access its hosted software applications. Customers do not have the right to take possession of the Company’s software during the hosting arrangement. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 605, Revenue Recognition , and Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition .

The Company’s products and services are sold directly by the Company’s sales force and also indirectly by third-party resellers. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 605, the Company has considered certain factors in determining whether the end-user or the third-party reseller is the Company’s customer in arrangements involving resellers. The Company has concluded that in the majority of transactions with resellers, the reseller is the Company’s customer. In these arrangements, the Company considered that it is the reseller, and not the Company, that has the relationship with the end-user. Specifically, the reseller has the ability to set pricing with the end-user and the credit risk with the end-user is borne by the reseller. Further, the reseller is not obligated to report its transaction price with the end-user to the Company, and in the majority of transactions, the Company is unable to

 

F-10


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

determine the amount paid by the end-user customer to the reseller in these transactions. As a result of such considerations, revenue for these transactions is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based upon the amount billed to the reseller. For transactions where the Company has determined that the end-user is the ultimate customer, revenue is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based on the transaction price with the end-user.

Subscription and support revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, typically one year in duration, beginning on the commencement date of each contract.

Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

The Company’s professional services contracts are on a time and material basis. When these services are not combined with subscription revenues as a single unit of accounting, as discussed below, these revenues are recognized as the services are rendered.

Revenue is presented net of any taxes collected from customers.

At times, the Company may enter into arrangements with multiple-deliverables that generally include multiple subscriptions, premium support and professional services. For arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company evaluates each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) whether the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, whether delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within our control.

If the deliverables are determined to qualify as separate units of accounting, consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the units’ relative selling prices. The Company determines the relative selling price for a deliverable based on its vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (VSOE), if available, or its best estimate of selling price (BESP), if VSOE is not available. The Company has determined that third-party evidence of selling price (TPE) is not a practical alternative due to differences in its service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. The amount of revenue allocated to delivered items is limited by contingent revenue, if any.

Subscription services have standalone value as such services are often sold separately. In determining whether professional services sold together with the subscription services have standalone value, the Company considers the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the professional services, the determination that customers cannot resell the services that Mimecast provides, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date and the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the customer’s satisfaction with the professional services work. Professional services sold at the time of the multiple-element subscription arrangement typically include customer set-up and ingestion services. To date, the Company has concluded that all of these professional services included in executed multiple-deliverable arrangements do not have standalone value and are therefore not considered separate units of accounting. These professional services are purchased by customers only in contemplation of, or in concert with, purchasing one of the hosted subscription solutions and, therefore, are not considered a substantive service, such that the provision of such service does not reflect the culmination of the earnings process. Mimecast does not sell these services without the related underlying primary subscription as there would be no

 

F-11


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

practical interest or need on the behalf of a customer to buy these services without the underlying subscription. The Company does not have any knowledge of other vendors selling these services on a stand-alone basis and there is no way for an end-user to resell the deliverable. Accordingly, the deliverables within the arrangement including both subscription services and other professional services are accounted for as a single unit of accounting in accordance with the guidance in SAB No. 104. On these occasions, revenue for the professional services deliverables in the arrangement is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contractual term or the average customer life, as further described below.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from subscription services described above and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. In addition, deferred revenue consists of amounts paid by customers related to upfront set-up or ingestion fees. Revenue related to such services is recognized over the contractual term or the average customer life, whichever is longer. The estimated customer life has been determined to be five years.

Deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized during the succeeding twelve month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of expenses related to supporting and hosting the Company’s product offerings and delivering professional services. These costs include salaries, benefits, incentive compensation and share-based compensation expense related to the management of the Company’s data centers, customer support team and the Company’s professional services team, in addition to third-party service provider costs such as data center and networking expenses, allocated overhead and depreciation expense.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Off-Balance Sheet Risk

The Company has no off-balance sheet risk, such as foreign exchange contracts, option contracts, or other foreign hedging arrangements. Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions of high-credit quality. Although the Company deposits its cash with multiple financial institutions, its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is dispersed due to our large number of customers. The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from revenue earned from customers primarily located in the United Kingdom, the United States, and South Africa. The Company generally does not require its customers to provide collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. Credit losses historically have not been significant and the Company generally has not experienced any material losses related to receivables from individual customers, or groups of customers. Due to these factors, no additional credit risk beyond amounts provided for collection losses is believed by management to be probable in the Company’s accounts receivable. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, and June 30, 2015, no individual customer represented more than 10% of our accounts receivable.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

During the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015, no individual customer represented more than 10% of our revenue.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances for the portion of receivables when a loss is reasonably expected to occur. The allowance for doubtful accounts is established to represent the best estimate of the net realizable value of the outstanding accounts receivable. The development of the allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of past due amounts, historical write-off and recovery experience, as well as aging trends affecting specific accounts and general operational factors affecting all amounts. In addition, factors are developed utilizing historical trends in bad debts, returns and allowances.

We consider current economic trends when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. If circumstances relating to specific customers change or unanticipated changes occur in the general business environment, our estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted. For the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 bad debt expense was $23 and $133, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 bad debt expense was $4 and $25, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015 was not material.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of, and the related accumulated depreciation, are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in the determination of net income (loss) in the period of retirement or sale. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment are as follows:

 

     Estimated
Useful Life

Computer equipment

   3 to 5

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of asset life or lease term

Furniture and fixtures

   5

Office equipment

   3

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas major betterments are capitalized as additions to property and equipment. The Company reviews its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of certain assets might not be recoverable. In these instances, the Company recognizes an impairment loss when it is probable that the estimated cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. During this review, the Company re-evaluates the significant assumptions used in determining the original cost and estimated lives of long-lived assets. Although the assumptions may vary from asset to asset, they generally include operating results, changes in the use of the asset, cash

 

F-13


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

flows, and other indicators of value. Management then determines whether the remaining useful life continues to be appropriate, or whether there has been an impairment of long-lived assets based primarily upon whether expected future undiscounted cash flows are sufficient to support the assets’ recovery. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset.

For the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015, the Company did not identify any impairment of its long-lived assets.

Disclosure of Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and borrowings under the Company’s long-term debt arrangements, approximated their fair values at March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015, due to the short-term nature of these instruments, and for the long-term debt, the interest rates the Company believes it could obtain for borrowings with similar terms.

The Company has evaluated the estimated fair value of financial instruments using available market information. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a significant effect on the estimated fair value amounts. See below for further discussion.

Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and the Company’s own assumptions (unobservable inputs). Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

ASC 820 identifies fair value as the exchange price, or exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants based on the highest and best use of the asset or liability. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The Company uses valuation techniques to measure fair value that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized as follows:

 

    Level 1 inputs—Unadjusted observable quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

    Level 2 inputs—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

 

    Level 3 inputs—Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company evaluates assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring and nonrecurring basis to determine the appropriate level to classify them for each reporting period.

Cash equivalents include money market funds with original maturities of 90 days or less from the date of purchase. The fair value measurement of these assets is based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and, therefore, these assets are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy for all periods presented. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015, cash equivalents held in money market funds totaled $2.3 million, $10.9 million, and $12.5 million, respectively.

As of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015, we did not have any assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant other observable inputs (Level 2) or on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

The Company measures eligible assets and liabilities at fair value, with changes in value recognized in earnings. Fair value treatment may be elected either upon initial recognition of an eligible asset or liability or, for an existing asset or liability, if an event triggers a new basis of accounting. The Company did not elect to remeasure any of its existing financial assets or liabilities, and did not elect the fair value option for any financial assets and liabilities transacted in the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015.

Software Development Costs

Costs incurred to develop software applications used in the Company’s SaaS platform consist of certain direct costs of materials and services incurred in developing or obtaining internal-use computer software, and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time to, the project. These costs generally consist of internal labor during configuration, coding, and testing activities. Research and development costs incurred during the preliminary project stage or costs incurred for data conversion activities, training, maintenance and general and administrative or overhead costs are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the application is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Qualified costs incurred during the operating stage of the Company’s software applications relating to upgrades and enhancements are capitalized to the extent it is probable that they will result in added functionality, while costs incurred for maintenance of, and minor upgrades and enhancements to, internal-use software are expensed as incurred. During the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015, the Company believes the substantial majority of its development efforts were either in the preliminary project stage of development or in the operation stage (post-implementation), and accordingly, no costs have been capitalized during these periods. These costs are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as research and development expense.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Foreign Currency Translation

The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. We determine the functional currency for our foreign subsidiaries by reviewing the currencies in which its respective operating activities occur. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the local currency of each subsidiary. All assets and liabilities in the balance sheets of entities whose functional currency is a currency other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollar equivalents at exchange rates as follows: (i) asset and liability accounts at period-end rates, (ii) income statement accounts at weighted-average exchange rates for the period, and (iii) shareholders’ equity accounts at historical exchange rates. Foreign exchange transaction gains and losses are included in foreign exchange (expense) income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Net income (loss) per share information is determined using the two-class method, which includes the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period and other securities that participate in dividends (a participating security). The Company considers the convertible preferred shares to be participating securities because they include rights to participate in dividends with the ordinary shares.

Under the two-class method, basic net income (loss) per share attributable to ordinary shareholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to ordinary shareholders is computed using the more dilutive of (1) the two-class method or (2) the if-converted method. The Company allocates net income first to preferred shareholders based on dividend rights under the Company’s articles of association and then to preferred and ordinary shareholders based on ownership interests. Net losses are not allocated to preferred shareholders as they do not have an obligation to share in the Company’s net losses.

Diluted net income (loss) per share gives effect to all potentially dilutive securities. Potential dilutive securities consist of ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options and ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred shares.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year ended March 31,      Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2015      2014     2015  
                  (unaudited)  

Numerator:

         

Net (loss) income

   $ (16,890   $ 285       $ (4,048   $ (2,249

Net (loss) income applicable to participating securities

            80                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary shareholders—basic

   $ (16,890   $ 205       $ (4,048   $ (2,249
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (16,890   $ 285       $ (4,048   $ (2,249

Net income (loss) applicable to participating securities

            75                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary shareholders—diluted

   $ (16,890   $ 210       $ (4,048   $ (2,249
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

         

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in computing net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders—basic

     190,314        194,123         191,306        198,396   

Dilutive effect of share equivalents resulting from share options and restricted shares

            22,329                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in computing net (loss) income per share—diluted

     190,314        216,452         191,306        198,396   

Net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders:

         

Basic

   $ (0.09   $ 0.00       $ (0.02   $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.09   $ 0.00       $ (0.02   $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following potentially dilutive ordinary share equivalents have been excluded from the calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 as their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year ended March 31,      Three months ended
June 30,
 
             2014                      2015                      2014                      2015          
                   (unaudited)  

Share options outstanding

     37,504                 39,324         32,622   

Convertible preferred shares

     75,458                 75,458         75,458   

 

F-17


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding after giving pro forma effect to the conversion of all convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares, as if such conversion had occurred as of the date of original issuance. Additionally, as discussed further below, certain share-based awards granted by the Company, which are subject to service-based vesting conditions and a performance-based vesting condition based on a liquidity event, will become exercisable upon the consummation of an IPO. Share-based compensation expense associated with the share-based awards that have satisfied the service condition as of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015 are included in the unaudited pro forma net loss.

A reconciliation of the pro forma net loss per share is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year ended
March 31,
    Three months
ended

June 30,
 
             2015                     2015          
     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

    

Net income

   $ 285      $ (2,249

Share-based compensation expense recognized upon the occurrence of an IPO

     1,614        1,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

   $ (1,329   $ (3,885
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in computing net income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders—basic

     194,123        198,396   

Adjustment for assumed conversion of convertible preferred shares

     75,458        75,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

     269,581        273,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.00   $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Advertising and Promotion Costs

Expenses related to advertising and promotion of solutions is charged to sales and marketing expense as incurred. We incurred advertising expenses of $3.2 million and $3.7 million during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We incurred advertising expenses of $0.9 million and $1.0 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . ASC 740 is an asset and liability approach that requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax basis, and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such position are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. At March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015, we did not have any uncertain tax positions that would impact our net tax provision.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the recognition of expense related to the fair value of share-based compensation awards in the statements of operations. For share options issued under the Company’s share-based compensation plans to employees and members of the Board of Directors (the Board) for their services on the Board, the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant, and an estimated forfeiture rate is used when calculating share-based compensation expense for the period. For restricted share awards issued under the Company’s share-based compensation plans, the fair value of each grant is calculated based on the Company’s share price on the date of grant. For service-based awards, the Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. For awards subject to both performance and service-based vesting conditions, the Company recognizes share-based compensation expense using an accelerated recognition method when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For share-based awards classified as liabilities, the Company accounts for such liability such that the compensation expense will be remeasured at each reporting date until such award is settled. Total compensation expense related to liability awards was not material for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015.

Certain awards granted by the Company are subject to service-based vesting conditions and a performance-based vesting condition based on a liquidity event, defined as either a change of control or an IPO. As a result, no compensation cost related to share-based awards with these performance conditions has been recognized through June 30, 2015 as the Company has determined that a liquidity event was not probable at March 31, 2014 or 2015 or June 30, 2015. The Company will record the expense for these awards using the accelerated attribution method over the remaining service period when management determines that achievement of the liquidity event is probable.

Given the absence of an active market for the Company’s ordinary shares, the Board, the members of which the Company believes have extensive business, finance, and venture capital experience, were required to estimate the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares at the time of each grant of a share-based award. The Company and the Board utilized various valuation methodologies in accordance with the framework of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , to estimate the fair value of its ordinary shares. Each valuation methodology includes estimates and assumptions that require the Company’s judgment. These estimates and assumptions include a number of objective and subjective factors, in determining the value of the Company’s ordinary shares at each grant date, including the following factors: (1) prices paid for the Company’s convertible preferred shares, which the Company had sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions, and the rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s convertible preferred shares and ordinary shares; (2) valuations performed by an independent valuation specialist; (3) the

 

F-19


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Company’s stage of development and revenue growth; (4) the fact that the grants of share-based awards involved illiquid securities in a private company; and (5) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the ordinary shares underlying the share-based awards, such as an IPO or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions.

The Company believes this methodology to be reasonable based upon the Company’s internal peer company analyses, and further supported by several arm’s-length transactions involving the Company’s convertible preferred shares. As the Company’s ordinary shares are not actively traded, the determination of fair value involves assumptions, judgments and estimates. If different assumptions were made, share-based compensation expense, consolidated net income (loss) and consolidated net income (loss) per share could have been significantly different.

The fair value of each option grant issued under the Company’s share-based compensation plans was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model that used the assumptions noted in the following table. As there is no public market for its ordinary shares, the Company determined the expected volatility for options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that issued options with substantially similar terms. The expected volatility of options granted has been determined using an average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies. The expected term of options for service-based awards has been determined utilizing the “Simplified Method.” The Simplified Method is based on the average of the vesting tranches and the contractual life of each grant. In addition, the expected term for certain share-based awards which are subject to service-based and performance-based vesting conditions, is based on management’s estimate of the period of time for which the instrument is expected to be outstanding, factoring in certain assumptions such as the vesting period of the award, length of service and/or the location of the employee. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected life of the share option. The Company has not paid, nor anticipates paying, cash dividends on its ordinary shares; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

The weighted-average fair value of options granted to employees during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 was $0.26 and $0.67 per share, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of options granted to employees during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 was $0.59 and $1.06, respectively. The weighted-average assumptions utilized to determine the fair value of options granted to employees are presented in the following table:

 

     Year ended March 31,     Three months ended
June 30,
 
          2014               2015               2014               2015       
                

(unaudited)

 

Expected term (in years)

     6.4        6.3        6.4        6.6   

Risk-free interest rate

     2.5     3.1     3.5     2.4

Expected volatility

     53.0     52.6     52.6     44.6

Expected dividend yield

                

Estimated grant date fair value per share of Class B ordinary shares

   $ 0.50      $ 1.20      $ 1.08      $ 1.63   

The Company accounts for transactions in which services are received from non-employees in exchange for equity instruments based on the fair value of such services received, or of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measured. The Company determines the total share-based compensation expense related to non-employee awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Additionally, in accordance with ASC 505, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees , the

 

F-20


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Company accounts for awards to non-employees prospectively, such that the fair value of the awards will be remeasured at each reporting date until the earlier of (a) the performance commitment date or (b) the date the services required under the arrangement have been completed. During the year ended March 31, 2014 and the three months ended June 30, 2015, the Company did not issue any share-based awards to non-employees. During the year ended March 31, 2015 the Company issued a share-based award to a non-employee in consideration for consulting services.

See Note 9 for a summary of the share option activity for the year ended March 31, 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015.

Leases

The Company categorizes leases at their inception as either operating or capital leases. On certain lease agreements, the Company may receive rent holidays and other incentives. The Company recognizes lease costs on a straight-line basis once control of the space is achieved, without regard to deferred payment terms, such as rent holidays that defer the commencement date of required payments or escalating payment amounts. The difference between required lease payments and rent expense has been recorded as deferred rent. Additionally, incentives received are treated as a reduction of costs over the term of the agreement, as they are considered an inseparable part of the lease agreement.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions, other events, and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss), which includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from net income (loss). Specifically, cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). As of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015, accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is presented separately on the consolidated balance sheets and consists entirely of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments.

Application of New or Revised Accounting Standards

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company.” As an “emerging growth company,” the Company has elected to not take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606  (ASU 2014-09), to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or

 

F-21


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing U.S. GAAP including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. This guidance was effective for annual reporting and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and allows for either full retrospective or modified retrospective application, with early adoption not permitted. On July 9, 2015 the FASB voted to approve a one-year deferral of the effective date of this guidance. In accordance with the agreed upon delay, the guidance is effective for the Company on April 1, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption method it will apply and the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15,  Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”.  ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate, at each annual or interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that exist that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued and provide related disclosures. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and earlier application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-15, but the adoption is not expected to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810)-Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, which amends the criteria for determining which entities are considered variable interest entities, or VIEs, amends the criteria for determining if a service provider possesses a variable interest in a VIE and ends the deferral granted to investment companies for application of the VIE consolidation model. ASU 2015-02 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2015-02 will have on its financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03,  Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs  (ASU 2015-03), which requires the Company to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs will continue to be reported as interest expense. ASU 2015-03 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The new guidance will be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact and timing of adoption of the ASU 2015-03 on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Balance Sheet Components

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consists of the following:

 

     At March 31,     

At June 30,

           2014                 2015          

      2015     

         (unaudited)

Research and development investment tax credits

   $ 3,168       $ 2,568       $1,441

Prepaid expenses

     2,676         2,087       2,106

Other current assets

     308         327       429
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 6,152       $ 4,982       $3,976
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

     At March 31,    

At June 30,

     2014     2015    

2015

       (unaudited)

Computer equipment

   $ 38,939      $ 46,078      $51,388

Leasehold improvements

     2,889        2,867     

2,920

Furniture and fixtures

     1,798        1,618     

1,741

Office equipment

     268        256     

262

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

     43,894        50,819      56,311

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (18,920     (27,660   (30,956)
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 24,974      $ 23,159      $25,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $9.0 million and $11.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense was $2.8 million and $2.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consists of the following:

 

     At March 31,      At June 30,  
           2014                 2015                 2015       
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued payroll and related benefits

   $ 4,645       $ 7,166       $ 5,498   

Accrued taxes payable

     1,804         1,866         1,868   

Other accrued expenses

     2,603         1,870         3,278   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 9,052       $ 10,902       $ 10,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other non-current liabilities consists of the following:

 

     At March 31,      At June 30,  
           2014                 2015                 2015       
                   (unaudited)  

Deferred rent

   $ 1,496       $ 1,760       $ 1,923   

Other non-current liabilities

     545         367         262   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other non-current liabilities

   $ 2,041       $ 2,127       $ 2,185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Restructuring

During the year ended March 31, 2015, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $1.2 million within restructuring in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The restructuring charge consisted of employee severance costs in connection with the termination of employees in the United States and the United Kingdom. At March 31, 2015, all obligations related to the restructuring action were fully paid and the Company does not expect to incur any additional costs related to this action.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5. Debt

In January 2012, Mimecast Services Limited and Mimecast North America, Inc., with Mimecast Limited as guarantor, entered into a loan agreement with a lender (the Loan Agreement) providing for up to a £4.0 million asset based line of credit (the Equipment Line). Under the Equipment Line, the Company can use the borrowing capacity to finance Eligible Equipment purchases, as defined in the Loan Agreement, in British pounds or U.S. dollars. Outstanding amounts under the Equipment Line accrued interest at a rate equal to the U.K. LIBOR plus 6.00% per annum for advances in British pounds or the greater of (i) 7.50% per annum and (ii) the Prime Rate plus 3.50% per annum for U.S. dollar advances. Advances under the Equipment Line were repayable in 36 equal monthly payments of principal and interest following the date of the borrowing under the Equipment Line but no later than June 30, 2015.

In January 2013, the Company amended the Loan Agreement (the First Amendment) to aggregate the outstanding British pound advances and U.S. dollar advances into two individual Equipment Line advances of £1.7 million (the Sterling Equipment Advances) and $1.6 million (the U.S. Dollar Equipment Advances, collectively the Equipment Line Advances) and allowed for no additional advances under the Equipment Line. The First Amendment amended the interest rate on the Equipment Line Advances to a 4.50% per annum fixed interest rate and also extended the maturity date for the Equipment Line Advances to February 1, 2017, which includes an interest only period for the first twelve months following the First Amendment date. At March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had $2.7 million and $1.6 million outstanding, respectively, related to the Sterling Equipment Advances and had $1.6 million and $1.0 million outstanding, respectively, related to the U.S. Dollar Equipment Advances. There were no amounts available for future borrowings under the Equipment Line as of March 31, 2015 or June 30, 2015. At June 30, 2015, the Company had $1.5 million outstanding related to the Sterling Equipment Advances and had $0.9 million outstanding related to the U.S. Dollar Equipment Advances.

As part of the First Amendment, the Company entered into a line of credit of up to the lesser of (i) £7.5 million and (ii) the equivalent of 80% of Eligible Accounts Receivables, as defined, plus £2.5 million (the Revolving Line). Under the Revolving Line, the Company can borrow in British pounds, U.S. dollars or Euros and the Revolving Line had a maturity date of January 31, 2015. Advances under the Revolving Line bore interest at the greater of the Bank of England base rate plus 3.75% per annum, and 4.25% per annum for British pound Advances, the Prime Rate plus 1.00% per annum and 4.25% per annum for U.S. dollar Advances, and the Euro LIBOR plus 4.00% per annum and 4.25% per annum for Euro Advances.

In July 2014, the Company further amended Loan Agreement (the Second Amendment) and increased the Revolving Line from up to £7.5 million to up to £10 million (the Amended Revolving Line). The Amended Revolving Line has £5.0 million available upon the Second Amendment and another £5.0 million upon completion of an additional equity financing. The Second Amendment also extended the maturity date of the Amended Revolving Line to July 15, 2016 and decreased the maximum interest rate on any advances to 4.00% per annum. At March 31, 2014 the Company had no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Line and at March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015 the Company had no amounts outstanding under the Amended Revolving Line with £5.0 million available for future borrowing.

With the First Amendment, the Company also entered into a £3.0 million fixed interest rate term loan (the First Term Loan), which is repayable in 36 monthly installments starting twelve months

 

F-24


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

following the first business day of the borrowing. Interest on the First Term Loan accrues and is payable monthly in arrears at 4.50% per annum and the First Term Loan matures on March 1, 2017. With the Second Amendment, the Company entered into a second £5.0 million fixed interest rate term loan (the Second Term Loan), which is repayable in 36 monthly installments starting six months following the first business day of the borrowing. Interest on the Second Term Loan accrues and is payable monthly in arrears at 4.50% per annum and the Second Term Loan matures on January 1, 2018. At March 31, 2014, the Company had $4.9 million outstanding on the First Term Loan and at March 31, 2015, the Company had $2.8 million and $7.0 million outstanding on the First Term Loan and Second Term Loan, respectively. At June 30, 2015, the Company had $2.6 million and $6.8 million outstanding on the First Term Loan and Second Term Loan, respectively.

The weighted-average interest rate for long-term debt was 4.50% per annum at March 31, 2014 and 2015 and at June 30, 2015.

The Company has assessed these refinancing activities and determined they were modifications and not an extinguishment under ASC 470, Debt .

Under the Second Amendment, the Company must comply with certain financial covenants, including recurring revenue and adjusted quick ratio covenants, as defined within the Second Amendment. The interest rate will increase by 3.00% if the Company is not able to meet the financial covenants or has any other event of default, until cured. Failure to comply with these covenants, or the occurrence of an event of default, could permit the lender under the Second Amendment to declare all amounts outstanding under the Second Amendment, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, the Second Amendment is secured by substantially all of our assets. The Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Second Amendment as of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015.

Future minimum principal payment obligations due under the Company’s loan agreements are as follows:

 

Year Ending March 31,

  

2016

   $ 5,314   

2017

     5,076   

2018

     2,052   
  

 

 

 
   $ 12,442   
  

 

 

 

6. Related Party Transactions

Three of our current shareholders, who collectively own 52.8% and 51.8% of our outstanding shares as of March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, were customers of the Company during the periods included in the consolidated financial statements. Revenue recognized during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 and accounts receivable outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and at June 30, 2015 related to these transactions was not material. Additionally, two of these shareholders provide certain services to the Company. Amounts paid to these shareholders in relation to arrangements for these services was not material for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7. Convertible Preferred Shares

The Company’s convertible preferred shares at March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

    Original Issue
Price per Share
    Shares     Liquidation
Amount
    Carrying
Value
 
      Authorized     Outstanding      

Series A Convertible Preferred Shares(1)

  $ 0.49        42,310,900        42,310,900      $ 20,816      $ 20,583   

Series B Convertible Preferred Shares

  $ 1.21        33,147,310        33,147,310        40,000        38,722   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      75,458,210        75,458,210      $ 60,816      $ 59,305   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Translated using the British pound to U.S. dollar exchange rate as of the date of issuance of 1.601.

The holders of the Company’s Series A convertible preferred shares (Series A Preferred Shares) and the Series B convertible preferred shares (Series B Preferred Shares) (collectively, the Preferred Shares) have certain rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions with respect to voting, dividends, liquidation and conversion as follows:

Voting

The holders of the Preferred Shares are entitled to vote, together with the holders of Founder Shares and Class A Shares, on all matters submitted to shareholders for a vote. Each holder of Preferred Shares is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of Preferred Shares held at the time of such vote.

Dividends

The holders of the Preferred Shares are entitled to receive dividends, if and when declared by the Board, pari passu with the holders of the Founder Shares, Class A Shares and Class B ordinary shares (Class B Shares). No dividends have been declared or paid by the Company through June 30, 2015.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series B Preferred Shares are entitled to receive an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price, subject to appropriate adjustment, plus all dividends accrued or declared but unpaid (the Series B Preference Amount). No payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares or ordinary shares unless and until full payment has been made to the holders of Series B Preferred Shares. If the funds available upon liquidation are insufficient to satisfy in full the Series B Preference Amount, the assets of the Company shall be shared ratably among the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares based upon their respective amounts, which would be payable with respect to the shares held by them if amounts were paid in full.

After payment has been made to the holders of Series B Preferred Shares, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to receive an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price, subject to appropriate adjustment, plus all dividends accrued or declared but unpaid (the Series A Preference Amount). No payment shall be made to the holders of ordinary shares unless and

 

F-26


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

until full payment has been made to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares. If the funds available upon liquidation are insufficient to satisfy in full the Series A Preference Amount, the assets of the Company shall be shared ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares based upon their respective amounts, which would be payable with respect to the shares held by them if amounts were paid in full.

After payment has been made to the holders of Series B and Series A Preferred Shares, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares and the holders of the ordinary shares (other than the holders of the Class C Shares) are entitled to receive an amount equal to £0.062 per share. If the funds available upon liquidation are insufficient to satisfy in full the £0.062 per share, the assets of the Company shall be shared ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares and the ordinary shares (other than the holders of the Class C Shares) based upon their respective amounts, which would be payable with respect to the shares held by them if amounts were paid in full.

After payment has been made to the holders of Series B, Series A and ordinary shares (other than the holders of the Class C Shares) as described above, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution, shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Shares and ordinary shares; provided, however, that (i) if the amount available for distribution to the holders of the Class B Shares is equal to or exceeds £0.307 per share, then the remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Preferred Shares and ordinary shares (other than the Series B Preferred Shares) on a pro rata basis, or (ii) if the amount available for distribution to the holders of the Class B Shares is less than £0.307 per share, then the remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Preferred Shares and ordinary shares (other than the Series B Preferred Shares) on a pro rata basis, except that holders of the Class C Shares will only be entitled to receive £1.00 in total, which amount shall be deemed satisfied by payment to one holder of Class C Shares.

Notwithstanding the above, (i) the holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive the greater of (a) the amount such holders would have received under the rights described above, subject to a maximum of 3 times the Series A Preference Amount, and (b) the per share amount such holders would have received if all such holders had converted their Series A Preferred Shares into Class A Shares immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, and (ii) the holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive the greater of (a) the Series B Preference Amount, and (b) the per share amount such holders would have received if all such holders had converted their Series B Preferred Shares into Class A Shares immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company.

As the Preferred Shares may become redeemable upon a liquidation event that is outside of the control of the Company, the liquidation value of the Preferred Shares has been classified outside of permanent equity.

Conversion

Each Preferred Share is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into an equal number of Class A Shares. The conversion ratio for Preferred Shares is subject to adjustment for a share dividend, share split, combination of shares, reorganization or other similar event. All of the outstanding Preferred Shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares at a conversion rate of 1:1 immediately prior to the closing of a qualified underwritten public offering.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company performs assessments of all terms and features of its Preferred Shares in order to identify any potential embedded features that would require bifurcation or any beneficial conversion features. As part of this analysis, the Company assessed the economic characteristics and risks of its Preferred Shares, including conversion, liquidation and redemption features, as well as dividend and voting rights. Based on the Company’s determination that each series of its Preferred Shares is an “equity host,” the Company determined that the features of the convertible preferred shares are most closely associated with an equity host, and, although the Preferred Shares includes conversion features, such conversion features do not require bifurcation as a derivative liability.

At March 31, 2015 and at June 30, 2015, there were 42,310,900 and 33,147,310 shares of the Company’s Class A Shares, that have been reserved for conversion of the outstanding Series A and Series B Preferred Shares, respectively.

8. Ordinary Shares

At March 31, 2014 and 2015 and at June 30, 2015, the authorized share capital of the Company was 1,003,300,000 ordinary shares, £0.000001 par value per share, consisting of 100,000,000 Founder Shares, 400,000,000 Class A Shares, 500,000,000 Class B Shares, and 3,300,000 Class C Shares.

Total issued and outstanding shares of each class of ordinary shares were as follows:

 

     At March 31,      At June 30,  
     2014      2015      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Founder Shares

     48,642,240         48,642,240         48,642,240   

Class A Shares

     49,250,680         49,250,680         48,612,219   

Class B Shares

     91,070,520         96,378,555         101,433,710   

Class C Shares

     3,300,000         3,300,000         3,300,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     192,263,440         197,571,475         201,988,169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Each share of Class A Shares entitles the holder to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders at all meetings of shareholders and written actions in lieu of meetings. Holders of Class B and Class C Shares are not entitled to vote on matters submitted to shareholders. Holders of Founder Shares are entitled to vote on matters submitted at a 10:1 ratio for each share held.

The holders of Founder Shares and Class A and Class B Shares are entitled to receive dividends, if and when declared by the Board, pari passu with the holders of the Preferred Shares. No dividends have been declared or paid by the Company through June 30, 2015.

After payment to the holders of Preferred Shares of their liquidation preferences, the holders of ordinary shares are entitled to share in the Company’s remaining assets available for distribution to shareholders as discussed in Note 7, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or upon the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event.

All of the outstanding Founder Shares, Class B and Class C Shares will automatically convert into Class A Shares immediately prior to the closing of an IPO. The Founder and Class B Shares will

 

F-28


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

convert at a ratio of 1:1. Each outstanding Class C Share is convertible into the number of Class A Shares equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the IPO price over £0.062 and the denominator is the IPO price. As a result, the aggregate number of ordinary shares into which the Class C Shares are convertible will be determined upon the pricing of an IPO, but in any event will not exceed 3,300,000 ordinary shares in the aggregate.

At March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, the Company has reserved the following ordinary shares for future issuance:

 

     At March 31,      At June 30,  
     2015      2015  
            (unaudited)  

Options outstanding under share option plans

     33,792,403         32,622,288   

Options available for future grant under the share option plans

     7,583,922         4,637,343   

Convertible preferred shares outstanding

     75,458,210         75,458,210   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total authorized ordinary shares reserved for future issuance

     116,834,535         112,717,841   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Share-based compensation

At March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, the Company had three share-based compensations plans, which are more fully described below.

The Company and its Board have approved the establishment of certain share option plans which are the Mimecast Limited 2007 Key Employee Share Option Plan (the 2007 Plan), the Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme (the 2010 Plan), and the Mimecast Limited Approved Share Option Plan (the Approved Plan) (the 2007 Plan, the 2010 Plan and the Approved Plan, collectively, the Plans). Through June 30, 2015, the Company has granted share-based awards to eligible participants under the Plans.

The Plans provide for granting of options to acquire Class B Shares to employees, officers, directors and consultants. The option price of each option under the Plans may not be less than the fair market value of the Class B Shares on the date of grant. The term of each option under the Plans may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Share options typically vest over 4 years, but vesting provisions can vary based on the discretion of the Board. We settle share options exercises under the Plans through newly issued shares. Shares of the Company’s ordinary shares underlying any awards that are forfeited, canceled, withheld upon exercise of an option, or settlement of an award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, or otherwise terminated other than by exercise will be added back to the shares available for issuance under the Plans.

Certain awards granted by the Company are subject to service-based vesting conditions and a performance-based vesting condition based on a liquidity event, defined as either a change of control or an IPO. As a result, no compensation cost related to share-based awards with these performance conditions has been recognized through June 30, 2015 as the Company has determined that a liquidity event was not probable at March 31, 2014 or 2015 or June 30, 2015 as it is not possible to determine if these performance conditions will be met as they are contingent upon an event that is outside of the Company’s control. In the event of a listing of our shares on a recognized investment exchange, 100% of the unvested portion of options granted under the Plans prior to May 13, 2014 shall vest. For options issued to employees other than those in our US subsidiary 25% of the vested shares underlying

 

F-29


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

options will become exercisable immediately upon the listing, 50% of the shares underlying options will become exercisable 12 months following the date of the listing, and 25% of the shares underlying options will become exercisable 24 months following the date of the listing. The Company will record the expense for these awards using the accelerated attribution method over the remaining service period when management determines that achievement of the liquidity event is probable.

Options granted on or after May 13, 2014 under the 2010 Plan, and the Approved Plan shall continue vesting as set forth in the option award agreements.

The number of options available for future grant under the Plans as of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015 was 7,583,922, and 4,637,343, respectively.

Share-based compensation expense recognized under the Plans in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations was as follows:

 

     Year ended
March 31,
     Three months ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2015      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 151       $ 151       $ 30       $ 22   

Research and development

     291         544         34         29   

Sales and marketing

     395         1,684         349         83   

General and administrative

     395         3,047         99         709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 1,232       $ 5,426       $ 512       $ 843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Share option activity under the Plans for the year ended March 31, 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015 was as follows:

 

     Number of
Awards
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price (3)
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands) (1)
 

Outstanding at March 31, 2014

     37,504,392      $ 0.20         6.55       $ 32,890   

Options granted

     5,206,289      $ 1.09         

Options exercised

     (5,208,042   $ 0.12         

Options forfeited and cancelled

     (3,710,236   $ 0.42         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at March 31, 2015

     33,792,403      $ 0.31         5.91       $ 44,591   

Options granted (unaudited)

     3,740,079      $ 0.91         

Options exercised (unaudited)

     (4,116,694   $ 0.10         

Options forfeited and cancelled (unaudited)

     (793,500   $ 1.07         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     32,622,288      $ 0.40         6.33       $ 40,243   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at March 31, 2015

     9,362,885      $ 0.33         5.98       $ 12,168   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable and expected to be exercisable at March 31, 2015(2)(4)

     13,858,541      $ 0.52         6.57       $ 15,387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     9,689,201      $ 0.37         5.92       $ 12,232   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable and expected to be exercisable at June 30, 2015(2)(4) (unaudited)

     14,358,708      $ 0.56         6.89       $ 15,364   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The aggregate intrinsic value was calculated based on the positive difference, if any, between the estimated fair value of our ordinary shares on March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015, respectively, or the date of exercise, as appropriate, and the exercise price of the underlying options.
(2) This represents the number of exercisable options as of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, respectively, plus the number of options expected to become exercisable as of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, respectively, based on the options outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, respectively, adjusted for the estimated forfeiture rate.
(3) Certain of the Company’s option grants have an exercise price denominated in British pound. The weighted-average exercise price at the end of each reporting period was translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate at the end of the period. The weighted-average exercise price for the options granted, exercised, forfeited and expired was translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate at the applicable date of grant, exercise, forfeiture or expiration, as appropriate.
(4) Excluded from this amount are certain share-based awards subject to both service-based vesting conditions and a performance-based vesting condition based on a liquidity event which the Company has determined was not probable as of March 31, 2015 or June 30, 2015.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $234, $5,112 and $6,303 for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015, respectively. Total cash proceeds from such option exercises were $30, $632 and $414 for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015, respectively.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In connection with the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended June 30, 2015, the Company reassessed the fair market value of its ordinary shares for purposes of valuing certain share-based awards. As a result, certain share-based awards were granted with an exercise or purchase price below the reassessed estimated fair value of ordinary shares on the date of grant.

In 2011, the Company granted its two founders a total of 3.3 million restricted share awards, which vest over a period of four years, 25% at the end of year one and then 6.25% quarterly over the remaining three years. No additional restricted share awards were issued subsequent to this grant. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and as of June 30, 2015, a total of 1.2 million, 0.2 million and 0.1 million awards remained unvested, respectively. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and as of June 30, 2015, the aggregate intrinsic value of unvested shares was $1.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

As of March 31, 2015 and as of June 30, 2015, there was approximately $2.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively, of unrecognized share-based compensation, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based awards subject to service-based vesting conditions, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.52 years and 2.53 years, respectively. The total unrecognized share-based compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.

As of March 31, 2015 and as of June 30, 2015, there was approximately $4.4 million and $6.6 million, respectively of unrecognized share-based compensation, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based awards, subject to both service-based vesting conditions and a performance-based vesting condition based on a liquidity event. The weighted-average recognition period is not determinable until the time a liquidity event is considered probable of occurring.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases its facilities under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through October 2021. Rent expense was $2.6 million and $2.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Rent expense was $0.7 million and $0.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The Company also has non-cancelable commitments related to its data centers.

Future minimum payments for our operating leases and data centers as of March 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

     Operating
Leases
     Data
Centers
 

Year Ending March 31,

     

2016

   $ 2,955       $ 9,330   

2017

     3,369         9,350   

2018

     3,204         8,692   

2019

     2,910         6,382   

2020

     1,750         4,358   

Thereafter

     496           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,684       $ 38,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Certain amounts included in the table above relating to co-location leases for the Company’s servers includes usage based charges in addition to base rent.

The Company has outstanding letters of credit of $0.4 million related to certain operating leases as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 and June 30, 2015.

Litigation

The Company, from time to time, may be party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business. The Company was not subject to any material legal proceedings during the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and during the three months ended June 30, 2015, and, to the best of its knowledge, no material legal proceedings are currently pending or threatened.

Indemnification

The Company typically enters into indemnification agreements with customers in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company indemnifies and agrees to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement. These indemnification agreements are provisions of the applicable customer agreement. Based on when clients first sign an agreement for the Company’s service, the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under certain of these indemnification agreements is unlimited. Based on historical experience and information known as of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, the Company has not incurred any costs for the above guarantees and indemnities.

In certain circumstances, the Company warrants that its services will perform in all material respects in accordance with its standard published specification documentation in effect at the time of delivery of the services to the customer for the term of the agreement. To date, the Company has not incurred significant expense under its warranties and, as a result, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is immaterial.

11. Employee Benefit Plans

We maintain a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the 401(k) Plan) covering all U.S. employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. The 401(k) Plan allows each participant to defer a percentage of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual limits pursuant to the limits established by the Internal Revenue Service. We may, at our discretion, make contributions in the form of matching contributions or profit-sharing contributions. To date, we have not made any matching or profit-sharing contributions.

In addition, we contribute to a defined contribution savings plan for our employees in the United Kingdom who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. The plan allows each participant to defer a percentage of their compensation, and the Company contributes an additional 1% of all wages for those employees in the scheme on a monthly basis. The Company’s contributions have not been material to any individual year.

12. Segment and Geographic Information

Disclosure requirements about segments of an enterprise and related information establishes standards for reporting information regarding operating segments in annual financial statements and

 

F-33


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

requires selected information of those segments to be presented in interim financial reports issued to shareholders. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker is the chief executive officer. The Company and the chief executive officer view the Company’s operations and manage its business as one operating segment.

Geographic Data

The Company allocates, for the purpose of geographic data reporting, its revenue based upon the location of the contracting subsidiary. Total revenue by geographic area was as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Three months ended June 30,  
     2014      2015      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Revenue:

           

United States

   $ 29,636       $ 43,574       $ 9,395       $ 13,666   

United Kingdom

     37,694         48,595         11,710         13,106   

South Africa

     18,716         21,817         5,319         5,926   

Other

     2,269         2,099         519         630   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 88,315       $ 116,085       $ 26,943       $ 33,328   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment by geographic location consists of the following:

 

     At March 31,      At June 30,  
     2014      2015      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

United States

   $ 11,403       $ 11,031       $ 11,121   

United Kingdom

     9,236         7,883         8,354   

South Africa

     4,178         3,736         3,481   

Other

     157         509         2,399   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 24,974       $ 23,159       $ 25,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Income Taxes

Income (loss) before the provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
     2014     2015  

United Kingdom

   $ (4,033   $ 5,955   

Foreign

     (12,838     (5,518
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

   $ (16,871   $ 437   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements is comprised of the following:

 

     At March 31,  
     2014      2015  

Current tax expense:

     

Domestic

   $       $   

Foreign

     19         152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current tax expense

     19         152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense:

     

Domestic

               

Foreign

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax expense

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 19       $ 152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the United Kingdom statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
             2014                     2015          

Tax at statutory rate

     20.0     21.0

U.S. state taxes, net of federal

            9.9   

Foreign rate differential

     10.7        (214.6

Meals and entertainment

     (0.6     24.3   

Branch income / loss

     (0.6     (2.7

Share-based compensation

     (0.1     90.8   

Foreign exchange

     (2.1     (215.4

Non-deductible interest expense

            76.2   

Non-deductible R&D expenses

     (4.4       

Change in valuation allowance

     (23.0     243.5   

Other

            1.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     (0.1 )%      34.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s parent entity is domiciled in the United Kingdom and its earnings are subject to a statutory tax rate of 20.0% and 21.0% for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate each year primarily due to the valuation allowance maintained against the Company’s net deferred tax assets, the jurisdictional mix of earnings (profits earned in foreign jurisdictions are taxed at different rates than the United Kingdom statutory tax rate) and the impact of permanent differences (primarily related to non-deductible expenses and foreign exchange).

 

F-35


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of net operating loss carryovers and the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

     At March 31,  
     2014     2015  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 14,841      $ 14,676   

Share-based compensation

     1,929        2,136   

Deferred revenue

     1,552        1,203   

Fixed assets

     523        509   

Accrued compensation

     303        624   

Accrued costs

     84        141   

Deferred rent

     145        159   

Other

     67        164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     19,444        19,612   

Valuation allowance

     (19,444     (19,612
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the ability to realize the Company’s net deferred tax assets, management considers various factors including taxable income in carryback years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies and projections of future taxable income, to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on the cumulative losses that the Company has incurred in the jurisdictions in which it operates, the Company has determined that the uncertainty regarding the realization of its deferred tax assets is sufficient to warrant the need for a full valuation allowance against its worldwide net deferred tax assets. The net increase in the valuation allowance of approximately $0.2 million from 2014 to 2015 is primarily due to the impact of foreign exchange as well as the operating results of the Company.

As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had U.K. net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $16.1 million and $9.5 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards do not expire. At March 31 2014 and 2015, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $27.0 million and $30.4 million, respectively and U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $26.1 million and $27.4 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates through 2035. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had South African net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $3.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards do not expire. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had Australian net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1.5 million and $3.2 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards do not expire.

Included in the U.S. net operating losses carryforwards above, the Company has U.S. federal and state net operating losses of approximately $1.1 million and $1.8 million at March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, resulting from the exercise of employee stock options. These net operating losses have been excluded from the above deferred tax table. In accordance with ASC 740 and ASC 718, recognition of these assets would occur upon the utilization of these deferred tax assets to reduce taxes payable and would result in a credit to additional paid-in capital within shareholders’ equity rather than the provision for income taxes.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Under Sections 382 and 383 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, if a corporation undergoes an ownership change, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income and taxes may be limited. In general, an ownership change generally occurs if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by 5-percent shareholders that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under U.S. state tax laws. The Company may have experienced an ownership change in the past and may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of future transactions in our share capital, some of which may be outside of the control of the Company. As a result, if the Company earns net taxable income, its ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards, or other pre-change tax attributes, to offset U.S. federal and state taxable income and taxes may be subject to significant limitations.

The Company has adopted ASC 740-10 which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. The Company had no unrecorded liabilities for uncertain tax positions upon adoption and the adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s balance sheet or retained earnings. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had no recorded liabilities for uncertain tax positions.

Interest and penalty charges, if any, related to uncertain tax positions would be classified as income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United Kingdom and several foreign jurisdictions. At March 31, 2015, the Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities in the United Kingdom for years prior to March 31, 2014. The significant foreign jurisdictions in which the Company operates are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years prior to March 31, 2012. In addition, net operating loss carryforwards in certain jurisdictions may be subject to adjustments by taxing authorities in future years in which they are utilized.

The majority of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries have incurred losses since inception and do not have any undistributed earnings as of March 31, 2015. Income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries of approximately $988 because such earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested in the business. The amount of tax payable on the earnings that are indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations is immaterial.

14. Subsequent Events

The Company has completed an evaluation of all subsequent events after the audited balance sheet date of March 31, 2015 through June 16, 2015, the date these financial statements were submitted to the SEC and after the unaudited balance sheet date of June 30, 2015 through August 17, 2015, the date these financial statements were submitted to the SEC, to ensure that this filing includes appropriate disclosure of events both recognized in the financial statements as of March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, and events which occurred subsequently but were not recognized in the financial statements. The Company has concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that require disclosure, except as disclosed within these financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

            Shares

Mimecast Limited

Ordinary Shares

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Barclays

Jefferies

RBC Capital Markets

Oppenheimer & Co.

 

 

Until                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of officers and directors.

Our Articles of Association will include provisions that indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under Jersey law, the personal liability of directors or officers for monetary damages for actions taken as our director or officer, or for serving at our request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. However, exculpation does not apply if the directors acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from their actions as directors. We will also be expressly authorized to advance certain reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and officers and to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance to protect us, our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities.

We believe that the limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Articles of Association and the indemnification agreements will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Reference is made to Section 9 of the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the registration statement, which sets forth the Registrant’s and the underwriters’ respective agreement to indemnify each other and to provide contribution in circumstances where indemnification is unavailable.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent sales of unregistered securities

Listed below are the securities we issued within the last three years that were not registered under the Securities Act.

(a) Option Awards and Ordinary Share Issuances

Since April 1, 2012, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 22,291,068 ordinary shares to employees, directors and consultants under our equity incentive plans, with exercise prices ranging from $0.09 to $1.13. As of the date of this registration statement, 674,041 of these options have been exercised, while 4,914,209 of these options have been forfeited and cancelled without being exercised. The exercise price of $0.09 relates to options granted with exercise prices denominated in British pounds translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate as of March 31, 2015.

(b) Preferred Share Issuances

In September 2012, we sold 33,147, 310 Series B preferred shares to five investors for a per-share purchase price of approximately $1.21 per share and for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $40.0 million.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. These issuances were deemed exempt from registration requirement because they were made outside of the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees and directors in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, or issued to accredited investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.

Item 8. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) The Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in London, United Kingdom on October 16, 2015.

 

MIMECAST LIMITED

By:

 

/s/ Peter Bauer

Name:

  Peter Bauer

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Mimecast Limited, hereby severally constitute and appoint Peter Bauer and Peter Campbell, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Peter Bauer

Peter Bauer

  

Chief  Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

October 16, 2015

/s/ Peter Campbell

Peter Campbell

  

Chief  Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  October 16, 2015

/s/ Neil Murray

Neil Murray

  

Director  

  October 16, 2015

/s/ Christopher FitzGerald

Christopher FitzGerald

  

Director  

  October 16, 2015

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Norman Fiore

Norman Fiore

  

Director  

  October 16, 2015

/s/ Jeffrey Lieberman

Jeffrey Lieberman

  

Director  

  October 16, 2015

/s/ Bernard Dallé

Bernard Dallé

  

Director  

  October 16, 2015

/s/ Hagi Schwartz

Hagi Schwartz

  

Director  

  October 16, 2015

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC.

Authorized Representative in the United States

 

By:  

/s/ Peter Campbell

Name:  

Peter Campbell

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*    Articles of Association of the Registrant
  3.2*    Form of Articles of Association of the Registrant to become effective upon closing of this offering
  4.1*    Specimen certificate evidencing ordinary shares of the Registrant
  4.2    Subscription and Shareholders’ Agreement, dated September 18, 2012, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto
  4.3    Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 18, 2012, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto
  5.1*    Opinion of Mourant Ozannes
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.2    Underlease, dated August 7, 2013, by and between Mimecast Services Limited and Sands Service Company (No. 2)
10.3    Lease, dated November 12, 2012, by and between Mimecast North America, Inc. and Farley White Aetna Mills, LLC
10.4    Agreement of Lease, dated June 24, 2013, by and between Mimecast South Africa (Pty) Ltd and City Square Trading 522 (Pty) Ltd
10.5    Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated May 22, 2015, by and among Mimecast Services Limited, Mimecast North America, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended
10.6    Mimecast Limited 2007 Key Employee Share Option Plan and Form of Share Option Agreement
10.7    Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme
10.8    Mimecast Limited Approved Share Option Plan and Form of Share Option Certificate
10.9    Form of Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan
10.10    Form of Mimecast Limited 2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1*    Consent of Mourant Ozannes (included in exhibit 5.1)
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
24.1    Power of attorney (included on signature page)

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

II-5

Exhibit 4.2

Dated:            18 September            2012

(1)         The Series B Investors

(2)         The Series A Investors

(3)         The Founders

(4)         The Existing Shareholders

(5)         The Company

 

 

Subscription and Shareholders’ Agreement

relating to

Mimecast Limited


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

    

Definitions

     1   

2.

    

Interpretation

     11   

3.

    

Subscriptions

     12   

4.

    

Completion

     13   

5.

    

Warranties

     14   

6.

    

Limitations on warranty claims

     16   

7.

    

Employee share options

     18   

8.

    

The Board

     18   

9.

    

Information rights

     21   

10.

    

Matters requiring consent

     23   

11.

    

Business undertakings

     24   

12.

    

Sale or IPO

     26   

13.

    

Further Issues and transfer of Shares

     27   

14.

    

Restrictive covenants

     27   

15.

    

Confidentiality

     29   

16.

    

Announcements

     29   

17.

    

Costs and expenses

     30   

18.

    

Survival and cessation of obligations of the Founders

     30   

19.

    

Effect of ceasing to hold Shares

     31   

20.

    

Cumulative remedies

     31   

21.

    

Waiver

     31   

22.

    

Termination of Existing Agreements

     31   

23.

    

Entire agreement

     32   

24.

    

Variation

     32   

25.

    

No partnership

     32   

26.

    

Assignment and transfer

     33   

27.

    

Rights of third parties

     33   

28.

    

Conflict between agreements

     33   

29.

    

Counterparts

     33   

30.

    

Notices

     33   

31.

    

Severance

     34   

32.

    

Governing law

     34   

33.

    

Jurisdiction

     34   

34.

    

Confirmation by Founders and Existing Shareholders

     35   

Schedule 1

     36   
    

Part 1: The Series B Investors

     36   
    

Part 2: The Series A Investors

     36   
    

Part 3: The Founders

     36   
    

Part 4: The Existing Shareholders

     37   

Schedule 2

     38   
    

Part 1: Particulars of the Company

     38   
    

Part 2: Particulars of the Subsidiaries

     39   

Schedule 3

     41   
    

Part 1: Members of the Company - pre-Completion

     41   
    

Part 2: Members of the Company – post-Completion

     46   

 

2


Schedule 4 Conditions to Completion

     47   

Schedule 5 Completion Warranties

     48   

Schedule 6

     61   
    

Part 1: Matters requiring Investor Majority consent

     61   
    

Part 2: Matters requiring Series A Majority

     62   
    

Part 3: Matters requiring Series B Majority

     62   
    

Part 4: Matters requiring Board Consent

     63   
    

Part 5: Matters requiring Founder Consent

     64   

Schedule 7 Undertakings

     66   

Schedule 8 The Properties

     67   

Schedule 9 Deed of Adherence

     74   

Schedule 10

     76   
    

Part 1: Terms of reference for Remuneration Committee

     76   
    

Part 2: Terms of reference for Audit Committee

     80   

Schedule 11 Agreed Form Documents

     84   

APPENDIX Capitalisation Table

     85   

ATTESTATIONS

     86   

 

3


DATE:   18 September    2012

PARTIES

 

(1) The persons whose names and addresses are set out in Part 1 of Schedule 1 (the “Series B Investors” and each a “Series B Investor”);

 

(2) The persons whose names and addresses are set out in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (the “Series A Investors” and each a “Series A Investor”);

 

(3) The persons whose names and addresses are set out in Part 3 of Schedule 1 (together the “Founders” and each a “Founder”);

 

(4) The persons whose names and addresses are set out in Part 4 of Schedule 1 (the “Existing Shareholders”); and

 

(5) MIMECAST LIMITED (company number 04698693) whose registered office is at 2-8 Balfe Street, London N1 9EG (the “Company”).

INTRODUCTION

 

(A) The Company is a company limited by shares, brief particulars of which pre-Completion (including prior to the exercise of certain options and the conversion of certain shares) are set out in part 1 of Schedule 2.

 

(B) Details of the legal and beneficial ownership of the share capital of the Company is set out in Parts 1 and 2 of Schedule 3.

 

(C) The Series B Investors wish to subscribe for shares in the capital of the Company on and subject to the terms of this Agreement.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

1. Definitions

In this Agreement, except where a different interpretation is necessary in the context, the words und expressions set out below shall have the following meanings:

 

“Acceptance and Authority”

   the form or acceptance and authority relating to the Cash Offer in the agreed form

“Accounts”

   a consolidation of the audited balance sheets and profit and loss accounts of (he Company and the Subsidiaries for the period ended on (he Accounts Date in the agreed form

“Accounts Date”

   31 March 2012

“Act”

   the Companies Act 2006, as amended from time to time

 

1


“Active Founder”

   means: (a) Peter Bauer; and (b) Neil Murray, PROVIDED THAT, in each case, if he ceases to be a party to a Relevant Contract, the Board, pursuant to and in accordance with Article 30 of the New Articles, may at any time thereafter resolve that such Founder is no longer active in the business of any Group Company, whereupon such Founder shall immediately cease to be an Active Founder (in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Article 30 of the New Articles)

“Additional Shares”

   as defined in clause 3.2

“A Ordinary Shares”

   A ordinary shares of £0.00001 each in the capital of the Company having the rights set out in the New Articles

“Board”

   the board of directors of the Company as constituted from time to time

“Board Consent”

   the consent of the Board, which may be given orally by a majority of the Board (if properly recorded in the minutes at a board meeting) or in writing r Wessing LLP of 5 New Street Square, London EC4A 3TW

“B Ordinary Shares”

   B ordinary shares of £0.00001 each in the capital of the Company having die rights set out in the New Articles

“Business”

   the provision of services to enable unified email management, security, continuity and archiving and any other business engaged in by any Group Company from time to time

“Business Day”

   a day on which the English clearing banks are ordinarily open for the transaction of normal banking business in the City of London (other than a Saturday or Sunday)

“Cash Offer”

   the cash offer document (including the Acceptance and Authority) in the agreed form to be made by the Insight Investors to certain Shareholders

“CFC”

   a controlled foreign corporation, as defined in the Code

“Claim(s)”

   any claim(s) for breach of any Warranty

“Code”

   the Internal Revenue Code of 1966, as amended

“Company’s Solicitors”

   Taylor Wessing LLP of 5 New Street Square, London EC4A 3TW

“Completion”

   completion by the parties of their respective obligations in accordance with clause 4

 

2


“Completion Conditions”

   the conditions set out in Schedule 4

“Completion Date”

   the date upon which Completion occurs

“Confidential Information”

   any information or know-how of a secret or confidential nature relating to any Group Company or of any Investor, including (without limitation):
   (a)    any information regarding this Agreement and the investment by the Investors in the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise;
   (b)    any financial information or trading information relating to any Group Company or of any Investor which a party may receive or obtain as a result of entering into this Agreement;
   (c)    in the case of each Group Company, information concerning:
      (i)    its finances and financial data, business transactions, dealings and affairs and prospective business transactions;
      (ii)    any operational model, its business plans and sales and marketing information, plans and strategies;
      (iii)    its customers, including, without limitation, customer lists, customer identities and contact details and customer requirements;
      (iv)    any existing and planned product lines, services, price lists and pricing structures (including, without limitation, discounts, special prices or special contract terms offered to or agreed with customers);
      (v)    its technology or methodology associated with concepts, products and services including research activities and the techniques and processes used for development of concepts, products and services;
      (vi)    its computer systems, source codes and software, including, without limitation, software end technical information necessary for the development, maintenance or operation of websites;

 

3


      (vii)    its current Intellectual Property;
      (viii)    its directors, officers, employees and shareholders (including, without limitation, salaries, bonuses, commissions and the terms on which such individuals are employed or engaged and decisions or contents of board meetings); and
      (ix)    its suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors (“ Professional Contacts ”) (both current and those who were customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors during the previous two years) including the identity of such Professional Contacts and the terms on which they do business, or participate in any form of commercial co-operation with any Group Company;
   (d)    information concerning or provided to third parties, in respect of which any Group Company owes a duty of confidence (in particular but without limitation, the content of discussions or communications with any prospective customers or prospective business partner); and
   (e)    any other information which it may reasonably be expected would be regarded by a company as confidential or commercially sensitive.

“Connected Persons”

   as defined in clause 22.2.1

“C Ordinary Shares”

   C ordinary shares of £0.00001 each in the capital of the Company having the rights set out in the New Articles

“CTA

   the Corporation Tax Act 2010

“Data Protection Legislation”

   the Data Protection Acts of 1984 and 1998, and the EU Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC

“Data Protection Principles”

   has the same meaning as the term “Data Protection Principles” under the Data Protection Legislation

“Dawn Capital Director”

   the director (if any) appointed and holding office in accordance with clause 8.3

 

4


“Dawn Capital Director Consent”

   the consent of the Dawn Capital Director, which may be given orally (if properly recorded in the minutes at a board meeting) or in writing

“Dawn Capital Investors”

   Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP, Dawn Mimecast Holdings Limited and Dawn Mimecast (IT) Holdings Limited and “Dawn Capital Investor” means any one or more of thorn, as the context requires

“Deed of Adherence”

   the deed of adherence substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9

“Director Indemnification Agreements”

   the director indemnification agreements in the agreed form to be entered into between the Company and each of the Insight Director, the Index Director and the Dawn Capital Director

“Disclosed”

   means fairly disclosed to (he Series B Investors in the Disclosure Letter with sufficient explanation and detail to enable the Series B Investors to identify the nature, scope and implications of the matters disclosed

“Disclosure Letter”

   the letter in the agreed form from the Warrantor to the Series B Investors executed and delivered immediately before Completion

“Disposal”

   means the disposal by the Company of all, or substantially all of its business and assets or the grant of an exclusive license over all or substantially all of the Intellectual Property of the Group

“Employee Information Table”

   the document in the agreed form containing summary information regarding the employees of the Company

“Encumbrance”

   means any mortgage, charge, security interest, hen, pledge, assignment by way of security, equity, claim, right of pre-emption, option, covenant, restriction, reservation, lease, trust, order, decree, judgment, title defect (including retention of title claim), conflicting claim of ownership or any other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever (whether or not perfected other than liens arising by operation of law)

“Existing Loan Note Schedule”

   means the schedule in the agreed form setting out details of the Existing Loan Notes

“Existing Loan Notes”

   has the meaning given in the New Articles

“Existing SSA”

   means the investment agreement dated 22 December 2009 made between the Company, the Founders, the Investors and the Existing Shareholders (as such terms are defined in such agreement)

 

5


“Financial Year”

   a financial year as determined in accordance with section 390 of the Act

“Founder Consent”

   the consent of each Active Founder, which may be given orally (if properly recorded in the minutes at a board meeting) or in writing

“Founder Director”

   a director appointed in accordance with clause 8.6

“Founder Shares”

   the founder ordinary shares of £0.00001 each in the capital of the Company having the rights set out in the New Articles

“Fully Diluted Share Capital”

   the issued share capital of the Company (assuming that all options and warrants over Shares in the Company and all rights of conversion into Shares in the Company are exercised)

“Group”

   all of the Group Companies

“Group Companies”

   the Company and each and any of the Subsidiaries and “ Group Company ” means any one of them

“HMRC”

   HM Revenue & Customs

“ITEPA”

   the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003

“Index Director”

   the director (if any) appointed and holding office in accordance with clause 8.4

“Index Director Consent”

   the consent of the Index Director, which may be given orally (if properly recorded in the minutes at a board meeting) or in writing

“Index Investors”

   means Index Ventures V (Jersey), L.P., Index Ventures V Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P. and Yucca Partners L.P. Jersey Branch and “ Index Investor ” means any one or more of them, as the context requires

“Insight Director”

   the director (if any) appointed and holding office in accordance with clause 8.5

“Insight Director Consent”

   the consent of the Insight Director, which may be given orally (if properly recorded in the minutes at a board meeting) or in writing

“Insight Investors”

   means Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P., Insight Venture

 

6


   Partners (Cayman) VII”, LP, Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VH, L.P. and Insight Venture Partners Co-Investment Fund IL LP. and “ Insight Investor ” means any one or more of diem, as the context requires

“Intellectual Property”

   copyrights, trade and service marks, including the Trade Marks, trade names, rights in logos and get-up, inventions, confidential information, trade secrets and know-how, registered designs, design rights, patents, utility models, semi-conductor topographies, all rights of whatsoever nature in computer software and data, all rights of privacy and all intangible rights and privileges of a nature similar or allied to any of the foregoing, in every case in any part of the world and whether or not registered; and including all granted registrations and all applications for registration in respect of any of the same

“Investor Majority”

   the consent of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Shores then in issue

“Investors”

   the Series A Investors and the Series B Investors and any other person to whom any of them transfer their shares and who becomes a party to this Agreement as an “Investor” by signing a Deed of Adherence in accordance with clause 13.2 and is named therein as on “Investor”

“IPO”

   the admission of all or any of the Shares or securities representing those shares (including without limitation American depositary receipts, American depositary shares and/or other instruments) to or the grant of permission by any like authority for the same to be admitted to or traded or quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market or NASDAQ Global Select Market of the NASDAQ OMX Group Inc., or on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority or on die AIM Market operated by the London Stock Exchange Pic or any other recognized investment exchange (as defined in section 285 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000)

“Iron Mountain Contract”

   the Email Services Agreement dated April 7, 2009, by and between Mimecast North America, Inc. and Iron Mountain Information Management, Inc (“Iron Mountain”)

“Key Employee”

   any employee who is employed or engaged by the Company:
   (a)    as a director or at management grade; or

 

7


   (b)    in a senior capacity with a basic salary of £100,000 per annum or more

“Lead Index Investor”

   Index Ventures V (Jersey), L.P.

“Listing Rules”

   the listing rules made by the United Kingdom Listing Authority as the competent authority pursuant to Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 as amended from time to time and including any guidance or guidance manual issued by the United Kingdom Listing Authority from time to time relating to or connected with the listing rules

“Management Accounts”

   the management accounts of the Company for the period starting on the Accounts Date and ending on 31 July 2012 in the agreed form

“Management Rights Letter”

   the management rights letter between the Company and die Insight Investors in the agreed form to be entered into at or prior to Completion

“New Articles”

   the new articles of association of the Company in the agreed form to be adopted on or prior to Completion as amended or superseded from time to time

“New Shares”

   the Series B Preferred Shares subscribed by the Series B Investors pursuant to clause 3.1 at a price of US$ 12.067345 per share

“Ordinary Shares”

   the Founder Shares, the A Ordinary Shares, the B Ordinary Shares and the C Ordinary Shares

“Period”

   the period of one year immediately preceding the Relevant Date

“Permitted Transferee”

   has the meaning given in the New Articles

“Personal Data”

   has the same meaning as the term “personal data” under the Data Protection Legislation

“PFIC”

   a passive foreign investment company, as defined in the Code

“Preferred Shares”

   means the Series A Preferred Shares and the Series B Preferred Shares

“Properties”

   the leasehold properties described in Schedule 8

“Prospective Customer”

   any person with whom any Restricted Company is in negotiations or is tendering for the supply of its goods and services

 

8


“Qualifying Fundraising”

   means any investors) subscribing for at least £3 million of newly issued share capital in the form of Relevant Securities (as defined in the New Articles) (of a class either currently existing or not yet in existence) in a single transaction or a series of related transactions

“Registration Rights Agreement”

   the registration rights agreement in the agreed form to be entered into between the Company and each of the Investors

“Relevant Contract’

   means an employment contract or consulting agreement between a Founder and any Group Company, the terms of which require such Founder to work for such Group Company for at least an aggregate of four days per calendar month

“Relevant Date”

   means, in respect of a Founder, the earlier of the Termination Date and the date on which such Founder commenced any period of garden leave pursuant to clause 13.2 of his Service Agreement

“Resolutions”

   the resolutions in agreed form to be passed by die Company by written resolution as specified in paragraph (a) of Schedule 4

“Restricted Area”

   means the United Kingdom, the United States of America, the Republic of South Africa and each country within the European Union in respect of which (i) any Restricted Company has or is planning to have material business operations as at the Termination Date or (ii) the relevant Founder has direct or indirect responsibility or has received Confidential Information during the Period

“Restricted Company”

   any Group Company with which the relevant Founder shall have “been engaged or involved or about which he received Confidential Information at any time during the Period:

“Sale”

   a Share Sale or a Disposal, both as defined in the New Articles

“Sale and Purchase Deeds”

   the sale and purchase deeds to be entered into between (amongst others) the Insight Investors and certain Shareholders

“Securities Act”

   the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended

“Senior Employee”

   any employee who is as at the Termination Date employed or engaged by the Company

 

9


   (a)    as a director or at management grade; or
   (b)    in a senior capacity with a basic salary of £150,000 per annum or more

“Series A Majority”

   the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Shares then in issue

“Series A Preferred Shares”

   Series A Preferred Shares of £0.00001 each in the capital of the Company having the rights set out in the New Articles

“Series B Majority”

   the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Shares then in issue

“Series B Preferred Shares”

   Series B Preferred Shares of £0.00001 each in the capital of the Company having the rights set out in the New Articles

“Series B Investors’ Solicitors”

   Goodwin Procter LLP of The New York Times Building, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, USA

“Service Agreements”

   the agreements entered into between the Company and each of the Founders on or about 22 December 2009

“Shareholders”

   each of the Founders, the Existing Shareholders and the Investors and the other members of the Company from time to time who are a party to this Agreement

“Share Option Plan”

   means the Company’s 2007 Key Employee Share Option Scheme and the 2010 Key Employee Share Option Scheme

“Shares”

   means the Ordinary Shares and the Preferred Shares

“Social Obligations”

  

(a)

   any common or statutory law, regulation, directive, code of practice or other law in each case having force of law in any jurisdiction relating to the relationship between, the Company and its employees, any potential employee and any trade unions and/or the health and safety of its employees;
  

(b)

   and any agreements or legally binding arrangements between the Company and its employees and/or any trade union or other organization which represents some or all of its employees

“Subsidiary”

   means a subsidiary of the Company as defined in section 1159 of the Act, brief particulars of which are set out in Part 2 of Schedule 2

 

10


“Taxation”

   all forms of taxation, duties, rates, levies, contributions, withholdings, deductions, liabilities to account, charges and imposts whether imposed in the United Kingdom or elsewhere in the world

“Taxing Authority”

   HMRC and any other governmental, state, federal, provincial, local governmental or municipal authority, body or official whether of the United Kingdom or elsewhere in the world

“Termination Date”

   the date upon which the Founder concerned ceases to be a director or employee of, or a consultant to, a Group Company whichever is the latest

“Trade Marks”

   the trade and service marks and applications, together with associated logos, owned by any Group Company, details of which are set out in die Disclosure Letter

“Transfer Notice”

   shall have the meaning given to it in the New Articles

“Warranties”

   the warranties given pursuant to clause 5 (references to a particular warranty being to a statement set out in Schedule 5)

“Warrantor”

   the Company

 

2. Interpretation

 

2.1 Words and expressions which arc defined in the New Articles shall have the meanings attributed to them therein when used in this Agreement unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires.

 

2.2 Words and expressions which are defined in the Act shall have the meanings attributed to them therein when used in this Agreement unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires.

 

2.3 The clause and paragraph headings and the table of contents used in this Agreement are inserted for ease of reference only and shall not affect construction.

 

2.4 References to persons shall include bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships, in each case whether or not having a separate legal personality.

 

2.5 References to documents “in the agreed form” are to documents in terms agreed on behalf of the Company and the Series B Investors and initialed on behalf of each such party for the purposes of identification only.

 

2.6 References to those of the parties that are individuals include their respective legal personal representatives.

 

11


2.7 References to “writing” or “written” includes any other non-transitory form of visible reproduction of words,

 

2.8 References to the word “include” or “Including” (or any similar term) are not to be continued as implying any limitation and general words introduced by the word “other” (or any similar term) shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of the fact that they are preceded or followed by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things.

 

2.9 Except where the context specifically requires otherwise, words importing one gender shall be treated as importing any gender, words importing individuals shall be treated as importing corporations and vice versa, words importing the singular shall be treated as importing the plural and vice versa, and words importing the whole shall be treated as including a reference to any part thereof,

 

2.10 References to statutory provisions, enactments or EC Directives shall include references to any amendment, modification, extension, consolidation, replacement or re-enactment of any such provision, enactment or EC Directive (whether before or after the date of this Agreement), to any previous enactment which has been replaced or amended and to any regulation, instrument or order or other subordinate legislation made under such provision, enactment or EC Directive unless any such change imposes upon any party any liabilities or obligations which arc more onerous than as at the date of this Agreement.

 

2.11 Section 1122 of the CTA shall apply to determine whether one person is connected with another for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

2.12 References in clauses 5 (warranties), S (the board), 9 (Information rights), 11 (business undertakings), 14 (restrictive covenants), 15 (confidentiality), Schedule 5 (warranties) and Part 4 of Schedule 6 (board consent matters) to the Company and the Board shall include each of the subsidiaries of the Company and the directors for the time being of those subsidiaries respectively.

 

3. Subscriptions

 

3.1 Subject to the provisions of clause 4, the Series B investors apply for the allotment and issue to them at Completion of the following shares as set out in the table below and the Company accepts such applications:

 

Series B Investors

   No. of Series B Preferred
Shares
     Total subscription
monies (USS)
 

Insight Venture Partners VTLLJ.

     1,290,384         15,571,500   

Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) YD, LP.

     568,054         6,854,900   

Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), LP.

     29,867         360,415   

Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P.

     81,620         984,936   

Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund IL LP,

     1,344,806         16,228,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     3,314,731         40,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

12


3.2 Each of the parties (other than the Company) agrees to vote in favour of the Resolutions and hereby irrevocably waives or procures the waiver of all or any pre-emption rights he or his nominees may have pursuant to the Company’s articles of association or otherwise so as to enable the issue of any shares in the capital of die Company contemplated by this Agreement to proceed free of any such pre-emption rights.

 

4. Completion

 

4.1 Subject to the Completion Conditions being satisfied or waived by the Series B Investors on or prior to Completion, Completion of the subscription by the Series B Investors of the New Shares shall take place at the offices of the Series B Investors’ Solicitors or by electronic exchange of pdf signatures on the Completion Date (or at such other place as the Company and the Series B Investors shall agree) when the events set out in clause 4.2 shall take place in such order as the Series B Investors may require.

 

4.2 The following events shall occur on the Completion Date:

 

  (a) each Series B Investor shall (subject to clause 17) pay the sum set out against its name in column 3 of the table in clause 3.1 above (being the aggregate subscription price for the New Shares subscribed by the relevant Series B Investor) by electronic funds transfer to the bank account of the Company’s Solicitors as set out below and payment made in accordance with this clause 4.2 shall constitute a good discharge for the relevant Series B Investor of its obligations under this clause 4.2:

 

Account name    :    Taylor Wessing USS Client Account
Bank    :    National Westminster Bank
Account Number    :    08498342
Sort Code    :    60-80-08
Bank Address    :    Law Courts, Temple Bar Branch, PO Box 10720,217 Strand, London WC2R IAL
IBAN    :    GB07NWBK60730108498342
SWIFT/BIC    :    NWBKGB2L

 

13


  (b) a meeting of the Board shall be held at which the Company shall:

 

  (i) subject to receipt of the relevant subscription amount, issue the New Shares credited as fully paid to the Series B Investors and enter their names in the register of members in respect thereof;

 

  (ii) subject to receipt of the relevant subscription amount, execute and deliver to die Series B Investors certificates for the New Shares;

 

  (iii) appoint Jeff Lieberman as the Insight Director;

 

  (iv) approve and authorise the execution by the Company of the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

  (v) approve and authorise the execution by the Company of the Director Indemnification Agreements; and (vi) pass any such other resolutions as may be required to carry out the obligations of the Company under this Agreement;

 

  (c) the Company and the Investors and the Founders shall enter into the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

  (d) the Company and each of the Insight Director, the Index Director and the Dawn Capital Director shall enter into the Director indemnification Agreements; and

 

  (e) the Insight Investors and certain Shareholders and Dawn Mimecast (IV) Holdings Limited and certain Shareholders shall enter into Sale and Purchase Deeds.

 

4.3 As soon as reasonably practicable following Completion (and in any event within 5 Business Days of Completion)) the Company shall dispatch the Cash Offer (including the Acceptance and Authority) on behalf of the Insight Investors.

 

5. Warranties

 

5.1 The Warrantor acknowledges that the Series B Investors have been induced to enter into this Agreement and to subscribe for the New Shares on the basis of and in reliance upon the Warranties amongst other things.

 

5.2 The Warrantor warrants to the Series B Investors that each and every Warranty set out in Schedule 5 is true and accurate at the date of this Agreement subject only to:

 

  (a) the matters Disclosed in die Disclosure Letter; and

 

  (b) any exceptions expressly provided for under this Agreement.

 

5.3 Each Warranty is a separate and independent warranty, and, save as otherwise expressly provided, no Warranty shall be limited by reference to any other Warranty or by me other terms of this Agreement and the Disclosure Letter.

 

14


5.4 The rights and remedies of the Series B Investors in respect of any breach of any of the Warranties shall not be affected by Completion, any investigation made by or on behalf of the Series B Investors into the affairs of the Company or any other event or matter whatsoever which otherwise might have affected such rights and remedies except a specific and duly authorised written waiver or release.

 

5.5 No information relating to the Company of which the Series B Investors have knowledge (actual or constructive) other than by reason of it being disclosed in accordance with clause 5.2(a) shall prejudice any Claim which the Sales B Investors shall be entitled to bring or shall operate to reduce any amount recoverable by the Series B Investors under this Agreement,

 

5.6 Where any Warranty is qualified by the expression “so far as the Warrantor is aware” or words having similar effect, such Warranty shall be deemed to include a statement that such awareness means both the actual knowledge of the Company and also such knowledge which the Company would have had if it had made duo and careful enquiry of Peter Bauer, Neil Murray, Peter Campbell, Alan Kenny, Garth Wittles and Mark Bilbe to ascertain whether each Warranty is correct and not misleading.

 

5.7 The Series B Investors agree among themselves that the following provisions shall (unless they subsequently agree amongst themselves to the contrary acting by way of a Series B Majority) apply in relation to the enforcement of any of the obligations of the Warrantor owed to the Series B Investors under this Agreement (the “ Obligations ”):

 

  (a) no claim in respect of any breach of the Obligations shall be brought by any of the Series B Investors without the prior written consent of a Series B Majority provided that all Series B Investors have been informed of the breach of the Obligations and consulted prior to a Series B Majority decision being made;

 

  (b) tire costs incurred by any Series B Investors in bringing a claim in respect of any breach of the Obligations shall be borne by all of the Series B Investors proportionately to their holding of New Shares at that time; and

 

  (c) any damages obtained as a result of any claim in respect of any breach of the Obligations will, after deduction of all costs and expenses, be divided amongst the Series B Investors proportionately to their holding of Now Shares as a percentage of all New Shares at that time.

Any Series B Investor shall be entitled to waive the Obligations owed to it at any time prior to the issue of proceedings with the consequence that it shall not be liable to hear its proportion of the costs referred to in (b) above (which costs per Series B Investor shall increase rateably for the remaining Series B Investors) nor entitled to any of the damages referred to in (c) above.

 

5.8 The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in connection with any Claim by the Series B Investors for breach of the Obligations, the Series B Investors shall be entitled to seek, as part of any Claim for damages, an amount equal to the Series B Investors’ proportionate share of the amount actually paid by the Company to the Series B Investor as a result of any such Claim.

 

15


6. Limitations on warranty claims

 

6.1 The limitations set out in this clause 6 shall not apply to the Warrantor in respect of any Claim which is:

 

  (a) the consequence of fraud, dishonesty, wilful concealment or wilful misrepresentation by or on behalf of the Warrantor, or

 

  (b) which is a result of a breach of warranty statement 1 (share capital) of Schedule 5.

 

6.2 No Claim may be made against the Warrantor unless written notice of such Claim is served on the Warrantor giving reasonable details of the Claim as soon as reasonably practicable after the Series B Investors become aware of any fact or matter which entitles them to bring a Claim and, in any event, by no later than die date which is the later of three months after delivery to the Series B Investors of the Board approved audited accounts of the Company for the Financial Year of the Company ending 2013 and the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement. Failure to give reasonable details of any Claims shall not prevent the Series B Investors from proceeding with any Claim otherwise made properly under this Agreement.

 

6.3 The aggregate liability of the Warrantor in respect of all and any Claims shall be limited to an amount equal to die aggregate amount subscribed for New Shares by the Series B Investors pursuant to this Agreement, together with the proper and reasonable costs of recovery in respect of any Claim incurred by or on behalf of the Series B Investors;

 

6.4 The Warrantor shall not be liable in respect of any Claim unless the aggregate liability for all Claims exceeds £500,000, in which case the Warrantor shall be liable for the entire amount and not merely the excess.

 

6.5 In calculating liability for Claims for the purposes of clause 6.4 above, any Claim which is less than £10,000 (excluding interest, costs and expenses) shall be disregarded. For these purposes, a number of Claims arising out of the same or similar subject matter, facts, events or circumstances shall be aggregated and form a single Claim.

 

6.6 No liability of the Warrantor in respect of any breach of any Warranty shall arise:

 

  (a) if such breach occurs by reason of any matter which would not have arisen but for the coming into force of any legislation not in force at the Completion Date or by reason of any change to Taxation Authority practice or extra-statutory concession occurring after the Completion Date;

 

  (b) to the extent that specific allowance, provision or reserve has been made in the Accounts or in the Management Accounts specifically in respect of the matter to which such liability relates;

 

16


  (c) to the extent that such breach or claim arises as a result of any change in the accounting bases or policies in accordance with which the Company values its assets or calculates its liabilities or any other change in accounting practice from the treatment or application of the same used in preparing the Accounts (save to the extent that such changes are required to correct errors or because relevant generally accepted accounting principles have not been complied with);

 

  (d) to the extent that die Company is entitled to claim an indemnity against the loss or damage suffered which is the object of the Claim under the terms of any insurance policy for the time being in force and the loss and damage has actually been recovered by the Company under such insurance policy, except to the extent that the insurance premium payable for such insurance policy (or the renewal thereof) is thereby increased;

 

  (e) to the extent that no Claim would have arisen (or the amount of any Claim would not have increased) but for a transaction or arrangement entered into after the Completion Date with the written consent of the Investor Majority.

 

6.7 The Series B Investors shall be entitled to make a Claim in respect of liability which is contingent or unascertained provided that written notice of the Claim (giving as far as practical the amount and details of the Claim) is given to the Warrantor before the expiry of the period specified in clause 6.2.

 

6.8 The Warrantor shall not be liable for any Claim if the alleged breach which is the subject of the Claim is capable of remedy and is remedied to the reasonable satisfaction of the Series B Investors within 60 Business Days of the dale on which the notice in clause 6.2 above is received by the Warrantor.

 

6.9 Nothing in this Agreement shall prejudice each Series B Investors duty under common law to mitigate any loss or liability which is the subject of a Claim.

 

6.10 The liability of the Warrantor for any Claim notified under clause 6.2 shall (if it has not been previously satisfied, settled or withdrawn) cease 6 months after the date on which the Claim was notified (or in the case of a claim under clause 6.7, 6 months after the contingent or unascertained liability ceases to be contingent or unascertained) unless court proceedings have been started in respect of it or it has been submitted to arbitration and the proceedings or submission to arbitration has not been withdrawn or terminated; provided, however, that any unelapsed part of the six (6) month period shall be tolled while the parties are actively seeking to resolve such Claim and/or are engaged in settlement negotiations or discussions with respect to such Claim.

 

6.11 Subject to clause 6.6(d), the liability of the Warrantor for a Claim shall be reduced if any Group Company actually receives any recoveries from any third party (including a Taxing Authority or insurer) in respect of the loss suffered by a Group Company giving rise to the Claim and the proportion by which such liability shall reduce shall be the proportion that the amount recovered (less the Group Company’s reasonable costs and expenses of recovery and any amount in respect of Taxation payable in respect of the amount recovered) bears to the loss suffered by the Group Company.

 

17


6.12 If, subsequent to any payment to any of the Series B Investors in respect of any Claim, any Group Company actually receives any payment from any third party directly in respect of the loss suffered by a Group Company which resulted in the Claim, the relevant Series B Investors shall, except to the extent that any direct or indirect loss of the Series B Investors has not been compensated or would, following such reimbursement, not be compensated, reimburse to the Warrantor an amount equal to the proportion of such Series B Investors bears to such loss (less the Series B Investors’ and the Group Company’s reasonable costs and expenses of recovery and any amount in respect of Taxation payable in respect of the amount recovered).

 

6.13 claim for breach of any of the Warranties shall be brought after an IPO.

 

7. Employee share options

Save with Founder Consent, the consent of a Series A Majority and a Series B Majority, the Company shall not issue options to directors, employees and consultants of any Group Company save for options in respect of a maximum of 915,613 B Ordinary Shares (including all option giants currently pending) pursuant to the Share Option Plan, the recipients and the terms of all such option grants to be approved by the Board.

 

8. The Board

 

8.1 The members of the Board immediately following Completion shall be the Founders, the Insight Director, the Index Director, the Dawn Capital Director, Peter Campbell and two independent non-executive directors (namely Christopher FitzGerald and Michael Hedger). Board meetings will be held at intervals of not more than ten (10) weeks and at least six (6) Board meetings will be held in each calendar year, at least four (4) of which will be held in person (meaning at least a quorum of Directors are physically present in the same location).

 

8.2 Save with Insight Director Consent, Index Director Consent and Founder Consent, no business shall be transacted at any meeting of the Board (or committee of the Board) save for that specified in the agenda referred to in clause 8.9.

 

8.3 For so long as a Dawn Capital Investor is a Shareholder, the Dawn Capital Investors shall have the right jointly:

 

  8.3.1 to appoint and maintain in office such natural person as the Dawn Capital Investors may jointly from time to time nominate as a director of the Company (and as a member of each and any committee of the Board) and to remove any director so appointed and, upon his removal whether jointly by die Dawn Capital Investors or otherwise, jointly to appoint another director in his place; or

 

  8.3.2 to appoint a representative to attend as an observer at each and any meeting of the Board and of each and any committee of the Board who will be entitled to speak at any such meetings but will have no vote and no authority to bind the Company in any way.

 

18


Norman Fiore shall be deemed to be the first director appointed pursuant to this clause 8.3.

 

8.4 For so long as an Index Investor is a Shareholder, the Lead Index Investor shall have the right:

 

  (a) to appoint and maintain in office such natural person as the Index Investors may from time to time nominate as a director of the Company (and as a member of each and any committee of the Board) and to remove any director so appointed and, upon his removal whether by the Index Investors or otherwise, to appoint another director in his place; or

 

  (b) to appoint a representative to attend as an observer at each and any meeting of the Board and of each and any committee of the Board who will be entitled to speak at any such meetings but will have no vote and no authority to bind the Company in any way.

Bernard Dallé shall be deemed to be the first director appointed pursuant to this clause 8.4.

 

8.5 For so long as an Insight Investor is a Shareholder, the Insight Investors shall have the right jointly (in their discretion) to either.

 

  (a) appoint and maintain in office such natural person as the Insight Investors may from time to time nominate as a director of the Company (and as a member of each and any committee of the Board) and to remove any director so appointed and, upon his removal whether by the Insight Investors or otherwise, to appoint another director in his place; or

 

  (b) appoint a representative to attend as an observer at each and any meeting of the Board and of each and any committee of the Board who will be entitled to speak at any such meetings but will have no vote and no authority to bind the Company in any way.

Jeff Lieborman shall be deemed to be the first director appointed pursuant to this clause 8.5.

 

8.6 The Founders shall each have the right

 

  8.6.1 to appoint and maintain in office such natural person as such Founder may from time to time nominate as a director of the Company and to remove any director so appointed and, upon Ids removal whether by his appointing Founder or otherwise, to appoint another director in his place; or

 

19


  8.6.2 to appoint a representative to attend as an observer at each and any meeting of the Board and of each and any committee of the Board (provided that the relevant Founder may be precluded from the relevant part of any committee meeting where who has a Conflict (as defined in Article 8.1 of the New Articles) or who is otherwise, whether directly or indirectly, interested in an existing or proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company which is the subject of the discussion) who will be entitled to speak at any such meetings but will have no vote and no authority to bind the Company in any way.

The Founders shall be deemed to be the directors appointed hi accordance with this clause 8.6 at Completion.

 

8.7 Appointment and removal of the Dawn Capital Director, the Index Director, the Insight Director and a Founder Director shall be by written notice to the Company winch shall take effect on delivery at its registered office or at any meeting of the Board or committee thereof.

 

8.8 The independent non-executive directors on the Board shall be appointed by the Board from time to time. Immediately following Completion these shall be Michael Hedger (who shall also be chairman) and Christopher FitzGerald. Any new independent director appointed shall be nominated by agreement of the Insight Investors, the Index Investors and the Founders and appointed subject to the Board’s approval of his or her appointment. Peter Campbell shall be the initial company secretary of the Company following Completion.

 

8.9 The Company shall send to each of the Dawn Capital Director, the Index Director, the Insight Director and the Founder Directors (if any) (or any observer appointed by the Index Investors, the Dawn Capital Investors, the Insight Investors or the Founders) (in electronic form if so required):

 

  (a) reasonable advance notice of each meeting of the Board (being not fewer than five Business Days) and each committee of the Board, such notice to be accompanied by a written agenda specifying the business to be discussed at such meeting together with all relevant papers; and

 

  (b) as soon as reasonably practicable after each meeting of the Board (or committee of the Board) (and in any event within 28 days of such meeting) a copy of the minutes.

 

8.10 Each of the Dawn Capital Director, the Index Director, the Insight Director and the Founder Directors shall be entitled to make ad-hoc requests to the chairman of the Board for an observer to attend any meeting of the Board, such decision shah be made in the chairman’s absolute discretion.

 

8.11 The Company will:

 

  8.11.1 pay an annual fee of £12,000 (plus VAT) to the Dawn Capital Director (if any); and

 

20


  8.11.2 reimburse the Dawn Capital Director, the Index Director, the Insight Director, the Founder Directors and any observer appointed by the Index Investors, the Dawn Capital Investors, the Insight Investors or the Founders with the reasonable costs and out of pocket expenses incurred by them in respect of attending meetings of the Company or carrying out authorised business on behalf of the Company.

 

8.12 A remuneration committee and an audit committee, in each case having the terms of reference and membership set out in Parts 1 and 2 respectively of Schedule 10 and otherwise, satisfactory to the Board shall be maintained by the Board.

 

9. Information rights

 

9.1 The Company shall for each month prepare management accounts (in a form approved by the Board from time to time) with comparisons to budgets and containing trading and profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, cash flow statements and forecasts and shall deliver them to the Investors and the Founders within 21 days after (he end of each month. The first management accounts shall be delivered to the Investors and the Founders within 21 days after the end of the month in which Completion takes place.

 

9.2 The Company shall at least 14 days prior to the end of each financial year prepare and deliver to each Investor and each Founder a detailed operating and capital budget and cash flow forecast in respect of the next financial year in such form as approved by the Board from time to time.

 

9.3 The audited accounts of the Company and audited consolidated accounts of the Group Companies in respect of each accounting period together with the relative audit and management letters and all correspondence between the Company and the auditors of the Company concerning the accounts, shall be completed and approved by the Board and delivered to the Investors and the Founders within six months after the end of the accounting period to which such audited accounts relate.

 

9.4 The Company shall prepare a schedule of the Company’s issued share capital and any warrants and/or options to acquire shares and/or convertible securities, broken down by shareholder, optionholder, warrant holder and convertible securities holder (as appropriate) and including the percentage of the Fully Diluted Share Capital held by each holder and shall deliver such share capital schedule to the Investors and the Founders within 21 days after the end of each six month period in the Company’s financial year.

 

9.5 The Company shall provide die Investors and the Founders as soon as reasonably practicable with such other information concerning the Company and its business as the Investors and/or the Founders may reasonably require from time to time.

 

9.6

If the Company does not comply with its obligations in clauses 9.1 to 9.5, the Insight Investors, the Insight Director, the Index Investors, the Index Director and a firm of accountants nominated by the Insight Investors and the Index Investors at the Company’s expense will be entitled to attend the Company’s premises to examine the books and accounts of die Company and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers and senior employees. Each Founder and the Company

 

21


  separately undertakes to the Insight Investors and the Index Investors to co-operate with any accountants or representatives appointed by them pursuant to this clause 9.6. The Insight Investors and the Index Investors shall notify the Dawn Capital Director and the Founders in writing of any appointment of accountants for this purpose and the date of any inspection to be made and shall provide copies of the same information and documentation collected by any accountant and/or representative for the Insight Investors and the Index Investors to the Dawn Capital Director and the Founders.

 

9.7 The Dawn Capital Director and any observer appointed by the Dawn Capital Investors shall be at liberty from time to time to make full disclosure to the Dawn Capital Investors of any information relating to the Company.

 

9.8 The Index Director and any observer appointed by the Index Investors shall be at liberty from time to time to make full disclosure to the Index Investors of any information relating to the Company.

 

9.9 The Insight Director and any observer appointed by the Insight Investors shall be at liberty from time to time to make full disclosure to the Insight Investors of any information relating to the Company.

 

9.10 The Founder Directors and any observers appointed by the Founders shall be at liberty from time to time to make full disclosure to the Founders of any information relating to the Company.

 

9.11 Each Investor shall be at liberty from time to time to make such disclosure:

 

  (a) to its partners, trustees, shareholders, unitholders and other participants and/or to any Member of the same Group or Member of the Same Fund Group (each as defined in the New Articles) for die purposes of, but not limited to, reviewing existing investments and investment proposals;

 

  (b) to any lender to the Company and/or to any shareholder of the Company,

 

  (c) about the Company as shall be required by law and any regulatory authority to which any Investor is subject; and

 

  (d) to me Company’s auditors and/or any other professional advisers of the Company, in relation to the business affairs and financial position of the Company as it may in its reasonable discretion think fit.

 

9.12 Other than any information which is required to be made available to shareholders of a company, the right of a Founder to receive information referred to in this clause 9 shall terminate for so long as the Board (acting reasonably and having given written notice to the Founder of such opinion) believes that the relevant Founder is concerned, engaged or interested directly or indirectly in any capacity whatsoever in any business or entity competing with the business carried on by any Group Company.

 

22


10. Matters requiring consent

 

10.1 Each of the Shareholders who are a party to this Agreement shall exercise all voting rights and powers of control available to him in relation to the Company to procure that:

 

  (a) for so long as any Preferred Shares are in issue, save with the prior written consent of an Investor Majority, the Company shall not effect any of the matters referred to in Part 1 of Schedule 6;

 

  (b) for so long as any Series A Preferred Shares are in issue, save with the prior written consent of a Series A Majority, the Company shall not effect any of the matters referred to in Part 2 of Schedule 6;

 

  (c) for so long as any Series B Preferred Shares are in issue, save with the prior written consent of a Series B Majority, the Company shall not effect any of the matters referred to in Part 3 of Schedule 6;

 

  (d) save with Board Consent, no Group Company shall effect any of the matters referred to in Part 4 of Schedule 6; and save with Insight Director Consent, Index Director Consent and Founder Consent, no Group Company snail affect any of the matters referred to in paragraph (e) of Part 4 of Schedule 6;

 

  (e) save with Founder Consent, the Company shall not effect any of the matters referred to in Part 5 of Schedule 6; and

 

  (f) save with Dawn Capital Director Consent, amend the New Articles where such amendments shall adversely affect die rights attached to the Series A Preferred Shares and/or the A Ordinary Shares held by the Dawn Capital Investors (and/or any Permitted Transferee of any Dawn Capital Investor to whom a Dawn Capital Investor has transferred Shares) whether directly or indirectly, save as part of a Qualifying Fundraising after first consulting with the Dawn Capital Director on any proposed changes.

 

10.2 As a separate obligation, severable from the obligations in clause 10.1, the Company agrees that

 

  (a) for so long as any Preferred Shares are in issue, save with the prior written consent of an Investor Majority, the Company shall not effect any of the matters referred to in Part 1 of Schedule 6;

 

  (b) for so long as any Series A Preferred Shares are in issue, save with the prior written consent of a Series A Majority, the Company shall not effect any of the matters referred to in Part 2 of Schedule 6;

 

  (c) for so long as any Series B Preferred Shares are in issue, save with the prior written consent of a Series B Majority, the Company shall not effect any of the matters referred to in Part 3 of Schedule 6;

 

23


  (d) save with Board Consent, no Group Company shall effect any of the matters referred to in Part 4 of Schedule 6; and save with Insight Director Consent, Index Director Consent and Founder Consent, no Group Company shall effect any of the matters referred to in paragraph (e) of Part 4 of Schedule 6;

 

  (e) save with Founder Consent, the Company shall not effect any of the matters referred to in Part 5 of Schedule 6; and

 

  (f) save with Dawn Capital Director Consent, amend the New Articles where such amendments shall adversely affect the rights attached to the Series A Preferred Shares and/or the A Ordinary Shares held by the Dawn Capital Investors (and/or any Permitted Transferee of any Dawn Capital Investor to whom a Dawn Capital Investor has transferred Shares) whether directly or indirectly, save as part of a Qualifying Fundraising after first consulting with the Dawn Capital Director on any proposed changes.

 

10.3 The Index Director or such other person as the Index Investors shall nominate in writing to the Board shall be authorised to communicate in writing the consent of the Index Investors to any of the matters referred to in Part 1 of 10.3 Schedule 6 and/or Part 2 of Schedule 6 and/or paragraph (e) of Part 4 of Schedule 6.

 

10.4 The Insight Director or such other person as the Insight Investors shall nominate in writing to the Board shall be authorised to communicate in writing the consent of the Insight Investors to any of the matters referred to in Part I of Schedule 6 and/or Part 3 of Schedule 6 and/or paragraph (e) of Part 4 of Schedule 6.

 

10.5 The Dawn Capital Investors (or any of them) or such other person as the Dawn Capital Investors may nominate in writing to the Board shall be authorised to communicate in writing Dawn Capital Director Consent to any of the matters referred to in clauses 10.1(f) or 10.2(f).

 

10.6 Any Active Founder or such other person as any Active Founder shall nominate in writing to the Board shall be authorised to communicate Founder Consent on behalf of the relevant Active Founder to any of the matters referred to in Part 5 of Schedule 6 and/or paragraph (e) of Part 4 of Schedule 6.

 

10.7 For the avoidance of doubt, no consent right set out in this clause 10 shall be asserted by any party in connection with the exercise of any specific right or power of any holder of Shares specifically negotiated and expressly set out in this Agreement, the New Articles or the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

11. Business undertakings

 

11.1 The Founders severally undertake, so far as it lies within their respective power to do so, to use their reasonable endeavors to promote the best interests of the Company and so far as it lies within their respective power shall ensure that Ore Business is conducted with good business practice.

 

24


11.2 Unless otherwise agreed by an Investor Majority and Founder Consent and Dawn Capital Director Consent and the Series B Majority, the Company shall apply the proceeds of the subscription by the Series B Investors for the New Shares in the furtherance of the Business in accordance with the budgets adopted pursuant to clause 9.2 on the terms of this Agreement.

 

11.3 The Founders and the Company severally undertake to the Investors to procure, so far as it lies within their respective power to do so, that the Founders and the Company and, where applicable, each Group Company will comply with the requirements set out in Schedule 7.

 

11.4 Within six (6) months following the Completion. Date, the Company shall document and implement a complete transfer pricing with respect to all significant transactions among the Group Companies.

 

11.5 The Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to refinance the Existing Loan Notes on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Board (including the Insight Director) as soon as reasonably practicable following the Completion Date.

 

11.6 No later than, three (3) months following the end of the Company’s taxable year, the Company shall provide the following information to each Investor (i) the Company’s capitalization table as of the end of the last day of such taxable year and (ii) a statement from the Company setting forth whether or not, so far as the Company is aware, any Group Company was a CFC during such taxable year. Upon a determination by the Company, any Investor or any Taxing Authority that any Group Company is a CFC for any taxable year, the Company will provide prompt written notice to each Investor, and shall furnish to each Investor, on a timely basis, all information reasonably requested by such Investor that is reasonably necessary to satisfy the United States income tax return filing requirements of such Investor (or its owners) arising from its divestment in the Company and relating to any Group Company’s classification as a CFC and the amount, if any, of any Subpart F income (within the meaning of the Code) of any Group Company.

 

11.7

Each Group Company shall make due inquiry on at least an annual basis regarding its status as a PFIC, and if the Company determines that that any such entity has become a PFIC, or that there is a likelihood of any such entity being classified as a PFIC for any taxable year, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor of such status or risk, as the case may be. The Company agrees to make available to each investor upon request, the books and records of each Group Company, and to provide such information reasonably requested by any Investor that is pertinent to such Group Company’s status or potential status as a PFIC. Upon a determination by the Company, any Investor or any Taxing Authority that any Group Company has been or is likely to become a PFIC, the Company will provide each Investor with all information reasonably requested by such Investor that is in the Company’s possession to permit such Investor (and its owners) to (a) accurately prepare all tax returns and comply with any reporting requirements as a result of such determination and (b) make any election (including, without limitation, a “qualified electing fund” election under Section 1295 of the Code), with respect to such

 

25


  Group Company, and comply with any reporting or other requirements incident to such election. If a determination is made by the Company, any Investor or any Taxing Authority that any Group Company is a PFIC for a particular year, then for such year and for each year thereafter for which such Group Company is a PFIC, the Company will also provide each Investor that so requests with a completed “PFIC Annual Information Statement” as required by United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.1295-1(g) and otherwise complying with applicable United States Treasury Regulations requirements.

 

11.8 The Company shall provide any information and assistance reasonably requested by the Investor that is reasonably necessary for the Investor (and any of its owners) to file its tax returns.

 

11.9 The Company shall use its reasonable endeavours not to become (or permit any Group Company to become) a PFIC. The Company shall notify the Investors prior to any issuance, dividend, or other distribution of Company shares by the Company that would reasonably be expected to result in the Company or any Group Company becoming a CFC.

 

11.10 As soon as reasonably practicable following the date hereof, the Company shall use its reasonable endeavours to amend the Iron Mountain Contract to remove any restriction, mutation or consent right on or relating to a Sale on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Insight Director; provided, however, that if me Company shall not have amended the Iron Mountain Contract in accordance with the terms hereof by October 7, 2013 (the “ End Date ”‘), then the Company shall take all action necessary to terminate the Iron Mountain Contract, including by delivering a notice of termination to Iron Mountain by no later than the End Date in accordance with the terms of the Iron Mountain Contract unless such obligation is waived by the Insight Director prior to the End Date.

 

12. Sale or IPO

 

12.1 The parties agree to keep one another informed of all and any developments which might lead to any Sale or IPO.

 

12.2 Each party acknowledges and agrees that upon a Sale or IPO the Investors shall not be obliged to give warranties or indemnities (except a warranty as to title to the shares held by such Investor).

 

12.3 If a Sale or IPO is not achieved by the fifth anniversary of Completion then the Company shall, if required by an Investor Majority at the Company’s expense, appoint a professional adviser (to be agreed with the prior sanction of an Insight Director Consent and an Index Director Consent) on a discreet mandate by way of a consultative process with the Board to report on exit opportunities and strategy and copies of such reports shall be made available to the Investors and the Founders (at the Company’s cost).

 

12.4 It is hereby agreed by die parties that, on a IPO, the Shareholders shall:

 

  (a) to the extent required by:

 

  (i) the Listing Rules; or

 

26


  (ii) the Securities Act; or

 

  (iii) any equivalent requirements of any other recognised investment exchange (as defined in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000),

retain such number of their shares in the Company held at the time of the IPO for such period after IPO as is required by the Listing Rules, the Securities Act or the. rules and requirements of the relevant recognised investment exchange; and

 

  (b) have regard to the recommendation of the Company’s brokers on an IPO in determining their respective sale of shares upon the Company’s IPO and shall make such determination with a view to ensuring the success of the IPO.

 

13. Further Issues and transfer of Shares

 

13.1 Each of the Founders and Existing Shareholders undertakes to the Investors that he shall not, and shall not agree to, transfer, mortgage, charge or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of his interest in, or grant any option or other rights over, any shares in the capital of the Company to any person except where permitted by or in accordance with the New Articles and this Agreement.

 

13.2 Save with the consent of the Board (acting with Insight Director Consent, Index Director Consent and Founder Consent), none of the parties to this Agreement shall transfer, mortgage, charge or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of his interest in, or grant any option or other rights over, any shares in the capital of the Company nor shall the Company issue any shares or equity securities (other than B Ordinary Shares), to any person who is not a party to this Agreement without first obtaining from the transferee or subscriber a Deed of Adherence.

 

13.3 The Deed of Adherence shall be in favour of the other parties to this Agreement and shall be delivered to the Company at its registered office and to the Insight Investors and die Index Investors. No share transfer or issue of shares shall be registered unless such Deed of Adherence has been delivered.

 

14. Restrictive covenants

 

14.1 For the purpose of assuring to the Investors and the Company the value of the Business and any other business which may be conducted by a Restricted Company from time to time and the full benefit of the goodwill of the business of each Restricted Company and protecting Confidential Information and workforce stability, each of the Founders hereby severally undertakes and covenants with the Investors and the Company that (save for any interest in the shares or other securities of a company traded on a securities market so long as such interest does not extend to more than 5 per cent of the issued share capital of

 

27


  the company or the class of securities concerned or, save with the written consent of an Investor Majority, the Insight Director and the Dawn Capital Director) he shall not:

 

  (a) while he is a director or employee of, or a consultant to, any Restricted Company carry on or be concerned, engaged or interested directly or indirectly (in any capacity whatsoever) hi any trade or business competing with the trade or business of any Restricted Company as carried on at the time or, in relation to any trade or business of any Restricted Company at any time during the previous two years; or

 

  (b) during the period of 18 months commencing on the Relevant Date:

 

  (i) within the Restricted Area carry on or be concerned, engaged or interested directly or indirectly in any capacity whatsoever in any business or entity competing with the business carried on by any Restricted Company; or

 

  (ii) either on his own behalf or in any other capacity whatsoever directly or indirectly do or say anything which may lead to any person (including any agent supplier or distributor) ceasing to do business with any Restricted Company on substantially the same terms as previously (or at all) or reducing the business which they do with any Restricted Company; or

 

  (iii) either on his own behalf or on behalf of any business or entity competing with any Restricted Company within the Restricted Area directly or indirectly endeavour to entice away from any Restricted Company or solicit business in respect of goods or services which any Restricted Company offers or plans to offer at the Termination Date from any person, firm or company who was a client or customer or Prospective Customer of any Restricted Company during the Period and with whom (in each case) who shall during the Period have had direct dealings on behalf of a Restricted Company or about which he has received Confidential Information; or

 

  (iv) either on his own behalf or on behalf of any business or entity competing with any Restricted Company within the Restricted Area directly or indirectly have business dealings in respect of goods or services which any Restricted Company offers or plans to offer at the Termination Date to any person, firm or company who was a client or customer or Prospective Customer of any Restricted Company during the Period and with whom (in each case) he shall during die Period have had direct dealings on behalf of any Restricted Company or about which he has received Confidential Information;

 

  (v) either on his own behalf or in any other capacity whatsoever directly or indirectly employ, engage or induce, or seek to induce, to leave the service of any Restricted Company any Senior Employee with whom he shall have had dealings during the Period or about which he has Confidential Information whether or not such person would commit any breach of his contract of employment by reason of so leaving the service of die Restricted Company or otherwise; or

 

28


  (c) at any time after the Termination Date represent himself as being in any way currently connected with or interested in the business of any Restricted Company (other than as a shareholder, director, employee or consultant if that be the case).

 

14.2 Each of the restrictions contained in each paragraph of clause 14.1 is separate and distinct and is to be construed separately from the other such restrictions. Each of the Founders hereby acknowledges that be considers such restrictions to be reasonable both individually and in the aggregate and that the duration extent and application of each of such restrictions are no greater than is necessary for the protection of the goodwill of the businesses of each Restricted Company, Confidential Information and the stability of the workforce and that the consideration paid by the Investors for the New Shares applied for in this Agreement takes into account and adequately compensates him for any restriction or restraint imposed thereby. However, if any such restriction shall be found to be void or unenforceable but would be valid or enforceable if some part or parts thereof were deleted or the period or area of application reduced, each of the Founders hereby agrees that such restriction shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make it valid.

 

15. Confidentiality

 

15.1 Subject to clauses 9.7 to 9.11 (inclusive), each of the parties agrees to keep secret and confidential and not to make use of disclose or divulge to any third party or to enable or cause any person to become aware of (save in the proper performance of the Founder’s duties for the Company) any Confidential Information but excluding any information which is or which comes into the public domain (otherwise than through the wrongful disclosure of any party) or which they are required to disclose by law or by the rules of any regulatory body to which the Company is subject. Nothing in this clause shad prevent any Founder from making a “protected disclosure” pursuant to the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998 or equivalent legislation elsewhere.

 

15.2 The Company acknowledges that at least same of the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review die business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company, provided that the Investor does not directly or indirectly disclose or otherwise make available any Confidential Information to any such enterprise.

 

16. Announcements

 

16.1 Except in accordance with clauses 9.7 to 9.11 (inclusive) or 16.2 and except for the press release in the agreed form (if any), the parties shall not make any public announcement or issue a press release or respond to any enquiry from the press or other media concerning or relating to this Agreement or its subject matter (including but not limited to the Investors’ investment in the Company) or any ancillary matter.

 

29


16.2 Notwithstanding clause 16.1, any party may:

 

  (a) make any press release to the effect that it has made an investment in the Company and/or that it is a shareholder in the Company and/or otherwise with the prior written consent of an Investor Majority, the Dawn Capital Director, the Insight Director and the Board; or

 

  (b) if and to the extent required by:

 

  (i) law; or

 

  (ii) any securities exchange on which any party’s securities are listed or traded; or

 

  (iii) any regulatory or governmental or other authority with relevant powers to which any party is subject or submits, whether or not the requirement has the force of law, make or permit to be made an announcement concerning or relating to this Agreement or its subject matter or any ancillary matter.

 

17. Costs and expenses

 

17.1 The Company shall pay at Completion (and agrees that the Series B Investors or the Series B Investors’ Solicitors on behalf of the Series B Investors may deduct from the sums payable in accordance with clause 4.2(a)) all legal, accounting and due diligence fees and disbursements of the Series B Investors in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution, performance and implementation of this Agreement and each document referred to in it and other agreements forming pan of the transaction up to a maximum amount of US$ 100,000. Any such fees and disbursements which are not deducted by the Series B Investors or the Series B Investors’ Solicitors on behalf of the Series B Investors at Completion shall be reimbursed promptly upon request by the Series B Investors (up to the aggregate limit referred to in this clause 17.1).

 

17.2 The Company and the other parties shall bear their own costs and disbursements incurred in the negotiations leading up to and in the preparation of this Agreement and of matters incidental to this Agreement.

 

18. Survival and cessation of obligations of the Founders

The obligations on a Founder under clauses 14 (restrictive covenants) and 15 (confidentiality) shall survive any transfer by him of all or any shares in the Company and shall survive him ceasing to be a director or employee of or consultant to any Group Company but otherwise upon a Founder ceasing to hold shares in die Company and ceasing to be a director or employee of or consultant to any Group Company he shall have no further obligation or liability hereunder but without prejudice to the due performance by him of all obligations up to die date of such cessation.

 

30


19. Effect of ceasing to hold Shares

Save as set out in clause 18, a party shall cease to be a party to this Agreement for the purpose of receiving benefits and enforcing his rights with effect from the date he ceases to hold or beneficially own any shares in the capital of the Company (but without prejudice to any benefits and rights enjoyed prior to such cessation).

 

20. Cumulative remedies

The rights, powers, privileges and remedies conferred upon the Investors in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law.

 

21. Waiver

The express or implied waiver by any party to this Agreement of any of its rights or remedies arising under this Agreement or by law shall not constitute a continuing waiver of the right or remedy waived or a waiver of any other right or remedy; provided, however, that if a claim is made under the Existing SSA with respect to any matter for which the Series B Investors would also be entitled to make a Claim under this Agreement, then any damages paid in respect of such Claim shall be paid among the Series B Investors and the Series A Investors proportionately to their respective holdings of Shares.

 

22. Termination of Existing Agreements

 

22.1 Save for clause 6.1 of file Existing SSA which shall continue in full force and effect, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Existing SSA shall terminate with immediate effect upon Completion.

 

22.2 Each of the parties (other than the Company) to the Existing SSA hereby irrevocably:

 

  22.2.1 acknowledges and agrees that it has no claim (actual or contingent) or right against the Company or any of its directors, employees, officers, shareholders, agents, or representatives (together, “ Connected Persons ”) under, in respect of, related to, arising from or connected with the Existing SSA; and

 

  22.2.2 waives, releases and discharges any and all present causes of action, disputes, controversies, claims, counterclaims, set-offs, debts, demands, obligations, costs (whether legal or otherwise), expenses, fees and liabilities, whether they are contingent or not, which are in existence and/or leave arisen at the date hereof, whether or not they have already been asserted by such party or any other person or entity and whether or not known to them, which are owed, due from, payable by or hi respect of which there is any liability on die part of the Company and/or any of its Connected Persons, under, in respect of, related to, arising from or connected with the Existing SSA.

 

31


23. Entire agreement

 

23.1 This Agreement and the documents referred to or incorporated in it constitute the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and extinguishes any prior drafts, agreements, undertakings, representations, warranties and arrangements of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, between the parties in relation to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

23.2 Each of the Investors confirms and undertakes to each other Investors that there are no other arrangements or documentation relating to their subscription for the Preferred Shares (including the remuneration of any Investor appointee) save as set out or expressly referred to in this Agreement and/or the New Articles).

 

23.3 Each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that it has not entered into this Agreement in reliance on any statement or representation of any person (whether a party to this Agreement or not) other than as expressly incorporated in this Agreement and the documents referred to or incorporated in this Agreement

 

23.4 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right or remedy it may have to claim damages and/or to rescind this Agreement by reason of any misrepresentation (other than a fraudulent misrepresentation) having been made to it by any person (whether party to this Agreement or not) and upon which it has relied in entering into this Agreement,

 

23.5 Each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that the only cause of action available to it under die terms of this Agreement and the documents referred to or incorporated in this Agreement shall be for breach of contract.

 

23.6 Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any other document referred to or incorporated in it shall be read or construed as excluding any liability or remedy as a result of fraud.

 

24. Variation

Any variation of this Agreement is valid only if it is in writing and signed by the Company and the parties to this Agreement who hold at least ninety percent (90%) of the aggregate of the issued share capital of the Company held by the parties to this Agreement (including an Investor Majority, a Series B Majority, the Founders, and a Dawn Capital Consent), in which event such change shall be binding against all of the parties hereto provided that if such change would impose any new obligations on a party or increase any existing obligation, the consent of the affected party to such change shall be specifically required.

 

25. No partnership

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall be construed as establishing or implying any partnership of any kind between the parties.

 

32


26. Assignment and transfer

 

26.1 Subject to clause 26.3, this Agreement is personal to the parties and no party shall:

 

  (a) assign any of its rights under this Agreement; or

 

  (b) transfer any of its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (c) sub-contract or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (d) charge or deal in any other manner with this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations.

 

26.2 Any purported assignment, transfer, sub-contracting, delegation, charging or dealing in contravention of clause 26.3 shall be ineffective.

 

26.3 An Investor may assign the whole or part of any of its rights in this Agreement to any person who has received a transfer of shares in the capital of the Company from such Investor in accordance with the New Articles and has executed a Deed of Adherence.

 

27. Rights of third parties

 

27.1 Subject to clause 272, this Agreement does not confer any lights on any person or party (other than the parties to this Agreement) pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

27.2 The general partner of an Investor or the management company authorised from time to time to act on behalf of an Investor or another person or persons nominated by an investor, shall be entitled to enforce all of the rights and benefits under Ibis Agreement on behalf of such Investor at all times as if party to this Agreement.

 

28. Conflict between agreements

Subject to any applicable law, in the event of any ambiguity or conflict between this Agreement and the New Articles, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail as between the Shareholders and in such event the Shareholders shall procure such modification to the New Articles as shall be necessary.

 

29. Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement

 

30. Notices

 

30.1 Any communication and/or information to be given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing in English and shall either be delivered by hand or sent by first class post or fax or email or in electronic form:

 

  (a) to any company which is a party at its registered office (or such other address as it may notify to the other parties to this Agreement for such purpose); or

 

33


  (b) to any individual who is a party at the address of that individual shown in Schedule 1; or

 

  (c) to an Investor at the address of that Investor shown in Schedule 1,

(or in each such case such other address as the recipient may notify to the other parties for such purpose).

 

30.2 A communication sent according to clause 30.1 shall be deemed to have been received:

 

  (a) if delivered by hand, at the time of delivery; or

 

  (b) if sent by pre-paid first class post, on the second day after posting; or

 

  (c) if sent by fax, email or other electronic communication, at the time of completion of transmission by the sender; except that if a communication is received between 17.30 London, UK time on a Business Day and 09:30 London, UK time on the next Business Day, it shall be deemed to have been received at 09:30 London, UK time on the second of such Business Days.

 

31. Severance

 

31.1 If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by any judicial or other competent authority, all other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not in any way be impaired.

 

31.2 If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable but would be valid or enforceable if some part of the provision were deleted, the provision in question will apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

 

32. Governing law

This Agreement and any dispute or claim arising out of, or in connection with, it or its subject matter or formation (including any dispute or claim relating to no ii-contractual obligations) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

33. Jurisdiction

The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement or its subject matter or formation (including any dispute or claim relating to non-contractual obligations).

 

34


34. Confirmation by Founders and Existing Shareholders

Each of the Founders and Existing Shareholders confirms to the Investors that, for the purposes of entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement:

 

  (a) he has entered into such transactions entirely on the basis of his own assessment of the risks and effect thereof; and

 

  (b) he is owed no duty of care or other obligation by the Investors; and

 

  (c) insofar as he is owed any such duty or obligation (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) by the Investors he hereby waives, to the extent permitted by law, any rights (save in the case of any fraudulent misrepresentation) which he may have in respect of such duty or obligation.

 

35. Regulatory matters

No Investor or general partner of any Investor or management company authorised from time to time to act on behalf of any Investor is acting for or advising any other party to the transaction that is the subject of this Agreement and accordingly no such Investor, general partner of any Investor and/or management company of any Investor (as appropriate) shall be responsible to any other party for providing any protection afforded to any client (as defined in the Glossary to the FSA Handbook of rules and guidance) for any Investor.

 

35


Schedule 1

Part 1: The Series B Investors

 

    

Name

  

Address

1    Insight Venture Partners VTJ, L-P.    680 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10019, USA
2    Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, LP.    680 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10019, USA
3    Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P.    680 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10019, USA
4    Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, LP.    680 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10019, USA
5    Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund II, L.P.    680 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10019, USA

Part 2: The Series A Investors

 

    

Name

  

Address

1    Index Ventures V (Jersey), LP.    Index Ventures Associates V Limited, Whiteley Chambers, Don Street, St. Helier, Jersey, JE4 9WG, Channel Islands
2    Index Ventures V Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), I*P.    Index Ventures Associates V Limited, Whiteley Chambers, Don Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 9WC-, Channel Islands
3    Yucca Partners LP. Jersey Branch    C/o Ogier Employee Benefit Services Limited, Whiteley Chambers, Don Street, St. Helier, Jersey, JE4 9WQ, Channel Islands
4    Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP    C/o Dawn Capital LLP, 14 Buckingham Street, London WC2N6DF
5    Dawn Mimecast (II) Holdings Limited    PO Box 3175, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands Part 3: The Founders

Part 3: The Founders

 

    

Name

  

Address

1    Neil Murray    Stoke Gap House, Ashton Road, Stoke Brueme, Normaniptonshiro, NN12 7AM
2    Peter Bauer    78 Main Street, Southborough, MA 01772, USA

 

36


Part 4: The Existing Shareholders

 

    

Name

  

Address

1    Rock Trustees as trustees of the Butterworth Trust    Rock House, Sark, GY9 OSD
2    Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP    c/o Dawn Capital LLP, 14 Buckingham Street, London WC2N 6DF
3    Dawn Mimecast Holdings Limited    PO Box 3175, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands
4    Dawn Mimecast (II) Holdings Limited    PO Box 3175, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands
5    James Espey    17 Somerset Road, Wimbledon. London SN19 5JZ
6    Mark Bilbe    112 Puritan Lane, Sudbury Massachusetts, USA 01766
7    Osprey Heights Limited    Genesis Trust & Corporate Services Limited, Compass Centre, Shedden Road, PO Box 448 GT George Town, Grand Cayman
8    Roger Fullerton    Chalet la Montfenine, Cret de la Prairie 27, Chesieres, Vaud, 1885, Switzerland

 

37


Schedule 2

Part 1: Particulars of the Company

 

Registered number:    04698693
Registered office:   

2-8 Balfe Street,

London

N1 9EG

Directors:   

Peter Cyril Bauer

Peter Andrew

James Campbell

Bernard Dalle

Norman Benito Fiore

Christopher Francis

FitzGerald Michael

Cary Hedger

Neil Hamilton Murray

Secretary:    Peter Andrew James Campbell
Accounting reference date:    31/03
Charges:    Rent Deposit Deed registered on 23/02/2008 entered into with Land & Equity Holdings Limited
   Rent Deposit Deed registered on 12/06/2008 entered into with Land & Equity Holdings Limited
   Rent Deposit Deed registered on 15/07/2009 entered into with Land & Equity Holdings Limited
   Debenture registered on 01/02/2012 entered into with Silicon Valley Bank
Auditors:    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Authorised share capital:   

10,000,000 Founder Shares of £0.00001 each

40,000,000 A Ordinary Shares of £0.00001 each

50,000,000 B Ordinary Share of £0.00001 each

330,000 C Ordinary Shares of £0.00001 each

4,231,090 Series A Preferred Shares of £0.00001 each

Issued share capital:   

5,817,021 Founder Shares of £0.00001 each

4,133,801 A Ordinary Shares of £0.00001 each

3,379,315 B Ordinary Shares of £0.00001 each

330,000 C Ordinary Shares of £0.00001 each

4231,090 Series A Preferred Shares of £0.00001 each

 

38


Part 2: Particulars of the Subsidiaries

 

Name of company:    Mimecast Services Limited
Registered number:    4901524
Registered office:    2-8 Balfe Street, London, N1 9EG
Directors:   

Peter Andrew James Campbell

 

Peter Cyril Bauer

 

Neil Hamilton Murray

Secretary:    Peter Andrew James Campbell
Accounting reference date:    31 March
Charges:    None
Auditors:    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Authorised share capital:    1,000 Ordinary shares of £0.01 each
Issued share capital:    100 Ordinary shares of £0.01 each
Name of company:    Mimecast North America, Inc.
Registered number:    EIN: 26-0851633
Registered office:    16192 Coastal Highway, Lewes, Delaware 199589776 USA
Directors:   

Peter Cyril Bauer

 

Peter Andrew

 

James Campbell

Secretary:    Peter Andrew James Campbell
Accounting reference date:    31 March
Charges:    None
Auditors:    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Authorised share capital:    1500 no par value shares for an amount of $1
Issued share capital:    100 no par value shares for an amount of $1
Name of company:    Mimecast South Africa (Pry) Ltd
Registered number:    2004/000965/07
Registered office:    Upper Grayston Office Park, 150 Linden Road, Strafliavon, Sandton, 2032, RSA
Directors:    Peter Andrew James Campbell Garth Wittles

 

39


Secretary:    Ulf Maske
Accounting reference date:    31 March
Charges:    None
Auditors:    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Authorised share capital:    1,000 Ordinary shares of ZAR 1
Issued share capital:    1 Ordinary shares of ZAR 1
Name of company:    Mimecast Offshore Limited
Registered number:    6150
Registered office:    c/o Foreshore Limited, The Powerhouse, Queens Road, St, Helier, Jersey, JE2 3AP
Directors:   

Robin James Hagerman

 

Graeme Russell Harker

Secretary:    Rock Trustees Limited
Accounting reference date:    31 March
Charges:    None
Auditors:    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Authorised share capital:    10,000 Ordinary shares of £1
Issued share capital:    1 Ordinary share of £1
Name of company:    Mimecast Nordics AB Ltd
Registered number:    556762-6733
Registered office:    Settcrwalls Advokatbyra AB, Box 1050, Se-101 39, Stockholm, Sweden & C/O Navista AB, Box 1600, 183 16 TABY
Directors:   

Peter Andrew James Campbell

 

Alan Kenny

Secretary:    N/A
Accounting reference date:    30 June
Charges:    None
Auditors:    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Authorised share capital:    N/A
Issued share capital:    100 share of 100 SEK

 

40


Schedule 3

Part 1: Members of the Company - pre-Completion

 

Member

   Number of Founder Shares held  

Peter Bauer

     1,812,447   

Butterworth Trust

     1,500,000   

Neil Murray

     2,504,574   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

     5,817,021   
  

 

 

 

Member

   Number or A Ordinary Shares held  

Roger Fullerton

     625281   

James Espey

     1,000,000   

Mark Bilbe

     85,000   

Osprey Heights Ltd

     639,000   

Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP

     1,348,300   

Dawn Mimecast Holdings Limited

     436,220   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

     4,133,801   
  

 

 

 

Member

   Number of B Ordinary Shares held  

Osprey Heights Ltd

     270,044   

Hibiscus Limited

     399,405   

Maitland Trustees

     129,000   

Grant Stein

     118,185   

Dandy Investments

     270,000   

Nova Investment Management Limited

     140,000   

David Titcombe

     180,330   

Matthew FitzGerald

     148,340   

Ian Taylor

     88,030   

Julie Turner

     58,680   

Kerry Baris

     58,680   

Nick Malaczynski

     58,680   

Robert Juxon

     37,600   

 

41


David Juxon      45,860   
Robert Court      260200   
Santa Anita Limited      58,680   
Jill FitzGerald      91,730   
David Lyons      58,680   
Clive Jordan      44,540   
Louise Gafmey      44,540   
Deepak Kumaraswamy      19,340   
Mark Lewis and Fiona Nadaraja      176,050   
CIBC Bank and Trust Company (Cayman) Limited      26,160   
Dramatis Limited      102,950   
Richard Thomas      22,230   
Samantha Hamilton      9,120   
Milo Trust      18,220   
Helen Hedger      40,000   
Mike Hedger      99,140   
James Adrian Rory MacEwen      4,140   
Alexander Keswick MacEwen      4,140   
Charles Julian Speers      4,140   
Ross Jennings      17,968   
Henry Beckwith      6,620   
Simon Piers Beckwith      6,620   
Sam Johnson-Hill      3310   
James Heddle      830   
Simon Charles Wragg      1,110   
Cedar Consulting (UK) Limited      24,910   
Earl Trust Company Ltd as Trustees of the Murdoch Trust      19280   
G M Trustees as Trustee of the BMD Trust      19,280   
Barton Court Limited      41,240   

 

42


William Carey Evans

     33,690   

Dramatis Limited

     2,480   

Segal Universal Technologies S. A.

     8270   

Brandon Bekkcr

     64,550   

Ross Rennie

     10,000   

Steve McKenzie

     66,660   

Michael Taylor

     621,922   

Paul Stafford

     18,220   

Marzanne and Craig Fullcrton

     132,190   

Ruslan Capital

     33,050   

Dawn Mimecast Holdings Limited

     198,280   

Dawn Mimecast (III) Holdings Limited

     1,279,688   

Rafi International FZC LLC

     165,230   

Samantha Marie Maske

     18,990   

Mark Bilbe

     49,570   

(Picter) Andre Hamman

     10,510   

Orlando Scott-Cowley

     20,000   

David Goldberg

     20,000   

Jonathan Gale

     34,227   

Stephen Thompson

     8,260   

Madeleyne Shergoid

     9,750   

Tim Pickard

     20,000   

Grant Hodgkinson as Trustee of the Hodgkinson Family Trust

     32,504   

Index Ventures V (Jersey) LP

     959,669   

Index Ventures V Parallel Entrepreneur Fund

     7,769   

Yucca Partners

     12,250   

Inder Arya

     3,305   

Rajiv Aria

     6,600   

Merchant Investors (Trustee Services) Limited

     30,770   

 

43


Alan Sutton

     19,231   

Athanasios Missaikos

     19,231   

Allan Cawood

     19,231   

Jason Goodall

     19,231   

Raoul Fraser

     9,616   

Robert Suss

     19,231   

Cherry Freeman

     9,616   

Paul Kanereok

     9,616   

Sandeep Patel

     3,847   

Richard Mowbray

     8,172   

Carlos Farjallah

     14,620   

David Lashbrook

     7,823   

Lynn Lashbrook

     15,647   

Graeme Edwards

     39,350   

Andrew Millar

     18260   

R&H Trust Co (Jersey) Limited as trustee of The Ihchbold Trust

     20,930   

Westwinds Grantees Limited as Trustees of the Ocean Trust

     22,040   

BWSIPP Trustees Limited on Behalf of BW SEPP - Clough S - 5424

     100,000   

Cannon Asset Management Limited as Trustees of The Francisan Trust (Paul Stafford)

     28,846   

Genevieve Weynerowski

     3,305   

Matthew Ravden

     30,342   

Mohammed Naqui Mirza

     10,156   

Harindcr Bhullar

     10,156   

Sarah Kok

     22,000   

JTC Trustees Limited as trustees of the Brandon Bekker Trust

     83,050   

Corvus Limited

     499,270   

Lauren Fletcher

     8,500   

 

44


Johan Krugcr

     20,000   

Mary Kay Roberto

     93,722   

Jacqueline Osborne

     3,778   

Ulf Maske

     4,900   

Irmgard Maske

     5,013   

Adam Towns

     4,957   

Nigel Towns

     4,956   

Laetitia Marie Guydot

     10,667   

Jim Tui trustees as trustees of the Jim Tui family trust

     29,334   

Mandy McKenzic

     11,765   

Ken Greene

     12,500   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

     8,379,315   
  

 

 

 

 

Member

   Number of Series a Preferred Shares held  

Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP

     325,480   

Dawn Mimecast (II) Holdings Limited

     196,900   

Index Ventures V (Jersey) LP.

     3,633,050   

Index Ventures V Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey) L.P.

     29,300   

Yucca Partners

     46,360   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

     4,231,090   
  

 

 

 

Member

   Number of C Ordinary Shares held  

Peter Bauer

     180,000   

Neil Murray

     150,000   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

     330,000   
  

 

 

 

 

45


Part 2: Members of the Company – post-Completion

In addition to the members and shareholdings set out in Part 1 of Schedule 3 above, there will be the following additional members immediately following Completion

 

Member

   Number of Series B Preferred Shares held  

Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P.

     1,290,384   

Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, LP.

     568,054   

Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), LP.

     29,867   

Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P.

     81,620   

Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund II, L.P.

     1,344,806   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

     3,314,731   
  

 

 

 

Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule 3 do not reflect the exercise of options over 259,140 B Ordinary Shares, the issue of 53,330 B Ordinary Shares to Brandon Bekker, the conversion of 500,000 Founder Shares into A Ordinary Shares or the transfer of any shares pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Deeds or the Cash Offer.

 

46


Schedule 4

Conditions to Completion

 

(a) the passing of directors’ and shareholders’ resolutions in the agreed form at a duly convened Board meeting and a general meeting or by shareholders’ written resolution to:

 

  (i) authorise the allotment of the New Shares and the Additional Shares;

 

  (ii) waive pre-emption rights in respect of the allotment and issue of the New Shares and the Additional Shares; and

 

  (iii) adopt the New Articles;

 

  (b) delivery to the Series B Investors of the Accounts and the Management Accounts;

 

  (c) delivery to the Series B Investors of the Disclosure Letter;

 

  (d) delivery to die Insight Investors of the Management Rights Letter duly executed by the Company;

 

  (e) delivery to the Insight Director of the Director indemnification Agreement with the Insight Director duly executed by the Company;

 

  (f) delivery to the Series B Investors of the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

  (g) delivery to the Insight Investors of the Sale and Purchase Deeds in respect of the shares being purchased by the Insight Investors; and

 

  (h) delivery to the Series B Investors of the Cash Offer (including Acceptance and Authority).

 

47


Schedule 5

Completion Warranties

 

1. Share capital

 

1.1 The persons listed in Part 1 of Schedule 3 are the legal and, so far as the Warrantor is aware, the beneficial owners of the number of Ordinary Shares set opposite their respective names in Part 1 of Schedule 3 and all of the shares set out in Part 1 of Schedule 3 are fully paid and comprise the entire issued share capital of the Company. Save as set out in the appendix to this Agreement, none of the share capital of the Company (whether issued or unissued) is under option or subject to any mortgage, charge (fixed or floating), pledge, lien, security, interest or other third party right (including rights of pre-emption) and no dividends or other rights or benefits have been declared, made or paid or agreed to be declared, made or paid thereon.

 

1.2 The Founders are the legal and the beneficial owners of the number of Founder Shares set opposite their respective names in Part 1 of Schedule 3.

 

1.3 A current snare capitalisation table of the Company showing all of the issued shares of the Company together with all shares in respect of which options or warrants have been granted and all shares reserved for the issue of options and warrants is appended to this Agreement.

 

1.4 After giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the insight Investors shall jointly own up to 16.9 percent of the Fully Diluted Share Capital.

 

2. Information

 

2.1 The information contained or referred to in the Introduction, Schedules 2, 3 and 8, the Existing Loan Note Schedule and the Employment Information Table is true, complete and accurate and not misleading.

 

3. Accounts

 

3.1 The Accounts have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles, standards and practices which are generally accepted in the United Kingdom and on the same basis and in accordance with the same accounting policies as the corresponding accounts for the preceding three financial years, comply with the requirements of the Act and give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the Accounts Date and of the profits and losses for the period concerned.

 

3.2 The Accounts make proper provision for or, in the case of actual liabilities, properly disclose, note or take into account as at the Accounts Date:

 

  (a) all liabilities whether actual contingent or disputed;

 

  (b) all capital commitments whether actual or contingent;

 

48


  (c) all bad and doubtful debts; and

 

  (d) all Taxation.

 

3.3 The Accounts properly provide or reserve for all Taxation for which the Company was liable at the Accounts Date.

 

3.4 The profits (or losses) shown in the Accounts have not to a material extent been affected (except as disclosed therein) by any extraordinary or exceptional event or circumstance or by any other factor rendering such profits unusually high or low,

 

4. Management Accounts

The Management Accounts:

 

  (a) have been prepared in accordance with good accounting practice for the preparation of management accounts on a basis consistent with that upon which the management accounts of the Company for the period to the Accounts Date were prepared;

 

  (b) reasonably reflect the financial affairs of the Company at the date to which they have been prepared and its results for the period covered by the Management Accounts; and

 

  (c) ore not inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

5. Events since the Accounts Date

 

5.1 Since the Accounts Date as regards each Group Company:

 

  (a) its business has been carried on in the ordinary course and so as to maintain the same as a going concern;

 

  (b) it has not acquired or disposed of or agreed to acquire or dispose of any business or any material asset (other man capital equipment in the ordinary course of the business carried on by it) or assumed or acquired any material liability (including a contingent liability) which is not specifically referred to in the Management Accounts;

 

  (c) no dividend or other distribution (as defined by CTA) has been declared, made or paid to its members nor has it repaid any loan capital or other debenture;

 

  (d) no material change has been made (or agreed to be made) in the emoluments or other terms of employment of any of its employees who arc in receipt of remuneration in excess of £100,000 per annum or of any of die directors of such Group Company nor has it paid any bonus or special remuneration to any such employee or any of its directors;

 

49


  (e) it has not borrowed monies (except in the ordinary course of the business carried on by it or from its bankers under agreed loan facilities);

 

  (f) there has not been any material deterioration in the financial position or prospects of the Business as currently operated (whether in consequence of normal trading or otherwise);

 

  (g) neither the trading nor the profitability of the Business as currently operated shows, as regards turnover, the state of order book, expenses and profit margins, any material deterioration or downturn by comparison with the period ended on the Accounts Date;

 

  (h) no part of tire Business as currently operated has been effected to a material extent by the loss of any important customer, or of any source of supply or by the cancellation or loss of any order or contract or by any other abnormal factor or event nor so far as the Warrantor is aware are there any circumstances likely to lead thereto;

 

  (i) no Key Employee has been dismissed or made redundant nor has any Group Company taken or omitted to take any action which would entitle any Key Employee to claim that he has been constructively dismissed; and

 

  (j) there are no liabilities (including contingent liabilities) outstanding on the part of such Group Company other than those liabilities disclosed in the Accounts or incurred in the ordinary and proper course of business since the Accounts Date which are similarly disclosed in the Management Accounts or in the books and records of such Group Company.

 

6. Taxation

 

6.1 Each Group Company has duly and punctually made all returns and given or delivered all notices, accounts and information which ought to have been made to and is not involved in any dispute with any Taxing Authority concerning any matter likely to affect in any way the liability (whether accrued, contingent or future) of it to Taxation and such Group Company is not aware of any matter which is likely to lead to such dispute.

 

6.2 Each Group Company has duly paid or fully provided for all Taxation for which it is liable and the Warrantor is not aware of any circumstances in which interest or penalties in respect of Taxation not duly paid are likely to be charged against it in respect of any period prior to Completion.

 

6.3 No liability of any Group Company to Taxation, or to account for Taxation, has arisen or will arise up to Completion save for

 

  (a) corporation tax payable in respect of normal trading profits earned by it;

 

  (b) income tax deducted under PA YE regulations;

 

50


  (c) national insurance contributions in respect of cash emoluments; or

 

  (d) value added tax for which it is accountable to any Taxing Authority and which has where appropriate been deducted or charged and where due paid to the appropriate Taxing Authority.

 

6.4 No Group Company has entered into or been a party to any schemes or arrangements designed partly or wholly for the purpose of it or (so far as each of the Warrantor is aware) any other person unlawfully evading Taxation.

 

6.5 All documents to which any Group Company is a party or which form part of such Group Company’s title to any asset owned or possessed by it or which such Group Company may need to enforce or produce in evidence in the courts of the United Kingdom have been duly stamped and (where appropriate) adjudicated.

 

6.6 No directors, officers or employees of any Group Company have received from such Group Company any securities, interests in securities or securities options as defined in Part 7 of ITEPA.

 

6.7 No directors, employees or officers of any Group Company have received any securities or interests in securities from any Group Company in a form which is or is likely to be treated as a “readily convertible asset” as defined in Section 702 of ITEPA.

 

6.8 All directors, officers or employees of each Group Company who have received any securities or interests in securities from each Group Company falling with Chapter 2 of Part 7 of ITEPA have entered into elections jointly with the Company under Section 431(1) of ITEPA.

 

6.9 Each Group Company is a close company as defined in Section 439 of CTA and is not and has never been a close investment-holding company as defined in Section 34 of CTA.

 

6.10 No distribution within Section 1064 of CTA has been made by any Group Company and no loan or advance within Sections 455, 459 and 460 of CTA has been made (and remains outstanding) or agreed to, by such Group Company, and such Group Company has not, since the Accounts Date, released or written off the whole or part of the debt in respect of any such loan or advance.

 

6.11 So far as tire Warrantor is aware, all acquisitions or disposals of assets by the Company and all supplies of services by and to the Company have occurred on arm’s length terms between unconnected persons and for a consideration in cash at market value.

 

6.12 Each Group Company is registered for the purposes of the Value Added Taxes Act 1994. Each Group Company has complied with all statutory provisions, regulations and notices relating to VAT and has duly and punctually accounted for and/or paid HMRC all amounts of VAT which it ought to have so accounted for and/or paid.

 

51


6.13 So far as the Warrantor is aware, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Completion Conditions, none of the Group Companies will be a CFC or a PFIC.

 

7. Litigation

 

7.1 No Group Company, and so far as the Warrantor is aware, no person for whose acts and defaults it may be vicariously liable, is at present engaged, or previously engaged since 22 December 2009, whether as claimant, defendant or otherwise in any legal action, proceeding or arbitration which is either in progress or is threatened or, so far as the Warrantor is aware, is pending (other than as claimant in the collection of debts arising in the ordinary course of the business carried on by it none of which exceeds £10,000 and which do not exceed £50,000 in aggregate) or is being prosecuted for any criminal offence and no governmental or official investigation or inquiry concerning the Company is in progress or so far as the Warrantor is aware pending.

 

7.2 There are no circumstances known to the Warrantor likely to lead to any such claim or legal action, proceeding or arbitration (other than as aforesaid) prosecution, investigation or enquiry.

 

7.3 There are no outstanding claims, legal actions, proceedings or arbitrations under the Existing SSA.

 

8. Properties

 

8.1 Each Group Company, as applicable, has a good and marketable tide to and is the sole legal and beneficial owner of each of the Properties as described in Schedule 8 and the particulars of the Properties as set out in Schedule 8 are true and accurate in all material respects. With the exception of the Properties, none of the Group Companies does own, use or occupy any other land or building whether under a licence or otherwise.

 

8.2 Save for the charges listed in Schedule 2, each of the Properties is free from all leases, tenancies, options, licences, mortgages, charges, liens and Encumbrances and any agreement to create any of them.

 

8.3 As far as the Warrantor is aware all covenants, obligations (including without limitation statutory obligations), restrictions and conditions affecting any of the Properties or the applicable Group Company as owner or lessee thereof have been observed and performed and all outgoings (including rates) have been duly paid and so far as the Warrantor is aware all die Properties are insured by the reversionary landlord to their full reinstatement value.

 

8.4 No Group Company has received any compulsory purchase orders or resolutions affecting any of the Properties or any proposal for such an order or resolution of which the Warrantor is aware,

 

8.5 All deeds and documents necessary to prove title to each of the Properties are in the possession of the Group Companies (or under the control of the Group Companies) and all Stamp Duty Land Tax has been or will be paid and where 8.6 title to any of the Properties requires to be registered at the Land Registry it has been so registered with tide absolute.

 

52


8.6 No notice, order, agreement, action or proceedings affecting any of the Properties has been served or commenced or adversely affects the Properties and there are no disputes concerning any of the Properties with any person and as far as die Warrantor is aware there are no circumstances now existing which are likely to result in any such notice, order, action, agreement or proceedings being served or commenced or any such dispute arising.

 

8.7 There is no actual or contingent liability on die part of any Group Company in relation to any real property other than the Properties including any actual or contingent liability as previous lessee or underlessee or guarantor or surety or covenantor in relation to any lease or underlease.

 

9. Intellectual Property

 

9.1 The Group Companies own or license all Intellectual Property necessary to operate the Business as currently operated.

 

9.2 The Group Companies have taken all reasonable steps necessary to protect all Intellectual Property and know-how used by them and which is material to the Business as currently operated and the Group Companies have not themselves granted any rights to third parties in relation to any of their Intellectual Property (other than in the ordinary course of business).

 

9.3 So far as the Warrantor is aware, the operations of the Group Companies and any products or services supplied by them do not use or infringe the rights of any person or infringe any right of privacy and the Warrantor is not aware of any claims or applications for registration which might be material for disclosure to the Series B Investors as an applicant for shares in the Company.

 

9.4 All Intellectual Property, which is or is likely to be material to the business of the Group Companies, is (or in the case of applications will be) legally and beneficially vested exclusively in the Group Companies (or otherwise licensed to the Group Companies) and, so as far as the Warrantor is aware, valid and enforceable and, so as far as the Warrantor is aware, not subject to any claims of opposition from any third party.

 

9.5 No Intellectual Property in which any Group Company has any legal and beneficial interest and which is, or is likely to be, material to the business of the Group Companies is:

 

  (a) so far as the Warrantor is aware, being (or has been) infringed, misappropriated or used without permission by any other person; or

 

53


  (b) subject to any licence, estoppel or authority or similar right in favour of any other person, except in the ordinary course of business or otherwise as set out in the agreements listed in the Disclosure Letter.

 

9.6 All Intellectual Property which is registered in the name of any Group Company, or in respect of which any Group Company has made application for registration, is:

 

  (a) listed and briefly described in the Disclosure Letter;

 

  (b) legally and beneficially vested in such Group Company; and

 

  (c) so far as the Warrantor is aware, valid and enforceable.

 

9.7 All renewal fees in respect of the registered Intellectual Property have been duly paid, and all other steps required for the maintenance and protection of the registered Intellectual Property have been taken, in any jurisdiction in which they are registered.

 

9.8 So far as the Warrantor is aware, nothing has been done or omitted to be done whereby any of die Intellectual Property owned or used by any Group Company have ceased or might cease to be valid and enforceable or whereby any person is or will be able to seek cancellation, rectification or any other modification of any registration of any such Intellectual Property.

 

9.9 So far as the Warrantor is aware, no other person has registered or applied to register in any country any invention, topography, copyright work, design, trade or service mark or name, trade secret or know-how or other Intellectual Property made, or claimed to be owned, by any Group Company.

 

9.10 No Group Company has knowingly disclosed or permitted to be disclosed to any person (other than under the protection of confidentiality undertakings or to the Investors and to their agents, employees or professional advisers) any of its know-how, trade secrets, confidential information or lists of customers or suppliers.

 

9.11 The copy of the standard terms and conditions of the Group Companies annexed to the Disclosure Letter are properly incorporated into any transaction conducted over the internet by die Group Companies and govern access to and use of any internet website owned, operated or hosted by the Group Companies or through which die Group Companies conduct any of their business (“ Company Website ”).

 

9.12 So far as the Warrantor is aware, no domain names have been registered by any person which are similar to any trademarks, service marks, domain names or business or trading names used, created or owned by the Group Companies.

 

9.13 So far as the Warrantor is aware, the contents of any Group Company Website comply with all laws and regulations and codes of practice in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

54


9.14 So far as the Warrantor is aware, there are no third party claims that any domain name registered by any Group Company is in infringement of a third party’s domain name or other Intellectual Property rights.

 

10. Assets, debts and stock

 

10.1 None of the book debts included in the Accounts, the Management Accounts or which have subsequently arisen have been outstanding for more than three months from then due dates for payment and all such debts have realised or, so far as the Warrantor is aware, will realise in the normal course of collection their full value, save as provided in the Accounts, the Management Accounts or in the books of the Company.

 

10.2 None of the existing debt of any Group Company has been converted into Shares.

 

10.3 Save as set out in Schedule 2, no Group Company has granted any security over any part of its undertaking or assets other than liens arising in the ordinary course of business,

 

10.4 All assets used by and all debts due to any Group Company or which have otherwise been represented as being its property or due to it or used or held for the purposes of its business are at the date of Completion its absolute property and none is the subject of any Encumbrance (save for the charges listed in Schedule 2 and save hi respect of liens arising in the normal course of trading) or the subject of any factoring arrangement, hire-purchase, retention of title, conditional sale or credit sale agreement.

 

10.5 The present stock and work-in-progress of the Group Companies is in good condition and is (or will be once completed) capable of being sold profitably.

 

10.6 Each material asset needed for the proper conduct of the Business as currently operated is in good repair and working order (fair wear and tear excepted).

 

10.7 The assets of the Group Companies constitute all of the assets necessary to conduct the Business as it is currently conducted as of the date of Completion.

 

11. Contracts with connected persons

 

11.1 There are no loans made by any Group Company to any of its directors or shareholders and/or any person connected with any of them and no debts or liabilities owing by any Group Company to any of its directors or shareholders and/or any person connected with them as aforesaid.

 

11.2 There are no existing contracts or arrangements to which any Group Company is a party and in which any of its directors or shareholders and/or any person connected with any of them is interested other than this Agreement and the Service Agreements.

 

11.3 There are no agreements between any of the Founders or between any of the Founders and any Group Company other than this Agreement and the Service Agreements.

 

55


11.4 No Founder nor any person connected with a Founder owns any property used by any Group Company.

 

12. Employment arrangements

 

12.1 Details of all contracts of service or for services and other arrangements (including, without limitation, details of notice periods and all remuneration) of all officers, employees and consultants of the Group Companies are set out in or copies thereof annexed to the Disclosure Letter.

 

12.2 There are no agreements or other arrangements (binding or otherwise) for collective bargaining or, so far as the Warrantor is aware, outstanding or anticipated claims or disputes between any Group Company and any trade union or other body representing all or any of the employees of any Group Company.

 

12.3 No Group Company owes any amount to, or has any outstanding obligations in respect of, any of its present or former directors, employees or shareholders other than remuneration accrued during the month in which this Agreement has been entered into.

 

12.4 No gratuitous payment has been made or promised in connection with the actual or proposed termination or suspension of employment of any present or former director or employee of any Group Company.

 

12.5 No variation to the terms of any contract of employment has been promised to any employee of any Group Company,

 

12.6 There are no legally enforceable agreements or arrangements for the payment of any pensions, allowances, lump sums or other like benefits on redundancy, retirement or on death or during periods of sickness or disablement for the benefit of any director or former director or employee or former employee of any Group Company or for the benefit of the dependants of any such person.

 

13. Statutory and legal requirements

 

13.1 All statutory, municipal, governmental, court and other requirements applicable to the carrying on of the business of the Group Companies, the formation, continuance in existence, creation and issue of securities, management, property or operation of the Group Companies have been complied with in all material respects, and all permits, authorities, licences and consents have been obtained and all conditions applicable thereto complied with in all material respects and so far as die Warrantor is aware there are no circumstances which are likely to lead to the suspension, alteration or cancellation of any such permits, authorities, licences or consents, nor is there any agreement which materially restricts the fields within which the Group Companies may carry on their business.

 

13.2 No Group Company has committed or is liable for any criminal, illegal, unlawful, ultra vires or unauthorised act or breach of covenant, contract or statutory duty.

 

56


13.3 In respect of himself only (so that no Founder shall have any liability in respect of the breach by the other Founder of this Warranty), each Founder confirms that he has not:

 

  (a) been convicted of a criminal offence (except any road traffic offence not punished by a custodial sentence);

 

  (b) been disqualified from being a company director; or

 

  (c) given, or offered to give, a disqualification undertaking under section 1A of the Company Directors Disqualification Act 1986.

 

13.4 No person, not being a director of the Company, has any actual or ostensible authority, whether under a power of attorney, agency agreement or otherwise, to commit the Company to any obligation other than an obligation of a nature which it is usual for it to incur in the ordinary course of its business.

 

13.5 In respect of any Personal Data processed by the Company, each Group Company, such Group Company;

 

  (a) has made all necessary registrations and notifications of its particulars in accordance with the Data Protection Legislation;

 

  (b) complies with the Data Protection Legislation (including but not limited to the Data Protection Principles) and any legally binding guidance notes or guidelines issued by the Information Commissioner; and

 

  (c) has complied with any subject access requests made pursuant to the Data Protection Legislation.

 

13.6 In respect of any Personal Data processed by any Group Company, all details supplied to the Information Commissioner by such Group Company in relation to each application for registration or notification are, so far as the Warrantor is aware, accurate and complete in all material respects and no notice of any kind has been received by any Company under any provision under any part of the Data Protection Legislation or any analogous legislation in any part of die world.

 

14. Records and registers

So far as the Warrantor is aware, the records (including computer records), statutory books, registers, minute books and books of account of each Group Company are duly entered up and maintained in accordance with all legal requirements applicable thereto and contain true and accurate records of all matters required to be dealt with therein and all such books and all records and documents (including documents of title) which are its property are in its possession or under its control and all accounts, documents and returns required to be delivered or made to the Registrar of Companies leave been duly and correctly delivered or made and there has been no notice received by any Group Company of any proceedings to rectify the register of members of such Group Company and there are no circumstances which are likely to lead to any application for rectification of the register of members.

 

57


15. Insurance

The Disclosure Letter contains a copy of all insurance policies held by each Group Company. In respect of such insurances:

 

  (a) all premiums have been duly paid to date;

 

  (b) so far as the Warrantor is aware all the policies are in full force and effect and are not voidable on account of any act, omission or nondisclosure on the part of the insured party nor so far as the Warrantor is aware are they likely to be declared null and void as a consequence of which any claim might be rejected; and

 

  (c) so far as the Warrantor is aware there are no circumstances which will or are likely to give rise to any claim and no insurance claim is outstanding.

 

16. Group structure

Save for each Subsidiary, the Company does not have any subsidiary companies nor has it at any time been the holding company of any company or a member of or the beneficial owner of any shares, securities or other interest in any company or other person.

 

17. Agreements and capital commitments

 

17.1 Each Group Company:

 

  (a) is not party to any agreement or arrangement which entitles any person to claim a fee or commission as a result of or in relation to Completion;

 

  (b) has no material capital commitments of a value greater than £100,000;

 

  (c) is not a party to any contract, arrangement or commitment (whether in respect of capital expenditure or otherwise) which is of an unusual, onerous or long-term nature (meaning not capable of termination within a period of 12 months) or which involves or could involve a material obligation or liability;

 

  (d) has not become bound and no person has become entitled (or with the giving of notice and/or the issue of a certificate and/or the passage of time or otherwise may become entitled) to require it to repay any loan capital or other debenture, redeemable preference share capital, borrowed money or grant made to it by any governmental or other authority or person prior to the stipulated duo date;

 

  (e) is not a party to any agreement which is or may become terminable as a result of die entry into or completion of this Agreement;

 

58


  (f) is not bound by any guarantee or contract of indemnity or suretyship under which any liability or contingent liability is outstanding;

 

  (g) has not entered into any agreement which requires or may require, or confers any right to require, the sale (whether for cash or otherwise) or the transfer by it of any material asset;

 

  (h) is not a party to any joint venture, consortium, partnership, unincorporated association or profit sharing arrangement or agreement;

 

  (i) so far as the Warrantor is aware, is not a party to any agreement requiring registration or notification under or by virtue of any statute; or

 

  (j) is not in material default of any material agreement or legally binding arrangement to which it is a party, and such Group Company is not aware of any material default of any such agreement or arrangement by any counterparty to such agreement.

 

17.2 No Group Company has been or is a party to any contract or arrangements binding upon it for the purchase or sale of property or the supply of goods or services at a price different to that reasonably obtainable on an arm’s length basis.

 

18. Borrowings and facilities

Full details of all limits on each Group Company’s bank overdraft facilities and all borrowings of each Group Company (including borrowing among the Group Companies) are set out in the Disclosure Letter and each Group Company is not in breach of any of their terms and so far as the Warrantor is aware none of such facilities or terms of borrowing will be terminated as a result of die entry into of this Agreement.

 

19. Social obligations

 

19.1 So far as the Warrantor is aware, each Group Company has during the three years ending on the date of this Agreement complied with all its Social Obligations.

 

19.2 No person has in the last 12 months notified any Group Company of any alleged breach of its Social Obligations and there are no disputes between any Group Company and its employees or any trade union.

 

20. Additional Warranties

 

20.1 All board and shareholder approvals required by law were properly given for any corporate actions undertaken by the Company requiring such approval since its incorporation.

 

20.2 The Company owns the entire issued share capital of each Subsidiary and no other person has any interest in, rights over, or right to acquire any interest in, rights over, any shares in any Subsidiary.

 

59


20.3 The Company is not a party to any agreement or arrangement which entitles any person to claim a fee or commission as a result of or in relation to the issue of shares or securities in the Company or the grant of any right to subscribe for, or acquire any interest in, any shares or securities in the Company.

 

20.4 So far as the Warrantor is aware, all outstanding options granted to option holders resident in the UK pursuant to the Share Option Plan qualify for tax relief under Chapter 9 Part 7 PTETA and Schedule 5 ITEPA.

 

20.5 In relation to all agreements for the licence of information technology to each Group Company:

 

  (a) such Group Company has satisfied all of its payment obligations which have fallen due for payment; and

 

  (b) such Group Company has not received notice that any of its operations constitute a material breach of any of these agreements and nor is it aware of any facts, matters or circumstances which are likely to give rise to such an allegation of material breach.

 

20.6 Mo Group Company has received from any customer of such Group Company that has 1,000 seats or more notice to terminate its agreement with such Group Company or, as far as the Warrantor is aware, no such customer is threatening to terminate its agreement with any Group Company and all agreements with such customers are in full force and effect against the Company and, so far as the Warrantor is aware, all agreements with such customers are in full force and effect against such customers.

 

60


Schedule 6

Part 1: Matters requiring Investor Majority consent

 

(a) purchase, buy-in, redeem or reduce (other than pursuant to an existing agreement with a director, employee or consultant of any Group Company which has been disclosed to the Investors) share capital or consolidate or sub-divide share capital;

 

(b) propose or pay any dividend or propose or make any other distribution (as defined under section 1000 or section 1064 of CTA);

 

(c) increase or decrease the maximum or minimum number of directors of the Company set out in the New Articles;

 

(d) permit any Group Company to cease to carry on its business or permit any Group Company or its directors (or any one of them) to take any step to wind up any Group Company, save where it is insolvent (within the meaning of section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986);

 

(e) permit any Group Company or its directors (or any one of them) to take any step to place any Group Company into administration (whether by the filing of an administration application, a notice of intention to appoint an administrator or a notice of appointment), permit any Group Company or its directors to enter into any arrangement, scheme, moratorium, compromise or composition with its creditors (whether under Part I of the Insolvency Act 1986 or otherwise) or to apply for an interim order under Part 1 of the Insolvency Act 1986, or permit any Group Company or its directors to invite the appointment of a receiver or administrative receiver over all or any part of the Group Company’s assets or undertaking;

 

(f) negotiate or permit the disposal of shares in the Company amounting to a Share Sale or IPO or negotiate or permit a Disposal;

 

(g) permit any amendment to the New Articles (as adopted on or around the Completion Date) or the passing of any resolution which is inconsistent with the New Articles (as adopted on or around the Completion Date);

 

(h) make any material change to the nature of the business as carried on by any Group Company;

 

(i) grant options to directors, employees and consultants of any Group Company in excess of the aggregate number set out in clause 7 or amend the Share Option Plan or adopt any new share option plan;

 

(j) make any change to:

 

  (i) its auditors; or

 

  (ii) its accounting reference date;

 

61


(k) other than where expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Service Agreements, enter into or vary any transaction or arrangement with, or for the benefit of any directors or shareholders of the Company or any other person who is a “connected person” with any of its directors or shareholders; or

 

(l) enter into any transaction or make any payment other than on an arm’s length terms for the benefit of the Company.

Part 2: Matters requiring Series A Majority

 

(a) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges attaching to the Series A Preferred Shares;

 

(b) create any new class or series of shares in the capital of the Company having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares;

 

(c) permit any amendment to the New Articles (as adopted on or around die Completion Date) or the passing of any resolution which is inconsistent with the New Articles (as adopted on or around the Completion Date);

 

(d) offer or grant any registration rights to any shareholder or potential shareholder in the Company that is senior to the registration rights as set out in the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(e) convert or cause or permit to be converted the whole or any part of any debt of any Group Company which is in existence on the Completion Date (including but not limited to the Existing Loan Notes) into Shares; or

 

(f) save as provided in clause 8, permit the removal of the Index Director.

Part 3: Matters requiring Series B Majority

 

(a) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges attaching to the Series B Preferred Shares;

 

(b) create any new class or series of shares in the capital of the Company having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series B Preferred Shares;

 

(c) permit any amendment to the New Articles (as adopted on or around the Completion Date) or the passing of any resolution which is inconsistent with the New Articles (as adopted on or around the Completion Date);

 

(d) offer or grant any registration rights to any shareholder or potential shareholder in the Company that is senior to the registration rights as set out in die Registration Rights Agreement;

 

62


(e) convert or cause or permit to be converted the whole or any part of any debt of any Group Company which is in existence on the Completion Date (including but not limited to me Existing Loan Notes) into Shares; or

 

(f) save as provided in clause 8, permit the removal of the Insight Director.

Part 4: Matters requiring Board Consent

 

(a) factor any of its debts, borrow monies (other than by way of its facilities in place at the date of this Agreement), accept credit (other than normal trade credit) or enter into finance lease or hire purchase arrangements of an aggregate value in excess of £1,000,000;

 

(b) mortgage or charge or permit the creation of or suffer to subsist any mortgage or fixed or floating charge, lien (other than a lien arising by operation of law) or other Encumbrance over the whole or any part of its undertaking, property or assets (other than any mortgages and charges detailed in Schedule 2);

 

(c) subscribe or otherwise acquire, or dispose of, any shares in the capital of any other company in a transaction or series of related transactions valued at more than £2,000,000;

 

(d) acquire or dispose of the whole or part of the undertaking of any other person or dispose of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company in each case in a transaction or series of related transactions valued at more than £2,000,000;

 

(e) deal in any way (including the acquisition or disposal, whether outright or by way of licence or otherwise howsoever) with intellectual property of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business; or

 

(f) incur any capital expenditure (including obligations under hire-purchase and leasing arrangements) which exceeds £200,000, except to die extent that such expenditure has been specifically provided for in a budget approved by the Board;

 

(g) dispose of any asset of a capital nature having a book or market value greater than £200,000;

 

(h) establish any new branch, agency, trading establishment or business or close any such branch, agency, trading establishment or business;

 

(i) make any change to:

 

  (i) its bankers or the terms of the mandate given to such bankers in relation to its accounts); or

 

  (ii) any budget approved by the Board; engage any employee or consultant on terms that either his contract cannot be terminated by three months’ notice or less or his basic salary is at the rate of £160,000 per annum or more or increase basic salary of any employee or consultant to more than £160,000 per annum or vary the terms of employment of any employee earning (or so that after such variation he will) a basic salary of more than £160,000 per annum;

 

63


(k) vary or make any binding decisions on the terms of employment and service of any director or company secretary of the Company, increase or vary the salary or other benefits of any such officer, or appoint or dismiss any such officer;

 

(l) make any loan or advance or give any credit (other than in the ordinary course of business) to any person or acquire any loan capital of any corporate body (wherever incorporated);

 

(m) conduct any litigation material to the Company, save for the collection of debts arising in the ordinary course of the business carried on by die Company or any application for an interim injunction or other application or action (including interim defence) which is urgently required in the best interests of the Company in circumstances in which it is not reasonably practicable to obtain prior consent as aforesaid;

 

(n) propose or implement any material variation to the Company’s pension scheme or any of the benefits payable to members of the scheme;

 

(o) take or agree to take any leasehold interest in or licence over any real property with an annual lease or licence amount of more than £250,000;

 

(p) other than where expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the entry into or variation of contracts of employment (including the Service Agreements), enter into or vary any transaction or arrangement with, or for the benefit of any of its directors or shareholders or any other person who is a “connected person” with any of its directors or shareholders;

 

(q) enter into any material partnership, joint venture or consortium agreement;

 

(r) enter into or vary either any materially onerous contract or any other material or major or long term contract (other than in the ordinary course of business); or

 

(s) make any gifts or charitable donations above £25,000 in aggregate per annum.

Part 5: Matters requiring Founder Consent

 

(a) purchase, buy-in, redeem or reduce (other than pursuant to an existing agreement with a director, employee or consultant of any Group Company which has been disclosed to the Investors) share capital or consolidate or sub-divide share capital;

 

(b) propose or pay any dividend or propose or make any other distribution (as defined under sections section 1000 or section 1064 of CTA);

 

(c) increase or decrease the maximum or minimum number of directors of the Company set out in the New Articles;

 

64


(d) permit any Group Company to cease to carry on its business or permit any Group Company or its directors (or any one of them) to take any step to wind up any Group Company, save where it is insolvent (within the meaning of section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986);

 

(e) permit any Group Company or its directors (or any one of them) to take any step to place any Group Company into administration (whether by the filing of an administration application, a notice of intention to appoint an administrator or a notice of appointment), permit any Group Company or its directors to enter into any arrangement, scheme, moratorium, compromise or composition with its creditors (whether under Part I of the Insolvency Act 1986 or otherwise) or to apply for an interim order under Part I of the Insolvency Act 1986, or permit any Group Company or its directors to invite the appointment of a receiver or administrative receiver over all or any part of any Group Company’s assets or undertaking;

 

(f) negotiate or permit the disposal of shares in the Company amounting to a Share Sale or IPO or negotiate or permit a Disposal;

 

(g) offer or grant any registration rights to any shareholder or potential shareholder in the Company that is senior to the registration rights as set out in the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(h) permit any amendment to die New Articles (as adopted on or around the Completion Date) or the passing of any resolution which is inconsistent with the New Articles (as adopted on or around the Completion Date);

 

(i) make any material change to the nature of the business as carried on by any Group Company;

 

(j) grant options to directors, employees and consultants of any Group Company in excess of the aggregate number set out in clause 7 or amend the Share Option Plan or adopt any new share option plan;

 

(k) convert or cause or permit to be converted the whole or any part of any debt of any Group Company which is in existence on the Completion Date (including but not limited to the Existing Loan Notes) into Shares; or

 

(l) save as provided in clause 8 or otherwise in this Agreement, permit the removal of a Founder Director.

 

65


Schedule 7

Undertakings

 

(a) The Board shall be notified as soon as practicable (and in any event within 7 Business Days of receipt of a written offer) after an approach is made to the Company or the Founders by an investor interested in investing in the Company or by a party interested in entering into a Share Sale or Disposal.

 

(b) Each Group Company shall take all reasonable action to protect its intellectual property rights and/or other property and assets.

 

(c) All new business opportunities relevant to any Group Company shall only be taken up through the Company or a wholly owned subsidiary.

 

(d) The Company and, where applicable, each Group Company shall comply with the terms of this Agreement, the New Articles and the Service Agreements.

 

(e) The Company shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations and maintain all required licences and consents and shall as soon as reasonably practicable notify the Investors if the Company loses any such licence or consent The Founders shall, so far as it lies within their respective powers to do so, procure that as soon as reasonably practicable upon receiving notice so to do from the Investors, the Company convenes and holds at short notice a general meeting of the Company at such place and’ time as the Investors shall reasonably determine at which any resolution required by the Investors shall be proposed.

 

(g) The Board shall ensure that all decisions which are material to any Group Company shall be taken at a properly convened board meeting of the relevant Group Company and all material decisions which are material to the Group as a whole shall be taken at a properly convened board meeting of the Company.

 

(h) The Board shall not exercise any discretion pursuant to the Share Option Plan without first obtaining the approval of me remuneration committee.

 

  (i) Procure that each Group Company shall, at all times keep insured with a reputable insurance office:

 

  (i) all its assets against such risks and in the manner and to the extent as shall be approved at a properly convened board meeting of that company;

 

  (ii) itself in respect of any loss, loss of profits and other risks to an extent as shall be approved at a properly convened board meeting of that company, and (iii) (to the extent permitted by law) its directors against any liability incurred by them in the lawful performance of their duties to the extent as shall be approved at a properly convened board meeting of that company.

 

66


Schedule 8

The Properties

1. First Floor, 2-8 Balfe Street and 34-45 Caledonian Road, London N1 (lease)

 

Landlord:    Land & Equity Holdings Limited.
Tenant:    Mimecast Limited.
Term:    10 years from 16 February 2008.
Rent:    From 16 February 2008 until 15 February 2010 - £150,345 per annum;
   From 16 February 2010 until 15 February 2013 - £161,910 per annum; and
   From 16 February 2013 until the end of the term - such yearly sum as determined in accordance with the rent review (details given below),

2. Second Floor Premises, 2-8 Balfe Sheet and 34-45 Caledonian Road, London N1 (lease)

 

Landlord:    Land & Equity Holdings Limited.
Tenant:    Mimecast Limited.
Term:    10 years from 6 June 2008.
Rent:    From 9 June 2008 until 5 June 2010 - £87,750 per annum;
   From 6 June 2010 until 5 June 2013 - £94,500 per annum; and
   From 6 June 2013 until the end of the term - such yearly sum as determined in accordance with the rent review (details given below).

3. Ground Floor and Basement Premises, 4-6 Balfe Street and 34-45 Caledonian Road, London N1 (lease)

 

Landlord:    Land & Equity Holdings Limited.
Tenant:    Mimecast Limited.
Term:    From 3 July 2009 until and including 15 February 2018.
Rent:    There is an initial rent free period from 3 July 2009 to 4 January 2010.
   From 4 January 2010 until 2 April 2010 - £90,000 per annum;
   From 3 April 2010 until 2 July 2010 a peppercorn;
   From 3 July 2010 until IS February 2013 - £90,900 per annum; and From 16 February 2013 until the end of the term - such yearly sum as determined in accordance with the rent review (details given below).

 

67


4. Ground Floor and Basement Promises, 8-10 Balfe Street and 34-45 Caledonian Road, London N1 (lease)

 

Landlord:    Land & Equity Holdings Limited.
Tenant:    Mimecast Limited.
Term:    From 21 January 2010 until and including 15 February 2018.
Rent:    There is an initial rent free period from 21nd January 2010 and 2nd
   May 2010 and a second rent free period from 31 August 2010 until 2nd November 2010.
   From 3rd May 2010 until 2nd August 2010 - £60,000 per annum, pro-rated.
   From 3rd November 2010 until 15th February 2013- £60,000 per annum.
   From 16 February 2013 until the end of the term - such yearly sum as determined in accordance with the rent review (details given below).

5. Basement, ground, first and second floor Premises, 10 Balfe Street and 34-45 Caledonian Road, London N1 (lease)

 

Landlord:    Land &. Equity Holdings Limited.
Tenant:    Mimecast Limited.
Term:    From 14 July 2012 until and including 15 February 2018.
Rent:    There is an initial rent free period from 14th July 2009 to 4 January 2010
   From 5th January 2010 until 15th February 2013 - £100,000 per annum.
   From 16 February 2013 until the end of the term - such yearly sum as determined in accordance with the rent review (details given below).

6. Residential dwelling known as 260 Ice Wharf, 17 New Wharf Road, Kingscross, London N1 9RF (general tenancy agreement)

 

Landlord:    Jonathan M Aldin.
Tenant:    Mimecast Services Limited,

 

68


Term:    12 months from 23 March 2012 to and including 22 March 2013.
   At any time after a period of 4 months from the date of this agreement the Landlord or Tenant may give not less than two months’ written notice to terminate this agreement.
Rent:    £1,954.98 per month.

7. Third Floor Building #25 (Suite 303) Watch Factory Mill Complex 203 Crescent Street, Waltham, Massachusetts

 

Landlord:    Watch City Ventures MT LLC.
Tenant:    Mimecast North America Inc.
Term:    62 months from 26 October 2009, option to extend for a further 5 years subject to conditions.
Monthly Base Rent:    CD-RCD $0.00
   RCD-2/28/11 $12,250.00
   3/12/11-End of Year Lease 1 $19,191.67
   Lease Year 2 $19,779.17
   Lease Year 3 $20,366.67
   Lease Year 4 $20,954.17
   Lease Year 5 through Termination $21,541.67

8. Third Floor Building #25 (Suite 303) Watch Factory Mill Complex 203 Crescent Street, Waltham, Massachusetts (Additional Premises for extended floor space; amendment to agreement)

 

Landlord:    Watch City Ventures MT LLC,
Tenant:    Mimecast North America Inc.
Term:    From July 23 2010 to Terminate in line with the main lease agreement.
Monthly Base Rent    Additional Premises Commencement Date (APCD)- APRCD $0.00
   APRCD- End of $12,331.67
   Year Lease 1 Lease Year 2 $16,622.92
   Lease Year 3 $17,116.67
   Lease Year 4 $17,610.42
   Lease Year 5 through Termination $18,104.17

 

69


9. Units 13 to 15 on the ground floor of Building B Upper Orayston Office (agreement of lease)

 

Landlord:    City Square Trading 522 (PTY) Limited.
Tenant:    Mimecast South Africa (PTY) Limited.
Term:    1 November 2008 to 31 October 2013

Rent and Service charge (combined and including VAT):

   From I November 2008 to 31 October 2009 - R86 636.60;
   From 1 November 2009 to 31 October 2010-R94 433.90;
   From I November 2010 to 31 October 2011 - R102 932.95;
   From 1 November 2011 to 31 October 2012-Rl 12 196.91;
   and From 1 November 2012 to 31 October 2013 - R122 294.64.
Deposit:    R228 000.

10. Units 16 to 18 on the first floor of Building B Upper Grayston Office (agreement of lease)

 

Landlord:    City Square Trading 522 (PTY) Limited.
Tenant:    Mimecast South Africa (PTY) Limited.
Term:    1 November 2010 to 31 October 2013 Rent and From 1 November 2010 to 31 October 2011 - R106 813.88; Service charge From 1 November 2011 to 31 October 2012-Rl 16 427.13; and (combined and From 1 November 2012 to 31 October 2013 -R126 905.58. including VAT):
Deposit:    R93 696.39.

11. Units 20 to 21 on the second floor of Building B Upper Grayson Office (agreement of lease)

 

Landlord:    City Square Trading 522 (PTY) Limited.
Tenant:    Mimecast South Africa (PTY) Limited.
Term:    1 December 2011 to 31 October 2013

 

70


Rent and Service charge (combined and including VAT):

   From 1 December 2011 to 31 January 2012 - RO; Service charge
   From I February 2012 to 31 October 2012-R72 872.87;
   From 1 November 2012 to 31 October 2013 - R79 431.43.
Deposit:    No Deposit

12. Block A, Upper Grayston Office- 4 Parking Bays (104, 105, 95 and 96) (memorandum of agreement of lease)

 

Landlord:    DAL Agency
Tenant:    Mimecast South Africa (PTY) Limited.
Term:    1 August 2010 to 2 week notice by lessor/lessee
Rent    R500.0C per bay per month
Deposit:    No Deposit

13. Old Warehouse Building, Black River Park, Observatory

 

Landlord:    Black River Park Investments (PTY) Limited.
Tenant:    Mimecast South Africa (PTY) Limited.
Term:    1 September 2010 to 31 August2013.
Rent:    Rental at R92 per m1 x 296 m2 (9% escalation in March each year)
   01.09.2010-31.08.2011 : = R 310 399.92 ex VAT
   01.09.2011 - 31.08.2012 : = R 338 270.51 ex VAT
   01.09.2012 - 31.08.2013 : = R 368 714.86 ex VAT

14. 500 Howard Street, San Francisco, California

 

Landlord:    HKS Inc, a Texas Corporation
Tenant:    Mimecast North America, Inc.
Term:    11 Months from 1st May 2012-31st March 2013
Rent:    $6,000 per month

 

71


15. 3rd Floor The Pinnacle, Reading, Berkshire RGT 1NH

 

Head Landlord:    Aviva International Insurance Limited.
Tenant:    Mimecast Service Limited
Term:    16 August 2010 to 15 August 2015
Rent:    £87,542.50
Sub Landlord:    Mimecast Service Limited
Sub Tenant:    Responsys Limited
Term:    9 January 2012 to 15 May 2015
Rent:    £84,778.00

16. New London Offices at City Point

 

a.    First Demise of the 6th Floor of the budding known as CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London, EC2Y 9SS (lease) (approximately 30,000 square feet).
   Landlord:    Sand Services Company (No.2)
   Tenant:    Mimecast Services Limited.
   Guarantor:    Mimecast Limited
   Term:    From and including the date of completion of the lease up to and including 1 December 2019.
   Rent:    There is an initial rent free period of 25 months from 14 September 2012 provided as 10 months’ rent free and 30 months at half rent.
      Rent is payable in the amount of £32.50 per square foot
   Rent Review:    Yes on the fifth anniversary of the term commencement date. The review will be upwards only to the market rent on the basis of the usual assumptions and disregards.
b.    Second Demise of the 6 1 1 Floor of the building known as CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London, EC2Y 9SS (lease) (approximately 10,000 feet).
   Landlord:    Sand Services Company (No.2)
   Tenant:    Mimecast Services Limited.

 

72


   Guarantor:    Mimecast Limited
   Term:    Shall begin 28 months after the completion of the lease for the first demise or at such earlier time agreed by the parties and shall expire on the 1 December 2019.
   Rent:    From the term commencement date but a licence fee equivalent to rent, service charge, insurance etc from the earlier of:
     

•       two weeks (or three weeks if reinstatement works are required) from the date the Tenant takes access;

     

•       the date of practical completion of the removal works; and

     

•       the commencement of the fitting out works.

           Rent is payable in the amount of £32.50 per square foot.
   Rent Review:    Yes – on the same bastes as the First Demise unless the term is less than 5 years in which case the rent review provisions will not apply and will be removed from the engrossed lease.

 

73


Schedule 9

Deed of Adherence

THIS DEED is made the [                    ] day of [                    ] by [                    ]

WHEREAS

 

(A) By a [transfer]/[subscription for shares] dated [of even date herewith] [                    ] [(the “Transferor”) transfer (“the Subscriber”) subscribed for] Preferred Shares/Ordinary Shares of [                ] each in the capital of Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) (together the [“Transferred Shares”/Subscribed Shares”]).

 

(B) This Deed is entered into in compliance with the terms of clause [                    ] of an agreement dated [                    ] made between (1) [name parties to the agreement] and (2) the Company and others (all such terms as are therein defined) (which agreement is herein referred to as the “Investment Agreement”).

NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. Words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the same meaning as is given to them in the Investment Agreement unless the context otherwise expressly requires.

 

2. The [Transferee]/[Subscriber] hereby agrees to assume the benefit of the rights [of the Transferor] under the Investment Agreement in respect of the [Transferred]/[Subscribed] Shares) in respect of die [Transferred]/[Subscribed] Shares.

 

3. The [Transferee]/[Subscriber] hereby agrees to be bound by the Investment Agreement in all respects as if the [Transferred]/[Subscriber] were a party to the Investment Agreement as one of the [Investors and/or Founders and/or Existing Shareholders] and to perform [:

 

  (a) all the obligations of the Transferor in that capacity thereunder; and

 

  (b) ]all the obligations expressed to be imposed on such a party to the Investment Agreement[;]

[in both cases], to be performed or on or after [the date hereof]

 

4. This Deed is made for the benefit of:

 

  (a) the parties lo the Investment Agreement; and

 

  (b) any other person or persons who may after the date of the Investment Agreement (and whether or not prior to or after the date hereof) assume any rights or obligations under the Investment Agreement and be permitted to do so by the terms thereof; and this Deed shall be irrevocable without the consent of the Company acting on their behalf in each case only for so long as they hold any Series A Preferred Shares/Series B Preferred Shares/Ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company.

 

74


5. [For the avoidance of doubt nothing in this Deed shall release the Transferor from any liability in respect of any obligations under the Investment Agreement due to be performed prior to[the date of this deed].]

 

6. None of the existing parries to the Investment Agreement:

 

  (a) makes any representation or warranty or assumes any responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any of the Investment Agreement (or any agreement entered into pursuant thereto); or

 

  (b) makes any representation or warranty or assumes any responsibility with respect to the content of any information regarding the Company or any member of the group or otherwise relates to the [acquisition]/[subscription] of shares in the Company; or

 

  (c) assumes any responsibility for the financial condition of the Company [or any Subsidiary] or any other party to the Investment Agreement or any other document or for the performance and observance by the Company or any other party of the Investment Agreement or any other document (save as expressly provided therein); and any and all conditions and warranties, whether express or implied by law or otherwise, are excluded save for the representations, warranties and undertakings contained in the Warranties.

 

7. This Agreement and any dispute or claim arising out of, or in connection with, it or its subject matter or formation (including any dispute or claim relating to non-contractual obligations) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English taw.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Deed of Adherence is executed as a deed on the date and year first above written.

Executed as DEED by [Transferor/Subscriber]

 

75


Schedule 10

Part 1: Terms of reference for Remuneration Committee

(Adopted by the Board on 28 January 2010)

 

1. The Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee:

 

  (a) is a committee of the board and shall make recommendations to the board on general policy and determine on behalf of the board specific remuneration packages for each of the executive directors;

 

  (b) is composed of the non-executive directors with a quorum of two;

 

  (c) has a primary responsibility of reviewing remuneration, in its widest sense (see below) and ensuring that it is adequate for current employees as to suitably tie them into our Company and also of a sufficient level to attract high caliber employees; and

 

  (d) will meet sufficiently frequently and for long enough to perform its duties effectively.

 

2. Membership

 

2.1 There should be a minimum of 3 members.

 

2.2 The majority of members, apart from directors’ fees and shareholdings, should be independent of management and free from any involvement which might significantly interfere with their ability to judge matters independently.

 

2.3 The Company Secretary shall be the committee secretary and proper minutes shall be kept of its proceedings which shall be circulated to all directors of the Company.

 

3. Meetings

 

3.1 Remuneration Committee meetings shall be held not less than once a year.

 

3.2 Although not a member of the Remuneration Committee, on occasion and for matters not related to himself, the chief executive officer may be invited to attend meetings of the Remuneration Committee and, in any event, shall be consulted by the Remuneration Committee on proposals relating to the remuneration of the other executive directors and of the senior executives of die group.

 

76


4. Chairman

The members of the Remuneration Committee will elect one of the members of the Remuneration Committee to act as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. The first chairman will be Michael Hedger. The Chairman will be responsible for.

 

  (a) the preparation of the agenda;

 

  (b) the timely distribution of the agenda and any supporting papers;

 

  (c) reporting to the board on issues and decisions made;

 

  (d) briefing any consultants retained to provide independent advice on market practice (and for which advice a budget should be provided, when necessary).

 

5. Remuneration

‘Remuneration’ is not confined simply to salaries and bonuses. It now has a wider definition and includes pension arrangements, share options, Share Save schemes, employees’ share ownership schemes (ESOP’s), Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefit Schemes (FURBS) and anything that is intended as ‘pay’ for any employee. It also includes fringe benefits e.g. Company cars, use of Company premises for living purposes and so on. Many of these matters will be covered in service agreements but the Remuneration Committee should determine not only the Company’s overall policy but also appropriate individual cases. Policy will also involve the purpose of objective of remuneration.

 

6. Authorisation

 

6.1 The Remuneration Committee shall be authorised to take such external advice as it shall consider appropriate to determine the remuneration, terms of service and incentives of the executive directors.

 

6.2 The Remuneration Committee shall have no authority in relation to the remuneration of the non-executive directors.

 

7. Duties

 

7.1 The Remuneration Committee shall have regard to and shall comply with the Combined Code on corporate governance relating to remuneration committees or remuneration of directors, so far as practicable for a Company of the size and nature as the Company, and shall also have regard to any authoritative best practice guidelines for remuneration committees published from time to time.

 

7.2 The Remuneration Committee shall:

 

  (a) review and determine on behalf of the board specific remuneration and incentive packages for each of the Company’s executive directors (including pension rights and any compensation payments) to ensure that the executive directors are fairly rewarded for their individual contributions to the Company’s overall performance; the review of remuneration and incentive packages should be both on appointment and on each occasion that changes to those packages are proposed;

 

77


  (b) keep under review the remuneration and all other benefits of all executive directors and senior executives and managers;

 

  (c) in determining the remuneration and incentive packages of individual executive directors, the Remuneration Committee should:

 

  (i) provide the packages needed to attract, retain and motivate executive directors of the quality required but should avoid paying more than is necessary for this purpose;

 

  (ii) judge where to position the Company relative to other companies, the Remuneration Committee should be aware of what comparable companies are paying and should take account of relative performance - but the Remuneration Committee should use such comparisons with caution, in view of the risk that they can result in an upward ratchet of remuneration levels with no corresponding improvement in performance;

 

  (iii) be sensitive to the wider scene, including pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the group especially when determining annual salary increases;

 

  (iv) include performance-related elements of remuneration as a significant proportion of the total remuneration packages and those elements should be designed to align the interests of executive directors with those of shareholders and give keen incentives to perform at the highest levels; and

 

  (v) in designing schemes of performance related remuneration, follow the provisions in Schedule A to the Combined Code on corporate governance, so far as practicable to the Company given its size and nature; make recommendations from time to time to the board on the introduction, variation or discontinuance of all forms of reward to the same persons, whether in case or kind and on the Company’s framework of executive remuneration generally and its cost, exercise the power to take advice from any person it may deem necessary to help the Remuneration Committee to achieve then-purpose and objectives; continually review, investigate, report upon and recommend as appropriate all forms of reward that might be applicable including share options, pension schemes, ESOPs, FURBS and so on; operate and administer the Company’s share option and share incentive schemes in accordance with the respective rules thereof, the Remuneration Committee shall make recommendations to the board as to any adjustments to the terms of such schemes and as to proposals intended for submission to shareholders in relation to such schemes;

 

78


  (h) review the design of remuneration structures, levels of pay, incentives and fringe benefits;

 

  (i) be responsible for reporting to the Company’s shareholders, on behalf of the board, in relation to remuneration policies applicable to the Company’s executive directors, drawing attention to factors specific to the Company; in preparing or making any such report the Remuneration Committee shall follow the provisions set out in Schedule B to the Combined Code on corporate governance;

 

  (j) review procedures for the identification, training, remuneration and career development of all executives, senior and junior who aspire to and may be expected to hold the most senior posts with clear policies for their encouragement; and

 

7.3 The Remuneration Committee shall also consider such other topics as are defined by the board from time to time.

References in these terms of reference to “senior executives of the group” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer and his direct reports.

 

79


Part 2: Terms of reference for Audit Committee

(Adopted by the Board on 28 January 2010)

 

1. The Audit Committee

The Audit Committee:

 

  (a) is a committee of the board and shall make recommendations to the board which retains the right of final decision;

 

  (b) is composed of the non-executive directors with a quorum of two;

 

  (c) has die primary responsibility of reviewing the financial statements and the accounting principles and practice underlying them, liaising with the external and internal auditors and reviewing the effectiveness of internal controls; and

 

  (d) will meet at least once a year but sufficiently frequently and for long enough to perform its duties effectively.

 

2. Main role and responsibilities

The main role and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to:

 

  (a) monitor the integrity of the financial statements of the Company and any formal announcements relating to the Company’s financial performance, reviewing significant financial reporting judgements contained in them;

 

  (b) review the Company’s internal financial controls and, unless expressly addressed by a separate board risk committee composed of independent directors or by the board itself, the Company’s internal control and risk management systems;

 

  (c) monitor and review the effectiveness of the Company’s internal audit function; if applicable

 

  (d) make recommendations to the board, for it to put to the shareholders for their approval in general meeting, in relation to the appointment of the external auditor and to approve the remuneration and terms of engagement of the external auditor;

 

  (e) review and monitor the external auditor’s independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into consideration relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements;

 

  (f) develop and implement policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services, taking into account relevant ethical guidance regarding the provision of non-audit services by the external audit firm; and

 

  (g) report to the Board, identifying any matters in respect of which it considers that action or improvement is needed.

 

80


3. Membership

 

3.1 There should be a minimum of 3 members.

 

3.2 The majority of members, apart from directors’ fees and shareholding, should be independent of management and free from any involvement which might significantly interfere with their ability to judge matters independently.

 

3.3 The Company Secretary shall be the committee secretary and proper minutes shall be kept of its proceedings which shall be circulated to all directors of the Company, and, if the Audit Committee so chooses, to the Company’s external auditor.

 

4. Meetings

 

4.1 Audit Committee meetings shall be held not less than two limes a year, to discuss general audit matters, me annual report and statements. The external auditor may request a meeting if they consider that one is necessary.

 

4.2 The external auditor, the chief financial officer and the financial controller of the Company should normally attend meetings of the Audit Committee without being members.

 

4.3 Other executive directors of the Company may attend meetings by invitation of the Audit Committee, without being members.

 

5. Chairman

The members of the Audit Committee will be responsible for electing one of the members of the Audit Committee to act as Chairman. The first chairman of the Audit Committee shall be Christopher FitzGerald. The Chairman will be responsible for

 

  (a) the preparation of the agenda;

 

  (b) the timely distribution of the agenda and any supporting papers; (c) reporting to the board on issues and decisions made;

 

6. Authorisation

 

6.1 The Audit Committee is authorised by die board to investigate any activity within its terms of reference. It is authorised to seek any information it requires from any employee and all employees will be directed by the board to co-operate with any request made by the Audit Committee.

 

6.2 The Audit Committee is authorised by the board to obtain outside legal or other independent professional advice and to secure the attendance of outsiders with relevant experience and expertise if it considers this necessary. This authority is subject only to the requirement that independent advice is sought at a reasonable cost commensurate with the matter under review.

 

81


7. Duties

The duties of the Audit Committee shall be as follows.

 

7.1 External reporting

 

  (a) Review the interim and final financial statements before submission to the board, focusing particularly on:

 

  (i) any change in accounting policies and practices;

 

  (ii) any major judgemental areas;

 

  (iii) any significant adjustments resulting from the audit;

 

  (iv) the going concern assumption;

 

  (v) compliance with accounting standards;

 

  (vi) compliance with applicable regulatory and legal requirements; and

 

  (vii) compliance with best practice in the area of corporate governance.

 

  (b) Review the annual report in its entirety.

 

  (c) Review me summary financial reports.

 

  (d) Review circulars issued in respect of takeovers, defences against takeovers and other major non-routine transactions.

 

  (e) Review press statements and advertisements relating to financial matters prior to their issue.

 

7.2 External auditor

 

  (a) Consider die appointment of the external auditor and any questions of resignation or dismissal.

 

  (b) Review the proposed audit fee and keep under review the scope and results of the audit and its cost effectiveness.

 

  (c) Prior to the audit commencing, discuss the nature, scope and timing with the external auditor and ensure co-ordination where more than one audit firm is involved.

 

  (d) Discuss any problems and reservations arising with the interim and final accounts audits and any matters the auditor may wish to raise.

 

  (e) Discuss the meaning and significance of audited figures and any notes thereto.

 

82


  (f) Review the external auditors’ evaluation of the Company’s internal controls, the management letter and the management’s response.

 

  (g) Review any factors that might impair, or be perceived to impair, the external auditor’s independence and objectivity. Where the auditor also supplies a substantial volume of non-audit services to the Company, keep the nature and extent of such services under review, seeking to balance the maintenance of objectivity and value for money.

 

  (h) Arbitrate in any disputes between the auditors and management.

 

  (i) Consider periodically an assessment by the external auditor of the quality of accounting and finance personnel in the group.

 

7.3 Other matters

 

  (a) Enquire into illegal, questionable or unethical activities.

 

  (b) Adherence of officials to the corporate code of conduct.

 

  (c) Review any significant transactions outside the Company’s normal business.

 

  (d) Initiate special projects or investigations on any matter within its term of reference.

 

  (c) Review the efforts of the Company to comply with social and environmental obligations.

 

  (f) Ensure that the board, and especially the non-executive directors, receive timely relevant and reliable information, tailored to assist them with monitoring the business and taking important decisions.

 

  (g) Consider from time to time appointing a “risk sub-committee” and (with any risk sub-committee) to keep abreast of all changes made to the group’s system of internal controls and to follow up on areas which require improvement.

 

  (h) Consider other topics as defined by the board front time to time.

 

83


Schedule 11

Agreed Form Documents

 

1. Accounts

 

2. Board and shareholder resolutions of the Company

 

3. Disclosure Letter

 

4. Employee Information Table

 

5. Existing Loan Note Schedule

 

6. Management Accounts

 

7. Management Rights Letter

 

8. New Articles

 

9. Registration Rights Agreement

 

10. Director Indemnification Agreements

 

11. Cash Offer (including Acceptance and Authority)

 

84


APPENDIX

Pre-Completion Capitalisation Table

 

85


ATTESTATIONS

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS VII, L.P.   )  
By: its General Partner   )  
Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P.   )   /s/ illegible
By: its General Partner   )  

 

Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd.   )   Director / Authorised Signatory
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS (CAYMAN)   )  
VII, L.P.   )  
By: its General Partner   )  
Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P.   )   /s/ illegible
By: its General Partner   )  

 

Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd.   )   Director / Authorised Signatory
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS VII   )  
(CO-INVESTORS), L.P.   )  
By: its General Parmer   )  
Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P.   )   /s/ illegible
By: its General Partner   )  

 

Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd.   )   Director / Authorised Signatory
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS   )  
(DELAWARE) VII, L.P.   )  
By: its General Parmer   )  
Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P.   )   /s/ illegible
By: its General Partner   )  

 

Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd.   )   Director / Authorised Signatory
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS   )  
COINVESTMENT FUND II, LL.P.   )  
By: its General Partner   )  
Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment II, L.P.   )   /s/ illegible
By: its General Partner   )  

 

Insight Holdings Group, LLC   )   Director / Authorised Signatory

 

86


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by INDEX VENTURES V (JERSEY), L.P.   )   /s/ Paul Willing
By: its Managing General Partner:   )  

 

Index Venture Associates V Limited   )   Director / Authorised Signatory
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by INDEX VENTURES V PARALLEL   )  
ENTREPRENEUR FUND (JERSEY), L.P.   )   /s/ Paul Willing
By: its Managing General Partner:   )  

 

Index Venture Associates V Limited   )   Director / Authorised Signatory
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
by YUCCA PARTNERS LP JERSEY   )  
BRANCH   )  
By: Ogier Employee Benefit   )  
Services Limited in its capacity as administrator   )   /s/ illegible
of the Index Co-Investment Scheme as   )  

 

Authorised Signatory of Yucca Partners LP   )   Director / Authorised Signatory
  )   Employee Benefit
  )   Services Limited
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  

/s/ Norman Fiore

By DAWN ENTERPRISE CAPITAL   )   Authorised Signatory
FUND LP acting by its general partner   )  
DAWN CAPITAL LLP   )   /s/ Haakon Overli
  )  

 

  )   Authorised Signatory
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  

/s/ Vincent McCartney

By DAWN MIMECAST   )   Director
HOLDINGS LIMITED   )  
  )   /s/ Karen Bell
  )  

 

  )   Director/Secretary

 

87


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  

/s/ Vincent McCartney

By DAWN MIMECAST   )   Director
(II) HOLDINGS LIMITED   )  
    )   /s/ Karen Bell
    )  

 

    )   Director/Secretary
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  

/s/ illegible

By OSPREY HEIGHTS LIMITED   )   Director
    )  
    )  
    )  

 

    )   Director/Secretary
SIGNED as a DEED and DELIVERED   )   /s/ Peter Bauer
by PETER BAUER in the   )  

 

witness signature  

/s/ Mark Bilbe

  )  
witness name   Mark Bilbe    
witness address  

 

   
witness occupation   General Manager, Mimecast USA    
SIGNED as a DEED and DELIVERED   )   /s/ Neil Murray
by NEIL MURRAY in the   )  

 

witness signature  

/s/ Peter Campbell

  )  
witness name   Peter Campbell    
witness address  

 

   
witness occupation   Chartered Accountant    

 

88


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  
By BUTTERWORTH TRUST   )  
    )   /s/ Graeme Harker
     

 

      Trustee
    )  
     

 

    )   Trustee
SIGNED as a DEED and DELIVERED     /s/ Roger Fullerton
by ROGER FULLERTON in the   )  

 

presence of:   )  
witness signature  

/s/ Isabel Gordon-Szabo

   
witness name   Isabel Gordon-Szabo    
witness address  

 

   
witness occupation   Hair Stylist    

SIGNED as a DEED and DELIVERED

  )   /s/ James Espey
by JAMES ESPEY in the   )  

 

presence of:   )  
witness signature  

/s/ Catarina Montero

   
witness name   Catarina Montero    
witness address  

 

   
witness occupation   Marketing Manager    
SIGNED as a DEED and DELIVERED   )   /s/ Mark Bilbe
by MARK BILBE in the   )  

 

presence of:   )  
witness signature  

/s/ Hylton Southey

   
witness name   Hylton Southey    
witness address  

 

   
witness occupation   Sales    
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )  

/s/ CF FitzGerald

By MIMECAST LIMITED   )   Director
    )  
    )  

/s/ Peter Campbell

    )   Director/Secretary

 

89

Exhibit 4.3

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
1.   

Definitions

     1   
2.   

Registration Rights

     4   
  

2.1        Demand Registration

     4   
  

2.2        Company Registration

     6   
  

2.3        Underwriting Requirements

     6   
  

2.4        Obligations of the Company

     7   
  

2.5        Furnish Information

     9   
  

2.6        Expenses of Registration

     9   
  

2.7        Delay of Registration

     9   
  

2.8        Indemnification

     9   
  

2.9        Reports Under Exchange Act

     11   
  

2.10      Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

     12   
  

2.11      “Market Stand-off’ Agreement

     12   
  

2.12      Restrictions on Transfer

     13   
  

2.13      Termination of Registration Rights

     14   
  

2.14      Required Registration

     14   
3.    Miscellaneous      14   
  

3.1        Successors and Assigns

     14   
  

3.2        Governing Law

     15   
  

3.3        Counterparts

     15   
  

3.4        Titles and Subtitles

     15   
  

3.5        Notices

     15   
  

3.6        Amendments and Waivers

     15   
  

3.7        Severability

     16   
  

3.8        Aggregation of Stock

     16   
  

3.9        Entire Agreement

     16   
  

3.10      Dispute Resolution

     16   
  

3.11      Delays or Omissions

     17   
   Schedule A - Schedule of Investors   

 

i


Exhibit 4.3

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT is made as of the 18 th day of September, 2012 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Mimecast Limited (company number 04698693), a company incorporated in England and Wales (the “ Company ”), each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to the Subscription and Shareholders’ Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Company to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to induce certain of the Investors to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Investors and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register A Ordinary Shares issuable to the Investors and shall govern certain other matters as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “ A Ordinary Shares ” means A ordinary shares of £0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, having the rights set out in the Articles.

1.2 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management or advisory company with, such Person.

1.3 “ Articles ” means the Articles of Association of the Company as in force from time to lime.

1.4 “ Damages ” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law in the United States, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law in the United States,


1.5 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.6 “ Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; or (iii) a registration in which the only A Ordinary Shares being registered are A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

1.7 “ Family Trust ” means as regards any particular individual Holder (or deceased or former individual Holder) trusts (whether arising under a settlement, declaration of trust or other instrument by whomsoever or wheresoever made, or under a testamentary disposition or on an intestacy) under which no immediate beneficial interest in any of the Registrable Securities in question is for the time being vested in any Person other than the particular Holder and/or any of the Privileged Relations of that Holder (and so that for this purpose a Person shall be considered to be beneficially interested in a share if such share or the income thereof is liable to be transferred or paid or applied or appointed to or for the benefit of any such Person or any voting or other rights attaching thereto are exercisable by or as directed by any such Person pursuant to the terms of the relevant trusts or in consequence of an exercise of a power or discretion conferred thereby on any Person or Persons).

1.8 “ Founder Shares ” means the founder ordinary shares of £0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, having the rights set out in the Articles.

1.9 “ Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.10 “ Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.11 “ IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering in the United States of its A Ordinary Shares under the Securities Act.

1.12 “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.13 “ Preferred Holders ” means the Series A Holders and the Series B Holders.

1.14 “ Privileged Relation ” means in relation to a Holder who is an individual Holder (or a deceased or former individual Holder) means a spouse, civil partner (as defined in the Civil Partnerships Act 2004), child or grandchild (including step or adopted or illegitimate child and their issue).

1.15 “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the A Ordinary Shares into which the Founder Shares, Series A Preferred Shares or Series B Preferred Shares have converted or may convert from time to time pursuant to the Articles; (ii) any A Ordinary Shares, or any A Ordinary Shares arising upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, held by

 

2


the Investors as of the date hereof or acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; and (iii) any A Ordinary Shares issued as (or arising upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 3.1 , and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

1.16 “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of A Ordinary Shares that are Registrable Securities and the number of A Ordinary Shares (directly or indirectly) which may be issued or which otherwise may arise pursuant to the exercise of, and/or conversion of, convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

1.17 “ Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12 hereof.

1.18 “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.19 “ SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.20 “ SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.21 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.22 “ Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6 .

1.23 “ Series A Holders ” means holders of Series A Preferred Shares (or any Ordinary Shares into which such Series A Preferred Shares have been converted).

1.24 “ Series B Holders ” means holders of Series B Preferred Shares (or any Ordinary Shares into which such Series B Preferred Shares have been converted).

1.25 “ Series A Preferred Shares ” means the convertible series A preferred shares of £0,00001 each in the capital of the Company, having the rights set out in the Articles.

1.26 “ Series B Preferred Shares ” means the convertible series B preferred shares of £0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, having the rights set out in the Articles.

1.27 “ SSA ” means the Subscription and Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Founders (as defined therein), the Preferred Holders and certain other shareholders of the Company (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time).

 

3


2. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration .

(a) Form S-l/Form F-1 Demand . If at any time after one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from (1) the Series A Holders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then-held by all Series A Holders that the Company file a Form S-l or Form F-1 registration statement (or any applicable successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC), (2) the Series B Holders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then-held by all Series B Holders that the Company file a Form S-l or Form F-1 registration statement (or any applicable successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC), or (3) the holders of Founder Shares holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then-held by all holders of Founder Shares that the Company file a Form S-l or Form F-1 registration statement (or any applicable successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC), then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file such registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsection 2.1(c) and Subsection 2.3 .

(b) Form S-3/Form F-3 Demand . If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 or Form F-3 registration statement (or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC), the Company receives a request from (1) the Series A Holders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities then-held by all Series A Holders, (2) the Series B Holders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities then-held by all Series B Holders, or (3) the holders of Founder Shares holding at least ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Shares then-held by all holders of Founder Shares, in each case, that the Company file such registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $5 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within forty - five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file such registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be included in such registration and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsection 2.1(c) and Subsection 2.3 .

 

4


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) , (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) with respect to a registration initiated by the Series A Holders, after the Company has effected one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) at the request of the Series A Holders; (iii) with respect to a registration initiated by the Series B Holders, after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) at the request of the Series B Holders; (iv) with respect to a registration initiated by the holders of Founder Shares, after the Company has effected one (1) registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) ; or (v) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 or Form F-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) , The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC; provided, however , that if a registration is withdrawn by the Initiating Holders, such withdrawn registration shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) unless such Initiating Holders pay to the Company an amount equal to the actual expenses reasonably incurred by the Company prior to the date of such withdrawal solely with respect to the registration of Registrable Shares held by such Initiating Holders.

 

5


2.2 Company Registration . If at any time after one hundred and eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for IPO the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its A Ordinary Shares under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6 .

2.3 Underwriting Requirements .

(a) If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated as follows (x) 50% of the aggregate number of Registrable Shares to be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Preferred Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder proposed to be included in such offering, and (y) after giving effect to the immediately preceding clause (x), the balance of Registrable Shares to be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to all Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder proposed to be included in such offering; provided, however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from any such underwriting. No underwriting agreement (or other agreement in connection with a proposed sale of the Registrable Securities) shall require any Holder of Registrable Securities to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, the ownership of the Holder’s Registrable Securities and such Holder’s intended method or methods of disposition and any

 

6


other representation required by law or to furnish any indemnity to any Person which is broader than the indemnity furnished by such Holder hereunder. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company, its underwriters and the Holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities (subject to the penultimate sentence of Section 2.3(a) ), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their sole discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated in accordance with Section 2.3(a) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company and any securities with registration rights on a pro rata basis with the Registrable Securities) are first entirely excluded from the offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Priviliged Relation of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any Family Trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

2.4 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however , that such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of A Ordinary Shares (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration;

 

7


(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

 

8


In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act

2.5 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration . All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to this Section 2 , including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $50,000 of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) or Subsection 2.1(b) , as the case may be. All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

2.8 Indemnification . If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company,

 

9


which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its employees who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 , to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Subsection 2.8 .

 

10


(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such panics will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however , that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement (except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder), and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 1 1 (0 of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3 or Form F-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

 

11


(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 or Form F-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 or Form F-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use either such form).

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . Subject to the terms of the SSA, from and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then-outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would provide to such holder the right to include securities in any registration on other than either a pro rata basis with respect to the Registrable Securities or on a subordinate basis after all Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration and offering all shares of Registrable Securities that they wish to so include.

2.11 “Market Stand-off’ Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of A Ordinary Shares or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-l, Form F-1, Form S-3 or Form F-3, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of the IPO, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), or (y) ninety (90) days in the case of any registration other than the IPO, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor

 

12


provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any A Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for A Ordinary Shares (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired) or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i)  or (ii)  above is to be settled by delivery of A Ordinary Shares or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all directors are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer .

The Series B Preferred Shares, the Series A Preferred Shares, the Founder Shares and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred except in accordance with the Articles.

Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Series B Preferred Shares, the Series A Preferred Shares or the Founder Shares, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i)  and (ii) , upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12.

 

13


2.13 Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1 or Subsection 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the closing of a Disposal or Share Sale, as such terms are defined in the Articles;

(b) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; and

(c) the seven (7) year anniversary of the IPO.

2.14 Required Registration . The parties acknowledge that the definition of IPO in this Agreement is inconsistent with the definition of ‘Listing’ in the Articles and that equivalent rights are not relevant in the context of a public offering undertaken outside the United States. Notwithstanding such conflict, the parties hereto agree if the Company pursues an IPO (within the meaning of the definition in this Agreement) that the provisions in Sections 2 and 3 shall apply.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Successors and Assigns . The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Priviliged Relation or Family Trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Priviliged Relations; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least ten percent (10%) of the aggregate number of shares of all Registrable Securities held by all Holders (or such lesser number of shares if such Holder is transferring all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities); provided , however , that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11 . For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Priviliged Relation; or (3) that is a Family Trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Priviliged Relation shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

14


3.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of New York.

3.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

3.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.5 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail (air mail if to or from outside the United States), return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 3.5 . If notice is given to the Company, copies (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Howard Palmer, Taylor Wessing LLP, 5 New Street Square, London EC4A 3TW and Goodwin Procter LLP, Exchange Place, Boston, MA 02109, Attention: Mark J. Macenka, and if notice is given to Investors, a copy shall also be given to Goodwin Procter LLP, The New York Times Building, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10018, Attention: Han Nissan.

3.6 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Shares then outstanding (voting as a separate class), a majority of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding (voting as a separate class) and a majority of the Founder Shares then outstanding (voting as a separate class); provided that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 3.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

15


3.7 Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

3.8 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

3.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

3.10 Dispute Resolution . The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of State of New York and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS, THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

 

16


3.11 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  MIMECAST LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Peter Campbell

Name:  

Peter Campbell

Title:  

Secretary & Director


INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS VII, L.P.
By:   Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P. its General Partner
By:   Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ illegible

Name:  
Title:  
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS (CAYMAN) VII, L.P.
By:   Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P. its General Partner
By:   Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ illegible

Name:  
Title:  
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS VII (CO-INVESTORS), L.P.
By:   Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P. its General Partner
By:   Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ illegible

Name:  
Title:  
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS (DELAWARE) VII, L.P.
By:   Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P. its General Partner
By:   Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ illegible

Name:  
Title:  


INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS CO INVESTMENT FUND II, L.P.
By:   Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment II, L.P. its General Partner
By:   Insight Holding Group, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ illegible

Name:  
Title:  


PETER BAUER

 

SIGNED as a DEED and DELIVERED   )   /s/ Peter Bauer
by PETER BAUER in the   )  

 

presence of:   )  
witness signature  

/s/ Mark Bilbe

   
witness name  

Mark Bilbe

   
witness occupation  

General Manager, Mimecast USA

   

NEIL MURRAY

 

SIGNED as a DEED and DELIVERED   )   /s/ Neil Murray
by NEIL MURRAY in the   )  

 

presence of:   )  
witness signature  

/s/ Clive Thomas

   
witness name  

Clive Thomas

   
witness occupation  

solicitor

   

BUTTER WORTH TRUST

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED   )   /s/ Graeme Harker
By BUTTERWORTH TRUST   )   Trustee
    )  
    )  
    )  
    )   Trustee


INDEX VENTURES V (JERSEY), L.P.

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED

by INDEX VENTURES V (JERSEY), L.P.

By: its Managing General Partner:

Index Venture Associates V Limited

     

)

) /s/ Paul Willing

)

)

) Director / Authorised Signatory

INDEX VENTURES V PARALLEL ENTREPRENEUR FUND (JERSEY), L.P.

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED

by INDEX VENTURES V PARALLEL ENTREPRENEUR FUND (JERSEY), L.P.

By: its Managing General Partner:

Index Venture Associates V Limited

     

)

) /s/ Paul Willing

)

)

)

) Director / Authorised Signatory

YUCCA PARTNERS LP JERSEY BRANCH

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED

by YUCCA PARTNERS LP JERSEY

BRANCH

By: Ogier Employee Benefit

Services Limited in its capacity as administrator

of the Index Co-Investment Scheme as

Authorised Signatory of Yucca Partners LP

     

)

) /s/ illegible

)

)

)

) Authorised Signatory

- Ogier Employee Benefit Services Limited


DAWN ENTERPRISE CAPITAL FUND LP

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED

by DAWN ENTERPRISE CAPITAL

FUND LP acting by its general partner

DAWN CAPITAL LLP

     

) /s/ illegible

) Authorised Signatory

)

)

) /s/ Norman Fiore

) Authorised Signatory

DAWN MIMECAST (II) HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED

by DAWN MIMECAST (II)

HOLDINGS LIMITED

     

) /s/ Vincent McCartney

) Director

)

)

) /s/ Karen Bell

) Director/Secretary


SCHEDULE A

Investors

Peter Bauer

78 Main Street

Southborough, MA 01772

Neil Murray

Stoke Gap House

Ashton Road

Stoke Bruerne

Northamptonshire

NN12 7AM

Butterworth Trust

Rock House

Sark

GY9 0SD

Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP

C/o Dawn Capital LLP

14 Buckingham Street

London

WC2N 6DF

Dawn Mimecast (II) Holdings Limited

PO Box 3175

Road Town

Torlola

British Virgin Islands

Index Ventures V (Jersey), L.P.,

Index Ventures Associates V Limited

Whiteley Chambers

Don Street

St. Helier

Jersey

JE4 9WG

Channel Islands


Index Ventures V Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P.

Index Ventures Associates V Limited

Whiteley Chambers

Don Street

St. Helier

Jersey

JE4 9WG

Channel Islands

Yucca Partners L.P. Jersey Branch

C/o Ogier Employee Benefit Services Limited

Whiteley Chambers

Don Street

St. Helier

Jersey

JE4 9WG

Channel Islands

Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P.

680 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, L.P.

680 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P.

680 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P.

680 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund II, L.P.

680 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Exhibit 10.1

DIRECTOR INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of this      day of             , 2015, by and between MIMECAST LIMITED , a public limited company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands under number                      the registered office of which is                      (“ Company ”) and                      (the “ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS , it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as directors the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS , the Company’s Articles of Association (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Articles ”) and the Companies Law permit (subject to certain limitations) the Company to indemnify its directors and permit the Company to make other indemnification arrangements and agreements;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance of the Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification against certain litigation risks and expenses subject always, and to the extent permitted by, the Companies Law and the Articles and regardless of any change in the composition of its board of directors (the “ Board ”); and

[WHEREAS, the Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P. and Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P. and/or certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Funds ”), and may have rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by other collateral sources (collectively, “ Collateral Sources ”, and together with the Funds, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”), in each case, which the Indemnitee and the Fund Indemnitors intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.]

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and the Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Definitions and Interpretation.

(a) “ Companies Law ” means the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time).

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a director of the Company, (ii) in any capacity with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company or (iii) as a director of any other Entity at the written request of the Company. For purposes of subsection (iii) of this Section l(b) , a director of the Company who is serving or has served as a director of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Company.


(c) “ Entity ” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity.

(d) “ Expenses ” shall mean all fees, costs and expenses properly incurred in connection with any Proceeding, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, disbursements and retainers (including, without limitation, any fees, disbursements and retainers properly incurred by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement), fees and disbursements of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services and other disbursements and expenses.

(e) “ Indemnifiable Expenses ,” “ Indemnifiable Liabilities ” and “ Indemnifiable Amounts ” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 3(a) below.

(f) “ Liabilities ” shall mean judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

(g) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened or pending claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, administrative hearing, appeal, or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, including a proceeding initiated by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

(h) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any subsidiary of the Company, as defined in the Companies Law.

(i) References to Sections are to sections of this Agreement.

(j) Use of any gender includes the other genders.

(k) Headings and titles are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(l) If there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any contract of employment or terms of appointment in effect on the date of this Agreement between the Indemnitee and the Company (or any Subsidiary), the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

2. Services of Indemnitee . In consideration of the Company’s covenants and commitments hereunder, the Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve as a director on the Board. However, this Agreement shall not impose any obligation on the Indemnitee or the Company to continue the Indemnitee’s service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements or commitments of the parties, if any.

 

2


3. Agreement to Indemnify . Subject always to the provisions of this Agreement, the Articles and the Companies Law, the Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses and Liabilities properly incurred or paid by the Indemnitee by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status to the fullest extent permitted by Article 77 of the Companies Law, as amended, and any other applicable law. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4 , Section 6 and Section 8 below, if the Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or participant in any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against all Expenses and Liabilities properly incurred or paid by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding (referred to herein as “ Indemnifiable Expenses ” and “ Indemnifiable Liabilities ,” respectively, and collectively as “ Indemnifiable Amounts ”).

(b) Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4 , Section 6 and Section 8 below, if the Indemnitee was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against all Indemnifiable Expenses.

(c) In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Sections 3(a) and (b)  but subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4 , Section 6 and Section 8 below, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against all Indemnifiable Amounts if, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company) provided that in no circumstances shall the Company be obligated to make any payment to the Indemnitee that it is advised by its legal advisers would be unlawful under the laws of Jersey or is otherwise not permitted pursuant to the Articles.

(d) [The Company hereby acknowledges that the Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Fund Indemnitors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company hereby agrees that, subject always to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Articles (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort in respect of Indemnifiable Expenses properly incurred by the Indemnitee by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (i.e., its obligations to the Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Indemnifiable Amounts incurred by the Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) it shall be required to advance the full amount of Indemnifiable Expenses properly incurred by the Indemnitee by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and shall be liable for the full amount of all Indemnifiable Amounts to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and/or the Articles (or any other agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee), without regard to any rights the Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the

 

3


Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of the Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which the Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company.]

4. Exceptions to Indemnification . The Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification under Section 3 , provided, however, that the Company shall not indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to any act, event or circumstance with respect to which it is prohibited to do so under applicable law (including the Companies Law) or the Articles. Further the indemnity in Section 3 shall not apply to any liability incurred by the Indemnitee (i) to the Company; (ii) to any Subsidiary; (iii) to pay a fine imposed in criminal proceedings or a sum payable to a regulatory authority by way of a penalty in respect of non-compliance with any requirement of a regulatory nature (however arising); (iv) in defending any criminal proceedings in which the Indemnitee is convicted; (v) in defending any civil proceedings brought by the Company, or a Subsidiary, in which judgment is given against the Indemnitee; (vi) in connection with any application pursuant to section 212 of the Companies Law (a “ Relevant Application ”) in which the court refuses to grant the Indemnitee relief; (vii) in the event that the liability incurred by the Indemnitee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, a result of fraud or wilful misconduct by the Indemnitee; (viii) in defending any proceedings brought by a regulatory authority in which a penalty is imposed on the Indemnitee; or (ix) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law and the Articles. The Company and the Indemnitee acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Section 4 shall preclude the Indemnitee from making claims against the Company to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

5. Procedure for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts . The Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Amounts for which the Indemnitee seeks payment under Section 3 of this Agreement and a reasonable description of the basis for the claim, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as are reasonably available to the Indemnitee and necessary to establish that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to the Indemnitee within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the request.

6. Indemnification for Expenses if Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, subject always to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Articles, be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Amounts in connection therewith. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is

 

4


successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall subject always to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Articles indemnify the Indemnitee against all Indemnifiable Amounts in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6 shall be construed to limit an Indemnitee’s right to indemnification which he or she would otherwise be entitled to pursuant to Section 3 hereof, regardless of the Indemnitee’s success in a Proceeding.

7. Effect of Certain Resolutions . Subject to the provisions of Section 11 , neither the settlement or termination of any Proceeding nor the failure of the Company to award indemnification or to determine that indemnification is payable shall create an adverse presumption that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. In addition, subject to the provisions of Section 11 , the termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the Indemnitee’s action was unlawful.

8. Agreement to Advance Expenses; Conditions .

(a) Subject to the Companies Law and the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will fund all of the legal and other expenses (“ Defence Costs ”) properly incurred or to be properly incurred by the Indemnitee in defending any criminal or civil proceedings in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him in relation to the Company or in connection with any Relevant Application. Any request for funding under this Section 8 shall be made in writing by the Indemnitee to the Company and determined by resolution of the Board, subject to such conditions as the Board thinks fit.

(b) Any funding provided to the Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 8 shall be treated as a loan from the Company to the Indemnitee repayable on demand and otherwise on the terms set out in Section 8(c) and Section 8(d) , together with such further terms as may be determined by the Board and the Indemnitee at the time that the arrangement is entered into.

(c) The terms are that if the Company provides funds to the Indemnitee in respect of Defence Costs arising in relation to criminal proceedings in which the Indemnitee is subsequently convicted or civil proceedings in which judgment is subsequently given against the Indemnitee or a Relevant Application in which the court subsequently refuses to grant the Indemnitee relief, then any obligation of the Company to make further contributions towards the Indemnitee’s Defence Costs shall cease and any amounts already advanced by the Company must be repaid not later than the date that the conviction, judgment or refusal to grant relief becomes final.

 

5


(d) In the event that the liability to which the loan relates can properly be discharged by way of indemnity in accordance with Section 3 , the obligation to repay such loan will be discharged by way of indemnity in accordance with said Section 3 . If the loan is not capable of being discharged by way of indemnity in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (or if the indemnity is insufficient to discharge the full amount of the loan because part of the loan cannot properly be discharged in that way), the loan (or the relevant part of it) shall be repayable by the Indemnitee on demand by the Company.

(e) For the purposes of this Section 8(c) , a conviction, judgment or refusal of relief becomes final:

(i) if not appealed against, at the end of the period for bringing an appeal; or

(ii) if appealed against, at the time when the appeal (or any further appeal) is determined and the period for bringing any further appeal has ended or if the appeal is abandoned or otherwise ceases to have effect.

(f) The Indemnitee shall take all reasonable action to mitigate any loss suffered by him in respect of such Defence Costs.

9. Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses . The Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Expenses for which the Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 8 of this Agreement. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, payment of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 8 shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the Company’s approval of such request and on the terms set out in Section 8(b) . At the request of the Company, the Indemnitee shall furnish such documentation and information as are reasonably available to the Indemnitee in connection with such advancement.

10. Remedies of Indemnitees .

(a) Right to Petition Court . In the event that the Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Section 3 and Section 5 herein or a request for an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under Sections 8 and Section 9 herein and the Company fails to make such payment or advancement in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Indemnitee may petition a court to enforce the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Expenses . Subject always to the provisions of the Articles and the Companies Law, the Company agrees to reimburse the Indemnitee in full for any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by the Indemnitee under Section 10(a) above; provided , however , that if the Indemnitee is unsuccessful on the merits in such action, then the Company shall have no obligation to the Indemnitee under this Section 10(b) .

(c) Failure to Act Not a Defence . The failure of the Company (including the Board or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or shareholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or

 

6


the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement shall not be a defence in any action brought under Section 10(a) above, and shall not create a presumption that such payment or advancement is not permissible.

11. Notice by Indemnitee . The Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information, or other document relating to, or becoming aware of any circumstances which may lead to, any Proceeding which may result in the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; provided , however , that the failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify the Indemnitee from the right to receive payments of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancements of Indemnifiable Expenses unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(a) In addition, the Indemnitee shall:

(i) as soon as practicable, give written notice of such circumstances to the Company;

(ii) keep the Company informed of any developments in relation to such circumstances (including by promptly providing the Company with such information and copies of such documents as the Company may reasonably request) and consult the Company regarding the conduct of any claim arising in connection with such circumstances;

(iii) not make any admission of liability, agreement, settlement or compromise with any person in relation to any such circumstances without the prior written consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

(iv) allow the Company at any stage and at its sole discretion to take the sole conduct of and/or settle such actions the Company may deem appropriate in relation to any such circumstances and the Company shall be under no obligation in this respect to notify the Indemnitee of its decision so to settle such action(s); and

(v) take all reasonable action to mitigate any loss suffered by him in respect of such Indemnifiable Amounts or Indemnifiable Expenses.

(b) In the event that the Company makes any payment pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall, save as set out in Section 3(d) , be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the Indemnitee’s rights of recovery against third parties (including any claim under any applicable directors’ and officers’ insurance policy) in respect of the payment and the Indemnitee shall do everything that may be necessary to secure any rights including (but not restricted to):

(i) the execution of any documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring an action in the name of the Indemnitee; and

(ii) the provision of assistance as a witness.

 

7


(c) If the Company makes any payment to or for the benefit of the Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement and the Indemnitee subsequently recovers or becomes entitled to recover from a third party any amount which is referable to any part of the liability for which payment was made by the Company, the Indemnitee shall immediately repay or procure the repayment to the Company of so much of the amount paid by the Company as does not exceed the amount recovered (or entitled to be recovered) by the Indemnitee, less any reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in effecting any such recovery which are not recoverable from any third party.

(d) The Indemnitee shall not be entitled to recover more than once whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise in respect of any matter giving rise to a liability.

(e) Except as provided in Section 3(d) above, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract agreement or otherwise.

12. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Indemnitee as follows:

(a) Authority . The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter into, and be bound by the terms of, this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of the undertakings contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company.

(b) Enforceability . This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by the Companies Law, the Articles, equitable principles, applicable bankruptcy, désastre, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

13. Contract Rights Not Exclusive ; Survival of Rights; Insurance.

(a) The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses provided by this Agreement shall, subject always to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Articles be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other rights which the Indemnitee may have at any time under applicable law, the Articles, or any other agreement, vote of shareholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity as a result of the Indemnitee’s serving as a director of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of the Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by the Indemnitee in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in

 

8


equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) The Indemnitee shall be covered by the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and any other insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the written request of the Company, and the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.

14. Successors . This Agreement shall be (a) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company and (b) binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue for the benefit of the Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators after the Indemnitee has ceased to have Corporate Status.

15. Change in Law . To the extent that a change in the law of Jersey (whether by statute or judicial decision) shall permit broader indemnification or advancement of expenses properly incurred or paid by the Indemnitee by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status than is provided under the terms of the Articles and this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such broader indemnification and advancements, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to such extent.

16. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement, or any clause thereof, shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such provision or clause shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision or clause valid, legal and enforceable, and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and binding on the parties.

17. Modifications, Remedies and Waiver .

(a) Except as provided in Section 15 above with respect to changes in the law of Jersey which broaden the right of the Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company against expenses properly incurred or paid by the Indemnitee by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto.

(b) No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

9


(c) No delay or omission by either party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall:

(i) affect that right, power or remedy; or

(ii) operate as a waiver of it.

(d) The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

(e) The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.

18. General Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted by facsimile and receipt is acknowledged, or (c) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed

(i) If to the Indemnitee, to:

[    ]

(ii) If to the Company, to:

Mimecast Limited

[    ]

Fax:

or to such other address as may have been furnished in the same manner by any party to the others.

19. Assignment .

(a) The Company may at any time assign all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement to any Subsidiary.

(b) The Indemnitee shall not assign, or purport to assign, all or any part of the benefit of, or his rights or benefits under, this Agreement, provided that, in accordance with Section 14 , the benefit of, and rights under, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee.

20. Entire Agreement

This Agreement, the Articles and, subject to Section 1(m) , any provision of any employment contract or terms of appointment under which the Indemnitee is, or is entitled to be, indemnified by the Company, constitute the whole and only agreement between the parties relating to the indemnification of the Indemnitee by the Company and the obligations of the parties in relation to Indemnifiable Amounts or Indemnifiable Expenses.

 

10


21. Counterparts.

(a) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each party has executed at least one counterpart.

(b) Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

22. Limitations on Indemnity

Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which may be available to the Indemnitee, any indemnity granted by the Company to the Indemnitee under this Agreement shall not apply to the extent that it is not permitted by, or consistent with, law or statute from time to time in force (including, without limitation, the Companies Law), the memorandum and Articles of the Company or the rules and regulations of any regulatory body.

23. Governing Law . This agreement and any dispute or claim arising out of, or in connection with, it or its subject matter or formation (including any dispute or claim relating to non-contractual obligations) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Jersey law.

24. Jurisdiction . The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of Jersey have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim arising out of, or in connection with, this agreement or its subject matter or formation (including any dispute or claim relating to non-contractual obligations).

[25. Process Agent 1 .

(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under Jersey law, the Indemnitee:

(i) irrevocably appoints [●] of [●], as his agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the Jersey courts in connection with this Agreement;

(ii) agrees that, if a process agent ceases to act as process agent or no longer has an address in Jersey, he shall appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the Company within ten business days and deliver to the Company a copy of the new process agent’s acceptance of that appointment, and failing this, the Company may appoint another agent for this purpose; and

(iii) agrees that the failure by a process agent to notify him of any process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

(b) The Company shall send by post to the Indemnitee a copy of any document served on his agent for service of process. However no failure or delay in so doing shall prejudice the effectiveness of service of such document or give rise to any claim by the Indemnitee against the Company.]

 

1   Not required for a Jersey resident director

 

11


[END OF TEXT]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
MIMECAST LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
INDEMNITEE:

 

Name:


OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of this      day of             , 2015, by and between MIMECAST LIMITED , a public limited company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands under number                      the registered office of which is                      (“ Company ”) and                      (the “ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS , the Indemnitee is an officer of the Company (but not a director of the Company) by virtue of the Indemnitee’s Position;

WHEREAS , it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance of the Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification against certain litigation risks and expenses subject always to applicable law.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and the Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Definitions and Interpretation.

(a) “ Articles ” means the Company’s articles of association in force from time to time.

(b) “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

(c) “ Companies Law ” means the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time).

(d) “ Entity ” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity.

(e) “ Expenses ” shall mean all fees, costs and expenses properly incurred in connection with any Proceeding, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, disbursements and retainers (including, without limitation, any fees, disbursements and retainers properly incurred by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement), fees and disbursements of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services and other disbursements and expenses.

(f) “ Indemnifiable Expenses ,” “ Indemnifiable Liabilities ” and “ Indemnifiable Amounts ” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 3(a) below.


(g) “ Indemnitee’s Position ” means the Indemnitee’s position as the [ insert office ] of the Company.

(h) “ Liabilities ” shall mean judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

(i) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened or pending claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, administrative hearing, appeal, or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, including a proceeding initiated by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

(j) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any subsidiary of the Company, as defined in the Companies Law.

(k) References to Sections are to sections of this Agreement.

(l) Use of any gender includes the other genders.

(m) Headings and titles are inserted for convenience only and are to be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(n) If there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any contract of employment or terms of appointment in effect on the date of this Agreement between the Indemnitee and the Company (or any Subsidiary), the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

2. Services of Indemnitee . In consideration of the Company’s covenants and commitments hereunder, the Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve as an officer of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any obligation on the Indemnitee or the Company to continue the Indemnitee’s service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements or commitments of the parties, if any.

3. Agreement to Indemnify . Subject always to the provisions of this Agreement, the Articles, the Companies Law and all other applicable laws, the Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses and Liabilities properly incurred or paid by the Indemnitee by reason of the Indemnitee’s Position to the fullest extent permitted by law. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4 , Section 6 and Section 8 below, if the Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or participant in any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the Indemnitee’s Position, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against all Expenses and Liabilities properly incurred or paid by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding (referred to herein as “ Indemnifiable Expenses ” and “ Indemnifiable Liabilities ,” respectively, and collectively as “ Indemnifiable Amounts ”).

 

2


(b) Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4 , Section 6 and Section 8 below, if the Indemnitee was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the Indemnitee’s Position, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against all Indemnifiable Expenses.

(c) In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Sections 3(a) and (b)  but subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4 , Section 6 and Section 8 below, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against all Indemnifiable Amounts if, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Position, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company) provided that in no circumstances shall the Company be obligated to make any payment to the Indemnitee that it is advised by its legal advisers would be unlawful under the laws of Jersey or is prohibited by the Articles.

4. Exceptions to Indemnification . The Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification under Section 3 , provided, however, that the Company shall not indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to any act, event or circumstance with respect to which it is prohibited to do so under applicable law (including the Companies Law) or the Articles. Further the indemnity in Section 3 shall not apply to any liability incurred by the Indemnitee (i) to the Company; (ii) to any Subsidiary; (iii) to pay a fine imposed in criminal proceedings or a sum payable to a regulatory authority by way of a penalty in respect of non-compliance with any requirement of a regulatory nature (however arising); (iv) in defending any criminal proceedings in which the Indemnitee is convicted; (v) in defending any civil proceedings brought by the Company, or a Subsidiary, in which judgment is given against the Indemnitee; (vi) in the event that the liability incurred by the Indemnitee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, a result of fraud or wilful misconduct by the Indemnitee; (vii) in defending any proceedings brought by a regulatory authority in which a penalty is imposed on the Indemnitee; or (viii) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law and the Articles. The Company and the Indemnitee acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Section 4 shall preclude the Indemnitee from making claims against the Company to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

5. Procedure for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts . The Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Amounts for which the Indemnitee seeks payment under Section 3 of this Agreement and a reasonable description of the basis for the claim, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as are reasonably available to the Indemnitee and necessary to establish that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to the Indemnitee within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the request.

 

3


6. Indemnification for Expenses if Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Position, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, subject always to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Articles and all other applicable laws, be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Amounts in connection therewith. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall subject always to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Articles and all other applicable laws indemnify the Indemnitee against all Indemnifiable Amounts in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6 shall be construed to limit an Indemnitee’s right to indemnification which he or she would otherwise be entitled to pursuant to Section 3 hereof, regardless of the Indemnitee’s success in a Proceeding.

7. Effect of Certain Resolutions . Subject to the provisions of Section 11 , neither the settlement or termination of any Proceeding nor the failure of the Company to award indemnification or to determine that indemnification is payable shall create an adverse presumption that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. In addition, subject to the provisions of Section 11 , the termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the Indemnitee’s action was unlawful.

8. Agreement to Advance Expenses; Conditions .

(a) Subject to applicable law and the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will fund all of the legal and other expenses (“ Defence Costs ”) properly incurred or to be properly incurred by the Indemnitee in defending any criminal or civil proceedings in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him in relation to the Company or in connection with any Relevant Application. Any request for funding under this Section 8 shall be made in writing by the Indemnitee to the Company and determined by resolution of the Board, subject to such conditions as the Board thinks fit.

(b) Any funding provided to the Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 8 shall be treated as a loan from the Company to the Indemnitee repayable on demand and otherwise on the terms set out in Section 8(c) and Section 8(d) , together with such further terms as may be determined by the Board and the Indemnitee at the time that the arrangement is entered into.

(c) The terms are that if the Company provides funds to the Indemnitee in respect of Defence Costs arising in relation to criminal proceedings in which the Indemnitee is subsequently convicted or civil proceedings in which judgment is subsequently given against the Indemnitee or a Relevant Application in which the court

 

4


subsequently refuses to grant the Indemnitee relief, then any obligation of the Company to make further contributions towards the Indemnitee’s Defence Costs shall cease and any amounts already advanced by the Company must be repaid not later than the date that the conviction, judgment or refusal to grant relief becomes final .

(d) In the event that the liability to which the loan relates can properly be discharged by way of indemnity in accordance with Section 3 , the obligation to repay such loan will be discharged by way of indemnity in accordance with said Section 3 . If the loan is not capable of being discharged by way of indemnity in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (or if the indemnity is insufficient to discharge the full amount of the loan because part of the loan cannot properly be discharged in that way), the loan (or the relevant part of it) shall be repayable by the Indemnitee on demand by the Company.

(e) For the purposes of Section 8(c) , a conviction, judgment or refusal of relief becomes final:

(i) if not appealed against, at the end of the period for bringing an appeal; or

(ii) if appealed against, at the time when the appeal (or any further appeal) is determined and the period for bringing any further appeal has ended or if the appeal is abandoned or otherwise ceases to have effect.

(f) The Indemnitee shall take all reasonable action to mitigate any loss suffered by him in respect of such Defence Costs.

9. Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses . The Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Expenses for which the Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 8 of this Agreement. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, payment of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 8 shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the Company’s approval of such request and on the terms set out in Section 8(b) . At the request of the Company, the Indemnitee shall furnish such documentation and information as are reasonably available to the Indemnitee in connection with such advancement.

10. Remedies of Indemnitees .

(a) Right to Petition Court . In the event that the Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Section 3 and Section 5 herein or a request for an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under Sections 8 and Section 9 herein and the Company fails to make such payment or advancement in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Indemnitee may petition a court to enforce the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Expenses . Subject always to the provisions of the Articles and the Companies Law, the Company agrees to reimburse the Indemnitee in full for any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by the Indemnitee under Section 10(a) above; provided , however , that if the Indemnitee is unsuccessful on the merits in such action, then the Company shall have no obligation to the Indemnitee under this Section 10(b) .

(c) Failure to Act Not a Defence . The failure of the Company (including the Board or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or shareholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement shall not be a defence in any action brought under Section 10(a) above, and shall not create a presumption that such payment or advancement is not permissible.

 

5


11. Notice by Indemnitee . The Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information, or other document relating to, or becoming aware of any circumstances which may lead to, any Proceeding which may result in the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; provided , however , that the failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify the Indemnitee from the right to receive payments of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancements of Indemnifiable Expenses unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(a) In addition, the Indemnitee shall:

(i) as soon as practicable, give written notice of such circumstances to the Company;

(ii) keep the Company informed of any developments in relation to such circumstances (including by promptly providing the Company with such information and copies of such documents as the Company may reasonably request) and consult the Company regarding the conduct of any claim arising in connection with such circumstances;

(iii) not make any admission of liability, agreement, settlement or compromise with any person in relation to any such circumstances without the prior written consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

(iv) allow the Company at any stage and at its sole discretion to take the sole conduct of and/or settle such actions the Company may deem appropriate in relation to any such circumstances and the Company shall be under no obligation in this respect to notify the Indemnitee of its decision so to settle such action(s); and

(v) take all reasonable action to mitigate any loss suffered by him in respect of such Indemnifiable Amounts or Indemnifiable Expenses.

 

6


(b) In the event that the Company makes any payment pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the Indemnitee’s rights of recovery against third parties (including any claim under any applicable directors’ and officers’ insurance policy) in respect of the payment and the Indemnitee shall do everything that may be necessary to secure any rights including (but not restricted to):

(i) the execution of any documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring an action in the name of the Indemnitee; and

(ii) the provision of assistance as a witness.

(c) If the Company makes any payment to or for the benefit of the Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement and the Indemnitee subsequently recovers or becomes entitled to recover from a third party any amount which is referable to any part of the liability for which payment was made by the Company, the Indemnitee shall immediately repay or procure the repayment to the Company of so much of the amount paid by the Company as does not exceed the amount recovered (or entitled to be recovered) by the Indemnitee, less any reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in effecting any such recovery which are not recoverable from any third party.

(d) The Indemnitee shall not be entitled to recover more than once whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise in respect of any matter giving rise to a liability.

(e) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract agreement or otherwise.

12. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Indemnitee as follows:

(a) Authority . The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter into, and be bound by the terms of, this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of the undertakings contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company.

(b) Enforceability . This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by the Companies Law, the Articles, equitable principles, applicable bankruptcy, désastre, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

13. Contract Rights Not Exclusive ; Survival of Rights; Insurance.

(a) The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses provided by this Agreement shall, subject always to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Articles and applicable law be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other rights which the Indemnitee may have at any time under applicable law, the Articles, or any other agreement, vote of shareholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to

 

7


action in any other capacity as a result of the Indemnitee’s serving as an officer of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of the Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by the Indemnitee in the Indemnitee’s Position prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) The Indemnitee shall be covered by the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and any other insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the written request of the Company, and the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.

14. Successors . This Agreement shall be (a) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company and (b) binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue for the benefit of the Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators after the Indemnitee has ceased to hold the Indemnitee’s Position.

15. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement, or any clause thereof, shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such provision or clause shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision or clause valid, legal and enforceable, and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and binding on the parties.

16. Modifications, Remedies and Waiver .

(a) No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto.

(b) No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

(c) No delay or omission by either party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall:

(i) affect that right, power or remedy; or

(ii) operate as a waiver of it.

 

8


(d) The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of it or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

(e) The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.

17. General Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted by facsimile and receipt is acknowledged, or (c) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed

(i) If to the Indemnitee, to:

[    ]

(ii) If to the Company, to:

Mimecast Limited

[    ]

Fax:

or to such other address as may have been furnished in the same manner by any party to the others.

18. Assignment.

(a) The Company may at any time assign all or any part of the benefit of, or its rights or benefits under, this Agreement to any Subsidiary.

(b) The Indemnitee shall not assign, or purport to assign, all or any part of the benefit of, or his rights or benefits under, this Agreement, provided that, in accordance with Section 14 , the benefit of, and rights under, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee.

19. Entire Agreement

This Agreement, the Articles and, subject to Section 1(m) , any provision of any employment contract or terms of appointment under which the Indemnitee is, or is entitled to be, indemnified by the Company, constitute the whole and only agreement between the parties relating to the indemnification of the Indemnitee by the Company and the obligations of the parties in relation to Indemnifiable Amounts or Indemnifiable Expenses.

 

9


20. Counterparts.

(a) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each party has executed at least one counterpart.

(b) Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

21. Limitations on Indemnity

Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which may be available to the Indemnitee, any indemnity granted by the Company to the Indemnitee under this Agreement shall not apply to the extent that it is not permitted by, or consistent with, law or statute from time to time in force (including, without limitation, the Companies Law), the memorandum and Articles of the Company or the rules and regulations of any regulatory body.

22. Governing Law . This agreement and any dispute or claim arising out of, or in connection with, it or its subject matter or formation (including any dispute or claim relating to non-contractual obligations) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Jersey law.

23. Jurisdiction . The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of Jersey have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim arising out of, or in connection with, this agreement or its subject matter or formation (including any dispute or claim relating to non-contractual obligations).

[24. Process Agent 1 .

(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under Jersey law, the Indemnitee:

(i) irrevocably appoints [●] of [●], as his agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the Jersey courts in connection with this Agreement;

(ii) agrees that, if a process agent ceases to act as process agent or no longer has an address in Jersey, he shall appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the Company within ten business days and deliver to the Company a copy of the new process agent’s acceptance of that appointment, and failing this, the Company may appoint another agent for this purpose; and

(iii) agrees that the failure by a process agent to notify him of any process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

(b) The Company shall send by post to the Indemnitee a copy of any document served on his agent for service of process. However no failure or delay in so doing shall prejudice the effectiveness of service of such document or give rise to any claim by the Indemnitee against the Company.]

 

1   Not required for a Jersey resident officer

 

10


[END OF TEXT]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
MIMECAST LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
INDEMNITEE:

 

Name:

Exhibit 10.2

DATED:        7 August 2013

Real EstateABC

L_LIVE_EMEA1: 12986062v5

Underlease

between

Sands Service Company (No. 2)

as Landlord

Mimecast Services Limited

as Tenant

and

Mimecast Limited

as Tenant’s Guarantor

relating to

Part Level 6, CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London

EC2

 

 

LOGO

Simmons & Simmons LLP    CityPoint    One Ropemaker Street    London    EC2Y 9SS    United Kingdom

T +44 20 7628 2020  F +44 20 7628 2070  DX Box No 12


CONTENTS

 

PART 1 : INTERPRETATION OF THIS LEASE      1   
1.   Interpretation      1   
  1.1  

Defined terms

     1   
  1.2  

The Particulars

     6   
  1.3  

Construction

     6   
PART 2 : CREATION OF THE LETTING AND RIGHTS AND RESERVATIONS      7   
2.   Letting and term      7   
  2.1  

Creation of the Contractual Term

     7   
  2.2  

Re-entry

     8   
  2.3  

Termination on destruction

     8   
  2.4  

Exclusion of Sections 24 to 28 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954

     9   
  2.5  

Effect of termination

     9   
3.   Rights and reservations      9   
  3.1  

Rights granted

     9   
  3.2  

Reservations in the Superior Lease

     9   
  3.3  

Rights reserved

     9   
  3.4  

Title matters

     9   
  3.5  

No implied or prescriptive rights

     10   
  3.6  

No benefit of covenants and conditions

     10   
  3.7  

Use of the Building and Adjoining Property

     10   
PART 3 : RENTS      10   
4.   Rents      10   
  4.1  

Rents payable

     10   
  4.2  

First payment of Principal Rent

     11   
  4.3  

Payment of Insurance Rent, Service Charge, Utilities and Outgoings

     11   
  4.4  

Value Added Tax

     11   
  4.5  

Overpayment of Value Added Tax

     11   
  4.6  

Interest on late payments

     12   
  4.7  

Suspension of rent

     12   
  4.8  

Suspension of Rent Free Period

     12   
5.   Rent review      13   
  5.1  

Defined terms

     13   
  5.2  

Basis of the review

     14   
  5.3  

Agreeing the Revised Rent

     14   
  5.4  

Rent pending determination

     14   
  5.5  

Payment of Revised Rent

     14   
  5.6  

Rent review memorandum

     14   
  5.7  

Statutory restrictions

     15   
  5.8  

Time not of the essence

     15   
  5.9  

Appointment of the Valuer

     15   
  5.10  

Basis of the appointment

     15   
  5.11  

Appointment as an arbitrator

     15   
  5.12  

Appointment of an expert

     16   
  5.13  

Time not of the essence

     16   
PART 4 : INSURANCE      16   
6.   Insurance obligations      16   
  6.1  

Insurance of the Building

     16   
  6.2  

Supplemental insurance

     16   
  6.3  

Notice of Tenant’s interest

     16   
  6.4  

General insurance provisions

     17   
  6.5  

Insurance Rent

     17   

 

i


 

6.6

 

Reinstatement of the Building

     18   
 

6.7

 

Manner of reinstatement

     18   
 

6.8

 

Impossibility of reinstatement

     18   
 

6.9

 

Commission and agency fees

     18   
 

6.10

 

Certificate of insurance

     19   
 

6.11

 

Increased insurance costs

     19   
 

6.12

 

Invalidation of insurance

     19   
 

6.13

 

Compliance with insurer’s requirements

     19   
 

6.14

 

Notification

     19   
 

6.15

 

Non Invalidation Clause

     19   
 

6.16

 

Vacating Premises

     20   
 

6.17

 

Tenant’s insurance

     20   
 

6.18

 

Tenant’s third party liability

     20   
 

6.19

 

Uninsured Risk Damage

     20   

PART 5 : TENANT’S COVENANTS

     21   

7.

 

Financial obligations

     21   
 

7.1

 

Payment of Outgoings

     21   
 

7.2

 

Loss of rating relief

     21   
 

7.3

 

Rating Proposals

     22   
 

7.4

 

Payment for Utilities

     22   
 

7.5

 

To pay costs

     22   
 

7.6

 

Indemnity

     23   

8.

 

Repair and redecoration

     23   
 

8.1

 

Upkeep of the Premises

     23   
 

8.2

 

Cleaning

     24   
 

8.3

 

Insurance Events

     24   
 

8.4

 

Manner of redecoration

     24   
 

8.5

 

Making good disrepair

     25   
 

8.6

 

Defective premises

     25   

9.

 

Alterations

     25   
 

9.1

 

No structural alterations

     25   
 

9.2

 

No alterations to landlord’s fixtures

     25   
 

9.3

 

Non-structural alterations

     26   
 

9.4

 

Covenants by Tenant

     26   
 

9.5

 

Reinstatement

     26   
 

9.6

 

Effect of consent to Alterations

     26   

10.

 

Use of the Premises

     27   
 

10.1

 

Authorised Use

     27   
 

10.2

 

Prohibited uses

     27   
 

10.3

 

Regulations

     27   
 

10.4

 

Keyholders The Tenant shall:

     27   
 

10.5

 

Use Restrictions

     28   
 

10.6

 

No warranty as to use

     28   

11.

 

Alienation generally

     28   
 

11.1

 

Disposals

     28   
 

11.2

 

Sharing with a Group Company

     28   

12.

 

Assignment

     28   
 

12.1

 

No assignment of part

     28   
 

12.2

 

Prohibition on assignment

     29   
 

12.3

 

Information relating to Application to Assign

     29   
 

12.4

 

Circumstances in which assignment not allowed

     29   
 

12.5

 

Conditions for assignment

     30   
 

12.6

 

Authorised Guarantee Agreement

     30   
 

12.7

 

Consent for assignment

     30   

 

ii


13.

 

Underletting

     31   
 

13.1

 

Underletting of the whole

     31   
 

13.2

 

Underletting of part

     31   
 

13.3

 

Underletting rent

     31   
 

13.4

 

Direct covenants from undertenant

     31   
 

13.5

 

Contents of underlease

     32   
 

13.6

 

Tenant to obtain Landlord’s consent

     33   
 

13.7

 

Tenant to enforce obligations

     33   
 

13.8

 

Review of underlease rent

     33   
 

13.9

 

No variation of terms

     33   
 

13.10

 

No reduction in rent

     33   
 

13.11

 

Covenants by assignee and assignor of underlease

     33   

14.

 

Mortgaging and charging

     33   
 

14.1

 

Mortgaging and charging

     33   

15.

 

General provisions and registration of dispositions

     33   

16.

 

Legislation

     34   
 

16.1

 

Planning

     34   
 

16.2

 

Approval of permissions

     34   
 

16.3

 

Statutes

     34   
 

16.4

 

CDM Regulations

     35   
 

16.5

 

Statutory notices

     35   

17.

 

Third party rights

     35   
 

17.1

 

Loss of existing rights benefiting the Premises

     35   
 

17.2

 

Creation of new rights over the Premises

     35   
 

17.3

 

1Notification

     35   

18.

 

Title matters

     35   
 

18.1

 

Covenants restricting use

     35   
 

18.2

 

Existing title matters

     35   

19.

 

End of the Term

     36   
 

19.1

 

Return of the Premises

     36   
 

19.2

 

Reinstatement at the end of the Term

     36   
 

19.3

 

Waiver of reinstatement

     36   
 

19.4

 

Removal of Tenant’s effects

     36   
 

19.5

 

Exclusion of compensation

     37   
 

19.6

 

Land Registry forms

     37   

PART 6 : LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

     37   

20.

 

Landlord’s obligations

     37   
 

20.1

 

Quiet enjoyment

     37   
 

20.2

 

No derogation from grant

     37   
 

20.3

 

Exclusion of liability

     37   

PART 7 : SUPERIOR LEASE

     38   

21.

 

Superior Lease

     38   
 

21.1

 

Tenant’s obligations

     38   
 

21.2

 

Landlord’s obligations

     38   
 

21.3

 

Consents

     38   

PART 8 : GUARANTOR’S OBLIGATIONS

     39   

22.

 

Tenant’s Guarantor

     39   

PART 9 : GENERAL PROVISIONS

     39   

23.

 

Contractual rights of third parties

     39   

24.

 

Third party disputes

     39   
 

24.1

 

Notification by the Tenant

     39   
 

24.2

 

Determination by the Landlord

     39   

25.

 

Assignment of Reversion

     39   

 

iii


26.

 

Notices

   39

27.

 

Law and jurisdiction

   40
 

27.1

 

English law

   40
 

27.2

 

Jurisdiction

   40

28.

 

Execution and delivery

   40

SCHEDULE 1 : THE PREMISES

  

PART 1 : DEFINITION OF THE PREMISES

  

1.

 

Identification of the Premises

  

2.

 

Areas included in the Premises

  

3.

 

Areas excluded from the Premises

  

PART 2 : RIGHTS GRANTED

  

SCHEDULE 2 : RIGHTS GRANTED

  

SCHEDULE 3 : RIGHTS RESERVED

  

SCHEDULE 4 : USE RESTRICTIONS

  

1.

 

Dangerous materials and use of machinery

  

2.

 

Overloading floors and services

  

3.

 

Discharges into Conduits

  

4.

 

Disposal of refuse

  

5.

 

Obstruction of Common Parts

  

6.

 

Prohibited uses

  

7.

 

Nuisance

  

8.

 

General

  

SCHEDULE 5 : GUARANTEE PROVISIONS

  

1.

 

Defined terms

  

2.

 

Effect of the Guarantee

  
 

2.1

 

Guarantee and indemnity

  
 

2.2

 

Claims

  
 

2.3

 

Continuing guarantee

  

3.

 

Postponement of rights

  
 

3.1

 

Priority of claims

  
 

3.2

 

Discharge conditional

  
 

3.3

 

Set-off, counterclaim and other deductions

  

 

iv


4.

 

Event of Default

  
 

4.1

 

Landlord’s rights

  
 

4.2

 

Guarantor’s obligations

  
 

4.3

 

Effect of the grant of a New Lease

  
 

4.4

 

No New Lease

  

APPENDIX 1 : SCHEDULE OF CONDITION

  

 

v


LR1. Date of lease    7 August 2013
LR2. Title number(s)   

LR2.1 Landlord’s title number(s)

Title number(s) out of which this lease is granted. Leave blank if not registered.

 

NGL787356

  

 

LR2.2 Other title numbers

Existing title number(s) against which entries of matters referred to in LR9, LR10, LR11 and LR13 are to be made.

LR3. Parties to this lease

 

Give full names and addresses of each of the parties. For UK incorporated companies and limited liability partnerships, also give the registered number including any prefix. For overseas companies, also give the territory of incorporation and, if appropriate, the registered number in the United Kingdom including any prefix.

  

Landlord

 

Sands Service Company (No. 2) registered in England & Wales as company number 3452272 and having its registered office at CityPoint One Ropemaker Street London EC2Y 9SS.

  

 

Tenant

 

Mimecast Services Limited registered in England & Wales as company number 04901524 and having its registered office at 2-8 Balfe Street, London N1 9EG.

  

 

Tenant’s Guarantor

 

Mimecast Limited registered in England & Wales as company number 04698693 and having its registered office at 2-8 Balfe Street, London N1 9EG.

LR4. Property

 

Insert a full description of the land being leased

 

Or

 

Refer to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease in which the land being leased is more fully described.

 

Where there is a letting of part of a registered title, a plan must be attached to this lease and any floor levels must be specified.

  

In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this lease then, for the purposes of registration, this clause shall prevail.

 

Please see part 1 of schedule 1.

LR5. Prescribed statements etc.

 

If this lease includes a statement falling within LR5.1, insert under that sub-clause the relevant statement or refer to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease which contains the statement.

  

LR5.1 Statements prescribed under rules 179 (dispositions in favour of a charity), 180 (dispositions by a charity) or 196 (leases under the Leasehold Reform, Housing and Urban Development Act 1993) of the Land Registration Rules 2003.

 

N/A

 

vi


In LR5.2, omit or delete those Acts which do not apply to this lease.   

LR5.2 This lease is made under, or by reference to, provisions of:

 

N/A

LR6. Term for which the Property is leased

 

Include only the appropriate statement (duly completed) from the three options.

 

NOTE: The information you provide, or refer to, here will be used as part of the particulars to identify the lease under rule 6 of the Land Registration Rules 2003.

  

From and including 7 August 2013

 

To and including 1 December 2019.

LR7. Premium

 

Specify the total premium inclusive of any VAT where payable.

   None.
LR8. Prohibitions or restrictions on disposing of this lease    This lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts dispositions.

LR9. Rights of acquisition etc.

 

Insert the relevant provisions in the sub-clauses dV refer to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease which contains the provisions.

  

LR9.1 Tenant’s contractual rights to renew this lease, to acquire the reversion or another lease of the Property, or to acquire an interest in other land

 

None.

  

LR9.2 Tenant’s covenant to (or offer to) surrender this lease

 

None.

  

LR9.3 Landlord’s contractual rights to acquire this lease

 

None.

LR10. Restrictive covenants given in this lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the Property.

 

Insert the relevant provisions or refer to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease which contains the provisions.

  

 

vii


LR11. Easements

 

Refer here only to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease which sets out the easements.

  

LR11.1 Easements granted by this lease for the benefit of the Property

 

schedule 2

  

LR11.2 Easements granted or reserved by this lease over the Property for the benefit of other property

 

schedule 3

LR12. Estate rentcharge burdening the Property

 

Refer here only to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease which sets out the rentcharge.

   N/A

LR13. Application for standard form of restriction

 

Set out the full text of the standard form of restriction and the title against which it is to be entered. If you wish to apply for more than one standard form of restriction use this clause to apply for each of them, tell us who is applying against which title and set out the full text of the restriction you are applying for.

 

Standard forms of restriction are set out in Schedule 4 to the Land Registration Rules 2003.

   N/A

LR14. Declaration of trust where there is more than one person comprising the Tenant

 

If the Tenant is one person, omit or delete all the alternative statements.

 

If the Tenant is more than one person, complete this clause by omitting or deleting all inapplicable alternative statements.

   N/A

 

viii


PARTICULARS

 

Date    7 August 2013
Landlord    SANDS SERVICE COMPANY (NO. 2) , registered in England and Wales as company number 3452272 and having its registered office at CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9SS.
Tenant    MIMECAST SERVICES LIMITED , registered in England and Wales as company number 04901524 and having its registered office at 2-8 Balfe Street, London N1 9EG.
Tenant’s Guarantor    MIMECAST LIMITED , registered in England and Wales as company number 04698693 and having its registered office at 2-8 Balfe Street, London N1 9EG.
Authorised Use    The use of the Premises for offices within class B1(a) of the Use Classes Order and purposes ancillary to such use, including storage, canteen, client dining facilities, first aid rooms, rest rooms and all other such uses common to offices in the City of London.
Building    The building known as CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9SS described in more detail in clause 1.8 of the Superior Lease.
Contractual Term    The term of years from and including the Term Commencement Date to and including 1 December 2019.
Declaration    A statutory declaration dated 20 July 2012 in a form complying with the requirements of Schedule 2 to the Order in response to the Notice.
Full Rent Commencement Date    29 February 2016
Half Rent Commencement Date    29 August 2013
Notice    A notice dated 11 July 2012 in a form complying with the requirements of Schedule 1 to the Order in relation to the tenancy created by this Lease
Order    The Regulatory Reform (Business Tenancies) (England and Wales) Order 2003.
Premises    Part of the sixth floor of the Landlord’s Premises described in more detail in part 1 of schedule 1.
Principal Rent   

A peppercorn until the Half Rent Commencement Date and with effect from and including the Half Rent Commencement Date to and including the day before the Full Rent Commencement Date the rent of Five Hundred and Six Thousand Four Hundred and Thirty One Pounds Twenty Five Pence (£506,431.25) per annum; and

 

from and including the Full Rent Commencement Date the rent of One Million and Twelve Thousand Eight Hundred and Sixty Two Pounds Fifty Pence (£1,012,862.50) per annum subject to review under clause 5.

 

ix


Review Date    7 August 2018
Term Commencement Date    7 August 2013

 

x


This Lease creates a “new tenancy” for the purposes of the 1995 Act.

THIS LEASE is dated on the date set out in the Particulars and made BETWEEN:

 

(1) The Landlord;

 

(2) The Tenant; and

 

(3) The Tenant’s Guarantor.

THE PARTIES AGREE THAT :

PART 1 : INTERPRETATION OF THIS LEASE

 

1. Interpretation

 

1.1 Defined terms

In this Lease, unless the contrary intention appears:

1927 Act ” means the Landlord and Tenant Act, 1927 as amended prior to (but not after) the date of this Lease.

1954 Act ” means the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954.

1995 Act ” means the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

Additional Lease ” means the lease of the Additional Premises to be made between (1) the Landlord and (2) the Tenant and (3) the Tenant’s Guarantor.

Additional Premises ” means the remainder of the sixth floor to be demised by the Additional Lease and more particularly described therein.

Adjoining Property ” means any land, buildings or structures near or adjoining the Building in or over which the Landlord or any other person owns an estate or interest from time to time.

Alterations ” means any alterations, additions or other works to the Premises.

Application to Assign ” means an application made by the Tenant to assign this Lease pursuant to clause 12.

Authorised Guarantee Agreement ” means an authorised guarantee agreement for the purposes of s.16 of the 1995 Act.

Base Building Services ” means mechanical, electrical, sanitary, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning services.

CDM Regulations ” means the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007.

Common Parts ” means all areas in or forming part of the Building from time to time intended by the Landlord or the Superior Landlord for the common use of more than one tenant or occupier or which are not intended to be let to occupational tenants which are described in more detail in clause 1.10 of the Superior Lease.

 

1


Conduits ” means all drains, pipes, gullies, gutters, sewers, watercourses, ducts, mains, channels, subways, wires, cables, conduits, trunking, ducting, flues, boilers, pumps and other plant and equipment for the provision of water, gas, electricity, telephone communications, heating, cooling, ventilation, sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems and other services and any other conducting media and ancillary apparatus of whatsoever nature now, or during the Term, laid or constructed in through over or under the Building, used for the passage or transmission of Utilities or used by the Service Systems but excluding the conduits and tunnels existing as at December 1997 and which connect or used to connect the Building with Shire and Milton House and Tenter and Moorfields House.

CRC ” mean the carbon reduction commitment and trading scheme established by the CRC Order or any like scheme relating to carbon consumption that may replace it from time to time.

CRC Order ” means the CRC Energy Efficiency Order 2010 (as amended from time to time).

CRC Charge ” means 77% of the cost charged to the Landlord by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease in respect of and in connection with the CRC (including any professional agents or advisory costs or any administrative or management costs).

Current Tenant ” means the person or persons in whom this Lease is vested at the date of any relevant Application to Assign.

Energy Charge ” means 77% of the actual cost charged to the Landlord by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease of supplying the Premises Services to the Premises and shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord within five Working Days of the Tenant receiving the Landlord’s written demand for the same, supported by accompanying evidence of the manner of calculation of the sum demanded, provided that demands may be made by the Landlord not more frequently than monthly in arrear.

Event of Insolvency ” means any of the following:

 

  (A) the Tenant is unable to pay its debts or is deemed to be unable to pay its debts under s.123 Insolvency Act 1986 (if a company) or s.268 Insolvency Act 1986 (if an individual); or

 

  (B) proceedings are taken against the Tenant or the Tenant makes any agreement, arrangement, scheme or composition with its creditors, including a voluntary arrangement under part I (if a company) or part VIII (if an individual) of the Insolvency Act 1986; or

 

  (C) if the Tenant is a company:

 

  (1) an administrator is appointed; or

 

  (2) it has an administration order made against it under the Insolvency Act 1986 or a petition or application for such an order is presented or made; or

 

  (D) if the Tenant is an individual, a bankruptcy petition against him is presented to the Court or his circumstances are such that a bankruptcy petition could be presented under part IX of the Insolvency Act 1986, he has a bankruptcy order made against him or he is otherwise adjudged to be bankrupt; or

 

  (E) if the Tenant is a company and has a receiver, receiver, administrative receiver (in the case of a debenture to which the Tenant is a party created before 15 September 2003) or manager appointed in respect of the Tenant’s property or assets or any part thereof; or

 

2


  (F) if the Tenant is a company, has a winding up order presented against it or passes a winding up resolution except for and followed by a reconstruction, amalgamation, reorganisation, merger or consolidation of the Tenant while solvent; or

 

  (G) in respect of a Tenant incorporated or resident in a jurisdiction outside England and Wales, any event or circumstance occurs which under the laws of that jurisdiction has an analogous or equivalent effect to any of the Events of Insolvency defined in this definition; or

 

  (H) any of the Events of Insolvency defined in this definition occur in relation to any guarantor of the Tenant.

Group Company ” means, in relation to any company, another company which is a member of the same group of companies as that company within the meaning of s.42 of the 1954 Act as enacted at the date of this Lease.

Guarantor ” means the party (if any) named as “Guarantor” in this Lease and includes any person from time to time guaranteeing the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease.

Hazardous Material ” means any substance, whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form, which is or may become a pollutant or which is hazardous, toxic, radioactive, noxious, corrosive or caustic.

Health and Safety File ” means any health and safety file required by the CDM Regulations.

Insurance Event ” means any damage or destruction of the Building by any of the Insured Risks which at the date of such damage or destruction is covered by any policy of insurance maintained by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease or the Landlord under this Lease.

Insurance Excess ” means such amounts, if any, which are stated in any insurance policy maintained by the Superior Landlord or the Landlord as being not payable to the insured in respect of the first part of any loss resulting from the happening of any of the Insured Risks.

Insurance Rent ” means the sums payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under clause 6.5.

Insured Risks ” means the insured risks defined in the Superior Lease together with any contingency insured by the Superior Landlord pursuant to clause 29.2 of the Superior Lease.

Landlord’s Covenants ” means the obligations in this Lease to be complied with by the Landlord.

Landlord’s Premises ” means the premises in the Building demised by the Superior Lease and the premises demised by the other leases of floors in the Building dated 6 April 2000 and made between (1) Wates City Point First Limited and Wates City Point Second Limited and (2) the Landlord.

Lease ” means this lease and any document which is supplemental to it.

Lettable Areas ” means those parts of the Building let or designed to be let for use as office accommodation to occupational tenants excluding:

 

  (A) any parts used or designed to be used by persons responsible for the provision of public utilities in connection with the carrying out of their statutory duties; and

 

  (B) accommodation from time to time reserved in the Building for staff engaged in or employed in connection with the provision of the Services.

 

3


Outgoings ” means any rates, taxes, charges, and outgoings from time to time assessed or charged on the Premises or payable by the owner or occupier of them and includes a proportion, to be fairly and reasonably determined by the Landlord having regard to any determination made by the Superior Landlord in accordance with clause 7.1 of the Superior Lease, of any amounts assessed, charged or payable in respect of the Building.

Particulars ” means the Particulars at the front of this Lease.

Plans ” means the plans annexed to this Lease and marked “Plan A”, “Plan B”, “Plan C”, “Plan D” and “Plan E” and references to individual Plans are to the Plans so marked.

Planning Acts ” means the planning Acts defined in s.336 Town and Country Planning Act 1990 together with the Planning and Compensation Act 1991 and any other Statute relating to town and country planning.

“Premises Services” comprise:

 

  (A) heating to the Premises when required by the Tenant;

 

  (B) air conditioning to the Premises when required by the Tenant;

 

  (C) the supply of mains electricity to the Premises;

 

  (D) the provision of chilled water to the Premises.

Prescribed Rate ” means 3 per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or such other clearing bank as the Landlord may nominate or, if the clearing banks cease to publish a base rate, 3 per cent per annum above such reasonably comparable rate of interest as the Landlord may determine.

Proposed Assignee ” means the person stated in the Application to Assign as being the person to whom the Tenant wishes to assign this Lease under clause 12.

Proposed Assignment ” means the proposed assignment of this Lease by the Current Tenant to the Proposed Assignee described in the Application to Assign.

Proposed Guarantor ” means the person (if any) who will guarantee to the Landlord the obligations of the Proposed Assignee, but this expression shall not include the Current Tenant.

Quarter Days ” means 25 March, 24 June, 29 September and 25 December.

Rating Proposal ” means any proposal made to agree the rateable value of or amend the non-domestic rating list in respect of the Premises or the Building.

Regulations ” means any reasonable and proper regulations consistent with the principles of good estate management as the Superior Landlord or the Landlord may from time to time properly make and notify in writing to the Tenant for the general proper management overseeing and security of the Premises, the Building, the Common Parts and other areas used or to be used in common with others and which are for the benefit of the tenants and occupiers of the Building as a whole, provided that no regulation preventing the Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises at any time shall be valid and enforceable.

Rents ” mean the rents payable under clause 4.1.

 

4


Retained Parts ” means all parts of the Building which do not comprise Lettable Areas and includes:

 

  (A) the Common Parts; and

 

  (B) all parts of the Building reserved for the housing of the Services Systems or otherwise required or used for the provision of the Services; and

 

  (C) all structural or loadbearing walls, columns, slabs, joists and beams forming part of the Building, its foundations and roofs and all external parts of the Building the repair and maintenance of which are not the responsibility of tenants or other occupiers of the Building; and

 

  (D) all party structures, boundary walls and railings, if any, within the boundaries of the Building.

Schedule of Condition ” means the schedule of condition in relation to the Premises annexed hereto as appendix 1.

Service Charge ” means 77% of the sums payable by the Landlord to the Superior Landlord under clause 32 of the Superior Lease and provided that the Tenant’s proportion shall not be increased by reason of the remainder of the 6th Floor forming part of the Landlord’s Premises not being occupied by a tenant or other occupier paying towards the Service Charge.

Services ” means the services to be provided by the Superior Landlord for the benefit of the Building and its tenants and occupiers in accordance with clause 31 of the Superior Lease.

Services Systems ” means all electrical and mechanical apparatus, plant, machinery and equipment installed in the Building from time to time, including those listed in part 2 of schedule 1, used for the provision of services and facilities within or to the Building but excludes any installed by the Tenant or any other tenant or occupiers of the Building which are tenant’s fixtures.

Statute ” means every Act of Parliament, including any named in this Lease, in force during the Term together with all other legislation having effect in England and Wales.

Superior Landlord ” means the Landlord for the time being of the Superior Lease.

Superior Lease ” means a lease of the Premises dated 6 April 2000 made between (1) Wates City Point First Limited and Wates City Point Second Limited and (2) the Landlord and includes any documents supplemental to it at the date of this Lease.

Tenant’s Covenants ” means the obligations in this Lease to be complied with by the Tenant.

Term ” means the Contractual Term.

Uninsured Risks ” means any risks expressly specified in the definition of the Insured Risks which render the Premises unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible and which are not insured because insurance for such risks is not available or is not available in the London insurance market at economic rates.

Use Classes Order ” means the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 as at the date of this Lease.

 

5


Utilities ” means the drainage of surface water and sewage and the supply or transmission of electricity, gas, telecommunications, water or any other services or supplies made to or consumed in the Building.

Value Added Tax ” includes any future tax of a like nature.

Working Days ” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or traditional public holidays from time to time.

 

1.2 The Particulars

The Particulars form part of this Lease and words and expressions defined in the Particulars shall be treated as defined terms in this Lease.

 

1.3 Construction

In this Lease, unless the contrary intention appears:

 

  (A) references to Statute include references to:

 

  (1) that Statute as amended or re-enacted or as other Statutes modify its application from time to time; and

 

  (2) any subordinate legislation made or to be made under that Statute; and

 

  (B) references to clauses or schedules are references to clauses in or schedules to this Lease and references to paragraphs are references to paragraphs in the schedule in which those references are made; and

 

  (C) references to the singular include the plural and vice versa; and

 

  (D) references to the parties include their successors in title; and

 

  (E) references to persons include individuals, companies, firms, partnerships, government bodies or agencies and corporations sole and aggregate; and

 

  (F) references to the masculine gender include the feminine and the neuter genders and vice versa; and

 

  (G) references to an indemnity mean an indemnity against all actions, claims, demands and proceedings made against the Landlord and all costs, expenses, liabilities and losses incurred directly or indirectly by the Landlord and “indemnify” and “indemnified” shall be construed in the same way; and

 

  (H) references to the Premises, the Building and Adjoining Property include any part of them; and

 

  (I) references to the end of the Term include the determination of the Term before the end of the Contractual Term; and

 

  (J) where the Tenant requires the consent of the Landlord to any Alterations, any change of the Authorised Use or any assignment or any underletting, such consent shall not be effective unless given by way of a formal licence executed as a deed; and

 

6


  (K) any reference to the date of assignment shall mean the date of the deed of assignment or transfer of this Lease and any covenants given to the Landlord on any assignment of this Lease shall take effect from such date; and

 

  (L) any obligation on the Tenant includes an obligation on the Tenant to ensure that any person deriving title under the Tenant and its and their agents, employees, licensees and any other person under its or their control comply with that obligation and any reference to an act or default of the Tenant includes the act or default of those persons; and

 

  (M) any obligation on the Tenant not to do an act or thing includes an obligation not to knowingly permit or allow that act or thing to be done; and

 

  (N) any obligations entered into by more than one person in this Lease are entered into jointly and severally; and

 

  (O) any reference to the right of the Landlord to have access to, enter or call for information on the Premises shall be construed as extending to all persons authorised by it, including professional advisers, contractors, workmen and others, and any rights expressed to be reserved in favour of the Landlord shall be deemed to extend to the Superior Landlord and any mortgagee of the Premises, and all persons authorised by the Superior Landlord or mortgagee, including its or their agents, professional advisers, contractors and workmen;

 

  (P) any provisions in this Lease referring to the consent or approval of the Landlord shall be construed as also requiring the consent or approval of the Superior Landlord (and/or its mortgagee) where such consent shall be required, but nothing in this Lease shall be construed as implying that any obligation is imposed upon the Superior Landlord (and/or its mortgagee) not unreasonably to refuse or delay any such consent or approval;

 

  (Q) any question or dispute arising under the Superior Lease which also affects or relates to the provisions of this Lease is to be determined as provided in the Superior Lease and the determination is to be binding on the Tenant;

 

  (R) the headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Lease; and

 

  (S) all agreements and obligations by any party contained in this Lease (whether or not expressed to be covenants) shall be deemed to be, and shall be construed as, covenants by such party;

 

  (T) if any provision in this Lease is held to be illegal, void, invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected.

PART 2 : CREATION OF THE LETTING AND RIGHTS AND RESERVATIONS

 

2. Letting and term

 

2.1 Creation of the Contractual Term

The Landlord lets the Premises to the Tenant for the Contractual Term reserving the Rents.

 

7


2.2 Re-entry

The Landlord shall be entitled to re-enter the Premises or any part of them and by so doing end this Lease if:

 

  (A) the Rents or any part of them remain unpaid twenty one days after becoming payable, whether (in the case of Principal Rent) formally demanded or not; or

 

  (B) the Tenant does not comply with the Tenant’s Covenants; or

 

  (C) there is an Event of Insolvency; or

 

  (D) any process of distress, execution or similar process is levied against any of the assets and undertaking of the Tenant at the Premises.

 

2.3 Termination on destruction

If an Insurance Event damages or destroys so as to render the Premises or those areas which the Tenant enjoys rights pursuant to the terms of this Lease substantially unfit for use and occupation or renders them inaccessible and they have not been reinstated and made accessible then:

 

  (A) if either:

 

  (1) the Superior Landlord or the Landlord serves notice on the other under clause 29.7.1 of the Superior Lease; or

 

  (2) the Landlord serves notice on the Superior Landlord under clause 29.7.2 of the Superior Lease; or

 

  (3) the Superior Landlord serves notice on the Landlord under clause 29.8 of the Lease; or

 

  (4) on the date which is two years and six months following the Insurance Event’s occurrence the Landlord or the Tenant serves not less than six months’ prior written notice on the other

this Lease shall end on the date the relevant notice expires .unless clauses 2.3(C) or 2.3(D) apply, and each of the Superior Landlord and the Landlord shall be entitled to retain for their own benefit all insurance moneys received or receivable under any policy of insurance maintained by then; and

 

  (B) the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with a copy of any notice served referred to in clauses 2.3(A)(1) to 2.3(A)(3); and

 

  (C) if any insurance moneys have been withheld in whole or in part due to the act or default of the Tenant, any notice served by the Tenant under clause 2.3(A)(4) shall be ineffective unless the Tenant has complied with clause 6.12; and

 

  (D) if the Premises have been reinstated and made accessible by the date any notice served by the Tenant under clause 2.3(A)(4) expires, this Lease shall not end.

Any dispute about the operation of this clause 2.3 shall be submitted at the request of the Landlord or the Tenant to the decision of a single arbitrator under the Arbitration Act 1996.

 

8


2.4 Exclusion of Sections 24 to 28 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954

In relation to the 1954 Act:

 

  (A) the Tenant confirms that before it became contractually bound to enter into the tenancy created by this Lease:

 

  (1) the Landlord served on the Tenant the Notice; and

 

  (2) the Tenant, or a person duly authorised by the Tenant, made the Declaration; and

 

  (3) where the Declaration was made by a person other than the Tenant, the declarant was duly authorised by the Tenant to make the Declaration on the Tenant’s behalf; and

 

  (B) the Landlord and Tenant agree to exclude the provisions of ss24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act in relation to the tenancy created by this Lease.

 

2.5 Effect of termination

When this Lease ends it shall be without prejudice to any outstanding liabilities of any party to any other party.

 

3. Rights and reservations

 

3.1 Rights granted

The Landlord lets the Premises together with the rights set out in schedule 2:

 

  (A) for the benefit of the Tenant and any person deriving title under the Tenant; and

 

  (B) in common with the Superior Landlord, Landlord and all others authorised by them; and

 

  (C) subject to the right of the Superior Landlord to interrupt, modify or end these rights under the terms of the Superior Lease; and

 

  (D) subject to the right of the Landlord to interrupt, modify or end the rights in schedule 2 without any liability to the Tenant if it grants the Tenant such alternative rights as may be necessary for the proper use and enjoyment of the Premises.

 

3.2 Reservations in the Superior Lease

The Premises are let subject to the rights, for the benefit of the Superior Landlord and all others authorised by it, over the Premises set out in schedule 2 to the Superior Lease.

 

3.3 Rights reserved

The Landlord reserves throughout the Term to itself and all others authorised by it the rights over the Premises set out in schedule 3 which may be exercised without any liability to the Tenant beyond that set out in schedule 3 and the Tenant shall not prevent or interfere with the exercise of these rights.

 

3.4 Title matters

The Premises are let subject to the title matters set out in schedule 6 to the Superior Lease save that the date 15 September 1997 shall be deemed deleted and substituted with the date 4 May 2012 and the reference to the entry 7 of the charges register shall be deemed deleted and substituted with entries 13 and 14 of the charges register and all other easements, covenants, privileges and rights enjoyed over or against the Building so far as any of them are still subsisting and capable of taking effect.

 

9


3.5 No implied or prescriptive rights

 

  (A) section 62 Law of Property Act 1925 shall not apply to this Lease; and

 

  (B) the Tenant shall not be entitled to the benefit of or to claim or enforce against the Landlord or any other person any covenant, right, agreement, privilege or easement in respect of the Premises, the Building or any Adjoining Property except those expressly granted in clause 3.1; and

 

  (C) any other right from time to time enjoyed by the Tenant in respect of the Premises, the Building or any Adjoining Property shall be enjoyed by the consent of the Landlord, terminable at any time by notice in writing to the Tenant and without any liability to the Tenant.

 

3.6 No benefit of covenants and conditions

Nothing in this Lease shall give the Tenant any right to claim or enforce against the Landlord or any other person or to receive the benefit of any covenant, term or condition in any lease (other than this Lease), deed or document relating to the Premises, the Building or any Adjoining Property.

 

3.7 Use of the Building and Adjoining Property

Nothing in this Lease shall limit or affect the rights of:

 

  (A) the Superior Landlord, the Landlord or any other person in relation to the remainder of the Building ; or

 

  (B) the Landlord or any other person in relation to the remainder of the Landlord’s Premises; or

 

  (C) the Superior Landlord, the Landlord or any other person in relation to any Adjoining Property

to use or otherwise deal with the remainder of the Building, the Landlord’s Premises and any Adjoining Property in such manner and for any purpose as it wishes (save that upon request from the Tenant (and at the Tenant’s cost) the Landlord shall in circumstances where the Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises is materially adversely affected use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Superior Landlord enforces such rights as the Superior Landlord has against other tenants in the Building).

PART 3 : RENTS

 

4. Rents

 

4.1 Rents payable

During the Term the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord by way of rent without any abatement, counterclaim, deduction, reduction or set-off whatsoever unless required to do so by any Statute:

 

  (A) the Principal Rent by equal quarterly payments in advance on the Quarter Days which, if the Landlord requires, shall be paid by banker’s standing order; and

 

10


  (B) the Insurance Rent, which shall be payable within five working days of demand; and

 

  (C) the Service Charge which shall be payable within five working days of demand; and

 

  (D) the Energy Charge; and

 

  (E) the CRC Charge; and

 

  (F) any other sums expressed to be payable as additional rent under this Lease, which shall be payable on demand.

 

4.2 First payment of Principal Rent

Principal Rent for the period from and including the Half Rent Commencement Date to the next Quarter Day shall be paid on the Half Rent Commencement Date.

 

4.3 Payment of Insurance Rent, Service Charge, Utilities and Outgoings

Insurance Rent, Service Charge, Utilities and Outgoings shall be payable from and including the date of this Lease.

 

4.4 Value Added Tax

Each sum payable by the Tenant under this Lease shall be treated as being exclusive of Value Added Tax. The Tenant shall pay as additional rent any Value Added Tax properly demanded by the Landlord:

 

  (A) on the Rents; and

 

  (B) on any supply made by the Landlord under this Lease; and

 

  (C) on any supply made to the Landlord or any other person that the Tenant covenants to reimburse, but only to the extent that the person to whom the supply was made is unable to recover the Value Added Tax

and the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with a valid Value Added Tax invoice relating to such payment within five working days thereafter.

 

4.5 Overpayment of Value Added Tax

If any amount paid by the Tenant to the Landlord in respect of Value Added Tax was not properly chargeable:

 

  (A) if the prescribed VAT accounting period of the Landlord in which the Value Added Tax was charged has not ended, the Landlord shall repay the Valued Added Tax promptly to the Tenant; and

 

  (B) if the prescribed VAT accounting period of the Landlord in which the Value Added Tax was charged has ended, the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours, at the Landlord’s expense, to obtain the repayment of the Value Added Tax as soon as possible. Upon receipt of the repayment, the Landlord shall repay the amount recovered promptly to the Tenant.

 

11


4.6 Interest on late payments

The Tenant shall pay as additional rent interest on any sums due to the Landlord which have been formally demanded by the Landlord (save in the case of the Principal Rent) but which are not paid within seven days of the due date for payment or, for Principal Rent, on the due date for payment. Interest shall be calculated at the Prescribed Rate, both before and after any judgment, from the due date for payment to the date on which payment is made. It shall accrue on a daily basis.

 

4.7 Suspension of rent

The following provisions shall apply following an Insurance Event which renders the Premises unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible:

 

  (A) the Principal Rent and the Service Charge, or a proper proportion according to the extent of the damage or destruction, shall be suspended except to the extent that any insurance moneys are withheld due to the act or default of the Tenant; and

 

  (B) the period of suspension shall be from the date of the Insurance Event until the date when the Premises are reinstated or made fit so as to render the Premises fit for occupation and use and made accessible by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease or the Landlord under this Lease or, if earlier, the date on which the period covered by the Superior Landlord’s or the Landlord’s (as appropriate) loss of rent insurance expires provided that such suspension shall not apply to the extent that the policy or policies of insurance in respect of loss of rent shall have been invalidated and the payment of the policy monies properly refused wholly or partly as a result of some act or default of the Tenant or any undertenant or occupier of the Premises or any of their respective agents licensees visitors or contractors or any person under the control of any of them; and

 

  (C) any dispute about the operation of this clause 4.7 shall be submitted at the request of the Landlord or the Tenant to the decision of a single arbitrator under the Arbitration Act 1996; and

 

  (D) if the Tenant shall have paid any sum comprising the Principal Rent or Service Charge in advance in respect of a period following the date of damage or destruction the Landlord shall on whichever shall be the earlier of the end of the period in respect of which the sum was paid and the date upon which the Premises are rendered fit for beneficial use as aforesaid refund (unless the insurance shall have been vitiated by the Tenant) the same or a due proportion thereof (but excluding always any Insurance Rent, Service Charge, Energy Charge or other items of expenditure) according to the length of time and the extent to which the Premises are unfit for occupation or use for the use permitted by this Lease.

 

4.8 Suspension of Rent Free Period

If the suspension of rent provisions in clause 4.7 (relating to an Insured Risk) apply during at any time prior to the Full Rent Commencement Date, the Principal Rent (or a fair proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage) shall either not be payable or shall be payable at the level due between the Half Rent Commencement Date and the Full Rent Commencement Date (depending on the date upon which the damage or destruction occurred with the intention that the parties postpone the benefit of any unexpired period of rent concession but not so the Tenant enjoys any period of rent concession over and above that originally provided for in this Lease when taken together with any such period enjoyed before the date of the damage and destruction) for a further period which is equivalent to the period between (i) the date of damage or destruction causing the suspension provisions to apply and (ii) the earlier of the Full Rent Commencement Date and (b) the date on which re-instatement of the damage or destruction has taken place.

 

12


5. Rent review

 

5.1 Defined terms

In this clause 5:

Assumptions ” means the following matters to be assumed at the Review Date:

 

  (A) if the Building has been damaged or destroyed, it has been reinstated; and

 

  (B) the Building and any Conduits within or serving it are in a good state of repair and condition and the Building is accessible; and

 

  (C) the Service Systems are in good working order and the Building has the benefit of all the Services; and

 

  (D) the Premises are accessible and ready to be fitted out by a willing tenant and available for immediate occupation and use in open plan; and

 

  (E) the Premises may lawfully be used for the Authorised Use or such other use that the Landlord and the Tenant have agreed to before the Review Date; and

 

  (F) all licences and consents required are in force and available to a willing tenant on the Review Date; and

 

  (G) all the Tenant’s Covenants have been complied with.

Disregards ” means the following matters to be disregarded at the Review Date:

 

  (A) any effect on rent of the fact that the Tenant or any undertenant permitted under this Lease or their respective predecessors in title or any lawful occupier may have been in or may be in occupation of the Premises or any part of them or of any adjoining or neighbouring or nearby premises or of any other premises within the Building; and

 

  (B) any effect on the rent of the goodwill of the business carried on in the Premises and of the occupation of the Premises by the Tenant, any permitted undertenant or

 

  (C) any Alterations carried out at the sole cost of the Tenant or any permitted undertenant which would increase the rent payable unless they were made pursuant to an obligation to the Landlord under this Lease or in breach of its terms; and

 

  (D) any Alterations which would reduce the rent payable.

Market Rent ” means the rent which would reasonably be expected to become payable under a Notional Lease after any Rent Concession under that lease has expired or has been received by the willing tenant and on the basis that the Assumptions and Disregards apply.

Notional Lease ” means a lease of the whole of the Premises granted:

 

  (A) in the open market; and

 

  (B) on the Review Date with vacant possession; and

 

  (C) by a willing landlord to a willing tenant; and

 

13


  (D) without the Landlord receiving a fine or premium for the grant of the lease; and

 

  (E) for a term equal to five years, commencing on the Review Date; and

 

  (F) otherwise on the terms of this Lease, as at the Review Date, including this clause 5, but excluding the amount of the Principal Rent payable and any rent free period or period of reduced or concessionary rent, capital payment or any other inducement of whatever nature allowed or given to the Tenant at the commencement of or otherwise in relation to this Lease.

Rent Concession ” means any rent free period or period of reduced or concessionary rent, in each case commencing on the Review Date, or any capital payment or other inducement which, in any such case, might reasonably be expected to be allowed or given to reflect the period reasonably required by a willing tenant to fit out the Premises in accordance with the practice of the open market on the Review Date.

Revised Rent ” means the amount of Principal Rent payable from and including the Review Date.

Valuer ” means an independent chartered surveyor of at least ten years’ standing who is experienced in the letting and valuation of property similar to the Premises and in the same area as them who shall be appointed and act in accordance with clause 5.

 

5.2 Basis of the review

On the Review Date the Principal Rent shall be reviewed to the higher of the Principal Rent reserved before the Review Date and the Market Rent.

 

5.3 Agreeing the Revised Rent

In the absence of agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant, a Valuer shall determine the Revised Rent, but no Valuer may be appointed before the date which is two months before the Review Date and the Valuer shall not determine the Revised Rent before the Review Date.

 

5.4 Rent pending determination

Until the Revised Rent is agreed or determined, the Tenant shall continue to pay the Principal Rent reserved before the Review Date.

 

5.5 Payment of Revised Rent

Within fourteen days of the Revised Rent being agreed or determined, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord any increase in the Principal Rent together with interest on such increase at three per cent below the Prescribed Rate calculated from and including each Quarter Day on which each instalment of the increased rent would have been payable had the Revised Rent been agreed or determined on or before the Rent Review Date.

 

5.6 Rent review memorandum

Following the agreement or determination of the Revised Rent, the Landlord and the Tenant and any guarantor of the Tenant shall sign a memorandum recording that the Revised Rent is the Principal Rent payable from and including the Review Date. The parties shall be responsible for their own costs and expenses for this.

 

14


5.7 Statutory restrictions

 

  (A) If any Statute prevents the Principal Rent being reviewed on the Review Date or restricts the Landlord’s right to receive the whole or any part of the Principal Rent following the rent review, the Review Date shall be postponed until the date when the Statute ceases to have that effect (the “New Date”). The Landlord shall notify the Tenant of the New Date by serving not less than one month’s prior written notice on the Tenant and the Principal Rent shall then be reviewed as at the New Date on the terms of this clause 5.

 

  (B) The collection of any increase in the Principal Rent shall be postponed to take effect on the first date on which such increase may be collected and/or retained in whole or in part and on as many occasions as shall be required to ensure the collection of the whole increase.

 

5.8 Time not of the essence

Nothing in this Lease nor any act or default of the parties in relation to any review of the Principal Rent shall make time of the essence in relation to the operation of this dause 5.

 

5.9 Appointment of the Valuer

The Valuer shall be appointed by agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant or, in the absence of agreement, by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors on the application of either the Landlord or the Tenant. If he is unable or unwilling to make the appointment, it shall be made by the Vice President or the next senior officer willing and able to do so. If there is no such officer available, it shall be made by an officer of such other professional body of surveyors nominated by the Landlord.

 

5.10 Basis of the appointment

The Valuer shall act as a single arbitrator under the Arbitration Act 1996 unless the Landlord specifies that he shall act as an expert at the time he is appointed.

 

5.11 Appointment as an arbitrator

If the Valuer acts as an arbitrator:

 

  (A) all submissions made or evidence supplied to him shall be in writing unless the Landlord notifies the Tenant and the Valuer in writing within 21 days of his appointment that this requirement shall not apply; and

 

  (B) the date of his award shall be deemed to be the date on which he serves a copy of the award on the Landlord and the Tenant; and

 

  (C) he shall not be entitled to order the rectification, setting aside or cancellation of this Lease or any other deed or document; and

 

  (D) he shall not be entitled to direct that the recoverable costs of the arbitration, or any part of it, be limited to a specified amount; and

 

  (E) he shall not be entitled to require that security be provided in respect of the costs of the arbitration.

 

15


5.12 Appointment of an expert

If the Valuer acts as an expert:

 

  (A) he shall give the Landlord and the Tenant the opportunity both to make written representations to him and to comment on each others’ representations; and

 

  (B) another Valuer may replace him if he dies, becomes unwilling to act or incapable of acting or it becomes apparent that for any reason he will be unable to determine the matter referred to him within a reasonable time after his appointment; and

 

  (C) his decision shall be final and binding on the Landlord and the Tenant, save as to matters of law; and

 

  (D) his fees, including those of his appointment, shall be shared equally between the Landlord and the Tenant, unless he determines otherwise.

 

5.13 Time not of the essence

Time shall not be of the essence in relation to the operation of this clause 5.

PART 4 : INSURANCE

 

6. Insurance obligations

 

6.1 Insurance of the Building

The Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Superior Landlord insures the Building against the Insured Risks in accordance with the terms of the Superior Lease.

 

6.2 Supplemental insurance

The Landlord shall insure in an insurance office of good repute and through such agency as the Landlord may from time to time determine or through underwriters at Lloyds the Landlord’s Premises:

 

  (A) against damage or destruction by any of the Insured Risks if the Superior Landlord fails to insure the Landlord’s Premises against damage or destruction by any such Insured Risks in accordance with the terms of the Superior Lease in each case in its full reinstatement cost including demolition, site clearance, hoarding and shoring up and all surveyor’s, architect’s and legal and professional fees and statutory fees together in each case with Value Added Tax; and

 

  (B) three years’ loss of the Principal Rent and Service Charge, in respect of the Landlord’s Premises taking into account the Landlord’s reasonable estimate of any increase in those rents upon any rent review or new letting but only insofar as, and to the extent that, such Principal Rent and Service Charge is not insured under the Superior Landlord’s policy or policies of insurance and such Principal Rent and Service Charge is more than that reserved in the Superior Lease.

 

6.3 Notice of Tenant’s interest

The Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours:

 

  (A) where the Landlord is entitled to make a request to do so under the Superior Lease, to procure that the Superior Landlord notes the interest of the Tenant on any policy or policies of insurance of the Building effected by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease; and

 

  (B) to note the interest of the Tenant on any policy or policies of insurance of the Landlord’s Premises maintained by the Landlord under clause 6.2.

 

16


The Landlord’s obligations under this clause 6.3 shall be satisfied if the relevant policy or policies of insurance contain provisions which deem the interest of any tenant or undertenant of the Building or the Landlord’s Premises to be noted on them.

 

6.4 General insurance provisions

The Landlord’s obligations under clause 6.2 shall be subject always to:

 

  (A) cover being normally available with insurance offices of good repute in the United Kingdom or through underwriters at Lloyd’s on reasonable commercial terms; and

 

  (B) such Insurance Excesses, exclusions and conditions in the United Kingdom insurance market in which the insurance is placed applicable to the area in which the Building is situated or the type of building insured including any exclusions in respect of Terrorist Activity; and

 

  (C) any policy of insurance not being made void or voidable by any act or default of the Tenant; and

 

  (D) in respect of the Landlord’s obligations under clause 6.2, the Tenant notifying the Landlord of the reinstatement value of any Alterations.

 

6.5 Insurance Rent

The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord:

 

  (A) % of the sums defined as “Insurance Rent” in the Superior Lease and charged to the Landlord by the Superior Landlord under the terms of the Superior Lease and provided that the Tenant’s proportion shall not be increased by reason of the remainder of the 6th Floor forming part of the Landlord’s Premises not being a due proportion, to be fairly, properly and reasonably determined by the Landlord, of:

 

  (B) any costs incurred by the Landlord under clause 6.2; and

 

  (C) where the Landlord insures the Landlord’s Premises under clause 6.2, the costs incurred by the Landlord in valuing the Landlord’s Premises at reasonable intervals for insurance purposes; and

 

  (D) any Insurance Excess; and

 

  (E) the Landlord’s costs of preparing, making and settling any insurance claim under any policy of insurance maintained by the Landlord; and

 

  (F) all other sums payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this clause 6,

and provided that the Tenant’s proportion shall not be increased by reason of the remainder of the 6th Floor forming part of the Landlord’s Premises not being occupied by a tenant or other occupier paying towards costs listed above.

 

17


6.6 Reinstatement of the Building

Following an Insurance Event, except to the extent that the insurance moneys are properly withheld due to the act or default of the Tenant and not made good by the Tenant under clause 6.12, the Landlord shall:

 

  (A) use all reasonable endeavours to procure that all insurance moneys received from the insurer by the Superior Landlord are laid out towards rebuilding or reinstating the Building in accordance with the Superior Landlord’s obligations in the Superior Lease; and

 

  (B) where any insurance moneys in respect of the Landlord’s Premises are payable to the Landlord:

 

  (1) use all reasonable endeavours to obtain any planning permissions and other approvals (including the consent of the Superior Landlord) required for the rebuilding and reinstatement of the Landlord’s Premises, but without any obligation to appeal against a refusal to grant planning permission or any other approval; and

 

  (2) subject to those planning permissions and approvals being obtained, procure that all insurance moneys received from the insurer by virtue of clause 6.2(A) are laid out towards rebuilding or reinstating the Landlord’s Premises as soon as reasonably practicable making up any deficiency out of out of its own monies.

 

6.7 Manner of reinstatement

Where the Landlord reinstates the Building or the Landlord’s Premises the Landlord shall:

 

  (A) reinstate the Building or the Landlord’s Premises in substantially as convenient a form from the point of view of the Tenant as it was prior to any such damage or destruction (but not so as to provide identical accommodation if it would not be reasonably practicable to do so) and so that the Landlord may make changes to take account of modern first class office specification at the relevant time; and

 

  (B) carry out any works of reinstatement or replacement in a good and workmanlike suitable materials and in accordance with all necessary consents and Statute to the extent that such are obtainable in the market at the time at reasonable rates and on reasonable terms;

PROVIDED THAT if it is not reasonably possible to rebuild or reinstate the Building or the Landlord’s Premises in accordance with clause 6.7(A) or (B) above, the Landlord shall rebuild or reinstate the same making any necessary changes provided that the use and enjoyment of the Premises and the ability of the Tenant and any lawful occupier to use the Premises beneficially for the Permitted Use shall not be materially and adversely affected.

 

6.8 Impossibility of reinstatement

If the Superior Landlord or the Landlord are unable to rebuild or reinstate the Building or the Landlord’s Premises for any reason beyond their control, then they shall not be under any obligation to do so and shall be entitled to retain for their own benefit all insurance moneys received or receivable under any policies of insurance maintained by them (in the case of the Superior Landlord, in accordance with the terms of the Superior Lease).

 

6.9 Commission and agency fees

The Landlord shall be entitled to retain for its own benefit any agency fee or other commission paid or allowed by the insurers.

 

18


6.10 Certificate of insurance

The Landlord shall:

 

  (A) give the Tenant full details of the insurance of the Building maintained by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease on receipt of such information from the Superior Landlord; and

 

  (B) give the Tenant full details of the insurance of the Landlord’s Premises maintained by the Landlord under this Lease (if any),

and in each case notify the Tenant in writing of any material change in the terms of cover from time to time and shall supply a copy of any new form of policy which becomes applicable as a consequence.

 

6.11 Increased insurance costs

The Tenant shall not knowingly do or bring anything upon the Premises or any other part of the Building which may increase the premium payable for any policy of insurance effected by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease or by the Landlord under this Lease. If the Tenant breaches this obligation, it shall pay the amount of any increased premium to the Landlord and indemnify the Landlord against the amount of any increased premium payable by the Landlord to the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease arising from the Tenant’s breach.

 

6.12 Invalidation of insurance

The Tenant shall not knowingly do or bring anything upon the Premises or any other part of the Building which may invalidate any policy of insurance effected by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease or by the Landlord under this Lease. If any insurance moneys become irrecoverable due to the act or default of the Tenant, it shall pay the amount irrecoverable to the Landlord and indemnify the Landlord against all sums payable by the Landlord to the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease arising from the

 

6.13 Compliance with insurer’s requirements

The Tenant shall comply with the proper requirements and reasonable recommendations of the insurers of the Building or the Landlord’s Premises so far as the same have been communicated to the Tenant and relate to the Premises or the use of the Common Parts.

 

6.14 Notification

The Tenant shall promptly give notice to the Landlord if:

 

  (A) there is an Insurance Event; or

 

  (B) the Tenant becomes aware of any matter which would invalidate or give the insurers of the Building or the Landlord’s Premises grounds for avoiding any policy of insurance relating to the Building or the Landlord’s Premises or which might increase the premium payable for any insurance of the Building or the Landlord’s Premises maintained by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease or by the Landlord under this Lease.

 

6.15 Non Invalidation Clause

The Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that every policy of insurance effected by the Landlord and/or the Superior Landlord hereunder and under the Superior Lease contains a

 

19


non-invalidation clause to the effect that the policy shall not be avoided by any act or omission or by any alteration whereby the risk of damage or destruction is increased unknown to or beyond the control of the Landlord and/or the Superior Landlord and a provision whereby the insurers agree to waive all rights of subrogation remedies or relief to which the insurers might become subrogated against the Tenant (unless the loss has been occasioned by or contributed to by the fraudulent or criminal or malicious act of the Tenant).

 

6.16 Vacating Premises

Following any Insurance Event, the Tenant shall, if requested to do so by the Superior Landlord or the Landlord, vacate those parts of the Premises which have been damaged or destroyed or which the Superior Landlord or the Landlord reasonably requires access to in order to enable the Superior Landlord to comply with its reinstatement obligations under the Superior Lease or Landlord to reinstate under this Lease.

 

6.17 Tenant’s insurance

The Tenant shall not insure the Superior Landlord’s or the Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Landlord’s Premises against any of the Insured Risks. If the Tenant breaches this clause 6.17, it shall hold the benefit of any insurance moneys which it receives in respect of such interest on trust for the Superior Landlord and the Landlord and shall pay such sums to the Superior Landlord or the Landlord or, if they so request, lay out such sums in reinstating the damage in respect of which those sums were paid.

 

6.18 Tenant’s third party liability

The Tenant shall insure its public liability and employer’s liability in respect of the Premises.

 

6.19 Uninsured Risk Damage

If and whenever during the Term the Building is damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk so that the Premises or any part of them are thereby unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible in accordance with this Lease then:

 

  (A) for the purpose of the repairing clauses under this Lease such destruction or damage shall be deemed to have been damage or destruction caused by an Insured Risk and the Tenant shall not be required to repair such damage in accordance with its covenants;

 

  (B) no later than two years after the damage or destruction in question the Landlord shall give written notice to the Tenant (the “Election Notice”) stating whether or not the Landlord or the Superior Landlord proposes to rebuild or reinstate the Building at its own cost (enclosing a copy of any notice and accompanying documentation received by the Landlord from the Superior Landlord pursuant to the provisions of the Superior Lease and if the Landlord proposes to reinstate enclosing evidence that the Landlord has taken such reasonable and proper steps as may be necessary to enable the Landlord to fulfil such intentions or that there is a reasonable prospect that the Landlord will be able to do so);

 

  (C)

if the Election Notice states that the Landlord or the Superior Landlord does propose to rebuild or reinstate the Building at its own cost then for all the purposes of this Lease the Building shall be deemed to have been damaged or destructed by an Insured Risk in respect of which the full insurance monies are recoverable by the Landlord or the Superior Landlord under the policy or policies of insurance for the Building and the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Superior Landlord reinstates the Building in accordance with its reinstatement obligations under the Superior Lease and if the Landlord is reinstating in accordance with its obligations

 

20


  specified in this Lease and for the avoidance of doubt the Landlord and/or the Superior Landlord shall not recover the cost of repairing such damage under the Service Charge or otherwise under this Lease;

 

  (D) if the Election Notice states that the Landlord does not propose to rebuild or reinstate the Building or if no Election Notice is served within the period referred to in clause 6.19(B) above then either the Landlord or the Tenant may at any time thereafter give written notice to the other to determine this Lease whereupon this Lease shall forthwith determine with immediate effect but without prejudice to any rights or liabilities in respect of any antecedent breaches;

 

  (E) 50% of the Principal Rent or 50% of a fair proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained will be suspended until the earlier of:

 

  (1) the date the Premises shall again be fit for occupation and use and accessible and ready for the Tenant’s fitting out works; or

 

  (2) the date this Lease shall determine in accordance with clauses 6.19(D) above or 6.19(F) below;

 

  (3) the date two years from the date of damage or destruction

and thereafter the Principal Rent and the Service Charge or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and the extent of the damage sustained shall be suspended until the Premises shall again be fit for occupation and use and accessible and ready for the Tenant’s fitting out works or the date this Lease shall determine in accordance with clauses 6.19(D) above or 6.19(F) below;

 

  (F) if following the service of the Election Notice the Premises shall not be fit for or capable of full beneficial occupation and use by the Tenant for the use permitted by this Lease and accessible within three years after the occurrence of the damage by an Uninsured Risk either the Tenant or the Landlord may at any time prior to the Premises being rebuilt or reinstated so as to render the Premises capable of full beneficial use as aforesaid terminate this Lease by written notice to the other party but without prejudice to any claim either party may have against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of their respective obligations hereunder.

PART 5 : TENANT’S COVENANTS

 

7. Financial obligations

 

7.1 Payment of Outgoings

The Tenant shall pay and indemnify the Landlord against all Outgoings except for:

 

  (A) any tax, other than Value Added Tax, payable by the Landlord on the Rents; and

 

  (B) any tax on any dealing by the Landlord with its interest in the Premises or the Landlord’s Premises.

 

7.2 Loss of rating relief

If the Tenant claims any rating relief during the Term for empty premises, it shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to any rating relief which the Landlord is unable to claim after the Term has ended as a result of the Tenant having made such a claim.

 

21


7.3 Rating Proposals

The following provisions shall apply in respect of any Rating Proposal:

 

  (A) the Tenant shall notify the Landlord as soon as it is aware of any Rating Proposal made by a third party and shall not agree to any Rating Proposal or make any Rating Proposal itself without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

 

  (B) unless the Tenant can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Superior Landlord and the Landlord that the Rating Proposal would increase the Outgoings the Tenant shall:

 

  (1) not object to any Rating Proposal made by the Superior Landlord or the Landlord or to the outcome of any Rating Proposal; and

 

  (2) co-operate with the Superior Landlord and the Landlord in making any Rating Proposal and give the Superior Landlord and the Landlord such information as they reasonably request; and

 

  (3) sign all consents, authorisations or other documents as the Superior Landlord or the Landlord reasonably request to give full effect to the Rating Proposal or its outcome.

 

7.4 Payment for Utilities

To the extent the same are not recovered through the Energy Charge, the Tenant shall pay for all Utilities used by the Tenant and any related meter rents, installation charges and connection charges.

 

7.5 To pay costs

The Tenant shall pay all proper costs, charges and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Landlord (together with the Landlord’s own administrative and management expenses) in relation to:

 

  (A) the preparation and service of any notice and any proceedings under ss146 or 147 Law of Property Act 1925 or the Leasehold Property (Repairs) Act 1938 whether or not forfeiture is avoided other than by relief granted by the court; and

 

  (B) the preparation and service on any undertenant of any notice under s.6 Law of Distress Amendment Act 1908; and

 

  (C) the preparation and service of any notice under s.17 of the 1995 Act; and

 

  (D) the recovery of any arrears of the Rents, whether by action or otherwise; and

 

  (E) the preparation and service of a schedule of dilapidations at any time during or within three months after the end of the Term (but relating to all cases only to such wants of repair which accrued not later than the expiration of the Term); and

 

  (F) any action taken by the Landlord to ensure that the Tenant makes good any breach of the Tenant’s Covenants including, without limitation, any survey carried out by or on behalf of the Landlord to determine the nature and extent of any breach of covenant; and

 

22


  (G) the application for consent to any matter for which the consent or approval of the Landlord is required under this Lease whether such consent is granted or not for any reason unless the Landlord acts unreasonably in refusing consent. Any costs payable under this clause 7.5(G) shall:

 

  (1) be payable to the extent only that they are proper and reasonable; and

 

  (2) include the proper and reasonable costs of the Superior Landlord where the cost of the Superior Landlord is required under the terms of the Superior Lease.

 

7.6 Indemnity

The Tenant shall keep the Landlord indemnified against any breach of the Tenant’s Covenants or any act or default of the Tenant in relation to the Premises save that the Landlord shall be obliged to use reasonable endeavours to mitigate its loss.

 

8. Repair and redecoration

 

8.1 Upkeep of the Premises

Subject to clause 8.3, the Tenant shall:

 

  (A) keep the Premises in good and substantial repair and condition provided that the Tenant shall not be obliged to keep the Premises in any better state and condition than that evidenced by the Schedule of Condition save that any disrepair or discolouration of the carpets evidenced by the Schedule of Condition shall be ignored for the purposes of this clause 8.1(A) which shall be deemed to have been in good and substantial condition as at the Term Commencement Date; and

 

  (B) replace any carpets and other floor coverings with new articles of a similar kind and quality at the end of the Term; and

 

  (C) replace:

 

  (1) any landlord’s fixtures; and

 

  (2) any blinds, curtains or other window coverings in the Premises

with new articles of a similar kind and quality if they become incapable of repair or, in the case of plant and equipment, if they cease to operate properly; and

 

  (D) redecorate the Premises internally in every third year of the Term and within the three months before the end of the Term; and

 

  (E) as often as reasonably necessary, wash down all tiles, glazed bricks and similar washable surfaces

provided that the Tenant shall not paint, or otherwise treat, surfaces within the Premises not previously painted or treated without the Landlord’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

23


8.2 Cleaning

The Tenant shall:

 

  (A) keep the Premises in a clean and tidy condition and (save to the extent that the Tenant employs and utilises its own cleaning staff) employ only the Superior Landlord’s nominated cleaning contractors or the Landlord’s cleaning contractor for such purposes, but so that:

 

  (1) the Landlord shall consult with the Tenant in relation to each proposed appointment, and the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Superior Landlord shall have due regard to any proper and reasonable representations made by the Tenant relating to the identity of all such cleaning contractors;

 

  (2) if the Tenant reasonably and properly determines that the service provided by the Superior Landlord’s nominated cleaning contractor is unsatisfactory, and the Landlord fails within a reasonable time of being requested by the Tenant to procure a reasonable improvement, the Tenant shall (subject to the Superior Landlord agreeing thereto pursuant to the terms of the Superior Lease) be entitled to appoint its own competent and reputable cleaning contractors;

 

  (B) as often as may be necessary, properly clean the inside surfaces of all exterior windows and windows looking onto any galleria or atrium and:

 

  (1) in the event that the Superior Landlord enforces clause 10.5.3(a) of the Superior Lease keep the toilets shown shaded yellow on Plan A in a clean and tidy condition, and either appoint competent and reputable cleaning contractors for such purposes, or employ its own cleaning staff, provided that, to the extent the Landlord (acting reasonably) or the Superior Landlord considers the said toilets are not being kept in a clean and tidy condition, the Landlord shall be entitled to appoint its own cleaning contractors for such purposes, and the Tenant shall then no longer be entitled or obliged to provide such cleaning contractors under this clause 8.2(B)(1);

 

  (2) permit the Landlord, its servants, agents and contractors after reasonable prior notice (but not less than ten (10) Working Days prior notice save in emergency (where no notice need be given)) to enter the Premises to inspect the toilets and thereafter to carry out any works of refurbishment as the Landlord or the Superior Landlord may require, such works to be carried out in accordance with a programme, and subject to conditions including access, security and hours of working, first approved by the Tenant, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed PROVIDED THAT the Tenant may from time to time request the Landlord to carry out such refurbishment works, and, if the Landlord declines so to do, then the Tenant may itself carry out such works in accordance with details previously approved by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

8.3 Insurance Events

Clause 8.1 shall not apply to any damage to or destruction of the Premises which is an Insurance Event except to the extent that the insurance moneys are withheld due to the act or default of the Tenant.

 

8.4 Manner of redecoration

The Tenant shall carry out all redecoration with appropriate materials in a good, substantial and workmanlike manner and in accordance with best modern practice in colours and with materials previously approved in writing by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the final three months of the Term, the Tenant shall use such colours and materials as the Landlord requires.

 

24


8.5 Making good disrepair

The Tenant shall carry out any works required to remedy any breach of the Tenant’s Covenants relating to the repair and condition of the Premises within three months after the service of any notice specifying the works required or immediately in case of emergency. In default, the Landlord with its contractors may enter and remain upon the Premises to carry out those works itself and all proper costs incurred by the Landlord shall be a debt payable on demand to the Landlord by the Tenant. For the avoidance of doubt the Tenant shall not be required to reimburse the Landlord for any costs which put the Premises in any better condition than as evidenced by the Schedule of Condition.

 

8.6 Defective premises

The Tenant shall do everything necessary to comply with the Defective Premises Act 1972 and in particular shall:

 

  (A) promptly give notice to the Landlord of any defect in the Premises or the Building which may give rise to a duty of care on the Superior Landlord or the Landlord under that Act; and

 

  (B) not do any act or thing which might breach any duty of care on the Superior Landlord or the Landlord under that Act; and

 

  (C) display and maintain on the Premises any notices which the Superior Landlord or the Landlord may reasonably require.

 

9. Alterations

 

9.1 No structural alterations

 

  (A) The Tenant shall not alter, cut into or remove any of the principal or load-bearing walls, floors, beams or columns in or enclosing the Premises, or carry out any alteration or addition incapable of being fully reinstated at the expiry or sooner determination of the Term.

 

  (B) Notwithstanding clause 9.1(A) the Tenant shall be entitled to make minor openings in floor slabs or interior walls in the Premises and into other immediately adjacent or contiguous premises in the Building let to the Tenant (and which continue at the time of the making of the minor openings to be let to the Tenant) which do not (whether individually or in aggregate) adversely affect the structural integrity of the Building or the operation of any of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary, heating, ventilation, air conditioning or other services within the Building subject to first obtaining the Landlord’s written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

9.2 No alterations to landlord’s fixtures

The Tenant shall not make any alteration or addition to any of the landlord’s fixtures or to any of the Conduits in the Premises without the Landlord’s consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

25


9.3 Non-structural alterations

The Tenant shall not make any alteration or addition of a non-structural nature to the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed in circumstances where such alterations do not materially adversely affect the Premises or the efficiency of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary, heating, ventilation, air-conditioning or other services in the Premises (otherwise than temporarily until they have been re-balanced) and do not adversely affect anything outside the Premises (including the external appearance of the Building) or the efficacy of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary, heating, ventilation, air conditioning or other services in the Building (otherwise than temporarily until they have been re-balanced) and any obligation to supply air conditioning and/or heating to the Premises shall be qualified to the extent the Landlord or the Superior Landlord is prevented or restricted from doing so by reason of alterations carried out pursuant to this clause 9.3, but the Tenant shall:

 

  (A) supply the Landlord beforehand with plans showing its proposed layout and all other relevant details together with particulars of its type and design;

 

  (B) comply with all statutory requirements applicable to the works being carried out; and,

 

  (C) within fifteen (15) Working Days after substantial completion of the works, provide the Landlord with two sets of final “as-built” plans and specifications and a set of plans and specifications showing the Premises prior to the commencement of the works (in both cases hard copy and CAD disk) for retention.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant shall be entitled to install, relocate and remove demountable partitioning, floor boxes and light switches within the Premises without the Landlord’s prior consent, provided that such works do not have a materially adverse effect on the management of the Building, or the operation of the Base Building Services and provided the Tenant complies with clauses 9.3(A) to 9.3(C).

 

9.4 Covenants by Tenant

The Tenant shall enter into such covenants as the Landlord or the Superior Landlord may reasonably and properly require regarding the execution of any works to which the Landlord consents under this clause, and the reinstatement of the Premises in respect of such works, or any other areas, at the end or earlier determination of the Term.

 

9.5 Reinstatement

In respect of all Alterations, the Tenant shall comply with the reinstatement provisions in clauses 19.2 and 19.3 at the end of the Term.

 

9.6 Effect of consent to Alterations

In consenting to any Alterations, the Landlord shall not guarantee:

 

  (A) the structural stability of either the Alterations or the Premises as altered by them; or

 

  (B) the suitability of any materials to be used in the Alterations; or

 

  (C) the compatibility of the Alterations with the Services Systems; or

 

  (D) that the Premises as altered will comply with the requirements of any Statute.

 

26


10. Use of the Premises

 

10.1 Authorised Use

The Tenant shall use the Premises only for the Authorised Use for such use 24 hours every day of the year.

 

10.2 Prohibited uses

The Tenant shall not use the Premises:

 

  (A) as offices to which members of the public are normally admitted otherwise than by way of appointment; or

 

  (B) for the wholesale or retail sale of goods or any sale by auction; or

 

  (C) for any religious, public or political meeting; or

 

  (D) for any offensive, noxious or noisy trade, business or occupation; or

 

  (E) for illegal or immoral purposes; or

 

  (F) for the sale or production of alcohol; or

 

  (G) for residential purposes; or

 

  (H) as a club, sex shop, amusement arcade, betting office, staff agency or employment agency; or

 

  (I) the preparation or cooking of food, other than in those areas reasonably designated by the Landlord for those purposes; or

 

  (J) for any use which is prohibited under the Superior Lease.

 

10.3 Regulations

The Tenant shall:

 

  (A) comply with any reasonable requirements or reasonable regulations made in respect of the Utilities by the supply companies; and

 

  (B) comply with the lawful requirements and reasonable recommendations of the local fire officer in respect of the Premises and the Building or their use; and

 

  (C) operate the Services Systems within and exclusively serving the Premises in accordance with the manufacturer’s operating guidelines and recommendations; and

 

  (D) comply with all Regulations.

 

10.4 Keyholders The Tenant shall:

 

  (A) ensure that, at all times, the Landlord and the Superior Landlord has details of the names, home numbers and home addresses of at least two keyholders of the Premises; and

 

  (B)

provide the Landlord and the Superior Landlord with a set of keys and passes, and any necessary codes for any keypads or other equipment necessary for gaining access to the Premises to enable the Landlord and the Superior Landlord, or their agents and others authorised by the Landlord or the Superior Landlord to enter the Premises for security

 

27


  purposes or in cases of emergency, provided that the Landlord shall only enter the Premises unaccompanied where the Tenant’s keyholder has not provided access within a reasonable time

PROVIDED THAT the foregoing provisions of this clause 10.4 shall only apply in circumstances where the Landlord acting reasonably and properly has notified the Tenant in writing that the Landlord considers that the security arrangements implemented by the Tenant are insufficient for the Landlord’s purposes and the Tenant has failed, within 10 (ten) Working Days of receipt of the Landlord’s notice, to implement alternative security arrangements that are acceptable to the Landlord (acting reasonably).

 

10.5 Use Restrictions

The Tenant shall perform and observe the obligations set out in schedule 4.

 

10.6 No warranty as to use

The Landlord gives no warranty that the Authorised Use is or will remain a permitted use under the Planning Acts.

 

11. Alienation generally

 

11.1 Disposals

The Tenant shall not assign, charge, underlet or part with possession, or share the occupation of, or permit any person to occupy the whole or any part or parts of the Premises except as may be expressly permitted by clauses 11 to 14 (inclusive).

 

11.2 Sharing with a Group Company

Nothing shall prevent the Tenant from sharing occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises with any company which is, for the time being, a Group Company of the Tenant subject to:

 

  (A) the Tenant giving to the Landlord written notice of the sharing of occupation and the name of the Group Company concerned within five (5) Working Days after the sharing begins;

 

  (B) the Tenant and that Group Company remaining in the same relationship whilst the sharing lasts;

 

  (C) (the sharing not creating the relationship of landlord and tenant between the Tenant and that Group Company; and

 

  (D) no security of tenure under Part II of the 1954 Act arising.

 

12. Assignment

 

12.1 No assignment of part

The Tenant shall not assign any part or parts (as distinct from the whole) of the Premises.

 

28


12.2 Prohibition on assignment

The Tenant shall not assign the whole of the Premises without complying with, or fulfilling, the circumstances and conditions set out in this clause 12.

 

12.3 Information relating to Application to Assign

The Landlord shall be entitled to receive from the Tenant the following undertaking and information prior to considering any Application to Assign from the Tenant:

 

  (1) an undertaking (unconditional, save as to a reasonable upper limit in line with the Landlord’s reasonable estimate of costs) from solicitors acting for the Current Tenant or for the Proposed Assignee to pay on demand all costs and disbursements (and irrecoverable VAT) which may reasonably and properly be incurred by the Landlord and the Superior Landlord in considering the Application to Assign, whether or not consent is granted, and in granting consent (if it is granted); and,

 

  (2) such information relating to the financial affairs and position of the Proposed Assignee and the Proposed Guarantor as the Landlord and the Superior Landlord may reasonably require.

 

12.4 Circumstances in which assignment not allowed

For the purposes of section 19(1)A of the 1927 Act it is agreed that, in addition to any other circumstance in which consent to assignment may lawfully be withheld, the Landlord may withhold consent to an assignment by the Tenant of the whole of the Premises in any of the circumstances set out in clauses 12.4(A) and 12.4(B). In this clause, references to the Proposed Assignee shall be interpreted so that, where it is proposed that a Proposed Guarantor shall act as a guarantor for the liabilities of the Proposed Assignee, the criteria set out below need apply to the Proposed Guarantor (mutatis mutandis) only, and not the Proposed Assignee itself. The circumstances are as follows:

 

  (A) where the Proposed Assignee is a person or entity who has, or may come to have, the right to claim diplomatic or sovereign immunity or exemption from liability for the breach of the covenants contained in this Lease, unless such diplomatic or sovereign immunity or exemption from liability is effectively and irrevocably waived, disclaimed or negated beforehand, and the Tenant has at its own cost supplied to the Landlord and the Superior Landlord any legal opinion reasonably required by the Landlord in connection with such waiver, disclaimer or negation in a form acceptable both to the Landlord, in each case acting reasonably, and the Superior Landlord; and

 

  (B) where the Landlord (acting reasonably) considers the Proposed Assignee (or the Proposed Guarantor) is a person who would, in the reasonable opinion of a prudent landlord of high quality offices in the City of London, not be considered of sufficient financial standing to enable it to comply with the tenant’s covenants in this Lease; and

 

  (C) where the Proposed Assignee is a company incorporated in or an individual resident in a jurisdiction outside the United Kingdom in respect of which there no applicable treaty for the mutual enforcement of civil judgments unless the Landlord is reasonably satisfied that a judgment obtained in England and Wales against the assignee can be enforced in the relevant jurisdiction; and

 

  (D) where the Proposed Assignee is a Group Company of the Tenant unless the Landlord is provided with:

 

  (1) evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the covenant strength of the assignee is not less than that of the Tenant at the date of the assignment disregarding any Authorised Guarantee Agreement given by the Tenant to the Landlord; and

 

  (2) a new guarantor of the Tenant’s Covenants of no less covenant strength than the Tenant’s Guarantor at the date of the assignment.

 

29


12.5 Conditions for assignment

For the purposes of section 19(1A) of the 1927 Act, it is further agreed that, in addition to any other conditions subject to which licence or consent may be granted for the Proposed Assignment, any consent of the Landlord shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (A) the Tenant has paid to the Landlord the whole of any arrears of Principal Rent; and

 

  (B) that the Current Tenant shall, prior to completion of the Proposed Assignment, procure that the Proposed Assignee enters into a direct covenant with the Landlord to pay the Rents reserved by, and to perform the covenants by the Tenant contained in this Lease; and

 

  (C) that, if the Landlord shall reasonably so require, the Current Tenant shall obtain an acceptable guarantor for the Proposed Assignee, and shall procure that such guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Landlord a deed containing covenants by that (or, if more than one, joint and several covenants) with the Landlord, as a primary obligation, in the terms contained in schedule 5 (with necessary changes), or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require; and

 

  (D) if reasonably required by the Landlord, a rent deposit of not less than twelve months’ Principal Rent, together with Value Added Tax (if any), shall be provided to the Landlord on such terms and for such period as the Landlord shall reasonably require.

 

12.6 Authorised Guarantee Agreement

 

  (A) For the purposes of section 19(1 )A of the 1927 Act and section 16 of the 1995 Act, it is agreed that any consent of the Landlord and of the Superior Landlord to an assignment of the whole of the Premises shall be subject to a condition that the Current Tenant shall, prior to such assignment being completed, execute and deliver to the Superior Landlord and the Landlord deeds, which shall be prepared by the Landlord’s solicitors, containing covenants on the part of the Current Tenant in the case of the deed to entered into with the Landlord in the form of those set out in schedule 5 with any necessary changes.

 

  (B) For the purposes of section 19( 1 )A of the 1927 Act and section 16 of the 1995 Act, and as a separate and severable obligation from that set out in this clause 12.6, it is further agreed that any consent of the Landlord and of the Superior Landlord to an assignment of the whole of the Premises shall be subject to a condition that any guarantor of the Current Tenant shall, prior to such assignment being completed, execute and deliver to the Landlord and the Superior Landlord deeds containing a direct covenant by way of a guarantee and indemnity that the Tenant will comply with its obligations in the Authorised Guarantee Agreement referred to in clause 12.6(A) above in the case of the deed to entered into with the Landlord in the form of those set out in schedule 5, with any necessary changes.

 

12.7 Consent for assignment

Without prejudice to the foregoing provisions of this clause 12, the Tenant shall not assign the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, and, save in relation to the circumstances set out in clause 12.4 and the conditions mentioned in clauses 12.5 and 12.6, such consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, and of the Superior Landlord; and the parties hereby agree that, in considering whether or not the Landlord is reasonably withholding such consent, due and proper regard shall be had to the provisions and effect of the 1995 Act.

 

30


13. Underletting

 

13.1 Underletting of the whole

 

  (A) The Tenant shall not underlet the whole of the Premises other than on condition that, if the Landlord shall reasonably so require, the Tenant obtains a reasonably acceptable guarantor for any proposed undertenant, and such guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Landlord a deed containing covenants by that guarantor (or, if more than one, joint and several covenants) with the Landlord, as a primary obligation, in the terms contained in schedule 5 (with any necessary changes) or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require.

 

  (B) Any underletting of the whole, or part of the Premises, shall incorporate an agreement effectually excluding sections 24 to 28 of the 1954 Act (as amended).

 

13.2 Underletting of part

 

  (A) The Tenant shall not underlet any part of the Premises, as opposed to the whole of the Premises, so as to create more than in conjunction with the Additional Premises three occupancies of the Premises or following the grant of the Additional Lease and subject to clause 13.2(B) below four occupancies.

 

  (B) If this Lease and the Additional Lease are in separate ownership at any time during the Term, the Tenant shall not underlet any part of the Premises so as to create more than 3 occupancies of the Premises.

 

13.3 Underletting rent

The Tenant shall not underlet the Premises:

 

  (A) at a fine or premium or at a rent less than the open market rent for the space being underlet; or,

 

  (B) on terms whereby any rent free or concessionary rent period or financial inducement, given or received, is materially different from that which is customary at the time in the open market (except in respect of an underlease for 24 months or less containing no options to renew or extend for any party).

 

13.4 Direct covenants from undertenant

Prior to the grant of any permitted underlease, the Tenant shall procure that the undertenant enters into the following direct covenants with the Landlord (and the Superior Landlord):

 

  (A) an unqualified covenant by the undertenant not to assign or charge any part (as distinct from the whole) of the premises to be underlet;

 

31


  (B) an unqualified covenant by the undertenant not to part with possession or share the occupation of the whole or any part of the premises to be underlet or permit any person to occupy them, save on the same basis that the Tenant is entitled to deal with the Premises, mutatis mutandis;

 

  (C) a covenant by the undertenant not to assign or underlet the whole or part without the prior written consents of the Landlord and of the Superior Landlord, such consent in the case of the Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

  (D) a covenant by the undertenant to perform and observe all the tenant’s covenants contained in the permitted underlease; and

 

  (E) an unqualified covenant by the undertenant not to charge the premises to be underlet, save at arm’s length to a bona fide bank or other substantial institution.

 

13.5 Contents of underlease

Every permitted underlease shall contain the following provisions:

 

  (A) save in relation to an underlease which is for a term of 5 years or less and which is granted for a term commencing less than two (2) years before a Review Date, provisions for the review of the rent payable under it, on an upwards-only and at least five yearly basis corresponding with the rent review provisions in this Lease;

 

  (B) a covenant by the undertenant (which the Tenant covenants to use all reasonable endeavours to enforce) prohibiting the undertenant from doing or suffering any act or thing on, or in relation to, the premises underlet in breach of this Lease;

 

  (C) a condition for re-entry on breach of any covenant by the undertenant;

 

  (D) a covenant by the undertenant prohibiting the undertenant from assigning or underletting the whole of the premises demised by the underlease without the prior written consents (such consents not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Tenant and the Landlord under this Lease and the Superior Landlord;

 

  (E) a provision to the effect that, for the purposes of section 19(1 A) of the 1927 Act and section 16 of the 1995 Act, any consents to an assignment of the underlease shall be subject to a condition that the undertenant under the underlease shall, if reasonably required by the Landlord, prior to such assignment being completed, execute and deliver to the Tenant, and, except in relation to a lease for a term of five years or less and subject to clause 13.5(D), to the Landlord under this Lease and to the Superior Landlord, a deed, which shall be prepared by the Tenant’s solicitors, containing covenants on the part of the then undertenant with the Tenant, and, if applicable, separately with the Landlord and separately with the Superior Landlord, in the case of the deeds to be entered into with the Tenant and the Landlord in the form set out in schedule 5 (with any necessary changes); and

 

  (F) except in relation to a lease which is for a term of 5 years or less and subject to clause 13.5(D), the same, or at the Tenant’s option greater, restrictions as to assignment, underletting and parting with, or sharing the possession or occupation of, the premises underlet, and the same provisions for direct covenants and registration, as are in this Lease (with any necessary changes) provided that no more than two further derivative underlettings of whole are permitted (beyond this Lease).

 

32


13.6 Tenant to obtain Landlord’s consent

Without prejudice to the other provisions of this clause, the Tenant shall not underlet the whole or any part of the Premises without the prior written consents of the Landlord and of the Superior Landlord, such consents not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

13.7 Tenant to enforce obligations

The Tenant shall enforce the performance and observance of the covenants by the undertenant contained in any permitted underlease, and shall not, at any time, either expressly or by implication, knowingly waive any breach of them.

 

13.8 Review of underlease rent

The Tenant shall procure that the rent under any permitted underlease is reviewed in accordance with its terms.

 

13.9 No variation of terms

The Tenant shall not vary the terms of any permitted underlease, without the prior written consents of the Landlord and of the Superior Landlord, such consent in the case of the Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

13.10 No reduction in rent

The Tenant shall procure that the rent payable under any permitted underlease is not commuted or made payable more than one quarter in advance, and shall not permit any reduction of that rent without the Landlord’s consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

13.11 Covenants by assignee and assignor of underlease

Prior to the assignment of any permitted underlease, the Tenant shall procure that there are delivered:

 

  (A) to the Landlord and to the Superior Landlord, a deed or deeds containing covenants by the assignee with the Landlord and the Superior Landlord, in such form as the Landlord may reasonably require, to perform and observe all the tenant’s covenants in, and conditions of, the underlease during the residue of the term of the underlease; and,

 

  (B) to the Landlord and to the Superior Landlord, and separately to the Tenant, a deed containing covenants by the assignor, in the case of the deeds to be entered into with the Landlord and the Tenant in the form of the deed set out in schedule 5, if the Landlord’s consent to such assignment is subject to a condition that the undertenant shall enter into such a deed as contemplated by clause 13.5(E).

 

14. Mortgaging and charging

 

14.1 Mortgaging and charging

The Tenant shall not mortgage or charge, in any way, part only of the Premises, and shall not otherwise mortgage or charge the whole of the Premises, save at arm’s length to a bona fide bank or other substantial financial institution.

 

15. General provisions and registration of dispositions

 

15.1 Any guarantee and indemnity to be given to the Superior Landlord shall be in such form as the Superior Landlord shall properly and reasonably require under the Superior Lease.

 

33


15.2 The Landlord shall prepare all documents containing covenants to be given to it.

 

15.3 Within fifteen (15) Working Days after every assignment, transfer, assent, underlease, assignment of underlease, mortgage, charge, commencement of sharing possession or any other disposition, whether mediate or immediate, of or relating to the Premises or any part, the Tenant shall give written notice thereof to the Landlord and provide the Landlord or its solicitors with two copies (certified as true) of the deed, instrument or other document evidencing or effecting such disposition and, on each occasion, shall pay to the Landlord or its solicitors a fee of twenty-five pounds (£25.00) together with VAT thereon, or such larger sum as may be reasonable, together with any fee or fees payable by the Landlord and the Superior Landlord.

 

15.4 From time to time, within 15 Working Days of written demand, during the Term, but not more than twice in any one year, the Tenant shall furnish the Landlord with full particulars of all derivative interests of or in the Premises, however remote or inferior, including particulars of the rents payable in respect of such derivative interests, and such further particulars as the Landlord may reasonably require.

 

16. Legislation

 

16.1 Planning

The Tenant shall comply with the Planning Acts in so far as they relate to the Premises and the use of the Common Parts and shall not:

 

  (A) make any application for planning permission or any application for a determination that planning permission is not required for any Alterations or any change of the Authorised Use without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed if the application relates to a matter for which the Landlord cannot unreasonably withhold or delay its consent under this Lease; and

 

  (B) carry out any Alterations or change the Authorised Use until all necessary planning permissions have been obtained and approved in writing by the Landlord. Subject to clause 16.2, the Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval where it has given consent to the application for planning permission being made.

 

16.2 Approval of permissions

The Landlord shall be entitled to:

 

  (A) impose reasonable conditions to the giving of its approval; and

 

  (B) withhold its approval to any planning permission if any condition contained in or omitted from it or its duration would, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord, have or be likely to have an adverse effect on the value of the Landlord’s interest in the Building or any Adjoining Property at any time during or after the end of the Term.

 

16.3 Statutes

The Tenant shall comply with every Statute which affects the Premises and the Common Parts or their use and occupation and shall carry out and maintain at its own cost and expense all works and arrangements required under any Statute in so far as the same impose obligations on the Tenant and its use of the Premises.

 

34


16.4 CDM Regulations

The Tenant shall comply in all respects with the CDM Regulations in so far as they relate to the Premises and, without limitation, shall at its own cost and expense:

 

  (A) (where applicable) notify the Health and Safety Executive of any Alterations; and

 

  (B) maintain and update the Health and Safety File as necessary and provide copies of it to the Landlord and any person entitled to inspect it on request by those persons; and

 

  (C) where there is more than one client in relation to a project, make a written election to be treated as the only client for the purposes of the CDM Regulations and provide the Landlord with a copy of the election, (and, where the Landlord is a client, the Landlord hereby consents to such election).

 

16.5 Statutory notices

The Tenant shall give to the Landlord a copy of every notice, order, direction, licence, consent or permission relating to the Premises made or given under any Statute within seven days of its receipt, or sooner in cases of emergency. If required by the Landlord, the Tenant shall at its own cost and expense make or join the Landlord in making such objections, applications or representations against or in respect of them as the Landlord shall reasonably require.

 

17. Third party rights

 

17.1 Loss of existing rights benefiting the Premises

The Tenant shall not stop up, darken or obstruct any window or other opening belonging to the Premises or do any other act or thing which may lead to any rights benefiting the Premises or the Building being lost.

 

17.2 Creation of new rights over the Premises

The Tenant shall not knowingly permit or allow any encroachment to be made which may lead to rights being acquired by any person over the Premises or the Building.

 

17.3 1Notification

The Tenant shall notify the Landlord of any of the matters referred to in this clause 17 as soon as reasonably practicable as the same come to the notice of the Tenant and shall at the parties’ joint cost and expense take such action as the Landlord reasonably requires to prevent any rights being acquired over the Premises or the Building or any rights benefiting the Premises or the Building being lost.

 

18. Title matters

 

18.1 Covenants restricting use

The Tenant shall not enter into any covenant in favour of any person other than the Landlord relating to the Premises or require any assignee or undertenant to give covenants which would restrict the use of the Premises to a greater extent than the restrictions on use contained in this Lease.

 

18.2 Existing title matters

The Tenant shall by way of indemnity only comply with the conditions, covenants, restrictions and other matters contained or referred to in the deeds and documents specified in schedule 6 to the Superior Lease in so far as the same relate to the Premises.

 

35


19. End of the Term

 

19.1 Return of the Premises

At the end of the Term, the Tenant shall return the Premises to the Landlord:

 

  (A) with vacant possession, except to the extent that any permitted undertenant of the whole or any part of the Premises has the right to the statutory continuation of their underlease under the 1954 Act; and

 

  (B) repaired, cleaned and maintained in accordance with the Tenant’s Covenants.

 

19.2 Reinstatement at the end of the Term

Subject to clause 19.3, at the end of the Term the Tenant shall:

 

  (A) remove any buildings or other works in respect of which any planning permission, bye-law or other consent may have been granted for a limited period only; and

 

  (B) remove any moulding, sign or painting of the name or business of the Tenant or any undertenant or other occupiers of the Premises and all tenant’s fixtures and chattels; and

 

  (C) remove any Hazardous Material unless it was present at the time the Tenant first took possession of the Premises; and

 

  (D) reinstate all Alterations made to the Premises and restore the Premises to the state and condition in which the Tenant first took possession of them as evidenced by the Schedule of Condition.

The Tenant shall carry out all works in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with Statute and the Tenant shall make good all damage caused to the Premises and any Common Parts in the exercise of these obligations. For the avoidance of doubt the Tenant shall not be required to reinstate the Premises in any better state of repair and condition than as evidenced by the Schedule of Condition.

 

19.3 Waiver of reinstatement

Clause 19.2 shall not apply to the extent that the Landlord notifies the Tenant in writing at any time before the last three months of the Term that it does not require any works of reinstatement specified in that notice to be carried out. If the Landlord serves notice under this clause 19.3, the Tenant shall not carry out the works specified in that notice.

 

19.4 Removal of Tenant’s effects

The Tenant irrevocably appoints the Landlord as its agent to store and dispose of any tenant’s fixtures and chattels left by the Tenant on the Premises for more than one month after the end of the Term. The Landlord shall be entitled to dispose of these items on such terms as it sees fit without being liable to the Tenant except to account for the net proceeds of sale after deducting any costs of storage and any other expenses reasonably incurred by the Landlord.

 

36


19.5 Exclusion of compensation

Subject to the 1954 Act, the Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation under any Statute or otherwise at the end of the Term.

 

19.6 Land Registry forms

 

  (A) Obligation to register Lease at Land Registry

If the Lease is or should be registered at HM Land Registry under the Land Registration Act 2002 the Tenant will:

 

  (1) procure that the Tenant is registered at HM Land Registry as proprietor of the Lease as soon as reasonably possible; and

 

  (2) procure that all rights granted or reserved by the Lease are properly noted against the affected titles; and

 

  (3) deliver to the Landlord, within one month of registration, official copies of the registered title evidencing that the Tenant is the registered proprietor of the Lease.

PART 6 : LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

 

20. Landlord’s obligations

 

20.1 Quiet enjoyment

Subject to clause 20.2 the Tenant shall be entitled quietly to enjoy the Premises throughout the Term without any interruption by the Landlord or by any person lawfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord.

 

20.2 No derogation from grant

The exercise by the Landlord or any other person of any right reserved in this Lease shall not be in derogation of the Landlord’s grant nor be a breach of the Landlord’s obligation in clause 20.1.

 

20.3 Exclusion of liability

The Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant or to any persons deriving title under the Tenant or its or their respective licensees, agents or employees in respect of any loss or damage caused by or arising from:

 

  (A) any Insurance Event where the Landlord complies with its obligations under clause 6; or

 

  (B) any act or omission of the Superior Landlord; or

 

  (C) any act or omission of any other tenant of the Landlord or any person deriving title under such a tenant or any licensee where the Landlord has taken all reasonably available steps to enforce the covenants of any such lease or licence; or

 

  (D) any failure, interruption or delay in the performance of the Landlord’s Covenants from any cause or circumstance beyond the control of the Landlord including, without limitation, mechanical breakdown, failure, malfunction, shortages of fuel or materials or labour disputes; or

 

  (E) any failure, interruption or delay in the supply of any of the Services from any necessary maintenance, servicing, repair or replacement of the Conduits, any Services Systems or any other plant, equipment or machinery used in the provision of the Services.

 

37


PART 7 : SUPERIOR LEASE

 

21. Superior Lease

 

21.1 Tenant’s obligations

The Tenant shall comply with the obligations contained in the Superior Lease which the tenant of the Superior Lease covenants to comply with insofar as they are applicable to the Premises, except for:

 

  (A) the obligation on the tenant of the Superior Lease to pay the rents reserved by it or any other sums payable under the Superior Lease not reserved as rent; and

 

  (B) the obligation on the tenant to comply with the Shareholders Deed pursuant to clause 46 of the Superior Lease; and

 

  (C) the obligation to comply with the words “corresponding with the rent review provisions in this Lease” at the end of clause 21.6.1 of the Superior Lease which shall be deemed substituted for the words “in no more than five yearly intervals”.

 

21.2 Landlord’s obligations

The Landlord shall:

 

  (A) pay the rents reserved by the Superior Lease; and

 

  (B) comply with the obligations on the part of the tenant of the Superior Lease which are not the responsibility of the Tenant under this Lease; and

 

  (C) at the request and (only in so far as such request relates to the Premises demised by this Lease) cost of the Tenant and otherwise at the joint cost of the parties such cost to be apportioned fairly and reasonably, use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Superior Landlord complies with the obligations on the part of the landlord contained in the Superior Lease.

 

21.3 Consents

Without prejudice to the terms of this Lease, where the consent or approval of the Landlord is required to any act or thing:

 

  (A) it shall be a condition precedent to the grant of that consent or approval that, if required under the Superior Lease, the consent or approval of Superior Landlord is obtained; and

 

  (B) where the Landlord is under an obligation not unreasonably to withhold or delay its consent or approval, the Landlord shall at the cost of the Tenant (provided such costs are proper and reasonable costs) apply for and use all reasonable endeavours to obtain the consent or approval of the Superior Landlord where this is required under the Superior Lease; and

 

  (C) references to the consent or approval of the Superior Landlord shall include the consent or approval of any person from whom the Superior Landlord is under an obligation to obtain consent or approval.

 

38


PART 8 : GUARANTOR’S OBLIGATIONS

 

22. Tenant’s Guarantor

 

22.1 The Tenant’s Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that the Tenant will comply with the Tenant’s Covenants until the Tenant is released from them under the terms of the 1995 Act. This obligation is a guarantee and indemnity for the purposes of schedule 4 and incorporates its provisions.

PART 9 : GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

23. Contractual rights of third parties

 

23.1 No person who is not a party to this Lease shall have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Lease.

 

24. Third party disputes

 

24.1 Notification by the Tenant

The Tenant shall promptly give notice to the Landlord of any dispute arising between it and any other tenants or occupiers of the remainder of the Building or the owners or occupiers of any Adjoining Property which relates to any right or privilege, any party wall or to the use and enjoyment of the Common Parts.

 

24.2 Determination by the Landlord

Unless the Landlord is a party to the dispute, the resolution of any dispute notified under clause 24.1 shall, at the request of the Landlord, be carried out on behalf of the Tenant by the Landlord, but at the Tenant’s cost and expense.

 

25. Assignment of Reversion

 

25.1 The Tenant agrees not unreasonably to withhold or delay its consent to any release requested by the Landlord under s.6 or s.7 of the 1995 Act.

 

26. Notices

 

26.1 Any notice served under or in respect of this Lease may be served by posting it in a prepaid envelope and shall be deemed to have been served on the first working day after which it was posted and evidence showing that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed, stamped and posted shall be sufficient proof of service. Notices shall be served:

 

  (A) on the Landlord or any guarantor of the Tenant at its registered office or last known address; and

 

  (B) on the Tenant at its registered office.

 

39


27. Law and jurisdiction

 

27.1 English law

This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

27.2 Jurisdiction

The parties to this Lease:

 

  (A) irrevocably agree that, subject to clause 27.2(B), the English courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction in relation to any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Lease (“Proceedings”) and waive any objection to Proceedings in such courts on the grounds of venue or on the grounds that Proceedings have been brought in an inappropriate forum; and

 

  (B) agree that the Landlord shall be entitled to take Proceedings in any other court or courts having jurisdiction.

 

28. Execution and delivery

 

28.1 The parties have executed this Lease as a deed but have not delivered it until the date of this Lease. For the purposes of s.2 Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989, any person who witnesses the execution of this Lease as a deed shall be taken to have signed it on behalf of the party executing it if that party is not an individual.

 

40


SCHEDULE 1 : THE PREMISES

PART 1 : DEFINITION OF THE PREMISES

 

1. Identification of the Premises

 

1.1 The Premises are shown for identification edged red on Plan A.

 

2. Areas included in the Premises

 

2.1 The Premises include:

 

  (A) the internal plaster surfaces and finishes of any structural or load-bearing walls, and columns in, or which enclose them, but not any other part of such walls and columns;

 

  (B) the entirety of any non-structural or non-load bearing walls and columns in them;

 

  (C) the inner half (severed medially) of any internal, non-load bearing walls which divide them from any other part of the Building;

 

  (D) the floor finishes of them and all carpets and the floor voids beneath them, but the lower limit of the Premises shall not extend to anything below the upper surface of the floor screed;

 

  (E) the ceiling finishes of them, including suspended ceilings and the voids above them and light fittings, but the upper limit of the Premises shall not extend to anything above the lower surface of the ceiling screed;

 

  (F) all internal window frames and window furniture and all glass in interior doors, windows partitions and the like, but not including any exterior cladding or the glass in any exterior windows or windows looking onto any galleria or atrium;

 

  (G) all sanitary and hot and cold water apparatus and equipment and any radiators in them, and all fire fighting equipment provided by the Landlord and hoses in them;

 

  (H) all Conduits in them and exclusively serving the same, except those of any utility company;

 

  (I) all landlord’s fixtures, fittings, plant, machinery, apparatus and equipment at any time in or on them and exclusively serving the same;

 

  (J) any additions, alterations and improvements;

 

  (K) all doors, door furniture and door frames

but excluding all Common Parts.

 

3. Areas excluded from the Premises

 

3.1 The Premises exclude:

 

  (A) all structural or loadbearing walls and columns and the structural slabs of any roofs, ceilings and floors; and

 

  (B) all Conduits within the Premises which do not exclusively serve them; and

 

41


  (C) the Services Systems within the Premises;

 

  (D) all tenant’s fixtures and chattels.

PART 2 : THE SERVICES SYSTEMS

The Services Systems include, without limitation:

 

1. All heating, cooling, air conditioning and ventilation units (but excluding fan coils, pipework, valves and other equipment located in the ceiling void).

 

2. Boilers and storage tanks.

 

3. Sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems and fire prevention equipment serving the Building as a whole and excluding any equipment or pipework in the ceiling void.

 

4. Emergency generators.

 

5. All control systems for any of the Services Systems located outside of the ceiling void.

 

42


SCHEDULE 2 : RIGHTS GRANTED

Subject to the proviso at the end of this schedule 2, the following rights and easements are granted (but only insofar as the Landlord is able to do so under the terms of the Superior Lease) and are exercisable 24 hours every day of the year the right for the Tenant and all persons expressly or by implication authorised by the Tenant (in common with the Landlord and all persons having a similar right):

 

1. to use the Common Parts reasonably designated for use by the Tenant for all proper purposes in connection with the use and enjoyment of the Premises;

 

2. to use the passenger lifts and good lifts and fireman lifts numbered PL16, PL17, PL18, GL1, GL3 and FL3 on Plan B as shall serve the Premises and the Additional Premises where the Additional Lease is vested in the Tenant under this Lease (“the Tenant’s Lifts”) for the purpose only of obtaining access to and egress from the Premises;

 

3. to use the entrance halls adjoining core 6 shown cross hatched green on Plan C in common with all those permitted pursuant to the Superior Lease for the purpose of accessing the passenger lifts serving the Premises and the Additional Premises where the Additional Lease is vested in the Tenant under this Lease;

 

4. the right for the Tenant and all persons expressly or by implication authorised by the Tenant to exclusively use the lavatories shown shaded yellow on the Plan A;

 

5. to use the lobby area shown shaded green on Plan D for accessing the goods lift within core 2.

 

6. the right to the passage of any of the Utilities to and from the Premises through any relevant Conduits which are now, or may be, in, under, or over any other part of the Building, in each case so far as any of the same are necessary for the reasonable use and enjoyment of the Premises;

 

7. the right of support and protection from all other parts of the Building as is now enjoyed by the Premises;

 

8. the right, in emergencies or during fire drills, to enter and use other parts of the Building designated by the Landlord as a means of escape;

 

9. the right to display on the one - third area of the area shown cross-hatched purple on Plan E attached, within the ground floor entrance at core 6 shown on the Plan C, a sign stating the Tenant’s name and business or profession, on obtaining the prior written approval of the Landlord to the size, style and position and the materials to be used, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that such right shall be shared with the occupier of Additional Premises (if any);

 

10. the right to display signage stating the Tenant’s name and business or profession, on obtaining the prior written approval of the Landlord to the size, style and position and the materials to be used, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed in the sixth floor lift lobby provided that such right shall be shared with the occupier of Additional Premises (if any);

 

11. the right to use that part of the Building so reasonably designated by the Landlord for the deposit of all rubbish and refuse in proper receptacles for collection by or on behalf of the local authority;

 

12. the right to use, at nil cost, any cycle racks and motor cycle spaces in the Building on a first come first served basis

 

43


PROVIDED THAT the Superior Landlord or the Landlord may temporarily interrupt the use and exercise of these rights where either of them gives reasonable prior notice in writing to the Tenant (except in case of emergency, when no notice need be given) for repairs, maintenance, cleaning, alterations or replacements and the carrying out of any other obligations of the Superior Landlord or the Landlord, consistent with those in this Lease, and provided that such interruption is for as little a period as is reasonably practicable, and, wherever reasonably practicable, the Tenant is afforded alternative rights, being no less commodious.

 

44


SCHEDULE 3 : RIGHTS RESERVED

There are excepted and reserved to the Landlord and the Superior Landlord and all other persons authorised by either of them or having similar rights and subject to the person exercising such rights complying with the proviso at the end of this schedule where relevant:

 

1. the right to the passage connection and running of the Utilities through any relevant Conduits which are now, or may at any time be, in, under, or over the Premises;

 

2. the right after reasonable notice (but not less than seven (7) Working Days’ prior written notice save in emergency, where such prior notice as can be given shall be given) to enter the Premises in order to:

 

  (A) inspect, clean, maintain, repair, connect, remove, lay, renew, relay, replace, alter or execute any works whatsoever reasonably required to, or in connection with, any of the Conduits or any other services;

 

  (B) execute repairs, decorations, alterations or any other works, and to make installations to, the Premises or the Building; or

 

  (C) do anything which the Landlord may properly do under this Lease;

 

3. the right to maintain connections or (if necessary) to connect (a) appropriate Conduits to any communication equipment provided for the use of the tenants of all Lettable Areas by the Landlord or by the Superior Landlord which are now or may be at any time in under or over the Premises (b) to any sprinkler or other fire fighting system which is now or may at any time be in under or over the Premises serving the Premises in common with other Lettable Areas (c) to any fire alarm system within the Premises (d) to any soil or vent pipe or any associated drains and sewers which are now or may be in under or over the Premises and provided by the Landlord or by the Superior Landlord for use by occupiers of the Lettable Areas;

 

4. the right to affix or display on any exterior part of the Building any plate or sign and to erect any pipe, wire, aerial, mast or other apparatus whatsoever in or upon the Building or any part thereof, and to place on the frontage of the Building name plates or fascia;

 

5. the right to erect scaffolding for the purpose of repairing or cleaning the Building or any building now, or after the date of this Lease, erected on any Adjoining Property, or in connection with the exercise of any of the rights mentioned in this schedule provided that such scaffolding or hoists do not materially (and in any event temporarily) restrict the access to, or enjoyment or use of, the Premises;

 

6. any rights of light, air, support, protection and shelter or other easements and rights now, or after the date of this Lease, belonging to, or enjoyed by, other parts of the Building or any Adjoining Property;

 

7. full right and liberty at any time after the date of this Lease to raise the height of, or make any alterations or additions or execute any other works to, the Building or any buildings on any Adjoining Property, or to erect any new buildings of any height on any Adjoining Property in such manner as the Landlord or the Superior Landlord or the person exercising the right shall think fit and even though they may obstruct, affect or interfere with the amenity of, or access to, the Premises or the passage of light and air to the Premises, but not so that the Tenant’s ability to use and occupy and enjoy them is materially adversely affected for the purpose permitted by this Lease;

 

45


8. the right, in emergencies or during fire drills, to enter the Premises and use any designated escape route

PROVIDED THAT on the exercise of any rights of entry on to the Premises, the person entering shall give reasonable prior written notice to the Tenant that the right is to be exercised and shall only exercise it at reasonable times unless the rights need to be exercised in an emergency and so far as practicable shall comply with any reasonable requirement of the Tenant in respect of security and in respect of the confidentiality of the Tenant’s business affairs and matters, cause as little damage and inconvenience as reasonably practicable in the exercise of the rights and make good any damage caused to the Premises or to any chattels therein or to any of the Tenant’s fixtures plant and equipment in the exercise of those rights to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant.

 

46


SCHEDULE 4 : USE RESTRICTIONS

 

1. Dangerous materials and use of machinery

 

1.1 The Tenant shall not:

 

  (A) bring into the Building or keep in the Premises any article or thing which is or may become especially combustible or dangerous or explosive or inflammable or offensive or radio-active, or which might materially increase the risk of fire or explosion, other than usual office supplies and equipment and reasonable quantities of oil or other fuel required for the operation of any boiler, plant, machinery and equipment which shall be stored in accordance with the requirements of any statute affecting the Premises and of any insurer of them;

 

  (B) keep or operate in the Premises any machinery which is unduly noisy or causes undue vibration, or which is likely to annoy or disturb any other tenant or occupier of the Building.

 

2. Overloading floors and services

 

2.1 The Tenant shall not:

 

  (A) overload the floors of the Premises or the Building, nor suspend any excessive weight from any ceiling, roof, stanchion, structure or wall of the Building, nor overload any Utility in or serving it;

 

  (B) do anything which may subject the Premises or the Building to any strain beyond that which they are designed to bear (with due margin for safety);

 

  (C) exceed the weight limits prescribed for any lift in the Building.

 

3. Discharges into Conduits

The Tenant shall not discharge into any Conduit any oil or grease or any noxious or deleterious effluent or any substance which is likely to cause an obstruction or might be or become a source of danger, or which might damage any Conduit or the drainage system of the Building.

 

4. Disposal of refuse

The Tenant shall not deposit in the Common Parts any refuse, rubbish or trade empties of any kind other than in proper receptacles and as may be reasonably designated by the Landlord or the Superior Landlord, and shall not burn any refuse or rubbish on the Premises.

 

5. Obstruction of Common Parts

The Tenant shall not do anything as a result of which the Common Parts or other area over which the Tenant may have rights of access or use may be damaged, or their fair use by others may be obstructed in any way and shall not park any vehicle on any road or open area forming part of the Building, otherwise than in the spaces properly designated by the Landlord.

 

6. Prohibited uses

The Tenant shall not use the Premises for any public or political meeting, or for any dangerous, noisy, noxious or offensive business, occupation or trade; or for any illegal or immoral purpose; or for residential purposes; or for betting, gambling, gaming or wagering; or as a betting office; or for the sale of any beer, wines or spirits to the general public; or for any auction.

 

47


7. Nuisance

 

7.1 The Tenant shall not:

 

  (A) do anything in the Premises or the Building which may be or become an actionable nuisance, or which may cause annoyance or damage, disturbance or inconvenience to, the Landlord or the Superior Landlord or any other tenant or occupier in the Building, or which may be injurious to the amenity, character, tone or value of the Building;

 

  (B) play any musical instrument, or use any loudspeaker, radio, tape recorder, record or compact disc player or similar apparatus in such a manner as to be audible outside the Premises;

 

  (C) place outside the Premises or in the Common Parts or expose from any window of the Premises any articles, goods or things of any kind.

 

8. General

 

8.1 The Tenant shall not:

 

  (A) allow any animals (other than guide dogs) in the Building; or

 

  (B) erect, exhibit or hang any signs, advertisements, placards, flags, posters or, aerials, flags, poles, masts or satellite dishes or any other thing whatsoever on the exterior of the Premises or any other parts of the Building unless permitted to do so under clause 3.1.

 

48


SCHEDULE 5: GUARANTEE PROVISIONS

 

1. Defined terms

 

1.1 In this schedule 4, unless the contrary intention appears:

Event of Default ” means:

 

  (A) the disclaimer of this Lease by a trustee in bankruptcy or liquidator of the Tenant or by the Crown; or

 

  (B) if the Tenant is a company, the Tenant is dissolved, struck off the register of companies or otherwise ceases to exist; or

 

  (C) the ending of this Lease pursuant to clause 2.2.

Guarantee ” means any guarantee and indemnity given to the Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease by:

 

  (A) the Tenant’s Guarantor under clause 22.1; or

 

  (B) the Tenant in accordance with clause 12.6(A); or

 

  (C) any guarantor or guarantors of an assignee of this Lease in accordance with clause 12.5(C); or

 

  (D) any guarantor of the Tenant in accordance with clause 12.6(B); or

 

  (E) any guarantor or guarantors of an undertenant in accordance with clause 13.1(A);

 

  (F) any undertenant on an assignment of their underlease in accordance with clause13.5(E); or

 

  (G) any other person in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

Guarantor ” means the party giving the Guarantee.

New Lease ” means a lease of the Premises:

 

  (A) for a term of years commencing on the date of the Event of Default and expiring on the date upon which the Contractual Term would have expired; and

 

  (B) reserving a yearly rent equal to the yearly rent reserved under this Lease at the date of the Event of Default; and

 

  (C) containing rent review dates which occur on the Review Dates; and

 

  (D) containing a rent review date on the first day of the term of the New Lease, but reviewing the yearly rent as at the date of the outstanding rent review, if there was an outstanding rent review under this Lease which had not been agreed or determined before the date of the Event of Default; and

 

  (E) containing redecoration dates which occur on the dates upon which the Premises were to be redecorated under this Lease; and

 

  (F) otherwise containing the same terms and conditions as this Lease.

 

49


Obligations ” means the obligations guaranteed by the Guarantor under its Guarantee.

Principal ” means the party who has responsibility for complying with the Obligations but excludes the Guarantor.

 

2. Effect of the Guarantee

 

2.1 Guarantee and indemnity

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord as primary obligor, and not merely as guarantor, that the Obligations will be complied with and also as a separate obligation to indemnify the Landlord against any breach of them subject to the Landlord using reasonable endeavours to mitigate its losses.

 

2.2 Claims

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that the Landlord may make any claim against the Guarantor without first making demand of the Principal or exercising any other rights or enforcing any other security or guarantee which it may have in respect of the Obligations.

 

2.3 Continuing guarantee

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that the Guarantee is a continuing guarantee and shall not be released or varied by:

 

  (A) any Event of Default; or

 

  (B) the surrender of any part of the Premises; or

 

  (C) the variation of this Lease (subject always to s.18 of the 1995 Act); or

 

  (D) any concession, time, indulgence given by the Landlord to the Principal or any co-guarantor; or

 

  (E) any other act or thing which would, but for this paragraph 2.3, release or vary the Guarantee.

 

3. Postponement of rights

 

3.1 Priority of claims

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that, unless and until all the Obligations have been complied with or otherwise discharged:

 

  (A) the Guarantor shall not claim any rights of subrogation against the Principal, prove or claim in competition to the Landlord in any liquidation, bankruptcy, arrangement, scheme of arrangement, composition with creditors, receivership or administration of or concerning the Principal, or take any guarantee, indemnity or other security or other right from the Principal in respect of all or any of the liabilities of the Guarantor under this Lease; and

 

  (B) any moneys which the Guarantor receives from any procedure or action of any of the kinds referred to in paragraph 3.1(A) shall be paid to the Landlord, and every guarantee, indemnity or other security or other right referred to in paragraph 3.1(A) shall be held on trust for the benefit of the Landlord.

 

50


3.2 Discharge conditional

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that, if any payment made by the Principal, Guarantor or any co-guarantor is ordered to be refunded under any law relating to bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency, the Landlord may claim from the Guarantor as if such payment had not been made and any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Landlord shall take effect subject to this condition.

 

3.3 Set-off, counterclaim and other deductions

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that the Guarantor shall make any payments due from it under the Guarantee in full, without any deduction or withholding by way of set-off, counterclaim, taxation or otherwise, except only those required by law, in which case the Guarantor shall pay such increased amount as is necessary to ensure that the Landlord receives, after all such deductions and withholdings, the full amount.

 

4. Event of Default

 

4.1 Landlord’s rights

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that, at any time within the period of six months after the Landlord receives actual notice that an Event of Default has occurred, the Landlord may serve written notice on the Guarantor requiring the Guarantor to accept the grant of a New Lease as tenant. Where there is more than one Guarantor, the Landlord may serve the notice on any of them.

 

4.2 Guarantor’s obligations

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that if the Landlord requires the Guarantor to accept the grant of a New Lease, the Guarantor shall:

 

  (A) execute and deliver to any superior landlord a counterpart of any licence to underlet which may be required for the grant of the New Lease. The licence to underlet shall contain such covenants as may be properly required of the Guarantor as undertenant; and

 

  (B) if required by the Landlord, do all things required for the purposes of validly excluding the provisions of ss24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act (as amended by the Order) in relation to the New Lease; and

 

  (C) accept the grant of the New Lease and execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of the New Lease; and

 

  (D) pay the proper costs and proper disbursements of the Landlord’s solicitors and other professional advisers arising from the grant of the New Lease and the enforcement of the Guarantee together with any irrecoverable Value Added Tax incurred by the Landlord.

 

4.3 Effect of the grant of a New Lease

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that the grant of a New Lease shall not prejudice any rights of the Landlord against the Guarantor or any co-guarantor in respect of any liability under the Guarantee or any other guarantee or security held by the Landlord in respect of the Obligations in so far as that liability relates to any period prior to the date of the Event of Default.

 

51


4.4 No New Lease

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that if an Event of Default occurs and for any reason the Landlord does not require the Guarantor to accept the grant of a New Lease under paragraph 4.1, the Guarantor shall:

 

  (A) pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to all sums which would have been payable under this Lease but for the Event of Default; and

 

  (B) as a separate indemnity, indemnify the Landlord against the failure of the Tenant to comply with the Tenant’s Covenants;

in each case for the period commencing on the date of the Event of Default and ending on the date six months after the Event of Default or, if earlier, the date upon which the Landlord re-lets the Premises.

 

SIGNED as a deed by SANDS   )
SERVICE COMPANY NO.2 )   )
acting by two directors )   )

 

  /s/ illegible    Director   
  /s/ illegible    Director   

 

52


APPENDIX 1: SCHEDULE OF CONDITION

 

53


LOGO

REFERENCED PHOTOGRAPHIC

SCHEDULE OF CONDITION

6 th FLOOR

CITY POINT

1 ROPEMAKER STREET

LONDON

EC2

03 rd  July 2012

 

London House, 53-54 Haymarket, London, SW1Y 4RP | T: 020 7096 9911 | F: 020 7096 9901 | www.devono.com

Devono Property Ltd is a company registered in England & Wales No. 45641241

1


LOGO

 

Date:    03 rd  July 2012
Ref:    12.084/MW
Report Prepared by:    Matt Williams MRICS/Mark Simpson
Report checked by:    Matt Williams MRICS
   Issuing Office
   DeVono Property Ltd
   London House
   53-54 Haymarket
   London
   SW1Y 4RP
   For and on behalf of
  

Mimecast Ltd

2-8 Balfe Street

   Kings Cross
   London
   Nl 9EG

 

London House, 53-54 Haymarket, London, SW1Y 4RP | T: 020 7096 9911 | F: 020 7096 9901 | www.devono.com

Devono Property Ltd is a company registered in England & Wales No. 45641242

2


LOGO

 

1.0 INTRODUCTION

 

1.1 This photographic schedule was prepared following inspections of the premises on Thursday 10th May and Friday 29th June 2012.

 

1.2 At the time of our inspection the premises were unoccupied.

 

1.3 At the time of the inspection, the weather was dry and overcast.

 

1.4 The schedule is to be read in conjunction with the attached photograph numbers 1 - 162.

 

1.5 The schedule comprises of 34 pages (including the front cover sheet).

 

1.6 This report is based on a visual examination of the building and covers parts of the building which were normally and safely accessible without the use of ladders. The external roofs were not accessible at the time of survey.

 

1.7 We did not lift carpets, nor disturb any part of the fabric or fittings which were fixed and we are therefore unable to report that those parts of the building which were not visible are free from defects.

 

1.8 No detailed inspection or tests have been carried out on the services installations.

 

1.9 The purpose of this schedule is to establish and record the general condition of the property prior to tenant occupation.

 

1.10 This report should be formally appended to your lease in order to mitigate repairing liability for existing defects.

 

London House, 53-54 Haymarket, London, SW1Y 4RP | T: 020 7096 9911 | F: 020 7096 9901 | www.devono.com

Devono Property Ltd is a company registered in England & Wales No. 45641243

3


LOGO

 

Certified as being a true and accurate record of the property condition.

Signed by DeVono Property Ltd for and on behalf of Mimecast, 2-8 Balfe Street, Kings Cross, London, Nl 9EG .

 

/s/ illegible

  Date: 03 rd  July 2012

Signed by                      for and on behalf of:                                         

 

 

  Date:              2012

 

London House, 53-54 Haymarket, London, SW1Y 4RP | T: 020 7096 9911 | F: 020 7096 9901 | www.devono.com

Devono Property Ltd is a company registered in England & Wales No. 45641244

4


SCHEDULE OF PHOTOGRAPHS

 

London House, 53-54 Haymarket, London, SW1Y 4RP | T: 020 7096 9911 | F: 020 7096 9901 | www.devono.com

Devono Property Ltd is a company registered in England & Wales No. 45641245

5


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


APPENDIX 1

EXTENT OF SURVEY AND LIMITATIONS

 

London House, 53-54 Haymarket, London, SW1Y 4RP | T: 020 7096 9911 | F: 020 7096 9901 | www.devono.com

Devono Property Ltd is a company registered in England & Wales No. 456412432

32


LOGO

 

EXTENT OF SURVEY AND LIMITATIONS

Inspection : This report is based on a visual examination of the property and covers all parts of the building which were normally and safely accessible on foot without the use of ladders. We have not been permitted use of an access hoist.

Concealed Parts : Parts of the structure were not opened up for further investigation. Those parts of the building that are concealed, inaccessible or covered have not been inspected and confirmation that such parts are free from defects cannot be provided.

Occupied Buildings : Where buildings were occupied at the time of our inspection access to some areas may have been restricted or denied although these areas will be noted in our report. Regardless of occupation, we did not lift fitted carpets, nor disturb any part of the fabric or fittings which were fixed or would have caused damage.

Services Installations : Inspection of the services installations is based on a visual examination by a Building Surveyor (not an M&E Specialist) for comment on the condition and quality of the installations. We have specifically excluded tests relating to the performance of any heating, air conditioning, ventilation systems, pipe pressure tests, electrical or drainage tests. No inspection or comment is made on the below ground drainage installations unless instructed otherwise.

Liability and Confidentiality : This report is for the attention and purposes of the Addressee only and consequently we cannot accept any third party liability for the whole or any part hereof. Neither may the whole nor any part of this report, nor any reference thereto, be published in any way nor included in any published document, circular or statement without our prior written approval of the form and context in which it may appear.

 

London House, 53-54 Haymarket, London, SW1Y 4RP | T: 020 7096 9911 | F: 020 7096 9901 | www.devono.com

Devono Property Ltd is a company registered in England & Wales No. 456412433

33


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 10.3

LEASE

 

 

Landlord:

Farley White Aetna Mills, LLC

Tenant:

Mimecast North America, Inc.

Date of Lease: As of November 12, 2012

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

Article I - DEMISING CLAUSE AND DEFINED TERMS

     1   

1.1

 

Demising Clause

     1   

1.2

 

Defined Terms

     1   

Article II - PREMISES AND TERM

     2   

2.1

 

The Premises, Common Areas and Parking

     2   

2.2

 

Term

     4   

Article III - RENT

     5   

3.1

 

Base Rent

     5   

3.2

 

Adjustment for Operating Expenses

     5   

3.3

 

Tenant’s Electricity

     9   

Article IV - CONSTRUCTION

     9   

4.1

 

Base Building

     9   

4.2

 

Leasehold Improvements

     9   

4.3

 

Landlord Contribution

     11   

4.4

 

Alterations by Tenant

     12   

Article V – LANDLORDS’S OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS

     13   

5.1

 

Services Furnished by Landord

     13   

5.2

 

Repairs, and Maintenance

     15   

5.3

 

Quiet Enjoyment

     15   

5.4

 

Insurance

     15   

5.5

 

Access to Premises

     15   

5.6

 

Right to Cease Providing Services

     16   

5.7

 

Failure to Provide Services and Repairs

     16   

Article VI - TENANT’S COVENANTS

     17   

6.1

 

Repair and Yield Up

     17   

6.2

 

Use

     17   

6.3

 

Assignment; Sublease

     18   

6.4

 

Indemnity: Assumption of Risk

     20   

6.5

 

Tenant’s Insurance

     21   

6.6

 

Right of Entry

     22   

6.7

 

Payment of Taxes

     22   

6.8

 

Environmental Compliance

     22   

Article VII - DEFAULT

     23   

7.1

 

Events of

     23   

7.2

 

Damages

     24   

Article VIII - CASUALTY AND EMINENT DOMAIN

     25   

8.1

 

Termination or Restoration: Rent Adjustment

     25   

8.2

 

Eminent Domain Damages

     26   

8.3

 

Temporary Taking

     27   

Article IX - RIGHTS OF PARTIES HOLDING PRIOR INTERESTS

     27   

9.1

 

Lease Subordinate - Superior

     27   

9.2

 

Rights of Mortgagee to Cure

     27   


Article X - MISCELLANEOUS

     28   

10.1

 

Representations by Tenant

     28   

10.2

 

Notices

     28   

10.3

 

No Waiver or Oral Modification

     28   

10.4

 

Partial Invalidity

     28   

10.5

 

Certain Landlord Remedies

     28   

10.6

 

Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate

     29   

10.7

 

Waiver of Subrogation

     29   

10.8

 

All Agreements; No Representations

     29   

10.9

 

Brokerage

     29   

10.10

 

Successors and Assigns

     30   

10.11

 

Construction of Document

     30   

10.12

 

Disputes Provisions

     30   

10.13

 

Surrender

     30   

10.14

 

Holdover

     30   

10.15

 

Late Payment

     30   

10.16

 

Force Majeure

     31   

10.17

 

Limitation On Liability

     31   

10.18

 

Submission Not An Option

     32   

10.19

 

Security Deposit

     32   

10.20

 

Evidence of Authority

     33   

10.21

 

Right of First Offer

     33   

10.22

 

Expansion Space

     34   

10.23

 

Option to Extend

     35   

10.24

 

Intentionally Omitted

     35   

10.25

 

Notice of Lease

     35   

EXHIBITS

There are attached hereto and incorporated as part of this Lease:

EXHIBIT A - Plan of Property, including Layout Plan Showing Removal of Land from Property

EXHIBIT A-1 - Plan of Premises

EXHIBIT B - Description of Base Building Work

EXHIBIT C - Cleaning Services

EXHIBIT D - Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement

EXHIBIT E - Plan Showing Tenant’s Entrance Signage

EXHIBIT F - Expansion Rights of Existing Tenants

EXHIBIT G - Plan Showing Initial Tenant Improvements

 

ii


ARTICLE I - DEMISING CLAUSE AND DEFINED TERMS

1.1 Demising Clause . This lease (the “ Lease ”) is made and entered into by and between the Landlord and the Tenant, as defined below, as of the date of this Lease (“ Effective Date ”). In consideration of the mutual covenants made herein, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises as defined below, on all of the terms and conditions set forth herein.

1.2 Defined Terms . The terms listed below shall have the following meanings throughout this Lease;

(a) “LANDLORD”: Farley White Aetna Mills, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company

(b) “LANDLORD’S ADDRESS”: c/o Farley White Management Company, 155 Federal Street, 18th Floor, Boston, MA 02110.

(c) “TENANT”: Mimecast North America, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(d) “TENANT’S ADDRESS”: Prior to the Commencement Date: 203 Crescent Street, Suite 303, Waltham, Massachusetts 02453. After the Commencement Date: 480 Pleasant Street, Watertown, Massachusetts 02472.

(e) “BUILDING”: The 195,423 RSF building located at 480 Pleasant Street, Watertown, Massachusetts.

(f) “PROPERTY”: The Building and the legal parcels on which it is situated having the address of 480 Pleasant Street, 452 Pleasant Street, 5 Bridge Street, 525 Pleasant Street, 541 Pleasant Street and 76 Stanley Avenue, Watertown, Massachusetts, as shown on as shown on Exhibit A .

(g) “PREMISES”: The portion of the First Floor and Mezzanine Level of the Building known as Suite C-10 and as shown on Exhibit A-1 .

(h) “RENTABLE SQUARE FEET IN THE PREMISES”: Approximately 33,669 Rentable Square Feet (RSF),

(i) “TENANT’S PERCENTAGE”: 17.23% which is based on the 33,669 Rentable Square Feet (RSF) the Premises over the total RSF of the Building and shall be adjusted if the RSF of the Building shall increase or decrease.

(j) “SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE”; May 1, 2013

(k) “TERM”: The period beginning on the Commencement Date (as defined in Section 2.2(a) of the Lease) and ending on the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the 89 th full calendar month after the Commencement Date.

(l) “RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE”: The Commencement Date.


(m) “BASE RENT”:

 

Lease Year 1:    First four and one-half (4 ‘A) months:   
   $28,783,71 per month ($20,50 per RSF based on 16,849 RSF)
   Last seven and one-half (7 ‘A) months:   
   $690,214.50 per annum;    $57,517.88 per month;    $20.50 per RSF;
Lease Year 2:    $723,883.50 per annum;    $60,323,63 per month;    $21,50 per RSF;
Lease Year 3:    $757,552,50 per annum;    $63,129,38 per month;    $22.50 per RSF;
Lease Year 4:    $791,221,50 per annum;    $65,935,13 per month;    $23.50 per RSF;
Lease Year 5:    $824,890,50 per annum;    $68,740.88 per month;    $24.50 per RSF;
Lease Year 6:    $858,559,50 per annum;    $71,546,63 per month;    $25.50 per RSF;
Lease Year 7:    $892,228.50 per annum;    $74,352.38 per month;    $26,50 per RSF; and
Thereafter until the expiration of the original Term; $77,158.13 per month ($27,50 per RSF)

(n) “LEASE YEAR”; Each successive 365-day period during the Term, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date.

(o) “OPERATING EXPENSE BASE”: The Operating Expenses allocable to the Property during calendar year 2013.

(p) “REAL ESTATE TAX EXPENSE BASE”: The greater of; (i) the Taxes allocable to the Properly during tax fiscal year 2014; and (ii) ^459,244.

(q) “PERMITTED USES”: General office purposes.

(r) “BROKER(S)”: Jones Lang LaSalle and Cassidy Turley FHO

(s) “SECURITY DEPOSIT”; $400,000.00 Letter of Credit due upon Lease signing, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of Section 10.19 hereof.

ARTICLE II - PREMISES AND TERM

2.1 The Premises, Common Areas and Parking .

(a) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises. The Premises leased hereby are comprised of the space shown on Exhibit A-1 . The Premises extend from the top surface of the subfloor to the bottom surface of the ceiling, but do not include exterior walls (except the interior face thereof) and exterior window glass, anything beyond the interior face of demising walls, and pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and fixtures serving other parts of the Building; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to use the space, if any, between the top surface of the ceiling and the bottom surface of the floor slab of the floor above such ceiling, and to drill into the floor slab of any floor encompassed within the Premises, all for the purpose of installing ducts, cables and conduits, so long as (i) Tenant obtains the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and (ii) such installation does not interfere with the Building systems and with the quiet enjoyment of other tenants in the Building.

(b) Tenant shall have the right to use the Common Areas in common with other tenants, The Common Areas include the Building’s common lobbies, corridors, stairways, and

 

2


elevators necessary for access to the Premises, and the common walkways and driveways necessary for access to the Building, the common toilets, corridors and elevator lobbies of any multi-tenant floor, and the parking area for the Building, All use of the Common Areas shall be subject to the reasonable rules and regulations of Landlord generally applicable to all tenants of the Building from time to time.

(c) The parking areas serving the Building are located on the south and north side of Pleasant Street, Tenant shall have the right to use 118 surface parking spaces (based on a ratio of 3.5 spaces per 1,000 RSF leased) on an unreserved, first-come-first-served, non-exclusive basis, of which 25 spaces shall be allocated to the lower lot located on the south side of Pleasant Street (‘‘ Lower Lot ”) and 93 spaces allocated to the upper lot located on the north side of Pleasant Street (“ Upper Lot ”‘). Tenant acknowledges that the parking spaces shall be used solely for Tenant’s employees and visitors. The Lower Lot will be operated pursuant to a sticker program, Tenant may elect to have the stickers transferred to rotating employees or visitors to the Building. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to implement alternative parking access programs, including, without limitation, an access card system, to operate the Lower Lot and Upper Lot and to impose reasonable, non-discriminatory rules and regulations from time to time to govern the operation of all of the parking on the Property. It is understood that Landlord shall not be responsible for policing any parking areas. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord to assure that Tenant and its employees and visitors observe all reasonable parking regulations established by Landlord from time to time and to assure that Tenant and its employees and visitors do not use more parking spaces than the number of parking spaces provided to Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, and this Lease shall not be affected, if any parking rights of Tenant hereunder are impaired by any law, ordinance or other governmental regulation imposed after the Effective Date.

(d) Landlord reserves the right, at any time and from time to time: (i) to change the name and street address of the Building; (ii) to grant, modify and terminate easements and other encumbrances, (iii) to make such changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to the Property (including the Premises but, with respect to the Premises, only for purposes of repairs, maintenance, replacements and other rights expressly reserved to Landlord herein) and the fixtures and equipment therein, as well as in or to the street entrances and/or the Common Areas; (iv) to designate and change from time to time areas of the Property and facilities so to be used, as it may reasonably deem necessary or desirable, provided, however, in each case, that there be no material obstruction of access to or egress from, or material interference with the use or enjoyment of the Premises. Landlord may at airy time or from time to time, without Tenant’s consent, construct additional improvements in all or any part of the Property, including, without limitation, adding additional buildings or changing the location or arrangement of any improvement in or on the Property or all or any part of the Common Areas, or add or deduct any land to or from the Property; provided that there shall be no increase in Tenant’s obligations or material interference with Tenant’s rights under this Lease and that the exercise of such rights does not reduce the parking spaces available to Tenant as set forth in Subsection (c) or interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may deduct from the Property without Tenant’s consent or condition that parcel of land shown as Parcel A on the plan entitled “Updated Site Layout October 2012,” prepared by DeVellis Zrein Inc., dated June 16, 2011, and/or an approximately 65 foot wide parcel of land located along the most northerly boundary of the

 

3


Property, as shown on as shown on Exhibit A . Landlord also reserves the right to voluntarily deregister portions of the Property located in the Upper Lot from the land registration system pursuant to Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 185, Section 52. Tenant hereby consents to such deregistration and upon Landlord’s request agrees to sign an assent to such deregistration.

2.2 Term .

(a) Both parties shall be bound by all the terms of this Lease as of the Effective Date. The Term shall begin on the Commencement Date, and shall continue for the length of the Term set forth in Section 1.2 unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. The Commencement Date shall be the later of; 1) the Scheduled Commencement Date; or, 2) the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy, However, if the Tenant occupies any portion of the Premises for conduct of business, the Commencement Date shall be immediate upon such occupancy, The Premises shall be Ready for Occupancy when construction of the Leasehold Improvements is substantially complete in accordance with the final plans and specifications pursuant to Section 4.2 , subject only to punch list items approved by Tenant pursuant to Section 4.2 below and the Town of Watertown issues a temporary certificate of occupancy, or if not applicable, then the architect issues a certificate of substantial completion subject to the completion of any punch list items as set forth in Section 4.2 .

(b) Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to have the Premises Ready for Occupancy on the Scheduled Commencement Date. If the Premises are not Ready for Occupancy on the Scheduled Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for such failure, and such failure shall not affect the validity of this Lease, but Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the Rent Commencement Date, However, if the Premises are not Ready for Occupancy due to Tenant Delay (as hereinafter defined), then the Rent Commencement Date shall be the date the Premises would have been Ready for Occupancy except for such Tenant Delay, as reasonably determined by Landlord, If the Premises are not Ready for Occupancy on or before June 14, 2013, Tenant shall receive a rent credit equal to the per diem rent multiplied by the number of days after June 14, 2033 until the date on which the Premises are Ready for Occupancy, except that said June 14, 2013 date shall be extended by the aggregate number of days of delays caused by Force Majeure and Tenant Delay.

(c) The following delays are herein referred to collectively and individually as “ Tenant Delay ”:

(i) any request by Tenant that Landlord delay the commencement, continuance or completion of the Initial Work;

(ii) the failure by Tenant to achieve final approved Plans in accordance with Section 4.1(a) and any change by Tenant to any of the Plans after initial approval thereof by Tenant;

(iii) any other act or omission by Tenant or its agents or independent contractors that continues for more than 3 business days after written notice from Landlord;

 

4


(iv) any special requirement of the Plans not in accordance with Landlord’s building standard, provided that Landlord has notified Tenant in advance of the estimated delay attributable to such requirements; or

(v) any reasonably necessary displacement of any of the Initial Work from its place in the construction schedule resulting from any of the causes for delay referred to in this Subsection and the fitting of such Initial Work back into such construction schedule.

(d) Within fifteen (15) days of the date the Commencement Date has been established, Landlord and Tenant shall confirm the Commencement Date by mutually executing a certificate of commencement in a form to be prepared by Landlord.

ARTICLE III - RENT

3.1 Base Rent .

(a) Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay the Base Rent each month in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term, For any partial month at the beginning or end of the Term, Tenant shall pay a proportional share of the amount that would be due for a full month, and with respect to a partial month at the beginning of the Term, Tenant shall pay such proportional share on the Commencement Date. In addition to the Base Rent, Tenant shall pay all additional rent and rental adjustments provided herein at the times set forth herein, or if no time for payment is specified, then payment shall be made within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice from Landlord or another billing authority. All payments shall be made to Landlord at Landlord’s Address or such other place as Landlord may designate in writing, without prior demand and without abatement, deduction or offset except as may be specifically set forth herein, Tenant shall not pay, and Landlord shall not accept, any rental payment more than one month in advance, All charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder, other than Base Rent, shall be considered additional rent for the purpose of this Lease, and the words “rent” or “Rent” as used in this Lease shall mean both Base Rent and such additional rent unless the context specifically or clearly indicates that only the Base Rent is referenced.

3.2 Adjustment for Operating Expenses .

(a) Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, for each Fiscal Year during the Term: (x) the excess of (i) Tenant’s Percentage of the total Operating Expenses for the Property for that Fiscal Year over (ii) the Operating Expense Base; and (y) the excess of (i) Tenant’s Percentage of the total Taxes for the Property for that Fiscal Year over (ii) the Real Estate Tax Expense Base (collectively, “ Tenant’s Share of Expenses ”), For any partial Fiscal Year at the beginning or end of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Expenses shall be adjusted proportionately for the part of the Fiscal Year falling within the Term. Tenant’s Percentage may be reduced if the Property is changed or reconfigured, but shall in all cases not exceed the percentage that the Rentable Square Feet in the Premises bears to the total rentable square footage in the Property, calculated on a consistent basis, In addition, Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, one hundred percent (100%) of any increase in Taxes not otherwise billed to Tenant which are expressly allocated by the taxing authority to any alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises that is made by or on behalf of Tenant, other than the Leasehold Improvements.

 

5


(b) Before each Fiscal Year, Landlord shall give Tenant a reasonable estimate of the expected Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Property for the coming Fiscal Year (excluding Landlord’s cost for services provided during Non-Business Hours), and a calculation of the estimated amount of Tenant’s Share of Expenses, Tenant shall pay one-twelfth of the estimated amount of Tenant’s Share of Expenses with each monthly payment of Base Rent. After the end of each Fiscal Year, Landlord shall give Tenant a statement (the “ Statement ”) showing the actual Operating Expenses and Taxes for that Fiscal Year, a calculation of the actual amount of Tenant’s Share of Expenses, and a summary of amounts already paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section. Any underpayment by Tenant shall be made up by cash payment to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Statement; any overpayment shall be paid to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Statement or, at Landlord’s option, shall be credited against the next due Base Rent, provided that any overpayment shall be paid in cash to Tenant within thirty (30) days if the Term has ended. No delay by Landlord in providing any Statement shall be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Expenses.

(c) The following terms used in this Section 3.2(c) shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Lease:

(i) The term “ Fiscal Year ” means any twelve-month period selected by Landlord for operating purposes. Landlord may change its Fiscal Year and interim accounting periods, so long as the periods so revised are reconciled with prior periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(ii) The term “ Operating Expenses ” means the total cost of operation of the Property, including, without limitation: (i) all costs of supplies, materials, equipment, and utilities used in or related to the operation, maintenance, and repair of the Property or any part thereof (other than the cost of any electricity provided to rentable areas of the Property, including the Premises pursuant to Section 3.3 ); (ii) all labor costs, including without limitation, salaries, wages, payroll and other taxes, unemployment insurance costs and employee benefits in connection with the on-site management, operation and maintenance of the Property or any part thereof; (iii) all maintenance, management, janitorial, legal (excluding those legal costs arising out of defaults of Landlord or other tenants in the Building), accounting, insurance, and service agreement costs related to the Property or any part thereof, including, without limitation, service contracts with independent contractors; and (iv) costs (including financing charges) of improvements to the Property that are designed to reduce Operating Expenses or are required to comply with legal requirements first imposed after the date of this Lease, all such improvements to be amortized over the useful life of such improvements. Any of the above services may be performed by Landlord or its affiliates, provided that fees for the performance of such services shall be reasonable and competitive with fees charged by unaffiliated entities for the performance of such services in comparable buildings in the area.

Operating Expenses ” shall not include:

(a) Any ground rent;

 

6


(b) Reserves and bad debt expenses and interest, principal, points and fees on debts or amortization on any mortgage or other debt instrument encumbering the Property;

(c) Costs incurred by Landlord to the extent that Landlord is entitled to reimbursement by insurance proceeds, taking awards, or is otherwise entitled to reimbursement by third-parties;

(d) Depreciation, amortization, interest payments or capital expenditures except as expressly set forth herein;

(e) Marketing costs, including lease commission, attorneys’ fees (in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments), space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Property, and costs incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements;

(f) Expenses in connection with the enforcement of Landlord’s rights against Tenant or other tenants and occupants of the Property;

(g) Expenses in connection with services or other benefits that are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly;

(h) Salaries of executives and other personnel above the grade of building, property or asset manager and wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Property unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent working for the Property; and

(i) Amounts paid to affiliates or subsidiaries of Landlord for goods or services at the Property, to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(j) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Property, including costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Property, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Building management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants, and Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses; and

(k) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the cleanup, remediation, testing or removal of hazardous material that exist at the Building or Property.

(iii) All Operating Expenses shall be adjusted based on the Calculation. The term “ Calculation ” means that if the Building is less than 95% occupied in any Fiscal

 

7


Year during the Term, including the Operating Expense Base Fiscal Year, Operating Expenses shall be calculated as though the Building had been 95% occupied, and the result shall constitute the Operating Expenses for all purposes hereunder. In addition, if during all or part of any Fiscal Year, Landlord is hot perforating or furnishing any item or service to any portion of the Property (the cost of which, if performed or furnished by Landlord to such portion of the Property, would constitute a part of Operating Expenses), on account of (a) such item or service not being required or desired by a tenant, or (b) any tenant obtaining or providing such item or service itself, then, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional costs and expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had performed or furnished such item or service to 100% of the Building.

(iv) The term “ Taxes ” means any form of assessment, rental tax, license tax, business license fee, levy, charge, tax or similar imposition, imposed by any authority having the power to tax, including any city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, lighting, library, drainage or other improvement or special assessment district, as against the Property or any part thereof or any legal or equitable interest of Landlord therein, or against Landlord by virtue of its interest therein, and any reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in any proceeding for abatement thereof, including, without limitation, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees. Landlord’s income, franchise taxes, capital stock, estate or inheritance taxes and assessments for off-site improvements shall not be included in “ Taxes .” Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s Share of any Tax abatements received by Landlord less legal, appraisal and other fees and expenses incurred by Landlord in obtaining such abatement.

As to any assessments payable in installments, Tenant shall only pay its Percentage of installments allocable to the Lease Term.

Provided that Tenant shall have first paid all of amounts due and payable by Tenant pursuant to this Article III and upon written notice of Tenant within 60 days of the receipt of a final certificate (but not more than once with respect to any Fiscal Year), Tenant may cause Landlord’s books and records to be audited with respect to Operating Expenses for such Fiscal Year. The audit shall be performed within 30 days of Landlord’s receipt of notice by a certified public accountant selected by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and at a mutually agreeable time and place where the books and records are customarily kept by the Landlord (or property manager) in the ordinary course. In no event shall the audit services be performed on a contingency fee basis. During such time of audit Tenant shall pay its full share of Operating Expenses. If it is determined that there are any amounts owed Tenant or Landlord as a result of said audit, such amount shall be reimbursed to the other within 30 days of said audit results. Tenant shall keep the results of any such audit confidential and shall not disclose the results of such inspection nor the content of such books and records with any third party other than Tenant’s consultants and attorneys. Further, if such audit reveals that the amount set forth as the annual Operating Expenses on the Statement delivered to Tenant exceeds the actual Operating Expenses for the Fiscal Year in question by more than five percent: (5%), then Landlord shall pay the reasonable cost of the audit. Failure of Tenant to provide Landlord with a written request to review such books and records in a timely manner pursuant to this Article III with respect to each Fiscal Year shall be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s rights hereunder with respect to such Fiscal Year.

 

8


3.3 Tenant’s Electricity . Beginning on the Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to pay all charges for electricity for lighting and equipment in the Premises. Landlord shall cause a submeter to be installed at Landlord’s cost whereupon Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the cost of all electricity consumed in the Premises as shown on the meter as and when bills are rendered by Landlord. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall purchase, install and replace all light fixtures, bulbs, tubes, lamps, lenses, globes, ballasts and switches used in the Premises, Tenant agrees that it will not allow its demand requirements to adversely affect the Building’s electrical system.

ARTICLE IV - CONSTRUCTION

4.1 Base Building .

Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Article, Landlord shall perform the improvements described on the attached Exhibit B (“ Base Building Work ”).

Tenant agrees (i) except as otherwise provided herein to the contrary, to accept possession of the Premises in the condition described in Exhibit B and otherwise in “as is” condition except for Landlord’s performance of the Initial Tenant Improvements, (ii) that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises or the Building except as provided herein, and (Hi) Landlord has no obligation to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expense or make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy except as provided herein, including Landlord’s performance of the Initial Tenant Improvements. The Base Building Work and Initial Tenant Improvements shall be performed by Landlord in a good and workmanlike manner using building standard materials and finishes where applicable and in compliance with applicable legal requirements.

4.2 Leasehold Improvements .

(a) Preparation of Plans . Tenant shall prepare, at its sole cost and expense (subject to reimbursement from Landlord’s Contribution), plans including MEP plans (collectively, the “ Plans ”) for the interior finish and layout of the initial improvements (the “ Initial Tenant Improvements ”) which Tenant desires to have performed in the Premises, Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to submit the Plans to Landlord for its approval on or before December 14, 2012 and Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the Plans, in its reasonable discretion, within twenty (20) days of receiving them. If Tenant shall not have submitted such Plans for approval on or before December 14, 2012, further delay in delivering such Plans after such date shall constitute Tenant Delay. At Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant shall cause the Plans to be revised in a manner sufficient to remedy the Landlord’s objections and/or respond to the Landlord’s concerns and for such revised Plans to be redelivered to Landlord, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove Tenant’s revised Plans within ten (10) days following the date of resubmission Landlord’s failure to timely respond to Tenant’s submitted Plans or revised Plans shall be deemed to be approval thereof provided that upon submitting such Plans, Tenant

 

9


provides written notice to Landlord stating “ IF LANDLORD FAILS TO RESPOND TO THE ENCLOSED PLANS WITHIN 10 DAYS, LANDLORD’S APPROVAL SHALL BE DEEMED GIVEN PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.2(a) OF THE LEASE ” in upper case boldface type in the top margin of such notice.

Tenant may request reasonable changes to the final Plans provided, however, that no such changes shall require or cause a structural change in the Building, render the Premises or the Building in violation of applicable laws, or materially change the size or configuration of the Premises. Tenant shall pay any additional costs required to implement any such changes, including without limitation, architectural fees and construction cost increases (including costs of delay) subject to reimbursement from Landlord’s Contribution; Tenant shall pay Landlord for such costs as additional rent within fifteen (15) days after written notice from Landlord of the amount due. Upon a request for changes to the Plans, Landlord shall inform Tenant as soon as reasonably practical of the incremental additional costs to implement such change and the estimated impact on the construction schedule. Tenant shall have 3 business days following receipt of such information in which to accept or rescind such requested change. Any approved changes by Tenant in the final plans shall constitute an agreement by Tenant to any delay in completion of the Initial Tenant Improvements caused by reviewing, processing, and implementing such changes; any such delay shall be deemed a delay caused by Tenant for purposes of calculating the Commencement Date under Section 2.2(b) .

The Plans shall be stamped by a Massachusetts registered architect and engineer, such architect and engineer being subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval, and shall comply with applicable legal requirements and tire reasonable rules and regulations which Landlord may impose from time to time and shall be in a form satisfactory to appropriate governmental authorities responsible for issuing permits, approvals and licenses required for such Initial Work.

(b) Landlord’s Managing Agent as Construction Manager; Bids . Landlord’s Managing Agent (or such other affiliate of Landlord as Landlord may substitute therefor) shall act as construction manager for the Initial Tenant Improvements, Promptly after approval of the Plans, Landlord or Landlord’s Managing Agent shall solicit up to three (3) general contractor bids with appropriate alternates for the Initial Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall then identify the lowest general contractor bid it deems to be most favorable and submit such bid to Tenant for its approval. Upon receipt of such bid, Tenant shall have two (2) Business Days to approve or disapprove such bid in writing. Tenant’s failure to timely respond to Landlord’s proposed general contractor bid shall constitute Tenant Delay. Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate in good faith to maintain the construction schedule in a manner that allows opportunities for so-called value engineering provided that if Tenant proposes changes to the Plans to reflect such value engineering efforts such changes shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(b) above regarding timing, costs and Tenant Delay.

Landlord or Landlord’s Managing Agent shall prepare a proposed initial work budget (“ Estimated Initial Work Budget ”), which shall include a construction management fee (“ Construction Management Fee ”) equal to three percent (3%) of the hard costs of the Initial Tenant Improvements. Tenant will be responsible for payment of the amount, if any, by which the cost of the Initial Tenant Improvements plus the Construction Management Fee exceeds the Landlord’s Contribution (“ Tenant’s Excess Cost ”), as provided in this paragraph. Tenant shall,

 

10


if requested by Landlord, execute a letter agreement confirming the estimate of such excess costs prior to the time Landlord shall be required to commence work. Tenant will pay Tenant’s Excess Cost to Landlord in progress payments, as Landlord incurs the cost of the work. While the Tenant’s Excess Cost remains unpaid, Landlord shall send to Tenant each monthly draw request from Landlord’s general contractor, Tenant shall pay the entire amount of each draw request to Landlord within seven (7) days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord’s invoice therefor until Tenant’s Excess Cost is fully funded, If Tenant’s Excess Cost changes as a result of changes in the cost of the Initial Tenant Improvements, appropriate adjustments will be made in the monthly progress payments due from Tenant.

(c) Performance of Work, All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner using building standard materials and finishes in compliance with all applicable laws. Landlord shall cause any construction defects or warranty items to be corrected promptly. Once installed, the Initial Tenant Improvements shall be part of the Premises and the sole property of Landlord. Within ten (10) days after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall give Landlord a “punch list” of any items needing correction or completion, the incompletion of which do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises or can be completed without material interference with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises or other items that, because of the nature of the items, are not practicable to do at the time. Any matters not shown on the punch list shall be deemed approved by Tenant. Landlord shall promptly correct any items on such list that, require correction. Landlord will remedy any defect in workmanship, materials or equipment furnished by Landlord pursuant to this Section, excluding reasonable wear and tear and improper use by Tenant, provided Tenant notifies Landlord of the defect within 12 months after the Commencement Date. Except as set forth herein, Landlord shall have no obligation to improve the Premises.

(d) Early Entry . Landlord shall not be required to furnish professional interior design services to Tenant. Further, Tenant’s interior furnishings, i.e., specification, supply and installation of furniture, furnishings, telephones, and moveable equipment, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Provided that Tenant does not interfere with Landlord’s performance of the Initial Tenant Improvements, Landlord agrees to allow Tenant to have access to the Premises thirty (30) days prior to the Commencement Date for design, space planning, inspection and the like and for installation of its telecommunications equipment and to install its fixtures, all subject to obtaining Landlord’s approval of the plans as set forth herein. Prior to any entry onto the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance evidencing the coverages required herein. All of the Tenant’s installation of interior furnishings and equipment shall be coordinated with any work being performed by Landlord in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building in such manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations and not damage the Building or the Premises or interfere with Building operations.

4.3 Landlord Contribution .

Landlord shall pay for the actual costs incurred with respect to the hard and soft costs of design and performance of the Initial Tenant Improvements up to a maximum aggregate amount of One Million Four Hundred Eighty One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty Six and 03/100 Dollars ($1,481,436.00) less any past due expenses owed to Landlord by Tenant under this Lease (“ Initial Allowance ”).

 

11


If the actual costs incurred in connection with the Initial Tenant Improvements exceed the Initial Allowance, Landlord shall provide an additional allowance to fund such excess costs (which costs may include, without limitation, costs in connection with design and construction costs and expenses) up to a maximum aggregate amount of Two Hundred Two Thousand Fourteen and 00/100 Dollars ($202,014.00) less any past due expenses owed to Landlord by Tenant under this Lease (“ Additional Allowance ”) (the Initial Allowance and the Additional Allowance, are hereinafter referred to, singly or collectively, as the “ Landlord’s Contribution ”).

Landlord’s Contribution shall be payable by Landlord directly to the general contractor in installments as the Initial Tenant Improvements progresses. Prior to payment of any such installment Landlord must be reasonably satisfied with the Initial Tenant Improvements performed to date and any required partial and/or final lien waivers must have been provided.

Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit or payment from Landlord for any portion of Landlord’s Contribution not used by Tenant in “the performance of the Initial Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any costs and expenses related to the Initial Tenant Improvements which exceed Landlord’s Contribution.

If Additional Allowance is provided, commencing on the Commencement Date of the month following disbursement of the Additional Allowance, Tenant shall pay Landlord as additional rent the monthly installment of the amortization of the Additional Allowance actually disbursed by Landlord in an amount sufficient to fully amortize the funded amount of the Additional Allowance over the unexpired portion of the initial term on a direct reduction basis payable in equal monthly installments including interest at the annual rate of eight percent (8%). For example, if Tenant requests all of the Additional Allowance, Tenant shall pay Landlord as additional rent the monthly installment of $3,016.74 in equal monthly installments over the unexpired portion of the initial term.

4.4 Alterations by Tenant .

(a) Tenant shall not make any alterations, decorations, additions, installations, substitutes or improvements (hereinafter collectively called “ Alterations ”) in and to the Premises, without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent, which consent Shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. No Alteration shall violate the Certificate of Occupancy for the Premises or any applicable law, code or ordinance, or the terms of any superior lease or mortgage affecting the Property, affect the exterior appearance of the Building, adversely affect the value or structure of the Building, require excessive removal expenses, adversely affect any other part of the Building, adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, sanitary or other service systems of the Building, or involve the installation of any materials subject to any liens or conditional sales contracts (the “ Approval Review Matters ”), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable, out of pocket costs of reviewing or inspecting any proposed Alterations, Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, without obtaining the prior consent of Landlord, but upon at least five (5) business days’ prior written notice to Landlord, to make Alterations to the Premises (“ Permitted Alterations ”) that (i) are within the interior of the Premises within the Building, and do not affect the exterior of the Premises and the Building, (ii) do not affect the roof or any structural element of the Building or adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, sanitary or other service systems of the Building, and (iii) cost less than $60,000 in any one instance or series of related projects.

 

12


(b) All work on any Alterations shall be done at reasonable times in a first-class workmanlike manner, by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, according to plans and specifications reasonably approved by Landlord, All work shall be done in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, and rules of any government agency with jurisdiction, and with all regulations of the Board of Fire Underwriters or any similar insurance body or bodies. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the effect of any Alterations on the Building’s structure and systems, whether or not Landlord has consented to the Alterations, and shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any costs incurred by Landlord by reason of any faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a complete set of “as-built” plans.

(c) Tenant shall use its best efforts to keep the Property and Tenant’s leasehold interest therein free of any liens or claims of liens arising from acts or omissions of Tenant, or its subtenants, contractors or others claiming by, through or under Tenant, and shall discharge or bond any such liens within ten (10) business days following notice to Tenant of their fifing. Before commencement of any work, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant’s contractor shall provide any payment, performance and lien indemnity bond required by Landlord’s lender. Tenant shall provide evidence of such insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord as an additional insured. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from and against any cost, claim, or liability arising from any work done by or at the direction of Tenant. All work shall be done so as to minimize interference with other tenants and with Landlord’s operation of the Building or other construction work being done by Landlord, Landlord may post any notices it considers necessary to protect it from responsibility or liability for any Alterations, and Tenant shall give sufficient notice to Landlord to permit such posting.

(d) All Alterations affixed to the Premises shall become part thereof and remain therein at the end of the Term. However, if Landlord gives Tenant a notice, at the time Landlord approves such Alterations, to remove any Alterations (excluding the Initial Tenant Improvements shown on the plans of the Initial Tenant Improvements attached hereto as Exhibit G ), Tenant shall do so and shall pay the cost of removal and any repair required by such removal. All of tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, moveable partitions, and any Alterations not affixed to the Premises shall remain Tenant’s property, removable at any time. If Tenant fails to remove any such materials at the end of the Term, Landlord may do so and store them at Tenant’s expense, without liability to Tenant, and may sell them at public or private sale and apply the proceeds to any amounts due hereunder, including costs of removal, storage and sale.

ARTICLE V – LANDLORDS’S OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS

5.1 Services Furnished by Landord .

(a) Landlord shall furnish services, utilities, facilities and supplies equal in quality to those customarily provided by landlords in first class office buildings of a similar design in the genera! Watertown area. Such services, facilities and supplies shall include the services

 

13


described in Subsection 5.1(b) and 5.1(c) and Section 5.2 and the following: (i) cleaning services for Building Common Areas and the Premises as described in Exhibit C . (ii) rubbish removal, (iii) window cleaning, (iv) restroom supplies, (v) sewer and water service to the Building’s restrooms, (vi) landscape maintenance, (vii) snow removal for walks, driveways and parking areas, (viii) maintenance of plantings in interior Common Areas, (ix) Building security, (x) elevator service from the existing elevator, (xi) full service cafe1 with catering services, (xii) on site fitness center, and (xiii) such other services, utilities, facilities and supplies as may be deemed necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment. Landlord shall provide at least one full time on-site facility superintendent.

(b) Subject to the provisions of this Subsection 5.1(b) . Landlord shall furnish space heating and cooling as normal seasonal changes may require to provide reasonably comfortable space temperature and ventilation for occupants of the Premises under normal business operation. However, Tenant acknowledges that if the operation of its business in the Premises requires additional cooling, then it is solely Tenant’s responsibility to install and maintain the additional cooling equipment following the procedures set forth in Section 4.2(b) .

(c) Landlord shall furnish space heating and cooling during normal business hours of Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m., to 7:00 p.m. except for holidays without additional cost to Tenant, Landlord shall furnish space heating and cooling beyond such times or on holidays if Tenant requests such service prior to 2:00 p.m. on the immediately preceding business day, subject to Landlord’s assessment of a commercially reasonable charge for the provision of such services which charge is currently $60 per hour subject to changes during the term.

(d) Subject to the provisions of Section 3.3 , Landlord shall provide electric power for lighting and office machine use under normal business operation, Tenant’s use of electrical energy in the Premises shall not at any time exceed the capacity of any of the electrical conductors or equipment in or otherwise serving the Premises, In order to ensure that such capacity is not exceeded and to avert possible adverse effect upon the Building electric service, Tenant shall not, without prior consent of Landlord in each instance (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), make any Alterations that would cause Tenant’s usage of electricity to exceed such capacity.

(e) Landlord shall furnish, at Tenant’s expense, reasonable additional Building operation services which are usual and customary in similar office buildings in the general Watertown area upon reasonable advance request of Tenant at reasonable and equitable rates from time to time established by Landlord; such charges, if any, shall be considered to be additional rent.

(f) Landlord shall provide and install, at Landlord’s expense with respect to the first such installation and at Tenant’s expense with, respect to any subsequent installation, letters or numerals on the door to the Premises and in the lobby directory of the Building and on directories on the Property, and on the monument sign on Pleasant Street to identify Tenant’s name, the name of entities affiliated with Tenant, the Building address, and letters in the lobby directory to identify a reasonable number of names of Tenant’s executives; all such letters and numerals shall be in the building standard graphics and no others shall be used or permitted on the Premises. Tenant may cause a new exterior sign to identify Tenant’s new private entry to be

 

14


installed at Tenants sole cost and expense in compliance with all applicable legal requirements in a location and size shown on the attached Exhibit E and in a manner consistent with the overall property signage program to be developed by Landlord, provided that (i) Tenant or any permitted Transferee in accordance with Section 6.3(b) remains in occupancy of the Premises, (ii) Tenant obtains all applicable permits and approvals and is responsible for all design, installation and maintenance costs relating to the new exterior sign, and (iii) Tenant obtains Landlord’s written approval of the design of the exterior sign.

5.2 Repairs, and Maintenance . Landlord shall repair and maintain the Common Areas and the roof and structural portions of the Building and the common plumbing, electrical, mechanical and heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems therein, except for damage resulting from a casualty or an eminent domain taking, which shall be governed by Article VIII . If any maintenance, repair or replacement is required because of any act, omission or neglect of duty by Tenant or its agents, employees, invitees or contractors, subject to Section 10.7 , the cost thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent within thirty (30) days after billing therefor.

5.3 Quiet Enjoyment . So long as no default of Tenant exists beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord shall permit Tenant to peacefully and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises free from any claim by Landlord or persons claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject to the provisions hereof.

5.4 Insurance . Landlord shall insure the Property, including the Building and all improvements therein, against damage by fire and standard extended coverage perils, including “alt-risks” coverage in amounts at least equal to the full replacement cost thereof, and shall carry commercial general liability insurance all in such reasonable amounts with such reasonable deductibles as would be carried by a prudent owner of a similar building in the area, Landlord may carry any other forms of insurance as it or its mortgagee may deem advisable, Tenant shall have no right to any proceeds from such policies. Landlord shall not carry any insurance on any of Tenant’s property, and shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of it.

Landlord, at its expense, shall indemnify Tenant and its agents, employees, and contractors from and against any cost, claim, action, liability or damage of any kind arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its or its agents, employees, and contractors provided that such cost, claim, action, liability or damage is not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, and contractors.

5.5 Access to Premises . Landlord shall have reasonable access to the Premises to inspect Tenant’s performance hereunder and to perform any acts required of or permitted to Landlord herein. Landlord shall at all times have a key or access card to the Premises, and Tenant shall not install any additional lock without Landlord’s consent Any entry into the Premises by Landlord, under this section or any other section of this Lease permitting such entry, shall be on reasonable advance notice, shall be done so as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, and shall be accompanied by a representative of Tenant if Tenant so requests; provided, however, that such restrictions shall not apply to any situation that Landlord in good faith believes to be an emergency.

 

15


Subject to reasonable security procedures that Landlord may institute from time to time to prevent unauthorized access to the Building, Tenant shall have access to the Premises, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.

5.6 Right to Cease Providing Services . In connection with any repairs, alterations or additions to the Property or the Premises, or any other acts required of or permitted to Landlord herein, Landlord may, if necessary, reduce or suspend service of the Building’s utilities and mechanical systems, or any of the other services, facilities or supplies required to be provided by Landlord hereunder, provided that Landlord shall use best efforts to restore such services, facilities or supplies as soon as possible, and provided further that Landlord shall give Tenant advance notice of such reduction or suspension if such reduction or suspension is planned in advance or if it is reasonably possible for Landlord to do so, In addition, Landlord may reduce or suspend such services, facilities or supplies in case of Force Majeure, as defined below. No such reduction or suspension permitted by this Section 5.6 shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises, or an ejection of Tenant from the Premises, or a breach by Landlord of any of its obligations, and no such reduction or suspension shall render Landlord liable for any damages, including but not limited to any damages, comprehension or claims arising from any interruption or cessation of Tenant’s business, or entitle Tenant to be relieved from any of its obligations under this Lease, or result in any abatement or reduction of rent, except as set forth in Section 5.7 .

5.7 Failure to Provide Services and Repairs . Landlord shall not be in default or liable for any failure to perform any act or obligation or provide any service required hereunder unless Tenant shall have given notice of such failure, and such failure continues for at least thirty (30) days thereafter; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be liable or in default if it commences such performance within thirty (30) days and thereafter diligently pursues such performance to completion, Tenant hereby waives any right under any law, ordinance, regulation or judicial decision to make repairs or provide maintenance or perform any of Landlord’s other obligations hereunder at Landlord’s expense.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Tenant is not reasonably able to access or use all or any material portion of the Premises for its normal business activity without extraordinary and unreasonable measures being required to be taken by Tenant in order to do so and Tenant does not use or occupy the same during said period due to Landlord’s negligent interruption or willful interruption of Essential Services, and if such inability continues for more than five (5) consecutive business days after written notice of such untenantability to Landlord, then Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent and Additional Rent in proportion to the portion of the Premises so rendered untenantable until the date immediately following die day on which such untenantability is cured. As used herein, “Essential Services” shall mean the following services: access to the Premises, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, water and sewer/septic service and electricity, but only to the extent that Landlord has an obligation to provide same to Tenant under this Lease.

 

16


ARTICLE VI - TENANT’S COVENANTS

6.1 Repair and Yield Up . Tenant shall keep the Premises in the same order and condition as delivered to Tenant with such Alterations as permitted under this Lease, reasonable wear and tear, and damage by fire, other casualty, and/or taking excepted, and shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the rest of the Property caused by Tenant or its agents, employees, or invitees, licensees or independent contractors, Landlord may require such repair to be done by a contractor designated by Landlord at Tenant’s cost, provided that costs to be charged to Tenant are reasonable and competitive. At the end of the Term, Tenant shall peaceably yield up the Premises in the same order, repair and condition, as it is required to maintain during the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove its own property and (if required by Landlord as provided in Section 4.4 ) any Alterations, repairing any damage caused by such removal and restoring the Premises and leaving them clean and neat, Nothing herein shall require Tenant to remove the Initial Tenant Improvements. Unless otherwise directed by Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall not cut Tenant’s telecommunications cables and wiring or remove Tenant’s telecommunication patch panel and shall label all telephone and data cable terminals accordingly.

6.2 Use .

(a) Tenant shall use the Premises only for the Permitted Uses, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose, Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of: (i) any recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Property of which Tenant has been given notice by Landlord (Landlord hereby representing that there are no such covenants, conditions or restrictions currently on record which will affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Uses), (ii) any law or ordinance or any Certificate of Occupancy issued for the Building or the Premises, or (iii) any reasonable Rules and Regulations issued by Landlord for the Building of which Tenant has been given a copy, Tenant shall comply with any directive of any governmental authority with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall not do or permit anything in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the Premises, obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure them, or use the Premises or allow them to be used for any unlawful purpose, Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises, or commit or allow any waste in or upon the Premises.

(b) Tenant shall not obstruct any of the Common Areas or any portion of the Property outside the Premises, and shall not place or permit any signs (other than those permitted under Section 5.1(e) ), curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials or flagpoles, or the like, visible from outside the Premises.

(c) Tenant shall keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by law because of any use made by Tenant other than office use with customary office equipment, and shall procure all licenses and permits required because of such use. This provision shall not broaden the Permitted Uses.

(d) Tenant shall not place a load upon the floor of the Premises exceeding 100 pounds per square foot. Partitions shall be considered as part of the load. Landlord may prescribe the

 

17


weight and position of all safes, files and heavy equipment that Tenant desires to place in the Premises, so as properly to distribute their weight. Tenant’s business machines and mechanical equipment shall be installed and maintained so as not to transmit noise or vibration to the Building structure or to any other space in the Building. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of all structural engineering required to determine structural load and all acoustical engineering required to address any noise or vibration caused by Tenant.

(e) So long as a cafe is serving the Building, Tenant shall not have vending machines on the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord.

(f) Tenant shall not keep or use any article in tine Premises, or permit any activity therein, which is prohibited by a standard insurance policy covering buildings and improvements similar to the Building and Leasehold Improvements, or would result in an increase in the premiums thereunder unless Tenant pays for such increase. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of Tenant’s activity, a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Building or the Leasehold Improvements, showing the various components of the rate, shall be conclusive evidence. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or of any insurer relating to the Premises, If the use or occupation of the Premises by Tenant or by anyone Tenant allows on the Premises causes or threatens cancellation or reduction of any insurance carried by Landlord, Tenant shall remedy the condition immediately upon notice thereof, Upon Tenant’s failure to do so after applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord may, in addition to any other remedy it has under this Lease but subject to the provisions of Section 5.5 , enter the Premises and remedy the condition, at Tenant’s cost, which Tenant shall promptly pay as additional rent. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury caused as a result of such an entry, and shall not waive its rights to declare a default because of Tenant’s failure.

6.3 Assignment; Sublease .

(a) Tenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge or otherwise transfer this Lease or make any sublease of the Premises, or permit occupancy of any part thereof by anyone other than Tenant (any such act being referred to herein as a “ Transfer ” and the other party with whom Tenant undertakes such act being referred to herein as a “ Transferee ”) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, subject to the other provisions of this Section 6.3 , Any Transfer or attempted Transfer not in compliance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6.3 shall be void, and shall be a default under this Lease.

(b) If (a) no Event of Default then exists under this Lease and (b) the successor to Tenant or the transferee of or successor to any of Tenant’s rights hereunder has a tangible net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the greater of the tangible net worth of Tenant as of the Effective Date or immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer, then Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent, assign the Lease or sublease the Premises to an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) provided that (x) Tenant or the assignee or sublessee, as the case may be, provides Landlord with prior written notice of any such assignment or sublease, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and (y) any assignee (other than an assignee that succeeds to Tenant’s obligations by operation of law) agrees directly with Landlord, by written instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, to be bound by all the obligations of Tenant hereunder.

 

18


For the purposes of this Section 6.3 . An “Affiliate” is defined as (i) any person or entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, (ii) any person, corporation, limited liability or company or other entity resulting from the public offering or other such transaction that results in substantially the same management, or from the sale, consolidation or merger of Tenant into or with another entity, (iii) any person, corporation, limited liability company or other entity acquiring a majority or more of Tenant’s issued and outstanding stock or all, or substantially all, of Tenant’s business assets provided that such assignee’s, sublessee’s or transferee’s occupancy of and conduct of its business shall be in accordance with the terms, and provisions of this Lease.

(c) Any request by Tenant for Landlord’s consent to a Transfer shall include the name of the proposed Transferee, the nature of its business and proposed use of the Premises, reasonable information as to its financial condition, and the terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. Tenant shall supply such additional information about the proposed Transfer and Transferee as the Landlord reasonably requests. It shall be reasonable for Landlord to refuse consent, to any Transfer to any governmental agency, or to any other Transferee who by reputation or expected use is not comparable to other types of tenants in the Building, or to any transferee whose financial strength is not at least equivalent to that of Tenant at the time of the Transfer, or to any Transferee that is an existing tenant in the Building (unless comparable space is not available or becoming available in the Building) or a prospective tenant with whom Landlord has been in negotiations in the preceding nine (9) months.

(d) Any Transfer shall specifically make applicable to the Transferee all of the provisions of this Section so that Landlord shall have against the Transferee alt rights with respect to any further Transfer which are set forth herein. No Transfer shall affect the continuing primary liability of Tenant (which shall be joint and several with Transferee). Consent to a Transfer in a specific instance shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent Transfer or a waiver of the requirement of consent to any future Transfer. No Transfer shall be binding upon Landlord or any of Landlord’s mortgagees, unless Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a recordable instrument containing a covenant of assumption by the Transferee running to Landlord and all persons claiming by, through or under Landlord. The Transferee’s failure to execute such instrument shall not, however, release or discharge Transferee from its liability as a Transferee hereunder. Tenant shall not enter into any Transfer that provides for rental or other payment based on the net income or profits derived from the Premises. With respect to any Transfer (other than a Transfer under Section 6.3(b) ), Landlord shall be entitled to receive fifty percent (50%) of ail “Bonus Rent,” which Bonus Rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord on a monthly basis. For purposes of this Lease, Bonus Rent shall mean all amounts received by Tenant in excess of the Base Rent and additional rent reserved in this Lease and applicable to the space Transferred for the period of the Transfer, minus Tenant’s reasonable expenses in connection with such Transfer, including, without limitation, for brokerage commissions, legal fees, advertising expenses and Alterations for the benefit of the Transferee.

(e) Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Section 6.3 . in connection with any intent to Transfer (other than a Transfer under Section 6.3(b) ), Landlord shall have an option

 

19


to cancel and terminate this Lease if the request is to assign the Lease or to sublet all of the Premises; or, if the request is to sublet more than thirty percent (30%) of the Premises only; or, if the request is to sublet any portion of the Premises with a sublease term expiring within the last 18 months of the initial term or Extension Term, as the case may be, to cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to such portion for the proposed term of such sublease or for the balance of the Term if, within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives written notice from Tenant that Tenant intends to make space available for a Transfer, Landlord notifies Tenant that it has elected to exercise such option Landlord may exercise said option in writing within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of such request, and in each case such cancellation or termination shall occur as of the date set forth in Landlord’s notice of exercise of such option, which shall not be less than sixty (60) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days following the giving of such notice. If Landlord exercises Landlord’s option to cancel this Lease or any portion thereof, Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises, or the portion thereof which is the subject of the option, as the case may be, on the date set forth in such notice in accordance with the provisions of this Lease relating to surrender of the Premises at the expiration of the Term. If this Lease is cancelled as to a portion of the Premises only, Base Rent and additional rent after the date of cancellation shall be abated on a pro rata basis, as determined by Landlord, and Tenant’s Percentage. If Landlord does not exercise Landlord’s option to cancel this Lease or any portion thereof pursuant to the foregoing provisions, Landlord’s consent to a Transfer shall continue to be required in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 6.3 .

(f) Any agreement by which Tenant agrees to enter into or execute any Transfer at the direction of any other party, or assigns its rights in the income arising from any Transfer to any other party, shall itself constitute a Transfer hereunder. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, or other business organization, the transfer of ownership interests, whether in one transaction or a series, forming a majority of the equity interests in Tenant, shall constitute a Transfer (unless Tenant is a corporation whose stock is traded on an exchange or over the counter) for which Tenant shall be subject to conditions (a) and (b) of Section 6.3(b) .

(g) Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, Tenant shall have no right to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises and any such assignment or sublease shall be void unless on (i) the date on which Tenant notifies Landlord of its intention to enter into any assignment or sublease or (ii) the date on which such assignment or sublease is to take effect, no uncured Event of Default exists.

(h) Landlord shall not impose any fee in connection with Landlord’s review of any proposed assignment or sublease, however Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease,

6.4 Indemnity: Assumption of Risk .

(a) Tenant, at its expense, shall defend (with counsel satisfactory to Landlord), indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its agents, employees, and contractors from and against any cost, claim, action, liability or damage of any kind arising from (i) Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises or any activity done or permitted by Tenant in, on, or about the Premises, (ii) any Event of Default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, or (iii) any negligent, tortious, or illegal act or omission of Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, licensees

 

20


or contractors, provided that such cost, claim, action, liability or damage is not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, and contractors (except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of subsection 6.5(a) ).

(b) As a material consideration to Landlord for executing this Lease, Tenant assumes all risk of damage or injury to any person or property in, on, or about the Premises from any cause including, without limitation, injury or damage which may be sustained by the person or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees, or any other person in or about the Premises, caused by or resulting from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction, or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air-conditioning or lighting fixtures, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises, any other portion of the Property, or other sources, provided that such damage or injury is not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, invitees, licensees and contractors (subject to Section 10.7 ). Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other person or entity for any damages arising from any act or omission of any other tenant of the Building.

6.5 Tenant’s Insurance .

(a) Tenant shall maintain the following insurance at its own expense throughout the Term: (i) Property insurance including standard fire and extended coverage insurance, vandalism and malicious mischief endorsements, and “all-risks” coverage upon all property owned by Tenant and located in the Building, in the full replacement cost thereof; (ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance, which insurance may be by a blanket insurance policy arid shall provide the following coverages and endorsements: personal injury, broad form property damage, automobile (by separate policy, if necessary) premises/operations, additional insured landlord endorsement and broad form contractual liability, in limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that such property owned by Tenant shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and if the whole or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water or otherwise, or by the leakage or bursting of water pipes, steam pipes, or other pipes, by theft or from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage is to be charged to or be borne by Landlord regardless of any fault of Landlord, provided that such damage is not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees and contractors (subject to Section 10.7 ).

(b) All policies shall (i) be taken out with insurers reasonably acceptable to Landlord, in form satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) include Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord as additional insureds, as their interests may appear, and (iii) contain a provision that any coverage afforded thereby shall be primary and noncontributing with respect to any insurance carried by Landlord, and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing. Landlord may upon thirty (30) day s’ notice to Tenant require an increase of the limits of the policies carried by Tenant if Landlord reasonably deems such limits to be inadequate when compared to the then existing customary insurance practice in the area, Tenant shall provide certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Landlord before the Commencement Date, and shall provide certificates evidencing renewal at least ten (10) days before the expiration of any such policy. All policies shall contain an endorsement requiring that the insurer will endeavor to deliver at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord prior to any material change, reduction, cancellation or other termination.

 

21


(c) Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to any casualty, Tenant shall retain any proceeds attributable to Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, movable partitions, equipment and Alterations not affixed to the Premises, but Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord any insurance proceeds received by Tenant relating to the Leasehold Improvements and any Alterations affixed to the Premises unless Landlord has required their removal.

6.6 Right of Entry . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.5 hereof, Tenant shall permit Landlord and its agents to examine the Premises at reasonable times and to make any repairs or replacements Landlord deems necessary, or, after providing notice and an opportunity except in the case of an emergency to cure with respect to performing any Tenant repair or replacement obligation which Tenant has failed to perform; to remove, at Tenant’s expense, after reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency in which no notice shall be required), any Alterations, signs, curtains, blinds or the like not consented to by Landlord; and to show the Premises to prospective tenants during the last nine (9) months of the Term and to prospective purchasers and mortgagees at all times.

6.7 Payment of Taxes . Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes levied against Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures in the Premises. If any such taxes are levied against Landlord or its property, or if the assessed value of the Premises is increased by the inclusion of a value placed on Tenant’s property, Landlord may pay such taxes, and Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the portion of such taxes resulting from such increase, Tenant may bring suit against the taxing authority to recover the amount of any such taxes, and Landlord shall cooperate therein. The records of the City Assessor shall determine the assessed valuation, if available and sufficiently detailed. If not so available or detailed, the actual cost of construction shall be used.

6.8 Environmental Compliance . Tenant shall not cause any hazardous or toxic wastes, hazardous or toxic substances or hazardous or toxic materials (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) to be used, generated, stored or disposed of on, under or about, or transported to or from, the Premises (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials Activities ”) without first receiving Landlord’s written consent, which may be withheld for any reason and revoked at any time. If Landlord consents to any such Hazardous Materials Activities, Tenant shall conduct them in strict compliance (at Tenant’s expense) with all applicable Regulations, as hereinafter defined, and using all necessary and appropriate precautions, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any Hazardous Materials Activities by Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify, defend with counsel acceptable to Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs and liabilities arising out of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials Activities. For purposes hereof, Hazardous Materials shall include but not be limited to substances defined as “hazardous substances,” “toxic substances,” or “hazardous wastes” in the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended; the federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended; and the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (“ RCRA ”): those substances defined as “hazardous wastes” in the Massachusetts Hazardous Waste Facility Siting Act, as amended (Massachusetts General

 

22


Laws Chapter 2ID); those substances defined as “hazardous materials” or “oil” in Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 2IE, as amended; and as such substances are defined in any regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to said Saws (collectively, ‘‘ Regulations ”). Prior to using, storing or maintaining any Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list of the types and quantities thereof, and shall update such list as necessary for continued accuracy, Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a copy of any Hazardous Materials inventory statement required by any applicable Regulations, and any update filed in accordance with any applicable Regulations, If Tenant’s activities violate or create a risk of violation of any Regulations, Tenant shall cease such activities immediately upon notice from Landlord. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord both by telephone and in writing of any spill or unauthorized discharge of Hazardous Materials or of any condition constituting an imminent hazard under any Regulations, Landlord, Landlord’s representatives and employees may enter the Premises at any time during the Term to inspect Tenant’s compliance herewith, and may disclose any violation of any Regulations to any governmental agency with jurisdiction. Nothing herein shall prohibit Tenant from using minimal quantities of cleaning fluid and office supplies which may constitute Hazardous Materials but which are customarily present in premises devoted to office use, provided that such use is in compliance with all applicable laws and subject to all of the other provisions of this Section 6.8 .

Landlord represents that it has delivered to Tenant all environmental reports in its possession and is not aware of any violations or Hazardous Materials on site other than as disclosed in the reports. Landlord acknowledges that, to Landlord’s knowledge, that the leasehold improvements will not exacerbate any existing contamination or violate the requirements of an activity use limitation or any similar agreements or restrictions relating to contamination.

ARTICLE VII - DEFAULT

7.1 Events of . Default.

(a) The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder by Tenant;

(i) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent or additional rent or any other payment required hereunder, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

(ii) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in clause (i) above, where such failure shall continue for a period of more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said thirty-day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, which completion shall occur not later than ninety (90) days from the date of such notice from Landlord.

 

23


(iii) Tenant or any such guarantor becoming insolvent, filing or having filed against it a petition under any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq . (or any similar petition under any insolvency law of any jurisdiction), proposing any dissolution, liquidation, composition, financial reorganization or recapitalization with creditors, making an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar agent is appointed or takes possession with respect to any property or business of Tenant or such guarantor, provided that any such filing or action is not stayed, vacated or dismissed within thirty (30) days thereafter.

(b) In the event of any such Event of Default by Tenant, whether or not the Term shall have begun, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the immediate option, or the option at any time while such default exists and without further notice, to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by notice to Tenant; and this Lease shall thereupon come to an end as fully and completely as if the date such notice is given were the date herein originally fixed for the expiration of the Term, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

7.2 Damages .

(a) In the event that this lease is terminated under any of the provisions contained in Section 7.1 . Tenant covenants to pay forthwith to Landlord, as compensation, the excess of the total rent reserved for the residue of the Term over the rental value of the Premises for said residue of the Term. In calculating the rent reserved there shall be included, in addition to the Base Rent and all additional rent, the value of all other considerations agreed to be paid or performed by Tenant for said residue. Tenant further covenants as an additional and cumulative obligation after any such termination to pay punctually to Landlord all the sums and perform all the obligations which Tenant covenants in this Lease to pay and to perform in the same manner and to the same extent and at the same time as if this Lease had not been terminated. In calculating the amounts to be paid by Tenant under the immediately preceding covenant Tenant shall be credited with any amount paid to Landlord as compensation as in this Section 7 2 provided and also with the net proceeds of any rent obtained by Landlord by reletting the Premises, after deducting all Landlord’s reasonable expenses in connection with such reletting, including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, fees for legal services and expenses of preparing the Premises for such reletting, it being agreed by Tenant that Landlord may (i) relet the Premises or any part or parts thereof, for a term terms which may at Landlord’s option be equal to or less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term and may grant such concessions and free rent as Landlord in its sole judgment considers advisable or necessary to relet the same, and (ii) make such alterations, repairs and decorations in the Premises as Landlord in its sole judgment considers advisable or necessary to relet the same, and no action of Landlord in accordance with the foregoing or failure to relet or to collect rent under reletting shall operate or be construed to release or reduce Tenant’s liability as aforesaid, Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default of Tenant occurs and this Lease is terminated as provided herein, then Tenant shall also pay to Landlord ail of Landlord’s unamortized transaction costs relating to the execution of this Lease, including without limitation, brokerage fees, demising costs, attorneys’ fees, the Landlord’s Contribution, and all other costs incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s performance of the Initial Tenant Improvements.

 

24


(b) In lieu of any other damages or indemnity and in lieu of full recovery by Landlord of all sums payable under all the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.2 . Landlord may by written notice to Tenant, at any time after this Lease is terminated under any of the provisions contained in Section 7.1 or is otherwise terminated for breach of any obligation of Tenant and before such full recovery, elect to recover, and Tenant shall thereupon pay, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to the aggregate of the Base Rent and additional rent accrued under Sections 3.1 and 3.2 in the 12 months ended next prior to such termination plus the amount of Base Rent and additional rent of any kind accrued and unpaid at the time of termination and less the amount of any recovery by Landlord under the foregoing provision of this Section 7.2 up to the time of payment of such liquidated damages.

(c) Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this. Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be provided, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.

(d) Landlord’s remedies under this Lease are cumulative and not exclusive of any other remedies to which Landlord may be entitled in case of Tenant’s breach or threatened breach of this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to the remedies of injunction and specific performance with respect to any such breach.

ARTICLE VIII - CASUALTY AND EMINENT DOMAIN

8.1 Termination or Restoration: Rent Adjustment . In case prior to or during the ‘Perm all or any part of the Premises or any part of the Building that materially adversely affects Tenant’s access or and use of the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty or by action of public or other authority in consequence thereof, or taken by eminent domain or access to the Building is eliminated by virtue of a taking by eminent domain or Landlord receives compensable damage by reason of anything lawfully done in pursuance of public or other authority, in any such case to such an extent that restoration will require more than 180 days from the date of such casualty, this Lease shall by notice to Tenant from Landlord terminate, which may be made notwithstanding Landlord’s entire interest may have been divested. The effective date of termination specified by Landlord shall not be less than forty-five (45) nor more than ninety (90) days after the date of notice of such termination. Further, during the Term, in the event of (a) damage to the Premises which makes a material portion of the Premises unfit for use and occupancy, or (b) damage to a material portion of the common facilities necessary for the practical use and enjoyment of the Premises (including, without limitation, any material portion of the common facilities which provide access to the Premises), or (c) a permanent taking of a material portion of the Premises, or (d) a permanent: taking of a material portion of the common facilities necessary for the practical use and enjoyment of the Premises (including, without limitation, any material portion of the parking areas and/or any common facilities which provide access to the Premises), Tenant may, by notice given to Landlord within 30 days of such

 

25


casualty or taking, notify Landlord of its desire to terminate this Lease. If such a notice is given, this Lease shall terminate 90 days after such notice is given unless, in the case of (a) or (b) above, within 90 days of the giving of such notice, Landlord delivers to Tenant its certification (a “ Landlord’s Restoration Certification ”) that the Landlord intends to restore the Premises and the common facilities, as the case may be, to substantially the condition they were in prior to such casualty or taking within 180 days of the event giving rise to such notice (the “ Outside Restoration Date ”), and in the case of (d) above, the Landlord intends to replace what remains of the common facilities by the Outside Restoration Date so that Tenant will again be able to have the practical use and enjoyment of the Premises to substantially the same extent as prior to such taking. Unless terminated pursuant to the foregoing provision, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect following any damage or taking, subject, however, to the following provisions, and subject further to the additional right of Tenant to terminate this Lease if the restoration of the Premises or the common facilities has not occurred by the Outside Restoration Date (such date being extended by the number of days, not to exceed 90 in the aggregate, specified in a notice or notices given from time to time by Landlord to Tenant prior to the then applicable Outside Restoration Date, of delays in completion attributable to the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event), Tenant may not exercise such additional right to terminate this Lease except within 30 days after the Outside Restoration Date (as so extended by such a notice or notices). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a casualty or taking of the nature hereinabove described in clauses (a), (b), (o) or (d), which occurs within the last twelve (12) months of the Term, either party shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other party.

If in any such case the Premises or any portion thereof are rendered unfit for use and occupation or any portion of the common facilities necessary for the practical use and enjoyment of the Premises are unavailable for use and this Lease is not so terminated, Landlord shall use due diligence (following the expiration of the period in which this Lease may be terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1.2 ), subject to the availability of insurance proceeds and consent of the holders of any mortgages on the Property, Building or both, to restore and put the Premises, and any portion of the common facilities necessary for the practical use and enjoyment of the Premises or in case of a taking what may remain thereof (excluding in case of both damage and taking any stems installed or paid for by Tenant), into proper condition for use and occupation. A just proportion of the fixed rent and additional rent according to the nature and extent of the injury shall be abated from the time of the damage or taking until the Premises or such portion of the common facilities or such remainder shall have been put into proper condition for use and occupation or until termination of this Lease, and in case of a taking which permanently reduces the area of the Premises, a just proportion of the fixed rent and additional rent shall be abated for the remainder of the Term.

8.2 Eminent Domain Damages . Landlord reserves to itself any and all rights to receive awards made for damages to the Premises and Building and the leasehold hereby created, or any one or more of them, accruing by reason of exercise of eminent domain or by reason of anything lawfully done in pursuance of public or other authority. Tenant hereby releases and assigns to Landlord all Tenant’s rights to such awards, and covenants to deliver such further assignments and assurances thereof as Landlord may from time to time request, hereby irrevocably designating and appointing Landlord as its attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver in Tenant’s name and behalf all such further assignments thereof. Nothing contained herein shall

 

26


be deemed to preclude Tenant from obtaining, or to give Landlord any interest in, any separate award to Tenant for loss or damage to Tenant’s removable personal property or Tenant’s relocation costs.

8.3 Temporary Taking . In the event of any taking of the Premises or any part thereof for temporary use, (i) this Lease shall be and remain unaffected thereby and rent shall not abate, and (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to receive for itself such portion or portions of any award made for such use with respect to the period of the taking which is within the Term, provided that if such taking shall remain in force at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall then pay to Landlord a sum equal to the reasonable cost of performing Tenant’s obligations under Section 6.1 with respect to surrender of the Premises and upon such payment shall be excused from such obligations.

ARTICLE IX - RIGHTS OF PARTIES HOLDING PRIOR INTERESTS

9.1 Lease Subordinate - Superior . This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any institutional first mortgage (“Mortgage”) now or hereinafter placed on the Property, the Building, or both, or any portion or portions thereof or interest therein, which are separately and together hereinafter in this Article IX referred to as “the mortgaged premises”, and to each advance made or hereafter to be made under any Mortgage, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof and all substitutions therefor, provided, however, that conditioned upon no Event of Default then existing that remains uncured, Landlord shall obtain, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense not to exceed $1,000, a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from any such mortgagee on Tenant’s behalf in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D . Tenant shall be responsible for any costs imposed by such mortgagee exceeding $1,000.

In the event that any mortgagee or its successor in title shall succeed to the interest of Landlord, then, Tenant shall and does hereby agree to attorn to such mortgagee or successor and to recognize such mortgagee or successor as its Landlord. Any claim by Tenant under the Lease against the mortgagee or such successor shall be satisfied solely out of the mortgagee’s or such successor’s interest in. the Premises and Tenant shall not seek recovery against or out of any other assets of mortgagee or such successor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any mortgagee may at its election subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease without the consent or approval of Tenant. This Section shall be self-operative. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver promptly any appropriate certificates or instruments requested by Landlord or any mortgagee to carry out the subordination and attornment agreements contained in this Section 9.1 .

9.2 Rights of Mortgagee to Cure . No act or failure to act on the part of Landlord which would entitle Tenant, under the terms of this Lease or as a matter of law, to be released from Tenant’s obligations hereunder or to terminate this Lease shall result in a release of such obligations or a termination of this Lease unless Tenant first gives written notice of and a specific description of Landlord’s act or failure to act to Landlord’s mortgagees of whom Tenant has been given written notice by Landlord, if any, and such mortgagee fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, However, if such cure reasonably requires more than thirty days to effect, such mortgagee shall have such additional time as is reasonably necessary in the circumstances, including time to take possession of the Property. This section

 

27


shall not impose any obligation on any such mortgagee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant gives a notice under Section 5.7 to Landlord and such mortgagee, mortgagee’s cure period shall be limited to the time period set forth in such Section. Landlord shall, from time to time, notify Tenant as to the identity of Landlord’s mortgagees; provided, however, that Tenant’s execution of estoppel certificates, nondisturbance agreements or similar agreements which identify Landlord’s mortgagee shall be deemed to be notice to Tenant hereunder.

ARTICLE X - MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Representations by Tenant . Tenant represents and warrants that any financial statements provided by it to Landlord were true, correct and complete when provided, and that no material adverse change has occurred since that date that would render them inaccurate or misleading, Each party represents and warrants to the other party that those persons executing this Lease on its behalf are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf, and that this Lease is binding upon such party in accordance with its terms and upon execution of this Lease, each party shall deliver evidence of such authority to the other parry in form satisfactory to the other party.

10.2 Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, Communications shall be addressed to Landlord at Landlord’s Address and to Tenant at Tenant’s Address, Any communication so addressed shall be deemed duly given when delivered by hand, one day after being sent by Federal Express (or other guaranteed one day delivery service) or three days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, Either party may change its address by giving notice to the other.

10.3 No Waiver or Oral Modification . No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord or Tenant except by a signed written waiver, No consent to any act or waiver of any breach or default, express or implied, by Landlord or Tenant, shall be construed as a consent to any other act or waiver of any other breach or default. Landlord’s failure to enforce any covenant or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver thereof, and its failure to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations against Tenant or any other tenant in the Building shall not be deemed a waiver thereof. The receipt by Landlord of any rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and the acceptance of any rental payment in any amount less than the full sum due shall not constitute a waiver of any claim to the remaining balance. This Lease may not be changed or amended orally, but only by written instrument.

10.4 Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Lease, or the application thereof in any circumstances, shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

10.5 Certain Landlord Remedies . If Tenant, fails to perform any obligation hereunder, Landlord may, upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Tenant (except in the case of emergency in which case no notice shall be required), enter the Premises and perform it on Tenant’s behalf. In so doing, Landlord may make any payment of money or perform any other act. All reasonable out of pocket sums so paid by Landlord, and all incidental costs and

 

28


expenses, shall be considered additional rent under this Lease and shall be payable to Landlord immediately on demand, together with interest from the date of demand to the date of payment at the “ Interest Rate ,” For purposes of this Lease, the “Interest Rate” shall mean the lesser of the maximum interest rate permitted by law or three (3) percentage points above the then prevailing prime rate as set by Bank of America in its main office in Boston, MA (or, if such bank ceases to exist, the then largest bank in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts).

10.6 Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate . Within ten (10) days after written request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications; (b) the amount of Base Rent and the date to which Base Rent and additional rent have been paid in advance; (c) the amount of any security deposited with Landlord; and (d) that, to the best of Tenant’s actual knowledge, Landlord is not in default hereunder or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default, stating the nature of any claimed default, and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Any such statement may be relied upon by a purchaser, assignee or lender. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such statement within the time required shall be a default under this Lease and shall also be conclusive upon Tenant that (1) this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except as represented by Landlord; (2) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and Tenant has no right of offset, counterclaim or deduction against rent; and (3) not more than one month’s Base Rent has been paid in advance. In connection with any Transfer of this Lease or major corporate financing by Tenant, Landlord shall, within twenty (20) days after written request by Tenant, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant a written statement containing substantially similar certifications regarding Tenant to those listed above regarding Landlord (provided that Tenant reimburses Landlord for its reasonable legal and other expenses in connection with such request).

10.7 Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive all rights of recovery against the other and against the officers, employees, agents, and representatives of the other, on account of loss by or damage to the waiving party or its property or the property of others under its control, to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policy that either may have in force at the time of the loss or damage. Each party shall notify its insurers that the foregoing waiver is contained in this Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall cause each insurance policy obtained by each of them to provide that the insurer waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either Landlord or Tenant in connection with any loss or damage covered by such policy,

10.8 All Agreements; No Representations . This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior dealings between them with respect to such subject matter. Each party acknowledges that the other has made no representations or warranties of any kind except as may be specifically set forth in this Lease.

10.9 Brokerage . Each parry represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation other than the “Brokers” identified in Section 1.2 who shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement. Each party shall indemnify the other and hold it harmless from any cost expense, or liability (including costs of suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any compensation, commission or fees claimed by any other real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation by reason of any act or statement of indemnifying party.

 

29


10.10 Successors and Assigns . This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that the original Landlord named herein and each successive owner of the Premises shall be liable only for obligations accruing during the period of their respective ownership; provided further, that Tenant’s right to make a Transfer shall always be governed by Section 6 3 hereof.

10.11 Construction of Document . This Lease shall be construed, governed and enforced according to the laws of the state where the Property is located. In construing this Lease, section headings shall be disregarded. Any recitals herein or riders or exhibits attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease by this reference. Time is of the essence of this Lease and every provision contained herein, The parties acknowledge that this Lease was freely negotiated by both parties, each of whom was represented by counsel; accordingly, this Lease shall be construed according to the fair meaning of its terms, and not against either party.

10.12 Disputes Provisions .

(a) If either Landlord or Tenant institutes any action to enforce the provisions of this Lease or to seek a declaration of rights hereunder, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs as part of any award.

(b) Landlord and Tenant hereby waive dial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other, on or in respect to any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and/or claim of injury or damage.

10.13 Surrender . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all subleases or subtenancies.

10.14 Holdover . If Tenant holds over in occupancy of the Premises after the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only, at a rental rate equal to one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the Rent in effect at the end of the Term, and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable, and shall be liable for all damages sustained by Landlord on account of such holding over. This Section shall not operate as a waiver of any right of reentry provided in this Lease, and Landlord’s acceptance of rent after expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not constitute consent to a holdover or result in a renewal. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination despite demand by Landlord to do so, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability, including, without limitation, any claim made by any succeeding tenant resulting from such failure.

10.15 Late Payment . Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impractical to ascertain.

 

30


Therefore, if any Base Rent or other sum due hereunder is not paid within three (3) business days after the due date more than two times in any eighteen (18) month period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, .as additional rent, the sum of five percent (5%) of the overdue amount as a late charge. The overdue amount, if not received within ten days thereafter, shall also bear interest, as additional rent, at the rate of 1.50% simple interest per month, calculated from the date the late charge becomes due until the date of payment to Landlord. Landlord’s acceptance of any late charge or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount.

10.16 Force Majeure . If Landlord or Tenant is prevented from or delayed in perforating any act required of it hereunder, and such prevention or delay is caused by strikes, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, or equipment, inclement weather, acts of God, governmental restrictions, regulations, or controls, judicial orders, enemy or hostile government actions, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, or other causes beyond such party’s reasonable control (collectively, “ Force Majeure ”), the performance of such act shall be excused for a period equal to the period of prevention or delay. A party’s financial inability to perform its obligations shall in no event constitute Force Majeure. Nothing in this section shall excuse or delay Tenant’s obligation to pay any rent or other charges due under this Lease.

10.17 Limitation On Liability . In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that, in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord:

(a) The obligations of Landlord under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the managers, members, individual partners, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord or any constituent managers or members of Landlord’s members, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against the managers, members, partners, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord, or any constituent managers or members of Landlord’s members or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability with respect to this Lease.

(b) Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be against the Landlord’s interest in the Property and the proceeds, revenue and profits therefrom.

(c) Neither Landlord’s managers or members nor any constituent managers or members of Landlord’s members shall be sued, named as a patty in any suit or action, or served with process therein (except if necessary to secure jurisdiction or otherwise to satisfy a procedural requirement in connection with a suit against Landlord), and neither Landlord’s managers or members nor any constituent managers or members of Landlord’s members shall be required to respond in their respective individual capacity to any service of process.

(d) No judgment will be taken against Landlord’s managers or members nor any constituent managers or members of Landlord’s members, and no writ of execution will be levied against the assets of Landlord’s managers or members nor any constituent managers or members of Landlord’s members.

 

31


(e) These covenants and agreements of this Section 10.17 are enforceable both by Landlord and also by Landlord’s managers and members, and any constituent managers or members of Landlord’s members, and shall bind Tenant and its successors and assigns.

10.18 Submission Not An Option . The submission of this Lease or a summary of some or all of its provisions for examination by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of the Premises for Tenant or an offer to lease the Premises to Tenant or the grant of an option for the Premises to Tenant, notwithstanding any contrary provision of statutory or common law.

10.19 Security Deposit . Tenant agrees that the Security Deposit shall be in the form of a letter of credit to be delivered upon the execution of this Lease, the letter of credit shall be an irrevocable letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”), issued in a form and by a bank approved by Landlord (the “Bank”) in the amount of the Security Deposit, Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Letter of Credit shall name Landlord as the beneficiary and provide that it may be negotiated or drawn against upon the furnishing of a statement to the Bank, from an authorized officer or agent of Landlord, that the Letter of Credit is being drawn upon in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Landlord shall hold the Letter of Credit as security for the performance by Tenant of all obligations on the part of Tenant to be kept and performed. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time upon an Event of Default that remains uncured, without prejudice to any other remedy Landlord may have on account thereof, to draw upon the Letter of Credit and apply such funds to Landlord’s damages arising from any default on the part of Tenant, in which event Tenant shall restore the balance of the Letter of Credit to the amount required hereunder. Tenant shall maintain the Letter of Credit, or a substitute Letter of Credit from a bank reasonably approved by Landlord, in accordance with the terms hereof, in full force and effect at all times during the entire Term and for a period of thirty (30) days thereafter (the last day of such 30 day period shall be referred to herein as the “ Return Date ”).

If the Letter of Credit shall expire before the Return Date, Tenant shall replace the Letter of Credit deposited with Landlord by providing Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days prior (each such 30th day prior being referred to herein as a “Change Date”) to the expiration date of then effective Letter of Credit being held by Landlord, in the applicable amount required hereby, Any failure by Tenant to provide such a substitute Letter of Credit shall be an Event of Default under this Lease for which there shall be no grace period and shall entitle Landlord to draw on all funds available under the Letter of Credit then being held by Landlord as amounts due hereunder and hold the same as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit shall not be used by Tenant as a payment of rent due for the final months of the Term.

Except as set forth in the last sentence below, provided that (a) no Event of Default (as defined in Section 7.1 ) or event that with the passage of time, or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default has occurred or (b) two (2) monetary Events of Default have not occurred within the previously twelve (12) month period, the amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $267,000.00 effective as of the first day of the 37th month after the Commencement Date and to $133,000.00 effective as of the first day of the 61s’ month after the Commencement Date, whereupon, within thirty (30) days following receipt of Tenant’s written request, any portion of the Security Deposit in excess of the respective reduced amounts shall, if

 

32


held by Landlord in cash, be refunded to Tenant, without interest, or Landlord shall agree to an appropriate replacement or amendment of the Letter of Credit in order to effect such reduction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any uncured Event of Default or event that with the passage of time, or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default exists as of such reduction date, except for a monetary Event of Default or default such reduction will occur at such time as the Event of Default or such other uncured default shall have been cured.

10.20 Evidence of Authority . Simultaneously with the execution hereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence, satisfactory to Landlord’s counsel, as to the authority of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant to enter into, execute, deliver and bind Tenant to this Lease.

10.21 Right of First Offer . Tenant shall have a Right of First Offer to lease;

(i) all first floor space in the Building and Suites B-200 and B-210 before and after the initial lease-up of such space, which space is further described as follows:

 

Floor

   RSF      Suite

1

     10,854       A-100

1

     4,405       A-110

1

     10,505       B-100

1

     13,386       C-100

2

     13,042       B-200

2

     1,383       B-210

(ii) any other space in the Building after the initial lease-up of such space (either (i) or (ii), as the case may be, the “ Offer Space ”), subject to the rights of existing tenants set forth on the attached Exhibit F and subject to the right of Landlord to extend or renew any then current lease (or enter into a new lease with the same tenant even if no extension or renewal rights are contained in said then current lease) for the Offer Space and subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) After Landlord receives significant interest from any party to lease all or any portion of the Offer Space, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (the “ Offer Notice ”) of the terms and conditions upon which Landlord is willing to lease such space to Tenant, which terms shall include rent at a fair market rate and a term for the Offer Space that is coterminous with the remaining Term of this Lease so long as at least five (5) years remain in the Term as of the proposed commencement date of the term for the Offer Space.

(b) Within seven business days, after the receipt of the Offer Notice, Tenant shall accept or reject the offer stated therein (failure to respond shall be deemed to be a rejection).

 

33


(c) If Tenant accepts the offer set forth in the Offer Notice, the parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease to incorporate the Offer Space within the Premises on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice. If Tenant rejects or is deemed to have rejected the offer set forth in the Offer Notice, Landlord shall thereafter have the right to lease the Offer Space to a third party on any terms the Landlord deems advisable for a” net effective rental” not more than 10% more favorable than that offered to Tenant in the Offer Notice. Prior to leasing such Offer Space to a third party for a net effective rent that is at least 10% more favorable than offered to Tenant, Landlord shall first re-offer such Offer Space to Tenant and Tenant shall again have the right to lease such Offer Space as provided above, Landlord may offer renewal options to any party leasing the Offer Space, As used herein, “net effective rental” shall mean the base rent and additional rent, taking into account the Operating Expense Base and Real Estate Tax Base and any allowances, the fair market value of any work to be performed by Landlord at its expense, and other concessions offered by Landlord in connection with such proposed transaction, amortized on a straight line bases over the term for the Offer Space.

(d) If the Offer Notice is provided after the second Lease Year or pertains to space comprising more than 24,000 rentable square feet, and Tenant accepts the offer set forth in the Offer Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a true and accurate copy of Tenant’s most recent financial statements in form reasonable acceptable to Landlord, Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any tenant improvement work or allowance with respect to any additional space to be leased by Tenant pursuant to this Section or Section 10.22 if Landlord reasonable determines that Tenant does not have sufficient liquidity and capital commensurate with Tenant’s financial obligations pertaining to the expanded premises, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s detenuination within five (5) business days after receipt of Tenant’s financial information.

Tenant’s rights under this Section are conditioned upon: (i) no Event of Default (as defined in Section 7.1 ) existing at the time such option is exercised or at the commencement of the term for the Offer Space, and (ii) Tenant not having assigned this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises (except as permitted under Section 6.3(b) ) and Tenant remaining in occupancy of the Premises.

10.22 Expansion Space . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.21 above, if Tenant elects to lease additional space in the Building and the amendment to this Lease memorializing the expansion of the Premises stipulates a commencement date before April 1, 2014, Tenant shall have the right to lease such expansion space upon the same terms and conditions of this Lease with the exception that Landlord shall fund a tenant improvement allowance equal to the Landlord’s Contribution prorated based on the amount of term remaining as of the commencement date for the expansion space, If Tenant elects to lease additional space pursuant to this Section, the provisions of Section 10.21(d) shall apply. Tenant’s rights under this Section are conditioned upon: (i) no Event of Default (as defined in Section 7.1 ) existing at the time such option is exercised or at the commencement of the term for the Offer Space, and (ii) Tenant not having assigned this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises (except as permitted under Section 6.3(b) ) and Tenant remaining in occupancy of the Premises.

 

34


10.23 Option to Extend . Provided that (i) no Event of Default (as defined in Section 7.1 ) shall exist at the time such option is exercised or at the commencement of the applicable Extension Term, and (ii) Tenant remains in occupancy of the Premises, Tenant may elect to extend the Term of this Lease for two (2) additional periods of five (5) years each (each, an “ Extension Term ”), by giving Landlord notice of such election no sooner than fifteen (15) months earlier than and no later than twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date of the original term, or the first. Extension Term, as the case may be. Such extension shall be upon the terms, covenants, and conditions contained in this Lease except that, during the second Extension Term Tenant shall have no further right to extend the Lease Term and except that the Base Rent for each Extension Term shall be at fair market rent for comparable space in comparable properties in the Greater Boston area and not less than the then current Base Rent in effect during the last year of the original term, or the first Extension Term, as the case may be.

If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the amount of such fair market rent by the date that is thirty (30) days after the date of Tenant’s election notice based on rental rates and terms for comparable space in the Greater Boston area, then Landlord shall promptly specify in writing the rent (the ‘Landlord’s Rental Rate”) at which Landlord is willing to lease the Premises for the Extension Term and Tenant shall promptly specify in writing the rent (the “Tenant’s Rental Rate”) which Tenant is willing to pay for the Premises for the Extension Term and the amount of the fair market rent shall be established by appraisal in the following manner. The Landlord and Tenant shall so appointed shall determine the fair market rent within thirty days of Tenant’s election notice. If such appraisers are unable to agree on the amount of such fair market rent within such 30-day period, they shall appoint a third appraiser within ten (10) days of the expiration of such period, who shall be instructed to select, as between the rents chosen by the two appraisers, the rent that is closest to the third appraiser’s estimate of Fair Market Rent, The fair market rent shall be the amount so selected by the third appraiser and shall be conclusive on the Landlord and Tenant.

Each party shall bear the cost of its appraiser, and the cost of the third appraiser shall be split equally between parties, The third appraiser’s estimate shall be based on the data supplied and used by the original two appraisers and the findings made by the third appraiser shall be set forth in writing.

10.24 Intentionally Omitted .

10.25 Notice of Lease . Tenant agrees not to record this Lease, but upon request of either party, both parties shall execute and deliver a notice of this Lease in form appropriate for recording or registration, and if this Lease is terminated before the Term expires, an instrument in such form acknowledging the date of termination.

(SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE)

 

35


EXECUTED as a sealed instrument in two or more counterparts on the day midyear first above written.

 

    LANDLORD:
    FARLEY WHITE AETNA MILLS, LLC
Date: 11/15/12     By:  

/s/ Roger W. Altreuter

      Roger W. Altreuter, Manager
    TENANT:
    MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC.
Date: 11/11/12     By:  

/s/ Peter Campbell

    Name:   Peter Campbell
    Title:   CFO


EXHIBIT A

PLAN OF PROPERTY, INCLUDING LAYOUT PLAN

SHOWING REMOVAL OF LAND FROM PROPERTY

 

LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-1

PLAN OF PREMISES

The Premises consists of a portion of the first (1 st ) floor as shown on the attached Plan.

 

LOGO


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

DESCRIPTION OF BASE BUILDING WORK


EXHIBIT B

GENERAL NOTES:

 

    All companies providing proposals for the following work to be performed at the single story building at 480 Pleasant Street, Watertown MA are required to visit the proposed jobsite and include acknowledgement in their proposals or bids that they have visited the jobsite and were able to determine the full extent of the work required.

DEMOLITION SCOPE:

Exterior

 

    Demolition subcontractor shall remove the cement masonry block infill’s in a total of:

 

    Eight (8) infilled window openings at the West Elevation of the single story building at 5 Bridge Street.

 

    Seven (7) infilled window openings at the South Elevation of the single story building at 5 Bridge Street.

 

    Four (4) infilled window openings at the East Elevation of the single story building at 5 Bridge Street.

 

    Demolition subcontractor shall protect the landscape and hardscape at the building exterior during the exterior demolition work.

 

    Demolition subcontractor shall dispose of all demolition materials in an offsite approved disposal site.

Interior

 

    Demolition subcontractor shall provide barricades and dust partitions as required to keep adjacent occupied areas free from dust and debris.

 

    Demolition subcontractor shall be responsible for the removal and proper disposal of all demolition materials in an approved disposal site.

 

    Demolition subcontractor shall remove and dispose of:

 

    All ceiling materials including but not limited to ceiling tile, ceiling grid, ceiling edge moldings, ceiling grid hangers and wires.

 

    All electrical wiring, devices, fixtures and apparatus (Electrician shall make safe all light fixtures, lighting circuits and power circuits prior to demolition of all electrical wiring, devices, fixtures and apparatus) shall be removed and disposed of by the demolition subcontractor, o All existing flooring materials. Work shall include scraping all flooring adhesives, and subflooring to leave a smooth concrete floor surface.

 

    HVAC ductwork, piping, Insulation, HVAC equipment and hangers. (HVAC work to be removed will be disconnected and rendered suitable for removal and clearly identified and/or marked for removal by others). The demolition subcontractor will be responsible to cut and drop all HVAC work to the floor and remove it offsite.


    All nonbearing drywall partitions, doors, partition insulation and any door and window opening frames within the walls to be moved.

 

    All drywall and drywall studs or furring channels at the existing masonry (load bearing and fire separation partitions).

 

    All structure components and finishes in the area that was used as a clean room.

 

    Remove and dispose of all existing plumbing fixtures, plumbing trim, piping, insulation, and hangers. (All fixtures will be cut loose and properly capped by others prior to demolition.

 

    Remove all millwork, wood trim, wood structures within the defined work area.

 

    Remove all ceramic, or other hard tile surfaces and tile setting beds or materials within the defined work area.

MASONRY

 

    At South elevation rebuild masonry knee wall and install one granite sill at the opening one widow opening east of the existing overhead door to match adjacent window openings to receive new window unit.

ROUGH CARPENTRY

 

    Provide all labor materials tools and equipment to furnish and install blocking at the exterior window openings as required to install new aluminum window frames.

 

    Provide all labor materials tools and equipment to furnish and install temporary protection at exterior window openings to maintain building security and building environmental conditions during the removal process of the masonry infill, during the exterior window frame installation and the window glass installation.

CAULKING

 

    Provide all labor, material tools and equipment to properly furnish and install the perimeter caulking at all exterior window and door openings.

GLASS & GLAZING SCOPE:

Windows

 

    The Glass & Glazing subcontractor shall provide all labor, materials tools and equipment to furnish and install:

 

    Either new glass in existing aluminum window frames or:

 

    New aluminum window frames and insulated glass in selected window openings at the single story structure at 480 Pleasant Street, Watertown MA. Frames shall be a front set / glazed system in a medium bronze finish.


    Window openings to be included in this scope of work to receive new glass in existing frames are:

 

    Glaze four (4) window units approximately 3 feet in width and 6 feet in height, at the west elevation of the singe story structure. The aluminum window frames exist. Work includes removal of existing materials in the existing window frames and installing new 1 inch bronze tinted insulating glass to match existing glass in adjacent openings.

 

    Glaze the top portion of four (4) window units approximately 8 feet in width and 10 feet in height, at the south elevation of the single story structure. The aluminum window frames exist. The lower sections or lights of the existing frames have glass installed. Work includes removal of existing materials in the existing upper portion of the existing window frames and installing new 1 inch bronze tinted insulating glass to match existing glass in the lower lights.

 

    Glaze the top portion of four (4) window units that are approximately 8 feet in width and 10 feet in height, at the east elevation of the single story structure. The aluminum window frames exist. The lower sections or lights of the existing frames have glass installed. Work includes removal of existing materials.in the existing upper portion of the existing window frames and installing new 1 inch bronze tinted insulating glass to match existing glass in the lower lights.

 

    Window openings to be included in this scope of work that are to receive new aluminum frames to match existing adjacent window openings and new glass are:

 

    Seven (7) window units approximately 8 feet in width and 10 feet in height, at the west elevation of the single story structure. Work includes removal of temporary window protection, and installing new aluminum window frames, 1 inch tinted insulating glass to match existing glass in adjacent openings.

 

    Seven (7) window units approximately 8 feet in width and 10 feet in height, at the south elevation of the single story structure. Work includes removal of temporary window protection, and installing new aluminum window frames, 1 inch tinted insulating glass to match existing glass in adjacent openings. One opening will include two 3080 aluminum doors in a storefront system to match the adjacent openings. One opening will include one 3080 door.

 

    Three (3) window units approximately 8 feet in width and 10 feet in height, at the East elevation of the single story structure. Work includes removal of temporary window protection, and installing new aluminum window frames, 1 inch tinted insulating glass to match existing glass in adjacent openings.

Entry Door & Vestibule

 

    The Glass & Glazing subcontractor shall provide all labor, materials tools and equipment to furnish and install:

 

    One (1) aluminum and glass 3‘-0” by 8‘-0” entry door with panic hardware and a door closer. Door to be fabricated to fit into an existing widow opening at the northern end of the west elevation. Glass to be tinted 1/4” tempered safety glass.

 

    Furnish and install one aluminum framed glass / aluminum interior entrance vestibule with a 3’-0” x 8’-0” aluminum and glass interior door with a push pull and a door closer. Vestibule and interior door to be glazed with tempered safety glass.


    One (1) aluminum and glass3’-0” by 8’-0” entry door with panic hardware and a door closer. Door to be fabricated to fit into an existing masonry opening on the south side of the building.

 

    Security access hardware to be provided by others. Not included.

PLUMBING

 

    Provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment and required permits to disconnect all plumbing fixtures within the defined work space.

 

    Cut and cap all domestic water lines, sanitary sewer lines, vents and gas lines as required for the demolition of the work defined herein and in the demolition scope.

HVAC

 

    Provide all required labor, materials tools and equipment to disconnect and clearly mark to identify all HVAC systems components that are to be removed and disposed of by the demolition subcontractor as defined herein under the “demolition scope”.

 

    Furnish and install a new “steam to hot water heat exchanger” and all required equipment, piping and controls to furnish and install a hot water perimeter baseboard system at the exterior perimeter of the defined tenant work area.

 

    Furnish and install a hot water duplex pump system and associated controls.

 

    Furnish and install an exterior hot water base board heating system, including hot water control valves and all pipe insulation.

 

    Furnish and install all steam piping, valves, pipe insulation etc. for the steam side of the heat exchanger system to the existing boiler.

 

    Furnish and install a condensate pump and condensate system for the heat exchanger.

 

    Furnish and install 75 tons of new packaged roof top equipment, Equipment shall be gas fired air conditioning units to replace the existing roof top units. Equipment shall be Trane or approved equal and shall be purchased with bacnet capabilities. Unit shall have:

 

    Economizer with Dual Enthalpy.

 

    Stainless steel Heat exchanger.

 

    Non fused Disconnect.

 

    An EER of no greater than 12.0.

 

    This scope shall include new roof top curbs or adapter curbs as required. The following associated work shall be included as part of this scope.

 

    All gas piping for the new roof top units.

 

    The proper evacuation of the existing units.

 

    The rigging to remove the existing units.

 

    The disposal of the existing units.

 

    The rigging required to install the new units.


ELECTRICAL

 

    Provide all labor, materials, tools and equipment make safe all electrical system components to assure an OSFIA compliant work place for the demolition of the work place as defined herein under the “Demolition Scope”.

 

    Furnish and install temporary lighting and power as required to perform the work herein defined for all trades.

 

    Provide all power wiring for the new work and equipment defined herein under the HVAC section above.


EXHIBIT C

CLEANING SERVICES

I. CLEANING

 

A. Office Area

Daily: (Monday through Friday 6:00-10:00 p.m.; holidays excepted).

 

  1. Empty and clean all waste receptacles and ash trays and remove waste materials from the premises; wash receptacles as necessary.

 

  2. Sweep and dust mop all uncarpeted areas using a dust-treated mop.

 

  3. Vacuum all rugs and carpeted areas.

 

  4. Hand dust and wipe clean with treated cloths all horizontal surfaces including furniture, office equipment, window sills, door ledges, chair rails, and convector tops, within normal reach.

 

  5. Wash clean all water fountains.

 

  6. Remove and dust under all desk equipment and telephone and replace same,

 

  7. Wipe clean all brass and other bright work.

 

  8. Hand dust all grill work within normal reach.

 

  9. Upon completion of cleaning, all lights will be turned off and doors locked, leaving the premises in an orderly condition.

Quarterly:

Dusting not reached in daily cleaning to include:.

 

  a. Dusting all pictures, frames, charts, graphs, and similar wall hangings.

 

  b. Dusting all vertical surfaces, such as walls, partitions, doors, and ducts.

 

  c. Dusting of all pipes, ducts, and high moldings.

 

  d. Dusting of all Venetian blinds.

 

B. Lavatories (Common Area)

Daily: (Monday through Friday, inclusive; holidays excepted).

 

  1. Sweep and damp mop floors.

 

  2. Clean all mirrors, powder shelves, dispensers and receptacles, bright work, flushometers, piping, and toilet seat hinges.

 

  3. Wash both sides of all toilet seats.

 

  4. Wash all basins, bowls, and urinals.

 

  5 Dust and clean all powder room, fixtures.

 

  6. Empty and clean paper towel and sanitary disposal receptacles.

 

  7. Remove waste paper and refuse.

 

  8. Refill tissue holders, soap dispensers, towel dispensers, vending sanitary dispensers; materials to be furnished to landlord.

 

  9. A sanitizing solution will be used in all lavatory cleaning.


Monthly:

 

  1. Machine scrub lavatory floors.
  2. Wash all partitions and tile walls in lavatories.

 

C. Main Lobby, Elevators, Building Exterior, and Corridors.

Daily: (Monday through Friday, inclusive, holidays excepted).

 

  1. Sweep and wash all floors,

 

  2. Wash all rubber mats.

 

  3. Clean elevators, wash or vacuum floors, wipe down walls and doors,

 

  4. Spot clean any metal work inside lobby.

 

  5. Spot clean any metal work surrounding building entrance doors,

 

D. Tenant requiring services in excess of those described above shall request same through landlord, at the Tenant’s expense.


EXHIBIT D

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

Recording Requested By and

When Recorded Mail To:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

EASTERN BANK , a Massachusetts bank (“Lender”), has made a loan (“Loan”) to FARLEY WHITE AETNA MILLS, LLC , a Massachusetts limited liability company (“Landlord”), secured by a Mortgage and Security Agreement (“Mortgage”) on the property commonly known as Riverworks and located at 480 Pleasant Street, Watertown, Massachusetts (“Property”), recorded with the Middlesex County South District Registry of Deeds in Book 58092, Page 401.

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) has entered into a Lease dated as of November 12,2012 (“Lease”) with Landlord pertaining to a portion of the Property (“Leased Premises”). Tenant has requested the assurance from Lender that so long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease, Lender will not disturb Tenant’s possession of the Leased Premises in the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage, Lender is willing to provide that assurance if Tenant will provide the assurances set forth in this Agreement. Tenant understands that Lender will rely on the assurances and statements made in this agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Lender and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Subordination . Tenant agrees that the Lease, and all rights of Tenant in, to and under the Lease and the Property, are hereby unconditionally subordinated, and shall remain unconditionally subordinate, to the lien of the Mortgage and any and all other instruments held by Lender as security for the Loan, and to any and all renewals, modifications and extensions thereof.

2. Tenant Not To Be Disturbed . Lender agrees that, so long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease (beyond any period given Tenant by the terms of the Lease to cure such default):

 

  (a) Tenant’s possession of the Leased Premises and Tenant’s other rights under the Lease shall not be disturbed by Lender in any foreclosure or other proceedings brought to enforce the Mortgage or by any deed in lieu of foreclosure.

 

  (b) Lender will not join Tenant as a party defendant in any action or proceeding foreclosing the Mortgage unless such joinder is necessary to foreclose the Mortgage, and then only for such purpose and not for the purpose of terminating the Lease.


3. Tenant To Attorn To Lender . If Lender becomes the owner of the Property by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings brought to enforce the Mortgage or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as if Lender were the original Landlord and Tenant hereby attorns to Lender as Tenant’s lessor, except Lender shall not be:

 

  (a) liable for any act or omission of a prior lessor (including the Landlord), except to the extent any default of a prior Lessor is continuing and uncured; or

 

  (b) subject to any offset, counterclaims, or defenses which the Tenant might have against any prior lessor (including the Landlord); or

 

  (c) bound by any rent or additional rent which the Tenant might have paid more than thirty (30) days in advance to any prior lessor (including the Landlord); or

 

  (d) bound by any security deposit which Tenant may have paid to any prior lessor(including the Landlord), unless such deposit is in an escrow fund available to the Lender or otherwise paid to or available to Lender; or

 

  (e) bound by any agreement or modification of the Lease made without the consent of the Lender (other than any amendment made pursuant to an express provision of the Lease); or

 

  (f) bound by any notice of termination given by any prior lessor (including the Landlord) without the Lender’s written consent thereto; or

 

  (g) bound with respect to breaches under the Lease other than those occurring during the Lender’s possession of the Leased Premises or ownership of the landlord’s interest in the Leased Premises for recovery of any judgment from the Lender, it being specifically agreed that neither the Lender nor anyone claiming under the Lender shall ever be personally liable for any such judgment; or

 

  (h) liable for any fact or circumstance or condition to the extent existing or arising prior to the Lender’s (or any purchaser’s) succession to the interest of the Landlord under the Lease and such mortgagee or such purchaser further shall not be liable except during that period of time, if any, in which the Lender or purchaser and Tenant are in privity of estate; or

 

  (i) bound by any provision in the Lease which obligates the Landlord, as a condition to the commencement date of the Lease or otherwise as part of the initial improvements to the Building and/or Leased Premises, to erect or complete any building or to perform any construction work or to make any improvements to the Leased Premises or any parts thereof.


If Lender becomes the owner of the Property and thereafter sells or otherwise transfers its interest in the Property, Lender shall have no liability with respect to obligations of the lessor under the Lease which arise following the sale or other transfer of the Property by Lender.

4. Third-Party Owner . If someone acquires the Property through Lender, whether at a trustee or foreclosure sale or otherwise, that person shall have the same rights and obligations to continue the Lease with Tenant as Lender would have under this agreement.

5. Purchase Options . Any option to purchase, right of first refusal, or other right that Tenant has to acquire the fee interest in all or any of the Property is set forth in the Lease. Tenant agrees that, under paragraph 1 above, any such option or right is hereby made subject and subordinate to the lien of the Mortgage and any and all other instruments held by Lender as security for the Loan, and to any and all renewals, modifications and extensions thereof.

6. Covenants of Tenant . Tenant covenants as follows;

(a) Tenant shall pay to Lender all rent and other payments otherwise payable to Landlord under the Lease upon written demand from Lender whether or not Lender has made entry or become a mortgagee-in-possession pursuant to the Mortgage or any assignment of the Lease and shall continue to do so until otherwise notified in writing by the Lender, By its signature below, Landlord consents to Tenant’s payment of rent to Lender upon Lender’s written demand, agrees that Tenant may rely solely upon Lender’s written demand regardless of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant, and releases and discharges Tenant from all liability to Landlord for any payment of rent made as instructed by Lender In writing.

(b) Tenant shall not subordinate its rights under the Lease to any other mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument without the prior written consent of Lender.

(c) Tenant shall notify Lender if Landlord is in default under the Lease and will give Lender notice and opportunity to cure as provided in Section 9.2 of the Lease.

7. Assignment of Lease . Tenant understands that Landlord’s interest in the Lease has been assigned to Lender in connection with the Loan. Until Lender becomes owner of the Property, however, Lender assumes no duty, liability or obligation to Tenant under the Lease.

8. Costs and Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any claim or dispute arising out of this agreement, the party that substantially prevails shall be awarded, in addition to all other relief, all attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the claim or dispute, including without limitation those fees, costs and expenses incurred before, during or after suit, in any arbitration, in any appeal, in any proceedings under any present or future bankruptcy act or state receivership, and in any post-judgment proceedings.

9. Notices . Any notices under this agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Any notice sent to a party shall be sent to the party at its address below its signature hereon. Each mailed notice shall be deemed given three (3) days after its postmark. Any party may change its address by notice to the other parties.


10. Miscellaneous . This agreement may not be modified except in a writing executed by the parties or their successors in interest, This agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, administrators, representatives, successors, and assigns, This agreement may be executed in counterparts, in which case all originals together shall constitute a single instrument

DATED this      day of              200  .

 

“LENDER”
EASTERN BANK
By:  

 

  Alexander W. Schmidt, Senior Vice President
265 Franklin Street
Boston, MA 02110


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

Suffolk, ss   

November      2012

Then personally appeared the above-named Alexander W. Schmidt, Senior Vice President of Eastern Bank, and acknowledged the foregoing to be his free act and deed and the free act and deed of Eastern Bank, before me.

 

 

Notary Public

My Commission Expires:
“TENANT”

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

[INSERT TENANT ACKNOWLEDGMENT]

CONSENTED AND AGREED TO this      day of             , 200  .

 

“LANDLORD”

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

[INSERT LANDLORD ACKNOWLEDGMENT]


EXHIBIT E

PLAN SHOWING TENANTS ENTRANCE SIGNAGE

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT F

EXPANSION RIGHTS OF EXISTING TENANTS

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT G

PLAN SHOWING INITIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.4

AGREEMENT OF LEASE

entered into between

CITY SQUARE TRADING 522 (PTY) LTD

(“landlord”)

and

MIMECAST SOUTH AFRICA (PTY) LTD

(“tenant”)


SCHEDULE

 

1. NAME OF LANDLORD :

CITY SQUARE TRADING 522 (PTY) LTD,

Reg. No: 2005/018491/07

 

2. NAME OF TENANT :

MIMECAST SOUTH AFRICA (PTY) LTD;

Reg. No : 2004/000965/07

 

3. BUILDING :

Building B, Upper Grayston Office Park, Remaining Extent of Portion 10, remaining Extent of Erf 11, Portion 1 of Erf 11 Simba Township.

 

4. DETAILS OF THE LEASED PREMISES :

Units 13, 14 and 15 on the ground floor, Units 16, 17 and 18 and the first floor and Units 20 and 21 on the second floor of Building B, Upper Grayston Office measuring 551m 2 , 613m 2 and 376m 2 respectively, including 27 basement bays, 12 shade cloth bays, 25 open parking bays, balconies of 244m 2 and a store of 49m 2 .

 

5. COMMENCEMENT DATE :

01 November 2013

 

6. TERMINATION DATE :

31 October 2016

 

7. PERIOD OF LEASE :

Three years

 

8. RENTAL PAYABLE AT :

Block 1, Unit 6, Coachman’s Crossing Office Park, 4 Brian Street, Lyme Park, Bryanston.

 

®Bryprop    18/06/2013


9. DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI OF TENANT :

Unit 13 Upper Grayston Office Park, Corner Linden and Ann Crescent, Simba.

 

10. DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI OF LANDLORD :

Block 1, Unit 6, Coachman’s Crossing Office Park, 4 Brian Street, Lyme Park, Bryanston.

 

11. AMOUNT OF BANK GUARANTEE :

Deposit held

 

12. MONTHLY RENTAL : SEE ANNEXURE B

 

13. BUSINESS FOR WHICH THE LEASED PREMISES ARE TO BE USED

Offices

 

14. ESCALATION

8% per annum.

 

15. EXTENDED PERIOD OF LEASE

Three years

THUS DONE and SIGNED at Sandton on this the 24 th day of June 2013 in the presence of the undersigned witnesses:-

AS WITNESSES

 

1.  

/s/ illegible

      For and on behalf of
        City Square Trading 522 (Pty) Ltd
2.  

     

     

/s/ illegible

        LANDLORD
        DIRECTOR who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto


THUS DONE and SIGNED at Upper Grayston Block B on this the 21 st day of June 2013 in the presence of the undersigned witnesses:-

 

1.  

/s/ illegible

      For and on behalf of
        Mimecast South Africa (Pty) Ltd.
2.  

/s/ illegible

     

/s/ illegible

        TENANT
        DIRECTOR who warrants that he is duly authorised hereto


WHEREBY IT HAS BEEN AGREED AND IS RECORDED AS FOLLOWS :-

 

1. INTERPRETATION AND PRELIMINARY

The headings of the clauses are for the purpose of convenience and reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of nor modify nor amplify the terms of this agreement nor any clause. In this agreement, unless a contrary intention clearly appears -

 

  1.1 Words importing -

 

  1.1.1 any one gender include the other two genders;

 

  1.1.2 the singular include the plural and vice versa; and

 

  1.1.3 natural persons include created entities (corporate or unincorporate) and vice versa.

 

  1.2 The terms shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings, namely -

 

  1.2.1 “building” means the building as described in the schedule, of which the leased premises form part;

 

  1.2.2 “leased premises” means the premises and parking bays leased in terms of clause 4 of the schedule;

 

  1.2.3 “schedule” means the schedule attached hereto;

 

  1.2.4 “writing” includes facsimile.

 

  1.3 Any reference to an enactment is to that enactment as at the date of signature hereof and as amended or re-enacted from time to time.

 

2. PREMISES LEASED

 

  2.1 The landlord hereby lets to the tenant, which hereby hires, the leased premises.


  2.2 Tenant Installation is not applicable.

 

  2.3 Within 3 (three) weeks of the date upon which the tenant takes full beneficial occupation of the premises, the tenant may notify the landlord in writing of any patent defects or missing items, installations, appliances and appurtenances (which include, without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, any keys, locks, doors, windows, light fittings, electrical switches and power plug points, fixtures, fittings, partitioning and other equipment). Upon receipt of any such notification, the landlord shall as soon as practically possible take such steps and do all such things as are necessary or requisite, to remedy the defect or cure the absence, at the landlord’s expense.

 

3. PERIOD OF LEASE

 

  3.1 This lease shall commence on the commencement date specified in the schedule and shall terminate on the termination date specified in the schedule.

 

4. RENTAL

 

  4.1 Subject to clause 4.2, the rental plus Value Added Tax, payable by the tenant to the landlord in respect of the leased premises shall be as set out in 12 of the schedule.

 

  4.2 No rental, or Value Added Tax in respect of such rental, shall be due by the tenant to the landlord during the rent free period described in the schedule. However, the tenant shall pay the body corporate levies, rates and services consumed in respect of the leased premises during this rent free period.

 

  4.3 All the rentals and other amounts payable by the tenant to the landlord in terms of this lease shall, unless otherwise provided herein, be paid monthly in advance on the first day of each and every month, free of exchange and without any deductions whatsoever, to the landlord at the address specified in the schedule or at such other place in the Gauteng Province as the landlord may from time to time in writing direct.


  4.4 Each payment made by the tenant may, notwithstanding any allocation by the tenant of such payment, be appropriated by the landlord firstly to all charges and expenses then owing by the tenant other than rental and the balance, if any, of such payment shall be appropriated to rental due.

 

  4.5 Should the Body Corporate levy for the building or Municipal rates, increase by more than 9% in any one year, such increase shall be borne by the tenant. The tenant shall be privy to all advice/correspondence and communications by the Body Corporate and the breakdown of the Body Corporate levy.

 

  4.6 The tenant will be obliged to pay interest on any amount outstanding from 7 (seven) days of due date to date of payment at Standard Bank’s prevailing prime overdraft rate charged by it to its most favoured customers, plus 2% (two percent).

 

5. USE OF PREMISES

The leased premises are let to the tenant for the purpose of conducting therein the business as specified in the schedule. The tenant shall not use the leased premises for any other purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent of the landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

6. TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS

The tenant -

 

  6.1 Shall not-

 

  6.1.1 cede or assign or mortgage or pledge any of its rights under this lease; nor

 

  6.1.2 sublet the leased premises or any part thereof; nor

 

  6.1.3 place anyone else in occupation of the leased premises or any part thereof,


on any conditions whatsoever or for any reason whatsoever, without the landlord’s prior written consent which, in the case of subletting, shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  6.2 Shall not contravene or permit the contravention of any law, by-law or statutory regulation or the conditions of any licence relating to or affecting the occupation of the leased premises or the carrying on of the tenant’s permitted business therein, or which may expose the landlord to any claim, action or prosecution.

 

  6.3 Shall not contravene any of the conditions of title under which the landlord holds title to, nor any laws which the landlord is required to observe by reason of its ownership of the property of which the leased premises form part.

 

  6.4 Shall not make -

 

  6.4.1 any alterations or additions of any nature whatsoever to the exterior of the leased premises;

 

  6.4.2 any structural alterations or additions to the interior of the leased premises.

 

  6.5 Shall not make any alterations or additions to the leased premises without the landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that if consent is given, or if, at the tenant’s request, such alterations or additions are made by the landlord (for the cost of which the tenant shall be liable) then upon the expiration or earlier termination of this lease -

 

  6.5.1 if the tenant is required to do so by the landlord in writing, the tenant shall remove that alteration or addition and reinstate the leased premises (or part of the leased premises in question) at the tenant’s cost, to its same condition (fair wear and tear excepted) prior to the carrying out of that alteration or addition;

 

  6.5.2 if the landlord does not exercise its rights in terms of 6.5.1, that addition or alteration shall not be removed by the tenant but shall become the landlord’s property and no compensation therefor shall be paid by the landlord.


  6.6 Shall be entitled from time to time to erect in the leased premises such fixtures and fittings as may be required or necessary for the carrying on of the tenant’s permitted business therein and shall be in keeping with the general finish of the leased premises, provided that -

 

  6.6.1 all such fixtures and fittings erected by the tenant in the leased premises shall be removed by the tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of this lease;

 

  6.6.2 any damage caused to the leased premises as a result of any such removal shall be made good by the tenant at the tenant’s expense.

 

  6.7 Save as is reasonably required for the proper conduct of the tenant’s permitted business therein, shall not drive or permit to be driven any nails into the floors, walls or ceilings of the leased premises, nor in any manner whatsoever do or permit to be done anything that may be calculated to damage the walls, floors or ceilings or any other part of the leased premises.

 

  6.8 Shall not change or interfere with the electrical installation of the leased premises. At the option of the landlord any electrical or mechanical fittings installed by the tenant shall be and become the property of the landlord and shall upon expiration or earlier termination of this lease be left in the leased premises. The tenant will use its best efforts to ensure that the electricity supply is not overloaded at any time during the currency of this lease.

 

  6.9 Shall not be entitled to affix any signboards or Neon signs to nor paint signs on any of the windows or any other part of the leased premises.

 

  6.10 Shall keep and maintain at its cost -

 

  6.10.1 the interior of the leased premises (fair wear and tear excepted);


  6.10.2 the electrical works in the leased premises, in good order and condition (fair wear and tear excepted).

 

  6.10.3 the air conditioning units on the lease premises (fair wear and tear excepted).

 

  6.11 Shall keep and maintain at its own cost any windows in the leased premises in good order and condition.

 

  6.12 Shall at all times keep the leased premises in a clean, tidy and sanitary condition.

 

  6.13 Shall use its best endeavours to prevent any blockage of any sewerage or water pipes or drains in or used in connection with the building.

 

  6.14 Shall not store or leave or permit the storage or leaving of any goods, furniture or equipment on the pavement outside the leased premises, and shall itself dispose of all of the tenant’s cartons, boxes, outer packaging and the like.

 

  6.15 Shall not bring into or place any safe or other heavy article in the leased premises without the landlord’s prior written consent, which the landlord may in its discretion give on condition that the tenant shall make good any damage caused to the leased premises by the bringing of that safe or heavy article into the leased premises or the removal of same therefrom.

 

  6.16 Shall not hold or permit the holding of sales by public auction in or upon the leased premises without the landlord’s prior written consent.

 

  6.17 Shall not do or keep nor permit to be done or kept in the leased premises anything which may render void or voidable any fire insurance policy held from time to time by the landlord in respect thereof, nor which, in terms of any such fire insurance policy, may not be done or kept therein or which will or may increase the rate of premium payable in respect of any such policy, provided that -


  6.17.1 should the landlord obtain, at the request of the tenant, an amendment of any such policy to permit the keeping of any particular article in or upon the leased premises by the tenant; and

 

  6.17.2 should any additional premium become payable by the landlord as a result of that amendment,

then that additional premium shall be paid by the tenant to the landlord at least 7 (seven) days prior to the date on which it becomes payable by the landlord in terms of the said policy

 

  6.18 Shall not at any time do or permit anything to be done in the leased premises which may be or cause a nuisance or annoyance to the occupiers of the building at the neighbouring premises.

 

  6.19 Shall not at any time do or permit anything to be done in the leased premises or on the property within which the premises are situated which will constitute a breach by the landlord of the rules and regulations of any Body Corporate, of which the landlord, as owner of such property is a member.

 

  6.20 Subject to clause 2.3 shall be deemed to have accepted the leased premises as being complete and without any defect therein and shall not be entitled to hold the landlord responsible for any alleged patent defect in existence at the commencement of this lease.

 

  6.21 Shall have no claim of any nature whatsoever whether for damages or otherwise against the landlord -

 

  6.21.1 by reason of the leased premises or any part thereof, or any installation or appurtenance being in a defective condition or in a state of disrepair or any particular repair not being effected by the landlord, for which the landlord is liable in terms of this lease, unless the tenant shall first have advised the landlord in writing of any such defect and same shall not have been effected by the landlord within a reasonable time after receipt thereof, or

 

  6.21.2 for any damage or loss caused to or sustained by the tenant or to any of its assets in the leased premises as a result of vis major or casus fortuitus or any other like cause whatsoever.


  6.22 Subject to 6.21, shall not be entitled to withhold or delay payment of any moneys by the tenant to the landlord in terms of this lease by reason of the leased premises or any part thereof being in a defective condition or in a state of disrepair, or for any other reason.

 

  6.23 Unless as a result of an act of gross negligence by the landlord, shall have no claim of any nature whatsoever against the landlord in respect of any damage caused to the tenant’s stock-in-trade, furniture, equipment, installations, books, papers or other articles kept in the premises or any other damage or loss caused to or sustained by the tenant in the premises as a result of water seepage or leakage wherever and howsoever occurring in the leased premises, or by rain, hail, lightning, fire, riot or civil commotion or any other reason.

 

  6.24 Unless as a result of an act of gross negligence by the landlord, shall have no claim of any nature whatsoever, whether for damages or a remission of rent, against the landlord for any interruption in the supply of water, electricity, or any other service.

 

  6.25 Unless as a result of an act of gross negligence by the landlord, shall have no claim of any nature whatsoever against the landlord for any accident, injury or damage caused to its representatives, employees, customers or invitees through or while using any portion of the leased premises or any other cause.

 

  6.26 Undertakes to make timeous application for any licences and any renewals thereof necessary for the conduct of its permitted business in the leased premises and to proceed with any such applications without delay.

 

  6.27 The tenant shall be liable for and pay for, on demand, all and any charges in respect of electricity and water/effluent as metered for the leased premises, as well as refuse removal charges. Where the premises is not separately metered the landlord shall charge for the abovementioned services, on a pro-rated basis which the tenant shall be liable for and pay for on demand.


7. LANDLORD’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

The landlord -

 

  7.1 Shall keep and maintain the structure and roof (but not the front or back doors, windows or window panes or the floor or ceilings) of the leased premises in good order and condition, fair wear and tear excepted.

 

  7.2 Shall be entitled at any time for the purpose of repairing, improving, altering or adding to the leased premises -

 

  7.2.1 to erect -

 

  7.2.1.1 the building equipment required for the carrying out of that work;

 

  7.2.1.2 such other equipment or devices as may be required by law or which the landlord’s architect considers reasonably necessary for the protection of any person or property against injury arising out of that work;

at, near or in front of any part of the leased premises;

 

  7.2.2 to such right of access to the leased premises as is reasonably necessary for the carrying out of that work, provided that the landlord -

 

  7.2.3

shall not unnecessarily or unreasonably interfere with the carrying on of the tenant’s business in the leased premises during the carrying out of that work, but the tenant shall under no circumstances have any claim


  against the landlord for loss of beneficial occupation, loss of profits or otherwise. It is specifically agreed that neither the landlord nor the contractor shall be responsible for any loss or damage to person or property arising out of such operations and the tenant indemnifies the landlord and the contractor accordingly;

 

  7.2.4 shall carry out such work as quickly as possible in the circumstances;

 

  7.2.5 shall be entitled to carry out any repairs, additions or alterations to the leased premises which the landlord is required from time to time to carry out by any competent authority.

 

  7.3 Shall be entitled to affix to and show on the windows of the leased premises or elsewhere thereon “TO LET” notices during the period of 4 (four) months immediately preceding the expiration of this lease.

 

  7.4 Shall be entitled to exhibit, on behalf of any new tenant of the leased premises any notices required in connection with any application for a licence to carry on a business in the leased premises during the period of 1 (one) month immediately preceding the expiration of this lease.

 

  7.5 Shall be entitled to inspect the leased premises at all reasonable times upon prior written notice to the tenant.

 

  7.6 Shall not be obliged to provide any cleaning services in any part of the leased premises (except common areas).

 

  7.7

Does not warrant or represent to the tenant that the leased premises are fit for the purpose for which they will be occupied or that the tenant will obtain the licences required for the carrying on of the business referred to in clause 5. The landlord is not prepared to effect any repairs, maintenance or alterations of any nature or kind to the leased premises to comply with the requirements of any licensing authority, health official, factories’ inspector or official, fire inspector or any other official or authority which will result in the granting of such licences, but the landlord


  shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to the doing by the tenant at its own cost and expense of any such work, maintenance, alterations or repairs. The tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation for any work or improvements effected by it in pursuance of this clause.

 

8. DESTRUCTION OF OR DAMAGE TO LEASED PREMISES

 

  8.1 Should

 

  8.1.1 the leased premises be destroyed or damaged by any cause whatsoever to an extent which prevents the tenant from having beneficial occupation of the leased premises -

 

  8.1.1.1 the tenant shall have no claim of any nature whatsoever against the landlord as a result thereof;

 

  8.1.1.2 the landlord shall determine within 2 (two) weeks after such destruction or damage whether or not this lease should be cancelled and shall notify the tenant of its decision;

 

  8.1.2 should this lease be cancelled or be deemed to be cancelled in terms of clause 8.1.1.2 above, then the tenant shall have no claim of any nature whatsoever against the landlord as a result of that cancellation of the lease;

 

  8.1.3 should the landlord elect not to cancel this lease, then -

 

  8.1.3.1 the landlord shall reinstate, at its cost, the leased premises as quickly as possible in the circumstances;

 

  8.1.3.2 the tenant shall not be liable for rent for so long as it is deprived of beneficial occupation of the leased premises;

 

  8.1.3.3 should the tenant be given beneficial occupation from time to time of any part of the leased premises then it shall make payment of the rental therefor on a pro rata basis;


  8.2 Should any part (but not the whole) of the leased premises thereof be destroyed or damaged by any cause whatsoever then -

 

  8.2.1 this lease shall not be cancelled;

 

  8.2.2 the rental payable by the tenant shall be reduced pro rata and to the extent to which it is deprived of the beneficial occupation of that part of the leased premises;

 

  8.2.3 the landlord shall repair at its cost the damaged or destroyed portion of the leased premises as quickly as is possible in the circumstances;

 

  8.2.4 the tenant shall have no claim of any nature whatsoever against the landlord as a result of the said destruction or damage from whatsoever cause the same arises.

 

  8.3 If any dispute should arise between the landlord and the tenant as to whether or not clause 8.1.1 or clause 8.2 applies in any actual event, such dispute shall be determined by an independent expert appointed jointly by the parties. Such independent experts shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and his decision shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

9. BREACH

 

  9.1 Should-

 

  9.1.1 the tenant fail to pay any amount due by it in terms of this agreement to the landlord on due date; or


  9.1.2 should either party breach any term of this agreement, whether such breach goes to the root of this agreement or not, and fails to remedy that breach within a period of 7 (seven) days after the giving of written notice to that effect or

 

  9.1.3 either party commit any act of or akin to an act of insolvency; then and in any of such events the other party shall be entitled, without prejudice to any other rights which it may have under this agreement or at common law to -

 

  i) cancel this agreement on written notice thereof to the tenant and the landlord may claim immediate repossession of the leased premises; or

 

  ii) remedy such breach and recover the total cost incurred by the landlord in doing so from the tenant, which shall be obliged to pay the amount thereof to the landlord forthwith; or

 

  iii) treat the tenancy thereafter as a monthly tenancy, which shall be terminable on one month’s prior written notice.

 

  9.2 Should the landlord cancel this lease, and the tenant dispute the landlord’s right to do so and remain in occupation of the leased premises pending the determination of the dispute, then -

 

  9.2.1 the tenant shall continue to pay all amounts due by it in terms of this lease on the due dates thereof;

 

  9.2.2 the landlord shall be entitled to recover and accept those payments;

 

  9.2.3 the acceptance by the landlord of those payments shall be without prejudice to and shall not in any manner whatsoever affect the landlord’s claim to cancellation of this lease or of any other nature whatsoever.


  9.3 Should the dispute between the landlord and the tenant contemplated in clause 9.2 be determined in favour of the landlord, then the payments made to the landlord in terms of clause 9.2.1 shall be regarded as amounts paid by the tenant on account of the toss sustained by the landlord as a result of the holding over by the tenant of the leased premises.

 

  9.4 No relaxation which either party may give at any time whatsoever in regard to the carrying out of any of the other party’s obligations in terms of this lease -

 

  9.4.1 shall prejudice any of either parties rights under this lease in any manner whatsoever;

 

  9.4.2 shall be regarded as a waiver of any of the landlord’s rights in terms of this lease.

 

  9.5 In the event of either party being obliged to incur legal costs in respect of any of the above breaches, the other party shall be obliged to recoup such cost in full from the other party.

 

10. DOMICILIA

 

  10.1 The parties hereto hereby choose domicilia citandi et executandi for all purposes under this agreement respectively as set out hereunder -

 

  10.1.1 the landlord: The address specified in the schedule.

 

  10.1.2 the tenant: The address specified in the schedule.

 

  10.2 Either party may by written notice to the other change its aforesaid domicilium to another physical address in Gauteng Province, provided that the change shall become effective on the 14 th day after receipt of the notice by the other party.

 

  10.3 All notices delivered or sent by prepaid registered post by either party to the other shall be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery or on the 5 th (fifth) business day following the date of posting, as the case may be.


11. WHOLE AGREEMENT - NO VARIATION

This agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties and no representations or warranties have been made or given, save as set out herein. No amendment or consensual cancellation of this agreement or any provision thereof and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation of any provisions of this agreement shall be binding on a party unless recorded in a written document signed by it.

 

12. COSTS

The costs of the stamp duty hereon, shall be borne and paid by the tenant.

 

13. JURISDICTION OF MAGISTRATE’S COURT

Any action or application concerning or arising out of the agreement may be brought in any Magistrate’s Court having jurisdiction in respect of the tenant, notwithstanding that the amount in issue may exceed the jurisdiction of such court.

 

14. BANK GUARANTEE / DEPOSIT NA

The obligations of the tenant in terms of this lease shall be secured by the delivery to the landlord within seven days of signature hereof of an irrevocable guarantee by a registered bank for the amount referred to in the schedule and substantially in the form annexed marked A.

 

15. PARKING BAY ALLOCATION

The following parking bays have been allocated to the tenant:

 

Basement bays          -            27   
Shadecloth          -            12   
Open          -            25   


16. OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE

The tenant will have an option to extend the lease for a period indicated in Clause 15 of the schedule. The tenant will confirm in writing that they wish to extend their lease at least three months prior to the expiry of the current lease. The terms and conditions of the current lease shall prevail should the tenant elect to take advantage of his right to extend the lease. Rental to continue to escalate at 8% per annum.

 

17. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION - 2nd FLOOR BLOCK E

The tenant is granted the right of first refusal over the second floor of the adjacent building, Block E. It is recorded that the present occupants of the premises in Block E, (The South African National Energy Development Institute) have signed a 5 year lease terminating on the 30th of April 2017. It is further recorded that the tenant is likely to require additional space, within the next 3 years and accordingly it is highly likely that the tenant will request the landlord to sublet the space to facilitate their move elsewhere.

In addition the landlord will undertake to look at the feasibility of building a skylink between Block B and E to create ease of access.

The tenant may terminate the lease on written notice to the landlord at least three months before the anniversary of 21/a years from the beginning of the lease should they require more space and should the landlord not be able to build the sky bridge or should sufficient space not be available in Block E.

 

18. OPTION - REMAINING UNIT IN BLOCK B

The tenant will be granted an option over Unit 19, once the space becomes available in May 2014. The tenant to exercise this option three months prior to the termination of the existing lease. The rental rates to be the same as this lease. In the event that the tenant does not require the space, the landlord will re-let the space on a short term lease of six months.

The tenant will be given an installation allowance of R500/m 2 on Unit 19.


19. RENTAL HOLIDAY

Provided the lease herewith is signed, deposits paid and all administrative details are complete, the landlord shall grant the tenant a rental holiday for the last month of the preceding lease being October 2013. For sake of good order it is noted the tenant shall remain responsible for the utilities consumed.

 

20. ADDITIONAL PARKING

The landlord will attempt to procure an additional 10 bays on the adjacent green belt for a charge of approximately R3 000/month.

 

21. TELEPHONES

The landlord is in no way liable or responsible for obtaining any telecommunication connections on behalf of the tenant.

 

22. GENERATOR MAINTENANCE COSTS

The tenant will be liable for the pro-rata maintenance costs as well as the fuel costs. If applicable.

 

23. ELECTRICAL USAGE

The tenant shall use its best endeavours to reduce its electrical consumption to as low a level as possible, but in any event shall maintain its electricity usage 85 watts per mz.

 

24. CONSENT CLAUSE

The tenant hereby consents that, and authorises the landlord or agent to, at all times:-

 

  a) contact, request and obtain information from any credit provider (or potential credit provider) or registered credit bureau relevant to an assessment of the behaviour, profile, payment patterns, indebtedness, whereabouts, and creditworthiness of the tenant;


  b) upon written notice to the tenant, furnish information concerning the behaviour, profile, payment patterns, indebtedness, whereabouts, and creditworthiness of the tenant to any registered credit bureau or to any credit provider (or potential credit provider) seeking a trade reference regarding the tenant’s dealings with the landlord.

oooOOOooo


ANNEXURE B

MONTHLY RENTAL

 

Period

   Leased
Premises
     Op. costs      Rates      Subtotal      VAT      Total  

01.11.2013 to 31.10.2014

     R235,679.00         R26,041.40         R26,380.20         R288,100.60         R40,334.08         R328,434.68   

01.11.2014 to 31.10.2015

     R234,533.32         R28,124.71         R28,490.62         R311,148.65         R43,560.81         R354,709.46   

01.11.2015 to 31.10.2016

     R274,895.99         R30,374.69         R30,769.87         R336,040.54         R47,045.68         R383,086.32   

*Please note Clause 4.5

RENTAL SCHEDULE

 

Offices

   1 540m 2 @R130m 2    R200 200.00   

N° Balcony

   244m 2 @ R16/m 2    R 3 904.00   

Store

   49m 2 @ R25/m 2    R 1 225.00   

27 N° Basement Bays

   @ R600/bay    R 16 200.00   

12 N° Shadecloth bays

   @ R450/bay    R 5 400.00   

25 N° Open bays

   @ R350/bay    R 8 750.00   
     

 

 

 
      R235 679.00   

Operating costs

   1 540m 2 @ R16.91/m 2    R 26 041.40   

Rates

   1 540m 2 @ R17.13/m 2    R 26 380.20   

Subtotal

      R288   100.60   
     

 

 

 

This above excludes Vat, electricity, water, sewer and refuse removal


Mimecast South Africa (Pty) Ltd

Board Resolution

 

PRESENT    J Jordaan
SIGNING   
AUTHORITY    It has been “RESOLVED” that J Jordaan be authorised to sign on behalf of the members all 3 rd party/customer agreements between Mimecast South Africa (Pty) Ltd and Current/Future Customers and Vendors.

 

/s/ J Jordaan

Board Member
DATE:   1 June 2008
ATTENDANCE REGISTER

/s/ illegible

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

Date: 22 May 2015

Mimecast Services Limited

Mimecast North America, Inc.

as borrower

Mimecast Limited

Mimecast USD Limited

as guarantor

Silicon Valley Bank

as bank

Third Amendment and Restatement Agreement

in respect of a loan agreement dated 18 January 2012 as amended and restated on 31 January 2013 and 15 July 2014 relating to loan facilities made available to the Borrower


Contents

 

No.   Heading    Page  

1.

 

Definitions and interpretation

     1   

2.

 

Amendment and restatement of Original Loan Agreement

     2   

3.

 

Representations

     2   

4.

 

Bank Expenses

     3   

5.

 

Acknowledgement by Borrower

     3   

6.

 

Acknowledgement by Mimecast Limited

     3   

7.

 

Miscellaneous

     4   

8.

 

Law

     4   

First Appendix

     7   

Conditions Precedent

     7   

Second Appendix

     9   

Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement

     9   

 

i


THIS AMENDMENT AGREEMENT is made the 22 day of May 2015

BETWEEN:

 

(1) MIMECAST SERVICES LIMITED a company registered under the laws of England and Wales under company number 04901524 whose registered office is at Citypoint, Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW (the “ UK Borrower ”) and MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC. a Delaware corporation with offices at 180 Pleasant Street, Watertown, MA, 02472, USA (the “ US Borrower ” and, together with the UK Borrower, the “ Borrower ”); and

 

(2) MIMECAST LIMITED a company registered under the laws of England and Wales under company number 04698693 whose registered office is at Citypoint, Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW and MIMECAST USD LIMITED a company registered under the laws of England and Wales under company number 09102524 whose registered office is at Citypoint, Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW (together the “ Guarantor ”); and

 

(3) SILICON VALLEY BANK a California corporation through its United Kingdom branch located at 41 Lothbury, London EC2R 7HF (the “ Bank ”),

BACKGROUND

 

(A) By a loan agreement dated 18 January 2012 as amended and restated on 31 January 2013 and 15 July 2015 and made between the Borrower and the Bank (the “Original Loan Agreement”), the Bank made available to the Borrower (jointly and severally) certain loan facilities.

 

(B) The parties to this Amendment Agreement have agreed to make certain amendments and variations to the Original Loan Agreement and to restate the same as so amended and varied, on the following terms and conditions.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1 In this Amendment Agreement:

Amendment Agreement ” means this agreement; and

Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement ” means the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement in the form contained in the Second Appendix to this Amendment Agreement.

 

1.2 Terms defined in the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement have, unless expressly defined in this Amendment Agreement, the same meanings when used in this Amendment Agreement.

 

1


1.3 Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Amendment Agreement to:

 

  (a) a Clause or Appendix is a reference to a clause of or appendix to this Amendment Agreement;

 

  (b) words in the singular include the plural and vice versa and words in one gender include any other gender; and

 

  (c) this Amendment Agreement or any other agreement or document is a reference to this Amendment Agreement or, as the case may be, to such other agreement or document as the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, varied, supplemented or novated.

 

2. Amendment and restatement of Original Loan Agreement

 

2.1 The parties to this Amendment Agreement agree that as and from the date upon which the Bank gives notice to the Borrower that it has received in form and substance satisfactory to it, all the documents and other evidence or matters listed as conditions precedent in the First Appendix (the “ Effective Date ”) and provided there is then no outstanding Event of Default under the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, the Original Loan Agreement shall be varied, amended and restated so that it shall be read and have effect for all purposes in the form of the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement set out in the Second Appendix to this Amendment Agreement.

 

2.2 The conditions precedent set out in the First Appendix are for the sole benefit of the Bank and the Bank may accordingly waive all or any of them, unconditionally or on such conditions as it may in its sole discretion think fit. Any such waiver shall not limit or restrict any other right of the Bank in respect of the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement or this Amendment Agreement.

 

2.3 If there is any conflict between this Amendment Agreement and the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, this Amendment Agreement will prevail.

 

2.4 On and from the Effective Date all amounts made available under the Original Loan Agreement and still outstanding shall be deemed to have been made available and to be outstanding upon the terms of the Original Loan Agreement as amended and restated in the form of the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement.

 

3. Representations

The Borrower repeats the representations and warranties expressed to be made by them in the Original Loan Agreement as if they were set out in full in this Amendment Agreement by reference to the facts and circumstances now existing and as if references in such representations and warranties to the Original Loan Agreement referred to the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement and to this Amendment Agreement and acknowledges that the Bank has entered into this Amendment Agreement in reliance upon such representations and warranties.

 

2


4. Bank Expenses

 

4.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Bank all Bank Expenses payable in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of this Amendment Agreement, or the performance or enforcement of the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement and any related document.

 

5. Acknowledgement by Borrower

 

5.1 The Borrower acknowledges, agrees and confirms that each and all of their obligations and liabilities expressed to be assumed and undertaken by them, and the security interests intended to be conferred upon the Bank, under each of the Security Documents are in full force and effect and will (without limitation) secure all amounts outstanding under the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement notwithstanding any of the provisions of and the amendment, variation and restatement of the Original Loan Agreement contained in this Amendment Agreement.

 

5.2 The US Borrower and the Bank hereby acknowledge and agree that all references in the US Security Agreement to “Loan Agreement” shall mean and include the Original Loan Agreement, this Amendment Agreement and the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, as each may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

 

5.3 The US Borrower and the Bank hereby acknowledge and agree that all references in the US IP Security Agreement to “Loan Agreement” shall mean and include the Original Loan Agreement, this Amendment Agreement and the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, as each may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

 

6. Acknowledgement by Mimecast Limited

By signing this Amendment Agreement where indicated below, Mimecast Limited acknowledges the terms of this Amendment Agreement and confirms to the Bank and to the Borrower that it unconditionally and irrevocably consents to the variation, amendment and restatement of the Original Loan Agreement to be effected by this Amendment Agreement and that its obligations pursuant to the Guarantee granted by it in favour of the Bank shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the terms of this Amendment Agreement and the coming into effect of the variation, amendment and restatement provided for herein, and shall continue to extend to all the obligations of the Borrower to which the Guarantee granted by it is expressed to apply and the security interests intended to be conferred upon the Bank under the Guarantor Debenture granted by it are in full force and effect and will (without limitation) secure all amounts outstanding under the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement notwithstanding any of the provisions of and the amendment, variation and restatement of the Original Loan Agreement contained in this Amendment Agreement. If, for any reason, the amendment and restatement of the Original Loan Agreement does not become effective in accordance with the terms of this letter, Mimecast Limited hereby confirms, for the

 

3


avoidance of doubt, that the guarantee granted by it and the Loan Documents to which it is a party shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to apply to all obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to which they are expressed to apply.

 

7. Miscellaneous

 

7.1 This Amendment Agreement will constitute a Loan Document for the purposes of the definition of “Loan Documents” contained in Clause 13.1 of the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement.

 

7.2 The liabilities of each Borrower under this Amendment Agreement are joint and several and shall not be discharged or impaired by any invalidity of this Amendment Agreement in relation to any other Borrower, any change in composition of any other Borrower, any release of or granting of time or other indulgence to any other Borrower or any other act, event or omission whatsoever which would or might but for this Clause operate to impair or discharge any liability hereunder of any Borrower.

 

7.3 This Amendment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this shall have the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Amendment Agreement.

 

7.4 The execution of this Amendment Agreement does not constitute a waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents in their current form.

 

7.5 A person who is not a party to this Amendment Agreement has no rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Amendment Agreement.

 

8. Law

This Amendment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law and the provisions of Clause 11 (Choice of Law) of the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement shall apply to this Amendment Agreement (any necessary amendments of detail being made) as if set out in this Amendment Agreement in their entirety.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as a deed as of the date first above written.

 

4


BORROWER:

EXECUTED as a DEED by MIMECAST SERVICES LIMITED

acting by a director in the presence of:

 

/s/ Peter Campbell

Signature of director

 

Signature of witness  

/s/ Kayla Keefe

Print name   Kayla Keefe
Address  

 

 

 

Occupation   Office Manager
EXECUTED as a DEED on behalf of MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation by Peter Campbell, being a person who, in accordance with the laws of that territory, is acting under the authority of the corporation:

/s/ Peter Campbell

  Authorised signatory
GUARANTOR:

EXECUTED as a DEED by MIMECAST LIMITED

acting by a director in the presence of:

 

/s/ Peter Campbell

Signature of director

 

Signature of witness  

/s/ Kayla Keefe

Print name   Kayla Keefe
Address  

 

 

 

Occupation   Office Manager

 

5


EXECUTED as a DEED by MIMECAST USD LIMITED acting by a director in the presence of:

 

/s/ Peter Campbell

Signature of director

 

Signature of witness  

/s/ Kayla Keefe

Print name  

 

Address  

 

 

 

Occupation   Office Manager

 

BANK:
EXECUTED as a DEED on behalf of SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, by Brian Geraghty, being a person who, in accordance with the laws of that territory, is acting under the authority of the company:

/s/ Brian Geraghty

  Authorised signatory

 

6


First Appendix

Conditions Precedent

 

1. This Amendment Agreement duly executed by the Borrower and the Guarantor.

 

2. A Guarantee duly executed by Mimecast USD Limited.

 

3. A Guarantor Debenture duly executed by Mimecast USD Limited.

 

4. A Third Amendment to the US Security Agreement duly executed by the US Borrower.

 

5. A Second Amendment to Intellectual Property Security Agreement duly executed by the US Borrower.

 

6. A certificate from a duly authorised director of the UK Borrower that the memorandum and articles of association of the UK Borrower delivered in relation to the Original Loan Agreement remain true, complete and up-to-date or that the only changes to them are fully set out in copy documents attached to the certificate.

 

7. A copy, certified a true copy by a duly authorised director of the UK Borrower, of the minutes of a meeting or written resolutions of the Board of Directors of the UK Borrower satisfactory to the Bank approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment Agreement and approving the terms and conditions of this Amendment Agreement and authorising a named person or persons or appointing an attorney to sign on behalf of the UK Borrower this Amendment Agreement and any documents or further agreements to be delivered by the UK Borrower pursuant to this Amendment Agreement.

 

8. Save to the extent previously supplied to the Bank a specimen signature of each person referred to in paragraph 7 above.

 

9. A certificate from a duly authorised director of each Guarantor either (i) confirming that the memorandum and articles of association of the Guarantor delivered in relation to the Original Loan Agreement remain true, complete and up-to-date or that the only changes to them are fully set out in copy documents attached to the certificate or (ii) attaching copies of the true, complete and up-to-date memorandum and articles of association of the Guarantor

 

10. A copy, certified a true copy by a duly authorised director of each Guarantor, of the minutes of a meeting or written resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Guarantor satisfactory to the Bank approving the execution of this Amendment Agreement and the documents referenced herein by such Guarantor, approving the terms and conditions of such documents and authorising a named person or persons or appointing an attorney to sign on behalf of the Guarantor such documents.

 

11. Save to the extent previously supplied to the Bank a specimen signature of each person referred to in paragraph 10 above.

 

7


12. A Perfection Certificate for Mimecast USD Limited.

 

13. A Secretary’s Corporate Borrowing Certificate of the US Borrower attaching: (a) the US Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation, if amended, and (b) the US Borrower’s by-laws, if amended, and certifying as to the resolutions of the board of directors of the US Borrower satisfactory to the Bank and approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment Agreement, the Second Amendment to the US Security Agreement, the First Amendment to the Intellectual Property Security Agreement and authorising a named person or persons or appointing an attorney to sign on behalf of the US Borrower this Amendment Agreement the Third Amendment to the US Security Agreement and the Second Amendment to the Intellectual Property Security Agreement.

 

14. If required, the consent of the shareholders of the US Borrower.

 

15. UCC lien searches for Mimecast USD Limited.

 

16. The payment of the arrangement fees and costs and expenses referred to in Clause 4 of this Amendment Agreement.

 

17. A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Bank consider to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of this Amendment Agreement or for the validity or enforceability of this Amendment Agreement.

 

8


Second Appendix

Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement

 

9


LOAN AGREEMENT

(Revolving Line, Equipment Line and Term Loan)

(Sterling, Euro and United States Dollars)

This LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of 18 January 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) as amended and restated on 31 January 2013 (the “ First Amendment and Restatement Date ”), as further amended and restated on 15 July 2014 (the “ Second Amendment and Restatement Date ”) and as further amended and restated on 22 May 2015 (the “ Third Amendment and Restatement Date ”), between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, through its United Kingdom branch located at 41 Lothbury, London EC2R 7HF (“ Bank ”) and (i)  MIMECAST SERVICES LIMITED (the “ UK Borrower ”), a company registered under the laws of England and Wales under company number 04901524 whose registered office is at 6th Floor, Citypoint, One Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW; and (ii)  MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC. (the “ US Borrower ”) a Delaware corporation with offices at 480 Pleasant Street, Watertown, MA, USA, 02472, USA (the UK Borrower and US Borrower are jointly and severally liable and are hereinafter together referred to as “ Borrower ” and each a “ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall extend credit to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. The term “financial statements” includes the notes and schedules attached thereto. The terms “including” and “includes” always mean “including (or includes) without limitation,” in this or any Loan Document. Capitalised terms in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Clause 13.

2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions and interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Credit Extensions as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances.

(a) Availability of Revolving Advances . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Revolving Advances in Sterling, United States Dollars and/or Euros, as requested by Borrower, not exceeding in aggregate the lower of (i) the Revolving Line Availability Amount and (ii) the Advance Rate calculated by Bank. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Repayment . The principal amount of each United States Dollar Revolving Advance, each Sterling Revolving Advance and each Euro Revolving Advance shall be repaid in full on the Revolving Line Maturity Date. Any amount borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and reborrowed without penalty or premium, except as described in Clause 3.5. The

 

10


Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Revolving Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

(c) Overadvances - Revolving Line . If, at any time, the aggregate of the outstanding principal amount of any Revolving Advances exceeds the Revolving Line Availability Amount, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank such cash excess.

Notwithstanding the above or any terms in this Agreement to the contrary, if an overadvance under the Revolving Line is caused solely as a result of fluctuations in the currency or currencies in which Revolving Advances were made (the “ Exchange Rate Caused Revolving Line Overadvance Amount ”), Borrower shall only be required to immediately repay such Exchange Rate Caused Revolving Line Overadvance Amount to the extent that the Exchange Rate Caused Revolving Line Overadvance Amount is more than five per cent. (5%) of the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the amount available pursuant to the Advance Rate, (in which case such payment need only be in an amount necessary to make the Exchange Rate Caused Revolving Line Overadvance Amount less than or equal to five per cent. (5%) of the sum of the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the amount available pursuant to the Advance Rate). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Bank shall have no obligation to make any new Credit Extensions at any time that there is an overadvance, regardless of whether there is a repayment required pursuant to this Agreement.

2.1.2 Equipment Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Availability Period, Bank shall make advances in Sterling and United States Dollars, as requested by Borrower (each, an “ Equipment Advance ” and, collectively, “ Equipment Advances ”) not exceeding in aggregate the Equipment Line. Equipment Advances may only be used to finance Eligible Equipment purchased within ninety (90) days (determined based upon the applicable invoice date of such Eligible Equipment) before the date of each Equipment Advance save that the Initial Equipment Advance may be used to finance Eligible Equipment purchased at any time after 1 January 2011. All Eligible Equipment must have been new when purchased by Borrower, except for such Eligible Equipment that is disclosed in writing to Bank by Borrower, prior to being financed by Bank, and that Bank in its sole discretion has agreed to finance. No Equipment Advance may exceed one hundred per cent. (100%) of the total invoice for Eligible Equipment (excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses relating to such Eligible Equipment except to the extent such are allowed to be financed pursuant hereto as Other Equipment). Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, not more than twenty-five per cent. (25%) of the proceeds of the Equipment Line shall be used to finance Other Equipment. The minimum amount of each Equipment Advance shall be Five Hundred Thousand pounds Sterling (£500,000) (or the equivalent amount in United States Dollars). Borrower may only request five (5) Equipment Advances hereunder. After repayment, no Equipment Advance may be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment . Each Equipment Advance shall amortise and be payable in 36 equal payments of principal beginning on the first Business Day of the first calendar month falling twelve months after the First Amendment and Restatement Date and continuing on the

 

11


first Business Day of each calendar month thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all unpaid principal and interest on each Equipment Advance and all other Obligations relating to the Equipment Advances shall be due on the applicable Equipment Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss . Borrower shall bear the risk of any loss, theft, destruction, or damage of or to the Financed Equipment. If, during the term of this Agreement, any item of Financed Equipment becomes obsolete or is lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair, rendered permanently unfit for use, or seized by a governmental authority for any reason for a period ending beyond the Equipment Maturity Date with respect to such Financed Equipment (an “ Event of Loss ”), then within ten (10) days following such Event of Loss, Borrower shall (i) pay to Bank on account of the Obligations all accrued interest to the date of the prepayment, plus outstanding principal owing with respect to the Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss; or (ii) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at Borrower’s option, repair or replace any Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss provided the repaired or replaced Financed Equipment is of equal or like value to the Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss and provided further that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest constituting a fixed charge in such repaired or replaced Financed Equipment. Any partial prepayment of an Equipment Advance paid by Borrower on account of an Event of Loss shall be applied to prepay amounts owing for such Equipment Advance in inverse order of maturity.

(d) Prepayment .

(i) Voluntary - At Borrower’s option, for so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Equipment Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (a) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Equipment Line at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, and (b) pays, on the date of the prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to Equipment Advances through the date the prepayment is made; (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to the Equipment Advances; (iii) the Equipment Line Early Termination Fee; and (iv) all sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Equipment Line.

(ii) Involuntary - If the Equipment Advances have become due and payable according to the terms hereof because of the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay to Bank on the date that the Equipment Advances become due and payable according to the terms hereof, in addition to any accrued interest and any other sums owing, the Equipment Line Early Termination Fee, and such Equipment Line Early Termination Fee shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations.

2.1.3 Term Loan.

(a) Availability . Bank shall make one (1) term loan available to Borrower in an amount not exceeding the Tranche 1 Term Loan Amount in Sterling, within 10 Business Days of the First Amendment and Restatement Date, subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Tranche 1 Term Loan Amount was fully drawn down. Bank shall make one (1) term loan available to Borrower in an

 

12


amount not exceeding the Tranche 2 Term Loan Amount in Sterling, within 10 Business Days of the Second Amendment and Restatement Date, subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) Repayment . The Tranche 1 Term Loan shall amortise and be payable in 36 equal payments of principal beginning on the first Business Day of the first calendar month falling twelve months after the First Amendment and Restatement Date and continuing on the first Business Day of each calendar month thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all unpaid principal and interest on the Term Loan and all other Obligations relating to the Tranche 1 Term Loan shall be due on the Tranche 1 Term Loan Maturity Date. The Tranche 2 Term Loan Amount shall amortise and be payable in 36 equal payments of principal beginning on the first Business Day of the first calendar month falling six months after the Second Amendment and Restatement Date (the period from the Second Amendment and Restatement Date to the end of such six month period the “ Tranche 2 Interest-Only Period ”) and continuing on the first Business Day of each calendar month thereafter PROVIDED THAT, should Borrower provide evidence satisfactory to Bank that it has raised a minimum of Thirty Million United States Dollars ($30,000,000) of new equity during the Tranche 2 Interest-Only Period then such interest-only period shall be extended from six to twelve months (“ Tranche 2 Interest-Only Extension ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, all unpaid principal and interest on the Tranche 2 Term Loan Amount and all other Obligations relating to the Tranche 2 Term Loan shall be due on the Tranche 2 Term Loan Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment .

(i) Voluntary - At Borrower’s option, for so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loan advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (a) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Term Loan at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, and (b)pays, on the date of the prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan through the date the prepayment is made; (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to the Term Loan; (iii) the Term Loan Prepayment Fee; and (iv) all sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Term Loan.

(ii) Involuntary - If the Term Loan have become due and payable according to the terms hereof because of the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay to Bank on the date that the Term Loan become due and payable according to the terms hereof, in addition to any accrued interest and any other sums owing, the Term Loan Prepayment Fee, and such Term Loan Prepayment Fee shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations.

2.2 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Interest Rate .

(i) Revolving Advances . Subject to Clause 2.2(b):

(A) each Sterling Revolving Advance shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (1) the Base Rate plus 3.50% and (2) 4.00%;

 

13


(B) each United States Dollar Revolving Advance shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (1) the Prime Rate plus 0.75% and (2) 4.00%; and

(C) each Euro Revolving Advance shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (1) the Euro Base Rate plus 3.75% and (2) 4.00%.

(ii) Equipment Advances . Subject to Clause 2.2(b), each Equipment Advance shall accrue interest at a fixed rate of 4.50% per annum.

(iii) Term Loan . Subject to Clause 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan shall accrue interest at a fixed rate of 4.50% per annum.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at three per cent. (3.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Clause 2.2(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate, the Base Rate or the Euro Base Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate, the Base Rate or the Euro Base Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Computation; 360-day Year or 365-Day Year . In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Interest on Credit Extensions made in Sterling is computed on the basis of a 365-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. Interest on Credit Extensions made in United States Dollars or Euros is computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(e) Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit or operating accounts for principal and interest payments when due, or any other amounts Borrower owes to Bank shall promptly notify Borrower after it debits Borrower’s accounts. These debits shall not constitute a set off.

(f) Payments . Interest on Sterling Revolving Advances, United States Dollar Revolving Advances, Euro Revolving Advances, Equipment Advances and the Term Loan is payable monthly in arrears on the first Business Day of each month.

Payments received after 12:00 noon London, UK time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue.

 

14


2.3 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Arrangement Fee .

A fully earned, non-refundable arrangement fee in respect of the Equipment Line of Forty Thousand pounds Sterling (£40,000) due and payable on the Effective Date, payment of which is acknowledged by Bank.

(b) Unused Facility Fee . A fee (the “ Unused Facility Fee ”), payable quarterly, in arrears, on a calendar year basis, in an amount equal to 0.25% per annum, on the aggregate average unused portion of the Revolving Line. The unused portion of the Revolving Line, for the purposes of this calculation, shall equal the difference between (x) the Revolving Line amount (as it may be reduced from time to time) and (y) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Line outstanding. Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate or repayment of the Unused Facility Fee previously earned by Bank pursuant to this Clause notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans or advances hereunder.

(c) Early Termination Fees .

(i) Revolving Line . A termination fee in an amount equal to one per cent. (1.00%) of the Revolving Line (the “ Revolving Line Early Termination Fee ”) if all or any part of the Revolving Line is voluntarily terminated by Borrower prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date for any reason, or involuntarily terminated as a result of an Event of Default. The Revolving Line Early Termination Fee shall be due and payable on the effective date of such termination and thereafter shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to any of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank agrees to waive the Revolving Line Early Termination Fee if Bank agrees to refinance and re-document, or transfer, this Agreement under another division of Bank (in its sole and exclusive discretion) prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and no Event of Default exists at such time.

(ii) Equipment Line . The Equipment Line Early Termination Fee when due pursuant to the terms of Clause 2.1.2(d).

(iii) Term Loan . A prepayment on any part of the Term Loan prepaid for any reason whether voluntarily or otherwise shall incur a prepayment fee (the “ Term Loan Prepayment Fee ”) as follows: (A) if the prepayment is made on or before the first anniversary of the drawdown of the Tranche 1 Term Loan Amount or the Tranche 2 Term Loan Amount (as the case may be), Borrower shall pay to Bank a prepayment fee equal to 1.50% of the principal amount of the Tranche 1 Term Loan Amount and/or the Tranche 2 Term Loan Amount (as the case may be) outstanding on the date of prepayment; and (B) if the prepayment is made after the first anniversary of the drawdown of the Tranche 1 Term Loan Amount or the Tranche 2 Term Loan Amount (as applicable), Borrower shall pay to Bank a prepayment fee equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of the Tranche 1 Term Loan Term Loan Amount or Tranche 2 Term Loan Amount outstanding on the date of prepayment. Each Term Loan Prepayment Fee shall be due and payable on the effective date of such prepayment and thereafter shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to any of the Obligations.

 

15


(d) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including legal and audit fees and expenses incurred through and after the Effective Date), when due.

(e) Renewal Fee - Revolving Line . A fully earned, non-refundable renewal fee in respect of the Revolving Line of Fifty Thousand pounds Sterling (£50,000) due and payable on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the Second Amendment and Restatement Date; (ii) the voluntary termination of the Revolving Line and (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default.

2.4 Currency calculations . Calculations as to Sterling equivalents of United States Dollar amounts or Euro amounts and vice versa shall be conclusively made and determined by the Bank at its spot rate of exchange in force at the time of such calculation.

2.5 Payments; Application of Payments .

(a) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. London, UK time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. London, UK time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) If Bank receives a payment insufficient to discharge an amount then due from Borrower:

(i) Bank shall be entitled (at its sole discretion) to apply the whole or any part of collected funds against the Obligations or credit such collected funds to a deposit account of Borrower with Bank (or an account maintained by an Affiliate of Bank), and the order and method of application of such credited funds shall be in the sole discretion of Bank.

(ii) Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation the following:

(a) this Agreement duly executed by Borrower;

 

16


(b) the Borrower Debenture duly executed by UK Borrower;

(c) the Guarantee duly executed by Guarantor;

(d) the Guarantor Debenture duly executed by Guarantor;

(e) the US Security Agreement duly executed by US Borrower;

(f) the US IP Security Agreement duly executed by US Borrower;

(g) a certificate of the secretary of US Borrower and the director of each UK Obligor: (i) in the case of US Borrower with respect to articles, by laws, incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents to which it is a party; and (ii) in the case of each UK Obligor with respect to its memorandum and articles of association, its register of charges and resolutions authorising the execution and delivery of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(h) subordination agreements in respect of any shareholder, director, officer or intra-group loan to the Borrower or any loan from a creditor (other than the Bank) of the Borrower (except in respect of any Permitted Indebtedness);

(i) Perfection Certificate signed by UK Borrower;

(j) Perfection Certificate signed by US Borrower;

(k) Perfection Certificate signed by Guarantor;

(l) a legal opinion of the Bank’s UK counsel with respect to enforceability and authority in a form and substance acceptable to Bank;

(m) a legal opinion of Borrower’s US Counsel with respect to enforceability and authority in a form and substance acceptable to Bank;

(n) Certificates of Good Standing/Foreign Qualification US Borrower from each state in which it is qualified to do business;

(o) long form Certificate of Good Standing Legal Existence for US Borrower the State of Delaware;

(p) landlord’s consent in favour of Bank signed by the landlord of each of Borrower’s leased locations;

(q) evidence satisfactory to the Bank that the insurance policies required by Clause 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and additional insured clauses and cancellation/nonrenewal notice to Bank and endorsements in favour of the Bank;

(r) signed consent form for the Bank to: (i) use the Borrower’s logo; (ii) use a tombstone to highlight the transaction; and (iii) issue a press release (in a form acceptable to the Borrower and the Bank) highlighting and summarising the credit facilities extended by the Bank to the Borrower under this Agreement, for marketing purposes; and

 

17


(s) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Clause 2.3;

(t) notice to Barclays Bank plc executed by UK Borrower and acknowledgement from Barclays Bank plc; and

(u) notice of Bank’s fixed charge over the Financed Equipment to Land & Equity Holdings Limited (as landlord of the Balfe Street Properties) executed by UK Borrower and delivered to Land & Equity Holdings Limited.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following:

(a) timely receipt of any Payment/Advance Form and, in the case of a Credit Extension under the Revolving Line, a Transaction Report;

(b) the representations and warranties in Clause 5 being true in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and/or Transaction Report and on the effective date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualified shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof and provided further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date and each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representation and warranties in Clause 5 remain true in all material respects;

(c) no Event of Default having occurred and continuing, or would result from the Credit Extension; and

(d) in Bank’s sole discretion, there is Investor Support and there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Conditions Subsequent . Borrower shall deliver (or procure delivery) to Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank the following:

 

  (a) evidence satisfactory to the Bank that the United States insurance policies of Borrower required by Clause 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and additional insured clauses and cancellation/non-renewal notice to Bank and endorsements in favour of the Bank, within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date;

 

  (b) landlord’s consent for the Waltham, MA, USA location duly executed by Watch City Ventures MT, LLC, Watch City Ventures PHI, LLC and Watch City Ventures LLC, within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date; and

 

18


  (c) bailee waiver from Iron Mountain duly executed by Iron Mountain for both Iron Mountain locations (in Missouri, USA and Pennsylvania, USA) in favour of Bank, within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date.

Failure of Borrower to comply with this Clause 3.3 shall constitute an immediate Event of Default to which no cure period shall apply.

3.4 Borrowing Procedures . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of Credit Extensions, to obtain a Credit Extension, Borrower must notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile or telephone by 3:00 p.m. London, UK time at least (a) three (3) Business Days prior to the date the Euro Credit Extension is to be made and (b) one (1) Business Day prior to the date any United States Dollar Credit Extension or any Sterling Credit Extension is to be made. Each notice shall be in the form of a completed Payment/Advance Form in the form attached as Exhibit A , and shall specify (i) the date such Credit Extension is to be made, which day shall be a Business Day; (ii) the amount of such Credit Extension; and (iii) such other requirements as Bank determines are reasonable or desirable in connection therewith. If such notification is by telephone, Borrower must promptly confirm the notification by delivering to Bank a completed Payment/Advance Form in the form attached at Exhibit A . Bank shall: (a) credit United States Dollar Credit Extensions to Borrower’s United States Dollar deposit account; (b) transfer Sterling Credit Extensions to Borrower’s Sterling deposit account held with SVB’s UK Branch; and (C) transfer Euro Credit Extensions to Borrower’s Euro deposit account held with SVB’s UK Branch. Bank may make Credit Extensions under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Credit Extensions are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a Person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Borrower shall indemnify Bank for any loss Bank suffers due to such reliance.

3.5 Additional Requirements/Provisions Regarding and Sterling Credit Extensions and Euro Credit Extensions .

(a) Borrower shall pay Bank, upon demand by Bank, from time to time such amounts as Bank may determine to be necessary to compensate it for any increased costs incurred by Bank that Bank determines are attributable to its making or maintaining of any amount receivable by Bank hereunder in respect of any Sterling Credit Extensions and/or any Euro Credit Extensions relating thereto (such increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called “ Additional Costs ”), in each case resulting from any Regulatory Change which:

(i) changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to Bank under this Agreement in respect of any Sterling Credit Extensions and/or any Euro Credit Extensions (other than changes which affect taxes measured by or imposed on the overall net income of Bank by the jurisdiction in which Bank has its principal office);

(ii) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with, or other liabilities of Bank (including any Sterling Credit Extensions and/or any Euro Credit Extensions); or

 

19


(iii) imposes any other condition affecting Bank’s rate of return or a reduction in any amount due and payable under this Agreement (or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities).

(b) Bank will notify Borrower of any event occurring after the Effective Date which will entitle Bank to compensation pursuant to this Clause 3.6 as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such compensation. Bank will furnish Borrower with a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and amount of each request by Bank for compensation under this Clause 3.6. Determinations and allocations by Bank for purposes of this Clause 3.6 of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of maintaining its obligations to make Sterling Credit Extensions and/or any Euro Credit Extensions, of making or maintaining Sterling Credit Extensions and/or any Euro Credit Extensions, or on amounts receivable by it in respect of Sterling Credit Extensions and/or any Euro Credit Extensions, and of the additional amounts required to compensate Bank in respect of any Additional Costs, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(c) If Bank shall acting reasonably determine that the adoption or implementation of any applicable law, rule, regulation, or treaty regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank, or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its applicable lending office) with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank, or comparable agency, in each case affecting Bank or implemented by Bank or, in the case of a request being made, after the date of this Agreement, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of Bank or any person or entity controlling Bank (a “ Parent ”) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or its Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Bank to be material, then from time to time, within five (5) days after demand by Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such reduction. A statement of Bank claiming compensation under this Clause 3.6 and setting forth in reasonable detail the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) If it shall become unlawful for Bank to continue to fund or maintain any Sterling Credit Extensions and/ or any Euro Credit Extensions, or to perform its obligations hereunder, upon demand by Bank, Borrower shall prepay the relevant Sterling Credit Extension and/or Euro Credit Extension in full with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation, any amount payable in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Clause 3.6(a)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by Bank as described above relates to a Sterling Credit Extension or a Euro Credit Extension then being requested by Borrower pursuant to an Payment/Advance Form Borrower shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Clause 3.5, to (i) rescind such Payment/Advance Form by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to

 

20


Bank of such rescission on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above, or (ii) modify such an Payment/Advance Form to obtain a United States Dollar Credit Extension by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such modification on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above.

3.6 Special Provisions Regarding Euro Credit Extensions . If (i) it shall become unlawful for Bank to continue to fund or maintain any Euro Credit Extension, or to perform its obligations hereunder, or (ii) any Participating Member State which is a Participating Member State as at the Second Amendment and Restatement Date leaves the Eurozone or the Euro ceases to be the lawful currency of any Participating Member State which is a Participating Member State as at the Second Amendment and Restatement Date, the Loan Documents may be amended to the extent Bank (acting reasonably and in consultation with Borrower) determines is necessary to reflect the change (including the redenomination of the currency of Euro liabilities and obligations under the Loan Documents), failing which upon demand by Bank, Borrower shall prepay the Credit Extensions in Euros or in such other currency as Bank may request in full with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder.

4 SECURITY DOCUMENTS

All Obligations shall be secured by any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower and Guarantor now, or in the future, in which Borrower obtains an interest, or the power to transfer rights, including, without limitation, pursuant to the Borrower Debenture, the Guarantor Debenture, the US Security Agreement, the US IP Security Agreement and all other security agreements, mortgages or other collateral granted by Borrower to Bank as security agreements, mortgages or other collateral granted to the Bank as security for the Obligations now or in the future (collectively the “ Collateral ”). The documents evidencing the Collateral shall be known as the “ Security Documents ”.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered and/or may in the future enter into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes to Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected Security Interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Security Interests that may have priority to any Security Interest in favour of Bank).

Borrower agrees that Bank’s Security Interests in the Collateral shall continue to be first priority perfected Security Interests (subject only to Permitted Security Interests that may have priority to Bank’s Security Interest) until the Bank is satisfied that all the Obligations have been unconditionally and irrevocably discharged in full.

5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

5.1 Due Organisation and Authorisation; Power and Authority - UK Obligors . Each UK Obligor is a private limited company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of England and Wales and has power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted

 

21


and to own its property and other assets. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which each UK Obligor is a party are within the corporate powers of the relevant UK Obligor and have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate and other action and do not and will not conflict with (i) any law or regulation applicable to it; (ii) the memorandum and articles of association of such UK Obligor; or (iii) any agreement or instrument binding on such UK Obligor. Each UK Obligor is not in default under any agreement to which or by which it is bound in which the default would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

5.2 Due Organisation and Authorisation - US Borrower . US Borrower is duly existing and in good standing in its state of formation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and in good standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorised, and do not conflict with US Borrower’s organisational documents, nor constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which US Borrower is bound. US Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

In connection with this Agreement, each Borrower and Guarantor delivered to the Bank a certificate signed by it and entitled “Perfection Certificate” (the “ Perfection Certificate ”). Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank that: (a) Borrower’s and Guarantor’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; and (b) the Borrower and Guarantor are each an organisation of the type, and is organised in the jurisdiction, set forth in the Perfection Certificate; and (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth the relevant Borrower’s or Guarantor’s organisational identification number or accurately states that the relevant Borrower or Guarantor has none; and (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth the relevant Borrower’s or Guarantor’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as the relevant Borrower’s or Guarantor’s mailing address is different, and (e) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower or Guarantor is accurate and complete. If US Borrower does not now have an organisational identification number, but later obtains one. Borrower shall forthwith notify the Bank of such organisational identification number.

5.3 Collateral . Each Borrower and Guarantor has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral, free of Security Interests except Permitted Security Interests. Borrower has no deposit accounts, other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate and in respect of which a landlord’s or bailee’s consent or waiver has been obtained. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate.

 

22


All Financed Equipment is new, except for such Financed Equipment that has been disclosed in writing to Bank by Borrower as “used” and that Bank, in its sole discretion, has agreed to finance.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property, except for non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business. Each Patent is valid and enforceable (save for any patent applications) and no part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and save as disclosed to Bank in the Perfection Certificate, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party.

Except as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, neither Borrower nor Guarantor is a party to, nor is bound by, any Restricted License.

5.4 Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower’s Responsible Officers or legal counsel, threatened by or against Borrower, or any Affiliate of Borrower involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Fifty Thousand pounds Sterling (£150,000) (or its equivalent in any other currency).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All financial statements consolidated or otherwise for Borrower and any Affiliate of Borrower delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency . Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they fall due including, without limitation, within the meaning of section 123(1) the Insolvency Act 1986.

5.7 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.8 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use: (a) the proceeds of the Revolving Advances for general working capital and other general business requirements, and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes; (b) the proceeds of the Equipment Advances solely to purchase Eligible Equipment, or (if agreed by Bank in its sole discretion) re-finance the purchase of Eligible Equipment; and (c) the proceeds of the Term Loan for general working capital, growth capital and other general business requirements.

5.9 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements in light of the circumstance in which they were made not misleading. Bank acknowledges that any projections and/or forecasts provided by Borrower which are reasonably and carefully made are not to be deemed facts for the purpose of this Clause 5.9.

 

23


5.10 No winding-up . Other than as a consequence of the Reorganisation, Borrower has not taken any corporate or other action nor has any application been made or have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief having made due and proper enquiry) threatened against the Guarantor, the Borrower or any of its Affiliates for its or their winding-up (save for any proceedings which are frivolous or vexatious and which are discharged, stayed or dismissed within fourteen (14) days of commencement) or for the appointment of a trustee, liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets.

5.11 Taxation . Other than in relation to the Sales and Tax Use disclosure, as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, Borrower has complied in all material respects with all Taxation laws in all jurisdictions in which it is subject to Taxation and has paid all Taxes due and payable by it and no claims are being asserted against it in respect of Taxes save for assessments in relation to the ordinary course of the business of the Borrower or claims contested in good faith and in respect of which adequate provision has been made and disclosed in the latest accounts of the Borrower or information delivered to the Bank under this Agreement.

5.12 Licences . Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any material licence (other than over the counter software that is commercially available to the public) or other material agreement with respect to which the Borrower is the licensee that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a charge in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property. Borrower shall provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by, any such material license or material agreement which is reasonably likely to have a material impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition. Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, authorisation by or waiver by, any Person whose consent or waiver is necessary for all such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a charge in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future.

5.13 Subordinated Debt . Other than: (i) Permitted Indebtedness and (ii) amounts due to employees and directors in respect of salary and benefits, all amounts due to officers, directors, shareholders and any creditors (other than Bank) of Borrower have been subordinated to the Obligations.

5.14 Regulatory Compliance . US Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. US Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). US Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. US Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of US Borrower’s or any of its Affiliates’ properties or assets has been used by US Borrower or any of its Affiliates or, to the best of US Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or

 

24


transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. US Borrower and each of its Affiliates have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all government authorities that are necessary to continue its business as currently conducted.

5.15 Accounts Receivable . All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing Monthly Recurring Revenue are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of any Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to Monthly Recurring Revenue shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are comprised in the calculation of Monthly Recurring Revenue. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Accounts comprised in the calculation of Monthly Recurring Revenue are genuine, and, subject to any general principles of law or equity limiting the same, all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.16 Definition of “Knowledge” . For the purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do the following:

6.1 Government Compliance .

(a) Each Borrower and Guarantor shall maintain its, and all of Borrower’s Affiliates shall maintain their, legal existence and good standing in their jurisdictions of incorporation or formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall and shall procure that each of its Affiliates complies with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals (if any) necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a Security Interest to Bank and all of its property and assets. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

 

25


6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates .

Borrower shall deliver to Bank:

(a) (i) As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared balance sheet and income statement covering the Borrower’s operations on a consolidated and consolidating basis during the preceding month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank; (ii) as soon as available, but no later than one hundred and eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s financial year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent firm of chartered accountants reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) a prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened against the Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower; (iv) promptly details of any newly registered intellectual property held by it or any changes to any registered intellectual property held by it; (v) no later than fifteen (15) days after they have been approved by the board any operating budget and projections; and (vi) as soon as available but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month the Borrower’s monthly board meeting package.

(b) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, with the monthly financial statements, a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of Exhibit B .

(c) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, a Transaction Report containing metrics and supporting calculations for Annual Recurring Revenue, Monthly Recurring Revenue, Average Monthly Recurring Revenue, Quarterly Recurring Revenue and Annualised Net Churn Percentage (in a form to be agreed between Bank and Borrower).

(d) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, account debtor aging, account creditor aging and Deferred Revenue Schedule (in a form to be agreed between Bank and Borrower).

6.3 Inventory; Returns . Borrower shall keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than Fifty Thousand pounds Sterling (£50,000) (or its equivalent in any other currency).

6.4 Taxes . Borrower shall make, and cause each of its Affiliates to make, timely payment of all material Taxes or assessments (other than taxes and assessments which Borrower is contesting in good faith, with adequate reserves maintained in accordance with GAAP) and will deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments.

6.5 Insurance . Borrower shall keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts and as Bank may reasonably request. Without limitation to the foregoing, Borrower shall procure that there are maintained such insurances as are normally maintained by prudent persons carrying on similar businesses to Borrower or which maybe reasonably required by Bank including, without limitation, full comprehensive cover over the Financed Equipment

 

26


(for an amount which is not less than the aggregate cost of reinstating or replacing such Financed Equipment). Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank in its reasonable discretion. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as an additional loss payee and all liability policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and all policies shall provide that the insurer must give Bank at least twenty (20) days’ notice before cancelling its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds: (a) in excess of Twenty Thousand pounds Sterling (£20,000) in any one year payable under any policy (other than a policy relating to the Financed Equipment) taken out by or otherwise vested in the Borrower shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations; and (b) payable under any policy relating to the Financed Equipment taken out by or otherwise vested in the Borrower shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Clause 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third parties and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies as required by this Clause 6.5, and take any action under the policies that Bank deems prudent.

6.6 Equipment . Borrower shall: (a) maintain all Financed Equipment in good and serviceable condition (except for expected fair wear and tear); (b) not to permit any Financed Equipment to be: (i) used or handled, other than by properly qualified and trained persons; or (ii) to be overloaded or used for any purpose for which it is not designed or reasonably suitable; (c) promptly pay all taxes, fees, licence duties, registration charges, insurance premiums and other outgoings in respect of the Financed Equipment and, on demand, produce evidence of payment to Bank; (d) give Bank such information concerning the location, condition, use and operation of the Financed Equipment as Bank may reasonably require; (e) permit any persons designated by Bank to inspect and examine the Financed Equipment and the records relating to the Financed Equipment at all reasonable times; (f) save in respect of Permitted Equipment Movements or otherwise by written consent of Bank and provided that each of Savvis, Telstra Limited, Navisite and Iron Mountain, shall have delivered to Bank a consent and waiver deed in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, not change the location of any Financed Equipment without Bank’s prior written consent; (g) not at any time hold Financed Equipment (including any Financed Equipment in transit to or from the Ropemaker Street Properties), the aggregate value of which would exceed One Hundred Thousand pounds Sterling (£100,000) at its properties in Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y (the “ Ropemaker Street Properties ”); (h) not permit any Financed Equipment to be held at the Ropemaker Street Properties (or any of them) for a period exceeding four (4) weeks; (i) ensure that each item of Financed Equipment held at the Ropemaker Street Properties at any time shall have a notice affixed and kept affixed at all times, a visible plaque of reasonable size (but measuring not less than 4 cm x 8 cm) having inscribed on it in fireproof and legible characters the following statement: “This item of Equipment belongs to Mimecast Services Limited and is subject to a first priority fixed charge granted in favour of Silicon Valley Bank. No sale, transfer, lease, loan or other disposal of this item of Equipment is permitted without the prior written consent of Silicon Valley Bank.”.

 

27


6.7 Financial Covenants .

Borrower shall maintain:

(a) Recurring Revenue to Plan .

Quarterly Recurring Revenue for the quarterly periods set out in column A below of at least the minimum amount set out in column B below:

 

A

Period

 

B

Minimum Amount

the quarterly period ending on 30 June 2014

  $22,900,000

the quarterly period ending on 30 September 2014

  $26,300,000

the quarterly period ending on 31 December 2014

  $26,500,000

the quarterly period ending on 31 March 2015

  $27,800,000

each quarterly period thereafter ending on 30 September, 31 December, 31 March and 30 June in each year

  The $ figures agreed by the Borrower and the Bank pursuant to this Clause 6.7 (a)

Bank and Borrower shall discuss the minimum amounts of Quarterly Recurring Revenue to be maintained by Borrower for the test periods set out above commencing on 30 June 2015 and continuing thereafter. Bank shall set (acting reasonably following such discussions) and Borrower shall agree such minimum amounts of Quarterly Recurring Revenue by no later than 31 March 2015.

The Advance Rate will be recalculated on each date that the financial covenant set out in this Clause 6.7 (a) is tested.

(b) Adjusted Quick Ratio .

An Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least 0.90 to 1.00 rising to 1.00:1 from 31 October 2014 and further rising to 1.50:1 following any equity raising event of Borrower where Borrower raises $30,000,000 or more, to be tested monthly.

6.8 Intellectual Property Rights . Borrower shall: (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of the Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent. If Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then Borrower shall immediately provide written notice thereof to Bank and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank shall request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in such property. If Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of Borrower’s intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest

 

28


in favor of Bank in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement necessary for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property.

6.9 Bank accounts and Accounts .

(a) Borrower and each of Borrower’s Affiliates will maintain any operating and deposit accounts and securities/investment accounts in the United States with Bank and any excess funds which Borrower or any Borrower’s Affiliate may have in the United States shall be kept with or invested through Bank or an Affiliate of Bank. In addition and without limiting the foregoing, US Borrower shall maintain all of its operating and deposit accounts and securities/investment accounts with Bank or an Affiliate of Bank.

(b) For any account in the United States that Bank in its sole discretion permits Borrower at any time to open or maintain, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which such account is maintained to execute and deliver a control agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such account to perfect Bank’s Security Interest in such account in accordance with the terms of this Agreement which control agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

(c) Borrower shall maintain its UK operating and deposit accounts and any UK excess funds with Bank’s branch in the United Kingdom (“ SVB’s UK Branch ”).

(d) The Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The Borrower shall, within 90 days of the Second Amendment and Restatement Date, open such new operating bank accounts with Bank as may be required. After 90 days has elapsed, each account held by Borrower with Bank as at the Second Amendment and Restatement Date (the “Existing Accounts”) shall convert automatically to a “blocked account” (which Existing Accounts shall then be known as the “Collateral Accounts”). All payments on, and proceeds of, Accounts shall be deposited directly by the applicable Account Debtor into the Existing Accounts or Collateral Accounts (as the case may be). Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or the Existing Accounts have converted to Collateral Accounts or not, Borrower shall hold all payments on, and proceeds of, Accounts in trust for Bank, and shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Existing Account or Collateral Accounts (as the case may be), to be applied (i) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Clause 2.5(b) hereof, and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Clause 9.10 hereof.

 

29


6.10 FX Trades and other Hedging Transactions . Should Borrower propose to enter into a foreign exchange transaction involving the purchase or sale of a specific amount of currency on a specified date or any other hedging transaction having an aggregate value (whether by a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of at least One Hundred Thousand pounds Sterling (£100,000) (or the its equivalent in any other currency) (collectively a “ Hedging Transaction ”), Bank shall have the first right to provide such Hedging Transaction to Borrower; provided, however, if Bank is not competitive with current market conditions for such Hedging Transaction then such Hedging Transaction may be maintained with another financial institution.

6.11 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on three (3) Business Days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral including, but not limited to, Borrower’s Accounts and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. The foregoing shall be at Borrower’s expense. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days’ written notice to Bank, then (without limitation to any of Bank’s rights and remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand pounds Sterling (£1,000), plus out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling. Borrower acknowledges that a field exam to audit Borrower’s Accounts at Borrower’s expense shall be carried out by Bank within sixty (60) days of the Second Amendment and Restatement Date. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank may audit Borrower’s Collateral including, but not limited to, Borrower’s Accounts at Borrower’s expense and at Bank’s sole and exclusive discretion and without notification and authorisation from Borrower.

6.12 Further Assurances . Borrower shall execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s security interest in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

6.13 Reorganisation . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Borrower or Guarantor shall be permitted to commence, continue or otherwise complete the Reorganisation and such Reorganisation shall not constitute a breach of any term of any Loan Document.

7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of (collectively a “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Affiliates to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, including the Intellectual Property, except for Transfers of (a) Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Affiliates in the ordinary course of business; (c) worn-out or obsolete equipment (that does not constitute Financed Equipment); (d) in connection with Permitted Security Interests and Permitted Investments; or (e) leasehold interests in respect of real estate as permitted pursuant to the terms of such leases. Borrower shall not enter into an agreement with any Person other than Bank which restricts the subsequent granting of a security interest in the Intellectual Property.

 

30


7.2 Changes in Business, Ownership, Management or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Affiliates to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Affiliate as at the Effective Date, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; or (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) permit or suffer a Material Change of Control or permit a Material Change of Control of any of its Affiliates, or permit or suffer a material change in its Management; or (d) without at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to Bank, relocate its registered office or principal place of business, or add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses; or (e) without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Bank, change its jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation; or (f) without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Bank, change its organisational structure or type; or (g) without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Bank, change its legal name; or (h) without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Bank deliver any Collateral to a bailee or warehouse at a location other than to a bailee or location disclosed in the Perfection Certificate. If Borrower delivers any Collateral to a bailee and such bailee is not already party to a bailee agreement, consent or waiver, then Borrower shall first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement, consent or waiver (as requested by Bank) in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Affiliates to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Affiliates to acquire, all or substantially all of the share capital or property of another Person.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any of its Affiliates to do so, other than the Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Distributions; Investments . (a) Directly or indirectly acquire or own any Person, or make any Investment in any Person, other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Affiliates to do so; or (b) pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, or purchase any of its share capital or permit the Guarantor to do so.

7.6 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.7 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) without the Bank’s prior written consent, amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to the Obligations owed to the Bank.

7.8 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow or suffer any Security Interest on any of the Collateral, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Affiliates to do so, except for Permitted Security Interests, permit any

 

31


Collateral not to be subject to the first priority Security Interest created or constituted pursuant to the Security Documents, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except in favour of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any of its Affiliates from granting a Security Interest in or upon any of Borrower’s or any of its Affiliates’ Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Clause 7.1 and the definition of “Permitted Security Interests” in Clause 13.

7.9 Compliance , With respect to US Borrower, become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change in respect of US Borrower or have a material adverse effect on US Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Affiliates to do so; withdraw or permit any Affiliate of Borrower to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of US Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

7.10 Cash held by Borrower’s Affiliates . The total cash held by each of Borrower’s Affiliates (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Guarantor) shall not at any time exceed Two Million pounds Sterling (£2,000,000) (provided that this covenant shall not be breached solely by reason of the drawdown of the Term Loan).

8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following is an Event of Default:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, the Equipment Maturity Date, the Tranche 1 Term Loan Maturity Date or Tranche 2 Term Loan Maturity Date). During the three (3) Business Day period under (b) above, the failure to cure the payment default shall not be an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period).

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Clause 6 or breaches any covenant in Clause 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, had failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by

 

32


its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period, the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this Clause 8.2 shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in sub-clause (a) above.

8.3 Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs.

8.4 Attachment . (i) Any material portion of Borrower or any of its Affiliates’ assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee, receiver, creditor or encumbrancer and the attachment, seizure or levy is not removed in ten (10) days; (ii) the service of proceedings upon Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower on deposit with the Bank, or any entity under control of Bank (including a subsidiary); (iii) Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower is injuncted, restrained, or prevented by court order from conducting a material part of its business; (iv) a judgment or other claim becomes a lien on a material portion of Borrower’s or any of Borrower’s Affiliates’ assets; or (v) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any of Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates’ assets by any government department or agency including without limitation the Inland Revenue and not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower or Affiliate of Borrower receives notice. These are not Events of Default if stayed or if a bond is posted pending appeal by Borrower or Affiliate of Borrower (as appropriate) (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during the grace period).

8.5 Insolvency . Any of the following occurs in respect of Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower: (i) it is, or is deemed for the purposes of section 123(1) (only) of the Insolvency Act 1986 and / or any other laws governing or applicable to Borrower or any such Affiliate (as applicable) to be, unable to pay its debts as they fall due; (ii) it admits its inability to pay its debts as they fall due; it suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so; (iii) a moratorium is declared in respect of any of its indebtedness; or (iv) by reason of actual or anticipated inability to pay debts as they fall due or insolvency it begins negotiations with any creditor for the rescheduling of any of its indebtedness.

8.6 Insolvency Proceedings . Any of the following occurs in respect of Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower (each of which shall be an “ Insolvency Proceeding ”): (i) any step is taken with a view to a moratorium or a composition, assignment or similar arrangement with any of its creditors; (ii) a meeting of its shareholders, directors or other officers is convened for the purpose of considering any resolution for, to petition for or to make an application to or to file documents with a court or any registrar for, its winding-up, administration or dissolution or any such resolution is passed; (iii) save in the case of a solvent winding-up of an Affiliate of Borrower with the prior written approval of Bank, an order is made for its winding-up, administration or dissolution, or any Person presents a petition, or makes an application to or files documents with a court or any registrar, for its winding-up, administration or dissolution, or gives notice to the Bank of an intention to appoint an administrator (save for any winding-up petition in respect of UK Borrower which is frivolous or vexatious and which is discharged,

 

33


stayed or dismissed within fourteen (14) days of commencement); (iv) any liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer is appointed in respect of it or any of its assets; (v) its shareholders, directors or other officers request the appointment of, or give notice of their intention to appoint, a liquidator, receiver, administrator or similar officer; (vi) Borrower begins a US Insolvency Proceeding; or (vii) a US Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower.

8.7 Other Agreements . If there is, under any agreement to which Borrower, or Guarantor or any Affiliate of Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Fifty Thousand pounds Sterling (£50,000) (or its equivalent in any other currency); or (b) any default by Borrower, Guarantor or such Affiliate of Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s, Guarantor’s or such Borrower’s Affiliate’s business.

8.8 Judgments . If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Fifty Thousand pounds Sterling (£50,000) shall be rendered against Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period often (10) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of such judgment).

8.9 Misrepresentations . If any representation or warranty or statement made or deemed to be made or repeated by the Borrower or any Person acting for the Borrower in, or in connection with the negotiation of, any Loan Document or in any notice, certificate or statement of fact referred to in or delivered under any of the Loan Documents or in any other written material delivered to Bank is or shall prove to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect or misleading when made or deemed to be made or repeated under any Loan Document.

8.10 Subordinated Debt . A default or breach occurs under any agreement between Borrower and any creditor of Borrower that has entered into a subordination agreement with Bank, or any creditor that has entered into a subordination agreement with Bank breaches any terms of the subordination agreement.

8.11 Other Agreements with Bank . Borrower, or any Affiliate of Borrower fails to perform any of its obligations under any agreement between Borrower, or any Affiliate of Borrower (or any of them) and Bank.

8.12 Guarantee . (i) Any guarantee of any Obligations or any other security for the Obligations, including, the Guarantee and the Guarantor Debenture (each, a “ Third Party Security ”) terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force; (ii) any guarantor of any Obligations, does not perform any obligation or covenant under any guarantee; (iii) any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or later in any warranty or representation in any guarantee, any Third Party Security, or in any certificate delivered to Bank in connection with any guarantee or Third Party Security; or (iv) any circumstance described in Clauses 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.8 or 8.9 occurs to any guarantor of any Obligations; or (v) a Material Change of Control occurs in respect of Guarantor.

 

34


8.13 Governmental Approvals . Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Affiliates to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Affiliates to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . When an Event of Default occurs and continues the Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Clause 8.5 or 8.6 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify and/or collect the amounts owed by such account debtors. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, any amounts received by Borrower shall be held in trust by Borrower for Bank, and, if requested by Bank, Borrower shall immediately deliver such receipts to Bank in the form received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit;

(d) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Security Interest which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(e) apply towards the discharge of the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(f) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or

 

35


any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Clause, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(g) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any control agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(h) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(i) exercise any rights and remedies available to Bank under the Security Document or applicable law.

9.2 Bank Expenses . Any Bank Expenses are immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate and be secured by the Collateral. No payments by Bank shall be deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.3 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of Collateral Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. The Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.4 Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided by law or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Bank and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it was given.

9.5 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

9.6 Withholding; Gross-up . All payments to be made by Borrower under this Agreement, whether in respect of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall (save insofar as required by law to the contrary) be paid in full without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of and without any deduction or withholding or payment for or on account of any Taxes that may be imposed in the United Kingdom or any other jurisdiction from which payment may be made by Borrower under this Agreement. If Borrower shall be required by law to effect any deduction or withholding or payment as aforesaid from or in connection with any payment made under this Agreement for the account of Bank then:

(a) Borrower shall promptly notify Bank upon becoming aware of the relevant requirements to deduct any such deduction or withholding or payment;

 

36


(b) Borrower shall ensure that such deduction or withholding or payment does not exceed the minimum legal liability therefor, shall remit the amount of such Tax to the appropriate Taxation authority and shall forthwith pay to Bank such additional amount as will result in the immediate receipt by Bank of the full amount which would otherwise have been receivable hereunder had no such deduction or withholding or payment been made; and

(c) Borrower shall not later than fifty (50) days after each deduction or withholding or payment of any Taxes forward to Bank documentary evidence reasonably required by Bank in respect of the payment of any such Taxes.

9.7 HM Revenue & Customs Double Taxation Treaty Passport Scheme .

(a) Bank holds a passport under the HM Revenue & Customs Double Taxation Treaty Passport scheme and Bank confirms that it wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement. Bank confirms that its scheme reference number is: 13/S/0299723/DTTP and its jurisdiction of tax residence is: USA.

(b) UK Borrower shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of Bank with HM Revenue & Customs within thirty (30) days of this Agreement and shall promptly thereafter provide Bank with a copy of that filing followed by a copy of the approval when received.

9.8 Power of Attorney . Borrower, as security for the discharge of the Obligations, hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any cheques or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Security Interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.9 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Clause 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

37


9.10 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realised as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgement, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser on any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.11 Borrower Liability . Either Borrower may, acting singly, request Credit Extensions hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting E Credit Extensions hereunder. Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Credit Extensions made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives any Credit Extension, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Credit Extensions. Each Borrower waives (a) any suretyship defences available to it under any other applicable law and (b) any right to require Bank to: (i) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy. Bank may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose or realise its security by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Bank under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Clause shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Clause, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or

 

38


facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Clause 10.

 

   If to Borrower:    Mimecast Services Limited
      6th Floor
      Citypoint
      One Ropemaker Street
      London EC2Y 9AW
      Attn: Peter Campbell
      Fax: +44 (0) 207 206 2026
   If to Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
      7th Floor, 41 Lothbury
      London EC2R 7HF
      Attn: Jim Watts
      Fax: +44 (0)207 600 9556

11 CHOICE OF LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a “ Dispute ”) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement). It is agreed that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no party will argue to the contrary.

This Clause 11 is for the benefit of Bank only. As a result Bank shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, Bank may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, US Borrower irrevocably appoints UK Borrower (at its registered address from time to time) as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English Courts in connection with any Loan Documents (and UK Borrower hereby confirms it accepts such appointment) and agrees that a failure by UK Borrower to notify US Borrower of any process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

39


12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or assign any rights or transfer any Obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion. Bank has the right, with prior written notice, but without the consent of the Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits under this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any related agreement.

12.2 Indemnification . Borrower hereby indemnifies, defends and holds Bank and its directors, officers, employees and agents harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses incurred, or paid by Bank from, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower (including legal and audit fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Right of Set Off . Borrower authorises Bank, at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, to apply (without prior notice) any credit balance (whether or not then due) to which Borrower is at any time beneficially entitled on any account at, any sum held to its order by and/or any liability or obligation (whether or not matured) of, any office of Bank in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due and payable by it to Bank under the Loan Documents and unpaid and, for that purpose, to convert one currency into another, provided that nothing in this Clause 12.3 shall be effective to create a charge. The Bank shall not be obliged to exercise any of its rights under this Clause 12.3, which shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, lien or other right (including the benefit of the Loan Documents) to which it is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).

12.4 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Integration . All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing signed by both Bank and Borrower. This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter, and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, are an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force while any Obligations remain outstanding. The obligation of the Borrower in Clause 12.2 to indemnify the Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

40


12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (i) to Bank’s subsidiaries or affiliates in connection with their business with Borrower; (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use reasonable efforts in obtaining such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (iii) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (iv) as required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; and (v) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under this Agreement. Confidential information does not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (b) is disclosed to the Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

12.10 Third Party Rights . A Person who is not a party to this Agreement has no rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

12.11 European Monetary Union . If the United Kingdom becomes a Participating Member State then during any period when two currencies or currency units may be recognized as the lawful currency or currencies units within the United Kingdom: (i) any reference in, any obligations arising under, any Loan Document to one such currency or currency unit may be converted into, or paid in, any other currency unit as is recognized as the lawful currency or currency unit in the United Kingdom; and (ii) any conversion from one such currency or currency unit shall be at the official rate of exchange or conversion rate established by legislation for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded in accordance with such legislation. If the United Kingdom becomes a Participating Member State this Agreement and the other Loan Document will be amended to the extent the Bank (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) determines is necessary to reflect the change in currency.

12.12 Headings . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s length contract.

12.15 Calculations and certificates . Any certification or determination by Bank of a rate or amount under this Agreement is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates. Each certificate or determination shall contain reasonable details of the basis of determination.

 

41


13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . In this Agreement:

Accounts ” are all present and future book debts, accounts, accounts receivable, contract rights, and other obligations owed to Borrower in connection with its sale or lease of goods (including licensing software and other technology) or provision of services, all credit insurance, guarantees, other security and all merchandise returned or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing, as such definition may be amended from time to time.

Account Debtor ” is any person who is obligated on an Account.

Adjusted Quick Ratio ” is the ratio of (a) Quick Assets to (b) Current Liabilities minus the current portion of Deferred Revenue.

Advance Rate ” is the product of (a) 250% of the Average Monthly Recurring Revenue multiplied by (b) the product of 100% less the Annualised Net Churn Percentage, provided that the Bank may, in its good faith business discretion, change the Advance Rate. Changes in the Advance Rate shall be calculated on each date the financial covenant in Clause 6.7 (a) is tested.

Affiliate ” is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreed Form ” means in relation to any document the form of that document specifically agreed by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Bank.

Annualised Net Churn Percentage ” is, from time to time, Borrower’s aggregate lost Annual Recurring Revenue for the trailing twelve (12) month period divided by Borrower’s aggregate Annual Recurring Revenue as of the end of the calendar month immediately preceding such trailing twelve (12) month period, expressed as a percentage.

Annual Recurring Revenue ” is the amount of Monthly Recurring Revenue that would be recognised in a twelve (12) month period.

Average Monthly Recurring Revenue ” is the product of the sum of the trailing three months’ Monthly Recurring Revenue amounts divided by three (3).

Australian Subsidiary ” means Mimecast Limited’s Subsidiary in Australia.

Availability Period ” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) 30 June 2012 and (b) an Event of Default.

 

42


Balfe Street Properties ” are Borrower’s properties in Balfe Street, London N1 as at the Effective Date.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses and costs or expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses properly incurred) for preparing, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower or any Guarantor.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Affiliates by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Base Rate ” is the most recent “Bank Rate” published by the Bank of England from time to time.

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Borrower Debenture ” is the debenture in the Agreed Form to be executed on or about the Effective Date by the UK Borrower in favour of the Bank, as amended and/or restated, supplemented, varied or novated from time to time.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition and all computer programs or discs or any equipment containing the information.

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, a day on which the Bank is closed in California, United States of America or a day on which leading banks are closed the City of London, England.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by HM Treasury or the United States or any agency or any State thereof, in each case, having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of issue; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five per cent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) to (c) inclusive of this definition.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies

 

43


with respect to, Bank’s Security Interest in respect any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is defined in Clause 4.

Compliance Certificate ” means the certificate in the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

‘‘ Copyrights ” are all copyright rights, applications or registrations and like protections in each work or authorship or derivative work, whether published or not (whether or not it is a trade secret) now or later existing, created, acquired or held.

Credit Extension ” is each Revolving Advance, Equipment Advance, Term Loan or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement.

Current Liabilities ” are all obligations and liabilities of Group to Bank plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Group’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.

Default Rate ” is defined in Clause 2.2(b).

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts invoiced or received, as appropriate, in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognised as revenue.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Eligible Equipment ” is the following to the extent it complies with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank, is acceptable to Bank in all respects, is located at one of the following locations: Telstra, 6 Greenwich View Place, Millharbour, London; Navisite 400 Minuteman Road Andover, Massachusetts, United States 01810; Savvis, A Century Link Company, One First Avenue, Waltham, Massachusetts, United States 02451; Savvis, 628-630 Ajax Avenue, Slough SL1 4DG; Iron Mountain, Boyers Data Centre, bunker 220 1137 Branchton Road; Boyers, Pennsylvania, United States 16020; Iron Mountain, Kansas City Data

 

44


Centre 6301 Winchester Avenue ste 817; Kansas City, Missouri, United States 64133; 2-8 Balfe Street, London N1 9EG; 10 Balfe Street, London N1 9EG, Citypoint, Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW or at such other location as Bank may, in its sole discretion, approve in writing from time to time, and (i) if located in the US is subject to a first priority Security Interest in favour of Bank and (ii) if located in England or Wales is subject to a first priority fixed charge in favour of Bank: (a) general purpose equipment computer equipment (including servers and routers), office equipment, test and laboratory equipment, furnishings, subject to the limitations set forth herein, and (b) Other Equipment.

Equipment Advance ” is defined in Clause 2.1.2.

Equipment Line ” is an Equipment Advance or Equipment Advances in an aggregate amount of up to the sum of One Million Six Hundred Eighty-four Thousand Eight Hundred Sixteen pounds Sterling and Seventy-four pence (£1,684,816.74) and One Million Six Hundred Thirty-one Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty-nine Dollars and Ninety-six cents ($1,631,829.96).

Equipment Line Early Termination Fee ” means an amount equal to three per cent. (3%) of the outstanding Equipment Advances if the prepayment is made on or before the first anniversary of the Initial Equipment Advance; two per cent. (2%) of the outstanding Equipment Advances if the prepayment is made on or after the first anniversary of the Initial Equipment Advance but before the second anniversary of the Initial Equipment Advance; and one per cent. (1%) of the outstanding Equipment Advances if the prepayment is made on or after the second anniversary of the Initial Equipment Advance but before the Equipment Maturity Date.

Equipment Maturity Date ” is, for each Equipment Advance, a date which falls forty-eight (48) months after the first Business Day of the month following the First Amendment and Restatement Date.

Euro ” and “ ” means the single currency of the Participating Member States.

Euro Credit Extension ” means any Credit Extension made in Euros.

Euro Revolving Advance ” means any Revolving Advance made in Euros.

Euro Base Rate ” is the most recent European Central Bank’s base rate of interest as published from time to time.

Eurozone ” means the economic and monetary union of the European Union member states that as at the date of this Agreement have adopted the euro as their sole common currency and sole legal tender in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Event of Default ” means any of the events set out in Clause 8.

Event of Loss ” is defined in Clause 2.1.2(c).

Exchange Rate Caused Revolving Line Overadvance Amount ” is defined in Clause 2.1.1 (c).

 

45


Excluded Leases ” means the Borrower’s leasehold interests in the following properties:

(a) the leasehold property known as First Floor, Unit B, Mill Green, Congleton, Cheshire CW12 1JG; and

(b) the leasehold property known as Part Third Floor, The Pinnacle, 20 Tudor Road, Reading RG1 1NH.

Financed Equipment ” is all present and future Eligible Equipment in which Borrower has any interest which is financed by an Equipment Advance.

First Amendment and Restatement Date ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorisation, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organisation.

Group ” is Mimecast Limited and its Subsidiaries.

Guarantee ” is (i) the guarantee in the Agreed Form to be granted on or about the Effective Date by Mimecast Limited in favour of the Bank, (ii) the guarantee in the Agreed Form to be granted on or about the Third Amendment and Restatement Date by Mimecast USD Limited in favour of the Bank and (iii) any other guarantee of the Obligations granted in favour of Bank from time to time, in each case as amended and/or restated, supplemented, varied or novated from time to time.

Guarantor ” is together or separately as the context may require, (i) Mimecast Limited, a company registered under the laws of England and Wales under company number 04698693 whose registered office is at 6th Floor, Citypoint, One Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW and (ii) Mimecast USD Limited, a company registered under the laws of England and Wales under company number 09102524 whose registered office is at 6th Floor, Citypoint, One Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW.

Guarantor Debenture ” is (i) the debenture in the Agreed Form to be executed on or about the Effective Date by Mimecast Limited in favour of the Bank, as amended and/or restated, supplemented, varied or novated from time to time and (ii) the debenture in the Agreed Form to be executed on or about the Third Amendment and Restatement Date by Mimecast USD Limited in favour of the Bank, as amended and/or restated, supplemented, varied or novated from time to time.

 

46


Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations and (d) Contingent Obligations of Borrower.

Indemnified Person ” is a person indemnified under or pursuant to Clause 12.2.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is defined in Clause 8.6.

Initial Equipment Advance ” means the first Equipment Advance.

Intellectual Property ” is means all of Borrower’s and Guarantor’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest, including merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products intended for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, of every kind and description now or later owned by or in the custody or possession, actual or constructive, of Borrower, including inventory temporarily out of its custody or possession or in transit and including returns on any accounts or other proceeds (including insurance proceeds) from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership of stocks, shares, bonds and securities (including any partnership interest) of any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Investor Support ” means it is the clear intention of Borrower’s investors to continue to fund the Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable.

 

47


Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Guarantee, any Bank Services Agreement, any loan, notes, or notes or guarantees executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, extended or restated.

Management ” means Peter Campbell, Peter Bauer, Neil Murray or any additional or replacement director(s) nominated by the board of directors of Borrower and/or Guarantor and notified to Bank, such replacement directors being individuals satisfactory to Bank (acting reasonably).

Material Adverse Change ” is: (i) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (ii) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; (iii) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the obligations; or (iv) Bank determines, based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgement, that there is a reasonable likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more financial covenants in Clause 6 during the succeeding financial reporting period.

Material Change of Control ” is any event, transaction or occurrence as a result of which: (a) Mimecast Limited ceases to own the entire issued equity capital of either Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates, or (b) after the Effective Date, there is a change in the power (whether directly or indirectly and whether by the ownership of equity or share capital (or otherwise), the possession of voting power, contract or otherwise) to appoint and/or remove the majority of the members of the governing body of Mimecast Limited or either Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower otherwise to control or have the power to control the affairs of Mimecast Limited or either Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower.

Monthly Recurring Revenue ” is the sum of Borrower’s monthly revenue attributable to subscription fees, monthly minimums, usage and account management or other related fees earned during the prior month pursuant to a binding, written agreement which has a minimum term of twelve (12) months and which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that (i) meet all of Borrower’s representations and warranties described in Clause 5.15 and (ii) are or may be due and owing from Account Debtors deemed acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion minus any discounts, credits, reserves for bad debt, customer adjustments, or other offsets; provided that Bank reserves the right at any time and from time to time to exclude and/or remove any Account, or portion thereof, from the definition of Monthly Recurring Revenue, in its reasonable discretion.

Obligations ” are all present and future monies, liabilities, obligations, debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owing by Borrower owes Bank, in each case whether actual or contingent and whether owing as principal or as surety or in any other capacity or of any nature including (without limitation) those arising under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Bank Services Agreement or otherwise howsoever and wherever arising, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin.

Other Equipment ” is leasehold improvements, intangible property such as transferable software and software licenses, non-recurring engineering expenses, equipment specifically

 

48


designed or manufactured for Borrower, other intangible property, limited use property and other similar property and soft costs approved by Bank, including taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses.

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Patents ” are patents, patent applications (whether pending or otherwise) and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/ Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Clause 5.2.

Permitted Equipment Movements ” means the relocation of Financed Equipment:

(a) from Crescent Street, Boston to the Navisite and Savvis data centres in the United States of America;

(b) from Citypoint, Ropemaker Street to the Telstra and Savvis data centres in the United Kingdom; and

(c) from the Telstra data centre in the United Kingdom to the Savvis data centre in the United Kingdom.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement or the Loan Documents;

(b) Subordinated Debt;

(c) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred and discharged in the ordinary course of business;

(d) any Indebtedness owing at any time amongst UK Borrower, Guarantor and US Borrower;

(e) any Indebtedness owing by Mimecast South Africa (Pty) Ltd from time to time to a Borrower or Guarantor;

(f) Indebtedness owing by UK Borrower to Mimecast Nordics AB provided that: (i) UK Borrower shall not make any payments in excess of an aggregate amount of Ten Thousand pounds Sterling (£10,000) under such Indebtedness at any time and (ii) such Indebtedness (in excess of an aggregate amount of Ten Thousand pounds Sterling (£10,000) shall be settled by way of an inter-company accounting adjustment at the time of the Reorganisation; and

 

49


(g) Indebtedness owing by Guarantor to: (i) Brandon Bekker under or pursuant to the terms of a consultancy agreement dated 15 January 2008 between Brandon Bekker and Guarantor; (ii) Dharshan Singh under or pursuant to the terms of a consultancy agreement dated 30 November 2007 between Dharshan Singh and Guarantor; and (iii) Barry Gill under or pursuant to the terms of a consultancy agreement dated 30 November 2007 between Barry Gill and Guarantor.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Third Amendment and Restatement Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) any Investments to which Bank has given its prior written consent; and

(d) Investments by Borrower in its Affiliates (other than Guarantor) including, without limitation, the Australian Subsidiary, not to exceed Five Million pounds Sterling (£5,000,000) at any time.

Permitted Security Interests ” are:

(a) Security Interests arising under this Agreement or other Loan Documents;

(b) Security Interests for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not overdue or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, if they have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(c) Purchase money Security Interests (i) on equipment (other than Financed Equipment) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the equipment securing no more than Five Thousand pounds Sterling (£5,000) (or its equivalent in any other currency) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on equipment (other than Financed Equipment) when acquired, if the Security Interest is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the equipment;

(d) Leases or subleases and non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses permit granting Bank a security interest;

(e) Security Interests incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Security Interests described in (a) to (c) (inclusive), but any extension, renewal or replacement Security Interest must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Security Interest and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(f) Security Interests in favour of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit accounts;

 

50


(g) Security Interests arising under or pursuant to the rent deposit deed dated 16 August 2010 between UK Borrower and Aviva International Insurance Limited provided that the amount secured by such rent deposit deed shall not at any time exceed £102,862.44 and any applicable VAT;

(h) Security Interests arising under or pursuant to a certain rent deposit deed dated 18 February 2008 between Mimecast Limited and Land & Equity Holdings Limited provided that the amount secured by such rent deposit deed shall not at any time exceed £78,642 and any applicable VAT;

(i) Security Interests arising under or pursuant to a certain rent deposit deed dated 9 June 2008 between Mimecast Limited and Land & Equity Holdings Limited provided that the amount secured by such rent deposit deed shall not at any time exceed £30,600 and any applicable VAT;

(j) Security Interests arising under or pursuant to a certain rent deposit deed dated 3 July 2009 between Mimecast Limited and Land & Equity Holdings Limited provided that the amount secured by such rent deposit deed shall not at any time exceed £30,000 and any applicable VAT; and

(k) Security Interests arising under or pursuant to the rent deposit deed dated 20 July 2012 between UK Borrower and Sands Service Company (No.2) provided that the amount secured by such rent deposit deed shall not at any time exceed £1,248,663 and any applicable VAT.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organisation, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is the rate of interest published in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal , Eastern Edition as the “United States Prime Rate,” even if such rate is not the lowest or best rate available, provided in the event that The Wall Street Journal , Eastern Edition is not published or such rate does not appear in The Wall Street Journal , Eastern Edition, the Prime Rate shall be determined by Bank until such time as the Prime Rate becomes available in accordance with past practices.

Quarterly Recurring Revenue ” the amount of Monthly Recurring Revenue that would be recognized in a trailing three (3) month period.

Quick Assets ” is, on any date, the sum of (i) Borrower’s unrestricted cash (other than any restriction in favour of Bank) and Cash Equivalents plus (ii) net billed accounts receivable.

Regulatory Change ” means, with respect to Bank, any change on or after the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of lenders including Bank, of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

 

51


Reorganisation ” is the winding-up, dissolution, strike-off or any other similar procedure in respect of the following entities:

(a) Mimecast Limited’s Middle East branch, Mimecast Middle East; and

(b) Mimecast Nordics AB.

Responsible Officer ” is each of the Chief Executive Officer, Managing Director, President and Chief Financial Officer of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Advance ” or “ Revolving Advances ” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

Revolving Line ” is a revolving line of credit in an aggregate amount not exceeding Ten Million pounds Sterling (£10,000,000).

Revolving Line Availability Amount ” is (calculated in pounds Sterling):

(a) Ten Million pounds Sterling (£ 10,000,000);

minus

(b) the outstanding principal balance of any Revolving Advances;

and during the continuance of the Term Loan Reserve Period, minus :

(c) The Term Loan Reserve Amount.

Revolving Line Early Termination Fee ” is defined in Clause 2.3(c)(i).

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is the date which falls 24 months from the Second Amendment and Restatement Date.

Ropemaker Street Properties ” is defined in Clause 6.6.

Second Amendment and Restatement Date ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Security Documents ” are defined in Clause 4.

Security Interest ” is a mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, assignment, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

 

52


Sterling ” and “ £ ” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

Sterling Credit Extension ” means any Credit Extension made in Sterling.

Sterling Equipment Advance ” means any Equipment Advance made in pounds Sterling.

Sterling Revolving Advance ” means any Revolving Advance made in Sterling.

Subordinated Debt ” is debt incurred by Borrower subordinated to Borrower’s debt to Bank (pursuant to a subordination agreement entered into between Bank, Borrower and the subordinated creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” means (i) a subsidiary as such term is defined in Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006, (ii) unless the context otherwise requires, a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of Section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006 and/or (c) as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.

SVB’s UK Branch ” is defined in Clause 6.9.

Taxes ” means any present or future taxes, levies, duties, imposts or other charges or withholdings of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same), and “ Tax ” and “ Taxation ” have a corresponding meaning.

Term Loan ” is a loan of the Tranche 1 Term Loan Amount and the Tranche 2 Term Loan Amount made by Bank pursuant to the terms of Clause 2.1.3.

Term Loan Prepayment Fee ” is defined in Clause 2.3(c)(iii).

Term Loan Reserve Amount ” means, from time to time, Five Million pounds Sterling (£5,000,000) less any amounts of the Tranche 2 Term Loan Amount that are repaid by Borrower to Bank under the terms of this Agreement.

Term Loan Reserve Period ” means the period commencing on the Second Amendment and Restatement date and continuing until Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to Bank that it has raised a minimum of Thirty Million United States Dollars ($30,000,000) of new equity.

Testing Period ” is defined in Clause 6.7(b).

 

53


Third Amendment and Restatement Date ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Total Liabilities ” are, on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Group’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, but excluding all Subordinated Debt.

Trademarks ” are trademark and service mark rights, registered or not, applications to register and registrations and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with the trademarks.

Tranche 1 Term Loan Amount ” is Three Million pounds Sterling (£3,000,000).

Tranche 1 Term Loan Maturity Date ” is a date which falls 48 months after the first Business Day of the month following the First Amendment and Restatement Date.

Tranche 2 Term Loan Amount ” is Five Million pounds Sterling (£5,000,000).

Tranche 2 Interest-Only Period ” is defined in Clause 2.1.3(b).

Tranche 2 Interest-Only Extension ” is defined in Clause 2.1.3(b).

Tranche 2 Term Loan Maturity Date ” is a date which falls 42 months or, if the Tranche 2 Interest-Only Extension applies, 48 months after the first Business Day of the month following the Second Amendment and Restatement Date.

Transaction Report ” is that certain report of transactions and collections in the form provided by Bank to Borrower including all schedules thereto as amended from time to time.

UK Borrower ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

UK Obligor ” means the UK Borrower and the Guarantor.

United States Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

United States Dollar Credit Extension ” means any Credit Extension made in United States Dollars.

United States Dollar Equipment Advance ” means any Equipment Advance made in United States Dollars.

United States Dollar Revolving Advance ” means any Revolving Advance made in United States Dollars.

Unused Facility Fee ” is defined in Clause 2.3(b).

US Borrower ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

54


US Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganisation, arrangement, or other relief.

US IP Security Agreement ” is that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of the Effective Date between US Borrower and Bank, as amended, modified, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time.

US Security Agreement ” is that certain Security Agreement dated as of the Effective Date between US Borrower and Bank, as amended, modified, restated, replaced, or supplemented from time to time.

[signature page follows]

 

55


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:
EXECUTED as a DEED by MIMECAST SERVICES      
LIMITED acting by a director in the presence of:      

 

        Signature of director
       
Signature of witness:  

 

     
Name (in BLOCK CAPITALS):      

 

     
Address:  

 

     

 

     

 

     
MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA; INC.      
By  

 

     
Name:        
Title:        
BANK:      
SILICON VALLEY BANK      
By  

 

     
Name:  

 

     
Title:  

 

     


EXHIBIT A

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 12 N OON L ONDON , UK T IME .

 

Fax To: +44 (0) 20 7600 9556

      Date:                    
LOAN PAYMENT :        
MIMECAST SERVICES LIMITED / MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA. INC.
From Account #                                                                                To Account #                                                      

(Deposit Account #)

     

(Loan Account #)

Principal f/$/€                                                                                      and/or Interest £/$/€                                          
Authorised Signature:                                                                   Phone Number:                                                    
Print Name/Title:                                                                                 
L OAN  A DVANCE :        
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
From Account #                                                                                To Account #                                                        

(Loan Account #)

     

(Deposit Account #)

Amount of Credit Extension f/$/€  

 

       
Date Credit Extension is to be made  

 

       
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the telephone transfer request for an advance, but those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date:
Authorised Signature:                                                                   Phone Number:                                                      
Print Name/Title:                                                                               

 

59


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:   SILICON VALLEY BANK   
FROM:   MIMECAST SERVICES LIMITED/MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of MIMECAST SERVICES LIMITED and MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                     with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Affiliates, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Clause 5.11 of the Agreement, and (5) no Security Interests have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Affiliates relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalised terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

       

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days       Yes No
Annual financial statement (Audited)    FYE within 180 days       Yes No
Board pack    Monthly within 30 days       Yes No
Board approved projections pack    Within 15 days of board approval       Yes No
Metrics and supporting calculations for: Annual Recurring Revenue, Monthly Recurring Revenue, Average Monthly Recurring Revenue, Quarterly Recurring Revenue and Annualised Net Churn Percentage    Monthly within 30 days       Yes No
Account debtor aging/account creditor aging/ and Deferred Revenue schedule    Monthly within 30 days       Yes No
The following Intellectual Property was registered after the Effective Date (if no registrations, state “None”)      


The following legal actions are pending (if none state “None”)
The following projections have been approved by the board within the last 30 days and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as at the date of this Certificate (if projections stated “None”)

 

Financial Covenant

  

Required

 

Actual

 

Complies

Recurring Revenue to Plan

   *from clause 6.7 (a)   £   Yes No

AQR

   *from clause 6.7 (b)   [    ]:1.00   Yes No

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                     

1 Adjusted Quick Ratio (Clause 6.7(b))

Required : 1.25 : 1.00 [1.50:1]

Actual:        : 1.00

 

A.

   Aggregate value of Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents maintained with Bank    £            

B.

   Aggregate value of Borrower’s net billed accounts    £            

C.

   Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B)    £            

D.

   Aggregate value of all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank    £            

E.

   Without duplication, aggregate amount of Group’s total liabilities on Borrower’s that mature within one (1) year    £            

F.

   Current Liabilities (the sum of lines D and E)    £            

G.

   Aggregate value of Deferred Revenue    £            

H.

   Line F minus line G    £            

I.

   Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line H)   


Is line I equal to or greater than 1.25:1.00 [1.50:1.00]?  
  ¨ No, not in compliance       ¨ Yes, in compliance
MIMECAST SERVICES LIMITED     BANK USE ONLY
      Received by:  

 

By:  

 

      AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Name:  

 

    Date:  

 

Title:  

 

     
      Verified:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
      Date:  

 

      Compliance Status: Yes No
MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC.     BANK USE ONLY
      Received by:  

 

By:  

 

      AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Name:  

 

    Date:  

 

Title:  

 

     
      Verified:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
      Date:  

 

      Compliance Status: Yes No

Exhibit 10.6

MIMECAST LTD.

2007 KEY EMPLOYEE SHARE OPTION PLAN

The 2007 Key Employee Share Option Plan (in effect as of September 3, 2007) has been approved by the board of Directors of the Company as of September 3, 2007.

 

1. Purpose of the Plan

The purpose of the 2007 Key Employee Share Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to encourage, retain and motivate key employees of Mimecast Ltd. registered in England under number 04698693 (“ Mimecast ” or the “ Company ”) and its subsidiaries through the granting of options (“ Options ”) to acquire Class B ordinary shares of Mimecast (the “ Shares ”) in order to secure for Mimecast the benefit of an incentive interest in share ownership by key employees.

 

2. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by Mimecast’s non-executive Directors (the “ Board ”) or a duly authorized committee, as the same may be constituted from time to time (the “ Committee ”). The Board or the Committee shall have full and complete latitude to interpret the Plan and to establish the rules and regulations applying to it and to make all other determinations it deems necessary or useful for the administration of the Plan, provided that such interpretations, rules, regulations and determinations are consistent with applicable financial services authority legislation and the rules and regulations of relevant securities regulators.

 

3. Shares Subject to the Plan

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Market Value ” of the Shares shall be their market value determined in accordance with the provisions of Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 disregarding any restrictions or risk of forfeiture attaching to them and as agreed with HM Revenue & Customs (“ HMRC ”) Shares Valuation.

The maximum Market Value of the Shares subject to unexercised Options granted under the Plan shall not exceed £3 million or such other amount as may from time to time be specified in paragraph 7 of Schedule 5 to the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (“ Schedule 5 ”).

For greater certainty, all of the Shares covered by Options that have expired, have vested, have been cancelled without being exercised or have been exercised shall be disregarded for the purposes of this Rule.

 

4. Granting of Options

The Board or the Committee may designate, from time to time, key employees of Mimecast and its subsidiaries to whom Options may be granted at the discretion of the Board or the Committee (an “ Optionee ” or “ Option Holder ”) and any performance conditions that the Board or the Committee may deem fit, may be

 

1


attached to these options, such performance conditions to be outlined in the relevant Option Agreements entered into in accordance with Rule 9 (“ Option Agreements ”), with reference to Rule 13.

The aggregate Market Value of Shares subject to unexercised Options granted to an Optionee (as defined herein below) under the Plan, together with the Market Value of Shares subject to Options granted to the Optionee under the Plan within the preceding three years (whether or not they have been exercised or released), shall not exceed £100,000 or such other amount as may from time to time be specified in paragraph 5 of Schedule 5.

 

5. Purchase price

The purchase price of the Shares in respect of which Options are granted shall be determined by the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, at the time that each Option is granted.

 

6. Option Vesting and Exercise Schedule

Save as provided otherwise in the Plan or in the relevant Option Agreement, Options granted pursuant to the Plan will vest as to 25% on the first anniversary of the date on which they were granted and as to a further 6.25% at the end of each subsequent period of three months commencing on that first anniversary. For clarification, if an option to purchase 100 shares was granted on 1 September 2007, it will vest as to 25 of those shares on 1 September 2008 and as to a further 6.25 shares on each of 1 December 2008, 1 March, 1 June, 1 September and 1 December 2009 and so on until it vests as to the final 6.25% on 1 September 2011. Save as otherwise provided in the Plan or in the relevant Option Agreement, Options will only become exercisable in the event of a “ Change in Control ” (as defined in Rule 10) or listing and will lapse on the tenth anniversary of their date of grant if they have not been exercised by that date.

Notwithstanding the above paragraph:

 

  a. In the event of a Change in Control by way of a trade sale of the Company, the unvested part of an Optionee’s outstanding Options shall vest as to 75% and the remaining 25% of unvested options shall immediately lapse unless and to the extent the Board determines that the circumstances justify the exercise of a greater proportion.

 

  b. Subject to Schedule A, if there is a Change of Control by way of a trade sale, then unless and to the extent the Board determines that the circumstances justify the vesting of a greater proportion, any unexercised Options shall be exercisable to the extent they have then vested and to the extent any applicable performance conditions have then been satisfied and may be exercised in accordance with one of the following sub-rules of this Rule as the Board may determine and which need not be the same in the case of all Optionholders:

 

  1. on the same day as, and immediately prior to, the change of Control becoming effective;

 

2


  2. if the person making the offer (the ‘Acquirer’) so requests or makes it a condition of the offer that one or more Optionholders is locked-in and the Board agrees to such request or requirement, a period of twelve months commencing no later than the date on which the Acquirer obtains Control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer was made has been satisfied; or

 

  3. in the absence of any such request or requirement by the Acquirer, or if the Board does not agree to any such request or requirement, within six months or such longer period as the Board may in its discretion decide following the day on which the Acquirer obtains Control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer was made has been satisfied, but in any case, no longer than twelve months.

Unexercised Options will lapse if they have not been exercised within the relevant period specified in accordance with Rule 6 b.

 

  c. In the event of the listing of the Company’s shares on a recognised investment exchange, 100% of an Optionee’s outstanding Options that have not yet vested shall automatically and irrevocably vest. Unless the Board determines that the circumstances justify the exercise of a greater proportion, the Options will become exercisable as follows: as to 25% immediately upon the listing; as to a further 50% 12 months subsequent to the date of the listing and as to the remaining 25% 24 months subsequent to the date of the listing.

 

  d. The Board or the Committee may elect to change the vesting schedule set out in the first paragraph of this Rule if the circumstances so justify provided that no alteration is to the disadvantage of Optionees.

 

  e. Notwithstanding Rule 8 and the termination of the Option Holders employment, any options vested at the time of a Change in Control shall immediately become exercisable for such period as the Board shall determine if the Board in its absolute discretion and acting fairly and reasonably determines that the termination is directly related to that Change in Control and the exercisability of the Option is justified in the relevant circumstances.

 

7. Method of Exercise

The Options may be exercised by the Optionee, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the relevant Option Agreement, in whole or in part, from time to time, by delivery of notice of such exercise to the Company at its principal office in London, England marked to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to the Secretary in the form attached hereto as Schedule “B” and by tendering the payment therefor in cash, by form of payment acceptable to the Company. The notice must specify the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is then being exercised and the Exercise Price thereof. The Option shall be deemed for all purposes to have been exercised to the extent stated in such notice upon delivery of the notice and tender of payment in full notwithstanding any delay in the issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Shares so purchased.

 

3


If the Company or any company within the same group as the Company by which an Optionee is employed is liable to account for tax or social security contributions (in any jurisdiction) for which an Optionee is liable by virtue of the exercise of the Option it, any other group company or any other entity may:

 

  a. withhold the appropriate amount of tax or social security from the Optionee’s remuneration; or

 

  b. make such other arrangements as it considers necessary (including the sale of Shares on behalf of the Optionee) to finance the amounts due,

unless the Optionee discharges the liability himself at the date of exercise.

 

8. Lapse of Options

Except as provided in this Plan or in the relevant Option Agreement, any Option granted pursuant to the Plan and whether vested or not at the time of termination of an Optionee’s employment for any reason other than death or disability shall lapse on a date which is the earlier of:

 

  a. the date on which such Option would otherwise expire;

 

  b. the date on which the relevant Optionee ceases to be an employee of Mimecast or of one of its subsidiaries (as defined in section 736 of the Companies Act 1985); or

 

  c. such other date as determined by the Board which date shall not be more than thirty (30) days after the date on which the holder thereof ceases to be an employee of Mimecast or one of its subsidiaries

In the event of death or disability of the Option Holder, any Option held and vested at the time of the death or cessation of employment due to disability, as the case may be, shall lapse on a date which is the earlier of the date on which such Option would otherwise expire or twelve (12) months after the date of such death or cessation. Any Option granted pursuant to the Plan but not vested at the time of death or cessation of employment due to disability shall lapse forthwith unless and to the extent the Board determines that it should vest.

For the purposes of this Rule the date of cessation of an Optionee’s employment shall be the date notice is given by or to the Optionee unless the Board determines a later date not being later than the contractual expiry date.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, the Board or the Committee may in their discretion, if they consider that the circumstances so justify, allow an Option to remain exercisable after termination of the Optionee’s employment regardless of the reason for that termination for such period as they shall determine provided that the Option shall not be capable of exercise after the tenth anniversary of its Date of Grant.

Notwithstanding the above provisions on termination of an Option Holder’s employment, the Board or the Committee may elect to allow the Option Holder to exercise all or a part of the options held (both vested and unvested), regardless of whether a Change in Control has occurred.

 

4


Any Option which has not been exercised by the tenth anniversary of its Date of Grant shall lapse on that anniversary.

 

9. Option Agreements

Upon the granting of Options pursuant to the Plan, Mimecast shall enter into an Option Agreement with the holder thereof. The Option Agreement shall set forth the basic conditions of the Plan and shall specify:

 

  a. the date on which it was granted;

 

  b. that the Option is granted under the provisions of Schedule 5;

 

  c. the number, or maximum number, of Shares that may be acquired;

 

  d. the purchase price payable for each Share subject to the Option or the method by which that price is to be determined;

 

  e. when and how the Option may be exercised;

 

  f. any performance and vesting conditions imposed in accordance with Rule 4; and

 

  g. if the Shares are restricted shares as defined in paragraph 37(5) of Schedule 5, details of the applicable restrictions.

 

10. Change of Control

For the purpose hereof, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

  a. any person, together with all persons acting jointly or in concert with such person, who, immediately prior to the date of the acquisition, beneficially held less than 50% of any class of the outstanding shares of the Company having the power to vote for the election of Directors of the Company, acquires any class of the outstanding shares of the Company having the power to vote for the election of the Directors of the Company in one or more transaction or series of transaction and after such transaction or transactions such person or person beneficially own(s) 50% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of the Company having the power to vote for the election of the Directors of the Company;

 

  b. there is consummated a sale or other disposition of assets of the Company representing 50% or more of the book value of all assets of the Company as at the date of the last audited financial statements of the Company as well as the rights to the intellectual property in the Company; or

 

  c. the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for the purposes of this Plan, a Change of Control has occurred.

 

11. Non-Transferability

Options granted pursuant to the Plan may not be transferred, assigned or pledged by the holder thereof.

 

12. Adjustments

In the event of the capitalisation, rights issue, subdivision, consolidation, reclassification or other change to the share capital of the Company:

 

  a. the number of Shares comprised in an Option;

 

5


  b. their Exercise Price; and

 

  c. where an Option has been exercised pursuant to the provisions of these Rules but no Shares have been allotted or transferred in satisfaction of such exercise, the number of Shares to be so allotted or transferred and their purchase price shall be varied in such manner as the Board shall determine and (save in the event of a capitalisation) the Company’s auditors shall confirm in writing to be fair and reasonable.

 

13. Final Provisions

Mimecast’s obligation to grant Options or to issue Shares under the terms of the Plan is subject to applicable laws and regulations in respect of the issuance or distribution of securities and the rules of the Financial Services Authority of the United Kingdom. Each Optionee shall agree to comply with such laws, regulations and rules and to provide Mimecast any information or undertaking required to comply with such laws regulations and rules.

The participation in the Plan of an employee of Mimecast or any of its subsidiaries shall be entirely optional and shall not be interpreted as conferring upon an Optionee any right or privilege whatsoever except for the rights and privileges set out expressly in the Plan and in the relevant Option Agreement. Neither the Plan nor any act that is done under the terms of the Plan shall be interpreted as restricting the right of Mimecast or any of its subsidiaries to terminate the employment of an employee at any time. Any notice of dismissal given to an employee at the time his or her employment is terminated, or any payment in the place and stead of such notice, or any combination of the two, shall not have the effect of extending the duration of the employment for purposes of the Plan. No Option Holder is entitled to damages for the loss of options on cessation of employment for any reason whatsoever.

The Plan does not provide for any guarantee in respect of any loss or profit which may result from fluctuations in the price of the Shares.

Mimecast and its subsidiaries shall assume no responsibility as regards the tax consequences that participation in the Plan will have for an employee or director of Mimecast or any of its subsidiaries, and such persons are responsible for payment of all taxes incurred in relation to the exercise of Options and urged to consult their own tax advisors in that regard.

In order for an employee to be eligible under the Plan, he must meet the committed working time requirement for eligibility under an EMI option plan in paragraphs 26 and 27 of Schedule 5, which is a minimum of 25 hours per week or, if less, 75% of an employee’s working time (including both time spent in employment and self-employment) and said employee must not have a material interest (as defined in paragraph 28 of Schedule 5) in the Company.

All options granted under the plan must be supported by a duly executed individual Option Agreement in accordance with Rule 9 signed by both the Optionee and the Company. Such grant must be notified to HMRC no more than 92 days after the date of grant.

 

6


The Plan may be amended in any respect by the Board provided that:

 

  a. no amendment shall have effect if it would cause the Plan to cease to satisfy the provisions of Schedule 5; and

 

  b. no alteration may operate to vary adversely the terms of Options granted prior to the alteration without the consent of such number of Optionholders as hold Options over not less than 75% of the Shares which would be issued or transferred if all outstanding Options were exercised.

Notwithstanding the above, if HMRC raise a notice of enquiry pursuant to paragraph 46 of Schedule 5 and conclude that the requirements of Schedule 5 have not been met in relation to the Plan and/or any Option Agreement (as the case may be) the Board may alter the Rules of the Plan or the relevant Option Agreement as may be necessary to ensure that the requirements of Schedule 5 have been met.

Written notice of any amendment to this Plan shall be given to all Optionholders affected thereby.

The Plan and any Option granted under the terms of the Plan shall be governed and interpreted according to English law.

 

7


SCHEDULE “A”

ROLLOVER OF OPTIONS

 

A. Conditions for rollover

If any company (the “ Acquiring Company ”) obtains Control of the Company or becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company, the Optionholder may, if the Acquiring Company so agrees, be invited to release any Option he holds in consideration for the grant of a New Option to the extent that his Subsisting Option is not an EMI Option, or a New EMI Option to the extent that his Subsisting Option is an EMI Option.

 

B. Grant of New EMI Options

A New EMI Option may only be granted if:

 

  1. the New EMI Option shall consist of rights which are “equivalent”, for the purposes of paragraph 41 of Schedule 5, to the rights contained in the Subsisting Option but which relate to shares in the Acquiring Company; and

 

  2. the requirements of paragraphs 42 and 43 of Schedule 5 would be met in relation to the New EMI Option.

 

C. Lapse of Options not rolled-over

If the Option Holder does not agree to release his Subsisting Option for the grant of a New EMI Option or a New Option (as the case may be) following an invitation made pursuant to the conditions above, his Subsisting Option shall lapse on the expiry of the period within which the Option Holder could have accepted such invitation.

 

D. General

A New Option or a New EMI Option issued in consideration of the release of a Subsisting Option shall be evidenced by a certificate issued by the Acquiring Company which shall import the relevant provisions of these Rules and, in the case of a New EMI Option, Schedule 5.

A New Option or a New EMI Option shall, for all other purposes of this Plan, be treated as having been acquired at the same time as the corresponding released Subsisting Option although the requirements of paragraph 44 of Schedule 5 ( Notification of option to HMRC ) must be satisfied in respect of a New EMI Option).

If there is a Change of Control and the Option Holder is offered a New Option which is equivalent to the Old Option, the Board may determine that:

 

  1 the Old Option shall not become exercisable in accordance with Rule 6 and shall lapse if and to the extent the Option Holder does not accept the offer of the New Option within one month of the offer date; or

 

8


  2 the Option Holder may choose whether or not to accept the offer of the New Option and if and to the extent he does not accept the Offer the Old Option shall be exercisable in accordance with whichever is applicable of Rule 6.

 

9


SCHEDULE “B”

2007 KEY EMPLOYEE SHARE OPTION PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

(Date)

Mimecast Limited

2-8 Balfe Street

London

N1 9EG

Attention of the Chief Executive Officer/Secretary

I, the undersigned,                 , hereby subscribe for                     Class B shares of Mimecast Limited (the “Company”), granted at an exercise price of                     under the terms of the Share Option Agreement between the undersigned and the Company in accordance with the terms of the 2007 Key Employee Share Option Plan, and I enclose herewith my certified cheque (or money order) made payable to the order of Mimecast Limited in the amount of                     pounds sterling in payment of the said subscription.

 

 

    (Signature)

 

    (Name)

 

 

    (Full Address)

 

    (Telephone)

 

10


MIMECAST LTD.

2007 KEY EMPLOYEE SHARE OPTION SCHEME

SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is dated the [    ] day of [                    ].

BETWEEN:

MIMECAST LTD.

A corporation incorporated under the laws of England

(the “Corporation”)

-And-

[                    ] (the “Optionee”)

THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the covenants and agreements herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

  1. The Optionee is hereby entitled to participate in the Corporation’s 2007 Key Employee Share Option Scheme (the “Plan”; a copy of which is attached), subject to terms and conditions of the Plan and of this Agreement and subject to return to the Corporation by the Optionee of a fully executed copy of this Agreement within 30 days of the effective date thereof.

 

  2. The term and conditions of the Plan are hereby deemed to be incorporated herein. All capitalized terms, other than as defined herein, shall have the respective meanings as set out in the Plan and references to “Rules” are references to the Plan Rules.

 

  3. The Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee an option (the “Option”) to purchase [            ] shares of the Corporation at a price of £[            ] per Share (the “Option”).

 

  4. For the purposes of the Plan, with the exception of the vesting provisions in Rule 6, the date of grant of this Option shall be the date on which this Option Agreement is executed by the Corporation.

 

  5. The Option shall vest as follows:

 

  a. As to 25% on [            ];

 

  b. As to a further 6.25% at the end of each period of three months commencing on [            ] so that (subject to the provisions of the Plan) it is fully vested on [            ].

The Option will be exercisable in accordance with paragraphs a., b., c., d. or e. of Rule 6.

 

  6. The Option shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (GMT) on [            ] (“Expiry Date”), subject to earlier termination as set out in the Plan.

 

  7. The Option may be exercised only on a liquidity event as listed in the Plan or as otherwise provided in the Plan.

 

  8.

The Corporation’s obligation to issue Shares pursuant to the exercise of this Option is subject to receipt of payment in full of the purchase


  price for the Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and compliance with the Plan and all applicable laws, rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction with respect to the issuance and distribution of the Shares.

 

  9. Upon grant and exercise of this Option, the Optionee agrees to comply with the Plan and with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction, including without limitation, the rules and regulations applicable if the Optionee elects to resell any of the Shares.

 

  10. In order to exercise an Option under this Agreement, the Optionee shall provide written notice to the Corporation setting out the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, together with payment in full for such Shares at the price per share stated in paragraph 3, to the principal office in London of the Corporation, attention: Chief Executive Officer.

 

  11. In order to sell shares that have been purchased under this plan, the Optionee shall provide written notice to the Corporation setting out the number of Shares in respect of which the Optionee is desirous of selling. Said shares must first be offered to the Corporation for purchase in advance of selling to third parties. In the event the Corporation does not wish to purchase the shares, the Optionee must obtain approval from the Corporation with respect to the purchaser, such approval, not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

  12. Options granted under the Plan are granted under the provisions of Schedule 5 to the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003. This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Corporation. Neither this Agreement nor the Option is assignable by the Optionee as provided in Section 12 of the plan.

This agreement shall be governed by and interpreted according to English law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this agreement as a deed as of the date first above written.

 

EXECUTED as a deed by    )      
MIMECAST LIMITED    )      
   Director:      
   Director/Secretary:      
On         

 

     
EXECUTED as a deed by    )      
)         
On         

 

     

Exhibit 10.7

DATED

 

 

RULES OF

THE MIMECAST LIMITED 2010 EMI SHARE OPTION SCHEME

(approved by the Board on 23 March 2010)

(amended by the Board on 28 April 2015)

 

 

 

LOGO

Berlin, Brussels, Cambridge, Dubai, Düsseldorf, Frankfurt, Hamburg, London, Munich, Paris.

Representative offices: Alicante, Beijing, Shanghai. Associated office: Warsaw


Index

 

Clause No.    Page No.  
1.   Interpretation and Construction      3   
2.   Statement of Purpose      7   
3.   Grant of Options      7   
4.   Notice of Grant      8   
5.   EMI Options: Limit for individual Eligible Employee      9   
6.   Overall limits for Company on the Grant of Options      9   
7.   Ordinary Share Capital      9   
8.   Non-Transferable      9   
9.   Rights to Exercise Options      10   
10.   Exercise of Options      11   
11.   Lapse of Options      12   
12.   Takeover, Reconstruction, Liquidation and Sale of the Business      13   
13.   Replacement Options      15   
14.   Loss of Office or Employment      17   
15.   Adjustments      18   
16.   General      18   
17.   Overseas Employees      20   
18.   Supplementary Provisions      20   
SCHEDULE 1      21   
SCHEDULE 2      24   
SCHEDULE 3      25   
SCHEDULE 4      26   

 

2


1. Interpretation and Construction

 

1.1 Definitions

In the Rules, unless the context requires otherwise, the following words and expressions are defined or otherwise explained by the provisions indicated:

 

Acquiring Company

any company which has obtained Control of the Company in accordance with any of the provisions of Rule 12;

 

Adoption Date

the date on which the Rules are adopted by the Directors;

 

Bad Leaver

any director or employee of any Group Company who ceases to be a director or employee without becoming a director or employee of any other Group Company and is not a Good Leaver;

 

Committed Time

the meaning given by paragraph 26 of Schedule 5;

 

Companies Act

the Companies Act 2006;

 

Company

Mimecast Limited (registered number 04698693) whose registered address is at 2-8 Balfe Street, London, N1 9EG;

 

Control

the meaning given by section 995 of the Tax Act;

 

Date of Grant

the date on which an Option is granted to an Employee;

 

Directors

the board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee thereof;

 

Disqualifying Event

the meaning given by Sections 534 to 536 of ITEPA;

 

Eligible Employee

any person who is an employee of the Company or any Qualifying Subsidiary PROVIDED THAT where an Option is intended to be an EMI Option the Employee is an individual;

 

  (a) whose Committed Time amounts to at least 25 hours a week, or if less, 75% of his Working Time; and

 

  (b) who does not have a Material Interest in any Group Company;

 

“EMI”

Enterprise Management Incentive;

 

EMI Option

any right to acquire Shares:

 

  (a) in relation to which the requirements of Schedule 5 are met at the Date of Grant; and

 

3


  (b) of which Notice of Grant is given to HM Revenue & Customs in accordance with paragraph 44 of Schedule 5;

 

  and, where the circumstances permit, a Replacement Option in relation to that EMI Option;

 

Employee

any individual who is an employee of a Group Company;

 

Employer Company

the company by reference to which the Option Holder is an Eligible Employee or Employee;

 

Employer’s NICs

secondary Class 1 national insurance contributions;

 

Exercise Conditions

any performance conditions set by the Directors under rule 3.4;

 

Exercise Period

the period during which an Option may be exercised, which in any event shall terminate no later than the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

Good Leaver

any director or any employee of any Group Company who ceases to be a director or employee without becoming a director or employee of any other Group Company by reason of injury or disability or in any other circumstance where the Directors, in their absolute discretion, determine the director or employee to be a Good Leaver;

 

Group and “Group Company

“group”, in relation to a Parent Company, means that company and its Subsidiaries and “Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

 

Independence Requirement”

the meaning given by paragraph 9 of Schedule 5;

 

ITEPA

the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

Market Value

shall be determined in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;

 

Material Interest

the meaning given by paragraph 29 of Schedule 5;

 

Notice of Exercise

a notice of exercise in accordance with the form set out in Schedule 2 of the Rules or such other form as may be prescribed or required by the Directors from time to time;

 

Notice of Grant

the notice of grant of the EMI Option issued by the Employer Company to HM Revenue & Customs in accordance with Rule 4.1;

 

Option

a right to acquire Shares which shall include an EMI Option or an Unapproved Option;

 

4


Option Agreement

an agreement between the Company and an Eligible Employee (or the Company and an Employee) which shall evidence the grant of the Option, which shall be in accordance with the Rules of the Scheme and which shall be in such form as may be prescribed by the Directors;

 

Option Holder

an Eligible Employee who has been granted an EMI Option or an Employee who has been granted an Unapproved Option (or his legal personal representatives where the circumstances permit);

 

Option Price

the price per Share determined by the Directors which shall not be less than the Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and, in the case of an Option which is a right to subscribe for Shares, not less than the nominal value of a Share;

 

Ordinary Share Capital

the meaning given by section 989 of the Tax Act;

 

Parent Company

a company that has one or more Subsidiaries;

 

Personal Representatives

in relation to an Option Holder, the Option Holder’s legal personal representatives (being either the executors of his will to whom a valid grant of probate has been made or the duly appointed administrators of his estate) who in either case have provided the Directors with satisfactory evidence of their appointment;

 

Qualifying Exchange

an exchange of Shares in accordance with Rule 13.3;

 

“Qualifying Subsidiary”

the meaning given by paragraph 11 of Schedule 5 to ITEPA;

 

Relevant Company

the company (being either the Company or any Group Company) which incurs a Tax Liability as set out in Rule 10.4;

 

Replacement Option

an Option granted in accordance with Rule 13;

 

Restrictions

any condition attaching to the Shares which makes the interest in the Shares restricted within the meaning of Chapter 2 of Part VII of ITEPA;

 

Rules

these rules together with any schedules or appendices to these rules;

 

Sale of the Business

any transfer (whether through a single transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets or undertaking of the Group (including goodwill) to any person (or persons connected with each other or act in concert with each other);

 

Scheme

this scheme as governed by the Rules;

 

Scheme of Reconstruction

the meaning given by Rule 12.3;

 

5


Section 431 Election

means an election in accordance with Section 431 of ITEPA being in the form as set out in Schedule 4 to this Scheme or in such other form as HM Revenue & Customs may determine from time to time;

 

Share

Ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company (and in the context of an EMI Option, which satisfies the requirements of paragraph 35 of Schedule 5);

 

Schedule 5

Schedule 5 to ITEPA;

 

“Subsidiary”

means any body corporate which is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

Tax Liability

a liability to account for any employee’s tax, national insurance, social security or other levies in respect of the Option (including Employer’s NICs or equivalent employer’s social security contributions) (whether by reason of grant, exercise, or otherwise or by reason of a Disqualifying Event in relation to EMI Options only), including for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation any liability arising after the termination of the Option Holder’s employment for whatever reason and which:

 

  (a) may arise or be incurred in any jurisdiction whatsoever and,

 

  (b) by the law of the same jurisdiction may or shall be recovered from the person entitled to the Option;

 

Tax Act

the Income Tax Act 2007;

 

Trading Activities Requirement

the meaning given by paragraph 13 to 14 of Schedule 5;

 

Unapproved Options

any right to acquire Shares granted pursuant to this Scheme which does not satisfy the requirements of Schedule 5;

 

Unvested

such number or the proportion of the Shares subject to an Option that are not Vested;

 

Vested

such number or the proportion of the Shares subject to an Option that shall become vested according to the Vesting Schedule and “Vest” shall be construed accordingly;

 

Vesting Schedule

unless otherwise specified in the schedule in the Option Holder’s Option Agreement the Vesting Schedule shall be as follows:

 

 

25% of the Options shall be vested on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant and thereafter 6.25% of the Options shall vest at the expiry of 3 months from

 

6


 

such anniversary and at the expiry of every subsequent 3 months period until the Options are fully vested on the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

Working Time

the meaning given by paragraph 27 of Schedule 5;

 

Year

a financial year of the Company.

 

1.2 Construction

Words or expressions used herein shall where appropriate:

 

  (a) when denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and vice-versa;

 

  (b) when denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (c) when referring to any enactment be construed as a reference to that enactment as for the time being consolidated, amended, re-enacted or replaced and shall include any regulations made thereunder;

 

  (d) when a period of time is specified and starts from a given day or the day of an act or event, be calculated exclusive of that day; and

 

  (e) be construed such that the headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference only, and do not affect the interpretation of any Rule;

 

  (f) be construed where not otherwise defined in the Rules to have the same meanings as in Schedule 5.

 

2. Statement of Purpose

EMI Options granted at any time pursuant to the Rules are granted for commercial reasons in order to recruit or retain an Eligible Employee and not as part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is the avoidance of tax.

 

3. Grant of Options

 

3.1 General

 

  (a) Subject to the Rules, the Company may, at any time, grant

 

  (i) any Eligible Employee an EMI Option; or

 

  (ii) any Employee an Unapproved Option

over such number of Shares at such Option Price and with such conditions of exercise as the Company may determine.

 

  (b) An EMI Option shall be granted in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 5.

 

  (c) EMI Options shall only be granted to individuals who are Eligible Employees.

 

7


  (d) Unapproved Options shall only be granted to individuals who are Employees.

 

  (e) An Option shall not be granted by any person other than the Company without the prior approval of the Directors.

 

3.2 Contents of Option Agreement

The Option shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Option Holder, and shall state:

 

  (a) the Date of Grant;

 

  (b) that the EMI Option is granted under the provisions of Schedule 5;

 

  (c) the number or maximum number of Shares over which the Option is granted;

 

  (d) the Option Price, or the method by which the Option Price is to be determined;

 

  (e) the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) the Exercise Period and;

 

  (g) details of any Restrictions attaching to the Shares and, if so, shall contain details of such Restrictions.

 

3.3 The Option Agreement for an Unapproved Option shall be in the same form as Rule 3.2 apart from Rule 3.2(b) and (g) which shall not apply.

 

3.4 The Directors may at the Date of Grant impose such performance condition or performance conditions to be satisfied upon the exercise of an Option. Such performance conditions:

 

  (a) must be objective and stated in writing at the Date of Grant;

 

  (b) may not be waived, varied or amended by the Directors unless in accordance with the terms of such conditions or, where any waiver, variation or amendment is at the discretion of the Directors, it shall only be exercised in a manner which the Directors have determined to be fair and reasonable and, if events happen which cause the Directors, acting fairly and reasonably, to consider that the waived, varied or amended condition would be appropriate and would result in the waived, varied or amended condition being no easier and no more difficult to satisfy than the condition as it existed immediately prior to such waiver, variation or amendment.

 

4. Notice of Grant

 

4.1 On the grant of an EMI Option, a Notice of Grant shall be given by the Employer Company to HM Revenue & Customs within 92 days of the Date of Grant (or such further or other period as HM Revenue & Customs or statute may allow, permit or require) and shall:

 

  (a) be in the form set out in Schedule 3 of the Rules or in such form as required by HM Revenue & Customs from time to time;

 

  (b) contain a declaration by the Option Holder that he satisfies the Working Time requirement;

 

8


  (c) contain a declaration by a director or the secretary of the Employer Company that:

 

  (i) in his opinion the requirements of Schedule 5 are met; and

 

  (ii) the information provided is to the best of his knowledge correct and complete.

 

4.2 On the grant of an Unapproved Option a Notice of Grant shall not be required.

 

5. EMI Options: Limit for individual Eligible Employee

 

5.1 The number of Shares over which an EMI Option may be granted to any one Eligible Employee shall be limited and take effect so that the total value of Shares (as determined by paragraphs 5(6) to (8) of Schedule 5) subject to unexercised EMI Options granted to that Eligible Employee by the Company or any other Group Company does not exceed £1 less than £120,000 (or such other limit as may apply from time to time in paragraph 5 of Schedule 5), SAVE WHERE an EMI Option is granted under the provisions of Part 6 (Company Reorganisation) of Schedule 5.

 

5.2 Provided that if an EMI Option exceeds the limit in Rule 5.1 the Option shall be treated as two Options, one shall be an EMI Option as to the number of Shares to the value of £1 less than the limit in Rule 5.1 and the other Option relating to the excess shall be an Unapproved Option.

 

6. Overall limits for Company on the Grant of Options

 

6.1 Subject to such adjustments as may be made in accordance with Rule 15, no Option shall be granted on any Date of Grant if as a result the total value of Shares of the Company (as determined by paragraphs 5(6) to (8) of Schedule 5) in respect of which unexercised EMI Options exist would exceed £3 million or such other limit as may apply from time to time in paragraph 7 of Schedule 5.

 

6.2 For the purpose of the limit contained in Rule 6.1 above, any Option or right which has been released, cancelled or lapsed without being exercised shall be ignored.

 

6.3 If following the purported grant of an EMI Option the limit in Rule 6.1 would be exceeded such an Option shall not be an EMI Option insofar as it relates to the excess.

 

7. Ordinary Share Capital

 

7.1 Availability of authorised capital and Shares

The Company shall at all times keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Shares to satisfy the exercise to the full extent still possible of all Options which have neither lapsed nor been fully exercised taking account of any other obligations of the Company to provide shares of the same class as Shares.

 

8. Non-Transferable

Save as provided in Rule 9.4, no Option nor any right thereunder shall be capable of being transferred, assigned or charged in any manner whatsoever. Upon any such purported transfer, assignment, or charge the Option shall immediately lapse and cease to be exercisable.

 

9


9. Rights to Exercise Options

 

9.1 General

Subject to rules 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5 and 12 below an Option:

 

  (a) shall not be exercisable before it has Vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule; and

 

  (b) shall not be exercisable until an exit event set out in rule 12, subject to the provisions of the Option Agreement and subject to the provisions in rule 12.3;

 

  (c) shall not be exercisable unless the Exercise Conditions (if any) (as waived, varied or amended) have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Directors; and

 

  (d) shall not be exercised later than the day before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

9.2 Termination of Employment

If the Option Holder is a Bad Leaver, the Option, whether Vested and unexercised or Unvested shall lapse immediately on the date upon which the Option Holder ceases to hold employment or office within the Group, or in the case of gross misconduct, on the date of occurrence of such misconduct.

 

9.3 Good Leaver

If the Option Holder is a Good Leaver:

 

  (a) the Option shall be exercisable to the extent Vested as at the date of ceasing employment within 39 days of ceasing employment (provided that the Directors shall have the discretion to waive the Exercise Conditions (if any) relating to such Option);

 

  (b) the Option to the extent Unvested shall lapse immediately on the date upon which the Option Holder ceases employment, unless the Directors in their discretion determine before cessation that the Unvested Option may be exercised within 39 days of ceasing employment.

 

9.4 Death of the Option Holder

If an Option Holder dies, the Option shall be exercisable to the extent Vested as at the date of the Option Holder’s death by the Personal Representatives, provided that the Option shall only be exercisable within 12 months of the Option Holder’s death (and provided that the Directors shall have the discretion to waive the Exercise Conditions (if any) relating to such Option). To the extent that the Option is Unvested the Option shall lapse on the date of the Option Holder’s death.

 

9.5 Admission to Main Market of London Stock Exchange or AIM

If the Company’s shares are admitted to listing on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange, AIM or any other securities exchange, the Option shall Vest in full immediately after the admission date (notwithstanding that part of the Option may be Unvested). The Option will be exercisable (subject to the discretion of the Board to permit an earlier exercise) as follows:

 

  (a) 25% immediately following the admission date;

 

10


  (b) a further 50% on the first anniversary of the admission date;

 

  (c) a further 25% on the second anniversary of the admission date.

 

10. Exercise of Options

 

10.1 Procedure on exercise

An Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, by the delivery to the secretary of the Company of the following:

 

  (a) an Option Agreement covering all of the Shares over which the Option is then to be exercised;

 

  (b) the Notice of Exercise in the prescribed form duly completed and signed by the Option Holder (or by his duly authorised agent);

 

  (c) a Section 431 Election (or a similar election should the Directors so require);

 

  (d) payment (in such manner as the Directors shall permit) of a sum equal to the aggregate Option Price for the number of Shares over which the Option is to be exercised;

 

  (e) payment (in such manner as the Directors shall permit) of any Tax Liability including Employer’s NICs in accordance with Rule 10.4; and

 

  (f) if there is a shareholders’ agreement or other such document (which contains restrictions on the Shares), is accompanied by a deed of adherence, in a form acceptable to the Company and executed by the Option Holder, whereby the Option Holder agrees to be bound by the terms of such shareholders’ agreement or other such document.

 

10.2 Issue or transfer of Shares

The Company shall issue or procure the transfer of Shares to be allotted or transferred pursuant to the exercise of an Option to the Option Holder such number of Shares within 30 days following the effective date of exercise of the Option.

 

10.3 Shares issued pursuant to the Scheme will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Scheme will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of receipt of the Notice of Exercise of the Option pursuant to Rule 10.1.

 

10.4 Deductions

 

  (a) Where in relation to Options, the Company or any Group Company (“the Relevant Company”) is liable, or is in accordance with current practice believed to be liable under any statute or regulation or otherwise, to account to any revenue or other authority for sums in respect of a Tax Liability in relation to the Option, the Option Holder shall indemnify and shall keep indemnified the Relevant Company for the Tax Liability and the Option Holder shall pay the Relevant Company a sum equal to the Tax Liability immediately upon written notice of the quantum of the said liability.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding the above, the Company may impose such conditions upon the exercise of the Options as are necessary to ensure that the Relevant

 

11


  Company is able to meet any or all of such liabilities, including, without limitation, a condition that no exercise may take place unless the Option Holder has provided the Relevant Company with cash funds sufficient to meet such Tax Liability, or has entered into arrangements acceptable to the Relevant Company to secure that such cash funds are available, or to allow the Relevant Company to deduct the amount of such Tax Liability from any cash amounts (including salary and bonuses) which may become payable to the Option Holder by any Group Company.

 

  (c) The Company may require the Option Holder as a condition of the exercise of any Option that the Option Holder shall:

 

  (i) agree to reimburse the Relevant Company for any Employer’s NICs arising on the exercise of an Option; or

 

  (ii) enter into an election with the Relevant Company to assume the liability for any Employer’s NICs, payable on the exercise of the Option, including an election under paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992; OR

 

  (iii) agree to pay the employer’s social security contributions, to the extent permitted by law, in any other jurisdiction.

 

  (d) If the Option Holder shall fail to:

 

  (i) make payment to the Relevant Company immediately upon receipt of a written notice in accordance with Rule 10.4(a); or

 

  (ii) reimburse the Relevant Company in accordance with an agreement or election in whole or in part for any liability to employer’s secondary national insurance contributions or employer’s social security contributions pursuant to Rule 10.4(c);

then the Company shall be authorised by the Option Holder to reduce the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Option Holder upon the exercise of an Option as may be sufficient to produce a sum which (after allowance for the costs and expenses of such a sale) may discharge (and shall be applied in discharge of) the Option Holder’s liability to the Relevant Company under Rule 10.4(a) or any agreement or election pursuant to Rule 10.4(c) and the Company may exercise all such powers and may appoint any of its officers to sign all such documents in the name of the Option Holder and as his act and deed as may be necessary for this purpose.

 

  (e) If the Option Holder shall fail to make payment to the Relevant Company immediately upon receipt of a written notice in accordance with Rule 10.4(a) then the Option Holder shall be liable to make good any amount outstanding on demand.

 

11. Lapse of Options

 

11.1 General

An Option shall immediately cease to be exercisable and shall lapse on the earliest of:

 

  (a) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

12


  (b) the date upon which the Option Holder ceases to hold employment or office within the Group if the Option Holder is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (c) the expiry of the period in Rule 9.3, except that if the Option Holder dies during the exercise period specified in Rule 9.3, an Option shall not lapse by reason of this Rule 11.1 (c) until the first anniversary of the Option Holder’s death, if later;

 

  (d) the first anniversary of the Option Holder’s death;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 13.1, the expiry of any of the periods referred to in Rule 12;

 

  (f) the date on which it is purported to be transferred or assigned (other than by reason of death in accordance with Rule 9.4), mortgaged, charged or otherwise disposed of by the Option Holder;

 

  (g) the presentation of any petition to any court of competent jurisdiction by which an order is sought for the bankruptcy of the Option Holder;

 

  (h) upon the Option Holder making an application for an interim order or any proposal for a voluntary arrangement within Part VIII of the Insolvency Act 1986;

 

  (i) upon the Option Holder proposing any form of compromise with his creditors or any class of creditors; and

 

  (j) the date on which the Option Holder is deprived (otherwise than on death) of the legal or beneficial ownership of the Option by operation of law or by the Option Holder doing or omitting to do anything which causes him to be so deprived.

 

12. Takeover, Reconstruction, Liquidation and Sale of the Business

 

12.1 General Offer

If any person obtains Control of the Company as a result of:

 

  (a) making an offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that, if it is satisfied, the person making the offer will have Control of the Company; or

 

  (b) negotiating a share sale and purchase agreement with the shareholders of the Company which contemplates that the person will obtain Control of the Company on completion;

(“a General Offer”), an Option may be exercised in accordance with the provisions in rule 12.3, to the extent Vested and to the extent that the Exercise Conditions (if any) have been satisfied (and 75% of the Unvested Option shall be regarded as Vested and the remaining 25% of the Unvested Option may only be exercisable if the Directors determine that the circumstances justify the exercise of a larger proportion than 75% of the Unvested Option).

 

12.2 Control

For the purposes of Rule 12.1 a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained Control of it.

 

13


12.3 Exercise period for options and the offer of Replacement Options on a takeover

 

  (a) If Replacement Options are offered to all Option Holders by the Acquiring Company in relation to the Vested Options (including the Options which have been Vested due to the Change of Control) and an Option Holder does not agree to release the Vested Options and accept the Replacement Option, the Board shall determine whether such Vested Options shall be exercisable in accordance with rule 12.3 (d) below or whether such Vested Options shall lapse.

 

  (b) If Replacement Options are offered to all Option Holders by the Acquiring Company in relation to the Vested Options (including the Options which have been Vested due to the Change of Control) and an Option Holder does agree to release the Vested Options and accept the Replacement Option, the terms of rule 13 shall apply to the Replacement Option.

 

  (c) If Replacement Options are not offered to all Option Holders then the Vested Options shall be exercisable in accordance with rule 12.3 (d) below.

 

  (d) In the circumstances set out in this rule 12.3, the Vested Options can be exercised in either of the following exercise periods determined by the Directors: -

 

  (i) Immediately before the change of Control becoming unconditional; or

 

  (ii) During a one month exercise period starting at a date to be determined by the Directors but such period to take place before the expiry of the 12 months period commencing on the change of Control becoming unconditional.

 

12.4 Scheme of Reconstruction

If any person obtains Control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under section 900 of the Companies Act or Article 418 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986 (“a Scheme of Reconstruction”), an Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) within 39 days of the court sanctioning the Scheme of Reconstruction. An Option shall not be exercisable after the said 39 days but may still be released under Rule 13 within the period of six months following the court sanction of the Scheme of Reconstruction and, on the expiry of the said six month period, the Option shall lapse.

 

12.5 Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act

If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares under Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act, an Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

12.6 Liquidation

If a general meeting of the Company is called at which it is proposed to pass a resolution for the voluntary winding up of the Company, the Company shall notify the Option Holder as soon as practicable of this fact. The Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) during the period of such notice (such exercise being conditional on such resolution being passed and taking effect immediately thereafter)

 

14


and such portion of the Option not otherwise exercised before such resolution has been passed shall thereupon lapse. Where the Option Holder has exercised the Option pursuant to this Rule 12.6 and the resolution referred to above has been passed then (subject to the consent of the Company’s liquidator where such is required by section 88 of the Insolvency Act 1986) the exercise of the Option shall take effect immediately and the Option Holder shall be entitled to share in the assets of the Company with the existing shareholders in the same manner as the Option Holder would have been entitled had the Option Holder been the registered owner of the relevant Shares before the resolution was passed.

 

12.7 Reorganisation

An option may not be exercised under rule 12.1 if the General Offer is part of a reorganisation so that the shareholders of the Acquiring Company hold their shares in the Acquiring Company in the same proportions as they held their shares in the Company.

 

12.8 Sale of Business

An Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) within 39 days of a Sale of the Business and the Company shall notify the Option Holder as soon as practicable of this fact.

 

13. Replacement Options

 

13.1 Grant of Replacement Options

If any company (“the Acquiring Company”):

 

  (a) obtains Control of the Company as a result of making a General Offer in accordance with Rule 12.1; or

 

  (b) obtains Control of the Company as a result of a Scheme of Reconstruction in accordance with Rule 12.3; or

 

  (c) becomes bound or entitled to acquire the Shares under Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act in accordance with Rule 12.4, or

 

  (d) obtains all the Shares as a result of a Qualifying Exchange within Rule 13.3,

an Option Holder may at any time within the period set out in Rule 13.2, by agreement with the Acquiring Company, release any Option which has not lapsed (“the Old Option”) in consideration of the grant to him of an Option (“the New Option”) which is equivalent to the Old Option but relates to shares in the Acquiring Company and qualifies as a Replacement Option as set out in rules 13.4 and 13.5.

 

13.2 Period within which Replacement Option to be granted

The New Option must be granted within the following periods:

 

  (a) if the change of Control is by reason of a general offer in accordance with Rule 12.1, the period of six months beginning with the time when the person making the offer has obtained control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer is made is satisfied;

 

15


  (b) if the change of Control is by reason of a Scheme of Reconstruction (in accordance with Rule 12.3) or a Qualifying Exchange the period of six months beginning with the time when the Acquiring Company obtains Control of the Company whose shares are subject to the Old Option;

 

  (c) if the change of Control occurs under Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act, the period during which the Acquiring Company remains bound or entitled in accordance with those procedures.

 

13.3 Exchange of Shares

 

  (a) An exchange of shares will be treated as a Qualifying Exchange where arrangements are made in accordance with which a company (“the New Company”) acquires all the shares (“Old Shares”) in another company (“the Old Company”) and the following conditions are met:

 

  (i) that the consideration for the Old Shares consists wholly of the issue of shares (“New Shares”) in the New Company;

 

  (ii) that New Shares are issued in consideration of Old Shares only at times when there are no issued shares in the New Company other than:

 

  (A) subscriber shares, and

 

  (B) New Shares previously issued in consideration of Old Shares;

 

  (iii) that the consideration for New Shares of each description consists wholly of Old Shares of the corresponding description;

 

  (iv) that New Shares of each description are issued to the holders of Old Shares of the corresponding description in respect of, and in proportion to, their holdings; and

 

  (v) that by virtue of section 127 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 as applied by section 135(3) of that Act, the exchange of shares is not treated as involving a disposal of the Old Shares or an acquisition of the New Shares.

 

  (b) For the purposes of this rule Old Shares and New Shares are of a corresponding description if, on the assumption that they were shares in the same company, they would be of the same class and carry the same rights, and references to “shares”, except in the expression “subscriber shares”, includes securities.

 

13.4 Qualifying requirements for Replacement Option

Subject to Rule 13.5, a New Option qualifies as a Replacement Option only if:

 

  (a) the New Option is granted to the Option Holder by reason of his employment:

 

  (i) with the Acquiring Company, or

 

  (ii) if that company is a Parent Company, with that company or another Group Company;

 

  (b) at the time of the release of rights under the Old Option, the purpose for granting the New Option is for commercial reasons in order to recruit or retain an Eligible Employee, and not as part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is the avoidance of tax;

 

16


  (c) at that time,

 

  (i) the Independence Requirement and the Trading Activities Requirement are met in relation to the Acquiring Company;

 

  (ii) the individual to whom the New Option is granted is an Eligible Employee in relation to the Acquiring Company; and

 

  (iii) the New Option would satisfy the requirements of being an EMI Option set out in Part V of Schedule 5;

 

  (d) the total Market Value, immediately before the release, of the Shares which were subject to the Old Option is equal to the total Market Value, immediately after the grant, of the Shares in respect of which the New Option is granted; and

 

  (e) the total amount payable by the employee for the acquisition of shares in pursuance of the New Option is equal to the total amount that would have been payable for the acquisition of shares in pursuance of the Old Option.

 

13.5 Provided that a Replacement Option for an Unapproved Option shall not have to satisfy the requirements in Rule 13.4(b) and Rule 13.4(c).

 

13.6 Where, in accordance with this Rule 13, an Option is released and a New Option granted, the New Option shall not be exercisable in accordance with Rule 12 by virtue of the event which gave rise to the New Option being granted.

 

14. Loss of Office or Employment

 

14.1 The grant of an Option does not form part of the Option Holder’s entitlement to remuneration or benefits pursuant to his contract of employment nor does the existence of a contract of employment between an Eligible Employee and any company give such Eligible Employee any right or entitlement to have an Option granted to him in respect of any number of Shares or any expectation that an Option might be granted to him whether subject to any conditions or at all and the grant of an Option shall not give him any entitlement or expectation that further Options will be granted.

 

14.2 The rights and obligations of an Option Holder under the terms and conditions of his office or employment shall not be affected by his participation under the Rules or any right he may have to participate.

 

14.3 An individual who participates under the Rules waives all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment with any company for any reason whatsoever, whether lawful or not, in so far as those rights arise, or may arise, from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any Option under the Rules as a result of such termination or from the loss or diminution of value of such rights or entitlements. If necessary, the Option Holder’s terms of employment shall be varied accordingly.

 

17


15. Adjustments

 

15.1 General rule

The number of Shares over which an Option is granted and the Option Price thereof shall be adjusted in such manner as the Directors shall determine following any capitalisation issue, rights issue, subdivision, consolidation or reduction of share capital of the Company or any other variation of share capital to the intent that (as nearly as may be) the total Option Price multiplied by the number of Shares that is payable in respect of an Option shall remain unchanged.

 

15.2 Reduction of Option Price to below nominal value

Subject to Rule 15.3 below, an adjustment may be made under Rule 15.1 above which would have the effect of reducing the Option Price of unissued shares to less than the nominal value of a Share, but only if, and to the extent that, the Directors shall be authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the aggregate nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercisable exceeds the aggregate adjusted Option Price, so that on exercise of any Option in respect of which the Option Price has been reduced, the Directors shall capitalise and apply such sum (if any) as is necessary to pay up the amount by which the aggregate nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised exceeds the aggregate Option Price for such Shares.

 

15.3 Option over issued and unissued Shares

Where an Option subsists over both issued and unissued Shares, an adjustment permitted by Rule 15.2 above, may only be made if the reduction of the Option Price of both issued and unissued Shares can be made to the same extent.

 

15.4 Administrative steps

The Directors shall notify Option Holders of any adjustment made under this Rule 15 as soon as reasonably practicable and may take such steps and the Company shall execute such documents as it considers necessary to give effect to such adjustment. Furthermore, and without limitation to the generality of the foregoing, the Directors may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or reissue any Option Agreement subsequent upon such adjustment.

 

16. General

 

16.1 Amendments

 

  (a) Subject to rules 16.1(b) to (d), the Directors shall have the discretion to:

 

  (i) amend or add to the Rules; and

 

  (ii) impose additional conditions or requirements on the Options or on the terms on which Shares are acquired.

 

  (b) No amendments may be made to the Rules which would have the effect of causing EMI Options to cease to be EMI Options.

 

  (c) The Directors may at any time make such alterations (including additions) to the Rules as are necessary to secure that the Rules as applicable to EMI Options are in accordance with Schedule 5 and continue to be in accordance with Schedule 5.

 

18


  (d) No amendment or addition shall be made to the Rules which would abrogate or adversely affect the subsisting rights of Option Holders unless:

 

  (i) where the rights are enjoyed by a single Option Holder and are not enjoyed by any other Option Holder or class of Option Holders, it is made with the written consent of that Option Holder; or

 

  (ii) where the rights are enjoyed by all Option Holders or any class of Option Holders then:

 

  (A) with the consent in writing of such number of Option Holders or class of Option Holders (as the case may be) as hold Options under the Scheme to acquire 75 per cent (75%) of the Shares which would be issued or transferred if all Options granted and subsisting under the Scheme were exercised; or

 

  (B) by a resolution at a meeting of Option Holders or class of Option Holders passed by not less than 75 per cent (75%) of the Option Holders who attend and vote either in person or by proxy;

and for the purpose of this Rule 16.1(d) the Option Holders or any class of Option Holders shall be treated as the holders of a separate class of share capital and the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company relating to class meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

16.2 Termination

The Scheme shall terminate upon the tenth anniversary of the Adoption Date or at any earlier time by the passing of a resolution by the Directors. Termination shall be without prejudice to the subsisting rights of Option Holders.

 

16.3 Conflict with Schedule 5

If there is any conflict between the provisions of the Rules as they apply to EMI Options and Schedule 5, Schedule 5 shall take precedence in respect of EMI Options.

 

16.4 Notices and documents

 

  (a) Option Holders not otherwise entitled thereto may at the discretion of the Company be sent copies of notices and other documents sent by the Company to its ordinary shareholders generally.

 

  (b) Written notice of any amendment made in accordance with this Rule 16 shall be given to those Option Holders affected by such amendment.

 

  (c) Any notice or other document required to be given hereunder to any Option Holder shall be delivered to him or sent by first class pre-paid post to him at his home address according to the records of the Company or such other address as may appear to the Directors to be appropriate. Any notice or other document required to be given to the Directors shall be delivered to the Directors or sent by first class pre-paid post to the Directors at the Company’s registered office or such other address as may be determined by the Directors to be appropriate. Notices sent by post to an Option Holder shall be deemed to have been given on the fifth day following the date of posting.

 

19


16.5 Disputes

The decision of the Directors in any dispute or question relating to any Option shall be final and conclusive subject to the terms of this Scheme.

 

16.6 Governing Law

The Rules shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

16.7 Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

Except as expressly provided by the Company, a person who is not the Option Holder or a Company who is not a member of the Group has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to rely upon or enforce any provisions of this Scheme, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act. The Option Holder may not declare himself a trustee of his rights under this Scheme for the benefit of any third parties.

 

16.8 Data Protection

The Company and the Employer Company (if different) from time to time will collect, hold and process the Option Holder’s personal information for the purposes of the administration of this Option. The Company will not use such personal information for any purpose other than the administration of the Option, unless the Option Holder’s consent to that use is obtained.

 

17. Overseas Employees

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Scheme the Board may amend or add to the provisions of the Scheme and the terms of Option Agreements it considers necessary or desirable to take account of, or to mitigate, or to comply with relevant overseas taxation, securities or exchange control laws, provided that the terms of Options granted to such Employees are not more favourable overall than the terms of Awards granted to other Employees.

 

18. Supplementary Provisions

The Group shall not be liable to the Option Holder for any tax or additional tax or national insurance payable by the Option Holder upon the exercise of an Option or upon the subsequent disposal of any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option being tax or national insurance payable because of a failure to qualify for relief under sections 529 to 532 of ITEPA in consequence of anything done by the Group.

 

20


SCHEDULE 1

OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND SHOULD BE KEPT IN A SAFE PLACE

THIS OPTION AGREEMENT is made the [●] day of [●] 20    

BETWEEN

 

(1) MIMECAST LIMITED (registered number 04698693) whose registered address is at 2-8 Balfe Street, London, N1 9EG; and

 

(2) [ Name ] of [ Address ] (the “Option Holder”)

SUPPLEMENTAL to the rules of the Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme (the “Scheme”). Any words or expressions used in this option agreement and defined by the Scheme shall bear the same meaning in this agreement.

INTRODUCTION:

 

(A) The Company intends to grant an Option to the Option Holder.

 

(B) The Option is intended to be an [EMI option/unapproved option].

 

(C) [The Option is granted under Schedule 5 ITEPA 2003.]

AGREED TERMS

 

1. Grant

The Company GRANTS an [EMI option/unapproved option] to the Option Holder and the Option Holder AGREES to be bound in all respects by the provisions of the Scheme and ACCEPTS the grant on the terms set out in their agreement.

 

2. Terms of the Scheme

 

2.1 Under the terms of the Scheme the Option Holder may acquire the number of ordinary shares (“Shares”) in the Company stated in clause 6(a) at the Option price per Share set out in clause 6.1.

 

2.2 The Option is granted and exercisable subject to the terms and conditions set out in the Scheme and in this Option Agreement.

 

3. Memorandum and articles

Any Shares allotted or transferred pursuant to the exercise of the Option are subject to the memorandum and articles of association of the Company (as amended from time to time) and to any necessary consents of any governmental or other authorities under any enactments from time to time in force.

 

21


4. Non transferable

The Option is personal to the Option Holder and is not transferable, assignable or chargeable.

 

5. Exercise

The Option shall not be exercisable on or after the 10 th Anniversary of the date of grant of the Original Option.

 

6. Grant

 

6.1 The details of the grant are as follows; namely

 

(a)      Number of Shares subject to the Option          [●].  
(b)      Option price per Share          [●].  
(c)      Date of grant          [●].  
(d)      Vesting Commencement Date          [●].  

 

6.2 The Option Holder irrevocably agrees to reimburse the Relevant Company for any Employer’s NICs arising on the exercise of an Option; or agrees to enter into an election with the Relevant Company to assume the liability for any Employer’s NICs, payable on the exercise of the Option, including an election under paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992.

 

6.3 The exercise of the Option shall be conditional upon the Option Holder making good any Tax Liability in relation to the Option, or entering into arrangements acceptable to the Company in respect of such Tax Liability, in accordance with rule 10.4 of the Scheme.

 

6.4 [The exercise of the Option shall be subject to the following Exercise Conditions:

[                                                     ] Details]

 

22


Vesting Schedule

[            ]

This option agreement has been executed as a deed and unconditionally delivered on the date first above written.

 

SIGNED as a DEED    )   
By  MIMECAST LIMITED  acting by        )   
     

Director

Signature of Witness:      
Name of Witness:      
Address:      
Occupation:      
SIGNED as a DEED    )   
By [Option Holder]    )   
Signature of Witness:      
Name of Witness:      
Address:      
Occupation:      

 

23


SCHEDULE 2

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:     The Secretary, Mimecast Limited

I/We, being the holder or the Personal Representative(s) of the holder,* of the option granted in the Option Certificate overleaf ( “the Option” ):

 

2.1 hereby exercise the Option to acquire                  ordinary shares in Mimecast Limited ( “the Shares” ) at a price of £[●] per ordinary share, subject to the provisions contained in an Option Agreement dated [●] ( “the Agreement” ) made pursuant to the Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme and made between Mimecast Limited and [●];

 

2.2 enclose a cheque for the total price of the Shares (£            ) in favour of Mimecast Limited ( “the Company” ) and crossed “a/c payee” , or such other documentation in respect of bridging finance or undertaking to procure payment as may be agreed by the Directors;

 

2.3 authorise and request you to enter my/our name(s) in the Company’s Register of Members as the holder(s) of the Shares, subject to the Company’s Memorandum and articles of association;

 

2.4 hereby covenant to pay the Company the amount of any Tax Liability** which may arise as a consequence of or in connection with this exercise of the Option (and, for the purposes of this Notice of Exercise, the expression “Tax Liability” has the same meaning as it has in the Agreement;

 

2.5 in order to give effect to this covenant, I/we hereby authorise and appoint the Company as my/our attorney in my/our name(s) and on my/our behalf:

 

  (a) to sell such number (but no more) of the Shares registered in my/our name(s) as will enable the Company (after payment of all necessary selling expenses and commissions) to recover and retain for itself from the sale proceeds an amount equal to such Tax Liability and then account to me/us for any cash balance remaining, provided that the Company may sell that number of shares at such price or prices as it shall, in its absolute discretion, consider fair and reasonable, and

 

  (b) generally to sign any stock transfer form or other document or documents which may be required and to do any other thing which the Company shall consider necessary or expedient for carrying out the acts hereby authorised in the same manner and as fully in all respects as I/we could have done personally and I/we hereby undertake to ratify everything which the Company shall do or purport to do by virtue of this power of attorney; and

 

2.6 request you to send a share certificate in respect of the Shares not sold pursuant to the authority given above (and, if appropriate, a balance option certificate) to me/us at the address given below.

SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED BY

 

Name  

 

    Address  

 

Signature  

 

     

 

Date  

 

     
in the presence of:-           
Witness’ Name  

 

    Address  

 

Witness’ Signature  

 

     

 

 

* Personal Representatives should enclose an Office Copy of the relevant Grant of Probate or Letters of Administration.
** Persons exercising the option should consult with the Company as to whether any Tax Liability is anticipated, however the Company does not undertake to advise you on the tax consequences of exercising your Option. If you are unsure of the tax liabilities which may arise you should take appropriate professional advice before exercising your Option.

 

24


SCHEDULE 3

[Form EMI 1]

 

25


SCHEDULE 4

S.431 ELECTION

Joint Election under s431 ITEPA 2003 for full or partial disapplication of Chapter 2

Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003

Employment-related securities acquired on exercise of qualifying options exercised before the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

One Part Election

Between

 

the Employee          [ ]   
whose National Insurance Number is           [ ]   

and

 

the Company (which is the Employee’s employer)

          [ ]  Limited   
of Company Registration Number           [ ]   

Purpose of Election

This joint election is made pursuant to section 431(1) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (ITEPA) and applies where employment-related securities, which are restricted securities by reason of section 423 ITEPA, are acquired.

The effect of an election under section 431(1) is that, for the relevant Income Tax and NIC purposes, the employment-related securities and their market value will be treated as if they were not restricted securities and that sections 425 to 430 ITEPA do not apply.

 

Should the value of the securities fall following the acquisition, it is possible that Income Tax/NIC that would have arisen because of any future chargeable event (in the absence of an election) would have been less than the Income Tax/NIC due by reason of this election. Should this be the case, there is no Income Tax/NIC relief available under Part 7 of ITEPA 2003; nor is it available if the securities acquired are subsequently transferred, forfeited or revert to the original owner.

Application

This joint election is made not later than 14 days after the date of acquisition of the securities by the employee and applies to:

 

Number of securities                                                                 
Description of securities    Ordinary shares in the capital of [●] Limited
Name of issuer of securities    [●] Limited
Acquired by the Employee on                                                                 

 

26


Extent of Application

This election disapplies S.431(1) ITEPA: All restrictions attaching to the securities.

Declaration

This election will become irrevocable upon the later of its signing or the acquisition of employment-related securities to which this election applies.

In signing this joint election, we agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.

 

 

                /           /                
Signature (Employee)       Date   

 

                /           /                
Signature (for and on behalf of the Company)       Date   

 

        
Position in company         

 

27


OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND SHOULD BE KEPT IN A SAFE PLACE

THIS OPTION AGREEMENT is made the [Date] day of [Month] 20    

BETWEEN

 

(1) MIMECAST LIMITED (registered number 04698693) whose registered address is at 2-8 Balfe Street, London, N1 9EG; and

 

(2) [ Name ] of [ Address ] (the “Option Holder”)

SUPPLEMENTAL to the rules of the Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme (the “Scheme”). Any words or expressions used in this option agreement and defined by the Scheme shall bear the same meaning in this agreement.

INTRODUCTION:

 

(A) The Company intends to grant an Option to the Option Holder.

 

(B) The Option is intended to be an EMI option.

 

(C) The Option is granted under Schedule 5 ITEPA 2003.

AGREED TERMS

 

1. Grant

The Company GRANTS an EMI option to the Option Holder and the Option Holder AGREES to be bound in all respects by the provisions of the Scheme and ACCEPTS the grant on the terms set out in their agreement.

 

2. Terms of the Scheme

 

2.1 Under the terms of the Scheme the Option Holder may acquire the number of ordinary shares (“Shares”) in the Company stated in clause 6(a) at the Option price per Share set out in clause 6.1.

 

2.2 The Option is granted and exercisable subject to the terms and conditions set out in the Scheme and in this Option Agreement. For the avoidance of any doubt, where the provisions of the Scheme and the Option Agreement conflict, the Option Agreement shall take priority.

 

3. Memorandum and articles

Any Shares allotted or transferred pursuant to the exercise of the Option are subject to the memorandum and articles of association of the Company (as amended from time to time) and to any necessary consents of any governmental or other authorities under any enactments from time to time in force.


4. Non transferable

The Option is personal to the Option Holder and is not transferable, assignable or chargeable.

 

5. Vesting and Exercise

 

5.1 The Option shall not be exercisable on or after the 10 th Anniversary of the date of grant of the Original Option.

 

5.2 Rule 9.1(b) of the Scheme shall not apply to the Option, with the effect that the Option may be exercisable before an exit event, subject to satisfying the Vesting Schedule and the Exercise Condition.

 

6. Grant

 

6.1 The details of the grant are as follows; namely

 

(a)      Number of Shares subject to the Option          [0,000].   
(b)      Option price per Share          [£]   
(c)      Date of grant          [Date]   
(d)      Vesting Commencement Date          [Date]   

 

6.2 The Option Holder irrevocably agrees to reimburse the Relevant Company for any Employer’s NICs arising on the exercise of an Option; or agrees to enter into an election with the Relevant Company to assume the liability for any Employer’s NICs, payable on the exercise of the Option, including an election under paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992.

 

6.3 The exercise of the Option shall be conditional upon the Option Holder making good any Tax Liability in relation to the Option, or entering into arrangements acceptable to the Company in respect of such Tax Liability, in accordance with rule 10.4 of the Scheme.

 

6.4 The exercise of the Option shall be subject to the following Exercise Conditions:

The Options shall vest over a three year period from the Date of Grant subject to the performance condition outlined below.

The number of Shares that shall Vest in each year is calculated as [4000] Shares multiplied by the percentage growth in Annual Recurring Revenue over the year. At the end of the three year period an additional amount of shares shall Vest calculated as the aggregate of the growth in Annual Recurring Revenue over the three year period multiplied by [1,000] Shares.

Provided that at each point when determining the number of Shares which Vest at the end of each year or the end of the three year period, the overall maximum number of Shares under Option shall not exceed the number of Shares set out in 6.1(a).


Vesting Schedule

The Shares shall Vest and be exercisable over a three year period as outlined in 6.4 above. If any person obtains Control of the Company as defined in Rule 12 of the scheme, then the proportion of Unvested Option that shall be regarded as Vested shall not be 75% as set out in Rule 12.1, but shall be equivalent to the average percentage growth in Annual Recurring Revenue over period from the Date of Grant until the date of the change of Control. The figure of 25% in Rule 12.1 shall be changed accordingly.

This option agreement has been executed as a deed and unconditionally delivered on the date first above written.

 

SIGNED as a DEED    )   
By  MIMECAST LIMITED  acting by        )   
     

Director

Signature of Witness:      
Name of Witness:      
Address:      
Occupation:      
SIGNED as a DEED    )   
By [Option Holder]    )   
Signature of Witness:      
Name of Witness:      
Address:      
Occupation:      


 

RULES OF

THE MIMECAST LIMITED 2010 EMI SHARE OPTION SCHEME (FOR UNITED STATES EMPLOYEES)

(approved by the Board on March 23 2010)

(amended by the Board on 13 May 2014)

(amended by the Board on 28 April 2015)

 

 

 

LOGO

Berlin, Brussels, Cambridge, Dubai, Düsseldorf, Frankfurt, Hamburg, London, Munich, Paris.

Representative offices: Alicante, Beijing, Shanghai. Associated office: Warsaw


Index

 

Clause No.    Page No.  

1.

  Interpretation and Construction      3   

2.

  Statement of Purpose      7   

3.

  Grant of Options      7   

4.

  Notice of Grant      8   

5.

  EMI Options: Limit for individual Eligible Employee      9   

6.

  Overall limits for Company on the Grant of Options      9   

7.

  Ordinary Share Capital      9   

8.

  Non-Transferable      9   

9.

  Rights to Exercise Options      10   

10.

  Exercise of Options      11   

11.

  Lapse of Options      13   

12.

  Takeover, Reconstruction, Liquidation and Sale of the Business      13   

13.

  Replacement Options      15   

14.

  Loss of Office or Employment      17   

15.

  Adjustments      18   

16.

  General      18   

17.

  Overseas Employees      20   

18.

  Supplementary Provisions      20   

SCHEDULE 1

     21   

SCHEDULE 2

     25   

 

2


1. Interpretation and Construction

 

1.1 Definitions

In the Rules, unless the context requires otherwise, the following words and expressions are defined or otherwise explained by the provisions indicated:

 

Acquiring Company

any company which has obtained Control of the Company in accordance with any of the provisions of Rule 12;

 

Adoption Date

the date on which the Rules are adopted by the Directors;

 

Bad Leaver

any director or employee of any Group Company who ceases to be a director or employee without becoming a director or employee of any other Group Company and is not a Good Leaver;

 

Committed Time

the meaning given by paragraph 26 of Schedule 5;

 

Companies Act

the Companies Act 2006;

 

Company

Mimecast Limited (registered number 04698693) whose registered address is at 2-8 Balfe Street, London, N1 9EG;

 

Control

the meaning given by section 995 of the Tax Act;

 

Date of Grant

the date on which an Option is granted to an Employee;

 

Directors

the board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee thereof;

 

Disqualifying Event

the meaning given by Sections 534 to 536 of ITEPA;

 

Eligible Employee

any person who is an employee of the Company or any Qualifying Subsidiary PROVIDED THAT where an Option is intended to be an EMI Option the Employee is an individual;

 

  (a) whose Committed Time amounts to at least 25 hours a week, or if less, 75% of his Working Time; and

 

  (b) who does not have a Material Interest in any Group Company;

 

EMI

Enterprise Management Incentive;

 

EMI Option

any right to acquire Shares:

 

  (a) in relation to which the requirements of Schedule 5 are met at the Date of Grant; and

 

3


  (b) of which Notice of Grant is given to HM Revenue & Customs in accordance with paragraph 44 of Schedule 5;

 

  and, where the circumstances permit, a Replacement Option in relation to that EMI Option;

 

Employee

any individual who is an employee of a Group Company;

 

Employer Company

the company by reference to which the Option Holder is an Eligible Employee or Employee;

 

Employer’s NICs

secondary Class 1 national insurance contributions;

 

Exercise Conditions

any performance conditions set by the Directors under rule 3.4;

 

Exercise Period

the period during which an Option may be exercised, which in any event shall terminate no later than the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

Good Leaver

any director or any employee of any Group Company who ceases to be a director or employee without becoming a director or employee of any other Group Company by reason of injury or disability or in any other circumstance where the Directors, in their absolute discretion, determine the director or employee to be a Good Leaver;

 

Group ” and “ Group Company

“group”, in relation to a Parent Company, means that company and its Subsidiaries and “Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

 

Independence Requirement

the meaning given by paragraph 9 of Schedule 5;

 

ITEPA

the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

Market Value

shall be determined in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;

 

Material Interest

the meaning given by paragraph 29 of Schedule 5;

 

Notice of Exercise

a notice of exercise in accordance with the form set out in Schedule 2 of the Rules or such other form as may be prescribed or required by the Directors from time to time;

 

Notice of Grant

the notice of grant of the EMI Option issued by the Employer Company to HM Revenue & Customs in accordance with Rule 4.1;

 

Option

a right to acquire Shares which shall include an EMI Option or an Unapproved Option;

 

4


Option Agreement

an agreement between the Company and an Eligible Employee (or the Company and an Employee) which shall evidence the grant of the Option, which shall be in accordance with the Rules of the Scheme and which shall be in such form as may be prescribed by the Directors;

 

Option Holder

an Eligible Employee who has been granted an EMI Option or an Employee who has been granted an Unapproved Option (or his legal personal representatives where the circumstances permit);

 

Option Price

the price per Share determined by the Directors which shall not be less than the Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and, in the case of an Option which is a right to subscribe for Shares, not less than the nominal value of a Share;

 

Ordinary Share Capital

the meaning given by section 989 of the Tax Act;

 

Parent Company

a company that has one or more Subsidiaries;

 

Personal Representatives

in relation to an Option Holder, the Option Holder’s legal personal representatives (being either the executors of his will to whom a valid grant of probate has been made or the duly appointed administrators of his estate) who in either case have provided the Directors with satisfactory evidence of their appointment;

 

Qualifying Exchange

an exchange of Shares in accordance with Rule 13.3;

 

“Qualifying Subsidiary”

the meaning given by paragraph 11 of Schedule 5 to ITEPA;

 

Relevant Company

the company (being either the Company or any Group Company) which incurs a Tax Liability as set out in Rule 10.4;

 

Replacement Option

an Option granted in accordance with Rule 13;

 

Restrictions

any condition attaching to the Shares which makes the interest in the Shares restricted within the meaning of Chapter 2 of Part VII of ITEPA;

 

Rules

these rules together with any schedules or appendices to these rules;

 

Sale of the Business

any transfer (whether through a single transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets or undertaking of the Group (including goodwill) to any person (or persons connected with each other or act in concert with each other);

 

Scheme

this scheme as governed by the Rules;

 

Scheme of Reconstruction

the meaning given by Rule 12.3;

 

5


Section 431 Election

means an election in accordance with Section 431 of ITEPA being in the form as set out in Schedule 4 to this Scheme or in such other form as HM Revenue & Customs may determine from time to time;

 

Share

Ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company (and in the context of an EMI Option, which satisfies the requirements of paragraph 35 of Schedule 5);

 

Schedule 5

Schedule 5 to ITEPA;

 

“Subsidiary”

means any body corporate which is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

Tax Liability

a liability to account for any employee’s tax, national insurance, social security or other levies in respect of the Option (including Employer’s NICs or equivalent employer’s social security contributions) (whether by reason of grant, exercise, or otherwise or by reason of a Disqualifying Event in relation to EMI Options only), including for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation any liability arising after the termination of the Option Holder’s employment for whatever reason and which:

 

  (a) may arise or be incurred in any jurisdiction whatsoever and,

 

  (b) by the law of the same jurisdiction may or shall be recovered from the person entitled to the Option;

 

Tax Act

the Income Tax Act 2007;

 

Trading Activities Requirement

the meaning given by paragraph 13 to 14 of Schedule 5;

 

Unapproved Options

any right to acquire Shares granted pursuant to this Scheme which does not satisfy the requirements of Schedule 5;

 

Unvested

such number or the proportion of the Shares subject to an Option that are not Vested;

 

Vested

such number or the proportion of the Shares subject to an Option that shall become vested according to the Vesting Schedule and “Vest” shall be construed accordingly;

 

Vesting Schedule

unless otherwise specified in the schedule in the Option Holder’s Option Agreement the Vesting Schedule shall be as follows:

 

 

25% of the Options shall be vested on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant and thereafter 6.25% of the Options shall vest at the expiry of 3 months from

 

6


 

such anniversary and at the expiry of every subsequent 3 months period until the Options are fully vested on the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

Working Time

the meaning given by paragraph 27 of Schedule 5;

 

Year

a financial year of the Company.

 

1.2 Construction

Words or expressions used herein shall where appropriate:

 

  (a) when denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and vice-versa;

 

  (b) when denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (c) when referring to any enactment be construed as a reference to that enactment as for the time being consolidated, amended, re-enacted or replaced and shall include any regulations made thereunder;

 

  (d) when a period of time is specified and starts from a given day or the day of an act or event, be calculated exclusive of that day; and

 

  (e) be construed such that the headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference only, and do not affect the interpretation of any Rule;

 

  (f) be construed where not otherwise defined in the Rules to have the same meanings as in Schedule 5.

 

2. Statement of Purpose

EMI Options granted at any time pursuant to the Rules are granted for commercial reasons in order to recruit or retain an Eligible Employee and not as part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is the avoidance of tax.

 

3. Grant of Options

 

3.1 General

 

  (a) Subject to the Rules, the Company may, at any time, grant

 

  (i) any Eligible Employee an EMI Option; or

 

  (ii) any Employee an Unapproved Option

over such number of Shares at such Option Price and with such conditions of exercise as the Company may determine.

 

  (b) An EMI Option shall be granted in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 5.

 

  (c) EMI Options shall only be granted to individuals who are Eligible Employees.

 

7


  (d) Unapproved Options shall only be granted to individuals who are Employees.

 

  (e) An Option shall not be granted by any person other than the Company without the prior approval of the Directors.

 

3.2 Contents of Option Agreement

The Option shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Option Holder, and shall state:

 

  (a) the Date of Grant;

 

  (b) that the EMI Option is granted under the provisions of Schedule 5;

 

  (c) the number or maximum number of Shares over which the Option is granted;

 

  (d) the Option Price, or the method by which the Option Price is to be determined;

 

  (e) the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) the Exercise Period and;

 

  (g) details of any Restrictions attaching to the Shares and, if so, shall contain details of such Restrictions.

 

3.3 The Option Agreement for an Unapproved Option shall be in the same form as Rule 3.2 apart from Rule 3.2(b) and (g) which shall not apply.

 

3.4 The Directors may at the Date of Grant impose such performance condition or performance conditions to be satisfied upon the exercise of an Option. Such performance conditions:

 

  (a) must be objective and stated in writing at the Date of Grant;

 

  (b) may not be waived, varied or amended by the Directors unless in accordance with the terms of such conditions or, where any waiver, variation or amendment is at the discretion of the Directors, it shall only be exercised in a manner which the Directors have determined to be fair and reasonable and, if events happen which cause the Directors, acting fairly and reasonably, to consider that the waived, varied or amended condition would be appropriate and would result in the waived, varied or amended condition being no easier and no more difficult to satisfy than the condition as it existed immediately prior to such waiver, variation or amendment.

 

4. Notice of Grant

 

4.1 On the grant of an EMI Option, a Notice of Grant shall be given by the Employer Company to HM Revenue & Customs within 92 days of the Date of Grant (or such further or other period as HM Revenue & Customs or statute may allow, permit or require) and shall:

 

  (a) be in the form set out in Schedule 3 of the Rules or in such form as required by HM Revenue & Customs from time to time;

 

  (b) contain a declaration by the Option Holder that he satisfies the Working Time requirement;

 

8


  (c) contain a declaration by a director or the secretary of the Employer Company that:

 

  (i) in his opinion the requirements of Schedule 5 are met; and

 

  (ii) the information provided is to the best of his knowledge correct and complete.

 

4.2 On the grant of an Unapproved Option a Notice of Grant shall not be required.

 

5. EMI Options: Limit for individual Eligible Employee

 

5.1 The number of Shares over which an EMI Option may be granted to any one Eligible Employee shall be limited and take effect so that the total value of Shares (as determined by paragraphs 5(6) to (8) of Schedule 5) subject to unexercised EMI Options granted to that Eligible Employee by the Company or any other Group Company does not exceed £1 less than £120,000 (or such other limit as may apply from time to time in paragraph 5 of Schedule 5), SAVE WHERE an EMI Option is granted under the provisions of Part 6 (Company Reorganisation) of Schedule 5.

 

5.2 Provided that if an EMI Option exceeds the limit in Rule 5.1 the Option shall be treated as two Options, one shall be an EMI Option as to the number of Shares to the value of £1 less than the limit in Rule 5.1 and the other Option relating to the excess shall be an Unapproved Option.

 

6. Overall limits for Company on the Grant of Options

 

6.1 Subject to such adjustments as may be made in accordance with Rule 15, no Option shall be granted on any Date of Grant if as a result the total value of Shares of the Company (as determined by paragraphs 5(6) to (8) of Schedule 5) in respect of which unexercised EMI Options exist would exceed £3 million or such other limit as may apply from time to time in paragraph 7 of Schedule 5.

 

6.2 For the purpose of the limit contained in Rule 6.1 above, any Option or right which has been released, cancelled or lapsed without being exercised shall be ignored.

 

6.3 If following the purported grant of an EMI Option the limit in Rule 6.1 would be exceeded such an Option shall not be an EMI Option insofar as it relates to the excess.

 

7. Ordinary Share Capital

 

7.1 Availability of authorised capital and Shares

The Company shall at all times keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Shares to satisfy the exercise to the full extent still possible of all Options which have neither lapsed nor been fully exercised taking account of any other obligations of the Company to provide shares of the same class as Shares.

 

8. Non-Transferable

Save as provided in Rule 9.4, no Option nor any right thereunder shall be capable of being transferred, assigned or charged in any manner whatsoever. Upon any such purported transfer, assignment, or charge the Option shall immediately lapse and cease to be exercisable.

 

9


9. Rights to Exercise Options

 

9.1 General

Subject to rules 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5 and 12 below an Option:

 

  (a) shall not be exercisable before it has Vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule; and

 

  (b) shall not be exercisable until an exit event set out in rule 12, subject to the provisions of the Option Agreement and subject to the provisions in rule 12.3;

 

  (c) shall not be exercisable unless the Exercise Conditions (if any) (as waived, varied or amended) have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Directors; and

 

  (d) shall not be exercised later than the day before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

9.2 Termination of Employment

If the Option Holder is a Bad Leaver, the Option, whether Vested and unexercised or Unvested shall lapse immediately on the date upon which the Option Holder ceases to hold employment or office within the Group, or in the case of gross misconduct, on the date of occurrence of such misconduct.

 

9.3 Good Leaver

If the Option Holder is a Good Leaver:

 

  (a) the Option shall be exercisable to the extent Vested as at the date of ceasing employment within 39 days of ceasing employment (provided that the Directors shall have the discretion to waive the Exercise Conditions (if any) relating to such Option);

 

  (b) the Option to the extent Unvested shall lapse immediately on the date upon which the Option Holder ceases employment, unless the Directors in their discretion determine before cessation that the Unvested Option may be exercised within 39 days of ceasing employment.

 

9.4 Death of the Option Holder

If an Option Holder dies, the Option shall be exercisable to the extent Vested as at the date of the Option Holder’s death by the Personal Representatives, provided that the Option shall only be exercisable within 12 months of the Option Holder’s death (and provided that the Directors shall have the discretion to waive the Exercise Conditions (if any) relating to such Option). To the extent that the Option is Unvested the Option shall lapse on the date of the Option Holder’s death.

 

10


9.5 Admission to Main Market of London Stock Exchange, AIM or other securities exchange – for Options granted before 13 May 2014 only

If the Company’s shares are admitted to listing on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange, AIM, or other securities exchange, the Option shall Vest in full immediately after the admission date (notwithstanding that part of the Option may be Unvested). The Option will be exercisable (subject to the discretion of the Board to permit an earlier exercise) as follows:

 

  (a) 25% immediately following the admission date;

 

  (b) a further 50% on the first anniversary of the admission date;

 

  (c) a further 25% on the second anniversary of the admission date.

 

9.6 Admission to Main Market of London Stock Exchange, AIM or other securities exchange – for Options granted on or after 13 May 2014

For the avoidance of doubt, Rule 9.5 shall not apply to all Options granted on or after 13 May 2014 and on admission vesting shall continue as detailed in the Vesting Schedule.

 

10. Exercise of Options

 

10.1 Procedure on exercise

An Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, by the delivery to the secretary of the Company of the following:

 

  (a) an Option Agreement covering all of the Shares over which the Option is then to be exercised;

 

  (b) the Notice of Exercise in the prescribed form duly completed and signed by the Option Holder (or by his duly authorised agent);

 

  (c) a Section 431 Election (or a similar election should the Directors so require);

 

  (d) payment (in such manner as the Directors shall permit) of a sum equal to the aggregate Option Price for the number of Shares over which the Option is to be exercised;

 

  (e) payment (in such manner as the Directors shall permit) of any Tax Liability including Employer’s NICs in accordance with Rule 10.4; and

 

  (f) if there is a shareholders’ agreement or other such document (which contains restrictions on the Shares), is accompanied by a deed of adherence, in a form acceptable to the Company and executed by the Option Holder, whereby the Option Holder agrees to be bound by the terms of such shareholders’ agreement or other such document.

 

10.2 Issue or transfer of Shares

The Company shall issue or procure the transfer of Shares to be allotted or transferred pursuant to the exercise of an Option to the Option Holder such number of Shares within 30 days following the effective date of exercise of the Option.

 

11


10.3 Shares issued pursuant to the Scheme will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Scheme will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of receipt of the Notice of Exercise of the Option pursuant to Rule 10.1.

 

10.4 Deductions

 

  (a) Where in relation to Options, the Company or any Group Company (“the Relevant Company”) is liable, or is in accordance with current practice believed to be liable under any statute or regulation or otherwise, to account to any revenue or other authority for sums in respect of a Tax Liability in relation to the Option, the Option Holder shall indemnify and shall keep indemnified the Relevant Company for the Tax Liability and the Option Holder shall pay the Relevant Company a sum equal to the Tax Liability immediately upon written notice of the quantum of the said liability.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the above, the Company may impose such conditions upon the exercise of the Options as are necessary to ensure that the Relevant Company is able to meet any or all of such liabilities, including, without limitation, a condition that no exercise may take place unless the Option Holder has provided the Relevant Company with cash funds sufficient to meet such Tax Liability, or has entered into arrangements acceptable to the Relevant Company to secure that such cash funds are available, or to allow the Relevant Company to deduct the amount of such Tax Liability from any cash amounts (including salary and bonuses) which may become payable to the Option Holder by any Group Company.

 

  (c) The Company may require the Option Holder as a condition of the exercise of any Option that the Option Holder shall:

 

  (i) agree to reimburse the Relevant Company for any Employer’s NICs arising on the exercise of an Option; or

 

  (ii) enter into an election with the Relevant Company to assume the liability for any Employer’s NICs, payable on the exercise of the Option, including an election under paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992; OR

 

  (iii) agree to pay the employer’s social security contributions, to the extent permitted by law, in any other jurisdiction.

 

  (d) If the Option Holder shall fail to:

 

  (i) make payment to the Relevant Company immediately upon receipt of a written notice in accordance with Rule 10.4(a); or

 

  (ii) reimburse the Relevant Company in accordance with an agreement or election in whole or in part for any liability to employer’s secondary national insurance contributions or employer’s social security contributions pursuant to Rule 10.4(c);

then the Company shall be authorised by the Option Holder to reduce the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Option Holder upon the exercise of an Option as may be sufficient to produce a sum which (after allowance for the costs and expenses of such a sale) may discharge (and shall be applied in discharge of) the Option Holder’s liability to the Relevant Company under Rule 10.4(a) or any agreement or election pursuant to Rule

 

12


10.4(c) and the Company may exercise all such powers and may appoint any of its officers to sign all such documents in the name of the Option Holder and as his act and deed as may be necessary for this purpose.

 

  (e) If the Option Holder shall fail to make payment to the Relevant Company immediately upon receipt of a written notice in accordance with Rule 10.4(a) then the Option Holder shall be liable to make good any amount outstanding on demand.

 

11. Lapse of Options

 

11.1 General

An Option shall immediately cease to be exercisable and shall lapse on the earliest of:

 

  (a) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

  (b) the date upon which the Option Holder ceases to hold employment or office within the Group if the Option Holder is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (c) the expiry of the period in Rule 9.3, except that if the Option Holder dies during the exercise period specified in Rule 9.3, an Option shall not lapse by reason of this Rule 11.1 (c) until the first anniversary of the Option Holder’s death, if later;

 

  (d) the first anniversary of the Option Holder’s death;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 13.1, the expiry of any of the periods referred to in Rule 12;

 

  (f) the date on which it is purported to be transferred or assigned (other than by reason of death in accordance with Rule 9.4), mortgaged, charged or otherwise disposed of by the Option Holder;

 

  (g) the presentation of any petition to any court of competent jurisdiction by which an order is sought for the bankruptcy of the Option Holder;

 

  (h) upon the Option Holder making an application for an interim order or any proposal for a voluntary arrangement within Part VIII of the Insolvency Act 1986;

 

  (i) upon the Option Holder proposing any form of compromise with his creditors or any class of creditors; and

 

  (j) the date on which the Option Holder is deprived (otherwise than on death) of the legal or beneficial ownership of the Option by operation of law or by the Option Holder doing or omitting to do anything which causes him to be so deprived.

 

12. Takeover, Reconstruction, Liquidation and Sale of the Business

 

12.1 General Offer

If any person obtains Control of the Company as a result of:

 

  (a) making an offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that, if it is satisfied, the person making the offer will have Control of the Company; or

 

13


  (b) negotiating a share sale and purchase agreement with the shareholders of the Company which contemplates that the person will obtain Control of the Company on completion;

(“a General Offer”), an Option may be exercised in accordance with the provisions in rule 12.3, to the extent Vested and to the extent that the Exercise Conditions (if any) have been satisfied (and 75% of the Unvested Option shall be regarded as Vested and the remaining 25% of the Unvested Option may only be exercisable if the Directors determine that the circumstances justify the exercise of a larger proportion than 75% of the Unvested Option).

 

12.2 Control

For the purposes of Rule 12.1 a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained Control of it.

 

12.3 Exercise period for options and the offer of Replacement Options on a takeover

 

  (a) If Replacement Options are offered to all Option Holders by the Acquiring Company in relation to the Vested Options (including the Options which have been Vested due to the Change of Control) and an Option Holder does not agree to release the Vested Options and accept the Replacement Option, the Board shall determine whether such Vested Options shall be exercisable in accordance with rule 12.3 (d) below or whether such Vested Options shall lapse.

 

  (b) If Replacement Options are offered to all Option Holders by the Acquiring Company in relation to the Vested Options (including the Options which have been Vested due to the Change of Control) and an Option Holder does agree to release the Vested Options and accept the Replacement Option, the terms of rule 13 shall apply to the Replacement Option.

 

  (c) If Replacement Options are not offered to all Option Holders then the Vested Options shall be exercisable in accordance with rule 12.3 (d) below.

 

  (d) In the circumstances set out in this rule 12.3, the Vested Options can be exercised in either of the following exercise periods determined by the Directors: -

 

  (i) Immediately before the change of Control becoming unconditional; or

 

  (ii) During a one month exercise period starting at a date to be determined by the Directors but such period to take place before the expiry of the 12 months period commencing on the change of Control becoming unconditional.

 

12.4 Scheme of Reconstruction

If any person obtains Control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under section 900 of the Companies Act or Article 418 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986 (“a Scheme of Reconstruction”), an Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) within 39 days of the court sanctioning the Scheme of Reconstruction. An Option shall not be exercisable after the said 39 days but may still be released under Rule 13 within the period of six months following the court sanction of the Scheme of Reconstruction and, on the expiry of the said six month period, the Option shall lapse.

 

14


12.5 Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act

If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares under Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act, an Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

12.6 Liquidation

If a general meeting of the Company is called at which it is proposed to pass a resolution for the voluntary winding up of the Company, the Company shall notify the Option Holder as soon as practicable of this fact. The Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) during the period of such notice (such exercise being conditional on such resolution being passed and taking effect immediately thereafter) and such portion of the Option not otherwise exercised before such resolution has been passed shall thereupon lapse. Where the Option Holder has exercised the Option pursuant to this Rule 12.6 and the resolution referred to above has been passed then (subject to the consent of the Company’s liquidator where such is required by section 88 of the Insolvency Act 1986) the exercise of the Option shall take effect immediately and the Option Holder shall be entitled to share in the assets of the Company with the existing shareholders in the same manner as the Option Holder would have been entitled had the Option Holder been the registered owner of the relevant Shares before the resolution was passed.

 

12.7 Reorganisation

An option may not be exercised under rule 12.1 if the General Offer is part of a reorganisation so that the shareholders of the Acquiring Company hold their shares in the Acquiring Company in the same proportions as they held their shares in the Company.

 

12.8 Sale of Business

An Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) within 39 days of a Sale of the Business and the Company shall notify the Option Holder as soon as practicable of this fact.

 

13. Replacement Options

 

13.1 Grant of Replacement Options

If any company (“the Acquiring Company”):

 

  (a) obtains Control of the Company as a result of making a General Offer in accordance with Rule 12.1; or

 

  (b) obtains Control of the Company as a result of a Scheme of Reconstruction in accordance with Rule 12.3; or

 

  (c) becomes bound or entitled to acquire the Shares under Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act in accordance with Rule 12.4, or

 

15


  (d) obtains all the Shares as a result of a Qualifying Exchange within Rule 13.3,

an Option Holder may at any time within the period set out in Rule 13.2, by agreement with the Acquiring Company, release any Option which has not lapsed (“the Old Option”) in consideration of the grant to him of an Option (“the New Option”) which is equivalent to the Old Option but relates to shares in the Acquiring Company and qualifies as a Replacement Option as set out in rules 13.4 and 13.5.

 

13.2 Period within which Replacement Option to be granted

The New Option must be granted within the following periods:

 

  (a) if the change of Control is by reason of a general offer in accordance with Rule 12.1, the period of six months beginning with the time when the person making the offer has obtained control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer is made is satisfied;

 

  (b) if the change of Control is by reason of a Scheme of Reconstruction (in accordance with Rule 12.3) or a Qualifying Exchange the period of six months beginning with the time when the Acquiring Company obtains Control of the Company whose shares are subject to the Old Option;

 

  (c) if the change of Control occurs under Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act, the period during which the Acquiring Company remains bound or entitled in accordance with those procedures.

 

13.3 Exchange of Shares

 

  (a) An exchange of shares will be treated as a Qualifying Exchange where arrangements are made in accordance with which a company (“the New Company”) acquires all the shares (“Old Shares”) in another company (“the Old Company”) and the following conditions are met:

 

  (i) that the consideration for the Old Shares consists wholly of the issue of shares (“New Shares”) in the New Company;

 

  (ii) that New Shares are issued in consideration of Old Shares only at times when there are no issued shares in the New Company other than:

 

  (A) subscriber shares, and

 

  (B) New Shares previously issued in consideration of Old Shares;

 

  (iii) that the consideration for New Shares of each description consists wholly of Old Shares of the corresponding description;

 

  (iv) that New Shares of each description are issued to the holders of Old Shares of the corresponding description in respect of, and in proportion to, their holdings; and

 

  (v) that by virtue of section 127 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 as applied by section 135(3) of that Act, the exchange of shares is not treated as involving a disposal of the Old Shares or an acquisition of the New Shares.

 

  (b)

For the purposes of this rule Old Shares and New Shares are of a corresponding description if, on the assumption that they were shares in the

 

16


  same company, they would be of the same class and carry the same rights, and references to “shares”, except in the expression “subscriber shares”, includes securities.

 

13.4 Qualifying requirements for Replacement Option

Subject to Rule 13.5, a New Option qualifies as a Replacement Option only if:

 

  (a) the New Option is granted to the Option Holder by reason of his employment:

 

  (i) with the Acquiring Company, or

 

  (ii) if that company is a Parent Company, with that company or another Group Company;

 

  (b) at the time of the release of rights under the Old Option, the purpose for granting the New Option is for commercial reasons in order to recruit or retain an Eligible Employee, and not as part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is the avoidance of tax;

 

  (c) at that time,

 

  (i) the Independence Requirement and the Trading Activities Requirement are met in relation to the Acquiring Company;

 

  (ii) the individual to whom the New Option is granted is an Eligible Employee in relation to the Acquiring Company; and

 

  (iii) the New Option would satisfy the requirements of being an EMI Option set out in Part V of Schedule 5;

 

  (d) the total Market Value, immediately before the release, of the Shares which were subject to the Old Option is equal to the total Market Value, immediately after the grant, of the Shares in respect of which the New Option is granted; and

 

  (e) the total amount payable by the employee for the acquisition of shares in pursuance of the New Option is equal to the total amount that would have been payable for the acquisition of shares in pursuance of the Old Option.

 

13.5 Provided that a Replacement Option for an Unapproved Option shall not have to satisfy the requirements in Rule 13.4(b) and Rule 13.4(c).

 

13.6 Where, in accordance with this Rule 13, an Option is released and a New Option granted, the New Option shall not be exercisable in accordance with Rule 12 by virtue of the event which gave rise to the New Option being granted.

 

14. Loss of Office or Employment

 

14.1 The grant of an Option does not form part of the Option Holder’s entitlement to remuneration or benefits pursuant to his contract of employment nor does the existence of a contract of employment between an Eligible Employee and any company give such Eligible Employee any right or entitlement to have an Option granted to him in respect of any number of Shares or any expectation that an Option might be granted to him whether subject to any conditions or at all and the grant of an Option shall not give him any entitlement or expectation that further Options will be granted.

 

17


14.2 The rights and obligations of an Option Holder under the terms and conditions of his office or employment shall not be affected by his participation under the Rules or any right he may have to participate.

 

14.3 An individual who participates under the Rules waives all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment with any company for any reason whatsoever, whether lawful or not, in so far as those rights arise, or may arise, from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any Option under the Rules as a result of such termination or from the loss or diminution of value of such rights or entitlements. If necessary, the Option Holder’s terms of employment shall be varied accordingly.

 

15. Adjustments

 

15.1 General rule

The number of Shares over which an Option is granted and the Option Price thereof shall be adjusted in such manner as the Directors shall determine following any capitalisation issue, rights issue, subdivision, consolidation or reduction of share capital of the Company or any other variation of share capital to the intent that (as nearly as may be) the total Option Price multiplied by the number of Shares that is payable in respect of an Option shall remain unchanged.

 

15.2 Reduction of Option Price to below nominal value

Subject to Rule 15.3 below, an adjustment may be made under Rule 15.1 above which would have the effect of reducing the Option Price of unissued shares to less than the nominal value of a Share, but only if, and to the extent that, the Directors shall be authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the aggregate nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercisable exceeds the aggregate adjusted Option Price, so that on exercise of any Option in respect of which the Option Price has been reduced, the Directors shall capitalise and apply such sum (if any) as is necessary to pay up the amount by which the aggregate nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised exceeds the aggregate Option Price for such Shares.

 

15.3 Option over issued and unissued Shares

Where an Option subsists over both issued and unissued Shares, an adjustment permitted by Rule 15.2 above, may only be made if the reduction of the Option Price of both issued and unissued Shares can be made to the same extent.

 

15.4 Administrative steps

The Directors shall notify Option Holders of any adjustment made under this Rule 15 as soon as reasonably practicable and may take such steps and the Company shall execute such documents as it considers necessary to give effect to such adjustment. Furthermore, and without limitation to the generality of the foregoing, the Directors may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or reissue any Option Agreement subsequent upon such adjustment.

 

16. General

 

16.1 Amendments

 

  (a) Subject to rules 16.1(b) to (d), the Directors shall have the discretion to:

 

18


  (i) amend or add to the Rules; and

 

  (ii) impose additional conditions or requirements on the Options or on the terms on which Shares are acquired.

 

  (b) No amendments may be made to the Rules which would have the effect of causing EMI Options to cease to be EMI Options.

 

  (c) The Directors may at any time make such alterations (including additions) to the Rules as are necessary to secure that the Rules as applicable to EMI Options are in accordance with Schedule 5 and continue to be in accordance with Schedule 5.

 

  (d) No amendment or addition shall be made to the Rules which would abrogate or adversely affect the subsisting rights of Option Holders unless:

 

  (i) where the rights are enjoyed by a single Option Holder and are not enjoyed by any other Option Holder or class of Option Holders, it is made with the written consent of that Option Holder; or

 

  (ii) where the rights are enjoyed by all Option Holders or any class of Option Holders then:

 

  (A) with the consent in writing of such number of Option Holders or class of Option Holders (as the case may be) as hold Options under the Scheme to acquire 75 per cent (75%) of the Shares which would be issued or transferred if all Options granted and subsisting under the Scheme were exercised; or

 

  (B) by a resolution at a meeting of Option Holders or class of Option Holders passed by not less than 75 per cent (75%) of the Option Holders who attend and vote either in person or by proxy;

and for the purpose of this Rule 16.1(d) the Option Holders or any class of Option Holders shall be treated as the holders of a separate class of share capital and the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company relating to class meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

16.2 Termination

The Scheme shall terminate upon the tenth anniversary of the Adoption Date or at any earlier time by the passing of a resolution by the Directors. Termination shall be without prejudice to the subsisting rights of Option Holders.

 

16.3 Conflict with Schedule 5

If there is any conflict between the provisions of the Rules as they apply to EMI Options and Schedule 5, Schedule 5 shall take precedence in respect of EMI Options.

 

16.4 Notices and documents

 

  (a) Option Holders not otherwise entitled thereto may at the discretion of the Company be sent copies of notices and other documents sent by the Company to its ordinary shareholders generally.

 

  (b) Written notice of any amendment made in accordance with this Rule 16 shall be given to those Option Holders affected by such amendment.

 

19


  (c) Any notice or other document required to be given hereunder to any Option Holder shall be delivered to him or sent by first class pre-paid post to him at his home address according to the records of the Company or such other address as may appear to the Directors to be appropriate. Any notice or other document required to be given to the Directors shall be delivered to the Directors or sent by first class pre-paid post to the Directors at the Company’s registered office or such other address as may be determined by the Directors to be appropriate. Notices sent by post to an Option Holder shall be deemed to have been given on the fifth day following the date of posting.

 

16.5 Disputes

The decision of the Directors in any dispute or question relating to any Option shall be final and conclusive subject to the terms of this Scheme.

 

16.6 Governing Law

The Rules shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

16.7 Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

Except as expressly provided by the Company, a person who is not the Option Holder or a Company who is not a member of the Group has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to rely upon or enforce any provisions of this Scheme, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act. The Option Holder may not declare himself a trustee of his rights under this Scheme for the benefit of any third parties.

 

16.8 Data Protection

The Company and the Employer Company (if different) from time to time will collect, hold and process the Option Holder’s personal information for the purposes of the administration of this Option. The Company will not use such personal information for any purpose other than the administration of the Option, unless the Option Holder’s consent to that use is obtained.

 

17. Overseas Employees

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Scheme the Board may amend or add to the provisions of the Scheme and the terms of Option Agreements it considers necessary or desirable to take account of, or to mitigate, or to comply with relevant overseas taxation, securities or exchange control laws, provided that the terms of Options granted to such Employees are not more favourable overall than the terms of Awards granted to other Employees.

 

18. Supplementary Provisions

The Group shall not be liable to the Option Holder for any tax or additional tax or national insurance payable by the Option Holder upon the exercise of an Option or upon the subsequent disposal of any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option being tax or national insurance payable because of a failure to qualify for relief under sections 529 to 532 of ITEPA in consequence of anything done by the Group.

 

20


SCHEDULE 1

OPTION AGREEMENT FOR U.S. EMPLOYEES

 

THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND SHOULD BE KEPT IN A SAFE PLACE

THIS OPTION AGREEMENT is made the [date] 2011

BETWEEN

 

(1) MIMECAST LIMITED (registered number 04698693) whose registered address is at 2-8 Balfe Street, London, N1 9EG; and

 

(2) NAME of [ADDRESS] (the “Option Holder”)

SUPPLEMENTAL to the rules of the Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme (the “Scheme”). Any words or expressions used in this option agreement and defined by the Scheme shall bear the same meaning in this agreement.

INTRODUCTION:

 

(A) The Company intends to grant an Option to the Option Holder.

 

(B) The Option is intended to be an unapproved option.

AGREED TERMS

 

1. Grant

The Company GRANTS an [EMI option/unapproved option] to the Option Holder and the Option Holder AGREES to be bound in all respects by the provisions of the Scheme and ACCEPTS the grant on the terms set out in their agreement.

 

2. Terms of the Scheme

 

2.1 Under the terms of the Scheme the Option Holder may acquire the number of ordinary shares (“Shares”) in the Company stated in clause 6(a) at the Option price per Share set out in clause 6.1. The Option price per Share shall not be less than the “fair market value” as determined in good faith by the Directors, consistent with any method that is considered reasonable for purposes of determinations of fair market value under U. S. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations and applicable guidance thereunder (“Code Section 409A”).

 

2.2 The Option is granted and exercisable subject to the terms and conditions set out in the Scheme and in this Option Agreement.

 

21


3. Memorandum and articles

Any Shares allotted or transferred pursuant to the exercise of the Option are subject to the memorandum and articles of association of the Company (as amended from time to time) and to any necessary consents of any governmental or other authorities under any enactments from time to time in force.

 

4. Non transferable

The Option is personal to the Option Holder and is not transferable, assignable or chargeable. In addition, any Shares received upon exercise of an Option may be sold only on an exit event set out in Rule 12, or as otherwise provided in the Plan, and will be subject to sale restrictions following an exit event analogous to the restrictions on exercise set forth in the Plan, including paragraphs (c) and (d) of Rule 12.3.

 

5. Vesting and Exercise

The Option shall vest and, notwithstanding Rule 9.1(b), shall become exercisable as follows:

25% of the Options shall be vested and exercisable on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant and thereafter 6.25% of the Options shall be vested and exercisable at the expiry of 3 months from such anniversary and at the expiry of every subsequent 3 months period until the Options are fully vested on the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

In addition, the Option may become exercisable as provided in Rule 9 or Rule 12. The Option shall not be exercisable on or after the 10 th Anniversary of the date of grant of the Original Option.

 

6. Grant

 

6.1 The details of the grant are as follows; namely

 

(a)      Number of Shares subject to the Option          [amount].   
(b)      Option price per Share          £[amount].   
(c)      Date of grant          [date].   
(d)      Vesting Commencement Date          [date].   

 

6.2 The Option Holder irrevocably agrees to reimburse the Relevant Company for any Employer’s NICs arising on the exercise of an Option; or agrees to enter into an election with the Relevant Company to assume the liability for any Employer’s NICs, payable on the exercise of the Option, including an election under paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992.

 

6.3 The exercise of the Option shall be conditional upon the Option Holder making good any Tax Liability in relation to the Option, or entering into arrangements acceptable to the Company in respect of such Tax Liability, in accordance with rule 10.4 of the Scheme.

 

22


6.4 Any adjustment to this Option pursuant to Rule 15 of the Plan shall be made in accordance with the requirements for the adjustment of stock rights prescribed under Section 409A so as to qualify and maintain the Option’s exemption from application of such provision. Similarly, the qualifying requirements for any Replacement Option issued in respect of this Option, as described under under Rule 13.4 of the Plan, shall comply with the requirements for substitutions and assumptions of stock rights prescribed under Code Section 409A so as to qualify and maintain the Option’s exemption from application of such provision.

 

23


This option agreement has been executed as a deed and unconditionally delivered on the date first above written.

 

SIGNED as a DEED    )   
By  MIMECAST LIMITED  acting by        )   
     

Director

Signature of Witness:      
Name of Witness:      
Address:      
Occupation:      
SIGNED as a DEED    )   
By [Option Holder]    )   
Signature of Witness:      
Name of Witness:      
Address:      
Occupation:      

 

24


SCHEDULE 2

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:     The Secretary, Mimecast Limited

I/We, being the holder or the Personal Representative(s) of the holder,* of the option granted in the Option Certificate overleaf ( “the Option” ):

 

2.1 hereby exercise the Option to acquire                  ordinary shares in Mimecast Limited ( “the Shares” ) at a price of £[●] per ordinary share, subject to the provisions contained in an Option Agreement dated [●] ( “the Agreement” ) made pursuant to the Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme and made between Mimecast Limited and [●];

 

2.2 enclose a cheque for the total price of the Shares (£            ) in favour of Mimecast Limited ( “the Company” ) and crossed “a/c payee” , or such other documentation in respect of bridging finance or undertaking to procure payment as may be agreed by the Directors;

 

2.3 authorise and request you to enter my/our name(s) in the Company’s Register of Members as the holder(s) of the Shares, subject to the Company’s Memorandum and articles of association;

 

2.4 hereby covenant to pay the Company the amount of any Tax Liability** which may arise as a consequence of or in connection with this exercise of the Option (and, for the purposes of this Notice of Exercise, the expression “Tax Liability” has the same meaning as it has in the Agreement;

 

2.5 in order to give effect to this covenant, I/we hereby authorise and appoint the Company as my/our attorney in my/our name(s) and on my/our behalf:

 

  (a) to sell such number (but no more) of the Shares registered in my/our name(s) as will enable the Company (after payment of all necessary selling expenses and commissions) to recover and retain for itself from the sale proceeds an amount equal to such Tax Liability and then account to me/us for any cash balance remaining, provided that the Company may sell that number of shares at such price or prices as it shall, in its absolute discretion, consider fair and reasonable, and

 

  (b) generally to sign any stock transfer form or other document or documents which may be required and to do any other thing which the Company shall consider necessary or expedient for carrying out the acts hereby authorised in the same manner and as fully in all respects as I/we could have done personally and I/we hereby undertake to ratify everything which the Company shall do or purport to do by virtue of this power of attorney; and

 

2.6 request you to send a share certificate in respect of the Shares not sold pursuant to the authority given above (and, if appropriate, a balance option certificate) to me/us at the address given below.

SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED BY

 

Name  

 

    Address  

 

Signature  

 

     

 

Date  

 

     
in the presence of:-           
Witness’ Name  

 

    Address  

 

Witness’ Signature  

 

     

 

 

* Personal Representatives should enclose an Office Copy of the relevant Grant of Probate or Letters of Administration.
** Persons exercising the option should consult with the Company as to whether any Tax Liability is anticipated, however the Company does not undertake to advise you on the tax consequences of exercising your Option. If you are unsure of the tax liabilities which may arise you should take appropriate professional advice before exercising your Option.

 

25


DATED

 

 

RULES OF

THE MIMECAST LIMITED 2010 SHARE OPTION SCHEME FOR SOUTH AFRICAN EMPLOYEES

(approved by the Board on March 23 2010)

(amended by the Board on 13 May 2014)

 

 

 

LOGO

Berlin, Brussels, Cambridge, Dubai, Düsseldorf, Frankfurt, Hamburg, London, Munich, Paris.

Representative offices: Alicante, Beijing, Shanghai. Associated office: Warsaw


Index

 

Clause No.    Page No.  
1.   Interpretation and Construction      3   
2.   Statement of Purpose      7   
3.   Grant of Options      7   
4.   Notice of Grant      8   
5.   EMI Options: Limit for individual Eligible Employee      9   
6.   Overall limits for Company on the Grant of Options      9   
7.   Ordinary Share Capital      9   
8.   Non-Transferable      9   
9.   Rights to Exercise Options      10   
10.   Exercise of Options      11   
11.   Lapse of Options      13   
12.   Takeover, Reconstruction, Liquidation and Sale of the Business      13   
13.   Replacement Options      15   
14.   Loss of Office or Employment      17   
15.   Adjustments      18   
16.   General      18   
17.   Overseas Employees      20   
18.   Supplementary Provisions      20   
SCHEDULE 1      21   
SCHEDULE 2      22   

 

2


1. Interpretation and Construction

 

1.1 Definitions

In the Rules, unless the context requires otherwise, the following words and expressions are defined or otherwise explained by the provisions indicated:

 

Acquiring Company

any company which has obtained Control of the Company in accordance with any of the provisions of Rule 12;

 

Adoption Date

the date on which the Rules are adopted by the Directors;

 

Bad Leaver

any director or employee of any Group Company who ceases to be a director or employee without becoming a director or employee of any other Group Company and is not a Good Leaver;

 

Committed Time

the meaning given by paragraph 26 of Schedule 5;

 

Companies Act

the Companies Act 2006;

 

Company

Mimecast Limited (registered number 04698693) whose registered address is at 2-8 Balfe Street, London, N1 9EG;

 

Control

the meaning given by section 995 of the Tax Act;

 

Date of Grant

the date on which an Option is granted to an Employee;

 

Directors

the board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee thereof;

 

Disqualifying Event

the meaning given by Sections 534 to 536 of ITEPA;

 

Eligible Employee

any person who is an employee of the Company or any Qualifying Subsidiary PROVIDED THAT where an Option is intended to be an EMI Option the Employee is an individual;

 

  (a) whose Committed Time amounts to at least 25 hours a week, or if less, 75% of his Working Time; and

 

  (b) who does not have a Material Interest in any Group Company;

 

EMI

Enterprise Management Incentive;

 

EMI Option

any right to acquire Shares:

 

  (a) in relation to which the requirements of Schedule 5 are met at the Date of Grant; and

 

3


  (b) of which Notice of Grant is given to HM Revenue & Customs in accordance with paragraph 44 of Schedule 5;

 

  and, where the circumstances permit, a Replacement Option in relation to that EMI Option;

 

Employee

any individual who is an employee of a Group Company;

 

Employer Company

the company by reference to which the Option Holder is an Eligible Employee or Employee;

 

Employer’s NICs

secondary Class 1 national insurance contributions;

 

Exercise Conditions

any performance conditions set by the Directors under rule 3.4;

 

Exercise Period

the period during which an Option may be exercised, which in any event shall terminate no later than the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

Good Leaver

any director or any employee of any Group Company who ceases to be a director or employee without becoming a director or employee of any other Group Company by reason of injury or disability or in any other circumstance where the Directors, in their absolute discretion, determine the director or employee to be a Good Leaver;

 

“Group and “Group Company

“group”, in relation to a Parent Company, means that company and its Subsidiaries and “Group Company” shall be construed accordingly;

 

Independence Requirement”

the meaning given by paragraph 9 of Schedule 5;

 

ITEPA

the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

Market Value

shall be determined in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;

 

Material Interest

the meaning given by paragraph 29 of Schedule 5;

 

Notice of Exercise

a notice of exercise in accordance with the form set out in Schedule 2 of the Rules or such other form as may be prescribed or required by the Directors from time to time;

 

Notice of Grant

the notice of grant of the EMI Option issued by the Employer Company to HM Revenue & Customs in accordance with Rule 4.1;

 

Option

a right to acquire Shares which shall include an EMI Option or an Unapproved Option;

 

4


Option Agreement

an agreement between the Company and an Eligible Employee (or the Company and an Employee) which shall evidence the grant of the Option, which shall be in accordance with the Rules of the Scheme and which shall be in such form as may be prescribed by the Directors;

 

Option Holder

an Eligible Employee who has been granted an EMI Option or an Employee who has been granted an Unapproved Option (or his legal personal representatives where the circumstances permit);

 

Option Price

the price per Share determined by the Directors which shall not be less than the Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and, in the case of an Option which is a right to subscribe for Shares, not less than the nominal value of a Share;

 

Ordinary Share Capital

the meaning given by section 989 of the Tax Act;

 

Parent Company

a company that has one or more Subsidiaries;

 

Personal Representatives

in relation to an Option Holder, the Option Holder’s legal personal representatives (being either the executors of his will to whom a valid grant of probate has been made or the duly appointed administrators of his estate) who in either case have provided the Directors with satisfactory evidence of their appointment;

 

Qualifying Exchange

an exchange of Shares in accordance with Rule 13.3;

 

“Qualifying Subsidiary”

the meaning given by paragraph 11 of Schedule 5 to ITEPA;

 

Relevant Company

the company (being either the Company or any Group Company) which incurs a Tax Liability as set out in Rule 10.4;

 

Replacement Option

an Option granted in accordance with Rule 13;

 

Restrictions

any condition attaching to the Shares which makes the interest in the Shares restricted within the meaning of Chapter 2 of Part VII of ITEPA;

 

Rules

these rules together with any schedules or appendices to these rules;

 

Sale of the Business

any transfer (whether through a single transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets or undertaking of the Group (including goodwill) to any person (or persons connected with each other or act in concert with each other);

 

Scheme

this scheme as governed by the Rules;

 

Scheme of Reconstruction

the meaning given by Rule 12.3;

 

5


Section 431 Election

means an election in accordance with Section 431 of ITEPA being in the form as set out in Schedule 4 to this Scheme or in such other form as HM Revenue & Customs may determine from time to time;

 

Share

Ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company (and in the context of an EMI Option, which satisfies the requirements of paragraph 35 of Schedule 5);

 

Schedule 5

Schedule 5 to ITEPA;

 

“Subsidiary”

means any body corporate which is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

Tax Liability

a liability to account for any employee’s tax, national insurance, social security or other levies in respect of the Option (including Employer’s NICs or equivalent employer’s social security contributions) (whether by reason of grant, exercise, or otherwise or by reason of a Disqualifying Event in relation to EMI Options only), including for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation any liability arising after the termination of the Option Holder’s employment for whatever reason and which:

 

  (a) may arise or be incurred in any jurisdiction whatsoever and,

 

  (b) by the law of the same jurisdiction may or shall be recovered from the person entitled to the Option;

 

Tax Act

the Income Tax Act 2007;

 

Trading Activities Requirement

the meaning given by paragraph 13 to 14 of Schedule 5;

 

Unapproved Options

any right to acquire Shares granted pursuant to this Scheme which does not satisfy the requirements of Schedule 5;

 

Unvested

such number or the proportion of the Shares subject to an Option that are not Vested;

 

Vested

such number or the proportion of the Shares subject to an Option that shall become vested according to the Vesting Schedule and “Vest” shall be construed accordingly;

 

Vesting Schedule

unless otherwise specified in the schedule in the Option Holder’s Option Agreement the Vesting Schedule shall be as follows:

 

 

25% of the Options shall be vested on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant and thereafter 6.25% of the Options shall vest at the expiry of 3 months from

 

6


 

such anniversary and at the expiry of every subsequent 3 months period until the Options are fully vested on the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

Working Time

the meaning given by paragraph 27 of Schedule 5;

 

Year

a financial year of the Company.

 

1.2 Construction

Words or expressions used herein shall where appropriate:

 

  (a) when denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and vice-versa;

 

  (b) when denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (c) when referring to any enactment be construed as a reference to that enactment as for the time being consolidated, amended, re-enacted or replaced and shall include any regulations made thereunder;

 

  (d) when a period of time is specified and starts from a given day or the day of an act or event, be calculated exclusive of that day; and

 

  (e) be construed such that the headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference only, and do not affect the interpretation of any Rule;

 

  (f) be construed where not otherwise defined in the Rules to have the same meanings as in Schedule 5.

 

2. Statement of Purpose

EMI Options granted at any time pursuant to the Rules are granted for commercial reasons in order to recruit or retain an Eligible Employee and not as part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is the avoidance of tax.

 

3. Grant of Options

 

3.1 General

 

  (a) Subject to the Rules, the Company may, at any time, grant

 

  (i) any Eligible Employee an EMI Option; or

 

  (ii) any Employee an Unapproved Option

over such number of Shares at such Option Price and with such conditions of exercise as the Company may determine.

 

  (b) An EMI Option shall be granted in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 5.

 

  (c) EMI Options shall only be granted to individuals who are Eligible Employees.

 

7


  (d) Unapproved Options shall only be granted to individuals who are Employees.

 

  (e) An Option shall not be granted by any person other than the Company without the prior approval of the Directors.

 

3.2 Contents of Option Agreement

The Option shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Option Holder, and shall state:

 

  (a) the Date of Grant;

 

  (b) that the EMI Option is granted under the provisions of Schedule 5;

 

  (c) the number or maximum number of Shares over which the Option is granted;

 

  (d) the Option Price, or the method by which the Option Price is to be determined;

 

  (e) the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) the Exercise Period and;

 

  (g) details of any Restrictions attaching to the Shares and, if so, shall contain details of such Restrictions.

 

3.3 The Option Agreement for an Unapproved Option shall be in the same form as Rule 3.2 apart from Rule 3.2(b) and (g) which shall not apply.

 

3.4 The Directors may at the Date of Grant impose such performance condition or performance conditions to be satisfied upon the exercise of an Option. Such performance conditions:

 

  (a) must be objective and stated in writing at the Date of Grant;

 

  (b) may not be waived, varied or amended by the Directors unless in accordance with the terms of such conditions or, where any waiver, variation or amendment is at the discretion of the Directors, it shall only be exercised in a manner which the Directors have determined to be fair and reasonable and, if events happen which cause the Directors, acting fairly and reasonably, to consider that the waived, varied or amended condition would be appropriate and would result in the waived, varied or amended condition being no easier and no more difficult to satisfy than the condition as it existed immediately prior to such waiver, variation or amendment.

 

4. Notice of Grant

 

4.1 On the grant of an EMI Option, a Notice of Grant shall be given by the Employer Company to HM Revenue & Customs within 92 days of the Date of Grant (or such further or other period as HM Revenue & Customs or statute may allow, permit or require) and shall:

 

  (a) be in the form set out in Schedule 3 of the Rules or in such form as required by HM Revenue & Customs from time to time;

 

  (b) contain a declaration by the Option Holder that he satisfies the Working Time requirement;

 

8


  (c) contain a declaration by a director or the secretary of the Employer Company that:

 

  (i) in his opinion the requirements of Schedule 5 are met; and

 

  (ii) the information provided is to the best of his knowledge correct and complete.

 

4.2 On the grant of an Unapproved Option a Notice of Grant shall not be required.

 

5. EMI Options: Limit for individual Eligible Employee

 

5.1 The number of Shares over which an EMI Option may be granted to any one Eligible Employee shall be limited and take effect so that the total value of Shares (as determined by paragraphs 5(6) to (8) of Schedule 5) subject to unexercised EMI Options granted to that Eligible Employee by the Company or any other Group Company does not exceed £1 less than £120,000 (or such other limit as may apply from time to time in paragraph 5 of Schedule 5), SAVE WHERE an EMI Option is granted under the provisions of Part 6 (Company Reorganisation) of Schedule 5.

 

5.2 Provided that if an EMI Option exceeds the limit in Rule 5.1 the Option shall be treated as two Options, one shall be an EMI Option as to the number of Shares to the value of £1 less than the limit in Rule 5.1 and the other Option relating to the excess shall be an Unapproved Option.

 

6. Overall limits for Company on the Grant of Options

 

6.1 Subject to such adjustments as may be made in accordance with Rule 15, no Option shall be granted on any Date of Grant if as a result the total value of Shares of the Company (as determined by paragraphs 5(6) to (8) of Schedule 5) in respect of which unexercised EMI Options exist would exceed £3 million or such other limit as may apply from time to time in paragraph 7 of Schedule 5.

 

6.2 For the purpose of the limit contained in Rule 6.1 above, any Option or right which has been released, cancelled or lapsed without being exercised shall be ignored.

 

6.3 If following the purported grant of an EMI Option the limit in Rule 6.1 would be exceeded such an Option shall not be an EMI Option insofar as it relates to the excess.

 

7. Ordinary Share Capital

 

7.1 Availability of authorised capital and Shares

The Company shall at all times keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Shares to satisfy the exercise to the full extent still possible of all Options which have neither lapsed nor been fully exercised taking account of any other obligations of the Company to provide shares of the same class as Shares.

 

8. Non-Transferable

Save as provided in Rule 9.4, no Option nor any right thereunder shall be capable of being transferred, assigned or charged in any manner whatsoever. Upon any such purported transfer, assignment, or charge the Option shall immediately lapse and cease to be exercisable.

 

9


9. Rights to Exercise Options

 

9.1 General

Subject to rules 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5 and 12 below an Option:

 

  (a) shall not be exercisable before it has Vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule; and

 

  (b) shall not be exercisable until an exit event set out in rule 12, subject to the provisions of the Option Agreement and subject to the provisions in rule 12.3;

 

  (c) shall not be exercisable unless the Exercise Conditions (if any) (as waived, varied or amended) have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Directors; and

 

  (d) shall not be exercised later than the day before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

9.2 Termination of Employment

If the Option Holder is a Bad Leaver, the Option, whether Vested and unexercised or Unvested shall lapse immediately on the date upon which the Option Holder ceases to hold employment or office within the Group, or in the case of gross misconduct, on the date of occurrence of such misconduct.

 

9.3 Good Leaver

If the Option Holder is a Good Leaver:

 

  (a) the Option shall be exercisable to the extent Vested as at the date of ceasing employment within 39 days of ceasing employment (provided that the Directors shall have the discretion to waive the Exercise Conditions (if any) relating to such Option);

 

  (b) the Option to the extent Unvested shall lapse immediately on the date upon which the Option Holder ceases employment, unless the Directors in their discretion determine before cessation that the Unvested Option may be exercised within 39 days of ceasing employment.

 

9.4 Death of the Option Holder

If an Option Holder dies, the Option shall be exercisable to the extent Vested as at the date of the Option Holder’s death by the Personal Representatives, provided that the Option shall only be exercisable within 12 months of the Option Holder’s death (and provided that the Directors shall have the discretion to waive the Exercise Conditions (if any) relating to such Option). To the extent that the Option is Unvested the Option shall lapse on the date of the Option Holder’s death.

 

9.5 Admission to Main Market of London Stock Exchange, AIM or other securities exchange – for Options granted before 13 May 2014 only

If the Company’s shares are admitted to listing on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange, AIM or any other securities exchange, the Option shall Vest in full immediately after the admission date (notwithstanding that part of the Option may be Unvested). The Option will be exercisable (subject to the discretion of the Board to permit an earlier exercise) as follows:

 

  (a) 25% immediately following the admission date;

 

10


  (b) a further 50% on the first anniversary of the admission date;

 

  (c) a further 25% on the second anniversary of the admission date.

 

9.6 Admission to Main Market of London Stock Exchange, AIM or other securities exchange – for Options granted on or after 13 May 2014

For the avoidance of doubt, Rule 9.5 shall not apply to all Options granted on or after 13 May 2014 and on admission vesting shall continue as detailed in the Vesting Schedule and an Option may be exercised to the extent Vested during such periods as the Directors shall determine in their discretion.

 

10. Exercise of Options

 

10.1 Procedure on exercise

An Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, by the delivery to the secretary of the Company of the following:

 

  (a) an Option Agreement covering all of the Shares over which the Option is then to be exercised;

 

  (b) the Notice of Exercise in the prescribed form duly completed and signed by the Option Holder (or by his duly authorised agent);

 

  (c) a Section 431 Election (or a similar election should the Directors so require);

 

  (d) payment (in such manner as the Directors shall permit) of a sum equal to the aggregate Option Price for the number of Shares over which the Option is to be exercised;

 

  (e) payment (in such manner as the Directors shall permit) of any Tax Liability including Employer’s NICs in accordance with Rule 10.4; and

 

  (f) if there is a shareholders’ agreement or other such document (which contains restrictions on the Shares), is accompanied by a deed of adherence, in a form acceptable to the Company and executed by the Option Holder, whereby the Option Holder agrees to be bound by the terms of such shareholders’ agreement or other such document.

 

10.2 Issue or transfer of Shares

The Company shall issue or procure the transfer of Shares to be allotted or transferred pursuant to the exercise of an Option to the Option Holder such number of Shares within 30 days following the effective date of exercise of the Option.

 

10.3 Shares issued pursuant to the Scheme will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Scheme will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of receipt of the Notice of Exercise of the Option pursuant to Rule 10.1.

 

10.4 Deductions

 

  (a)

Where in relation to Options, the Company or any Group Company (“the Relevant Company”) is liable, or is in accordance with current practice believed to be liable under any statute or regulation or otherwise, to account to any

 

11


  revenue or other authority for sums in respect of a Tax Liability in relation to the Option, the Option Holder shall indemnify and shall keep indemnified the Relevant Company for the Tax Liability and the Option Holder shall pay the Relevant Company a sum equal to the Tax Liability immediately upon written notice of the quantum of the said liability.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the above, the Company may impose such conditions upon the exercise of the Options as are necessary to ensure that the Relevant Company is able to meet any or all of such liabilities, including, without limitation, a condition that no exercise may take place unless the Option Holder has provided the Relevant Company with cash funds sufficient to meet such Tax Liability, or has entered into arrangements acceptable to the Relevant Company to secure that such cash funds are available, or to allow the Relevant Company to deduct the amount of such Tax Liability from any cash amounts (including salary and bonuses) which may become payable to the Option Holder by any Group Company.

 

  (c) The Company may require the Option Holder as a condition of the exercise of any Option that the Option Holder shall:

 

  (i) agree to reimburse the Relevant Company for any Employer’s NICs arising on the exercise of an Option; or

 

  (ii) enter into an election with the Relevant Company to assume the liability for any Employer’s NICs, payable on the exercise of the Option, including an election under paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992; OR

 

  (iii) agree to pay the employer’s social security contributions, to the extent permitted by law, in any other jurisdiction.

 

  (d) If the Option Holder shall fail to:

 

  (i) make payment to the Relevant Company immediately upon receipt of a written notice in accordance with Rule 10.4(a); or

 

  (ii) reimburse the Relevant Company in accordance with an agreement or election in whole or in part for any liability to employer’s secondary national insurance contributions or employer’s social security contributions pursuant to Rule 10.4(c);

then the Company shall be authorised by the Option Holder to reduce the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Option Holder upon the exercise of an Option as may be sufficient to produce a sum which (after allowance for the costs and expenses of such a sale) may discharge (and shall be applied in discharge of) the Option Holder’s liability to the Relevant Company under Rule 10.4(a) or any agreement or election pursuant to Rule 10.4(c) and the Company may exercise all such powers and may appoint any of its officers to sign all such documents in the name of the Option Holder and as his act and deed as may be necessary for this purpose.

 

  (e) If the Option Holder shall fail to make payment to the Relevant Company immediately upon receipt of a written notice in accordance with Rule 10.4(a) then the Option Holder shall be liable to make good any amount outstanding on demand.

 

12


11. Lapse of Options

 

11.1 General

An Option shall immediately cease to be exercisable and shall lapse on the earliest of:

 

  (a) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

  (b) the date upon which the Option Holder ceases to hold employment or office within the Group if the Option Holder is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (c) the expiry of the period in Rule 9.3, except that if the Option Holder dies during the exercise period specified in Rule 9.3, an Option shall not lapse by reason of this Rule 11.1 (c) until the first anniversary of the Option Holder’s death, if later;

 

  (d) the first anniversary of the Option Holder’s death;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 13.1, the expiry of any of the periods referred to in Rule 12;

 

  (f) the date on which it is purported to be transferred or assigned (other than by reason of death in accordance with Rule 9.4), mortgaged, charged or otherwise disposed of by the Option Holder;

 

  (g) the presentation of any petition to any court of competent jurisdiction by which an order is sought for the bankruptcy of the Option Holder;

 

  (h) upon the Option Holder making an application for an interim order or any proposal for a voluntary arrangement within Part VIII of the Insolvency Act 1986;

 

  (i) upon the Option Holder proposing any form of compromise with his creditors or any class of creditors; and

 

  (j) the date on which the Option Holder is deprived (otherwise than on death) of the legal or beneficial ownership of the Option by operation of law or by the Option Holder doing or omitting to do anything which causes him to be so deprived.

 

12. Takeover, Reconstruction, Liquidation and Sale of the Business

 

12.1 General Offer

If any person obtains Control of the Company as a result of:

 

  (a) making an offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that, if it is satisfied, the person making the offer will have Control of the Company; or

 

  (b) negotiating a share sale and purchase agreement with the shareholders of the Company which contemplates that the person will obtain Control of the Company on completion;

(“a General Offer”), an Option may be exercised in accordance with the provisions in rule 12.3, to the extent Vested and to the extent that the Exercise Conditions (if any) have been satisfied (and 75% of the Unvested Option shall be regarded as Vested and the remaining 25% of the Unvested Option may only be exercisable if the Directors determine that the circumstances justify the exercise of a larger proportion than 75% of the Unvested Option).

 

13


12.2 Control

For the purposes of Rule 12.1 a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained Control of it.

 

12.3 Exercise period for options and the offer of Replacement Options on a takeover

 

  (a) If Replacement Options are offered to all Option Holders by the Acquiring Company in relation to the Vested Options (including the Options which have been Vested due to the Change of Control) and an Option Holder does not agree to release the Vested Options and accept the Replacement Option, the Board shall determine whether such Vested Options shall be exercisable in accordance with rule 12.3 (d) below or whether such Vested Options shall lapse.

 

  (b) If Replacement Options are offered to all Option Holders by the Acquiring Company in relation to the Vested Options (including the Options which have been Vested due to the Change of Control) and an Option Holder does agree to release the Vested Options and accept the Replacement Option, the terms of rule 13 shall apply to the Replacement Option.

 

  (c) If Replacement Options are not offered to all Option Holders then the Vested Options shall be exercisable in accordance with rule 12.3 (d) below.

 

  (d) In the circumstances set out in this rule 12.3, the Vested Options can be exercised in either of the following exercise periods determined by the Directors: -

 

  (i) Immediately before the change of Control becoming unconditional; or

 

  (ii) During a one month exercise period starting at a date to be determined by the Directors but such period to take place before the expiry of the 12 months period commencing on the change of Control becoming unconditional.

 

12.4 Scheme of Reconstruction

If any person obtains Control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under section 900 of the Companies Act or Article 418 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986 (“a Scheme of Reconstruction”), an Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) within 39 days of the court sanctioning the Scheme of Reconstruction. An Option shall not be exercisable after the said 39 days but may still be released under Rule 13 within the period of six months following the court sanction of the Scheme of Reconstruction and, on the expiry of the said six month period, the Option shall lapse.

 

12.5 Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act

If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares under Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act, an Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

14


12.6 Liquidation

If a general meeting of the Company is called at which it is proposed to pass a resolution for the voluntary winding up of the Company, the Company shall notify the Option Holder as soon as practicable of this fact. The Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) during the period of such notice (such exercise being conditional on such resolution being passed and taking effect immediately thereafter) and such portion of the Option not otherwise exercised before such resolution has been passed shall thereupon lapse. Where the Option Holder has exercised the Option pursuant to this Rule 12.6 and the resolution referred to above has been passed then (subject to the consent of the Company’s liquidator where such is required by section 88 of the Insolvency Act 1986) the exercise of the Option shall take effect immediately and the Option Holder shall be entitled to share in the assets of the Company with the existing shareholders in the same manner as the Option Holder would have been entitled had the Option Holder been the registered owner of the relevant Shares before the resolution was passed.

 

12.7 Reorganisation

An option may not be exercised under rule 12.1 if the General Offer is part of a reorganisation so that the shareholders of the Acquiring Company hold their shares in the Acquiring Company in the same proportions as they held their shares in the Company.

 

12.8 Sale of Business

An Option may be exercised to the extent Vested (and may only be exercised to the extent Unvested if the Board in its discretion permits exercise) within 39 days of a Sale of the Business and the Company shall notify the Option Holder as soon as practicable of this fact.

 

13. Replacement Options

 

13.1 Grant of Replacement Options

If any company (“the Acquiring Company”):

 

  (a) obtains Control of the Company as a result of making a General Offer in accordance with Rule 12.1; or

 

  (b) obtains Control of the Company as a result of a Scheme of Reconstruction in accordance with Rule 12.3; or

 

  (c) becomes bound or entitled to acquire the Shares under Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act in accordance with Rule 12.4, or

 

  (d) obtains all the Shares as a result of a Qualifying Exchange within Rule 13.3,

an Option Holder may at any time within the period set out in Rule 13.2, by agreement with the Acquiring Company, release any Option which has not lapsed (“the Old Option”) in consideration of the grant to him of an Option (“the New Option”) which is equivalent to the Old Option but relates to shares in the Acquiring Company and qualifies as a Replacement Option as set out in rules 13.4 and 13.5.

 

15


13.2 Period within which Replacement Option to be granted

The New Option must be granted within the following periods:

 

  (a) if the change of Control is by reason of a general offer in accordance with Rule 12.1, the period of six months beginning with the time when the person making the offer has obtained control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer is made is satisfied;

 

  (b) if the change of Control is by reason of a Scheme of Reconstruction (in accordance with Rule 12.3) or a Qualifying Exchange the period of six months beginning with the time when the Acquiring Company obtains Control of the Company whose shares are subject to the Old Option;

 

  (c) if the change of Control occurs under Chapter 3, Part 28 of the Companies Act, the period during which the Acquiring Company remains bound or entitled in accordance with those procedures.

 

13.3 Exchange of Shares

 

  (a) An exchange of shares will be treated as a Qualifying Exchange where arrangements are made in accordance with which a company (“the New Company”) acquires all the shares (“Old Shares”) in another company (“the Old Company”) and the following conditions are met:

 

  (i) that the consideration for the Old Shares consists wholly of the issue of shares (“New Shares”) in the New Company;

 

  (ii) that New Shares are issued in consideration of Old Shares only at times when there are no issued shares in the New Company other than:

 

  (A) subscriber shares, and

 

  (B) New Shares previously issued in consideration of Old Shares;

 

  (iii) that the consideration for New Shares of each description consists wholly of Old Shares of the corresponding description;

 

  (iv) that New Shares of each description are issued to the holders of Old Shares of the corresponding description in respect of, and in proportion to, their holdings; and

 

  (v) that by virtue of section 127 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 as applied by section 135(3) of that Act, the exchange of shares is not treated as involving a disposal of the Old Shares or an acquisition of the New Shares.

 

  (b) For the purposes of this rule Old Shares and New Shares are of a corresponding description if, on the assumption that they were shares in the same company, they would be of the same class and carry the same rights, and references to “shares”, except in the expression “subscriber shares”, includes securities.

 

13.4 Qualifying requirements for Replacement Option

Subject to Rule 13.5, a New Option qualifies as a Replacement Option only if:

 

16


  (a) the New Option is granted to the Option Holder by reason of his employment:

 

  (i) with the Acquiring Company, or

 

  (ii) if that company is a Parent Company, with that company or another Group Company;

 

  (b) at the time of the release of rights under the Old Option, the purpose for granting the New Option is for commercial reasons in order to recruit or retain an Eligible Employee, and not as part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is the avoidance of tax;

 

  (c) at that time,

 

  (i) the Independence Requirement and the Trading Activities Requirement are met in relation to the Acquiring Company;

 

  (ii) the individual to whom the New Option is granted is an Eligible Employee in relation to the Acquiring Company; and

 

  (iii) the New Option would satisfy the requirements of being an EMI Option set out in Part V of Schedule 5;

 

  (d) the total Market Value, immediately before the release, of the Shares which were subject to the Old Option is equal to the total Market Value, immediately after the grant, of the Shares in respect of which the New Option is granted; and

 

  (e) the total amount payable by the employee for the acquisition of shares in pursuance of the New Option is equal to the total amount that would have been payable for the acquisition of shares in pursuance of the Old Option.

 

13.5 Provided that a Replacement Option for an Unapproved Option shall not have to satisfy the requirements in Rule 13.4(b) and Rule 13.4(c).

 

13.6 Where, in accordance with this Rule 13, an Option is released and a New Option granted, the New Option shall not be exercisable in accordance with Rule 12 by virtue of the event which gave rise to the New Option being granted.

 

14. Loss of Office or Employment

 

14.1 The grant of an Option does not form part of the Option Holder’s entitlement to remuneration or benefits pursuant to his contract of employment nor does the existence of a contract of employment between an Eligible Employee and any company give such Eligible Employee any right or entitlement to have an Option granted to him in respect of any number of Shares or any expectation that an Option might be granted to him whether subject to any conditions or at all and the grant of an Option shall not give him any entitlement or expectation that further Options will be granted.

 

14.2 The rights and obligations of an Option Holder under the terms and conditions of his office or employment shall not be affected by his participation under the Rules or any right he may have to participate.

 

14.3

An individual who participates under the Rules waives all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment with any company for any reason whatsoever, whether lawful or not, in so

 

17


  far as those rights arise, or may arise, from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any Option under the Rules as a result of such termination or from the loss or diminution of value of such rights or entitlements. If necessary, the Option Holder’s terms of employment shall be varied accordingly.

 

15. Adjustments

 

15.1 General rule

The number of Shares over which an Option is granted and the Option Price thereof shall be adjusted in such manner as the Directors shall determine following any capitalisation issue, rights issue, subdivision, consolidation or reduction of share capital of the Company or any other variation of share capital to the intent that (as nearly as may be) the total Option Price multiplied by the number of Shares that is payable in respect of an Option shall remain unchanged.

 

15.2 Reduction of Option Price to below nominal value

Subject to Rule 15.3 below, an adjustment may be made under Rule 15.1 above which would have the effect of reducing the Option Price of unissued shares to less than the nominal value of a Share, but only if, and to the extent that, the Directors shall be authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the aggregate nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercisable exceeds the aggregate adjusted Option Price, so that on exercise of any Option in respect of which the Option Price has been reduced, the Directors shall capitalise and apply such sum (if any) as is necessary to pay up the amount by which the aggregate nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised exceeds the aggregate Option Price for such Shares.

 

15.3 Option over issued and unissued Shares

Where an Option subsists over both issued and unissued Shares, an adjustment permitted by Rule 15.2 above, may only be made if the reduction of the Option Price of both issued and unissued Shares can be made to the same extent.

 

15.4 Administrative steps

The Directors shall notify Option Holders of any adjustment made under this Rule 15 as soon as reasonably practicable and may take such steps and the Company shall execute such documents as it considers necessary to give effect to such adjustment. Furthermore, and without limitation to the generality of the foregoing, the Directors may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or reissue any Option Agreement subsequent upon such adjustment.

 

16. General

 

16.1 Amendments

 

  (a) Subject to rules 16.1(b) to (d), the Directors shall have the discretion to:

 

  (i) amend or add to the Rules; and

 

  (ii) impose additional conditions or requirements on the Options or on the terms on which Shares are acquired.

 

18


  (b) No amendments may be made to the Rules which would have the effect of causing EMI Options to cease to be EMI Options.

 

  (c) The Directors may at any time make such alterations (including additions) to the Rules as are necessary to secure that the Rules as applicable to EMI Options are in accordance with Schedule 5 and continue to be in accordance with Schedule 5.

 

  (d) No amendment or addition shall be made to the Rules which would abrogate or adversely affect the subsisting rights of Option Holders unless:

 

  (i) where the rights are enjoyed by a single Option Holder and are not enjoyed by any other Option Holder or class of Option Holders, it is made with the written consent of that Option Holder; or

 

  (ii) where the rights are enjoyed by all Option Holders or any class of Option Holders then:

 

  (A) with the consent in writing of such number of Option Holders or class of Option Holders (as the case may be) as hold Options under the Scheme to acquire 75 per cent (75%) of the Shares which would be issued or transferred if all Options granted and subsisting under the Scheme were exercised; or

 

  (B) by a resolution at a meeting of Option Holders or class of Option Holders passed by not less than 75 per cent (75%) of the Option Holders who attend and vote either in person or by proxy;

and for the purpose of this Rule 16.1(d) the Option Holders or any class of Option Holders shall be treated as the holders of a separate class of share capital and the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company relating to class meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

16.2 Termination

The Scheme shall terminate upon the tenth anniversary of the Adoption Date or at any earlier time by the passing of a resolution by the Directors. Termination shall be without prejudice to the subsisting rights of Option Holders.

 

16.3 Conflict with Schedule 5

If there is any conflict between the provisions of the Rules as they apply to EMI Options and Schedule 5, Schedule 5 shall take precedence in respect of EMI Options.

 

16.4 Notices and documents

 

  (a) Option Holders not otherwise entitled thereto may at the discretion of the Company be sent copies of notices and other documents sent by the Company to its ordinary shareholders generally.

 

  (b) Written notice of any amendment made in accordance with this Rule 16 shall be given to those Option Holders affected by such amendment.

 

  (c)

Any notice or other document required to be given hereunder to any Option Holder shall be delivered to him or sent by first class pre-paid post to him at his home address according to the records of the Company or such other address as may appear to the Directors to be appropriate. Any notice or other

 

19


  document required to be given to the Directors shall be delivered to the Directors or sent by first class pre-paid post to the Directors at the Company’s registered office or such other address as may be determined by the Directors to be appropriate. Notices sent by post to an Option Holder shall be deemed to have been given on the fifth day following the date of posting.

 

16.5 Disputes

The decision of the Directors in any dispute or question relating to any Option shall be final and conclusive subject to the terms of this Scheme.

 

16.6 Governing Law

The Rules shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

16.7 Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

Except as expressly provided by the Company, a person who is not the Option Holder or a Company who is not a member of the Group has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to rely upon or enforce any provisions of this Scheme, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act. The Option Holder may not declare himself a trustee of his rights under this Scheme for the benefit of any third parties.

 

16.8 Data Protection

The Company and the Employer Company (if different) from time to time will collect, hold and process the Option Holder’s personal information for the purposes of the administration of this Option. The Company will not use such personal information for any purpose other than the administration of the Option, unless the Option Holder’s consent to that use is obtained.

 

17. Overseas Employees

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Scheme the Board may amend or add to the provisions of the Scheme and the terms of Option Agreements it considers necessary or desirable to take account of, or to mitigate, or to comply with relevant overseas taxation, securities or exchange control laws, provided that the terms of Options granted to such Employees are not more favourable overall than the terms of Awards granted to other Employees.

 

18. Supplementary Provisions

The Group shall not be liable to the Option Holder for any tax or additional tax or national insurance payable by the Option Holder upon the exercise of an Option or upon the subsequent disposal of any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option being tax or national insurance payable because of a failure to qualify for relief under sections 529 to 532 of ITEPA in consequence of anything done by the Group.

 

20


SCHEDULE 1

OPTION AGREEMENT

 

21


SCHEDULE 2

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:    The Secretary, Mimecast Limited

I/We, being the holder or the Personal Representative(s) of the holder,* of the option granted in the Option Certificate overleaf ( “the Option” ):

 

2.1 hereby exercise the Option to acquire             ordinary shares in Mimecast Limited ( “the Shares” ) at a price of £[●] per ordinary share, subject to the provisions contained in an Option Agreement dated [●] ( “the Agreement” ) made pursuant to the Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme and made between Mimecast Limited and [●];

 

2.2 enclose a cheque for the total price of the Shares (£            ) in favour of Mimecast Limited ( “the Company” ) and crossed “a/c payee” , or such other documentation in respect of bridging finance or undertaking to procure payment as may be agreed by the Directors;

 

2.3 authorise and request you to enter my/our name(s) in the Company’s Register of Members as the holder(s) of the Shares, subject to the Company’s Memorandum and articles of association;

 

2.4 hereby covenant to pay the Company the amount of any Tax Liability** which may arise as a consequence of or in connection with this exercise of the Option (and, for the purposes of this Notice of Exercise, the expression “Tax Liability” has the same meaning as it has in the Agreement;

 

2.5 in order to give effect to this covenant, I/we hereby authorise and appoint the Company as my/our attorney in my/our name(s) and on my/our behalf:

 

  (a) to sell such number (but no more) of the Shares registered in my/our name(s) as will enable the Company (after payment of all necessary selling expenses and commissions) to recover and retain for itself from the sale proceeds an amount equal to such Tax Liability and then account to me/us for any cash balance remaining, provided that the Company may sell that number of shares at such price or prices as it shall, in its absolute discretion, consider fair and reasonable, and

 

  (b) generally to sign any stock transfer form or other document or documents which may be required and to do any other thing which the Company shall consider necessary or expedient for carrying out the acts hereby authorised in the same manner and as fully in all respects as I/we could have done personally and I/we hereby undertake to ratify everything which the Company shall do or purport to do by virtue of this power of attorney; and

 

2.6 request you to send a share certificate in respect of the Shares not sold pursuant to the authority given above (and, if appropriate, a balance option certificate) to me/us at the address given below.

SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED BY

 

Name  

 

    Address  

 

Signature  

 

     

 

Date  

 

     
in the presence of:-           
Witness’ Name  

 

    Address  

 

Witness’ Signature  

 

     

 

 

* Personal Representatives should enclose an Office Copy of the relevant Grant of Probate or Letters of Administration.
** Persons exercising the option should consult with the Company as to whether any Tax Liability is anticipated, however the Company does not undertake to advise you on the tax consequences of exercising your Option. If you are unsure of the tax liabilities which may arise you should take appropriate professional advice before exercising your Option.

 

22


[DATE]

STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL

Dear [NAME]

MIMECAST LIMITED

2010 EMI SHARE OPTION SCHEME

OPTION AGREEMENT

 

1. Grant and operation of the Scheme

 

1.1 I am pleased to inform you that Mimecast South Africa (Pty) Ltd (your “Employer”, has nominated you as a participant in the Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) 2010 South Africa Share Option Scheme (“the Scheme”). Accordingly, you are hereby awarded an option to acquire [0,000] Shares in the Company (the “Option”) with an exercise price of £[ ] per Share (the “Exercise Price”).

 

1.2 The Option is granted upon the terms specified in this letter (the “ Letter ”) and the rules of the Scheme (the “ Rules ”), attached hereto at Appendix C.

 

1.3 The Company’s Directors (the “ Board ”), or a committee of the Board, will administer the Scheme.

 

1.4 Upon signing the Notice of Acceptance, attached hereto at Appendix A, you undertake to comply with the terms of this Letter, the Scheme and the Rules.

 

1.5 This Letter and the Notice of Acceptance will, together with the Rules constitute the contract between yourself and the Company with regard to the Scheme, and it is recommended that you read the Rules carefully to understand the terms and conditions thereof.

 

1.6 Capitalized words not defined in this Letter shall have the meaning ascribed in the Rules.

 

1.7 Should there be any conflict between the Rules and this Letter, the Rules will prevail.


2. Grant

 

2.1 The Date of Grant of this Option is [DATE].

 

2.2 The Option is personal to you and may only be exercised by you. It cannot be transferred, ceded, assigned or otherwise disposed of, except on your death and then in accordance with the Rules.

 

3. Rights to exercise Options

 

3.1 You may exercise an Option granted pursuant to this Letter in accordance with Rule 9

 

3.2 In the event of a change of Control you will, in addition to the Rules, be subject to the drag and tag rights pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association.

 

4. Method of exercise

 

4.1 An Option shall be exercisable from time to time, in whole or in part, in accordance with the Rules and specifically, Rule 10.1, by completing the Notice of Exercise attached hereto as Appendix B.

 

4.2 When you exercise your Option, you will be required to pay a sum equal to the aggregate Option Price for the number of Shares over which the Option is to be exercised using one of the following three methods:

 

4.2.1 Sell all of the shares you exercise and use some of the proceeds to pay the Option Price due (“Sell All”); or

 

4.2.2 Sell sufficient of the shares you exercise to cover the Option Price. The balance of the shares will be released to you and registered in your name (“Sell Sufficient”); or

 

4.2.3 Fund the Option Price due from your own resources (“Self Fund”).

 

4.3 You should be aware that if you choose to Self Fund, you will have to obtain a tax clearance certificate and remit the Option Price in terms of your foreign investment allowance (R4,000,000 life time limit) in terms of South African exchange control regulations.

 

4.4

The Company shall issue or procure the transfer of Shares to be allotted or transferred pursuant to the exercise of an Option to the Option Holder within 30 days following the effective date of exercise of the Option. No Shares shall be transferred into your name until you have concluded a deed of adherence in terms of which you agree to take assignment of and assume the rights and


  obligations of a shareholder of the Company under the Shareholders’ Agreement, subject to certain exclusions specified in the deed of adherence, and be bound by the terms and conditions of the Shareholders’ Agreement as if you were an original party thereto.

 

4.5 Shares issued pursuant to the Scheme will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Scheme will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of receipt of the Notice of Exercise of the Option pursuant to Rule 10.1.

 

5. Lapse of Options

An Option shall immediately cease to be exercisable and shall lapse on the earliest of the occurrence of an event contained in Rule 11.

 

6. Taxation of Awards

 

6.1 In terms of the prevailing tax legislation you will be liable for income tax on the difference between the market value of the underlying Shares on the date of exercise and the Option Price. Notwithstanding the method of exercise elected, you will be responsible for the income tax (PAYE) and your employer has an income tax withholding and reporting obligation in respect of the PAYE, as explained below:

 

6.2 If you elect the Sell All alternative, your employer will withhold the PAYE from the cash proceed and pay the required PAYE over to the South African Revenue Services (“SAR”)

 

6.3 If you elect the Sell Sufficient alternative, and you only sell sufficient shares to cover the purchase price, you must either (i) sell more shares to cover the tax liability, or (ii) instruct your employer to deduct the PAYE from your normal salary, or (iii) provide your employer with sufficient funds to cover the PAYE. If the taxable gain is more than your normal monthly salary or if you do not provide your employer with sufficient funds, you will be obliged to sell sufficient shares to cover the PAYE.

 

6.4 If you elect the Self Fund alternative, you must either (i) instruct your employer to deduct the PAYE from your normal salary, or (ii) provide your employer with sufficient funds to cover the PAYE. If the taxable gain is more than your normal monthly salary or if you do not provide your employer with sufficient funds, you will be obliged to sell sufficient shares to cover the PAYE.


Yours sincerely,

 

 

COMPANY SECRETARY


APPENDIX A

MIMECAST LIMITED

2010 EMI SHARE OPTION SCHEME

NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE

I, the undersigned, hereby accept the Option to acquire [0,000] shares in the Company subject to the terms and conditions set out in the Letter addressed to me dated [        ] 2014 and the Rules of the Scheme, with which I am fully acquainted.

I hereby further undertake, if and when called upon by any director or the Secretary of the Company to do so, to sign any further documents which may be considered necessary or desirable by the Company in order to give effect to the provisions of the Scheme.

DATED AT                                          THIS              DAY OF                                                   2014.

 

 

Signature of Optionee


APPENDIX B

2010 EMI SHARE OPTION SCHEME

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

 

(Date)

Mimecast Limited

2-8 Balfe Street

London

N1 9EG

Attention of the Chief Executive Officer/Secretary

I,             , hereby subscribe for             Class B shares of Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) by way of the exercise of the Option granted at an exercise price of             under the terms of the Letter dated             between the undersigned and the Company in accordance with the terms of the 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme.

In connection with the Exercise Price of [insert] which I am obliged to pay in order to exercise my Option, I hereby elect to pay the Exercise Price as follows:

Please indicate the method you have chosen with an “X”. You should choose one only.

 

¨ Sell All . I authorise the Company to sell all of the shares due to me on the exercise of my Option and to deduct the Exercise Price from the proceeds of sale of those shares. I acknowledge that the net proceeds of sale, after payment of the Exercise Price, will be paid to me. I have provided by bank details below.

 

¨ Sell Sufficient. I authorise the Company to sell sufficient of the shares due to me on the exercise of my Option to cover the Exercise Price and acknowledge that the balance of the shares will be released to me and registered in my name. I have provided my share registration details below.

 

¨ Self Fund . I accept that I must fund the Exercise Price due from my own resources and enclose a cheque or money order made payable to Mimecast Ltd in this regard. I have provided my share registration details below.


I have chosen to Sell All and my bank details are as follows:

 

Name of account:  

 

  
Bank:  

 

  
Bank account no.:        

 

  
Branch:  

 

  
Branch code:  

 

  

I have chosen either to Sell Sufficient or Self Fund and my share registration details are as follows:

 

Full name:            

  

 

  

Address:

  

 

  
  

 

  

 

 

(Signature)

 

(Name)

 


APPENDIX C

RULES OF THE MIMECAST LIMITED 2010 SOUTH AFRICA SHARE OPTION SCHEME

Exhibit 10.8

 

 

Mimecast Limited

 

 

Rules of the Mimecast Limited Approved Share Option Plan

Approved by the Board on 24 October 2012

Approved by HM Revenue & Customs on 14 November 2012

HM Revenue & Customs reference: X109220

Amended by the Board on 13 May 2014

Amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 28 April 2015

 

 

 

5 New Street Square | London EC4A 3TW

Tel +44 (0)20 7300 7000

Fax +44 (0)20 7300 7100

DX 41 London

www.taylorwessing.com

 

LOGO


1.    Definitions      3   
2.    Grant of Options      5   
3.    Limit on value of Options      6   
4.    Rights of Exercise and lapse of Options      6   
5.    Lapse of Options      8   
6.    Takeover, Reconstruction, Winding-Up and Listing      8   
7.    Replacement Options      10   
8.    Manner of Exercise      10   
9.    Issue or Transfer of Shares      11   
10.    Adjustments      11   
11.    Administration      12   
12.    Alterations      13   
13.    General      13   

 

2


1. Definitions

 

1.1 In this Plan, the following words and expressions shall have, where the context so admits, the meanings set forth below:

“Appropriate Period” has the meaning given by paragraph 26(3) of Schedule 4;

“Associated Company” has the meaning given by paragraph 35 of Schedule 4;

“Board” means the board of directors for the time being of the Company or a duly authorised committee thereof;

“Close Company” means a close company as defined in Section 989 of the Income Tax Act 2007 as varied by paragraph 9 of Schedule 4;

“Committee” means a committee of the Board;

“Company” means Mimecast Limited (registered number 04698693) whose registered address is at 2-8 Balfe Street, London, N1 9EG;

“Constituent Company” means

 

  (a) the Company; and

 

  (b) any other company which is under the Control of the Company, is a Subsidiary of the Company and which has been expressly designated by the Board as being a Constituent Company; and

 

  (c) any other company which is a Jointly Owned Company and which has been expressly designated by the Board as being a Constituent Company;

“Control” has the meaning given by Section 995 of the Income Tax Act 2007;

“Date of Cessation” means the date on which a Participant ceases to hold an office or employment with a Constituent Company or an Associated Company;

“Date of Death” means the date on which a Participant dies;

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option;

“Dealing Day” means any day on which the London Stock Exchange is open for the transaction of business;

“Eligible Employee” means any person who at the Date of Grant is:

 

  (a) a full-time director (required to work for not less than 25 hours per week, excluding meal breaks) or employee, of a Constituent Company; and

 

  (b) not precluded by paragraph 9 of Schedule 4 from participating in the Plan;

“Employees’ Share Scheme” has the meaning given by Section 1166 of the Companies Act 2006;

“Exercise Price” means the total amount payable in relation to the exercise of an Option, whether in whole or in part, being an amount equal to the relevant Option Price multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised;

 

3


“Group Member” means the Company, any company under the Control of the Company or any Associated Company;

“ITEPA” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

“Jointly Owned Company” means any company owned by the Company jointly with another person and any company controlled by such jointly owned company within the meaning of Paragraph 34 of Schedule 4 ITEPA;

“London Stock Exchange” means the London Stock Exchange plc;

“Market Value” means in relation to a Share on any day:

 

  (a) if and so long as the Shares are fully quoted on the London Stock Exchange, its middle market quotation (as derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange);

 

  (b) subject to (a) above, its market value, determined in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 agreed in advance with the Shares and Assets Valuation of HM Revenue & Customs;

“Material Interest” has the meaning given by paragraph 10 of Schedule 4;

“Member of a Consortium” has he meaning given by paragraph 36(2) of Schedule 4;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares under the Plan;

“Option Price” means the price per Share, as determined by the Board, at which an Eligible Employee may acquire Shares upon the exercise of an Option granted to him being not less than the higher of:

 

  (a) the Market Value of a Share on the Dealing Day immediately preceding the Date of Grant (or, if the Committee determines, the average of the Market Values on the three Dealing Days immediately preceding the Date of Grant ); and

 

  (b) if the Shares are to be subscribed, their nominal value; but subject to any adjustment pursuant to Rule 8;

“Participant” means any Eligible Employee to whom an Option has been granted, or (where the context so admits) the personal representative(s) of any such person;

“PAYE Liability” means the amount (if any) of:

 

  (a) income tax payable by deduction under Part 11 of ITEPA (PAYE);

 

  (b) primary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions (“NIC”);

 

  (c) all or such part (as may from time to time be agreed in writing between the Participant and the Company (or the Participant’s employing company)) of any secondary Class 1 NIC payable in respect of any gain which is treated as remuneration derived from the Participant’s employment for NIC purposes by virtue of Section 4(4)(a) of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as amended); or

 

  (d) any other similar taxes or duties, which a Constituent Company or other Group Member would be required to account for to HM Revenue & Customs or other taxation authority if a Participant exercised an Option;

 

4


“Retirement” means retirement on or after the age of [65] years;

“Schedule 4” means Schedule 4 to ITEPA;

“Plan” means the Mimecast Limited Approved Share Option Plan which has been approved by HM Revenue & Customs in accordance with Schedule 4, in its present form or as from time to time amended in accordance with the provisions hereof;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary share in the capital of the Company which satisfies paragraphs 16 to 20 of Schedule 4;

“Subsidiary” means a company as defined by Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006; and

“Vesting Commencement Date” shall mean the Date of Grant or other date from which vesting shall be determined as specified by the Board on the Date of Grant, provided that such date shall be no earlier than one year prior to the Date of Grant;

“Vesting Schedule” means the that the Option shall vest as to 25% of the number of Shares on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and as to a further 6.25% on the expiry of 3 months from such anniversary and 6.25% on the expiry of every subsequent period of 3 months until the Option is fully vested 4 years from the Vesting Commencement Date.

 

1.2 Words and expressions not otherwise defined herein have the same meaning they have in ITEPA.

 

1.3 Where the context so admits or requires words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing the masculine shall include the feminine.

 

1.4 Reference in the Rules of the Plan to any statutory provisions are to those provisions as amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time, and shall include any regulations made thereunder. The Interpretation Act 1978 shall apply to these Rules mutatis mutandis as if they were an Act of Parliament.

 

1.5 The headings in the rules of the Plan are for the sake of convenience only and should be ignored when construing the rules.

 

2. Grant of Options

 

2.1 The Board may at any time grant Options at the Option Price to Eligible Employees nominated to it by the Committee.

 

2.2 The Board may at the Date of Grant impose such performance condition or performance conditions on the exercise of an Option as determined by the Committee. Such performance conditions:

 

  (a) must be objective and stated in writing at the Date of Grant; and

 

  (b) may not be waived, varied or amended by the Committee unless in accordance with the terms of such conditions or, where any waiver, variation or amendment is at the discretion of the Committee, it shall only be exercised in a manner which the Committee has determined to be fair and reasonable and, if events happen which cause the Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, to consider that the waived, varied or amended condition would be appropriate and would result in the waived, varied or amended condition being no easier and no more difficult to satisfy than the condition as it existed immediately prior to such waiver, variation or amendment.

 

5


2.3 The grant of an Option shall be subject to obtaining any approval or consent required under any applicable laws, regulations of governmental authority, and the requirements of the London Stock Exchange, AIM and any other securities exchange on which the Shares are traded.

 

2.4 The Company shall issue to each Participant a duly executed certificate in respect of the Option in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe. Such certificate must be sealed by the Company or executed as a deed on behalf of the Company. No payment to the Company shall be required on the grant of an Option.

 

2.5 Subject to the rights of exercise by the Participant’s personal representatives pursuant to Rule 4.2, every Option shall be personal to the Participant to whom it is granted and shall not be transferable or in any way alienable.

 

3. Limit on value of Options

 

3.1 Any Option granted to an Eligible Employee shall be limited and take effect so that, immediately following such grant, the aggregate Market Value of all the Shares which he may acquire on the exercise in full of all unexercised options then held by him under this Plan and any other share option Plan approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 4 and adopted by the Company or any Associated Company shall not exceed £30,000 (thirty thousand pounds) or such other amount as shall from time to time be specified in paragraph 6(1) of Schedule 4.

 

3.2 In determining the limits in Rule 3.1 above, no account shall be taken of any Shares where the right to acquire them was released without being exercised within 30 days of its grant.

 

4. Rights of Exercise and lapse of Options

 

4.1 An Option:

 

  (a) save as provided in Rules 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and Rule 6 below shall not be exercised earlier than the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date;

 

  (b) save as provided in Rule 4.2, 4.3 and Rule 6 below, may only be exercised by a Participant whilst he is a director or employee of a Constituent Company or an Associated Company;

 

  (c) may only be exercised if any performance conditions (as waived, varied or amended) imposed pursuant to Rule 2.2 have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Board, on the recommendation of the Committee;

 

  (d) may not be exercised at any time when a Participant has or has had within the preceding 12 months a Material Interest in a Close Company which is:

 

  (i) the Company; or

 

  (ii) any company which has Control of the Company or is a Member of a Consortium which owns the Company.

 

6


Death of Participant

 

4.2 An Option may be exercised in the period of 12 months following the date of death of a Participant by the Participant’s personal representatives

 

  (i) to the extent that the Option has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule as at the Date of Death: and

 

  (ii) if any performance conditions (as waived, varied or amended) imposed pursuant to Rule 2.2 have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Board, on the recommendation of the Committee as at the Date of Death.

To the extent that the Option is unvested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule as at the Date of Death, the Committee shall have the discretion to permit the exercise of such unvested part of the Option within 12 months of the Date of Death. Such discretion shall only be exercised in a manner which the Committee has determined to be fair and reasonable.

Participant leaving office or employment

 

4.3 If a Participant ceases to hold an office or employment with a Constituent Company or an Associated Company as a result of:

 

  (a) injury or disability;

 

  (b) redundancy within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996;

 

  (c) Retirement;

 

  (d) early retirement by agreement with his employer;

 

  (e) the company which employs him ceasing to be under the Control of the Company or such company ceasing to be a Constituent Company;

 

  (f) the transfer or sale of the undertaking or part-undertaking in which he is employed to a person who is neither under the Control of the Company nor a Constituent Company; or

 

  (g) any other reason, at the discretion of the Board, acting fairly and reasonably, on the recommendation of the Committee.

an Option may only be exercised within the period of six months following the Date of Cessation:

 

  (i) to the extent that the Option has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule as at the Date of Cessation: and

 

  (ii) if any performance conditions (as waived, varied or amended) imposed pursuant to Rule 2.2 have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Board, on the recommendation of the Committee as at the Date of Cessation.

To the extent that the Option is unvested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule as at the Date of Cessation, the Committee shall have the discretion exercisable before the Date of Cessation to permit the exercise of such unvested part of the Option within six months of the Date of Cessation. Such discretion shall only be exercised in a manner which the Committee has determined to be fair and reasonable.

Admission to Main Market of London Stock Exchange, AIM or any other securities exchange – for Options granted before 13 May 2014 only

 

7


4.4 Rule 4.4 shall only apply to Options granted before 13 May 2014 only. If the Company’s shares are admitted to listing on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange, AIM or any other securities exchange, the Option shall Vest in full immediately after the admission date (notwithstanding that part of the Option may be Unvested). The Option will be exercisable (subject to the discretion of the Board to permit an earlier exercise) as follows:

 

  (a) 25% immediately following the admission date;

 

  (b) a further 50% on the first anniversary of the admission date;

 

  (c) a further 25% on the second anniversary of the admission date.

Admission to Main Market of London Stock Exchange, AIM or any other securities exchange – for Options granted on or after 13 May 2014

 

4.5 For the avoidance of doubt, Rule 4.4 shall not apply to all Options granted on or after 13 May 2014 and on admission vesting shall continue as detailed in the Vesting Schedule.

 

5. Lapse of Options

 

5.1 Options shall lapse under the occurrence of the earliest of the following events:

 

  (a) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

  (b) the expiry of any of the periods specified in Rule 4.2 and 4.3 (save that if at the time any of the applicable periods under Rule 4.3 expire, time is running under the period in Rule 4.2, the Option shall not lapse by reason of this Rule 4.4 until the expiry of the period under Rule 4.2);

 

  (c) the expiry of any of the periods specified in Rules 6.1, 6.5, 6.6 and 6.7 save where an option is released in consideration of the grant of a New Option (during one of the periods specified in Rules 6.1(a), 6.5 or 6.6) pursuant to Rule 7.1;

 

  (d) The Participant ceasing to hold an office or employment with a Constituent Company or an Associated Company in any circumstances other than:

 

  (i) where the cessation of office or employment arises on any of the grounds specified in Rules 4.2 or 4.3; or

 

  (ii) where the cessation of employment arises on any ground whatsoever during any of the periods specified in Rule 6;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 6.7 the passing of an effective resolution, or the making of an order by the Court, for the winding-up of the Company;

 

  (f) the Participant being deprived of the legal or beneficial ownership of the Option by the operation of the law, or doing or omitting to do anything which causes him to be so deprived or being declared bankrupt.

 

6. Takeover, Reconstruction, Winding-Up and Listing

Change of Control

 

8


6.1 If any person obtains Control of the Company as a result of

 

  (a) making a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company which is either unconditional or is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have control of the Company,

 

  (b) negotiating a share sale and purchase agreement with the shareholders of the Company which contemplates that the person will obtain Control of the Company on completion;

an Option may only be exercised to the extent set out in Rule 6.2 and 6.3 within the period of six months of the time when the person obtains Control of the Company (the “Unconditional Time”) or immediately before the Unconditional Time.

 

6.2 An Option may be exercised under Rule 6.1:

 

  (a) to the extent that the Option has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule as at the Unconditional Time: and

 

  (b) if any performance conditions (as waived, varied or amended) imposed pursuant to Rule 2.2 have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Board, on the recommendation of the Committee as at the Unconditional Time.

 

6.3 An Option may be exercised under Rule 6.1:

 

  (a) to the extent of 75% of the unvested part of the Option in accordance with the Vesting Schedule as at the Unconditional Time; and

 

  (b) the Committee shall have the discretion to permit the exercise of the remaining 25% of the unvested part of the Option. Such discretion shall only be exercised in a manner which the Committee has determined to be fair and reasonable.

 

6.4 For the purpose of Rule 6.1 a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others acting in concert (as defined by the City Code on Take-overs and Mergers) with him have together obtained Control of it.

Compulsory acquisition or squeeze out

 

6.5 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares under Sections 979 to 982 of the Companies Act 2006 an Option may be exercised at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled (to the extent set out in Rule 6.2 and 6.3).

Scheme of arrangement or compromise

 

6.6 If under Section 899 of the Companies Act 2006 it is proposed that the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a Plan for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies:

 

  (a) The Company shall give notice thereof to all Participants at the same time as it sends notices to members of the Company calling the meeting to consider such a compromise or arrangement.

 

  (b) The Participant may then exercise the Option subject to the terms of this Rule before the later of the expiry of six months from the date of such notice and the date on which the Court sanctions the compromise or arrangement and thereafter the Option shall lapse conditionally on such compromise or arrangement being sanctioned by the Court and becoming effective.

 

9


  (c) The exercise of the Option shall be to the extent set out in Rule 6.2 and 6.3 (provided that the Unconditional Time shall be defined as the date of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement)

 

  (d) The exercise of an Option under this sub-rule shall be conditional on such compromise or arrangement being sanctioned by the Court and becoming effective.

Voluntary winding-up

 

6.7 If notice is duly given of a resolution for the voluntary winding-up of the Company, the Company shall give notice thereof to all Participants and thereafter an Option may be exercised until the resolution is duly passed or defeated or the meeting concluded or adjourned sine die provided that any such exercise of an Option pursuant to this sub-rule shall be conditional upon the said resolution being duly passed and shall only be in respect of the part of the Option vested as at the date of the resolution. If such resolution is duly passed all Options shall, to the extent that they have not been exercised, lapse immediately.

 

7. Replacement Options

 

7.1 If Options become exercisable pursuant to any of Rule 6.1 (a) (where the person acquiring control is a company), 6.5 and 6.6 above, any Participant may at any time within the Appropriate Period, by agreement with the acquiring company, release any Option which has not lapsed (“the Old Option”) in consideration of the grant to him of an Option (“the New Option”) which (for the purpose of Part 6 of Schedule 4) is equivalent to the Old Option but relates to shares in a different company (whether the company which has obtained Control of the Company itself or some other company falling within paragraph 16(b) or (c) of Schedule 4) provided always that, where Options are conditionally exercisable under Rule 6.6 above, such release and grant shall be made subject to the same conditions and so as to become effective on satisfaction of the conditions which are (or would be) applicable to exercise.

 

7.2 The New Option shall not be regarded for the purposes of Rule 7.1 as equivalent to the Old Option unless the conditions set out in paragraph 27(4) of Schedule 4 are satisfied but so that the provisions of the Plan shall for this purpose be construed as if:

 

  (a) the New Option were an option granted under the Plan at the same time as the Old Option;

 

  (b) except for the purpose of the definition of “Constituent Company” in Rule 1, the reference to Mimecast Limited in the definition of “the Company” in Rule 1 were a reference to the different company mentioned in Rule 7.1, however the Plan will remain that of Mimecast Limited; and

 

  (c) all conditions imposed by Rule 2.2 have been satisfied.

 

8. Manner of Exercise

 

8.1 An Option may be exercised in whole or in part.

 

8.2

Subject to Rule 8.3, an Option may be exercised by the delivery to the Company Secretary or his duly appointed agent of a certificate covering at least all the Shares over which the Option is then to be exercised, with the notice of exercise in the prescribed form duly completed and signed by the Participant together with a remittance for the Exercise Price payable in respect of the Shares over which the

 

10


  Option is to be exercised. If any conditions must be fulfilled before an Option may be exercised, the delivery of the certificate shall not be treated as effecting the exercise of an Option unless and until the Board is satisfied that the conditions have been fulfilled.

 

8.3 In the event that any PAYE Liability becomes due on the exercise of an Option, the Option may not be exercised unless:

 

  (a) the Constituent Company is able to deduct an amount equal to the whole of the PAYE Liability from the Participant’s net pay for the next pay period; or

 

  (b) the Participant has paid to the Constituent Company an amount equal to the PAYE Liability; or

 

  (c) the sum of the amount that the Participant has paid to the Constituent Company in respect of the Constituent Company’s obligation to satisfy the PAYE liability and the total amount that the Constituent Company is able to deduct from the Participant’s net pay for the next pay period is equal to or more than the PAYE Liability (for the avoidance of doubt any overdeduction of the PAYE Liability shall be reimbursed to the Participant as soon as is practicable by cheque or through the Participant’s pay); or

 

  (d) the Participant has given irrevocable instructions to the Company’s brokers (or any other person acceptable to the Company) for the sale of sufficient shares acquired on the exercise of the Option to realise an amount equal to the PAYE Liability and the payment of the PAYE Liability to the Company

 

9. Issue or Transfer of Shares

 

9.1 Subject to Rule 9.3, Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be allotted to the Participant (or his nominee) within 28 days following the date of effective exercise of the Option.

 

9.2 Subject to Rule 9.3, the Board shall procure the transfer of any Shares to be transferred to a Participant (or his nominee) pursuant to the exercise of an Option within 28 days following the date of effective exercise of the Option.

 

9.3 The allotment or transfer of any Shares under the Plan shall be subject to obtaining any such approval or consent as is mentioned in Rule 2.3 above.

 

9.4 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then in issue, except that they shall not rank for any right attaching to Shares by reference to a record date preceding the date of exercise.

 

9.5 Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan shall not be entitled to any rights attaching to Shares by reference to a record date preceding the date of exercise.

 

9.6 If and so long as the Shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange, AIM or on any other securities exchange, the Company shall apply for listing of any Shares pursuant to the Plan as soon as practicable after the allotment thereof.

 

10. Adjustments

 

10.1

The number of Shares over which an Option is granted and the Option Price therefore (and where an Option has been exercised but no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired) shall be adjusted in such

 

11


  manner as the Board shall determine following any capitalisation issue, any offer or invitation made by way of rights, subdivision, consolidation, reduction or other variation in the share capital of the Company, to the intent that (as nearly as may be without involving fractions of a Share or an Option Price calculated to more than two decimal places) the aggregate Exercise Price payable in respect of an Option shall remain unchanged, provided that no adjustment made pursuant to this Rule 10.1 shall be made without the prior approval of HM Revenue & Customs (so long as the Plan is approved by HM Revenue & Customs).

 

10.2 Apart from pursuant to this Rule 10.2, no adjustment under Rule 10.1 above may have the effect of reducing the Option Price to less than the nominal value of a Share. Where an Option subsists over both issued and unissued Shares any such adjustment may only be made if the reduction of the Option Price of Options over both issued and unissued Shares can be made to the same extent. Any adjustment made to the Option Price of Options over unissued Shares shall only be made if and to the extent that the Board shall be authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercisable exceeds the adjusted Exercise Price and to apply such sum in paying up such amount on such Shares so that on exercise of any Option in respect of which such a reduction shall have been made the Board shall capitalise such sum (if any) and apply the same in paying up such amount as aforesaid.

 

10.3 The Board may take such steps as it may consider necessary to notify Participants of any adjustment made under this Rule 10 and to call in, cancel, endorse, issue or reissue any certificate consequent upon such adjustment.

 

11. Administration

 

11.1 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given by personal delivery or by sending the same by post, in the case of a company to its registered office, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Constituent Company or an Associated Company, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment, and where a notice or other communication is given by first-class post, it shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after it was put into the post properly addressed and stamped.

 

11.2 The Company may distribute to Participants copies of any notice or document normally sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.3 In the case of partial exercise of an Option, the Board may in consequence call in, endorse, cancel and reissue, as it considers appropriate, any certificate for the balance of the Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

11.4 If any certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.5 The Company shall at all times keep available for allotment unissued Shares at least sufficient to satisfy all Options under which Shares may be subscribed or procure that sufficient Shares are available for transfer to satisfy all Options under which Shares may be acquired.

 

11.6

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full authority, consistent with the Plan, to administer the Plan, including authority to interpret and construe any provision of the Plan and to adopt such regulations for

 

12


  administering the Plan and such forms of exercise as it may deem necessary or appropriate. Decisions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

11.7 The cost of introducing and administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

 

12. Alterations

 

12.1 Subject to Rules 12.2, 12.4 and 12.5, the Board may at any time alter or add to all or any of the provisions of the Plan in any respect.

 

12.2 No alteration or addition shall be made under Rule 12.1 which would abrogate or adversely affect the subsisting rights of a Participant unless it is made:

 

  (a) with the consent in writing of such number of Participants as hold Options under the Plan to acquire 75 per cent, of the Shares which would be issued or transferred if all Options granted and subsisting under the Plan were exercised; or

 

  (b) by a resolution at a meeting of Participants passed by not less than 75 per cent of the Participants who attend and vote either in person or by proxy; and

for the purpose of this Rule 12.2 the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company relating to shareholder meeting shall apply mutates mutandis.

 

12.3 As soon as reasonably practicable after making any alteration or addition under Rule 12.1, the Board shall give written notice thereof to any Participant affected thereby.

 

12.4 No alteration shall be made to the Plan if following the alteration the Plan would cease to be an Employees’ Share Scheme.

 

12.5 If an alteration or addition is made under Rule 12.1 at a time when the Plan is approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 4 and amounts to an alteration to a key feature of the Plan (being a provision of the Plan which is necessary in order to meet the requirements of Schedule 4), it shall not have effect until it has been approved by HM Revenue & Customs.

 

13. General

 

13.1 The Company and any Subsidiary of the Company may provide money to the trustees of any trust or any other person to enable them or him to acquire Shares to be held for the purposes of the Plan, or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for those purposes. In addition, the Company may require any Subsidiary to enter into such other agreement or agreements as it shall deem necessary to oblige such Subsidiary to reimburse the Company for any other amounts paid by the Company hereunder, directly or indirectly in respect of such Subsidiary’s employees. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any employee of any Constituent Company any right to participate in the Plan.

 

13.2 The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with a Constituent Company shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein, and an individual who participates therein shall waive all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment with a Constituent Company for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any Option under the Plan as a result of such termination or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or entitlements.

 

13


13.3 All Participants and Eligible Employees agree as a condition of their participation in the Plan that any personal data in relation to them may be held by any company in the Group or passed to any third party in connection with the administration of the Plan.

 

13.4 These Rules shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England.

 

14


Certificate No.

MIMECAST LIMITED

EXECUTIVE SHARE OPTION SCHEME

OPTION CERTIFICATE – FOR APPROVED OPTION

This is to certify that [ Name ] of [ Address ] is the holder of an Option to acquire up to a maximum of [            ] shares of [            ] each in Mimecast Limited at a price of [            ] per B Ordinary Share.

This Option was granted on [ date ] under the Rules of the Mimecast Limited Approved Share Option Plan (the “Plan Rules”).

The Option is exercisable in accordance with the Plan Rules. [The exercise of the Option is subject to the satisfaction of the performance condition set out in the attached schedule.] The Option may not be exercised after 10 years from the date of grant.

A condition of the exercise of the Option is that the holder of the Option agrees to pay any secondary Class 1 NIC (Employer’s NIC) arising on such exercise.

This Option is not transferable and will lapse upon the occasion of an assignment, charge, disposal or other dealing with the rights conveyed by it.

 

SIGNED as a Deed      
by Mimecast Limited    )   
acting by    )   

 

  Director
  Director/Secretary
DATED:          

 

THIS CERTIFICATE IS IMPORTANT AND SHOULD BE

KEPT IN A SAFE PLACE

Exhibit 10.9

MIMECAST LIMITED

2015 SHARE OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its shareholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

“Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Administrator” means either the Board or the compensation committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent.

Appendix means an appendix to the Plan.

“Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Share Options, Non-Qualified Share Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Share Units, Restricted Share Awards, Unrestricted Share Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights.

“Award Certificate” means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Certificate is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cash-Based Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash-denominated payment.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

“Consultant” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company, and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.


“Covered Employee” means an employee who is a “Covered Employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

“Dividend Equivalent Right” means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the Shares specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such Shares had been issued to and held by the grantee.

“Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan becomes effective as set forth in Section 22.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Fair Market Value” of the Shares on any given date means the fair market value of the Shares determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Shares are admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), NASDAQ Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to market quotations. If there are no market quotations for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there are market quotations; provided further, however, that if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Shares are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

“Incentive Share Option” means any Share Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

“Initial Public Offering” means the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, or such other event as a result of or following which the Shares shall be publicly held.

“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

“Non-Qualified Share Option” means any Share Option that is not an Incentive Share Option.

“Option” or “Share Option” means any option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 6.

Ordinary Shares means the ordinary shares of the Company.

 

2


“Performance-Based Award” means any Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Performance Criteria” means the criteria that the Administrator selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for an individual for a Performance Cycle. The Performance Criteria (which shall be applicable to the organizational level specified by the Administrator, including, but not limited to, the Company or a unit, division, group, or Subsidiary of the Company) that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: total shareholder return; expense levels; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); business development and financing milestones; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or any elements thereof; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares; economic value-added; sales or revenue; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; shareholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per Share; sales or market shares and number of customers; annual spend estimate for new customers signed; number of billable awards; billings and billings retention rate, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. The Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation performance under a Performance Criterion to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a Performance Cycle: (i) asset write-downs or impairments, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reporting results, (iv) accruals for reorganizations and restructuring programs, and (v) any item of an unusual nature or of a type that indicates infrequency of occurrence, or both, including those described in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s authoritative guidance and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition of operations appearing the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year.

“Performance Cycle” means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Criteria will be measured for the purpose of determining a grantee’s right to and the payment of a Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award, the vesting and/or payment of which is subject to the attainment of one or more Performance Goals. Each such period shall not be less than 12 months.

“Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Cycle, the specific goals established in writing by the Administrator for a Performance Cycle based upon the Performance Criteria.

“Performance Share Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to acquire Shares upon the attainment of specified performance goals.

“Restricted Shares” means the Shares underlying a Restricted Share Award that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture or the Company’s right of repurchase.

 

3


“Restricted Share Award” means an Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

“Restricted Share Units” means an Award of share units subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

“Sale Event” means (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding shares immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding shares or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Shares of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

Sale Price ” means the value as determined by the Administrator of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by shareholders, per Share pursuant to a Sale Event.

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

“Shares” means the Ordinary Shares, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.

“Share Appreciation Right” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive Shares having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Share Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

“Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation.

“Unrestricted Share Award” means an Award of Shares free of any restrictions.

 

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a) Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

(b) Powers of Administrator . The Administrator shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

 

4


(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Share Options, Non-Qualified Share Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Share Awards, Restricted Share Units, Unrestricted Share Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by any Award;

(iv) to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the forms of Award Certificates;

(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi) subject to the provisions of Section 6(c), to extend at any time the period in which Share Options may be exercised;

(vii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable;

(viii) to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments);

(ix) to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; and

(x) to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

(c) Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards . Subject to applicable law, the Administrator, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company all or part of the Administrator’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not Covered Employees. Any such delegation by the Administrator shall include a limitation as to the number of Shares underlying Awards that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price and the vesting criteria. The Administrator may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Administrator’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

5


(d) Award Certificate . Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Certificates that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award and the provisions applicable in the event employment or service terminates.

(e) Indemnification . Neither the Board nor the Administrator, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Administrator (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s articles or bylaws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

(f) Foreign Award Recipients . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws, including by setting out such terms and conditios in an Appendix; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Administrator determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Administrator determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.

 

SECTION 3. SHARES ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Shares Issuable . The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be [                ] 1 Shares (the “Initial Limit”), subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 3, plus on January 1, 2016 and each January 1 thereafter, the number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by five percent of the number of Shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of Shares determined by the Administrator (the “Annual Increase”). The Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of

 

1  

A number equal to 10% of the post-IPO outstanding.

 

6


Shares or otherwise terminated under this Plan (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. In the event the Company repurchases Shares on the open market, such Shares shall not be added to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to the overall limitation, (a) the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Share Options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2016 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or 3,000,000 Shares and (b) Shares may be issued up to the maximum number of Shares available under the Plan pursuant to any type or types of Award; provided, however, that Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights with respect to no more than [                ] 2 Shares may be granted to any one individual grantee during any one calendar year period. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.

(b) Changes in Shares . Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar change in the Company’s share capital, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Administrator shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, including the maximum number of Shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Share Options, (ii) the number of Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights that can be granted to any one individual grantee and the maximum number of Shares that may be granted under a Performance-Based Award, (iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iv) the repurchase price, if any, per Share subject to each outstanding Restricted Share Award, and (v) the exercise price for each Share subject to any then outstanding Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights) as to which such Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights remain exercisable. The Administrator shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of Shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event. The adjustment by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Administrator in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional Shares.

(c) Mergers and Other Transactions . In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the parties thereto may cause the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards

 

2  

A number approximately equal to $15 million Black-Scholes value.

 

7


of the successor entity or parent thereof, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per Share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree. To the extent the parties to such Sale Event do not provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of Awards, upon the effective time of the Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Awards granted hereunder shall terminate. In such case, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Award Certificate, all Options and Share Appreciation Rights that are not exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the Sale Event shall become fully exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, all other Awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, and all Awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a Sale Event in the Administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant Award Certificate. In the event of such termination, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a cash payment to the grantees holding Options and Share Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price multiplied by the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights; or (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Administrator, to exercise all outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee.

 

SECTION 4. MAXIMUM AWARDS TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the value of all Awards awarded under this Plan and all other cash compensation paid by the Company to any Non-Employee Director in any calendar year shall not exceed $1,000,000. For the purpose of this limitation, the value of any Award shall be its grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718 but excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting provisions.

 

SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

SECTION 6. SHARE OPTIONS

(a) Award of Share Options . The Administrator may grant Share Options under the Plan. Any Share Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve.

Share Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Share Options or Non-Qualified Share Options. Incentive Share Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Share Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Share Option.

 

8


Share Options granted pursuant to this Section 6 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable. If the Administrator so determines, Share Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the optionee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish.

(b) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share for the Shares covered by a Share Option granted pursuant to this Section 6 shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Share Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the option price of such Incentive Share Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

(c) Option Term . The term of each Share Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Share Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Share Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Share Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Share Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant.

(d) Exercisability; Rights of a Shareholder . Share Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after the grant date. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Share Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a shareholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Share Option and not as to unexercised Share Options.

(e) Method of Exercise . Share Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods except to the extent otherwise provided in the Option Award Certificate:

(i) In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator;

(ii) Through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership following such procedures as the Company may prescribe) of Shares that are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. Such surrendered Shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(iii) By the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(iv) With respect to Share Options that are not Incentive Share Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

 

9


Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. The transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Share Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Share Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award Certificate or applicable provisions of laws (including the satisfaction of any withholding taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold with respect to the optionee). In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Share Option shall be net of the number of attested Shares. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Share Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Share Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

(f) Annual Limit on Incentive Share Options . To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Share Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any Share Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Share Option.

 

SECTION 7. SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

(a) Award of Share Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may grant Share Appreciation Rights under the Plan. A Share Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the recipient to receive Shares having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Share Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

(b) Exercise Price of Share Appreciation Rights . The exercise price of a Share Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant.

(c) Grant and Exercise of Share Appreciation Rights . Share Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Administrator independently of any Share Option granted pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan.

(d) Terms and Conditions of Share Appreciation Rights . Share Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined from time to time by the Administrator. The term of a Share Appreciation Right may not exceed ten years.

 

10


SECTION 8. RESTRICTED SHARE AWARDS

(a) Nature of Restricted Share Awards . The Administrator may grant Restricted Share Awards under the Plan. A Restricted Share Award is any Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

(b) Rights as a Shareholder . Upon the grant of the Restricted Share Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Shares and receipt of dividends; provided that if the lapse of restrictions with respect to the Restricted Share Award is tied to the attainment of performance goals, any dividends paid by the Company during the performance period shall accrue and shall not be paid to the grantee until and to the extent the performance goals are met with respect to the Restricted Share Award. Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 8(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Shares shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 8(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Administrator may prescribe.

(c) Restrictions . Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Share Award Certificate. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 19 below, in writing after the Award is issued, if a grantee’s employment (or other service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, any Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and without any requirement of notice to such grantee from or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at its original purchase price (if any) from such grantee or such grantee’s legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other service relationship), and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a shareholder. Following such deemed reacquisition of Restricted Shares that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration.

(d) Vesting of Restricted Shares . The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Shares and the Company’s right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse. Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Shares and shall be deemed “vested.”

 

11


SECTION 9. RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

(a) Nature of Restricted Share Units . The Administrator may grant Restricted Share Units under the Plan. A Restricted Share Unit is an Award of share units that may be settled in Shares upon the satisfaction of such restrictions and conditions at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees. Except in the case of Restricted Share Units with a deferred settlement date that complies with Section 409A, at the end of the vesting period, the Restricted Share Units, to the extent vested, shall be settled in the form of Shares. Restricted Share Units with deferred settlement dates are subject to Section 409A and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

(b) Election to Receive Restricted Share Units in Lieu of Compensation . The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of an award of Restricted Share Units. Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Administrator and in accordance with Section 409A and such other rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Any such future cash compensation that the grantee elects to defer shall be converted to a fixed number of Restricted Share Units based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee if such payment had not been deferred as provided herein. The Administrator shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Administrator deems appropriate. Any Restricted Share Units that are elected to be received in lieu of cash compensation shall be fully vested, unless otherwise provided in the Award Certificate.

(c) Rights as a Shareholder . A grantee shall have the rights as a shareholder only as to Shares acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Share Units; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the share units underlying his Restricted Share Units, subject to the provisions of Section 14 and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

(d) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 19 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Share Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 10. UNRESTRICTED SHARE AWARDS

Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Shares . The Administrator may grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Administrator) an Unrestricted Share Award under the Plan. An Unrestricted Share Award is an Award pursuant to which the grantee may

 

12


receive Shares free of any restrictions under the Plan. Unrestricted Share Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

 

SECTION 11. CASH-BASED AWARDS

Grant of Cash-Based Awards . The Administrator may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan. A Cash-Based Award is an Award that entitles the grantee to a payment in cash upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals. The Administrator shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash-Based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Administrator. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash.

 

SECTION 12. PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARDS

(a) Nature of Performance Share Awards . The Administrator may grant Performance Share Awards under the Plan. A Performance Share Award is an Award entitling the grantee to receive Shares upon the attainment of performance goals. The Administrator shall determine whether and to whom Performance Share Awards shall be granted, the performance goals, the periods during which performance is to be measured, which may not be less than one year except in the case of a Sale Event, and such other limitations and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

(b) Rights as a Shareholder . A grantee receiving a Performance Share Award shall have the rights of a shareholder only as to Shares actually received by the grantee under the Plan and not with respect to Shares subject to the Award but not actually received by the grantee. A grantee shall be entitled to receive Shares under a Performance Share Award only upon satisfaction of all conditions specified in the Performance Share Award Certificate (or in a performance plan adopted by the Administrator).

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award agreement or, subject to Section 19 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Performance Share Awards shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 13. PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS TO COVERED EMPLOYEES

(a) Performance-Based Awards . The Administrator may grant one or more Performance-Based Awards in the form of a Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Units, Performance Share Awards or Cash-Based Award payable upon the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Administrator and relate to one or more of the Performance Criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for any Performance Cycle. Depending on the

 

13


Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual. Each Performance-Based Award shall comply with the provisions set forth below.

(b) Grant of Performance-Based Awards . With respect to each Performance-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee, the Administrator shall select, within the first 90 days of a Performance Cycle (or, if shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) the Performance Criteria for such grant, and the Performance Goals with respect to each Performance Criterion (including a threshold level of performance below which no amount will become payable with respect to such Award). Each Performance-Based Award will specify the amount payable, or the formula for determining the amount payable, upon achievement of the various applicable performance targets. The Performance Criteria established by the Administrator may be (but need not be) different for each Performance Cycle and different Performance Goals may be applicable to Performance-Based Awards to different Covered Employees.

(c) Payment of Performance-Based Awards . Following the completion of a Performance Cycle, the Administrator shall meet to review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Cycle have been achieved and, if so, to also calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance-Based Awards earned for the Performance Cycle. The Administrator shall then determine the actual size of each Covered Employee’s Performance-Based Award.

(d) Maximum Award Payable . The maximum Performance-Based Award payable to any one Covered Employee under the Plan for a Performance Cycle is [                ] 3 Shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) hereof) or $15,000,000 in the case of a Performance-Based Award that is a Cash-Based Award.

 

SECTION 14. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

(a) Dividend Equivalent Rights . The Administrator may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights under the Plan. A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the Shares specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such Shares had been issued to the grantee. A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of an award of Restricted Share Units, Restricted Share Award or Performance Share Award or as a freestanding award. The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Certificate. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional Shares, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents. Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the Company, if any. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or Shares or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments. A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of an Award of Restricted Share Units or

 

3  

A number approximately equal to $15 million Black-Scholes value.

 

14


Performance Share Award shall provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled only upon settlement or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award.

(b) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 19 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 15. TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

(a) Transferability . Except as provided in Section 15(b) below, during a grantee’s lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee, or by the grantee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the grantee’s incapacity. No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void.

(b) Administrator Action . Notwithstanding Section 15(a), the Administrator, in its discretion, may provide either in the Award Certificate regarding a given Award or by subsequent written approval that the grantee (who is an employee or director) may transfer his or her Non-Qualified Share Options to his or her immediate family members, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award. In no event may an Award be transferred by a grantee for value.

(c) Family Member . For purposes of Section 15(b), “family member” shall mean a grantee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the grantee’s household (other than a tenant of the grantee), a trust in which these persons (or the grantee) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the grantee) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests.

(d) Designation of Beneficiary . To the extent permitted by the Company, each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Administrator and shall not be effective until received by the Administrator. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

 

15


SECTION 16. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Payment by Grantee . Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Shares or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver evidence of book entry (or share certificates) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

(b) Payment in Shares . Subject to approval by the Administrator, a grantee may elect to have the Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by authorizing the Company to withhold from Shares to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due. The Administrator may also require Awards to be subject to mandatory share withholding up to the required withholding amount. For purposes of share withholding, the Fair Market Value of withheld shares shall be determined in the same manner as the value of Shares includible in income of the Participants.

 

SECTION 17. SECTION 409A AWARDS

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. Further, the settlement of any such Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

 

SECTION 18. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

(a) Termination of Employment . If the grantee’s employer ceases to be a Subsidiary, the grantee shall be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of the Plan.

(b) For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

(i) a transfer to the employment of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another; or

(ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise so provides in writing.

 

16


SECTION 19. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Administrator may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent. Except as provided in Section 3(b) or 3(c), without prior shareholder approval, in no event may the Administrator exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights or effect repricing through cancellation and re-grants or cancellation of Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash or other Awards. To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market system on which the Shares are listed, to the extent determined by the Administrator to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Share Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code, or to ensure that compensation earned under Awards qualifies as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders. Nothing in this Section 19 shall limit the Administrator’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(b) or 3(c).

 

SECTION 20. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Shares or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Administrator shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Shares or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

 

SECTION 21. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution . The Administrator may require each person acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.

(b) Delivery of Share Certificates . Share certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Share transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company. Uncertificated Shares shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Share transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book

 

17


entry” records). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent the Administrator deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded. All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any Share certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

(c) Shareholder Rights . Until Shares is deemed delivered in accordance with Section 21(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a shareholder will exist with respect to Shares to be issued in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Share Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award.

(d) Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(e) Trading Policy Restrictions . Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time.

(f) Clawback Policy . Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

SECTION 22. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

This Plan shall become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering following shareholder approval in accordance with applicable state law, the Company’s bylaws and articles of incorporation, and applicable stock exchange rules or pursuant to written consent. No grants of Share Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and no grants of Incentive Share Options may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

 

18


SECTION 23. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:             , 2015

DATE APPROVED BY SHAREHOLDERS:             , 2015

 

19


APPENDIX 1

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO AUSTRALIAN PARTICIPANTS

The Plan is amended as follows in relation to Awards granted to a recipient who is a resident of Australia or is employed in Australia or provides services in Australia (“Australian Recipient ).

Tax deferral. This scheme is a scheme to which Subdivision 83A-C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 applies (subject to the conditions in that Act).

Transferability of Awards. The words “or pursuant to a domestic relations order” are deleted from Section 15(a) of the Plan for Australian Participants. Section 15(b) of the Plan does not apply to any Australian Participant.


Neither this document, nor any Award Certificate connected with it, is an approved prospectus for the purposes of section 85(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) and no offer of transferable securities to the public (for the purposes of section 102B of FSMA) is being made in connection with the UK Sub-Plan to the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan (the “Sub-Plan”). The Sub-Plan is exclusively available to bona fide employees and former employees of Mimecast Limited and any other UK Subsidiary.

UK SUB-PLAN TO THE MIMECAST LIMITED

2015 SHARE OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the UK sub-plan to the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the, employees, of Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its shareholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

“Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Administrator” means either the Board or the compensation committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent.

“Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Share Units, Restricted Share Awards, Unrestricted Share Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards Dividend Equivalent Rights and Unapproved Options.

“Award Certificate” means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Certificate is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

“Award Tax Liability” means any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any Subsidiary to account for (or pay) income tax (under the UK withholding system of PAYE (pay


as you earn)) or any other taxation provisions and primary class 1 National Insurance Contributions in the United Kingdom to the extent arising from the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation, vesting or any other disposal of an Award or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Shares acquired under this Plan.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cash-Based Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash-denominated payment.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

“Covered Employee” means an employee who is a “Covered Employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

“Dividend Equivalent Right” means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the Shares specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such Shares had been issued to and held by the grantee.

“Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan becomes effective as set forth in Section 21.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Fair Market Value” of the Shares on any given date means the fair market value of the Shares determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Shares are admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), NASDAQ Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to market quotations. If there are no market quotations for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there are market quotations; provided further, however, that if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Shares are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

“Initial Public Offering” means the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, or such other event as a result of or following which the Shares shall be publicly held.

“ITEPA” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003.


“Joint Agreement” means an agreement (in accordance with paragraph 3A of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992), for the Secondary Contributor to recover any Secondary NIC Liability from the grantee.

“Joint Election” means an election (in such terms and such form as provided in paragraphs 3A and 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992), which has been approved by HM Revenue & Customs for the transfer of the whole of or any liability of the Secondary Contributor for any Secondary NIC Liability.

“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

“Option” or “Share Option” means any option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 5.

“Ordinary Shares means the ordinary shares of the Company.

“Performance-Based Award” means any Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Personal Representative” means the personal representative(s) of a grantee (being either the executors of his will or if he dies intestate the duly appointed administrator(s) of his estate) who have provided to the Board evidence of their appointment as such.

“Performance Criteria” means the criteria that the Administrator selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for an individual for a Performance Cycle. The Performance Criteria (which shall be applicable to the organizational level specified by the Administrator, including, but not limited to, the Company or a unit, division, group, or Subsidiary of the Company) that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: total shareholder return; expense levels; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); business development and financing milestones; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or any elements thereof; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares; economic value-added; sales or revenue; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; shareholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per Share; sales or market shares and number of customers; annual spend estimate for new customers signed; number of billable awards; billings and billings retention rate, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. The Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation performance under a Performance Criterion to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a Performance Cycle: (i) asset write-downs or impairments, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reporting results, (iv) accruals for reorganizations and restructuring


programs, and (v) any item of an unusual nature or of a type that indicates infrequency of occurrence, or both, including those described in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s authoritative guidance and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition of operations appearing the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year.

“Performance Cycle” means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Criteria will be measured for the purpose of determining a grantee’s right to and the payment of a Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award, the vesting and/or payment of which is subject to the attainment of one or more Performance Goals. Each such period shall not be less than 12 months.

“Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Cycle, the specific goals established in writing by the Administrator for a Performance Cycle based upon the Performance Criteria.

“Performance Share Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to acquire Shares upon the attainment of specified performance goals.

“Restricted Shares” means the Shares underlying a Restricted Share Award that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture or the Company’s right of repurchase.

“Restricted Share Award” means an Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

“Restricted Share Units” means an Award of share units subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

“Sale Event” means (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding shares immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding shares or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Shares of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

Sale Price ” means the value as determined by the Administrator of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by shareholders, per Share pursuant to a Sale Event.

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

“Secondary Contributor” means a person or company who has a liability to account (or pay) the Secondary NIC Liability to HM Revenue & Customs.


“Secondary NIC Liability” means any liability to employer’s Class 1 National Insurance Contributions to the extent arising from the grant, exercise, release, vesting or cancellation of an Award or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Shares acquired pursuant to an Award.

“Section 431 Election” means an election made under section 431 ITEPA.

“Shares” means the Ordinary Shares, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.

“Share Appreciation Right” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive Shares having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Share Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

“Unapproved Option” means an option over shares in the Company that is neither an HM Revenue & Customs tax favoured company share option (under Schedule 4 ITEPA) nor an enterprise management incentive (EMI) option under Schedule 5 ITEPA.

“Unrestricted Share Award” means an Award of Shares free of any restrictions.

“UK Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company which is incorporated in the UK.

US Plan ” means the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan.

 

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a) Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

(b) Powers of Administrator . The Administrator shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Share Awards, Restricted Share Units, Unrestricted Share Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards Dividend Equivalent Rights and Unapproved Options, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by any Award;

(iv) to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the forms of Award Certificates;


(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi) subject to the provisions of Section 5 (c), to extend at any time the period in which Share Options may be exercised;

(vii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable;

(viii) to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments);

(ix) to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; and

(x) to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

(c) Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards . Subject to applicable law, the Administrator, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company all or part of the Administrator’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not Covered Employees. Any such delegation by the Administrator shall include a limitation as to the number of Shares underlying Awards that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price and the vesting criteria. The Administrator may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Administrator’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

(d) Award Certificate . Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Certificates that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award and the provisions applicable in the event employment or service terminates.

(e) Indemnification . Neither the Board nor the Administrator, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Administrator (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s articles or bylaws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.


SECTION 3. SHARES ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Shares Issuable . The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the US Plan (together with the Plan) shall be [                ] 1 Shares (the “Initial Limit”), subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 3, plus on January 1, 2016 and each January 1 thereafter, the number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the US Plan (together with the Plan) shall be cumulatively increased by five percent of the number of Shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of Shares determined by the Administrator (the “Annual Increase”). The Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Shares or otherwise terminated under the US Plan (together with the Plan) (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the US Plan (together with the Plan). In the event the Company repurchases Shares on the open market, such Shares shall not be added to the Shares available for issuance under the US Plan (together with the Plan). Shares may be issued up to the maximum number of Shares available under the US Plan (together with the Plan) pursuant to any type or types of Award; provided, however, that Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights with respect to no more than [                ] 2 Shares may be granted to any one individual grantee during any one calendar year period. The Shares available for issuance under the US Plan (together with the Plan) may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.

(b) Changes in Shares . Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar change in the Company’s share capital, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Administrator shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number of Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights that can be granted to any one individual grantee and the maximum number of Shares that may be granted under a Performance-Based Award, (iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iv) the repurchase price, if any, per Share subject to each outstanding Restricted Share Award, and (v) the exercise price for each Share subject to any then outstanding Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights) as to which such Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights

 

1   A number equal to 10% of the post-IPO outstanding.
2   A number approximately equal to $15 million Black-Scholes value.


remain exercisable. The Administrator shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of Shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event. The adjustment by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Administrator in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional Shares.

(c) Mergers and Other Transactions . In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the parties thereto may cause the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per Share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree. To the extent the parties to such Sale Event do not provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of Awards, upon the effective time of the Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Awards granted hereunder shall terminate. In such case, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Award Certificate, all Options and Share Appreciation Rights that are not exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the Sale Event shall become fully exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, all other Awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, and all Awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a Sale Event in the Administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant Award Certificate. In the event of such termination, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a cash payment to the grantees holding Options and Share Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price multiplied by the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights; or (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Administrator, to exercise all outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee.

 

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be employees, of the Company and its Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

SECTION 5. SHARE OPTIONS

(a) Award of Share Options . The Administrator may grant Share Options under the Plan. Any Share Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve.

Share Options granted under the Plan will be Unapproved Options.


Share Options granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable. If the Administrator so determines, Share Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the optionee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish.

(b) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share for the Shares covered by a Share Option granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant

(c) Option Term . The term of each Share Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Share Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Share Option is granted.

(d) Exercisability; Rights of a Shareholder . Share Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after the grant date. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Share Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a shareholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Share Option and not as to unexercised Share Options.

(e) Method of Exercise . Share Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods:

(i) In cash, by certified or bank cheque or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator;

(ii) By the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a cheque payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(iii) By a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. The transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Share Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Share Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award Certificate or applicable provisions of laws (including the satisfaction of any withholding taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold with respect to the optionee). In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Share Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Share Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.


SECTION 6. SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

(a) Award of Share Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may grant Share Appreciation Rights under the Plan. A Share Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the recipient to receive Shares having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Share Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

(b) Exercise Price of Share Appreciation Rights . The exercise price of a Share Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant.

(c) Grant and Exercise of Share Appreciation Rights . Share Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Administrator independently of any Share Option granted pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan.

(d) Terms and Conditions of Share Appreciation Rights . Share Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined from time to time by the Administrator. The term of a Share Appreciation Right may not exceed ten years.

 

SECTION 7. RESTRICTED SHARE AWARDS

(a) Nature of Restricted Share Awards . The Administrator may grant Restricted Share Awards under the Plan. A Restricted Share Award is any Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

(b) Rights as a Shareholder . Upon the grant of the Restricted Share Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Shares and receipt of dividends; provided that if the lapse of restrictions with respect to the Restricted Share Award is tied to the attainment of performance goals, any dividends paid by the Company during the performance period shall accrue and shall not be paid to the grantee until and to the extent the performance goals are met with respect to the Restricted Share Award. Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Shares shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Administrator may prescribe.


(c) Restrictions . Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Share Award Certificate. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, if a grantee’s employment (or other service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, any Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and without any requirement of notice to such grantee from or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at its original purchase price (if any) from such grantee or such grantee’s legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other service relationship), and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a shareholder. Following such deemed reacquisition of Restricted Shares that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration.

(d) Vesting of Restricted Shares . The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Shares and the Company’s right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse. Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Shares and shall be deemed “vested.”

Specific UK Securities laws advice must be taken where Restricted Shares are acquired by grantees. Awards of Restricted Shares will not be made except in consultation with UK counsel.

 

SECTION 8. RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

(a) Nature of Restricted Share Units . The Administrator may grant Restricted Share Units under the Plan. A Restricted Share Unit is an Award of share units that may be settled in Shares upon the satisfaction of such restrictions and conditions at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees. Except in the case of Restricted Share Units with a deferred settlement date that complies with Section 409A, at the end of the vesting period, the Restricted Share Units, to the extent vested, shall be settled in the form of Shares. Restricted Share Units with deferred settlement dates are subject to Section 409A and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

(b) Election to Receive Restricted Share Units in Lieu of Compensation . The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of an award of Restricted Share Units. Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Administrator and in accordance with Section 409A and such other rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Any such future cash compensation that


the grantee elects to defer shall be converted to a fixed number of Restricted Share Units based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee if such payment had not been deferred as provided herein. The Administrator shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Administrator deems appropriate. Any Restricted Share Units that are elected to be received in lieu of cash compensation shall be fully vested, unless otherwise provided in the Award Certificate.

(c) Rights as a Shareholder . A grantee shall have the rights as a shareholder only as to Shares acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Share Units; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the share units underlying his Restricted Share Units, subject to the provisions of Section 13 and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

(d) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Share Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 9. UNRESTRICTED SHARE AWARDS

Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Shares . The Administrator may grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Administrator) an Unrestricted Share Award under the Plan. An Unrestricted Share Award is an Award pursuant to which the grantee may receive Shares free of any restrictions under the Plan. Unrestricted Share Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

Specific UK Securities laws advice must be taken where Unrestricted Share Awards are granted. Awards of Unrestricted Shares will not be made except in consultation with UK counsel.

 

SECTION 10. CASH-BASED AWARDS

Grant of Cash-Based Awards . The Administrator may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan. A Cash-Based Award is an Award that entitles the grantee to a payment in cash upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals. The Administrator shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash-Based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Administrator. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash.


SECTION 11. PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARDS

(a) Nature of Performance Share Awards . The Administrator may grant Performance Share Awards under the Plan. A Performance Share Award is an Award entitling the grantee to receive Shares upon the attainment of performance goals. The Administrator shall determine whether and to whom Performance Share Awards shall be granted, the performance goals, the periods during which performance is to be measured, which may not be less than one year except in the case of a Sale Event, and such other limitations and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

(b) Rights as a Shareholder . A grantee receiving a Performance Share Award shall have the rights of a shareholder only as to Shares actually received by the grantee under the Plan and not with respect to Shares subject to the Award but not actually received by the grantee. A grantee shall be entitled to receive Shares under a Performance Share Award only upon satisfaction of all conditions specified in the Performance Share Award Certificate (or in a performance plan adopted by the Administrator).

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award agreement or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Performance Share Awards shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 12. PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS TO COVERED EMPLOYEES

(a) Performance-Based Awards . The Administrator may grant one or more Performance-Based Awards in the form of a Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Units, Performance Share Awards or Cash-Based Award payable upon the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Administrator and relate to one or more of the Performance Criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for any Performance Cycle. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual. Each Performance-Based Award shall comply with the provisions set forth below.

(b) Grant of Performance-Based Awards . With respect to each Performance-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee, the Administrator shall select, within the first 90 days of a Performance Cycle (or, if shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) the Performance Criteria for such grant, and the Performance Goals with respect to each Performance Criterion (including a threshold level of performance below which no amount will become payable with respect to such Award). Each Performance-Based Award will specify the amount payable, or the formula for determining the amount payable, upon achievement of the various applicable performance targets. The Performance Criteria established by the Administrator may be (but need not be) different for each Performance Cycle and different Performance Goals may be applicable to Performance-Based Awards to different Covered Employees.


(c) Payment of Performance-Based Awards . Following the completion of a Performance Cycle, the Administrator shall meet to review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Cycle have been achieved and, if so, to also calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance-Based Awards earned for the Performance Cycle. The Administrator shall then determine the actual size of each Covered Employee’s Performance-Based Award.

(d) Maximum Award Payable . The maximum Performance-Based Award payable to any one Covered Employee under the Plan for a Performance Cycle is [                ] 3 Shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) hereof) or $15,000,000 in the case of a Performance-Based Award that is a Cash-Based Award.

 

SECTION 13. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

(a) Dividend Equivalent Rights . The Administrator may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights under the Plan. A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the Shares specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such Shares had been issued to the grantee. A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of an award of Restricted Share Units, Restricted Share Award or Performance Share Award or as a freestanding award. The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Certificate. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional Shares, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents. Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the Company, if any. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or Shares or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments. A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of an Award of Restricted Share Units or Performance Share Award shall provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled only upon settlement or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award.

(b) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

3   A number approximately equal to $15 million Black-Scholes value.


SECTION 14. TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

(a) Transferability . During a grantee’s lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee. No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than on death to the grantee’s Personal Representative. No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void.

 

SECTION 15. TAX MATTERS

(a) In the event that the Company or any Subsidiary determines that it is required to account to HM Revenue & Customs for any Award Tax Liability or Secondary NIC Liability arising from the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation, vesting or any other disposal of an Award or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Shares acquired pursuant to an Award, the grantee, as a condition to the issue of Shares in connection with an Award, or on the grant, assignment, release or cancellation of an Award, shall make such arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it or any Subsidiary to satisfy any requirement to account for any Award Tax Liability (and, if applicable, any Secondary NIC Liability) that may arise in connection with the Award including, but not limited to, arrangements satisfactory to the Company for withholding Shares that would otherwise be issued to the grantee.

(b) The grantee may be required to sign a Section 431 Election in relation to Shares issued pursuant to an Award in such form as may be determined by HM Revenue & Customs from time to time.

(c) The grantee may also be required to sign a Joint Agreement or a Joint Election in respect of the Secondary NIC Liability arising on an Award.

 

SECTION 16. SECTION 409A AWARDS

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. Further, the settlement of any such Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

 

SECTION 17. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

(a) Termination of Employment . If the grantee’s employer ceases to be a Subsidiary, the grantee shall be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of the Plan.


(b) For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

(i) a transfer to the employment of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another; or

(ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise so provides in writing.

 

SECTION 18. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Administrator may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent. Except as provided in Section 3(b) or 3(c), without prior shareholder approval, in no event may the Administrator exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights or effect repricing through cancellation and re-grants or cancellation of Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash or other Awards. To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market system on which the Shares are listed, or to ensure that compensation earned under Awards qualifies as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders. Nothing in this Section 18 shall limit the Administrator’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(b) or 3(c).

 

SECTION 19. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Shares or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Administrator shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Shares or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

 

SECTION 20. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution . The Administrator may require each person acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.

(b) Delivery of Share Certificates . Share certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Share transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company. Uncertificated Shares shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Share transfer agent of the Company


shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent the Administrator deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded. All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any Share certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

(c) Shareholder Rights . Until Shares is deemed delivered in accordance with Section 20(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a shareholder will exist with respect to Shares to be issued in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Share Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award.

(d) Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(e) Trading Policy Restrictions . Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time.

(f) Clawback Policy . Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

SECTION 21. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

This Plan shall become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering following shareholder approval in accordance with applicable state law, the Company’s bylaws and articles of incorporation, and applicable stock exchange rules or pursuant to written consent. No grants of Share Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.


SECTION 22. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware applied without regard to conflict of law principles. Any Joint Agreement, Joint Election and Section 431 Election shall be governed by the laws of England and Wales.

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:             , 2015

DATE APPROVED BY SHAREHOLDERS:             , 2015


INCENTIVE SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE MIMECAST LIMITED

2015 SHARE OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:  

    

 
No. of Option Shares:  

 

   
Option Exercise Price per Share:   $  

 

   
Grant Date:  

 

   
Expiration Date:  

 

   

Pursuant to the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Share Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company (the “Shares”) specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.

1. Exercisability Schedule . No portion of this Share Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Share Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as the Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such dates:

 

Incremental Number of
Option Shares Exercisable*
    Exercisability Date
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)   

 

* Max. of $100,000 per yr.

Once exercisable, this Share Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.


2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Share Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Share Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; or (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or (iv) a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Shares to be purchased Shares will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Share Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

(b) The Shares purchased upon exercise of this Share Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any Shares subject to this Share Option unless and until this Share Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the shareholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Shares.

(c) The minimum number of Shares with respect to which this Share Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 Shares, unless the number of Shares with respect to which this Share Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Share Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Share Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

 

2


3. Termination of Employment . If the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Share Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(b) Termination Due to Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(c) Termination for Cause . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect. For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, a determination by the Administrator that the Optionee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the Optionee of any agreement between the Optionee and the Company; (ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the Optionee to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the Optionee of the Optionee’s duties to the Company.

(d) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability, or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

 

3


4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Share Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Share Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. Status of the Share Option . This Share Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Share Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with his or her own tax advisors regarding the tax effects of this Share Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. To the extent any portion of this Share Option does not so qualify as an “incentive stock option,” such portion shall be deemed to be a non-qualified share option. If the Optionee intends to dispose or does dispose (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any Option Shares within the one-year period beginning on the date after the transfer of such shares to him or her, or within the two-year period beginning on the day after the grant of this Share Option, he or she will so notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition.

7. Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Share Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from Shares to be issued to the Optionee a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

8. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Share Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

10. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number,

 

4


home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

11. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

MIMECAST LIMITED

By:

 

 

 

Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Optionee’s Signature
      Optionee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

5


NON-QUALIFIED SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES

UNDER THE MIMECAST LIMITED

2015 SHARE OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:  

    

 
No. of Option Shares:  

 

   
Option Exercise Price per Share:   $  

 

   
Grant Date:  

 

   
Expiration Date:  

 

   

Pursuant to the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Share Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company (the “Shares”) specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. This Share Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1. Exercisability Schedule . No portion of this Share Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Share Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such dates:

 

Incremental Number of
Option Shares Exercisable
    Exercisability Date  
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)                             

Once exercisable, this Share Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.


2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Share Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Share Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Share Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the Shares will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Share Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

(b) The Shares purchased upon exercise of this Share Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any Shares subject to this Share Option unless and until this Share Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the shareholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Shares.

 

2


(c) The minimum number of Shares with respect to which this Share Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 Shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Share Option is being exercised is the total number of Shares subject to exercise under this Share Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Share Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination of Employment . If the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Shares Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(b) Termination Due to Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(c) Termination for Cause . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect. For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, a determination by the Administrator that the Optionee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the Optionee of any agreement between the Optionee and the Company; (ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the Optionee to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the Optionee of the Optionee’s duties to the Company.

(d) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

3


The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Share Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Share Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Share Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from Shares to be issued to the Optionee a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

7. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

8. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Share Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

9. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

4


10. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

MIMECAST LIMITED
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Optionee’s Signature
      Optionee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

5


NON-QUALIFIED SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

UNDER THE MIMECAST LIMITED

2015 SHARE OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:  

    

 
No. of Option Shares:  

 

   
Option Exercise Price per Share:   $  

 

   
Grant Date:  

 

   
Expiration Date:  

 

   

Pursuant to the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above, who is a member of the Board but is not an employee of the Company, an option (the “Share Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company (the “Shares”) specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. This Share Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1. Exercisability Schedule . No portion of this Share Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Share Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as the Optionee remains in service as a member of the Board on such dates:

 

Incremental Number of
Option Shares Exercisable
    Exercisability Date
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)   
                   (     %)   


Once exercisable, this Share Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Share Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Share Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Share Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the Shares will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Share Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

(b) The Shares purchased upon exercise of this Share Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a

 

2


holder with respect to, any Shares subject to this Share Option unless and until this Share Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the Shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the shareholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Shares.

(c) The minimum number of Shares with respect to which this Share Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 Shares, unless the number of Shares with respect to which this Share Option is being exercised is the total number of Shares subject to exercise under this Share Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Share Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination as Director . If the Optionee ceases to be a member of the Board, the period within which to exercise the Share Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s service as a member of the Board terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(b) Other Termination . If the Optionee ceases to be a member of the Board for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Share Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date the Optionee ceased to be a member of the Board, for a period of six months from the date the Optionee ceased to be a member of the Board or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Share Option that is not exercisable on the date the Optionee ceases to be a member of the Board shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Share Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Share Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. No Obligation to Continue as a Director . Neither the Plan nor this Share Option confers upon the Optionee any rights with respect to continuance as a member of the Board.

 

3


7. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Share Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

8. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

4


9. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

MIMECAST LIMITED
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Optionee’s Signature
      Optionee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

5


RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE MIMECAST LIMITED

2015 SHARE OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:  

 

 
No. of Shares:  

 

   
Grant Date:  

 

   

Pursuant to the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof, Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) hereby grants a Restricted Share Award (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Upon acceptance of this Award, the Grantee shall receive the number Ordinary Shares of the Company (the “Shares”) specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. The Company acknowledges the receipt from the Grantee of consideration with respect to the nominal value of the Shares in the form of cash, past or future services rendered to the Company by the Grantee or such other form of consideration as is acceptable to the Administrator.

1. Award . The Restricted Shares awarded hereunder shall be issued and held by the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form, and the Grantee’s name shall be entered as the shareholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Paragraph 2 below. The Grantee shall (i) sign and deliver to the Company a copy of this Award Agreement and (ii) deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank.

2. Restrictions and Conditions .

(a) Any book entries for the Restricted Shares granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to the effect that such Shares are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Plan.

(b) Restricted Shares granted herein may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.

(c) If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason (including death) prior to vesting of the Restricted Shares granted herein, all Restricted Shares shall immediately and automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company.

3. Vesting of Restricted Shares . The restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Shares specified as vested on such date.


Incremental Number
of Shares Vested
    Vesting Date
                  (     %)   
                  (     %)   
                  (     %)   
                  (     %)   
                  (     %)   

Subsequent to such Vesting Date or Dates, the Shares on which all restrictions and conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed Restricted Shares. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 3.

4. Dividends . Dividends on Restricted Shares shall be paid currently to the Grantee.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

7. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. Except in the case where an election is made pursuant to Paragraph 8 below, the Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from Shares to be issued or released by the transfer agent a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

8. Election Under Section 83(b) . The Grantee and the Company hereby agree that the Grantee may, within 30 days following the Grant Date of this Award, file with the Internal Revenue Service and the Company an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event the Grantee makes such an election, he or she agrees to provide a copy of the election to the Company. The Grantee acknowledges that he or she is responsible for obtaining the advice of his or her tax advisors with regard to the Section 83(b) election and that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents with regard to such election.

9. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

 

2


10. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

11. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

3


12. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

MIMECAST LIMITED
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Grantee’s Signature
      Grantee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

4


RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES

UNDER THE MIMECAST LIMITED

2015 SHARE OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:  

 

 
No. of Restricted Share Units:  

 

   
Grant Date:  

 

   

Pursuant to the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Share Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Share Unit shall relate to one Ordinary Shares of the Company (the “Shares”).

1. Restrictions on Transfer of Award . This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any Shares issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Share Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) Shares have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

2. Vesting of Restricted Share Units . The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Share Units specified as vested on such date.

 

Incremental Number of
Restricted Share Units Vested
    Vesting Date
                  (     %)   
                  (     %)   
                  (     %)   
                  (     %)   

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

3. Termination of Employment . If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Share Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Share Units.


4. Issuance of Shares . As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Share Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from Shares to be issued to the Grantee a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

7. Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

8. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

10. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant

 

2


Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

11. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

MIMECAST LIMITED
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Grantee’s Signature
      Grantee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

3


RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

UNDER THE MIMECAST LIMITED

2015 SHARE OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:  

 

 
No. of Restricted Share Units:  

 

   
Grant Date:  

 

   

Pursuant to the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Share Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Share Unit shall relate to one Ordinary Share of the Company (the “Shares”).

1. Restrictions on Transfer of Award . This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any Shares issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Share Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) Shares have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

2. Vesting of Restricted Share Units . The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains in service as a member of the Board on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Share Units specified as vested on such date.

 

Incremental Number of
Restricted Share Units Vested
    Vesting Date
                  (     %)   
                  (     %)   
                  (     %)   
                  (     %)   

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

3. Termination of Service . If the Grantee’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Share Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Share Units.


4. Issuance of Shares . As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Share Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

7. No Obligation to Continue as a Director . Neither the Plan nor this Award confers upon the Grantee any rights with respect to continuance as a member of the Board.

8. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

9. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

2


10. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

MIMECAST LIMITED
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Grantee’s Signature
      Grantee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

3

Exhibit 10.10

MIMECAST LIMITED

2015 EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN

The purpose of the Mimecast Limited 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“the Plan”) is to provide eligible employees of Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) and each Designated Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11) with opportunities to purchase ordinary shares of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”). [                ] 1 Ordinary Shares have been approved and reserved for this purpose. The Plan is intended to constitute an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and shall be interpreted in accordance with that intent.

1. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the person or persons (the “Administrator”) appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) for such purpose. The Administrator has authority at any time to: (i) adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for the administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; (ii) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan; (iii) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; (iv) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and (v) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. All interpretations and decisions of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants. No member of the Board or individual exercising administrative authority with respect to the Plan shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option granted hereunder.

2. Offerings The Company may make one or more offerings to eligible employees to purchase Ordinary Shares under the Plan (“Offerings”). Unless otherwise determined by the

 

1  

A number equal to 2.0% of total shares outstanding post-IPO.


Administrator, an Offering will begin on the first business day occurring on or after each January 1 and July 1 and will end on the last business day occurring on or before the following June 30 and December 31, respectively. The Administrator may, in its discretion, designate a different period for any Offering, provided that no Offering shall exceed six months in duration or overlap any other Offering.

3. Eligibility . All individuals classified as employees on the payroll records of the Company and each Designated Subsidiary are eligible to participate in any one or more of the Offerings under the Plan, provided that as of the first day of the applicable Offering (the “Offering Date”) they are customarily employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for more than 20 hours a week. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for purposes of the Company’s or applicable Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system are not considered to be eligible employees of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary and shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan. In the event any such individuals are reclassified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for any purpose, including, without limitation, common law or statutory employees, by any action of any third party, including, without limitation, any government agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action or administrative proceeding, such individuals shall, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive means for individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the Company’s or Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system to become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment to this Plan, duly executed by the Company, which specifically renders such individuals eligible to participate herein.

 

2


4. Participation .

(a) Participants . An eligible employee who is not a Participant on any Offering Date may participate in such Offering by submitting an enrollment form to his or her appropriate payroll location at least 15 business days before the Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering).

(b) Enrollment . The enrollment form will (a) state a whole percentage to be deducted from an eligible employee’s Compensation (as defined in Section 11) per pay period, (b) authorize the purchase of Ordinary Shares in each Offering in accordance with the terms of the Plan and (c) specify the exact name or names in which Ordinary Shares purchased for such individual are to be issued pursuant to Section 10. An employee who does not enroll in accordance with these procedures will be deemed to have waived the right to participate. Unless a Participant files a new enrollment form or withdraws from the Plan, such Participant’s deductions and purchases will continue at the same percentage of Compensation for future Offerings, provided he or she remains eligible.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, participation in the Plan will neither be permitted nor be denied contrary to the requirements of the Code.

5. Employee Contributions . Each eligible employee may authorize payroll deductions at a minimum of one percent up to a maximum of ten percent of such employee’s Compensation for each pay period. The Company will maintain book accounts showing the amount of payroll deductions made by each Participant for each Offering. No interest will accrue or be paid on payroll deductions.

6. Deduction Changes . Except as may be determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering, a Participant may not increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction

 

3


during any Offering, but may increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction with respect to the next Offering (subject to the limitations of Section 5) by filing a new enrollment form at least 15 business days before the next Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering). The Administrator may, in advance of any Offering, establish rules permitting a Participant to increase, decrease or terminate his or her payroll deduction during an Offering.

7. Withdrawal . A Participant may withdraw from participation in the Plan by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to his or her appropriate payroll location. The Participant’s withdrawal will be effective as of the next business day. Following a Participant’s withdrawal, the Company will promptly refund such individual’s entire account balance under the Plan to him or her (after payment for any Ordinary Shares purchased before the effective date of withdrawal). Partial withdrawals are not permitted. Such an employee may not begin participation again during the remainder of the Offering, but may enroll in a subsequent Offering in accordance with Section 4.

8. Grant of Options . On each Offering Date, the Company will grant to each eligible employee who is then a Participant in the Plan an option (“Option”) to purchase on the last day of such Offering (the “Exercise Date”), at the Option Price hereinafter provided for, the lowest of (a) a number of Ordinary Shares determined by dividing such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on such Exercise Date by the Option Price (as defined herein), (b) [                ] 2 shares, or (c) such other lesser maximum number of shares as shall have been established by the Administrator in advance of the Offering; provided, however, that such Option shall be subject to the limitations set forth below. Each Participant’s Option shall be exercisable only to the extent

 

2  

A number approximately equal to 0.5%-1% of the post-IPO outstanding.

 

4


of such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on the Exercise Date. The purchase price for each share purchased under each Option (the “Option Price”) will be 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Ordinary Shares on the Offering Date or the Exercise Date, whichever is less.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant may be granted an option hereunder if such Participant, immediately after the option was granted, would be treated as owning stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11). For purposes of the preceding sentence, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of a Participant, and all stock which the Participant has a contractual right to purchase shall be treated as stock owned by the Participant. In addition, no Participant may be granted an Option which permits his or her rights to purchase stock under the Plan, and any other employee stock purchase plan of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined on the option grant date or dates) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding at any time. The purpose of the limitation in the preceding sentence is to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and shall be applied taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

9. Exercise of Option and Purchase of Shares . Each employee who continues to be a Participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his or her Option on such date and shall acquire from the Company such number of whole Ordinary Shares reserved for the purpose of the Plan as his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will purchase at the Option Price, subject to any other limitations contained in the Plan. Any

 

5


amount remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering solely by reason of the inability to purchase a fractional share will be carried forward to the next Offering; any other balance remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering will be refunded to the Participant promptly.

10. Issuance of Certificates . Certificates representing Ordinary Shares purchased under the Plan may be issued only in the name of the employee, in the name of the employee and another person of legal age as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, or in the name of a broker authorized by the employee to be his, her or their, nominee for such purpose.

11. Definitions .

The term “Compensation” means the amount of base pay.

The term “Designated Subsidiary” means any present or future Subsidiary (as defined below) that has been designated by the Board to participate in the Plan. The Board may so designate any Subsidiary, or revoke any such designation, at any time and from time to time, either before or after the Plan is approved by the stockholders. The current list of Designated Subsidiaries is attached hereto as Appendix A.

The term “Fair Market Value of the Ordinary Shares” on any given date means the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Ordinary Shares are admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), NASDAQ Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price on such date. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price.

 

6


The term “Initial Public Offering” means the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, or such other event as a result of or following which the Company’s Ordinary Shares shall be publicly held.

The term “Parent” means a “parent corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

The term “Participant” means an individual who is eligible as determined in Section 3 and who has complied with the provisions of Section 4.

The term “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

12. Rights on Termination of Employment . If a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason before the Exercise Date for any Offering, no payroll deduction will be taken from any pay due and owing to the Participant and the balance in the Participant’s account will be paid to such Participant or, in the case of such Participant’s death, to his or her designated beneficiary as if such Participant had withdrawn from the Plan under Section 7. An employee will be deemed to have terminated employment, for this purpose, if the corporation that employs him or her, having been a Designated Subsidiary, ceases to be a Subsidiary, or if the employee is transferred to any corporation other than the Company or a Designated Subsidiary. An employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment for this purpose if the employee is on an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise provides in writing.

 

7


13. Special Rules . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may adopt special rules applicable to the employees of a particular Designated Subsidiary, whenever the Administrator determines that such rules are necessary or appropriate for the implementation of the Plan in a jurisdiction where such Designated Subsidiary has employees; provided that such rules are consistent with the requirements of Section 423(b) of the Code. Any special rules established pursuant to this Section 13 shall, to the extent possible, result in the employees subject to such rules having substantially the same rights as other Participants in the Plan.

14. Optionees Not Stockholders . Neither the granting of an Option to a Participant nor the deductions from his or her pay shall constitute such Participant a holder of the Ordinary Shares covered by an Option under the Plan until such shares have been purchased by and issued to him or her.

15. Rights Not Transferable . Rights under the Plan are not transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

16. Application of Funds . All funds received or held by the Company under the Plan may be combined with other corporate funds and may be used for any corporate purpose.

17. Adjustment in Case of Changes Affecting Ordinary Shares . In the event of a subdivision of outstanding Ordinary Shares, the payment of a dividend in Ordinary Shares or any other change affecting the Ordinary Shares, the number of shares approved for the Plan and the share limitation set forth in Section 8 shall be equitably or proportionately adjusted to give proper effect to such event.

 

8


18. Amendment of the Plan . The Board may at any time and from time to time amend the Plan in any respect, except that without the approval within 12 months of such Board action by the stockholders, no amendment shall be made increasing the number of shares approved for the Plan or making any other change that would require stockholder approval in order for the Plan, as amended, to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423(b) of the Code.

19. Insufficient Shares . If the total number of Ordinary Shares that would otherwise be purchased on any Exercise Date plus the number of shares purchased under previous Offerings under the Plan exceeds the maximum number of shares issuable under the Plan, the shares then available shall be apportioned among Participants in proportion to the amount of payroll deductions accumulated on behalf of each Participant that would otherwise be used to purchase Ordinary Shares on such Exercise Date.

20. Termination of the Plan . The Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board. Upon termination of the Plan, all amounts in the accounts of Participants shall be promptly refunded.

21. Governmental Regulations . The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver Ordinary Shares under the Plan is subject to obtaining all governmental approvals required in connection with the authorization, issuance, or sale of such stock.

22. Governing Law . This Plan and all Options and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

9


23. Issuance of Shares . Shares may be issued upon exercise of an Option from authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares, from shares held in the treasury of the Company, or from any other proper source.

24. Tax Withholding . Participation in the Plan is subject to any minimum required tax withholding on income of the Participant in connection with the Plan. Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, including shares issuable under the Plan.

25. Notification Upon Sale of Shares . Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares purchased under the Plan where such disposition occurs within two years after the date of grant of the Option pursuant to which such shares were purchased.

26. Effective Date and Approval of Shareholders . The Plan shall take effect on the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering, subject to approval by the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present or by written consent of the stockholders.

 

10


APPENDIX A

Designated Subsidiaries

Mimecast North America, Inc.

[                                         ]

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name of Subsidiary    Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Mimecast Services Limited    England & Wales
Mimecast South Africa (Pty) Ltd.    England & Wales
Mimecast North America Inc.    Delaware

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 16, 2015, in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and related Prospectus of Mimecast Limited for the registration of its ordinary shares.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

October 16, 2015